30 ^ !> :)3> }>y

€>3

^3

^3>

3 :i

j.> /3 »>">> 3>>);ji>>:3)^>&>>>)

^^:^3lx»

'f '=> ^

^Srv>

J> ■))

-^'HryWi'yij^:^

^ m 55 SL

i>3

»32»

J JH-to

Z>5 J::s>yX?i

^ Q'^s>3srt> mf>

&iX>P.'->3)i3

.i>!j> 2):!) i>» : ; T

^ ^^^^

3 jy^

^m

Your Laboratory s^ a

Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar=
atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the
most available source? Send us a trial order and
notice the difference. ^ j* ^ a^ *. jk Ji

'^^L^r^3

Scientific Materials Company

MAKERS - = - IMPORTERS
7111^ Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa.

The Ohio ^hi^aturalisty

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versiiy,
Volume IV. NOVEMBER, 1903. No. 1.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HiNE— On the Life History of Tabanus Vivax 1

PoiNDEXTEii— The Development of the Spikelet and Grain of Corn 3

OSBORN— Note on Tinobregmus vittatus Van Ditzee 9

Griggs— Notes on Interesting oliio AVillows 11

SCHAFFNER— Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants of Ohio 16

Kei.lekman— Minor Plant Notes, No. 5 20

OsBoRN— Note on Aradus ornatus Say 22

ScHAFFNEii -The Maximiun Height of Plants. V 23

News and Notes 23

Griggs— Meeting of the Biological Club 24

ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF TABANUS VIVAX.

James S. Hine.

Eggs. — Deposited in masses composed of several hundreds, on
stones that project above the water in riffles. Mass nearly round
in outline, onh- slightly convex, composed of about three la3'ers
one above the other. Color of the whole ma.ss brown, mottled over
the top with whitish. Female observed ovipositing June eighth.

lyARVA. — In September and October of various years, when the
Avater was low, I have taken a number of larvae among stones
and rubbish in riffles. Sometimes they are taken in nets used for
collecting Corydalis larvae, and like them appear to be at home
in the swiftest part of the the stream ; in this respect differing
from most tabanid larvae with which I am acquainted. I^arvae
taken late in the fall and kept in wet earth and fed on angle-
worms or other animal food pass through their transformations
and reach the adult stage in late spring or early summer. Since
I have never come across these larvae in nature in spring their
exact habits at this time of year are not known, but suppose they
leave the water and pupate in the earth near at hand.

General color yellowish white, anterior margin of each thoracic
segment and a narrow band including the prolegs on the anterior
half of the first seven abdominal segments opaque and appearing
darker than the other parts, which are more or less shining and
usually finely striate longitudinally. Prothoracic segment divided
by longitudinal grooves into four nearly equal parts, which may
be called the dorsal, ventral and lateral areas. The lateral areas
are shining and finely striated on posterior third and opaque on
anterior two thirds : the dorsal and ventral areas are opaque on
about anterior fourth and distinctly shining on the remaining

2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

parts. The ventral space is quite evidently divided into two equal
parts by a longitudinal grove. In order to see the characters of
this segment it nuist be fully extended. The mesothoracic and
metathoracic segments have a number of longitudinal grooves,
some of which are very narrowl}' bordered by opaque darker col-
oring, which proceeds backward from the narrow anterior border
of these segments. Each of the first seven abdominal segments
has on its anterior part a transverse row of eight tubercles which
encircles the segment. These all bear spines or claws at the
apexes, excepting a dorsal pair on each of the first three or four
segments. They may be called prolegs, since they have the parts
necessary to such organs. On the posterior dorsal border of most
of the abdominal segments there may be a narrow, irregular,
opaque marking of the same color of the narrow band in the
region of the prolegs; eighth segment on each side with two nar-
row, curved markings, which have the appearance of being com-
posed of contiguous punctures. These markings are of the same
shade of color as the other darker areas, and the lower one is more
than twice as long as the upper.

Length, 20 millimeters. The size of these larvae is rather diffi-
cult to give, since a specimen fully extended is longer than at
other times.

Pupa. — lycngth 18, diameter 4 millimeters. lyight brown in
color, thorax somewhat paler than the abdomen. Antennal and
other tubercles of the head and thorax prominent and darker than
the surrounding parts. Prothoracic spiracular tubercle slightly
elevated, reniform, oblique ; rima uniformly curved for nearly its
whole length, but just before the anterior end the curvature is
stronger but no hook is formed. First abdominal spiracle nearly
round ; rima nearly uniformly curved, posteriorly very slightly
widened just at the end, anteriorly slightly narrowed and curved
so as to form a short hook. The other abdominal spiracles agree
with the first one in general, but there appears to be slight varia-
tion in the enlargement and curvature of the extreme ends. Ter-
minal teeth prominent, shining brown in color, darkest at the
extreme tips. Dorsal pair of teeth smallest and closer together
than the ventral, lateral teeth longer and larger than the ventral
and located much beneath the dorsal, in fact they are uearl}- mid-
way between the dorsal and ventral.

I have never found the adults of this species especially com-
mon, neither have I observed that they molest stock. The male
has been procured fully as often as the female on protruding
stones in swift-flowing streams, and in sunny spots in woods near
such streams. Most of the specimens in my collection were taken
during the first half of Jmie.

All the stages of this fly have been procured from the Scioto-
River in the vicinity of Jones' Dam, near Columbus.

Nov., 1903.] The Development of Corn. 3

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPIKELET AND
GRAIN OF CORN.'^

C. C. POINDEXTER.

With a view to a later study of the subject of xenia in corn, a
preHminary observation of the development of the carpel and
endosperm was attempted in order to see what relation exists
between them, since some of the authorities mentioned claim that
the effect of double fertilization is shown in the carpel wall, while
others assert that it is shown only in the endosperm and embryo-
sac. The embrj^ology of the corn grain also was studied and
figures were made of the ovule at different stages beginning with
the archesporial cell and ending with the fully developed embryo.
These drawings and observations not being complete will be
reserved for another paper. As there are few recent descriptions
and figures of the develor ment of the spikelet and grain, it was
thought advisable to publish this general part at the present time.

The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Professor
John H. Schaffner for invaluable suggestions and criticisms in the
preparation of the paper.

The material used was common white field corn gathered at
different stages of maturity from the corn field of the Ohio State
Universit}- in the summer of 1902. The very 3-oung ears were
left whole or cut in two, while the larger were quartered length-
wise and, after killing, cut into pieces convenient for use. The
material was killed in chrom -acetic acid and preserved in 70 per
cent alcohol and later imbedded in parafiin. Pieces of the younger
ears were cut from three to six grains in length, while single
grains were used of the older stages. The sections were cut
12-18 /A in thickness, and stained on the slide in anilin-safranni
and gentian-violet and iron-alum-haematoxylin. All things con-
sidered, corn is an easy object to work with, but in using the older
grains precaution should be taken to guard against shrinkage of
the endosperm tissue. This may be practically obviated by punc-
turing the grain with a dissecting needle before killing. The
outer covering of these grains may also be sliced off on either side
to permit of rapid penetration. The iron-alum-haematoxalyn
proved to be the most efficient stain and was soon the only one
used.

The production and development of new varieties of plants
depends upon the fact that the offspring of a cross par-
takes of the characters of both parents, which, according to Men-
del (i) follows a definite law of proportion in some species.
Some plants appear to be more susceptible to hybridizing than

••■ Coutributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University. XIV.

4 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

others, and the first offspring shows the characters of the starain-
ate parent in a marked degree, especially in the character of seeds
and frnits. This immediate, or direct effect of pollen upon the
character of seeds and fruits Focke, (5) has termed xenia, a phe-
nomenon which has long been more or less puzzling to botanists
and plant breeders. Just how such an effect was brought about
was not definitely understood, and it is onl)- a few years since that
any phenomenon has been known which could be called upon for
a reasonable solution of the problem and that a tentative expla-
nation has been offered. In 1898 Nawaschin (10) reported the
process of double fertilization in Lilium martagon and Fritillaria
tenella. Guignard (6) soon followed with a full description of
the process, adding figures of the more interesting phases, and
claimed that the process was not peculiar to the Liliaceae but
very general in the Phanerogams. In corroboration of this
author's statement, the process has been observed in many plants
by a number of investigators. The corn plant, however, is the
one among the many observed in which the process of xenia is
well established and belief in the phenomenon seems to rest mainly
upon its constant occurrence in this plant. Vilmorin (12)
ob-served xenia in corn as earh- as 1866. Hildebrandt also report-
ed it the following 3-ear and in 1872 Koernicke (8) made a similar
report. These authors used seeds that were pure so far as known.
Some j-ears later American botanists took up the subject for
investigation. Sturtevant in 1883 made the first report. Burrill
reported the process in 1887; Kellerman and Swingle in 1S88, and
McCluer in 1892. But some doubt attaches to their findings because
the seeds used were not known to be pure. Moreover, the process
was apparently contrary to certain well-established laws of repro-
duction and embryology, errors could easily have been made in
conducting the experiments; and until some explanation could be
given for the phenomenon, botanists looked upon the matter with
some suspicion. The explanation was left to DeVries (3). In
a recent preliminary article ' ' On the hybrid fecundation of the
Albumen," he suggests the act of double fertilization as explana-
tory of the phenomenon of xenia ; and although as late as 1900
no detailed researches on the embryology of corn or any of the
cereals or gras.ses had been made, nor any direct observations that
were conclusive that double fertilization occurred in corn, Webber
(13), holding the same opinion as DeVries (3), proceed to con-
duct some experiments on the subject. His seed corn was pure
so far as known, and the results, published in 1900, elicited his
conclusion "that xenia does occur in maize, whatever its
interpretation may be." Correns (2) about the same time
reported observations practicall)- similar to tliose of Dc Vries.
The following year Guignard (7) removed all doubt of the occur-
rence of double fertilization in corn by his publication of a paper

Nov., 1903.] The Development of Corn. 5

on " La Double Fecondation Dans Le Mais." It is much regret-
ted that this author produced no drawings with his excellent
paper.

The ovulary of the maize has been defined by Guignard (7) as
being constituted of a single carpellary leaf turning its ventral
suture from the side of the axis of the ear. In the very young
spikelet (Fig. i) the incipient carpel appears in longitudinal sec-
tion as two rounded protruberances, due to a depression in the
top. The carpel wall begins to develop rapidly on one side, and
immediately begins to develop the young silk, or style (Fig. 2).
The inner empty glume at this stage is quite prominent and a
rudimentary flower appears on the side away from the axis of the
ear. The grain grows rapidly from the beginning and the style
and ovule soon become more distinct. The silk elongates (Fig.
3), and the carpel begins to close, while at the same time the
integuments make their appearance, the inner one developing
more rapidly than the outer one. At this stage the archesporial
cell is becoming prominent. A little later (Fig. 4), the floral
organs pecome perfectl}' distinct and the integuments diverge,
the inner one inclining toward the ovule and the outer one point-
ing toward the opening of the carpel. When the carpel wall
closes, there is left a small prominence at its summit. A double
funnel effect is produced as the walls close up around this open-
ing, the bowls of the funnel arising at the two extremeties (Fig.
5). Guignard (7 ) terms this opening the " stylar canal." Later
on this canal closes up completely at the lower extremity, but the
funnel effect at the top persists throughout (Fig. 10). " It is at
the base and upon the inner side of the protuberance," says Guig-
nard (7), " that is to say, on the side of the axis of the ear, that
the long style of the flower is inserted; the style does not occup}',
theti, as one might believe at first glance, the organic summit of
the ovary." The writer's observations, as shown by the figures,
agree with this statement. In this connection it might be well
to call attention to the carpel of Typha as described by Schaft'ner
(ri). The development of the carpel and style of this plant
appears to be quite similar to that of the coru. The writer saw
the pollen tube after fertilization had taken place, but in all the
study failed to see its entrance into the canal, through which one
might expect it to pass. According to Guignard (7 ) the tube
probably passes through the canal, although he does not state
that he actually observed it. He describes its course in the fol-
lowing terms : "Arrived at the base of the style, the pollen tubes
must evidently direct themselves toward the ovarian prominence
in order to enter it and to follow the course of the canal which
conducts then into the cavity of the ovary." When the 8-celled
embr^'o-sac appears (Fig. 5) the nucellus has not greatly enlarged.
The semi-anatrophus ovule occupies the base of the cavity of the

6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

ovulary. The tip of the nucellus emerges slightly between the
integuments, the inner of which extends entirely around the
ovvile, while the short outer integument does not go be3-ond the
middle of the ovule. Just at the base of the stylar canal the outer
integument, rising freely from the inner one, bends itself abruptly
upward as if to form a stopper to the cavity of the ovulary which
at this place is quite large. Guignard (7) says that this upward
bending accounts for the shortness of the the outer integument,
and also states that the inner integument became thicker where
it was not covered by the outer; but the writer saw but little dif-
ference in the thickness and if any, the reverse was true. Imme-
diatel}^ after fertilization development of the nucellus is very rapid
(Fig. 6) so that at that stage of the ovule the embr3'0-sac occu-
pies only a verj- small portion of the entire bod3^ Endosperm
also begins to develop, spreading upward and backward from the
3'oung embryo. When the nucellus has about completed its
development the endosperm takes on a rapid growth, destroying
the large mass of nucellar tissue. Simultaneous with this growth,
the embryo also develops with rapidit3', evidenth' being well
nourished b3' the large endosperm cells (Fig. 8). This growth
continues until the endosperm entireh' replaces the nucellar
tissue, leaving only a vestige of the latter surrounding it (Figs.
9-11).

The 3'oung embr3'0, protected b3' the scutellum, lies on the
ventral side of the grain, somewhat above the base of the endro-
sperm and outside of it, except for a ver3- thin layer one or two
cells in thickness. It is shielded on the outside 133- the remaining
nucellar tissue and the carpel wall (Figs. 9-10).

In Figure 11 is .shown a nearl3' mature grain cut in longitudinal
section transverse to the ear. The remains of the nucellus is verv
thin or entirely absent. A little above the base of the grain is
the 3'oung embr3'0, showing the plumule and the .scutellum,
below which the large suspensor extends with its end surrounded
with elongated endosperm cells. Across the upper end of the
grain is shown a strip of endosperm with larger and quite irregu-
lar cells. There are sixt3' or more cells acro.ss the entire width,
the cells being comparatively minute in comparison to tlie size of
the grain and not large as is usually figured in the text-books.

HIBLIOGRAl'HY.

1. Bati-;son, W. Mendel '.s Principles of Heredity. Pp. 40-103. 1902.

2. CoRRKNS, C. Unterscuhungen ueber die Xenien lici Zea nia3-s. Ber.

d. dent. P>ot. Gesellsch. 17:410-417. i^>99-

3. Dk Vriks, Hur.o. Sur la Fecondation hybride de I'alhunKn. Comptes

rendns .\cad. des So. 4 Dec. 1S99.
4. . Sur la Fecondation hybride de I'endosperin dans le

Mais. Revue gen. de Bot. 15 April 1900.
5. P'OCKE, W. O. Die Pflanzen Mischlinge. p. 511. 1S81.

Nov., 1903.] The Development of Corn. 7

6. GuiGNARD, L. Sur les antherozo'ides et la double copulation sexuelle
chez les vegetaux angiospermes. Comptes rendus. 128 : 869. April
1899.

7. . La double fecondation dans le Mais. Journ. d.

Bot. 15 : 1-14. No. 2. 1901.

8. KoERNiCKE, Frtedr. Vorlanfige Mittheilungen ueber den Mais.

Sitzungsberichte d. niederrheinischen Gesellsch. f. Nat. w, Heil-
kunde'in Bonn. Pp. 63-76. 1872.

9. Nawaschin, S. Ueber die Befruclitungsforgange bei einigen Dicoty-

ledoneen. Ber. d. Deut. Bot. Gesellsch. 18 : 224-230. 1900.

10. . Resultate einer Revision des Befruchtungsvorgangs

bei Lilium martagon und Fritillaria tenella. Bui. d. I'Acad. Imp.
d. Sciences de Str Petersbourg, T. 9, No. 4. 189S. Also Botanisches
Centralblatt. 77 : 62. 1899.

11. SCHAFFNER, JOHN H. The Development of the Stamens and Carpels

of Typha Latifolia. Bot. Gaz. 24 : 93-102. 1897.

12. ViLMORiN, Henry L. de. Bui. de la Soc. Bot. de France. 14 : 246.

Seance du 29 Nov. 1S67.
12. Webber, Herbert. Xenia, or the Immediate Effect of Pollen in
Maize. Bull. 22, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. PI. Phys. & Path. 1900.

KXPLANATION OF PLATES I AND II.

All figures originally magnified 75 diameters, except figures 8 and 9, which
are magnified 190 and 30 diameters respectively. Figures were drawn under
the camera with Bausch & Lomb microscope, and subsequently reduced to
about Ve diameter. In the figures, S indicates style (silk) ; C, the stylar
canal ; I, inner glume ; O, outer glume.
Fig. I. Very young spikelet showing incipient carpel.

Spikelet with young carpel, showing first definite appearance of

st5de and ovule.
Spikelet with style elongated ; ovule showing archesporial cell and

first appearance of integuments.
Spikelet m which the carpel is nearly closed, leaving only a small

pore into the ovulary.
Spikelet with ovule containing S-celled embryosac.
Spikelet with ovule after fertilization and the development of
considerable endosperm, showing decided enlargement of the
nucellus.
Carpel still further developed, showing great increase in nucellar

tissue with only slight increase of endosperm.
Endosperm and embryo same as Fig. 7.

Grain with large embryo, showing great development of endo-
sperm and the remains of the nucellus.
Fig. 10. Nearly mature grain, showing relation of carpel wall, integuments,

endosperm and embryo. Endosperm somewhat shrunken.
Fig. II. Nearly mature grain, showing section of embryo and comparative
size of endosperm cells.

Fig. 2
Fig. 3

Fig.

4-

Fig-

5-

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7-

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9-

8

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 1,

Ohio Naturalist.

F/afc L

PoixnEXTKR on "Corn."

Nov., 1903.]

Note on Tiiwbregmus vittatus.

Ohio Nati'ralist.

PMi- II.

PoiNDEXTER on "Corn.

NOTE ON TINOBREGMUS VITTATUS (Van Duzee).

Herbert Osborn.

Tinobre^imis vittatus was described by Van Duzee in 1894 from
two specimens collected in Florida, females only being represent-
ed. Since then no further record of the species has been made
and the male has remained unknown. The species is an extremely
interesting one, possessing a number of unique characters, and
remains still the only species known to the genus which was
erected by Van Duzee for its reception.

As I can now give two additional records and a description of
the male, a note on the species seems warranted.

Some time ago I received a female specimen in a collection of
Homoptera collected in Bermuda and kindly given to me by Dr.
C. M. Weed. Quite recently Prof. J. S. Hine has placed in my
hands several specimens including both sexes, collected at the
Gulf Biologic Station, Cameron, lyouisiana, in August, 1903.

lo The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

He informs me that the two forms Avhich he felt confideot were
male and female were taken at the same tune and on the same
plant, Iva fnihsccns. While none were observed mating, the fact
that they occurred so closely associated and that no other species
of the genus was found to occur with them, makes the supposi-
tion almost a certainty. Furthermore, they agree so closely in
all generic characters that I do not hesitate to regard them as
sexual complements and present herewith a description of the
male. This differs strikingly in some respects from the female,
though no more than is common to many species of Jassidae.

Male. — Black, pronotum, and eh'tra, except at tip, silvery
white with latter barely reaching lo tip of anal style, beneath
black, tips of femora and most of tibiae and tarsi, except at the
apex, brown.

Length, 3.5mm. Width, 1.75 mm.

Head as in female and face very long, pronotum very short and
hind border evenly but very slightly convex, scutellum scarcely
visible. Legs long, femora and tibiie much compressed but not
foliaceous.

Color. — Head piceous black, the sutures between the vertex
and eyes pale, as also the triangular area between the vertex and
eye and a narrow margin of the occiput. Front black with mid-
dle line slightly paler and sides showing very obscure transverse
markings. Pronotum above silvery white, changing to fuscus
black on sides. Elytra silvery white to near the apex, apical
margin deep piceous black. Abdomen above whitish, anal style
light orange-yellow, black at tip, pygofer black.

The females agree closel}^ with the description of the Florida
specimen. The markings appear to vary in the different individ-
uals somewhat, and the elytra in these specimens are distinctly
brownish between the broad, whitish veins. Ovipositor is black,
except a narrow ventral border, the inner faces of tibiae, and
somewhat broken line on the femora and the inner face of the
hind tibia black.

The Bermuda specimen appears somewhat darker in general
color, the head being somewhat infuscated, the elytral spaces a
darker brown, and there is an additional short, broken fuscus
stripe on the pronotum between the first and second stripes of
either side. The apical spots extend further upon the cells, and
one line in the outer cell is elongated and extends fully two-thirds
of the length of the cell. These variations seem to me, however,
to be entirely within the limits of specific variations.

The distriliution of the insect based on these specimens would
extend from Louisiana around the gulf coast and to Burmuda,
and it seems ])robable that it will be found at intervening points on
the Gulf coast, especially in the salt marshes where its host ])lant
occurs, as well as westward and southward in suitable locations.

Nov., 1903.] Notes on Interesting Ohio Willows. i i

NOTES ON INTERESTING OHIO WILLOWS.

Robert F. Griggs.

Among the willows there are, as is well known, very many
hybrids and freaks. These escape description in general works
because each has an individuality of its own and the treatment of
one is of suggestive value only for others. But to the student of
dynamic nature these forms are of the most extreme interest as
giving some clue to nature's methods of evolution. Likewise
they are of niterest to the sj-stematist in a negative way because
they stand in his wa}- and prevent the perfect classification of all
plants into genera and species which he aims to accomplish. This
general interest is the apolog}', if apology be needed, for report-
ing some of the forms of this sort that have come under observa-
tion.

Salix interior var. WHEEI.ERI Rowlee.

Since Prof. Rowlee' s publication not long ago of the variety
wheeleri of the common long leaved willow, there has been some
question as to its validity. Dr. Rydberg omitted it entirely from
his revision of the willows in Britton's Manual. These doubts
may be in a great measure due to lack of material of the variety
as, indeed, Prof. Rydberg intimated to me in a letter not long
since. Neither at Washington nor New York are there specimens
nor at the time of publication did Prof. Rowlee himself have
flowering material. Fortunately the plant grows abundantl}' on
Cedar Point, and in close proximity to the species, so that there
are exceptional opportunities for comparative study of the two.

The two characters on which Prof. Rowlee named the variety
were the greater wooliness of the leaves and their relatively
greater breadth. All who know the long- leaved willow know how
very variable the leaves are, both in shape and pubescence.
Young leaves and those at the bases of secondary twigs are
broader than others, and when the}' first appear the}' are fre-
quentl}' densel}' covered with wool, though becoming entirely
glabrous.

The hairiness does not seem to have much taxonomic signifi-
cance. Leaves on the same plant vary from one extreme to the
other. Narrow leaved plants are almost as likely to be woolh' as
broad leaved. Variation in hairiness is, so far as the writer can
observe, entirely unconnected with variations in other directions.

But in the breadth of the leaves, the Cedar Point plants much
exceed the measurements given by Prof. Rowlee. Remaining
about the length he describes, the}' are frequently more than two
cm., or twice as broad. In its extreme development this broad
leaved form is almost glabrous, not at all hairy as are many of

12 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. IV, No. 1,

the half-way forms from which, tinfortunately, the type was
taken. The extreme forms are generally low, not more than one
m. tall, and very bushy in habit, making them easih* distinguish-
able from the typical forms of the species at a distance. Rarely,
however, it grows into a more open shrub eight or ten feet tall.

In its flowering habits it carries the peculiarities of vSalix inte-
rior to an extreme. The species has a habit of sending out sec-
ondary aments just below the first to open, so continuing the
flowering period until late in the season. In the variety these
secondary catkins become so prominent that the inflorescence
sometimes takes on a cymose character. Half a dozen catkins
are often seen in a cluster, all of about the same age. In the
species thej^ come on one by one and are much less noticeble even
when as numerous. The flowering period is also distinctly later
than with the species. On Cedar point it seems to beat its height
about the first of July and continues through the month, tapering
off into August. The species growing near by has b}^ the first of
July almost passed its flowering time and only a few straggling
catkins can be found. It must be added in this coiniection that
nearly all of the plants are staminate. Not over i per cent, of
them are carpellate. What significance this ma}- have cannot be
told as yet.

Altogether the variety is so different from the sj^ecies that it
would be taken for a distinct species on first sight. Because of
numerous intermediates such an assumption could not be main-
tained, but it is the best marked willow variety we have in the
State.

Salix pentandra in Ohio.

Salix poitain/ra, the European species corresponding to .V^r//. r
I Hilda, is not infrequently cultivated in Ohio for its twigs, which
are of good quality for basket weaving. It is very similar to the
American species and in some forms they can hardly be distin-
guished. But the European species never has the very long
attenuate, ovate leaves so characteristic of vigorous shoots of
Salix liicida. Its leaves are rather thinner and less glossy, not so
different from the ordinary willow leaf as those of Salix Incida.

Salix poi/aiidra has not, to my knowledge, been reported as an
escape in America. At least it is not included in the Manuals.
This makes it of considerable interest to note that two plants
have been detected escaped in Ohio. One is from Bridgeport,
Belmont county, by Dr. W. A. Kellerman, the other from Co-
lumbus. Any possible uncertainty as to identification owing to
the similarity to the native species, is nnich reduced by the fact
that both cases are in territory out of the range of Salix Incida,
which occurs only in the northern part of the State. The reports
of the collectors also make it certain that the plants were really
wild and not cultivated.

Nov., 1903.] Notes on Interesting Ohio Willows. 13

SalIX BABYLONICA X S. FRAGIIvIS.

This cross is commou in Europe but so far as I know has not
hitherto been reported in America. It is altogether to be expect-
ed and it is very strange that it is so scarce. As is well known,
Sa/i'.v babylonica exists in America — with extremely rare excep-
tions— only as a carpellate plant. The flowers, however, genearlly
seem to be fertilized for the capsules fill out well. The natural
inference is that the pollen came from either .S". alba or S. fragiiis,
the most closely related forms. If such be the case it is very
strange that these h3'bridized seeds do not grow into trees more
often than they do.

The single plant which I was fortunate enough to find is grow-
ing in a quarr}' near Sandusk}', where it has taken root in a waste
place from which the stone has been removed. There are no
other trees near by, and neither of the parents was seen in the
immediate vicinity, though both are common in the region, Salix
babylonica as an ornamental tree planted in the city 3'ards, and
Salix jragUis as a very common escape.

Its habit is striking, from a hundred feet away. When I first
saw it I commenced to wonder what it could be. The first
thought was Salix nigra. The leaves are narrow and about the
the same color as .S". nigra. But there is something which gives
an impression, when at a distance, different from ^S". nigra, though
you cannot tell what it is. When you get up to it you find the
leaves glaucous below ! It cannot be .S". nigra, it does not look
like S. amygdaloidcs, nor kS". alba, nor S. fragilis, and so you may
go over the catalogue successively den3dng it a place in any of the
species, so peculiar does it seem.

Most of the twigs are long, slender, semipendent. The buds
on slender twigs are small, as in the weeping willow, on ranker
growth, larger, about midway between the two species. The leaves
on the upper branches are small, 6-7 cm. long, 8-10 mm. broad,
quite glaucous or only paler beneath, close and even, sharp serrate,
with a venation more irregular than that of Salix fragilis, pri-
maries close with a strong suggestion of a marginal. On water
shoots, the leaves approximate .S. fragilis more closel}' in form,
being long, 16 cm., and narrow, 2 cm., with more distinct teeth.
The veins, too, are more similar to ^. jragilis, but more irregu-
larity is evident and the marginal is still suggested.

The flowers, especially if they were carpellate, would be very
interesting. They might show some peculiarities worthy of
note. The identification without them cannot be said to be as
positive as it might be. But the leaves are so closely intermediate
as to leave but little doubt. If it should turn out to be something
else it would be of even greater interest, for it is evidently very
different from anything else hitherto discovered in our Ohio flora.

14 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

Salix nigra X Salix amygdaloides.

The two parents of this hj-brid are so common and so closely
related— one was formerly considered a variet}' of the other —
that one would expect it to be one of the commonest crosses. But
such is not the case. Less than half a dozen plants of it have
been found within our borders. This is probabh' because Sa/ix
aDiygda/oidc's blooms two weeks earlier than Salix u/ora and the
two do not normally overlap, so that there is no chance for
crossing. The scarcity of hybrids in this region is more remark-
able from the fact that in some localities intermediates are very
abundant. In the vicinity of St. Louis, where the southern Sa//x
longipes enters in and complicates the matter, Dr. Glatfelter
reports that not half the plants are nominal and that there are all
sorts of intermediates connecting them.

Prof. A. D. Selby collected the first plant from this State. It
is, however, not a good intermediate, but is much closer to S.
nigra. Later one or two trees were discovered around Columbus.
These also were not as nearly half waj- between the two as might
be desired. During the sunnner just pas.sed a very fine example
was found within a stone's throw of the new Lake Laboratory
building on Cedar Point.

It is a ver}' fair intermediate betw^een the two species. From a
distance it resembles Salix a)nygdaloides ; though only a bush in
a thicket it has the clean branching habit of Salix amygdaloides m
contrast to the scraggly habit of the other species. The slender-
petioled leaves hang with that peculiar grace characteristic of the
Peach-leaved Willow. The buds are nearly as large as in that
species, i. e., twice as large as in the Black Willow. But the
leaves are lanceolate, neither as broad as one nor as narrow as the
other commonly is. The coarser venation is that of Salix aifiyg-
daloidcs : there is scarceh' an}' marginal and the primaries are
close, ascending. But the smaller veins show a reticulation as
fine as in Salix nigra. The under surfaces of the leaves show no
sign of the glaucescence of Salix amygdaloides, but are only
.slightly paler as in the other species.

An Ai?nok^[ality of Salix skricea.

South of Columljus is a swamp, now nearly drained, which is
one of the few places near the city where Salix serieea flourishes
in abundance. Among several interesting forms growing here is
one plant which may be somewhat contaminated with some other
species or simply almormal.

Part of its llow^ers are exactly as the}- should be in Salix serieea
but others have a very peculiar a])pearance. The rhachis and
scales are very wooly, covered with long white hair which all but
conceals the capsules. The latter are .sometimes covered wdth

Nov., 1903.] Notes on Interesting Ohio Willows. 15

long hair, rather thinly, or are almost glabrous, this last suggest-
ing Saiix cordata. The leaves, however, show no sign of diverg-
ence from Salix scricca.

Carpeliferous Filaments in Salix nigra.

There is one class of willow freaks reported comnionl}^ by
others from other places which have escaped observation, if pres-
ent, in Ohio. The class contains those forms, certainly more
common in Salix than in almost an}- other genus, of plants which
have mixed up in some way their staminate and carpellate flow-
ers. All sorts of combinations and mixes of the two kinds of
flowers are reported. These forms would be very interesting to
experiment upon from a physiologcal point of view, as well as
anatomicall}^ for they might throw some light on the problems
connected with heredity and plasticity of cells.

The plant is growing in the limestone bed of Jonathan creek at
White Cottage, Ohio. It is a shrub 8°-io° tall, with the usual
apperance of Salix nigra. At the time of collection, 23d of May,
it had passed its prime but an abundance of flowering mate-
rial was yet to be had. At first sight it looked as though it
was monoecious, with both sorts of flowers on one plant. Some
aments were normally staminate ; others were apparently all car-
pellate ; and still others were partly staminate and partly carpel-
late. But on closer examination it developed that none of the
ovularies had stigmas, but that in every case the j^lace of that
organ was taken by an anther. The ovularies, moreover, were not
one to a flower, but each scale supported several, sometimes as
many as five, but more often three or four. Sometimes they were
joined together at their bases and radiated in all directions like
prongs to some burr. Sometimes the stigmiform anther was
sessile without a style ; or the style might be quite long. Occa-
sionally the anther was supported on a long filament bearing a
conical thickening at the base. Again one carpel may bear two
stj'les, each with an anther. The anthers were all polleniferous
and functional ; not one appeared withered or blasted. None of
the carpels, however, under a low power, show developing ovules.
They are frequentl}- hairy-like filaments and were colored yellow
like them. It seems most rational to conclude that these pseudo-
carpels were homologous to filaments and were influenced in some
way to assume their thickened form.

Summer-Flowering Willows.

Occasionally when collecting, one meets with willows flowering
late in the summer. In the long-leaved wnllows this is no remark-
able thing, for they have a special adaptation to secure a long
flowering period. But in the other groups it is an occurrence rare
enough to call for note. During several seasons collecting four

1 6- The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

such instances have come to the writer's attention. At least one
other instance has been reported previoush' .-•- In Ottawa county
three years ago a good sized bush of Salix discolor was found with
many catkins in August. They are not normal but much whiter
than ordinary pussies, and many of the capsules are aborted. At
Washington, late in the summer of 1902, a solitary carpellate
anient was found at the tip of a leafy branch of Sa/ix scricca.
This lone catkin was of normal appearance but about ready
to drop off when noticed The third was a plant of Salix Candida,
at Castalia, the past sununer, which had two carpellate aments
just about at anthesis in July. These were normal and ordinar}-
in every way except in being borne on leafy branches. Near
Big Darby creek, in Franklin county, two plants (carpellate)
of Sa/ix cordata were found in August, full of blossoms. The
two were about a hundred feet apart and entirely unconnected.
Why they should both be blooming at the same time is very
peculiar — one of the interesting things which have 5-et to be
explained or chance.

All these instances are from among the species which flower
earliest in the spring and hence develop their flowers furthest in
the fall. It would be quite surprising to find Sa/ix )iigra, for
instance, flowering a second time. In each case, except the
reported instance of Sa/ix Iiuiui/is, the flowers were carpellate.
This may be mere coincidence. It is difficult to see what reason
there could be that the carpellate flowers should be especially
liable to be affected in this waj'. Rather one would expect the
staminate aments to furnish the most frequent examples because
they seem to develop first in the spring.

'■'O. A. Farwel, Second Flowering of Salix humilis. Bot. Gaz , 11 : 317.

POISONOUS AND OTHER INJURIOUS PLANTS OF

OHIO.

John H. Schaffner.

In the following catalogue of plants an attempt has been made
to furnish students with a convenient reference list of the injuri-
ous plants of Ohio, in the ho])e that it may be of service to those
who wish to make a study of the subject. The list is believed to
be fairly complete except the thallophytes, where only a small
number of the most important Fungi have been included.

I am under ver}^ great obligation to Mr. \'. K. Chesnut, of the
U. S. Department of Agriculture, who has kindly added a large
number of plants to the original list and furnished many of the
notes given under the s]:)ecies. I wish here to express my thanks
and appreciation of his invaluable a.ssistance and criticism.

Nov., 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 1 7

I. Thali-Ophyta. Fungi.

I. Aspergillus lierbarioriim (Wiggers). (A. glaucus (L. )
Link.) Apparently the cause of "staggers" in horses,
when eaten with food on which it grows.

Claviceps purpurea ( Fr. ) Tul. Ergot. Very poisonous to
stock.

Ustilago maydis (DC.) Corda. Corn Smut. Causes death
to cattle, although not supposed to be very poisonous.

Ustilago avenae (Pers. ) Jens. Oat Smut. In large quan-
tities it is poisonous to cattle.

Tilletia tritici (Bjerk.J Wint. Stinking Smnt of Wheat.
Poisonous to stock. Deleterious in the flour.

Coleosporium solidaginis (Schw. ) Theum. Parasitic on
species of Solidago. Supposed to be poisonous to horses,
when eaten with the host plant.

7. Puccinia graminis Pers. Wheat Rust. Uredo stage. The

spores cause inflamation of the mucous membrane of the
mouth and nose of persons harvesting wheat. The sore-
ness of the lips caused by the rust is often severe.

8. Boletus felleus Bull. Bitter Boletus. Poisonous to man.

9. Boletus piperatus Bull. Poisonous to man.

10. Cantharellus aurantiacus (Wulf.) Fr. Supposed to be pois-

onous.

11. Hygrophorus conicus (Scop.) Fr. Poisonous to man.

12. lycntinus stipticus (Bull.) Schr. (Panus stipticus Fr.)

Poisonous to man.

13. Marasmius peronatus (Bolt.) Fr. Supposed to be poisonous

to man.

14. Marasmius urens (Bull.) Fr. Supposed to be poisonous.

15. Chalymatta campanulata (ly. ) Karst. Poisonous.

16. Hj^pholoma lacrimabundum Fr. Supposed to be poisonous.

17. Pholiota squarrosoides Peck. Poisonous.

18. Hj'porhodius clypeatus (L. ) Schr. (Entoloma clypeatum

E.) Poisonous.

19. Volvaria glojocephala (DC.) Quel. Poisonous.

20. Volvaria vol vacea ( Bull. ) Sacc. Poisonous.

21. Agaricus illudens Schw. (Clitocj'be.) Poisonous.

22. Eepiota morgani Peck. Poisonous to man.

23. Amanita niappa (Batsch.) Sacc. Poisonous.

24. Amanita muscaria (Iv. ) Pers. Fly Amanita. Very poisonous

when eaten and causes death. Poisonous also to cattle.
Used as a fly poison.

25. Amanita phalloides (Fr.) Quel. Death Cup. [A. bulbosa

Bull.) Poisonous. Probably the mo.st dangerous of all
the American fungi.

1 8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

26. Amanita umbriiia (Pers.) Schr. (A. pantheriua (DC.)

(Quel.). Poisonous to man.

27. Amanita verna Fr. Destroying Angel. Poisonous to man.

28. Amanita virosa (Fr.) Sacc. Poisonous.

29. Globaria bovista (L.) Quel. Giant Puff-ball. (Lycoper-

don giganteum Batsch.) Poisonous if eaten after the
white interior changes to a brownish color.

II, Archegoniata.

30. Pteridium aquilinum (L. ) Kuhn. Eagle Fern. I^eaves

supposed to be poisonous to cattle and horses.
'31. Equisetum arven.se L. Common Horsetail. Supposed to
to be injurious to horses, at least when it is in the form
of hay.

III. Spermatophyta. Gymnospermae.

32. Taxus canadensis Marsh. American Yew. Eeaves supposed

to be poisonous to stock.

33. Juniperus communis L. Common Juniper. Goats are pois-

oned from eating the leaves.

34. Juniperus virginiana L. Red Cedar. Poisonous to goats.

Angiospermae. Monocotyledones.

35. Arisaema triphyllum L. Jack-in-the-pulpit. Underground

parts somewhat poisonous, but edible when Ijoiled or
roasted a short time.

36. Calla palustris L. Water Arum. Poisonous.

37. Spathyema foetida (L.) Raf. Skunk Cabbage. Has an

acrid juice and a disagreable odor which .seems to cause
headache.

38. Alisma plantago L. Water Plantain. Has poisonous effect

on cattle.

39. Sagittaria latifolia Willd. Eroad-leaved Arrow-head. The

rootstalk contains a bitter milky juice in the raw state,
but is edible when cooked.

40. Xeluml)o lutea (Willd.) Pers. American Nelumbo. The

rootstock is sometimes used to kill roaches.

41. Chaetocloa italica (L.) Scrib. Millet. Hungarian. The

hay, if fed in large quantities and too frequently, is inju-
rious to horses.

42. Loliuni tenuilentum L. Darnel. Poisonous. Grain nox-

ious and injurious when ground in with flour.

43. Zygadenus elegans Ph. Zygadeue. Swamp Camas. Pois-

onous to cattle and shee]i, sometimes causing death.

44. Melanthium virginicum I^. Bunch-flower. Rhizome is

poLsonous.

Nov., 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 19

45. Veratrum viride Ait. American White Helebore. Roots

are poisonous.

46. Veratrum woodii Robb. Wood's False Helebore. Poison-

ous like the preceding species.

47. L,iliuni superbum L. Turk's-cap lyily. The pollen is said

to cause skin poisoning.

48. Asparagus officinalis L. Asparagus. Will sometimes blis-

ter the skin of those who work with it. The seeds are
used as a substitute for coffee.

49. Convallaria majalis L,. Lily-of-the-valley. All parts of the

plant are verj' poisonous to man, horses and cattle.

50. Trillium grandiflorum (Mx.) Salisb. Large-flowered Wake-

robin. Emetic. Contains saponin.

51. Trillium erectum h. Ill-scented Wake-robin. Rhizome

somewhat poisonous.

52. Smilax rotundifolia L. Round-leaved Greenbrier. A case

of poisoning from eating the young leaves is reported.

53. Iris versicolor I,. Large Blue-flag. Underground parts

are poisonous.

54. Cypripedium reginae Walt. Showy Lady's-slipper. ( C.

spectabile Swz.j Poisonous to the skin, much like
Poison Iv5'. x\t least 50 per cent, of persons are suscep-
tible.

55. Cypripedium hirsutum ]\Iill. Large Yellow Lady's-slipper.

( C. pubescens Willd. ) Poisonous like the preceding
species.
^6. .Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. Small-flowered Lady's-
slipper. This species is also poisonous, but to a less
extent than the other two.

DiCOTYLEDONES.

57. Toxylon pomiferum Raf. Osage Orange. The thorns

produce poisonous wounds in the skin. Horses acquire a
strong liking for the 3-oung shoots and eat them in large
quantities without apparent ill eft'ects.

58. Hnmulus lupulus L. Hop. Hop pickers often have an

inflammation of the hands.

59. Cannabis sativa L. Hemp. The resin of this plant is a

powerful narcotic. An intoxicating drink is prepared
from the dried leaves. The leaves and other parts are
smoked for their intoxicating and narcotic effects.

60. Urtica dioica L. Stinging Nettle. Stinging and injurious

to the .skin.

61. Urtica gracilis L. Slender Nettle. Injurious to the skin

of man and horses.

(To be continued.)

20

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 1,

MINOR PLANT NOTES, No. 5.

W. A. KEr.LERMAN.

White Heath Aster. — Some notes were given in a former
number of the Ohio Naturalist concerning the Aster ericoides,
the White Heath Aster. Opportunity was afforded in 1903 to
see the behavior of this species in Washington
County, Ohio. Here, as was the case in Adams
County, the plant, if unmolested, soon takes full
possession of the pastures and roadsides, and all
neglected arable ground. While it does pre-
vent washing of the hillsides, it would not seem
to be a profitable plant to grow or to let grow for
this purpose; grasses rather should be cultivated.
The thrifty farmer apparently has no annoyance
from this weed, since it does not venture to grow
on ground occupied icit/i properly cultivated crops.
It is believed that the former estimate and judg-
ment relative to Aster ericoides does not need
revision.

Beat That? — At the end of the previous
growing season there was found in a garden, a
beet (not a dead beet) that had been evidently
struggling heroically against adverse circumstan-
ces. Adjacent sweet pea vines, not properly
supported, had fallen over and partially smoth-
ered a row of garden beets. One of these made
an effort to reach up to the light but was caught
again and dragged down. It evidently per-
sisted in its efforts and the result is shown in the
marginal figure reproduced from a photograph.
The stem sent up many many small branclies
whose small leaves obtained the neces-sar}- sun-
shine. This struggle for existence also awakened
the instinct of reproduction and accordingly an
elongated inflorescence was formed. Numerous
flowers and .some fruits were produced. The total
length of the stem was six feet.

Abnormal Leaves of Aesculus Glabra. —
A very striking case of abnormal leaves was
recently noticed near Columbus, in a grove of
small trees of the Ohio Buckeye, x-\esciilus glabra.
Earlier in the season they had been quite denuded
of leaves by insect depredation. A den.se tuft of leaves termina-
ted each of the twigs — in itself cons]-)icuous — and nearly half of
the new leaves were more or less aborted and abnormal. The

Nov., 1903.]

Minor Plant Notes.

21

leaflets were seldom of the normal shape, the lamina generally
extendining downward to the petiole — a suggestion of a pinnate
tj-pe — and the whole affair presenting a crumpled and distorted
aspect. The accompanxing sketches indicate some of the com-
moner outlines.

Abnormal Leaves of Aesculus glabra.

Large Ohio Trees. — From time to time as opportunity-
offered, trees of unusual size have been measured with the results
here tabulated — the measurements taken about three or four feet
from the ground :

Name. Locality. Circumference.

Acer negundo, Box Elder. Columbus ... 8 ft. 2 in.

Acer saccharinuni, Silver Maple. S3'mmes Creek, Lawrence

County ' 8 ft.

Aesculus glabra, Ohio Buckeye. Marblehead, Ottawa Co. . . . 9 ft.
Aesculus octandra, Sweet Buckeye. Manchester, Adams Co. 9 ft.
Asimina triloba, Papaw. Symmes Creek Valley, Lawrence

County 3 ft.

Betula nigra, River Birch. Hocking Co 7 ft.

Castanea dentata, Chestnut. Brush Tp., Scioto Co ^3 ft.

Catalpa catalpa, Catalpa. Symmes Creek Valley, Lawrence

Count}' 9

Celtis occidentalis, Hackberry. Columbus 10

Cercis canadensis, Red Bud. Cedar Hill, Fairfield Co. ..... . 5 ft.

Cornus florida, Dogwood. Symmes Creek Valley, Lawrence

County

Crataegus mollis. Red-fruited Thorn. Marblehead, Ottawa Co.

6
2

S
I

in.
in.
in.

in.
in.
in.

ft.
ft.

ft.

ft.

2 in.

S'A in.

m.
in.

2 2 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. IV, No. 1,

Name. I,ocality. Circumference.

Crataegus punctata, Thorn. Amanda, P'airfield Co i ft. 6 in.

Diospyros virginiana, Persinnnon. Cedar Hill, Fairfield Co. 5 ft. 7, '2 in.

Fagus americana, Beech. Arion, Scioto Co 12 ft. 4 in.

Fraxinus quadrangulata. Blue Ash. Columbus 7 ft. 7/2 in.

Gleditsia triacanthos, Honey Locust. Sandusky 10 ft. 2 in.

Gymnocladus dioica, Kentucky Coffee Tree. Columbus 7 ft. 9^2 in.

Liriodendron tulipifera, Tulip Tree. Hocking Co 13 ft.

Magnolia acuminata, Cucuni1)er Tree. Lawrence Co 4 ft. S in.

Mains coronaria, Crab Apple. Amanda, Fairfield Co 2 ft. y'/i in.

Nyssa sylvatica, Sour Gum. Otway, Scioto Co 8 ft. 10 in.

Ostrya virginiana, Ironwood. Waynesville, Warren Co 3 ft. 7 in.

Oxydendruni arboreum, Sorrel Tree. Saltpetre Cave, Hock-
ing Co 4 ft. S in .

Platanus occidentalis, Sycamore. Groveport, Franklin Co. . . 23 ft. 5 in.

Quercus acuminata. Yellow Oak. Wa3-nesville, Warren Co. . 8 ft. 5 in.

Ouercus alba. White Oak. Bainbridge, Ross Co 15 ft. 6 in.

Quercus leana, Lea's Oak. Cedar Point, Erie Co 4 ft. 5 in.

Ouercus macrocarpa. Bur Oak. Cedar Hill, Fairfield Co 12 ft. i in.

Ouercus palustris, Pin Oak. Bainbridge, Ross Co 8 ft. ij4 in.

Ouercus prinus. Chestnut Oak. Bainbridge, Ross Co .... 9 ft. S in.

Ouercus stellata, Iron Oak. Cedar Hill, F'airfield Co 10 ft. 10 in.

Rhanmus carolinianus, Buckthorn. Cedar Mills, Adams Co. . 11 in.

Rhus hirta, Staghorn Sumach. Geneva, Ashtabula Co 2 ft. 9 in.

Robinia pseudac;icia. Black Locust. Waynesville, Warren Co. 10 ft. 4 in.

Sassafras sassafras, Sassafras. Bainbridge, Ross Co 6 ft. 4 in.

Ulnius americana, American Elm. Columbus 15 ft. 8 in.

NOTE ON ARADUS ORNATUS (Say).

Herbert Osborn.

Aradus ornatu.«! was described b}- Say in 1831, since which time
it has remained ahnost unrecognized, the only record being that
of Bergroth who mentions a specimen* and suggests that the spe-
cies that had usualh' borne this name in collections was one to
which he gives the name " dtizei."

A short time ago in looking over Mr. Dury's interesting col-
lection I found three specimens of this species, which was new to
me, and with his kind permission they were brotight to Columbus
for study. Careful comparison with the related species and Say's
description proved them to be certainly his ornattis and it is no
small pleastire to add this rare and handsome species to otu" local
fainia. As Say's description was written from specimens taken
in Indiana, presumably in New Harmon}^ these captures at Cin-
cinnati may be considered ([uite near to the type locality, and
since they agree in the minutest details with Say's description,
they may be considered as typical examples for the species.

The species agrees with robiistiis and diizci in having swollen
antennae but differs from both . in the three shiny spots at the
hind border of the pronotum, and from robustus in the nuich
lighter color.

Proceedings Entomological Society, Washington, II, 332.

Nov., 1903.]

Notes and News.

23

THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF PLANTS. V.

John H. Schaffnfr.

The plants listed below were measured during the past season
in Ohio and Kansas. All are considerably taller than given in
Britton's Manual:

OHIO.

Bromus tectorum L., .
Urtica gracilis Ait.,
Thalictrum purpurascens L.,
Iinpatiens aiirea Muhl.,
Angelica atropnrpurea L,.,
Daucus carota L., .
Pastinaca sativa L.,
Carduus altissimus L. ,
Lactiica canadensis L. ,

KANSAS.

Sagittaria latifolia Willd.,
Phleuni pratense L.,
Eh'inus virginicus L.,
Elynius canadensis I,.,
Rumex crispus L.,
Saponaria officinalis L.,
Brassica nigra (L. ) Koch.,
Penthorum sedoides I,.,
Geum canadense Jacq.,
Althaea rosea Cav. ,
Asclepias syriaca L.,
Marrnbium viilgare L,.,
Aster viniineus Lam.,
Chrvsanthemuni leucanthemimi L,

3K

feet

io>^

8

J'A

10

5X

10

12K

lly^

5

5

5

7X

5^3

4

*8

2>^

3H

10

JH

4

63^

3/2

NEWS AND NOTES.

The thirteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy of
Science will be held a Denison University, Granville, Ohio, Nov.
27th and 2Sth.

The Ohio State Academy of Science has this j'ear published
three important "Special Papers." The first is Special Paper No.
5, Tabanidae of Ohio, by James S. Hine. This is a pamphlet of
63 pages and, in addition to a general disciLSsion of the life history
and anatomy of these insects, it contains a catalogue of Taban-
idae from America North of Mexico and a sj'stematic treatise of
Ohio .species with kej^s for their identification.

Special Paper No. 6 is entitled " The Birds of Ohio," A Revised
Catalogue, by Lynds Jones. It contains 241 pages and gives a
general view of Ohio in relation to its bird life and a list of the

:24 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 1,

Ohio birds with notes on each species. This paper is an impor-
tant contribution to our knowledge of the local avifauna and will
certainly do much to advance the stud}- of ornitholog}- in Ohio.
Special Paper No. 7, by Thomas A. Bonser, is entitled " Eco-
logical Stud}^ of Big Spring Prairie," Wyandot Count}-, Ohio.
It contains 96 pages with maps and numerous illustrations and is
a very complete presentation of the ecolog}- of the area under
consideration. J. H. S.

A specimen of the Paddle-fish, Polydon spathula ( Wal.), was
seen by the undersigned in the Post Company's Fish House,
Sandusky, Ohio, in August of the present year. According to
Osburn (Fishes of Ohio, Special Paper 4, O. Ac. Sc, p. 18),
records of its occurrence in the Great Lakes are not abundant.
From the fishermen, I learned that the fish is seen at irregular
intervals but not commonlv- Max Morse.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOLICAL CLUB-

Orton Hall, June i, 1903.

After the reading of the minutes of the previous meeting the
committee on nominations reported the following board of editors
for the Naturalist :

Editor-in-Chief J. H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, . . . . J. S. HiNE.

Associate Editors.

Geology, J. A. Bownocker.

Zoology, . . . . . . F. L. Landacre.

Archaeology, . . . . . W. C. Mills.

Botany, ...... W. A. Kellerman.

Ecology, O. E. Jennings.

Ornithology, Max Morse.

Upon motion the Club adopted tliL- report and elected the
■editors as recommended.

Mr. C. W. Mally spoke to the Club of his experience in South
Africa. The climate is adapted to grow most of our temperate
crops. There is great need of a vegatable pathologist. Ento-
mology is strictly economic and the strictly scientific work is done
in England and in this countr}-.

Under reports on theses, I\Ir. J. G. Sanders reported the addi-
tion of 21 or 22 species and 4 genera of scale insects to the State
list and the description of three new species. Mr. Swezey reported
work on the life histories of some of the Fulgoridae. Mr. E. A.
Sanders reported a joint thesis with Mr. A. W. Whetstone upon
the forest ecology of Franklin County.

Robert F. Griggs, Scartcuv.

Starling Medical College^

Corner State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOVR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ^ ^ ^

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROIGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.

SPAHIj & GLENN,

PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.

50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.

LONG & KILER

University Supplv Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removed from Main Building, Ohio State University.

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

Special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS.

^rioafc (^mBufatice ^eroice. ^tfttp^onc 18-

Jiineraf ©irec^ore*

1239 fo 1241 (Jt. §ig3 #frecf. CofumBuB, (ftaio.

Photos ' ' '

FROM THE

OliD f^ELilABliE

Baker's Art Gallery

State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST.
The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America.

JJedieal and Seientifie Books

The Second liapgest Stoek in Ohio.

The raiost liberal discounts given Public and
Private liibPaPies.

Sold at liA/holesale Prices.

CATAUOCUE Fr^EE^_^^a^^HH^^^>^

Li. S. WEliliS, *

665 floPth Higl^ Street, COLiUjVIBUS, OHIO.

Both Telephones.

I^educcd Hates to Teachers. \ \

1J

"Da<(vsons Bitds of Ohio"

SCIENTIFIC!

WILL ILLUSTRATE AND DESCRIBE

THE 322 SPECIES

OF OHIO BIRDS.

POPULAR!

A BOOK FOR BIRD LOVERS, NATURE STUDENTS AND THOSE WHO VALUE GOOD READING.

It will contain a com =
plete account of plum =
ages, range, nesting,
etc., together with
piquant sketches and
condensed life^Iiistories
of the birds themselves.

The text is by Rev.
W. Leon Dawson, of
Columbus ; the intro-
Vduction and analytical
ikeys by
Lynds Jones, S. M., of

3berlin, both well =

;nown ornithologists.

Soug Sparrows.— A Brooding Female Being Fed by Mate.
Specimen illustriilion from "Dawson's Bird.« of Ohio." Plioto by J. B. Parker.

fl MAGNIFICENTLY ILLUSTRATED BY

80 SELECTED PLATES IN COLOR a"d ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

!00 ORIGINAL HALF-TONES From Photographs Taken in Ohio.
SHOWING THE WILD BIRDS AND THEIR HAUNTS.
f, Wo expense is being: spared to make of this work a sumptuous volume, complete in every detail,
lie BEST OF ITS CLASS, yet well within the reach of all.

PRICES RANGE FROM $5.75 to $7.50 ACCORDING TO BINDING.

IBiQUIKV COUfOI^.

THE WHEATON PUBLISHING CO.

1216 The Hayden, Columbus, O.

Please send me specimen pages of your forthcoming work,
"Dawson's Birds of Ohio," also si)ecial terms by which I may
secure a numljered copy of the Autlior's Autograph Edition.

Name

Address .

SPECIAL TERMS TO ADVANCE
SUBSCRIBERS.

The Autlior's Autograph
Edition of 1,000 copies, limi-
ted, is being rapidly sub-
scribed for. Sign "Inquiry
Coupon."

ORDER NOW.

"HE WHEATON PUBLISHING CO.,

I2I6 The Hayden. COLUMBUS, OHIO.

Your Laboratory ^ s^ s»

Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar=
atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the
most available source? Send us a trial order and
notice the difference. j5i ^ ^ ^ a, ^ ^

Scientific Materials Company

MAKERS = = = IMPORTERS
711?^ Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa.

ne Ohio I\^a/w7'afc/,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate University.
Volume IV. DECEMBER, 1903. No. 2.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Morse — The Transmission of Ac(inircil ('liariioter- 25

SCHAFFNER — Notes Oil ttie Nutation of Plants 30

ScHAFFNER-Poisonons and Other Injnrions Plants of Ohio (continiK'd) :!2

OsBoKN - Aradidae of Ohio oi!

OsiiORN— A Subterranean Koot— Infesting Fulgorid -ll

OsBOKN— New Species of Ohi;> Fnl.^oridae -14

News and Notes 17

CoBERLY— MeetiuL's of the Biologieal (;inb -17

THE TRANSMISSION OF ACQUIRED CHARAC-
TERS.-

Max Morse.

I shall invite your attention this evening to a theme which like
the poor, "Ye have ahvaj-s with you." It is the old question
whether the changes in the growing organism, or the adult, pro-
duced by the direct action of the environment about it, are carried,
through heredity, to the offspring. Jean Lamark first used the
term " acquired character" to designate characters such as these
and to him are we to look for the first clear statement of the case.
By this it is not to be understood that the idea of the transmis-
sion of acquired characters arose with Lamark. No great gener-
alization ever arose or ever can arise with one man alone. The
attribution of the idea of the transmission of acquired characters
to Lamark falls in the same category as attributing evolution to
Darwin. And as Darwin first attempted to ansivcr the question
how organisms change, Lamark first raised the question how the}'
change at all. The Greeks in the dawn of history accounted for
diversity in living forms by the direct effect of environment.
Indeed, not until the time of Darwin was there a rival theory
advanced. And we can easily see the reason for this when we
consider the directness and naivete of the transmission theory as
against the negative action of selection. The histor}- of science
shows that hypotheses created as explanations of natural phe-
nomena are at iirst simple and that it is only when the phenomena
nre better understood that the h}'potlieses become more complex.
The Corpuscular Theory of light in Newton's sense sufficed for a

=■'■ Presidential Address, Biological Club, Nov. 2, 1903.

26 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

long time to explain that phenomenon and it has been revived in a
refined, augmented and complex form to stand as the modern
theory of light. And so, had selection been advanced at first as
an explanation of diversity in plants and animals, it would have
meant a far deeper insight into the ways of Nature than the
Greeks had at that time.

What, we may ask, is an acquired character? That it is a
difficult task to answer this question one may infer from the fact
that in the periodical Nature for 1895, a discussion, ranging over
six or seven numbers and led by some of the greatest workers in
biology was carried on, each contributor offering a different defi-
nition of varying length and complexity. And it is doubtful
whether the discussion ended because a conclusion had been
reached or whether no more space could be given by the publish-
ers. The most comprehensive definition of the term is that an
acquired character is a modification of an organism in its ontog-
eny, produced by reactions to external stimuli. Its opposite is
the congenital character which arises from the genital cell irre-
spective of external conditions. Now, obviously, these defini-
tions involve severe difficulties, if not in themselves, at least in
their application. Fur the sake of clearness, let us consider the
development of an organism in ontogeny and phylogeny.

The Protozoa or Protophyta cannot be said to have an onto-
geny. Whatever may be said to be the method of reproduction
in them, we ma}^ reduce it to its simplest terms — binar}- fission.
Consequently, we cannot speak of palingenesis or cenogenesis in
in the protozoa or protophyta. Since there is no division of labor
whereby one portion of the organism is set apart to perform the
function of nutrition, another for reproduction, etc., we can say
that the environment exerts a direct effect on the reproductive
element and the transmission of acquired characters in unicellular
forms is a reality. But when we pass the line between the uni-
cellular forms and multicellular forms, our problem is different.
Here we have division of labor. One cell has as its special func-
tion the elimination of waste; another, movement, while the thirtl
reproduces the animal or plant in its entirety. The question
arises, is the method here the same as in the unicellular forms ?
Or is there a modification necessary to meet the new conditions?
In the case of the one celled forms, the nivirouii/e>if of the repro-
ductive element is the environment of the organism as a whole,
while in the multicellular forms the environment of the germinal
cell is the group of cells surrounding it — \.\\^ environment of the nuil-
ticellular organism being the medium outside the body which
rarel)' or never comes in contact with the germ cell, at least until
that cell is mature. Hence the ca.se is different. In the latter
case — i. e , the nnilticellular organisms, the generative cell would
react to such stinnili as are furnished by the surrounding body.

Dec, 1903.] Transmission of Acquired Characters. 27

We may sum up these stimuli as nutritive, respiratory, mechani-
cal, thermic, perhaps electrical and finally, what some will have —
a stimulus due to irritability, a virtual vital force. Now one
school holds that there is no connection or direct communication
between germ cell and body cell,* while another says there is and
has shown that there is a possible means of communication by
certain protoplasmic bridges that are known to occur at least in
some cases. It is obvious what application this has to the sub-
ject in hand. The germ-cell in the multicellular forms, located
as it is deep in the tissues of the body and away from the sur-
roundings of the organism to which it belongs, may react in one
of two ways: it may react to simply the stimuli given by the cells
immediately surrounding it or to this p/us an effect induced by
something such as a nervous force, as was mentioned as a possi-
ble means of communication between more distant cells. The
existence of such a force is not countenanced b)^ modern biolo-
gists and it is useless to follow the theme longer. This leaves us
with but the hypothesis of Darwin which he termed that of Pan-
genesis. Darwin early saw the necessity of some such lij^pothe-
sis, if acquired characters are inherited, in accounting for a mean.^
of communication between the body-cells and the germ-cells. In
place of a subtle force, Darwin postulated an actual material
transmission of a portion of the body-cell to the germ-cell. He
assumed protoplasm to be composed of pangens or corpuscles and
that these might pass from cell to cell carrying with them the
characters, hereditary and acquired, of the cell from which they
came. The pangens migrate from the body-cell to the germ-cell
and becoming resident there, are transmitted to the offspring, in
which they pass to the several parts of the body, thus reproduc-
ing the form of the parent. An acquired character could thus be
inherited. From other considerations Darwin was led to believe
strongly in the transmission of acquired characters and it is a
mark of farsightedness on his part when he saw the necessity of
some such hypothesis, and met it. It is well to note in passing
that the so-called Neo-Darwinians are more Darwinian than tlie
man himself, paradoxical as it may seem. Darwin believed, and
that strongly, in the transmission of the direct effects of environ-
ment and attempted to explain it, and it is only his followers
that have dropped it from the creed.

So much, then, for the a priori condition of the subject. We
have seen that in unicellular forms, acquired characters are
inherited and that in so far, in nuilticellular forms, as we can
treat the germ-cell as a single cell, and apart from the somatic

"The term "germ-ceU" is meant to desigate such cells as reproduce the parent form
—all other cells being "body cells." Obviously the argument which was originally
applied to sex-cells will apply to cases of vegetative reproduction equally well, as in cases
of budding, spores, polyembryony, etc.

2 8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

cells, its acquired characters are inherited; but when we begin to
consider that it ma}- be affected in a larger way b}' remoter por-
tions of the body, either through pangens or some other means,
the question takes another turn. Is it not difficult to imagine
how some specific change in a remote portion of the body can be
registered on the germ-ccll with the result that the offspring has
reproduced in it the same specific modification ? Of course, incon-
ceivabilit}' can never be advanced as an argument, pro or con,
unless an easier explanation is at hand, and in this case many
think there is.

lyCt us turn now to another phase of the subject. Breeders and
fanciers have long insisted that their produce show case after case
of the inheritance of acquired modifications. Nay, indeed are not
our social institutions themselves built on this assumption? Edu-
cate the father and the child will profit thereby. Raise the man
of the slums and thereby better his offspring. What teacher that
will not on first thouglit answer that the child of an educated
parent learns more easily than that of an ignorant and illiterate
father? And so we may read in the stock journals and the fanciers
journals of the transmission of acquired traits and an outbreak of
discussion is probable at an}- time. Of discussions on this topic
the most noteworthy is the Spencer-Weismann controversy that
was carried on in the pages of the Contemporary Rcvieic in 1893.
The discussion arose from an article by Herbert vSpencer entitled
"The Inadequac}' of Natural Selection." In it he attempted to
show that coadaptation of the various parts of the body of an
organism could be explained far easier by admitting the transmis-
sion of functional changes than b}' the theory of Natural Selec-
tion. From the law of probability he attempted to show that the
chance of two characters that were mutually adapted arising in
the same individual was almost infinite. As a concrete example he
took the case of the stag wiih its antlers weighing pounds. Now
in an adult stag we find the most beautiful coadaptation of parts
to parts. The shoulder mu.scles are immense, the front legs are
much stronger than the hinder pair, there is an increased blood
supply to these i)arts, etc. How, he asks, can we assume that all
these adaptations arose simultaneously in the same individual as
variations, so tliat from the other less favorable conditions these
were selected by natural .selection? How nuich easier, he says,
is the transmission hypothesis to be applied here!

In answering this-and admitting the force of the argument,
Weismann submits that if one case cotild beshcnvn whereby there
is no po.ssibilit>- of the transmission of acquired characters the
burden of proof would fall to the transmissionists. As such a
case he brings forward that of the worker bcc-. It is well known
that the worker bee as well as the soldier termite produce no off-
spring, as in their development the organs of generation atrophy.

Dec, 1903.] Transmission of Acquired Characters. 29

Obviously, selection of favorable variations is the only explana-
tion here. If, then, we must assume that, for instance, the im-
mense jaws with the corresponding muscles of the termite soldier
are produced by selection, why must we assume a different cause
in the case of the antlers of the stag ? When all evidence is
weighed, it must be admitted that here is a solution of the prob-
lem.

The problem has been attacked from other points of view.
Thus, Henry Fairfield Osborn, in an article in the A /fn'/iavi Nat-
uralist^^ .shows the plausability of the transmission of functional
changes being the method of evolution in organic life. It is too
much to assume, he says, that the tubercles in the teeth of mam-
mals have been formed in an}- way other than by the the transmis-
sion of mechanical mouldings. Eimer, the friend of Weismann,
is the author of an elaborate volume in which he presents an
array of facts in support of the transmission theory. He lays
special stress on the matter of the pigmentation of the races of
man. He finds that in the Nile valley there is a gradation, as one
passes from Alexandria southward, in the color of the native
races from an intense black to lighter complexions through vari-
ous intermediate shades. How, he asks, are we to account for such
gradations by the preservation of favorable variations? Is it not
more logical to assume that they have been the direct effect of
environment from generation to generation ? Eimer' s work is
written in German and J. T. Cunningham of England has trans-
lated it. This author himself is a firm believer in the transmis-
sion hypothesis and is a frequent contributor to the subject. To
him is due partly the prominence that the question occupies at
the present time.

We have considered thus far proofs from the a priori point of
view and also deductive proofs. There remains but one class of
evidence — experimental. The classic experiments of Brown-
Sequard on the guinea pig, in which he attempted to show that
epilepsy, caused by the severance of the spinal cord in adults was
transmitted to the offspring, are now considered invalid since
germs of disease may be transmitted in the germ-cells as .syphillis
is known to be. There have been thousands of cases reported of
the so-called transmission of mutilations. Absolutely no depend-
ence can be put on the large majority of these because of insuffi-
cient data. Moreover, regeneration is .so general that it is a priori
improbable that amputations and the like are ever transmitted.

The acme of attempts at experimental proof is found in the
work of John Cossar Ewart, the Scotchman. The experiments
in breeding zebras, horses, sheep, dogs, rabbits, etc., that he has
carried out are of the highest type of scientific work. Environed

* American Naturalist, 23 : 561.

30 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

as he is by transmissionists, both as men of science on the one
hand and with fanciers on the other, one would expect him to
follow. But he does not, and as a conclusion to these remarks
and as an expression of what the speaker deems the sentiment of
those biologists who have worked more especially in this field,
the following summary of his experiments, given by himself before
the British Association, is appended : "In my experiments I
have never seen anything that would point to the transmission of
an acquired character."

Note. — Since the above was prepared, a volume from Macmil-
lan & Co. , written by Thomas Hunt Morgan and entitled ' ' Evo-
lution and Adaptation" has appeared. In this book is found a
treatment of the general subject in the light of recent research.
It may be said that the transmission hypothesis is not counte-
nanced by this author.

NOTES ON THE NUTATION OF PLANTS.

John H. Schaffner.

In the summer of 1896, the writer studied the nutation of Hel-
ianthus annuus ( i ) and found that in this plant we have one of
the most remarkable and striking diurnal phenomena to be ob-
served in the plant kingdom. It has been believ^ed quite generallj^
that the disc of flowers follows the sun but Kellerman (2 ) showed
conclusively that this is not the case. The nutation occurs in the
upper part of the stem before anthesis, the terminal rosette fol-
lowing the sun from morning until sunset. Along with H. annu-
us, H. scaberrimus was studied and found to act in the same
way.

In 1900, the cultivated variety of H. annuus was reported (3)
to nutate as strongly as the wild variety, and the same was
observed in regard to H. petiolaris.

More recently Stevens (4) has shown that a similar nutation
occurs in various other genera of widely separated families. He
found nutation in Bidens frondosa and Ambrosia artemisaefolia.
He also mentions the genera, Amaranthus, Lespedeza, Melilotus
(especially M. alba), Medicago, and Trifolium, as containing
species which show more or less nutation.

During the past summer numerous observations were made on
various plants in Clay county, Kansas.

The writer had himself noticed the nutation of Ambrosia trifida
in 1897, but it was not included in a previous report as no careful
observations had been made. The giant ragweed nutates very
decidedly when conditions are favorable, often bending 90° to the
west in the evening. In the morning the bending of the stem is

Dec, 1903.]

Notes on Nutation of Plants.

31

usually not more than 2o°-3o° east. During dr}- weather the
amount of nutation was increased by watering the plants. As in
the sunflower, the stem is usually straight by 10 o'clock at night.
Ambrosia artemisaefolia was studied and found to nutate well,
as reported by Stevens. Ambrosia psylostachya and Xanthium
speciosum also nutate, considerable movement of the stem being
readily observed during favorable conditions. Helianthus maxi-
miliani, H. grosseserratus, H. hirsutus, and H. tubersus nutate
well before anthesis. H. maximiliani is especially striking on

Fig. I.

Fig.

Fig. I. Helianthus annuus nutating to the west at 7 p. M.
Fig. 2. Ambrosia trifida at 7 p. m. Both from Clay Co., Kansas.

occount of its stout stem and slender, rigid leaves. On favorable
days the nutation is 90° west in the evening and 20° or more east
in the morning.

Although Stevens gives Amaranthus as a genus which shows
nutation, he does not name the species observed. During the
past summer two species were studied by the writer, namely,
Amaranthus hybridus and A. retroflexus. The first nutates the
more prominently both in the morning and evening, probably be-
cause of its more slender stem. The process is much the same as
in the sunflowers, but the curve in the stem is not nearly so
abrupt. However, on favorable evenings the terminal rosette
faces the setting sun to such an extent that the rays of light fall
on the broad surface of the leaves at right angles.

32 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

The wild variety of Helianthns anninis still appears to the
writer to be ///c nutating plant. For on certain cloudy days when
nutation is very slight in such plants as H. maxiniiliani and Am-
brosia trifida it is still very decided in this species.

Occasionall}' there are days in which all the factors favorable to
nutation are at a maximum. Such days may be distinguished as
special " nutation days." One of the most remarkable in the
writer's experience was August 5, 1903. The ground was moist
but the sky was exceedingly clear. The sunlight was very
intense during the entire da}-. Toward evening all the nutating
plants in the fields and roadsides presented an appearance not
soon to be forgotten. The various sunflowers, ragweeds, and
amaranths were all nodding to the west at an angle of 90°, giving
to the landscape a ver}' peculiar and even unnatural appearance.

In the account given above, fifteen species of nutating plants
are named. There are probably scores of others in the United
States which show a diurnal bending or nutation of the stem to a
greater or less extent.

1. ScHAFFNER, JOHN H. Observations on the Nutation of Helianthns

annuns. Bot. Gaz. 25 : 395-403. 1898.

2. Kkllerm.'\n, W. a. Observations on the Nutation of Sunflowers.

Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. 12 : 140-158. 1889-90.

3. SCHAFFNER, John H. The Nutation of Helianthus. Bot. Gaz. 29 :

197-200. 1900.

4. Stevens, F. L. Nutation in Bidens and Other Genera. Bot. Gaz. 35 :

363-366. 1903.

POISONOUS AND OTHER INJURIOUS PLANTS OF

OHIO.

John H. Schaffner.

(Continued from p. 19.)

62. Urtica urens L. Small Nettle. Produces irritation of the

skin. A severe case of poi.soning is reported, caused by
drinking a hot infusion of this plant.

63. Urticastrum divaricatum (L.) Ktz. Wood Nettle. (La-

portea canadensis Gaud.) Injurious to the touch.

64. Phoradendron flavescens ( Ph. ) Nutt. American Mi.stletoe.

Berries jjoisonous when eaten b}- children.

65. Rumex acetosella h. Sheep Sorrel. Seeds said to poison

horses and sheep. Leaves, when eaten in large quanti-
ties, are poisonous.

66. Fagopyrum fagopyrum (L.) Karst. Buckwheat. Causes

the formation of a rash on some persons, when eaten.
Buckwheat straw is considered injurious.

Dec, 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 33

67. Poly,2,'onum hydropiper L. Smart- weed. Very acrid. Some-

times causes inflammation when applied to the skin.

68. Polygonum punctatum Ell. Dotted Smart-weed. Sonie-

tinie.s causes inflammation of tlie skin.

69. Chenopodium anthelminticum L, Worm-seed. A fatal

case of poisoning from the oil has been reported.

70. Chenopodium ambro.sioides L. Mexican Tea. Goosefoot.

Probably has much the same properties as the preceding.

71. Phytolacca decaudra L. Pokeweed. Roots and .seed contain

a virulent poison. Poisonous to cattle.

72. Agrostemma githago L. Corn Cockle. (Lychnis githago

Lam.) Seeds poisonous to poultry. The seed is some-
times mixed with wheat and ground into flour which is
injurious.

73. Silene antirrhina L. Sleepy Catchfly. Said to be poison-

ous.

74. Saponaria officinalis L. Bouncing Bet. Soapwort. Some-

what poisonous.

75. Vaccaria vaccaria (L. ) Britt. Cow Cockle. Seeds probably

poisonous to stock.

76. Asimina triloba (L.) Dun. Papaw. Is edible, but a case of

severe poisoning from the fruit is recorded.

77. Caltha palustris L. Marsh Marigold. Somewhat poison-

ous

78. Helleborus viridis L. Green Hellebore. Plant poisonous.

Leaves poisonous to cattle.

79. Actaea rubra (Ait.) Willd. Red Baneberry. Poisonous,

although animals usuall}^ do not eat it. Berries poison-
ous.

80. Actaea alba (L.) Mill. White Baneberry. Poi.sonous like

the last.

81. Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. Black Snakeroot. Under-

ground part poisonous. Slightly emetic.

82. Delphinium consolida L. Field Larkspur. Poisonous and

fatal to cattle.

83. Delphinium ajacis L. Garden Larkspur. Probably pois-

onous to stock. Also the two following species:

84. Delphinium urceolatum Jacq. Tall Larkspur. (D. exalta-

tum Ait.)

85. Delphinium carolinainum Walt. Carolina Larkspur. (D.

azureum Mx.)

86. Delphinium tricorne Mx. Dwarf Larkspur. Fatal to

cattle.

87. Aconitum noveboracense Gr. New York Monk's-hood.

Leaves, roots, flowers, and seeds poisonous to man,
horses and cattle.

34 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

88. Aconitiiin uncinatuni L. Wild Monk's-hood. Poisonous

like the i:)receding species.

89. Anemone qninqiiefolia L,. Wind Flower. Poisonous to

cattle.

90. Clematis virginiana L. Common Virgin's- bower. Prob-

ably somewhat poisonous. Most of the species of
Clematis contain an acrid poi.son.

91. Clematis viorna L. Leather Flower. Probably somewhat

poisonous.

92. Ranunculus sceleratus L. Cursed Crowfoot. Very pois-

onous. Juice acrid and blistering. Poisonous to cattle.

93. Ranunculus acris L. Tall Buttercup. Acrid, poisonous

and blistering, inflaming the mouths of cattle.

94. Ranunculus bull)osus L,. Bulbous Buttercup.

95. Ranunculus repens L,. Creeping Buttercup.

96. Ranunculus arvensis L. Corn Crowfoot. The above three

species, as well as all other species of Crowfoot, are more
or less poisonous.

97. Ficaria ficaria (L.) Karst. Le.sser Celandine. Has a

somewhat acrid taste.

98. Berberis aquifolium Pursh. Trailing Mahonia. The ber-

ries are injurious to birds. Wliiru eaten fresh they are

emetic and cathartic.
QQ Podophyllum peltatum L,. May Apple. Roots, stems and

leaves drastic and poisonous, but the ripe fruit less so.

Leaves when eaten by cows produce injurious milk.

The ripe fruit may be eaten in small quantities.
100. Menispermum canadense L. Canada Moonseed. A case

is reported of the death of three boys from eating the

berries in mistake for grapes,
loi. Sassafras sa.ssafras (L.) Karst. Sassafras. The berries

are poisonous. Excessive doses of sassafras tea have

produced narcotic poisoning.
102. Papaver somniferum L. Opium Poppy. Narcotic and

poisonous. Animals killed by eating seeds and seed-
pods.
T03. Papaver rhoeas L. Red Field Poppy.

104. Papaver dubiuni L. Long Smooth- fruited Poppy.

105. Papaver argemone L. Pale Poppy. All the above more

or less narcotic and poisonous.

106. Argemone mexicana L. Mexican Poppy. Poisonous to

stock. Seeds narcotic.

107. Sanguinaria canadensis L. Bloodroot. Acrid and some-

what ])oisonous.

108. Chelidonium majus L- Celandine. Narcotic and poison-

ous. vStock refuse to eat the plant.

Dec, 1903.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 35

109. Drosera rotundifolia L. Round-leaved Sundew. Poison-
ous to cattle.

no. Seduni acre L. Wall-pepper. Produces inflammation and
vesication when applied to the skin. The fresh herl) is
emetic and cathartic.

111. Fragaria vesca L. European Wood Strawberrj-. The

fruit produces an irritation of the stomach, in some per-
sons, which lasts about a day.

112. Sorbus aucuparia L. European Mountain Ash. The ber-

ries are poi.sonous to man, but are eaten by some birds.

113. Pyrus communis E. Pear. Horses are reported to have

been killed by eating rotten pears.

114. Mains mains (E. ) Britt. Apple. Seeds poisonous.

115. Prunus pennsylvanica E. Wild Red Cherry. Eeaves pois-

onous, but less so than the two following species. Kerr
nels probably poisonous.

116. Prunus virginiana E. Choke Cherry. Eeaves poi.sonous.

Kernels probably poisonous.

117. Prunus serotina Ehrh. Wild Black Cherry. Eeaves very

poisonous to cattle, especially the half-wilted leaves.
Kernels very poisonous.

118. Amygdalus persica E. Peach. Eeaves and kernels pois-

onous.

119. Gymnocladus dioica (E.) Koch. Kentucky Coffee Tree.

Eeaves and pulp of the fruit or beans poisonous. Eeaves
reported to be used as a fly poison.

120. Baptisia australis (E.) R.Br. Blue Wild Eidigo. Emetic.

121. Baptisia tinctoria (E.) R.Br. Yellow Wild Indigo. Emet-

ic. Supposed to be poisonous.

122. Crotalaria sagittalis E. Rattlebox. Eeaves and seeds

poisonous to horses and cattle. Poisonous also in ha}'.

123. Eupinus perennis E. Wild Eupine. The seeds are prob-

ably poisonous to stock.

124. Melilotus alba Desv. White Sweet Clover. Objectionable

in wheat because of the foul odor the seed imparts to flour.

125. Melilotus officinalis (E.) Eam. Yellow Sweet Clover.

Said to be poisonous. Al.so imparts a foul odor to flour.

126. Cracca virginiana E. Goats Rue. Used by the Indians as

a fish poison.

127. Rol)inia pseudacacia E. Common Eocust. Black Eocust.

Roots, leaves and bark very poisonous to man.

128. Robinia viscosa Vent. Clammy Eocust. Underground

parts somewhat poi.sonous.

129. Vicia sativa E. Common Vetch. Caution must be ob-

served in feeding this plant to pigs. It is not injurious
to cows.

(To be contitiued.)

36 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

ARADIDAE OF OHIO.*

Herbert Osborn.

The Aradidae are a very interesting group of Hcmipfcra, being
adapted by their flattened bodies to hve under the loose bark of
stumps and dead timber.

The species are many of them quite rare and it seems probable
that their numbers have diminished rapidl}- with the deforestation
of the region and the destruction and manufacture of the dead
timber that constitute their natural habitat. It is of particular
interest, therefore, to collect them as carefully as possible since
the chance of securing a full knowledge of our local fauna is
growing constantly less.

Some of the species seem to show a preference for certain kinds
of timber and possibly careful stud}- would show some decided
predilection; so far, however, little accurate record has been kept
of the kind of bark under which they occur. In many cases, no
doubt, the determination of the kind of a tree which has become
a rotting log or stump is difficult, but reccrds, whenever possible,
would have a distinct interest. Neuroctenus simplex Uhler has
been taken under the bark of beech at Columbus, but I have
specimens from Iowa in a locality where I think the beech does
not occur.

Mr. Dur}^ has collected a number of species in sifting dead
leaves and forest rubbish in fall and winter.

Our native species are dark brown or black and have wings
nuich reduced in size, the elytra or fore wings covering onl}' the
disk of the abdomen. The beak is rather short in .some genera —
not reaching beyond hind border of head. Our species so far
recognized in the State fall into three genera, Aradi(s, Brachy-
ilnnichus and Neuroctenus, but we most probably have representa-
tives of Aiieiinis also.

These genera are separable as follows:

.\. Heinel3tra with distinct veins.

a, Prosternuni with distinct sulcus. Beak (exce])t in nit(er) reaching
or passing prosterninn. Anu/iis.

aa. Presternum without sulcus. l?cak short, not passing hinder edgt
of heail.
b. Abdouiinal segments without keel l)etween spiracles and
lateral uiargin. /Irac/iyr/ivitc/iiis.

1)1). .\1)(l().i.inal segments with a rlislincl keel on marginal s])ace
between spiracles and border. XiKiodi-iiiis.

A.\. Hemelytra without evident veins. ^liitiinis.

Aradus akquaus Say.

Atadiis aei/nalis ?,ny. Hetcrop , Uemip. p. 29 (1831). Coll. Writ., I, 352. Stal. Hmiin.
Hfiiiip III, p. i3(>. rhler Hull. U. S. Oeog. and Geol. Siir., I, 321.

Large, dark fu.scous, with gray spots, joints 2 and 3 of antennae
of very nearly equal length, all joints cylindric. IvCngth, 10 mm.

* Contributions from the Dcparlincnt of Zoology and ICiitoniology, No. 14.

Dec, 1903.] Aradidae of Ohio. 37

Head a trifle longer than wide, anterior process coarsely granulate, pro-
notuni widening slightly, anterior margin with irregular denticles. Disk with
four rough longitudinal elevations on posterior half and two approximate
and still more elevated ridges on anterior half. Elj'tra moderately dilated at
base, nearly reaching the tip of abdomen.

Abdomen moderately broad, sides subparallel, appearing somewhat cren-
ulate. Color dark fuscous with grayish suffused spots on sides of pronotum,
base of elytra and connexivum, and indistinct annulations on the legs.

This species may be mistaken for crenahis Say as it approaches
that species in length and has the margin of the abdomen simi-
larly ornamented. It is, however, narrower, the abdomen with
sides distinctly fuscous instead of grayish. Say gives the eqtial
length of joints 2 and 3 of the antennae as the distinctive charac-
ter, but in the specimens in hand I find a slight deviation from
an exact equality, the second joint being a trifle longer.

Two specimens collected by Prof. Hine at Cincinnati, also a
pair collected by Mr. Dtiry at same place.

APADUS CRENATUS Say.
Aradhs crenains^a.y. Heterop. Heniip. (1831). Coll. Writ. I, 350. Stal p;nutn. Hem. Ill,
137. Osborn. Proc. O. S. A. S. VIII, p. 77.

The largest of our native Aradids, the abdomen broad, the
margins crenate. Color gra^-ish brown. lyength ii mm.

Head slightly longer than broad. Anterior process rather slender, antennae,
joints 2 and 3 nearlj- equal, two usually a trifle longer, fourth about two-
thirds of three. Pronotum widening anteriorly, anterior margin denticulate,
di.sk with subparallel, elevated granulate ridges. Scutellum elongate, trian-
gular. Elytra expanded at base, distinctly narrower at apex and occupying
only the central disk of the abdomen.

Abdomen broad, oval, margin crenate, the posterior lobes roimded behind.
Beak reaching the posterior edge of anterior coxae.

Color gray, with light grayish or pallid area on the sides of prothorax,
base of elytra and occupying a large part of the exposed portion of the dorsal
alidominal segments ; beneath gray, the venter suffused with reddish, legs
light fuscous with gray annulations.

This elegant species seems to be of rare occurence, or, at least,
it is rarely taken, though from its color it would seem to be fully
as conspicuous as manj^ of the other species. It is longer and
broader and the abdomen more dilated than aequalis. The anten-
nal joints 2 and 3 " sub-equal," according to Say, are in my
specimen in proportion of 5 to 6, the second being the longer.

One specimen collected at Columbtis, and I have before me one
collected at Cincinnati by Mr. Dury.

Aradus robustus UhIvER.

Aradiis robustus Uhl. Proc. Best. Soc. Nat. Hi.st. (1871) p. 104 and (i878) p. 419.

This species is of a dark gray to blackish color, the antennae
ver}' robust. I,ength 5^-6 mm.

38 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

The head wide, antennae very robust, joint 2 a little longer than joint 5,
about equally thick, 4th joint smaller, shorter than third.

Pronotmn rounded on the margin, surface coarsely granulate and with four
elevated ridges on the disk, the outer ones not reaching the anterior margin.
Scutellum with sides parallel at base. Klytra moderately dilated at base, not
reaching end of abdomen. Beak reaching middle of mesosternum. Color
dull fuscous or blackish, a ring near the tip of tibiae and the base of the tar-
sal joints slightly paler.

Wideh' distributed over the United States but has been taken
in Ohio only in Columbtts and Cincinnati. Other records place it
in Iowa, Canada, Mass., N. J., N. Y., Md.. 111., Wis. and Minn.

It is at once separated from other native species with thick
antennae b}' the dull fuscous or blackish color.

Aradus ornatus Say.

Aradiis oi-uattts &B.y. Heterop. Hera. (1831), p. 21. Coll. Writ. I, 352. Bergroth, Proc. Knt.
Soc. Wash. II, 332 and 335.

Antennae robust, third joint largest, second longest. Rusty brow'u with
yellow spots. I,en,gth, male, 5 mm.; female, 6 mm.

Head broad, the antennae much swollen, joint one short, two longest "and
considerabh- swollen, three about half as long as two and equalh' thick, four
smaller. Heak reaching to middle of prosternum. Pronotmn with lateral bor-
ders strongly curved, edge roughened but not dentate, disk with distinct
rugo.sities and three conspicuous glabrous spots on hind border. Scutellum
triangular. Base of elytra strongly dilated. Abdomen reddish with pale
margin bordered with black. Genital lobes with a transverse light yellow
spot.

So far this species has been recorded from Indiana, Pennsj^va-
nia, and Cincinnati, Ohio.

A handsome species, described in 1831 from Indiana, and
for a long time unrecognized, but Bergroth called attention to it a
few years ago, his specimen being credited to Pennsylvania.
(Montandon collection.)

Recently Mr. Dury has collected it at Cincinnati and kindly-
placed three excellent specimens of males and, later, one female
in my hands for study. (Ohio Naturalist, IV, p. 22.)

Aradus duzei Bergroth.

Aiadiis duzei Bergroth. Proc. Knt. Soc. Wash. II, p. 333.

Resembles omati/s but lacks the poli.shed spots of the hind bor-
der of prothorax. Fuscous with light yellowish markings.
Length, male, 6 mm.; female, 6.5 mm.

Head broad, antennae robu.st but less dilated than in ornatus, joint two
longest, three about two-thirds of two, scarcely as thick.

Margin of ])rothorax subangulate, the disk with four rough carinae.

Klytra dilated at base, barely reaching tip of abdomen, suffused with yel-
lowish on basal third, membrane brown, veins concolorous.

Dec, 1908.] Aradidae of Ohio. 39

Color brown. First joint, except at the base, tip of scntelluni, marj^in of
abdominal segments and legs, 3ello\v. Terguni and disk of venter suffused
with rufous.

Tliis species has been collected at Westerville by Mr. Jas. G.
Sanders, and at Cincinnati by Mr. Clias. Dur}-. It is recorded
also for Canada and Pennsylvania by Bergroth, and this attthor
stiggests that this species has been mistaken for oniatus and so
recorded in some earlier papers.

It is a little more slender than that species, the general color
more distinctly brown, base of elytra less dilated, and the depres-
sions on the pronotum not polished.

Aradus duryi n. sp.

Broad, sides stibparallel. Brown with ochery markings. An-
tennae, joints 2 and 3 nearly equal. Length, female, g mm.
Width of abdomen, 4 mm.

Head with anterior process much swollen, rounded at apex. Antennae
cylindric, joints of nearly equal diameter, first joint short, barely passing
lateral spine and much short of anterior process ; two and three almost
equal, one side two is slightly longer than three, on the other the reverse.
Beak extends to hind border of prosternum. Prothoi-ax broad, lateral angles
rounded, anteriorly narrowed; margin reflected, disk with four elevated
ridges, the inner ones approximate on anterior half, the outer ones broken
before the middle but continued to anterior margin. The carinaeare coarsely
granulate, the intercarinal spaces smooth but not polished.

Scutellnm elongate triangular, margins raised and a median carina on
basal half, the margin at base and central carina granulate. Elytra with
basal fourth strongly dilated, membrane broad, widening to broadly round-
ing apex, which reaches nearly half wa}- upon the genital lobes. Abdomen
oval, broadly rounded behind, the sides subparallel ; genital lobes long, sep-
arate, divergent, obliquely subtruncate, the inner angles rounded. Fifth
ventral segment as long at margin as on median line, excavated, truncate on
median section, sixth segment at middle about one and one-half times longer
than fifth, slightly convex and medially notched. Seventh segment half as
long as sixth, notched on middle, terminal segment short, subangulate.

Color, ashy brown, with lighter areas on base of wings and veins of
corium, and darker fuscous marks and veins on membrane. Antennae yel-
lowish brown, lightest at base, and terminal joint nearly black. The con-
nexiva are brown with posterior border yellowish, and the inner margin of
genital lobes of the same color. Beneath rather deeply infuscated, with
reddish yellow diffuse spots on the abdomen. The legs yellow with wide
fuscous annulations on femur and tibiae, and black tarsal claws.

Described from one specimen, female, from Mr. Chas. Diir}-,
collected at Cincinnati, May 2, 1902.

40 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

This species has the general iaciesoi (//(zri though less widened
posteriorly, but it is much larger and differs in color of antennae,
joints of pronotal carinae, genital segments and other points.

I have named it in honor of Mr. Chas. Dury, who has so gen-
erously placed his material in this family at my disposal.

Brachyrhynchus lobatUvS, Say.

Aiiidits lohatus Say. Heterop. Hem. (1831.) Coll. Writ. I, 334.
Brachyi hynrkits lohaiiis Say . Stal. Enutn. Hem. Ill, 145.

Elongate, oval. Black, the pronotum lobate with acute
emargination on lateral border and production of anterior angle.
Length, male, 7.5 mm-8 mm.

Head as wide as long, anterior process truncate, not inci.sed ; antennae
slender, joint three longest, one, two and four about equal length, each
about two-thirds of three.

Pronotum as wide as base of abdomen, the lateral margin acutely emar-
ginate which, with the projection of the anterior angles, give it a distinctly
lobate forju; disk coarsely granulate with four distinct elevated ridges on the
anterior half.

Originally described from Indiana, this species .seems to be
rather rare in collections, and in some cases specimens of gra/iii/a-
fiis have stood under its name. It is much larger than that .spe-
cies, as stated by Say, and the deeply indented margin of prono-
tum .separates from any of the other species. I have a specimen
from Florida collected by Mrs. Slosson, and Mr. Dury has sent
me an example collected at Cincinnati — both males. Bergroth
cites its occurrence in Canada, Penn., Md., Mich., Ind., 111.,
Mo., Texas and California.

Neuroctenus simplex, Uhl.

Biachyi hymliHs simplex Uhl. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Oeog. Surv. I, 323.

Neuroclcnus sinipJex 'y3)\\. Bergroth Proc. Eut Soc. Wash. II, p. 336. Osboni I'roc. Ohio
State .\cad. Sci. VIII, p. 77 (record only).

Elongate ovate ; black. Surface finely granulate, elytra while.
Length, male, 4.5-5 nun.; female, 6 mm.

Head aljotit as broad as long, antennae slender, third joint slightly longer
than the others, which are about equal.

Pronotum trape/.odial, the lateral margins sloping towards the head from
the basal third, surface granulate, without trace of elevated carinae. Abdo-
men very flat. Elytra occupying about one-third of donsal surface.

Color dark brown or black throughout, except eh-tral membrane, which
is white, though sometimes infuscated on central part, and disk of abdomen
under the elytra, which is red. Some sjjecimens are less intensely black
than the others, but exce])t in immature iudividvals such cases are rare.

This seems to be our most abundant .species, having been taken
in large numbers at different ])oints in the State, Columbus, Cin-
cinnati, Williamsburg and Hanging Rock.

Dec, 1903.] Aradidae of Ohio. 4^

It is also widel}' distributed over the country from New Eng-
to Cuba, and west to Iowa, Indian Territory and Texas. Uhler
says under bark of oak, but it has been taken here under beech
bark also.

Neuroctenus ovatus, Stal.

Mezira ovatus Stal. Stet. Ent. Zeit. XXIII. 339.
Neuroctenus ovalus ^taX. Bergroth. Pr. Ent. Soc Wash. II, 336

Broad ovate, larger, broader than simplex. Black. Length,
male, 6 mm.; female, 7 mm. Width of abdomen, male, 3 mm.;
female, 3.5 mm.

Head with anterior process deeply cleft, that is, the lateral lobes extend-
ing well beyond tylt;s and not fused. Antennae, joints subeqiial, third
slightl}- larger than the others. Pronottim slightly sinuate on lateral mar-
gin, anterior margin slightly concave, granulate, without carinae. Sctttellum
triangular, basal margin longest Eh'tra with two whitish spots at base of
membrane.

Male genital segment oval, baoader than long ; female genital segment
quadrate, the hind border lobate, lateral lobes divergent.

The above description is written for a male and a female col-
lected by Mr. Dury at Cincinnati. While there is a slight differ-
ence in measurements and in incision of anterior lobe of head as
compared with Stal's description, I believe it should be referred
to his species.

The species was described from Mexico by Stal and has been
accredited to North Carolina by Bergroth. The specimens col-
lected by Mr. Dury at Cincinnati extends its range to our State.
It is similar to simplex except in larger size and broader, more
ovate form.

Neuroctenus elongatus n.sp.

Elongate, narrowing slightly and anteriorl}'. Brown. Length
of male, 5.5 mm ; width of abdomen, 2.25 mm.

Head with anterior process slender, the apex slightly notched. Antennal
joints subeqtial. Pronotum narrowing toward head from near the base, scarcely
sinuate. Anterior border slightly concave, surface finely granulate. Scutel-
lum triangular, pronotal border slightly longer than the others, a faint
median carina, stirface minutely granulate. Elytra narrow, the neuration
weak but distinct.

Color dark brown, the apical half of the fourth antennal joint rufous ; the
elytra have two diffuse yellowish spots at base of membrane, the membrane
browni. Abdomen uniformly red-brown. Beneath red-brown. The legs
darker.

Genital segment, male, broad oval, the posterior margin svibangulate, the
lateral lobes small.

42 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

This species described from one specimen, male, collected at
Cincinnati by Mr. Dury, is nearly the size, slightly larger, than
simplex, but it differs in shape, being narrower proportionately,
and its color is quite distinct from any specimens of simplex
that have come under my observation. It also differs in the carina
on the scutellum, the shape of the genital segment, and the
smaller lateral lobes.

In addition to the species treated above, I have a specimen of
larval Aradus from Mr. Dury, which from antennal characters
appears to be different from any American species known to me,
and it is hoped adult individuals may be secured so that it may
be properly characterized.

A SUBTERRANEAN ROOT— INFESTING FULGORID

CMyndus radicis n. sp.)

Herbert Osborn.

On May loth of the present year (1903), I found a specimen
of Fulgorid in the larval stage occurring upon the roots of several
different kinds of plants, Impatiens, nettles and some grasses, in
a river bed near the Olentang}' river. The insects occurred in
galleries and cavities usually connected with ojDen cracks and
about Yj to I ^ inches below the surface, in some cases and on
later days, individuals were found attached to roots of plants
above ground, but always where they were well protected by
drooping or dead leaves or underrubbish of the surface. Frequently
two or three larvae were found in the same cavit}-, but seldom
more than this, and the cavity was lined with a cottony fibre
secreted from the posterior abdominal segment of the body of the
insect. The insects were found onl}' in one small area, but dur-
ing the two or three weeks in which the specimens were found,
adults and nymphs of different stages were taken in some num-
bers, so that it has been possible to trace a part of the life history.
The adults were evidently all derived from larvae developed in
the preceding weeks, and it seems quite certain that the larvae
must hatch in early May either from eggs deposited in the spring
by hibernating adults or, what is less probable, in the preceding
autumn. So far all efforts to find adults or nymphs during the
autumn have failed and the status of the insect during that period
can only be surmized. There would seem to be abundant time
for two broods, that is, for a second generation resulting from the
€ggs deposited in June, the individuals of which are usually
matured b}^ late summer, but no proof of this has been secured.
Actual knowledge of the life history is, therefore, confined to the
development of nymphs during May and the occurrence of ima-
^os during the latter part of this month and early June.

Dec, 1903.] A Root — Infesting Fulgorid. 43

As the life habits of related species of Mjnidus are unknown, it
seems quite possible that others may prove to be subterranean
and the rarity of these forms in collections readily accounted for
by this protected habit.

What appears to be the larva or a pre-pupa stage has a length
of two and sixty hundredths mm. and a width of one mm. It is
pallid greenish, sutural lines appearing white, and the cottony
secretion of the posterior segment of the abdomen scant; the beak
extends just beyond the second coxae. The mature nymph or
pupa stage has a length of four mm., or, including the cottony
secretion, four and one-half mm. and a width of one three-tenths
mm. It is mostly of a pale yellow or whitish color ; some indi-
viduals appear more decidedly greenish and some dusky or dirt
color. There is a well marked median dorsal stripe and fainter
Imes laterally, marking the margins of the wing pads. The three
terminal segments with the projecting cottony filaments extend
one-third the length of the abdomen and when fully extended
appear as a wide tuft. The tuft, however, is easily shed and
when the abdomen is denuded only very narrow margins of white
thread appear around the terminal borders of the segments. The
surface of the thorax and abdomen is faintly dusky, contrasting
with the white sutural lines. The eyes are red. The body of the
segments are dusky with broad sutures yellow, a dusky patch on
the thorax and another on the posterior border of the hinder
wing pad. The legs are whitish, the beak reaches to the base
of the third coxae.

The Imago is pallid yellowish green, the front above and on
lower border with black. Length, male, 3.5, mm , to tip of elytra
5 mm.; female, 4 mm., to tip of elytra, 5.5 mm.

Head wider than long, vertex one and one-half times longer than wide,
tapering to apex which is broadly rounded, margins slightly raised, disk
slightly raised towards apex. Front much widened towards apex. Lateral
keels thin, broad, median keel weaker. Clypeus triangular, keels obtuse.
Pronotum short, posterior margin deeply concave. Posterior angles scarcely
rounded. Scutellum longer than head and pronotum together acutely
angled behind. Keels slightly divergent. Elytral nervures strong and set
with minute hairs, slightly setigerous

Color greenish or pallid, the vertex unmarked, but the front bears the
black spots just beneath the apex of vertex and a band across its apex,
either yellowish or infuscated, in some specimens distinctly blackish. The
scutellum outside the lateral carinae, and in some cases in posterior portion
of intercarinal spaces infuscated, appearing as obscure longitudinal stripes.
Elytra hyaline with veins infuscated, a faint stigmal and post-claval spot and
the apical portion of whole elytron sometimes slightly smoky. Ovipositor
of female black.

Male pygofers nearly truncate, a minutemedian process, the styles broadly
expanded apically, curving outward but their inner borders touching.

44 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

Described from numerous specimens of both sexes collected at
Columbus, Ohio, in 1903.

This species resembles viridis Ball, but is larger, with more
pronounced coloring, especially the black spots of the front. The
vertex is less elongate and genitalia different.

While the root inhabiting habit is unusual in this family there
are, of course, abundant instances in other homopterous families,^
as Aphidse. Membracidae and Cercopidae.

NEW SPECIES OF OHIO FULGORIDAE.

Herbert Osborn.

Phyllodinus Koebklei n. sp.

Brac/ivptcroiis, fcuialc. With transverse markings on vertex
and front, pronotum except anterior border, all of scutellum, a
broad apical margin of the aborted elytra and the first two joints
of the tarsus and margin of the pygofer white, with terminal joint
of the antennae, base of the legs, most of the coxae and a series
of marks on the abdomen, dirty white. Length, 2.7 mm ; width,
lYz mm.

The head narrower than pronotum, vertex quadrangular, carinae distinct,
front with sides parallel; two times longer than wide; median carina distinct
and continued to apex, and a faint carina intermediate between median and
lateral. Ch'peus longer than width at base, polished black. Pronotum about
as long as vertex, anterior border truncate between the eyes, posterior
border nearly straight or slightly concave. Scutellum wider than long, a
short divergent lateral carina at base, median carina continued to apex.
Eh'tra reaching to base of the second abdominal segni' nt ; veins well
marked, becoming indistinct, on posterior margin. Legs dilated about as
iu nervatus.

Color dull black or fuscous black. Vertex with a soiled occipital white
margin, a broken polished band just in front of the middle and two quadrate
spots just behind the apex. Front black, with short quadrangular bars just
beneath the vertex margin. Three interrupted bars across its disk, two
spots about the middle of the lateral margin and a band across the apex,
yellowish white. Clypeus black, labruni brownish or yellowish. Pronotum
w-hite, the anterior margin blackish, the dusky line extending further along
the curved carinae. Scutelhun entirely ^white. Ivlytra pitchy black with
broad apical margin, narrower at apex of clavus. Abdomen fuscous with a
series of dorsal triangular spots, a lateral suffused spot on second abdominal
segment, a .series of round spots on first to third segments and longitudinal
stripe, one on third, three on fourth, three on fifth, one 1)roken stripe on
sixth, and margins of terga yellowish white. Anal style white; legs, yellow-
ish brown at base ; femora yellowish brown at ba.se ; the anterior and middle

Dec, 1903.] New Species of Ohio Fulgoridae. 45

tibiae, dull black ; hind tibiae, fuscous, indistinctly annulated with yellow-
ish; tibial spur and first and second joints of tarsus, j-ellowish white. Third
joint of tarsus and claws, black.

BrachypteroKS, male. Color as in the female, but the black of
€l3'tra and head more intense and white a purer white. I^ength,
2.3 mm.

Structural characters of the body as in the female, the difference lying in
the size and the intensity of the color marking. The tibiae slightly more
dilated.

Genitalia. Pj-gofer excavated ventrally ; styles narrow, nearh' parallel,
slightly curved dorsally.

Macroptcro2ts, inalc. Black with the white bars on the vertex
and front and tip of scuteHum faintly white. Length to tip of
elytra, 3.2 mm.

Head as in brachypterous forms, the carinae of the vertex apparenth- a
little stronger. The hind border of pronotuni broadly sinuate. Scutellum
larger, broader than in the brachypterous form, with the posterior lateral
margins concave. Ehtral neuration strong, veins tuberculate, having short
setae. Almost entirely black. Differs from the brachypterous form in not
having white on pronotuni and scutellum. \'ertex barely shows traces of
white margin, front has the transverse bars and lateral spots distinct, with
apical border distinct but narrow ; tip of scutellum is faintly whitish ; the
antennae are brownish ; the apex of the first joint, black ; femora, yellowish
brown ; anterior and middle tibiae, black ; tip of tibiae and first and second
tarsal joints, white ; hind legs mostly brownish ; tips of sj^ines and claws,
black.

Macroptcroiis, foil ale. Black with margins of vertex in front
and tarsal joints white, as in the brachypterous forms.

Elytra hyaline with a fuscous spot at vertex of clavus. This form agrees
with the macropterous male, except that the hind border of the pronotuni is
more broadly whitened. While markings of the vertex more distinct near
the apex. The color as a whole somewhat less intensely black. A single
specimen of this form, which must evidently be associated with the preced-
ing.

Described from two brachypterous females, two brach3-2Dter-
ous males, and one macropterous male, collected in Columbus, O.,
by Mr. Albert Koebele, September, 1903- One macropterous
female collected in "D. C," May.

This is one of the most elegant Delphacids which has 3'et come
to light in Ohio fatuia, and I take special p^eastire in dedicating
it to my friend, Mr. Albert Koebele, who collected these and a
number of other interesting fulgorids here the past summer.

It resembles nervatus but differs particularly in the white tar-
sal joints and in the extent of the frontal bars, and in the color-
ing of the pronotum and i-cutellum.

46 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

Phyi^lodinus fuscous n. sp.

B)-achypteroHs , fevia/c . Somewhat larger, lighter colored than
Koebelei but similarly marked. Length, 3 mm.

Head narrower than prothorax ; vertex quadrate, carinae well
marked ; front with sides parallel, median carina small with very faint cari-
nae about one-third of the distance from the median to the lateral. Clypeus
triangular ; median and lateral carina strong ; pronotum as long as vertex ;
posterior margin faintly sinuous ; scutellum scarcely longer than pronotum ;
median carina becoming obsolete before the apex ; elytra reaching the mid-
dle of the first segment. \'eins moderately elevated, becoming obsolete
towards apex.

Color brownish and fuscous ; markings very similar to those of Koebelei,
but those of pronotum white with median anterior portion black. A some-
what interrupted band on either side close to the anterior margin and the
anterior angles directly beneath the eyes, black. Scutellum white, with an
irregular transverse broken band of fuscous-black. Elytra brown, somewhat
fuscous ; on costal margin a broad apical band of soiled white. Abdomen
mediallv polished brown, laterally fuscous with white markings, quite similar
to those of Koebelei. Tibiae moderately dilated.

Described from one specimen collected at Columbs in Septem-
ber by Mr. Albert Koebele.

This may possibly be an extreme variety of Koebelei or the
brachypterons female of nervatus, but without sufficient material
to connect them definitely it would better stand by itself. It is a
large and handsome specimen, but the color markings are much
less intense than in Koebelei.

Myndus fulvus n.sp.

Light orange or yellow-orange, immaculate. Length, to tip of
elytra, female, 4.5 mm.; male, 4 mm.

Vertex quadrate, carinae indistinct ; front broad, widened to near apex,
then narrowing abruptly to clypeus ; lateral carinae of clypeus sharj). Pro-
notum .shorter than vertex, hind bordor sinuate ; carinae of scutellum weak.

Color uniformly tawn}- or light yellow-orange. The elytra hyaline but
tinged with tawny. Tips of spines and tarsal claws black.

Male styles long, expanded on apical half, bent at about the middle.

Described from four females and two males collected at San-
dusky and Castalia, Ohio, in late June and July.

Easily recognized by the ])right tawny color and the ab.sence of
spots.

Dec, 1903.] Notes and News. 47

NEWS AND NOTES.

The thirteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy of
Science was held at Denison University, Granville, on Nov. 27.
A very interesting program was given in the three sessions of the
meeting, and some important business was transacted, with a
view toward better organization and publication. Prof. E. L.
Moseley of Sandusky, was elected President.

Important Notice. — By a special arrangement the Ohio
Naturalist is sent to members of the Ohio State Academy of
Science who are not in arrears for annual dues. Members of the
Academy wishing to receive the Naturalist regularly should
see that their dues are paid promptly to Prof. Herbert Osborn,
the Treasurer of the Academy. The reports of the Academy
will be sent from time to time, as heretofore, to members who
have not neglected to pay their annual dues for more than a year.

During the past summer I have observed fasciation in the
following plants which should be added to Miss Riddle's list on
p. 348, Ohio Naturalist, Vol. 3 : Cassia marylandica, Viola
tricolor. Ambrosia trifida. J. H. S.

MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, October 5, 1903.

The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. Morse, and.
after the adoption of the minutes of the previous meeting, the
regular program was taken up, consisting of reports by the mem-
bers upon the work of the summer.

Prof. Prosser reported two months spent in the field in the north,
central and southern portions of the State. The so-called Huron
shale was studied in northern Ohio, and the exposures near Mon-
roeville were referred to the Cleveland. The name Huron is
not acceptable, having been applied in 1861 to a Michigan forma-
tion. The shale along Vermillion river appears to be interlock-
ing with the Ohio shale from the south. Exposures of the Prout
limestone at the base of the " Huron " were found.

In Highland county, at Hillsboro, the Cedarville limestone
shows abundant remains of a large Brachiopod shell. Cavities in
the rock are filled with asphalt.

Mr. Mead reported on some exposures of the Huron studied by
him between Sandusky and Rye Beach. He further reported on
the fishes and Orthoptera of Cedar Point and vicinity. Seventeen.

48 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 2,

species of fish were washed up along the shore, although some of
the more common species, for instance, the white fish, were not
observed. About twenty-seven or twenty-eight species were
found in the orthopterous fauna of Cedar Point.

Prof. Schaffner reported on observations made in Kansas. He
studied nutation in plants and nectaries outside of floral organs.
Plants new to the Kansas list and added by Prof. Schaffner are
Bertoroa incana, lyysimachia nununularia and Taraxacum ery-
throspermum. To the Ohio list he added Lacinaria punctata.

Prof. Osborn reported fourteen mammals in the Cedar Point
fauna. Late in the sunnner he collected Hemiptera at Columbus
and at Sugar Grove.

Prof. Ivandacre reported the addition of forty-six species of
Protozoa to the State list, three of which are probably new to
science.

Prof. Hine reported on collections at Sandusky, and at the
Gulf Biological Station, in Louisiana.

Prof. Lazenb)^ reported circumference measurements of grow-
ing trees.

Mr. Morse reported one new snake added to the State list, Val-
eria virginica.

Mr. Jennings reported work on the flora of Cedar Point. The
herbarium of Cedar Point now contains 312 mounted specimens,
all collected on the Point.

The Committee on Nominations named by the President was
as follows: Prof Prosser, Prof. Lazenby, Prof. Davis.

Club adjourned to the first Monday evening in November.

Orton Hall, November 2, 1903.

The program consisted of the address of the retiring President,
Mr. Mor.se, which is presented in full in another portion of this
i.ssue.

Officers were elected for the year as follows : President,
O. E. Jennings; Vice President, J. G. Sanders; Secrctarv, E. D.
Coberly.

E. D. Coberly, Secretary.

Starling Medical College^

Corner State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ^ ^ ^

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROIGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

DIE STAMPING. PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.

SPAHIj & GLENN,

PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS,

50 EAST BROAD STREET. COLUMBUS, OHIO.

LONG & KILER

Universit}^ Supplv Store

Corner Eleventh Avenue and High Street,
Removei from Main Building, Ohio State University,

Books, Drawing Material, Fine Stationery, Etc.

Special Orders for Books solicited.
A fine line of FOUNTAIN FENS and COLLEGE FINS.

Jiineraf ®irecfot0*

1239 to 1241 (n. §tg3 ^freef. CofumBue, (D^to.

Photos ^ ^ ^

FROM THE

OLiD RELiIABLiE

Baker' s\ Art Gallery

State and High Sts., ARE THE BEST.

\

The Largest, Finest and Best Equipped Gallery in America.

IVledieal and Seientifie Books

The Second Liapgest Stock in Ohio.

The most libeFQl discounts given Public and
Private Liibraries.

Sold at Wholesale Prices.
CATnuoGUE rnrr 1 — —n

•^l-l^

>

li. S. WElibS,

665 North High Street, COUUJVIBUS, OHIO.

Both Telephones. _

Reduced Rates to Teachers.

Ohio State Unwetsit}^.

Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods in modern education. The advantages
are offered to both sexes alike.

The following list of departments will suggest tlie
organization of tlie institution :

Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political
Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing,
Astronomy. Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working
and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa-
tion, Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History,
Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture
and Forestry, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Mathematics, Mechanical
Engineering, aietallurgy and Mineralogy, Military Science, Mine
Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics,
Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary
Medicine and Zoology and Entomology.

Catalogues will be sent upon application. After examining the
catalogue write for specific information to the President

Dr. W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio.

SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR

BOTANICAL The large mushrooms. Puff balls and other Fungi; Abnormal
MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees.
Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and
Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address

Prof. W. A. KEI.LERMAN,
Department of Botany, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio.

GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous
MUSEUM. fossils. Address

Prof. J. A. BowNOCKER, Curator,

Geological Museum, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio,

ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec-
MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will
greatly appreciate all contributions to that end.

Address, Prof. HERBERT Osborn,

Department Zoology and Entomology,

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio State University, Lake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Eric.
Open to Investigators June 15 to September 15. Laboratory courses of six and
eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular.

Your Laboratory ^

-^ ^^ ^^

C^A €r^ 6r9^

Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar=
atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the
most available source? Send us a trial order and
notice the difference.

Scientific Materials Company

MAKERS - - - IMPORTERS
7115: Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa.

T^he Ohio ^ACaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni<versily.

Volume IV. JANUARY. 1904. No. 3.

Note.— Titles on pages 49 to 62 inclusive, are Papers and Abstracts given at the Annual

Meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science for 1903. Not all titles appear in table of
contents. Each author appears once.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BURGE-ss— Notes on Introduction of Asiatic Ladybird (Chilocorits similis) in Ohio 49

Rice— Preliminary Report on the Development of the Gill in Mytilus. (.Abstract.) 51

Mead— Comparative Chart of the Vertebrate Skul! 52.

Claassen— On the Occurrence of Fossombronia eristula in Ohio 58-

KELLER.MAN and Jennings- Report for 1902 on the State Herbarium, including

Additions to the State Plant List 59-

Westg ate— Shore Line Topography Between Toledo and Huron, (Jliio 61

"\V.\i,T0N — The Cataloguing of Museum Collections 62

HiNE— On Diptera of the Family Ephydridae 6av

Hi.xE— The Birds of Ohio 66

Walton— A Practical I)i.ssecting Tray 66

CJRIGGS— The Thickness of the Colundnis Limestone 67

SCHAFKNEK -Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants of Ohio (concludedl 69'

News and Notes 74

NOTES ON THE INTRODUCTION OF THE ASIATIC
LADYBIRD (Chilocorus similisj IN OHIO.

A. F. Burgess.

It is now a little over two years since the first shipment of this
in.sect was made to this country. Mr. C. L- Marlatt, P'irst Assist-
ant Entomologist to the United States Department of Agricul-
ture collected the beetles while making explorations in Japan and
China to ascertain the native home of the San Jose scale. In
northern China he found that this scale was present on native
trees and also on the fruit exposed for sale in the markets ; very
few .scales were found on the fruit and the trees were not seriously
infested. I^adybirds of this .species were very common and were
frequently found feeding on the scales.

Three shipments were sent to Washington, D. C, but only two
of the beetles survived the winter of igoi-1902. They were
placed on trees infested with Diaspis pentagona and a large num-
ber of adults had developed late the following summer so that a
few shipments were made to different points in the United States.

Chiloconis similis is a .small black lady beetle, the distinctive
markings being a dark red and somewhat circular .sjDot on each
elytron. The adults resemble our native species Chilocorus bivul-
nenis,so closely that it is almost impossible to distinguish between
them in this stage. The larvae and pupae, however, have char-

5° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

acteristic differences, hence it has been found that this is the
easiest way of determining the species. The imported species
appears to be more prolific than its native congener and when
food was abundant about five generations were produced annuall}'
at Washington, D. C, according to Mr. Marlatt.

On August 12, 1903, through the courtesy of Dr. L. O. How-
ard, Entomologist to the United States Department of Agricul-
ture, a shipment of twenty of these beetles was sent to the writer.
Unfortunatel}', it was not received until August 17, and onl}-
three of the insects were alive. The beetles were immediately
taken to an orchard infested with the San Jose scale near With-
amsville in Clermont county. One of these escaped from the box
before arriving at the orchard but the other two were placed on
an infested peach tree. They were observed for some time after
being liberated and, although they were quite active, made no
attempt to fly away. After crawling about for some time both
beetles began to feed upon the scales and young lice.

Owing to the fact that only two individuals were placed in the
orchard it was feared that they might disappear, but five days
after they were liberated the orchard was visited b}" Mr. Otto H.
Sw^ezey, one of my assistants, and both beetles were found feed-
ing upon the scales on the same tree where they had been placed.
No further observations were made until October 28, when a
hast)' examination revealed twelve adults present on the tree
where the planting was made. Empty larval skins and pupa
cases were also noted, but no beetles or larvae could be found on
any of the adjoining trees in the orchard.

Another shipment of this insect was made to Mr. P. J. Parrott,
Entomologist to the Ohio Experiment Station, and were placed in
an orchard in Danbur}^ Ottawa county. I am informed by Mr.
J. S. Hauser, Assistant Entomologist to the Station, that none of
the beetles were found at the time the last examijiation was made.

It is interesting to note that this species will breed in southern
Ohio, but the question of its ability to survive the winter is still
to be determined. Colonies have successfully passed the winter
at Washington, D. C, and Marshallville, Georgia, but I under-
stand that no shipments were placed last fall at a latitude north
of the former locality.

Although this ladybird, if it succeeds in surviving the winter
season, will add another insect to the list of beneficial species in
Ohio, it is still an open question whether it will prove as benefi-
cial in holding the San Jose scale in check as it does in its native
home. For this reason it would be ver}- unwise for any orchardist
to neglect to treat his trees that are infested with the San Jose
scale until the efficiency of the work of the beetles has been
thoroughly demonstrated.

Cohxiiibus, Ohio.

Jan., 1903,] Development of the Gill in Mytilus. 51

PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE DEVELOPMENT
OF THE GILL IN MYTILUS.

Edward h. Rice.

(Abs/nui.)

The earl}- development of the gill of this form was very thor-
oughh' worked out by Lacaze-Duthiers in 1856. To his account
of the development of the earlier filaments the present writer has
nothing to add. As described, a papilla is formed, growing down-
ward from the gill axis, and is reflexed on itself, giving rise to
the familiar U-shaped filament. Later filaments follow a ver}-
different scheme, there being no such bending of an originally
simple filament. At the posterior end of the curiously bent gill
axis a series of thin tran.sverse ridges are developed. At first the
edge of each ridge is entire ; but growth is verj^ earl}- checked in
the center, so that the ridge is divided into two flat, rounded
lobes, corresponding respectively to a filament of the outer and
one of the inner gill plate. As the lobe elongates it becomes per-
forated at its proximal end, thus being resolved into the two
branches of a U-shaped filament identical in form with those first
developed. This mode of development of the later filaments has
been observed in Modiola, Area, Anomia, and Mya ; the earlier
filaments have been studied only in Mya, where they correspond
with Mytilus.

An interesting parallel is seen in the development of the inter-
lamellar connections. The interlamellar connection, in its finished
form, is a simple bar, containing a blood channel, and connecting
the two branches of one and the same filament. In an earl}- stage
the two branches are connected by a continuous plate of tissue
extending from the bend of the filament upward for a short dis-
tance. This stage is exactly comparable with the adult conditions
in Area and Modiola. Later a perforation appears in the plate,
and the portion above the perforation is transformed into the
characteristic bar-like connection.

As }■ et the examination of sections is too little advanced to allow
any detailed statement concerning the mode of perforation in
either case.

Ohio Weslevan University.

52 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

COMPARATIVE CHART OF THE VERTEBRATE

SKULL.-

Charles S. Mead.

In compiling the following chart, an attempt has been made to
show the history of the cranial bones in the different classes of
vertebrates. To make it general as well as specific from one to
four types are given under each class, and where possible, an
unspecialized and a highh- specialized form have been taken. As
a rule, the same bone occurs in the difi^erent classes of vertebrates,
but it may fail to develop, as in the Amphibians, or several bones
maj^ fuse to form larger elements, as in the Mammals, and it is
the purpose of this chart to show these irregularities.

In the higher types, especially the birds, there is a great ten-
dency for bones that are separate in the immature stages to fuse
in the adult, the sutures being oblilerated. In Lacerta and the
Amphibia manj- elements that are indicated as bones remain carti-
laginous. Where two or more bones in one type fuse to form
one bone in another type the line between them has been omitted.

In the Urodeles, Ophidians, and Chelonians no particular type
has been taken.

Different authors have used different names for the same bone
in the same class or different classes, or the same name ma}- be
used for as many as four different bones. Below is given a list of
synonyms :

Jugal, malar, zygoma, zygomatic.

Ouadrato-jugal, zygomatic.

Squamosal, supratemporal of Ophidians.

Supra-angular, surangular.

Coronoid, coronary.

Lacrymal, supraorbital.

Sphenotic, postf rental.

Prootic, petrosal.

Periotic, petrosal of Mammals.

Epipter^-goid, columella.

Transverse, ectopterygoid, transversum, transpalatine.

Pterygoid, ectopter^-goid.

Mesoplerygoid, entopterygoid.

I\Ie.sethmoid, ethmoid, supra-ethmoid, median ethmoid.

Ectocthmoid, ectethmoid, parethmoid, lateral ethmoid.

Turl)inal, ectoethmoid.

Maxilla, maxillary, supermaxilla, superior maxilla.

Premaxilla, intermaxilla, anterior maxillary, incisive.

-From the Zoological laboratory of the Ohio State University.

Jan., 1904.] Comparative Chart of Vertebrate Skull. 53

The pterotic has been called the squamosal, but the latter arises
from a separate ossification and is not present in fishes. The tur-
binals are derived from outgrowths of the bones surrounding the
nasal chamber and represent true ossifications in Mammals,
but may remain cartilaginous in the lower groups. They are first
recognized in the Amphibians, where they are merel}' cartilagin-
ous protuberances on the bones of the floor and side walls of the
nasal chamber.

Characteristics of the different classes :

Fish. — One occipital condyle. Opercles present only in the
fish. Some fish have bones which are lacking in others, there
being a great difference between some of the families in this
respect.

Amphibians. — Two occipital condjdes ; no trace of supra- or
basioccipitals. The skull is remarkable for the extent to which
the chondrocranium is retained and the consequent small number
of primary bones. The prootic alone forms the auditory capsule
in the frog, the other otic ossifications not being developed ; in
the Urodels an opisthotic is added.

Reptiles. — One occipital condyle. The transverse is present
in all reptiles, except the turtles, and in no other vertebrates.
The zygomatic arch, formed by the quadrato-jugal and the jugal,
is wanting in the Ophidians. In turtles there are no teeth, and
the basisphenoid is the only one of the sphenoidal bones present.
Of the otic bones the prootic is always distinct, the epiotic is
fused with the supraoccipital, while the opisthotic (free in tur-
tles) is usually united to the exoccipital.

Birds. — One occipital condyle. The bones of the cranium fuse
early .so that the sutures between them are obliterated. Teeth
are lacking in modern birds. The anterior end of the parasphen-
oid forms the rostrum and the posterior the basitemporal.

Mammals. — Two occipital condyles. The lower mandible
articulates with the squamosal and is composed of five elements
on each side, as the articular has been taken into the middle ear
to form the malleus. The quadrate has gone into the ear and
become the incus. The stapes is derived from the hyomandibu-
lar and from some membranous elements.

EXPL.\NATION OF PI,.\TES III AND IV.

S=Salmon; F=Frog; U=Urodele; L=Lacerta; 0=Ophidian; T=Turtle;
A=Alligator ; D=Duck ; P=Pigeon ; C=Chicken ; H=Dog ; R=Rabbit ;
M=Man. In the first column after the name of the bone, c^cartilage bone
and m=menbrane bone.

54

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 3,

Ohio Naturai,i.st.

Plate III.

Inter pariet a I

m

F.sk

Amptii (oiari.

Kept .Ic

Bird

H-R

0-

o
o

o

Supra occipif o.\

C

5

LOTA

DPC

HR

6xocciP)tal

C

S

ru

LOTA

DTC

HK

£aSiocci pi to t

C

S

LOTA

XIPC

H"R

Pa r o c c 1 p ( t a I

LOA

Quac/rato- juaal

m

r

TA

XJTC

Juja/

m

S

rii

LTA

DTC

H-RM

O auamosat

m

ru

LOTA

UPC

H-R

5

c

0

p-
E

1 umpan ic

nj

H"R

Spn tnot t c

c

s

LOT/.

X
u

0

Ptcrot.c

c

s

Opi&tKot IC

c

s

u

LOFA

(Spi ot iC

c

s

LOTA

Troot.c

c

s

TU

LOTA

Operc i e

1 T71

s

Pre opcrcic

s

J n t e r-opCTclc.

s

Sub opcvcle

.

s

Mctaptery^oioi

s

Mesoptevy qoiol

s

Basipteri^^oicl

LO

DTC

Cpiptery^ope^

LA

Transver &e

LOA

5^ mp)cct( c

s

oupra-^empova/

-r^

L

Orb.tals

m

s

Lacryrnal

m

LA

DPC

HPM

^^A-i* ^f CH\A,*^

MiCAD on the " Vertebrate vSkull.

Jan., 1904.] Comparative Chart of Vertebrate Skull.

55

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate IV.

Pt crvj^OiOt C

F.sK
S

Am rah, b, an

Bept , It

LOTA

DPC

rvl a i-n rT> a t

HR

At iS pKenoi d c

5

FU

LA

D"PC

Basi bphenoioi ^

S

LTAO

DPC

HP -«

PrespKenoict c

T3
O

E

h

LO

DFC

HR _J

O^tii tosp J^enOl« c

5

DTC

HR

MesetK moi d ^

S

LOA

DPC

G t n mot c(

HTM

(Sctocf h motd.

S

DPC

Par <x son cnoici

m

s

-TU

LO

UPC

DTC
Baaite mpor*l

Tu r ia m a t

LOTA

DPC

HRM

pv o n t a I

s

U Front-o-

LOTA

DPC

HPM

Parietal ^

s

u r

LOTA

DTC

HP M

Pre/ronta(

u

LOA Trefronto-

Nacat ^

s

YU

nosa I 1 n

LOA T

DPC

H-RM

"1

s

FU

LOTA

DTC

HR

PremaxiUo. ^

s

FU

LOTA

DPC

HR

Pa i a 1 1 n e.

s

FU

LOTA

DPC

HRM

Vo rn e r

s

FU

LOTA

DPC

HR M

Supra-ancj wt ar

LTA

DPC

a

>-
o

CotO n o' d

m

LOTA

DPC

Gpleniai

TU

LOTA

DTC 4

D-ntcr^j

s

ru 1

LOTA

DPC 5

Anqu/nr

s

FU

LOTA

-0

DPC ?

/nriioulcr ^

s

ru ^

LOTA

DPC

H"RM Malleus

M'-.c^Iei's C9Tt(l a^e ^

s

T

HPM Incus

Q-uaciratt

s

TU

LOTA

DPC

H tjornanoti ia wlttT ^

s

T Co/uTne It a

LOTA

DPC

HBM Stapes

^-^v«-4- -<J J'Hjt*^

Mkad on the " \'ertebrate vSkull.

56 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

THE RELATIONSHIP OF VARIATION TO ENVIRON=
MENT IN CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM.

Iv. B. WAI.TON.

{Adsirad.)

It is not sufficient to show that a particular species possesses a
'Certain index of variabilit}- in a restricted locality. We must
attempt to ascertain the component stimuli forming the environ-
ment and learn the effect which each group of stimuli has on the
variability of the organism in question. Only by so doing can we
draw accurate conclusions concerning the factors of evolution.

While natural environment does not furnish us with the best
conditions for the solution of the problem, a study of the varia-
bility exhibited by two groups of ClDysanthoiniiii leucanthemiim
(the common white dais}' ) has brought to light some facts of
considerable interest.

In a comparison of two groups of 500 each, obtained on the
same day from localities less than a mile apart, it was found that
the group having the greater nourishment had the greater varia-
bility as measured by the " index of variability "

the " average deviation "

and the amplitude or range of variation. Thus the data obtained
in this particular stud}- suggest that the difference in variabilit\-
is dependent on food supply, or, in other words, that chemical
stimuli are one of the underlying factors producing variability.
This is a conclusion that has been previously suggested but not
definitely established by statistical methods.

It is evident that there is a need for further investigation in
this direction on animals as well as plants, for only by the careful
application of statistical methods can the fundamental principles'
.of evolution be ascertained.
Kenyon College.

FURTHER FLORISTIC STUDIES IN WEST VIRGINIA.

W. A. KEIvI-ERMAN.

[Abstract.)

An account of a collecting trip through jiortions of Randol]>li
and Webster Counties, especiall}- in the Cheat and Point Mount-
ains, with brief outline of the more conspicuous and interesting
fungi — several of which are now reported for the first time.

Jan., 1904,] Infection Experiments with Species of Rusts. 57

ADDITIONAL INFECTION EXPERIMENTS WITH
SPECIES OF RUSTS.

W. A. KEr<Lp;RMAN.
{Abstract.)

General report of artificial cultures of Rust stages, both liete-
roecious and autcecious species, continuation of work reported
the previous year. Over twenty species were used and inocula-
tions of a very large number of host-plants were attempted. The
experiments numbered nearly two hundred. In nine cases posi-
tive results were obtained — some being repetitions of previous
successful experiments, others showing connections not previously
known.

Of the latter it was shown that the Black Rust ( Puccinia
muhlenbergiae Arth.) on the common Muhlenberg Grass (j\Iuh-
lenbergia mexicanaj was the alternate stage of the Yellow
Cluster-cup fungus (Aecidium hibisciatum Schw.) on the Marsh
Mallow (Hibiscus moscheutos).

Cultures with the Black Rust (Puccinia cirsii-lanceolatiSchroet.)
of the Common Thistle (Carduus lanceolatus L,.) resulted in the
development of aecidia or Yellow Cluster-cup stage (as well as
the red and black spores) but this has not before been reported in
this countr3\ The Rust has heretofore been called Piccinia cirsii
Lasch, but the experiment showed it to be P. cirsii-lanceolati, a
species described in Europe several years ago by Schroeter.

In a similar manner it was proven that the Western Sage Rust
rPuccinia caulicola Tr. & Gall, on Salvia lanceolata) — material
for cultures received from Kansas in the earl}' spring (sent b}-
Mr. E. Bartholomew) — has a hitherto unrecorded aecidial stage
on the same host plant.

Cultures demonstrated experimentalh' for the first time the aut-
eu-puccinial character of the Rust of Ruellia. That is to say, all
of the four stages grow on one and the same host.

The paper is published in full in the December number of the
Joidiial of Mycology. A summar}' of the successful cultures may
be briefly stated thus, it being understood that the teleuto-spores
(black or winter spores) were used when sowings were made on
the host plants, and, in case of Puccinia lateripes, aecidiospores,
also :
Puccinia angustata (on Scirpus atrovirens) — aecidia on I^ycopus

americanus.
Puccinia caulicola (on Salvia lanceolata) — aecidia on Salvia lance-
olata.
Puccinia caricis-erigerontis (on Carex festucacea) — aecidia on
Leptilon canadensis.

58 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

Puccinia caricis-solidaginis (on Carex stipata) — aecidia on Soli-
dago canadensis.

Puccinia cirsii-lanceolati (on Carduus lanceolatns) — aecidia on
Cardnus lanceolatns.

Puccinia helianthi (on Helianthus mollis) — aecidia on Helianthus
annuus and H. mollis.

Puccinia liibisciata (on Muhlenbergia mexicana) — aecidia on
Hibiscus moscheutos and H. militaris.

Puccinia lateripes (on Ruellia strepens) — aecidia, etc., on Ruellia
strepens.

Puccinia subnitens (on Distichlis) — aecidia on Chenopodium
album.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF FOSSOMBRONIA
CRISTULA IN OHIO.

Edo CIvAassen.

This beautiful liverwort reported, so far as the writer knows,
by Underwood from New Jersey only (Gray's Manual, 6th Ed.),
occurs in numberless specimens, often associated with Dicranella
heteromalla Schimp., on a clayey field southwest of Brookside
Park in Brooklyn Township, Cuyahoga County, Ohio.

Although very small in size it is easily identified by its peculiar
thallus and more or less dark purple rhizoids. The description
of it in Gray's Botany should, however, be corrected since the
pedicel of the capsule when ripe surpasses the thallus consideraby
and the elaters contain one or two (mostly two) spirals.

One specimen was examined more clo.sely as to its dimensions,
and was found to be as follows:

1. Length of longest rhizoid, 1.36 mm.

2. Length of "rooting " part (broken off at end), 1.36 mm.

3. Height of plant from uppermost rhizoid on the horizontal

stem to the top of the split capsule, about 5.1 mm.

4. Height of plant from uppermost rhizoid to top of thallus,

2.64 mm.

5. Length of pedicel (about 0.25 mm. thick) above the thallus,

1.36 mm.; or of entire pedicel from its origin, 3.4 mm.

6. Capsule (split and by depression expanded), lieight and

width, about i.i to 1.2 mm. Capsules of other specimens
(not split but ripe and globular in shape), diameter about
0.34 to 0.90 mm.

7. About a dozen spores were measured. Their diameter was

between 0.044 '^ii<^ 0.048 mm.

Cleveland, Ohio.

Jan., 1904.] The State Herbarium. 59

REPORT FOR 1902 ON THE STATE HERBARIUM

INCLUDING ADDITIONS TO THE STATE

PLANT LIST.

W. A. Kei.lerman and O. E. Jennings.

There have been added to the State Herbarium, since the last
report was made, 876 specimens of the Flowering plants and
Ferns. The contributors and number of specimens contributed
by each are as follows :

Bonser, Thos. A 17 Louth, E. V 2

Burr, Harriet G 37 Mark, Clara i

Case, Mrs. T. W 2 Mead, Chas. S 5

Claytou, W. M i Minns, E. R 92

Coberly, E. D 2 Morris, E. L i

Coberly, E. D., and Moseley, E. L 21

Long, J. Paul 5 Norman, L. M 3

Hacker, Otto 70 Schaffner, J. H 9

Hopkins, L. S i Sharp, Mrs. K. D 3

Horlacher, S. E 171 Shafer, John G i

Ingold, C. P 33 Tyler, F. J 6

Jennings, O. E 211 Wetzstein, A 54

Kellernian, W. A 121

Total 871

The number of specimens of the Flowering plants and Ferns in
the State Herbarium at the close of 1901 was reported last year
as 19,219. The addition of 871 specimens thus makes a total of
20,090 moimted specimens at the close of the year 1902. Species
new to the State List and not previou.sly reported in the Annual
Reports of the Ohio State Academy of Science nor in the State
Catalogue are as follows :

iiS/'. Miscanthus sinensis Anders. (Eulalia japonica Trin. ) Chinese Eulalia.
Painesville, Lake Co. Otto Hacker.

124^. Paspaluni niuhlenbergii Nash. Muhlenberg's Paspalum. Sandusky,
Erie Co. W. A. Kellernian.

366a. Carex gynandra Schw. Nodding Sedge. Buckeye Lake, Perry Co.
W. A. Kellernian.

621a. Salix pentandra L. Bay Leaf Willow. Bridgeport, Belmont Co.
W. A. Kellernian.

752a. Aniaranthus lividus L. Purplish Amaranth. Montgomery Co. S. E.
Horlacher.

8o5«. Nymphaea variegata Englem. Spatter Dock. Sandusky Bay, Erie
Co. E. L. Moseley. Previously reported as N. advena but speci-
mens sent to Gerrit S. INIiller at Washington were verified as N.
variegata Engelni.

6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

Sgoa. Coronopus didymus (L.) J. E). Smith. L,esser Wart Cress. Paines-

ville, Lake Co. Otto Hacker.
924(7. Sophia intermedia Rybd. Western Tansy Mustard. Troy, Miami

Co. L. S. Hopkins.
ggoa. Rubus baileyanus Britt. Bailey's Blackberry. Painesville, Lake Co.

Otto Hacker.
gg~(J. Potentilla sulphurea Lam. Rou_<fh-fruited Cinquefoil. Painesville,

Lake Co. Otto Hacker.
1004/'. Potentilla reptans L. Creeping Potentilla. Painesville, Lake Co.

Otto Hacker.
ii2o<?. Vicia tetrasperma (L.) Moench. Slender Vetch. Painesville, Lake

Co. Otto Hacker.
iJ2'ja. Lathj'rus pratensis L. Yellow Vetchling. Painesville, Lake Co. Otto

Hacker.
1131a. Phaseolus nanus L. Bush Bean. St. Mar3-'s, Auglaise Co. .\. Wetz-

.stein.
ii43(?. Oxalis brittoniae Small. Britton's Oxalis. Painesville, Lake Co.

Otto Hacker.
114316. Oxalis rufa Small. Red Wood-Sorrel. Painesville, Erie Co. Otto

Hacker.
1 1 72/'. Euphorbia exigua L. Common European Spurge. Painesville, Erie

Co. Otto Hacker.
1 260(6. Viola palmata dilatata Ell. Painesville, Lake Co. Otto Hacker.
1262a. Viola papilionacea Ph. Hooded Blue Violet. Springfield, Clark Co.

Mrs. E. J. Spence and others. This had been previously reported

as V. cucullata Ait., but according to Mr. L. C. Pollard it is V.

papilionacea Ph.
1287a. Lythrum salicaria L. Spiked Locsestrife. Painesville, Lake Co.

Otto Hacker.
1344/1. Scandix pecten-veneris L. Shepherd's Needle. Painesville, Lake

Co. Otto Hacker.
1405a. Lysimachia vulgaris L. Golden Loosestrife. Painesville, Lake Co.

Otto Hacker.
I4r5a. Ceratostigma plumbaginoides Bunge. Painesville, Lake Co. Otto

Hacker.
1423^. Erythraea centaurium (L.) Pers. Lesser Centaury. Painesville,

Lake Co. Otto Hacker.
1619a. Penstemon cobaea Nutt. Cobaea Beard Tongue. Painesville, Lake

Co. Otto Hacker.
1691a. Galium mollugo L. European BedstraAv. Painesville, Lake Co.

Otto Hacker.
1775Z). Crepis vireus L. Smooth Hawksbeanl. Painesville, Lake Co. Otto

Hacker.
2023a. Centauria scabiosa L. .\merican vStar Thistle. Painesville, Lake Co.

Otto Hacker.

Jan., 1904.] Shore Line Topography. 6i

NOTES ON SOME RARE OR INTERESTING OHIO

PLANTS.

Otto E. Jennings.

(Absti-ad.)

Specimens were shown and notes given upon a few of the more
rare or interesting plants represented in the Ohio State Herbari-
um. The specimens shown and the distribution in Ohio thus far
indicated by specimens in the State Herbarium, together with
other data, are as follows:

Asplenium ruta-mararia L. Spleeiiwort. Clifton, Greene Co. A. E.
Cotes, 1896. Range — Vt. and Conn, to Midi., Mo. and Ala. ALso Europe
and Asia.

Asplenium montanum Willd. Mountain Spleenwort. Cuj'ahoga Falls,
Sinnniit Co. L- B. Tuckernian. Range — Conn, to N. Y., Ohio and Ga.

Scutellaria serrata Andr. Showy Skullcap. Rio Grande, Gallia Co. Miss
Ruth Brockett. Range— N. Y., Pa. and N. C. to 111. and Ky.

Teucrinm occidentale Gr. Hairj- Germander. Buckej-e Lake, Perry Co.
W. A. Kellerman, 1895. Painesville, Lake Co. Otto Hacker, 1901. Cedar
Point, Erie Co. W. A. Kellerman, 1903. Range — Ont. and Pa. to N. M.,
Cal. and Brit. Col.

Cornus canadensis L. Dwarf Cornel. Newark, Licking Co. W. W.
Stockberger, 1890. Canton, Stark Co. Mrs. T. W. Case, 1S99. Range —
Newf. to Alaska. N. J., Ind. , Minn, and Cal.

Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. American Lotus. Licking Reservoir. E. E.
Bogue, 1892. At Sandusky and westward along the Lake ; see Moseley's
" vSandusky Flora." Range— Out. to Mass., Minn., Fla. and Tex.

Eryngium aquaticum L. Button Snakeroot. Oxford, Erie Co. E. L.
Moseley, 1896. Wyandot Co. Thos. A. Bonser, 1902. Range — Conn, to S.
Dak., Fla., Kans. and Tex.

Opuntia humifusa Raf. Western Prickly Pear. Sandusky, Erie Co. E.
Claassen, 1891. Range — S. Dak. to Ky., Mo., Kans. and Tex. Also local
in Ind. and Mich.

SHORE LINE TOPOGRAPHY BETWEEN TOLEDO
AND HURON, OHIO.

Lewis G. Westgate.

{Abstract.)

This paper gave a description of the shore line topography
along the flat southern shore of western Lake Erie with an
account of the development of bars across Mauniee and Sanduskj-
bays and at Catawba Island. This region is an illustration of a
very young shore.

Ohio Wesleyan Univ.

62 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

THE CATALOGUING OF MUSEUM COLLECTIONS.

L. B. Wai^ton.

The system by which specimens are catalogued in most muse-
ums of natural history is open to criticism. Insufficient data
concerning the collections are buried in bulky volumes or files to
such an extent that one may usually be considered fortunate if
after a period of several hours the locality and date of collection
of a specimen can be ascertained. Notes concerning the name of
the person by whom the specimen was identified, date of identifi-
cation, etc., are rarel}' present. The task of a systematist wishing
to find the material in a given museum belonging to a particular
group (phylum, class, etc.), or obtained from a given locality
(country, state, etc.) is usually a most difficult and oftentimes an
impossible one.

The use of the card index system, the value of which was long
since recognized in business methods, will go far toward obviating
the difficuties mentioned. A standard card of 4x6 inches has
proved to be the most servicable. Following a chronological
order the data which should be rendered accessible in an ade-
quately catalogued collection, can be separated into three groups.
These are :

(a) T/ie Accession Catalogue, arranged numerically, containing
a general record of all material received as whole. Con.sequently
one accession card usually covers a large number of specimens.

(b) The Departineiit Catalogue, arranged numerically, giving a
complete history of each specimen or group of specimens (of a
given species) acquired by each department (Zoology, Botany,
Anthropolog3% etc.).

(c) y/ie Reference Catalogue, arranged alphabetically, having
the names of all .specimens (genus and species in Zoology and
Botany) in a given department at the top of the card.

The final disposition of each specimen is indicated, consequently
it is an easy matter to at once locate an}- desired material.

While the Department Catalogue is the principal one, the other
two are important and represent a comparatively small amount of
labor, inasmuch as a single card contains data for a large number
of specimens. Classification of material into groups (e. g..
Protozoa, Porifera, etc., in Zoology) can be indicated b)^ using
cards with appropriate tabs in different ])ositions, while geo-
graphical distribution can be represented, if desired, by different
colored cards.

Kenyon College.

Jan., 1904.] On Diptera of the Family Ephydridae. 63

ON DIPTERA OF THE FAMILY EPHYDRIDAE.

James S. Hine.

The literature on this family, so far as North American forms
are concerned, is accessible to most students. In Monograph of
N. A. Diptera, 1862, I, 129-172, and in Zeitschr. f. d. Ges.
Naturw., 1878, LI, 192-203, Loew gives the results of his
studies. In Berliner Entom. Zeitschrift, 1896, XI^I, 91-276,
Becker full}' treats the European species, and it is necessar}- to
refer to this work for a consideration of the species common
to the two countries. Williston has described a number
of species in North American Fauna, 1893, VII, 257-258, and in
Diptera of St. Vincent, 1899, 389-404. The same author
furnishes a contribution to the life history of one of the species
and describes the adult of Ephydra californica Packard in Trans.
Conn. Acad., 1883, VI, 83-86. Coquillett has published several
papers in which new genera and species are described as follows :
Ent. News, 1896, VII, 220; Can. Entom., 1899, XXXI, 8 ;
Diptera of Puerto Rico, 1900, 259 262 ; Can. Entom., 1900,
XXXII, 33-36 ; Diptera from the Harrimau Alaska Expedition,
1900, 461-462 ; Journal N. Y. Ent. Soc. 1902, X, 182-184.
Wheeler has reviewed the genus Octhera and described one new
species in Ent. News, 1896, VII, 121-123. Howard has given
a full account of Psilopa petrolei Coquillett, found breeding in
crude petroleum in California, in Scientiiic American, 1899,
LXXX, 75-76.

One who collects Diptera in marshes or along streams is likel}-,
sooner or later, to become interested in the numerous species of
this family. Among the various water plants that grow^ in the
marshes at Sandusky, one finds them plentiful, and some of the
forms are the most numerous of all insects during at least a part
of the summer. From a row-boat one can see them running over
lily pads, wild rice and other foliage, but they are difficult to
capture, since they are very active and fly away before the
cyanide bottle can be placed over them, or if one uses a net he
has to strike so low that it is almost impossible to prevent dipping
it in the water, and by so doing spoil the specimens he succeeds
in entrapping. After a little experience the collector is led to
realize that the specimens running over foliage are trifling with
him. Better results may be obtained by collecting from flowers
of water lilies. Locate one of these flowers and place the hand
gently over its top in such a way as to entrap the flies that are
feeding on its nectar ; then without gripping tightly enough to
crush the flower and with it the entrapped insects, pull it from its
peduncle and drop into a wide-mouthed cyanide bottle prepared
for the purpose. This is the most desirable method I have ever

64 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

tried for procuring a supply of fine specimens of the small Diptera
common in marshes.

The best of results in collecting Ephydrids may be obtained by
sweeping grasses in low ground in the vicinity of water, or along
the margin of streams, but specimens procured in this waj^ are
apt to be teneral and not so desirable as those taken from flowers.

DiCHAKTA Meigen.

There are three descriped North American species in this
genus. Two of them, caudata and brevicauda, are distinguished
from species of Notiphila by the uniform dark color of the body,
but not so with furcata which has the abdomen distinctl}- bicol-
ored. The males of all the species are characterized by the
elongated bristles at the tip of the abdomen. The following key
is offered for separating the species of the genus :

1. Abdomen uniformly dark, nearly black in color 2.
Abdomen bicolorous furcata Coq.

2. Last segment of male abdomen distinctly prolonged

into a conical point caiidala Fallen.

Last segment of male abdomen not noticeably pro-
longed brevicauda Loew.

Notiphila Fallen.

This genus is represented in Ohio by a number of species. N.
unicolor L,oew is probably the most abundant .species of insect
to be found at Sandusky during a part of the summer. The eggs
of this species are deposited on various leaves over the water, and
so abundant are they at times that large areas of wild rice and
other plants are colored white by them. Oviposition seems to
take place mostly in the evening and in egg-laying season the
flies collect on the plants by thousands, so that one in a row-boat
at du.sk may .see water plants almost entirely covered by them.
The adults are most abundant in July. When the eggs hatch the
larvae drop into the water and sink to the bottom.

Psilopa fulvipennis n. sp.

Shining black or violaceous. Antennea red, except the- third .segment,
which is partially fuscvis, thorax and abdomen deep shining black with a
violaceous tinge, legs black with the exception of the knees, apexes of the
tibiae, and the tarsi, which are red. Wings uniformly brownish yellow all
over, knob of halteres yellow. Length slightly under 2.5 millimeters.

Habitat: Three .specimens procured at Cameron, Louisiana,
August 20. Taken by sweeping from grasses growing in low
ground.

The uniform brownish 3'ellow wings, together with the shining
black thorax and abdomen characterize this species.

•Jan., 1904.] On Diptera of the Family Ephydridae. 65

Caenia R. D.

1. Wings fumid 2.
Wings grayish hyaline 3.

2. Legs red, abdomen uniformly colored spiiiosa Loew.
Legs black, abdomen with greenish gray cross-
bands fimiosa Stehn.

3. Wings uniform grayish hyaline, knees of all the

legs plainly red, abdomen green, segments
three to five with a middorsal row of bronze

triangles, length, 6 millimeters z'irida n. sp.

Wings grayish hyaline with marginal cell dark
gray, abdomen greenish with broad bases of
last three segments violet bronze, length 4 mil-
limeters bisi'tosa Coquillett.

Caenia fumosa Sten.

This is a European species, and so far as I can find has not
been reported from this conntry heretofore. The seven specimens
before me, taken at Castaha, Ohio, July 13, 1901, agree .so well
with the description of fumosa given by Schiner, and are so
readily traced to this species by Becker's key, that I do not
hesitate to identify them as such.

Caenia virida n. sp.

General color dark green, thinly yellowish and gray pruinose. Antennae
clear brown, arista rather long pectinate above on median third, hairy on
basal part, proboscis dark nearly black, face and cheeks rather densely yel-
lowish pruinose except on upper part where the green ground color is dis-
tinct, clothed with rather short black hairs, bristles of the oral border
distinct; front green shining, with two pairs of orbital bristles, dorsum of
thorax green, thinly yellowish pruinose and with five pairs of dorsocentral
bristles, pruinosit}- of the pleura dense obscuring the ground color, scutellum
green shining with two pairs of bristles, legs black except the knees which
are narrowly but plainly red, wings uniformh- graj'ish hj-aline, veins brown,
halteres yellow ; abdomen shining green thinly gray pruinose, a middorsal
row of bronze triangles on segments three to five and suggestions of bronze
on the anterior margins of the sides of the same segments, two to four nearly
equal in length, five much longer. Length 6 millimeters.

Habitat: Brownsville, Texas.

Several specimens collected by Charles Dury of Cincinnati in
April and May, 1903.

66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

THE BIRDS OF OHIO.

Quite recently a neat volume under the above title has appeared.
The work contains 671 quarto pages ; the author is William I^eon
Dawson, A. M., with introduction and ke3-s by Professor L^'nds
Jones, of Oberlin College. The subject of Ohio birds is fully
treated both from technical and popular standpoints, consideration
being given to nesting habits, recognition marks and distribution
of each species. Many of the species are represented by plates
made after the tricolor process of photograph}^ and besides over
200 first-class halftones add to the value and interest of the work.
Most of the photographs from which the halftones were made are
the author's own, but it is also a pleasure to note that a number
of credits are given for photographs furnished by man}' others,
some of whom are or have been students at the university. The
volume will surely be an important factor in stimulating the study
of Ornithology in Ohio and elsewhere. With the work which
Professor Jones has recently done and published in a special paper
of the Ohio State Academy of Science, the bird fauna of the State
is so thoroughly known that it is not probable that many new
records of species will be added. As careful keys have been
prepared for all the species taken so far, the Ohio student has in
"The Birds of Ohio" a monograph to which he can turn for
satisfaction in all local matters concerned with the subject treated.
The author has treated the species beginning with what are
known as the highest birds, an arrangement which does not seem
quite natural, but as he gives good reasons for so doing we do
not feel like taking exceptions to the order adopted. The North-
ern Raven on account of his shrewdness and dignity is a splendid
subject with which to begin so important a work.

For particulars regarding the work, address The Wheaton
Publishing Co., 12 16 The Hayden, Columbus, O. — J. S. H.

A PRACTICAL DISSECTING TRAY.

L. B. Walton.

X'arious kinds of dissecting trays have been described by
Hatschek and Cori, Kiikenthal, Dodge, Pratt, Mark, Kellogg
and others, all of which, however, are more or less unsuited to
general conditions of laboratory work.

A tray which a])parently meets all recjuirements can be made
by selecting a suitable china dish, attaching the cloth called
"cottonwool" or "cotton flannel" to the bottom, with the
smooth side down, by means of Le Page's glue, and pouring in a
mixture of melted beeswax and lampblack. The glue should

Jan., 1904.] Thickness of the Columbus Limestone. 67

previously be allowed to dry at least twelve hours. Furthermore,
the dish should be heated slightly above the melting point of the
beeswax before the wax is poured in, and then allowed to gradu-
ally cool before an open-front gas stove, thus allowing the bottom
layers of the wax to harden first. This prevents the separation of
the wax from the side of the dish as well as the formation of
cracks on the surface. Trays such as described have been in use
in the laboratory at Kenyon College for more than a year, and
have been found practical in every respect.
Kenyon College.

THE THICKNESS OF THE COLUMBUS LIMESTONE.

Robert F. Griggs.

So far as is known there is no exposure of the total thickness
of the Columbus limestone. On account of its lithological simil-
arity to the Monroe limestone below, the two are not usually
separated in well records so that exact determinations from this
source have been hard to get.* In the fall of 1900, however, the
city of Columbus, in connection with a proposed storage dam in
the Scioto River, drilled several wells into the rock to test its
ability to withstand hydraulic pressure. Most of these were at
such high levels on the bank that they did not penetrate to the
Monroe. Two, however, Nos. 9 and 10, were drilled from
near the surface of the river and passed several feet below^ the
base of the Columbus. No. jo was located on the west bank,
which is steep at that point. It was thought that by taking the
section of this well and that of the bank the whole thickness of
the Columbus could be obtained. The well was not driven in the
ordinar}' manner, where the rock is broken into bits by a heavy
drill and so mixed that the precise determination of any level is
impossible, but a solid core was taken out, which broke only at
the bedding planes and weak places. This core, together witli a
very complete record, are preserved in the City Engineer's office.
It allows the determination of the line between the two forma-
tions to a fraction of an inch and the measurements throughout
are much more accurate in the boring than those of the bank,
which were taken with a Locke level, and so not susceptible of
great accurac}'.

The rock in the bank above is mostly covered, but fortunately
a small quarr}^ has been opened at the top of the hill which shows
the top of the smooth la5-er. The quarrj' does not extend up to

-The well in the State House yard at Columbus, as iuterpreted by Newberry, shows a
thickness of 13S feet for the Coruiferous. which includes both Columbus and Sandusky
formations. The upper component is shown to have a thickness of about 30 feet by
numerous exposures in Franklin and Delaware Counties. Deducting this leaves a thick-
ness of loS feet for the Columbus. Unfortunately, however, the record of this well ha.s
been found to be unreliable in some particulars and so is of .scant authority in this case.

68 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

the bone bed or top of the formation. As the quarry is at about
the top of the hill it is probable that this bed has been carried
awa}' for some feet back from the brow of the bluff into the field.
It might be wished that this laj'er were present to give a more
certain determination, but as the interval between the smooth
la3'er and the bone bed is fairh' constant the presence of the lat-
ter is not so important as would appear at first.

The sections of the hill and well are given in the tables. It
will be seen that the total thickness of the Columbus exposed is
109 feet. Assuming an interval between the bone bed and smooth
bed of 9 feet (an inch or two less than that shown in the quarries
a mile and a half below the dam site), we would have a thickness
for the formation of no feet, thus checking to within 2 feet of
the determination from the State House 3'ard well.

Section of Bank. Feet. In.

Total
P'eet. Iti.

To bone bed (not exposed) ? i 2 126

Top of quarry, no sign of bone bed 125

Upper Columbus exposed in quarry 8

Smooth layer 117

Quarry extends a few inches below smooth layer

Mostly covered, occasional ledges exposed to river level 64 . . 53
Section of Well.

Gravel and soil 2 55

River level 53

Gravel and soil to lop of rock 2 7 53

Heavy bedded some layers come out more than 2 feet

thick 24 S 50 5

Thin bedded much waste in core 7 2 25 9

Heavy porous breccia, base of Columbus 2 4 iS 7

Hard course with dark bands top of Monroe <S 16 3

Mostly thin bedded, dark . . 3 10 15 7

Purer limestone 9 11 9

Dark thin bedded resisting acid i .. 11

White, purer stone 9 10

Heavy bedded i 9 9 3

Dark, very hard resisting acid 6 7 6

Hard, heavy, dark stone with little waste 7 . . 7

The determination is subject to the following sources of error :
I , waste in the core of the well which would have the effect of
making the l)ase of the Columlnis too high with a maximum
value of 2 inches ; 2, a variation in the level of the water between
the time of boring the well and that of measuring the hill amoun-
ing to possibly 6 inches in the other direction : 3, errors in level-
ing amounting to possibly 3 feet either way : the city contour
maps check the leveling and preclude the possibility of greater
error, /. r., the top of the quarrj' lies between two contour lines
having a five foot interval ; 4, variation in the interval between
the smo(jth bed and bone Ijed with a probable maximum of 8
inches.

Fargo, N. D.

Jan., 1904,] Poisonous and Other' Injurious Plants. 69

POISONOUS AND OTHER INJURIOUS PLANTS OF

OHIO.

John H. SchaFFner.

(Continued from p. 35.)

130. Oxalis violacea L. Violet Wood-sorrel. A case is record-

ed of a boy beiu",' thrown into violent convulsions from
eating a considerable quantity of the leaves. The leaves
and bulbs are very commonly eaten by children in large
quantities without apparent ill effects.

131. lyinum usitatissimum L,. Flax. Causes death to cattle,

probabh- due to the prussic acid evolved from the plant
when wilting.

132. Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Tree-of- heaven. Has a disa-

greeable and somewhat poisonous emanation. Water
contaminated b}' the leaves is poisonous. Cows will not
eat grass near the young shoots.

133. Polygala senega ly. Seneca Snakeroot. The roots are

emetic.

134. Ricinus communis Iv. Castoroil Plant. Seeds contain a

deadh' poison. Poisonous to horses, sheep, etc.

135. Euphorbia corollata I,. Flowering Spurge. Supposed to

produce disagreeable honey. Posionous to the skin of
some persons.

136. Euphorbia marginata Ph. Snow-on-the-mountain. Pro-

duces disagreeable honey. Poisonous to the skin of
some persons. Used for branding cattle.

137. Euphorbia lathyrus L. Caper Spurge. The seeds are

poisonous when eaten. The milky juice is emetic and
produces eruptions on the skin.

138. Euphorbia cyparissias L. C^'press Spurge. Poisonous to

the skin.

139. Rhus vernix L. Poison Sumac. Swamp Sumac. (R.

venenata DC.) The poison is in all parts of the plant.
Poisonous to the skin of most persons.

140. Rhus radicans E. Poison Iv}'. (R. toxicodendron E.)

The leaves and stems are poisonous to the skin of most
persons.

141. Celastrus scandens E. Climbing Bitter-sweet. Eeaves

jDoisonous to horses.

142. Aesculus glabra Willd. Ohio Buckeye. Eeaves and j-oung

shoots and seeds poisonous to cattle.

143. Aesculus octandra Marsh. Sweet Buckeye. Plant pro ■

ably ]3oisonous. Seeds poisonous.

144. Aesculus hippocastanum E. Horse-chestnut. The seeds

are poisonous. Sj'mptoms of poisoning have been pro-
duced by eating the green rind.

70 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3,

145. Iinpatiens biflora Walt. Spotted Touch-me-not. Leaves

acrid and burning to the taste. The plant is emetic and
suspected of being poisonous to stock.

146. Rhamnus cathartica L. Buckthorn. Ripe fruit injurious.

147. Hypericum perforatum L. Common St. John's-wort.

Poisonous to honses.

14S. Hypericum maculatum Walt. Spotted St. John's Wort.
Poisonous to horses.

149. ^'iola odorata L. Sweet Violet. Somewhat poisonous.

Underground parts emetic and cathartic.

150. Dirca palustris L. Leatherwood. Berries narcotic and

poisonous. Bark acrid.

151. Chimaphila maculata (L,. ) Ph. Spotted Wintergreen.

Supposed to be poisonous to sheep.

152. Monotropa uniflora L. Indian Pipe. Contains a poison-

ous principle.

153. Ledum groenlandicum Oedr. Labrador Tea. Is supposed

to be poisonous.

154. Azalea nudiflora L. Pink x^zalea. Supposed to produce

poisonous hone}'.

155. Azalea viscosa L. White iVzalea. Supposed to produce

poisonous hone}-.

156. Azalea lutea L. Flame Azalea. Supposed to produce

poisonoiis honey.
Rhododendron maximum L. Great Laurel. Poisonous to
stock. The nectar produces a poisonous honey.

158. Kalmia angustifolia L. Sheep Laurel. Lambkill. Pois-

onous to sheep and calves.

159. Kalmia latifolia L. Mountain Laurel. Calico-bush. All

parts of the plant poLsonous to cattle, sheep and other
animals. The honey from the flowers is poisonous; also
the flesh of game that has fed upon the leaves or berries.

160. Andromeda poli folia L. Wild Rosemary. Moorwort.

Leaves poisonous to sheep.

161. Epigaea repens L. Trailing Arbutus. Suppo.sed to lie

poisonous to stock.

162. Anagallis arvensis L. Poor-man's Weatherglass. Red

Pimpernell. Poisonotis.

163. Lignstrum vulgare L. Privet. Leaves and fruit poisonous

to children; ]irobably also to animals.

164. Menyanthes trifoliata L. Buckbean. The taste of the

leaves is intensely bitter and somewhat nau.seous.

165. Apocynum androsaemifolium L. Spreading Dogbane.

Poisonous, although animals generally avoid it becau.se
of the acrid juice.

166. Apocynum cannabinum L. Indian Hemp.

D/

Jan., 1904.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 71

167. Apocyiium hypericifolium Ait. Clasping-leaved Dogbane.

The above three plants are slightly poisonous.

168. Nerium oleander L. Oleander. Cultivated. Every part

of this plant is dangerously poisonous. lycaves deadly

poisonous to stock.
Asclepias tuberosa ly Pleurisy-root. Leaves supposed to

be poisonous to stock.
Ascelpias incarnata L. Swamp Milkweed. The root is

emetic and cathartic.
Asclepias syriaca L. Common Milkweed. (A. cornuti

Dec.) Poisonous.
Ipomaea pandurata L. Wild Potato Vine. Man-of-the-

earth. Underground parts somewhat poisonous.
Convolvulus sepium L. Hedge Bindweed. Supposed to

be poisonous to swine.
Cjaioglossum officinale L. Hound's Tongue. Considered

poisonous.
Cynoglossum virginicum L. Wild Comfrey. Considered

poisonous.
Borago officinalis L. Borage. The short bristles produce

irritation.
Echium vulgare L. Viper's Bugloss. Causes considera-
ble itching if handled.
Glecoma hederacea L. Ground Iv}-. Suspected of being

poisonous to horses.
Hedeorna pulegioides ( L. ) Pers. American Peneroyal. A

case of poisoning by oil of Hedeoma has been recorded.
Physalodes physalodes (L. ) Britt. Apple of Peru. Used

in Georgia for fl}^ poison.
Solanum nigrum L. Black Nightshade. The leaves and

green berries are poisonous to calves, sheep, goats and

swine. The green berries are also poisonous to man,

but the writer has seen boys eating large quantities of

the ripe berries without ill effects.

182. Solanum carolinense L. Horsenettle. Narcotic.

183. Solanum dulcamara E- Bittersweet. Berries poisonous ;

also other parts. Leaves supposed poisonous to stock.

184. Solanum tuberosum E. Potato. The green parts, fruit

and green-colored tubers are poisonous ; also white

sprouts from mature potatoes. The poison is dissolved
out b}' boiling.

185. Nicotiana tabacum E. Tobacco. Cultivated. Narcotic

and poi.sonous. Leaves poisonous to stock.

186. Hyoscyamus niger E. Black Henbane. Narcotic. Pois-

onous to stock, and is said to poison hogs. One of the
most poisonous plants in the United States. It is called
henbane on account of seed being poisonous to chickens

169
170
171
172

173

174

175
176

177
178
179
180

181

72 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 3^

187. Datura stramonium L. Jimson-weed. All parts narcotic
and poisonous, especiall}- the seed. Children frequently
poisoned by eating the seeds, and occasionally by suck-
ing the flowers. Poisonous to cattle, when eaten in hay.

iSS. Datura tatula L. Purple Jimson-weed. Poisonous like
the preceding.

i8g. Verbascum thapsus L. Common Mullen. Said to be inju-
rious to the skin of some persons.

190. Digitalis purpurea I^. Purple P'oxglove. Poisonous to

horses.

191. Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl. Slender Gerardia. Poisonous to

sheep and calves.

192. Pedicularis lanceolata Mx. Swamp Lousewort. Probabl}^

poisonous.

193. Pedicularis canadensis L. Lousewort. Wood Betony.

Probabl}' poisonous.

194. Catalpa catalpa (Iv. ) Karst. Catalpa. The flowers are said

to produce irritation of the skin.

195. Aralia spinosa L. Hercules Club. Irritating to the skin.

196. Conium maculatum L. Poison Hemlock. The plant con-

tains a virulent, narcotic poison. The whole plant,
especially the seed, is ver)' poisonous to man and ani-
mals.

197. Petroselinum petroselinum (L. ) Karst. Parsley. The

seeds are injurious to birds. A case of the poi.soning of
several parrots from eating of this plant has been report-
ed.

198. Cicuta bulbifera L. Bulb-bearing Water Hemlock. Sup-

posed to be ver^' poisonous.

199. Cicuta maculata l^. Water Hemlock. The whole plant is

violently poisonous, both to man and animals. Has
destroyed many human lives.

200. Sium cicutaefolium Gmel. Hemlock. Water Parsnip. Re-

puted to be poisonous to stock.

201. Aethusa cynapium ly. Fool's Parsley. A fetid poisonous

herb.

202. Oxypolis rigidus (L.) Britt. Cowbane. (Teidmannia

rigida C. cS: R.) Poisonous. Leaves and roots supposed
to be poisonous to cattle.

203. Pastinaca sativa L. Parsni]). Persons are often poisoned

by handling the plant, which causes inflanunation and
vesication.

204. Heracleum lanatum Mx. Cow Parsnip. Supposed to be

poisonous, although the crisp leaves are said to be very
palatable. The West Coast Indians eat the plant as a
relish.

Jan., 1904.] Poisonous and Other Injurious Plants. 73

205. Daucus carota L. Wild Carrot. Persons handling the plant

are often poisoned, especially when the plant is wet with
dew. Causes large blisters to form.

206. Cornus florida L,. Flowering Dogwood. The berries are

reputed to be poisonous.

207. Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Button-bush. Contains a

poisonous principle.
20S. Lobelia cardinalis h. Red Lobelia. Cardinal Flower.
2og. Lol:)elia syphilitica L- Blue Lobelia.

210. Lobelia puberula Mx. Downy Lobelia.

211. Lobelia spicata Lam. Pale Spiked Lobelia.

212. Lol^elia leptostachys A. DC. Spiked Lobelia. All the

above acrid and poisonous.

213. Lobelia inflata L. Indian Tobacco. Very poisonous, nar-

cotic and acrid.

214. Lobelia kalmii L. Kalm's Lobelia.

215. Lobelia nuttallii R.&S. Nuttall's Lobelia. Both the above

acrid and poisonous.

216. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L. Roman Ragweed. The pollen

has an irritant action upon the muceus membranes ;
c^use of hay fever.

217. Xanthium spinosum L. Spiny Clotbur. The seeds and

probably the whole plant poisonous.
21S. Xantliium strumarium L. European Cocklebnr. Young
seedlings and seeds probably poisonous to hogs.

219. Xanthium canadense Mill. American Cocklebur. Young

seedlings poisonous to hogs.

220. Eupatorium perfolintum L. Boneset. Emetic in large doses.
22 1. Rudbeckia laciniata L. Tall Cone Flower. Supposed to

be fatal to sheep and hogs.

222. Bidens frondosa L. Black Beggar-ticks. Produces an

itching sensation to some persons.

223. Helenium autumnale L. Sneezeweed. Plant and also

flowers poisonous to cattle, sheep and horses.

224. Helenium nudiflorum Nutt. Purple-head Sneezeweed.

Poisonous.

225. Helenium tenuifolium Nutt. Slender-leaf Sneezeweed.

Poisonous. Supposed to be fatal to horses and mules.

226. Anthemis cotula L. Mayweed. Will sometimes blister the

skin. Has a disagreeable odor.

227. Artemisia absinthium L. Common Wormwood. The vola-

tile oil of this plant is a violent, narcotic poison.

228. Arctium lappa L. Great Burdock. Produces an itching

sensation to some persons.

229. Cichorium intybus L. Chicory. When fed in large quan-

' titles to dairy cattle it imparts a bitter flavor to the milk
and butter.

74 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. IV, No. 8,

NEWS AND NOTES.

Most of the papers and abstracts in tliis issue of the Natural-
ist were read at the November meeting of the Ohio State
Academy of Science. Others wih appear in later numbers of the
Naturalist.

Errata. — In Prof. Griggs' " Notes on Interesting Ohio
WiUows" (Ohio Nat., 4:11 ) the following corrections should be
made: p. 13, 37th line, ior disfii/rl \'ijiv\ dis/an/ : p. i4, i^lhline,
for nominal read normal : p. 15, 3()lh line, for hairy like read
/miry, like.

During the past year the dandelion (Taraxacum taraxacum and
T. erythrospermum ) has been in bloom in the open every month
from January to December. Other plants which are in bloom
during the greater part of the year, at Columbus, are Alsine
media, Iye])idium virginicum, and Lamium amplexicaule.

Recently Mr. A. A. Eaton has written an interestiitg account
of Equisetum laevigatum A. Br. (Fern Bull 11 140). His obser-
vations agree with my own as I know this species in the west.
The manuals, even the latest, say that the stems of this species
are perennial, evergreen, the cones tipped wiih a rigid point.
The aerial stems are annual and the cones do not have a point.
Formerly in Kansas the plants growing on the prairie were
burned off annually and the new aerial stems usually had the
cones mature by the first of June. Either the description in our
manuals of Braun's E. laevigatum is wrong or else we have to
deal with a composite species as Eaton suggests.

Since all three forms of the prickly lettuce occur in Ohio,
Lactuca saligna E. should be added to Miss Burr's Compass
Plants of Ohio, Ohio Nat. 3 : 333. j. h. s.

The Moth Book. — We have been interested in turning-
through the pages of this work, and delighted in using the plates
for the determination of specimens. The author. Dr. W. J.
Holland, and the publishers, Doubleday. Page & Co., deserve
especial credit for producing .so important a volume. As The
Butterfly Book has stimulated the study of butterflies, so will
The Moth Book stimulate the study of moths. The tricolor
process of photography by which the i)lales are produced is very
satisfactory for the particular group treated, the careful selection
of specimens and their preparation is commendable, and the
chapters on Eifc-history and Anatomy, and on Capture, Prepara-
tion and Preservation of Specimens are full enough for general
usage. We predict that the book will be welcomed by high-
school pupils, by teachers, by amateurs and by specialists. — j. s. 11.

Date of publication of December number, Dec. 15. 1003; date of publication of
January number, Jan. 20 , 1904.

Ohio State Unwetsit}^.

Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods in modern education. The advantages
are offered to both sexes alike.

The following list of departments will suggest the
organization of the institution:

Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political
Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing,
Astronomy. Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working
and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa-
tion, Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History,
Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture
and Forestry, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Mathematics, Mechanical
Engineering, Metallurgy and Mineralogy, Military Science, Mine
Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics,
Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary
Medicine and Zoology and Entomology.

Catalogues will be sent upon application. After examining the
catalogue write for specific information to the President

Dr. W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio.

SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR

BOTANICAL The large mushrooms, Puffballs and other Fungi; Abnormal
MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees.
Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and
Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address

Prof. W. A. KellERMAN,
Department of Botany, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio.

GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous
MUSEUM. fossils. Address

Prof. J. A. BOWNOCKER, Curator,
A Geological Museum, Ohio State University,

^ Columbus, Ohio,

ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec-
MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will
greatly appreciate all contributions to that end.

Address, Prof. Herbert Osborn,

Department Zoology and Entomology,

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

)hio State University, Lake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Erie.
Open to Investigators June 15 to September 15. Laboratory courses of six and
eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular.

Your Laboratory s

-^ 0^ *,

6r9\ 6r9i tirSi

Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar=
atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the
most available source? Send us a trial order and
notice the difference. ± ± ^ ± ± ± ^

6 50

MICROSCOPES

From the Simplest to the Most Complete.

For Stiiik'iits, Physicians and Specialists. Full
GUAKANTEE with cvcry Instnuncnt.

MAGNIFIERS

Folding Pocket Magnifier f 20

40

Tripod Magnifier, adjustable 50

Hand Magnifier, metal case 1 00

Folding Magnifier, metal case 1 .25

No. 50.

No. 51.
QR

No. G.

No. 7.

No. 172. Hasting's Aplanatic Triplet

DISSECTING MICROSCOPES

T 1.
Ul.

S-2.50 AV 1 $ 9.75

6.75 Y 1 25.75

COMPOUND MICROSCOPES

AB 1 S-iO.OO KB 1 1 55 00

B 1 35.00

B 2 40.00

BA 2 45.00

BB S 100.00

C'A 8 127.00

DD8 207 00

-■rn'

WRITE FOR DISCOUNTS

CATALOGUE

On Request

r

Scientific Materials Company

MAKERS = = = IMPORTERS
711^: Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa.

ne Ohio ^h^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.

Volume IV. FEBRUARY, 1904. No. 4.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wells— The Topography and Geology of Clifton Gorge 75

Kellekman— Index to Uredineous Culture Experiments with Li&t of Siieeies and

Hosts for North America 78

SciiAFFNER— Some Morphological Peculiarities of the Xymphaeaceae and Hcliol^ae.. 83

OSBORX— Note on Alate Form of Phylloscelis ,. 93

Sanders— Three New Scale Insects from Ohio 94

CoBERLY— Meeting of the Biological Club 'J8

THE TOPOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF
CLIFTON GORGE.

W. E. Weli-s.

This gorge is located in Greene count}^, Ohio, about two miles
from the town of Yellow Springs. It is made by the headwaters
of the Little Miami river.

The beaut}' of the gorge is not surpassed b}^ anything of a like
nature in the State. It has been visited by thousands of pleasure-
seekers from all the surrounding country, especially from the
near-by cities of Dayton, Springfield and Xenia. Neither is this
remarkable gorge unknown to the scientists of this and other
states. In the gorge are found two quite rare plants — Ground
Hemlock ( Taxus canadensis), found nowhere else in the county,
and Asplenium ruta-muraria, found nowhere else in the State.

The origin of the gorge seems to be as follows : The head-
waters of the Little Miami flow with an apparently gentle slope
over the glacial drift, for some distance. At the town of Clifton,
however, the dritt thins out and the Niagara limestone comes to
the surface. At the same time the slope increases, with the
natural result that the river has hewn for itself a deep bed in the
solid rock. This deep bed is the gorge.

At its beginning the gorge is very narrow, having an average
width of about 40 feet. The average depth here is 34 feet.
But as the stream proceeds the valley gradually widens. This
is due to the fact that the Springfield division of the Niagara
has been more easily eroded than the Cedarville division just
above it ; so that from time to time the latter has broken off.
In proof of this we find the valley floor strewn with rock
masses, most of them moss- covered, some of the largest with

76

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 4,

small trees growing on their upper surfaces. One large mass has
lodged in mid-stream, and from its resemblance is called "Steam-
boat rock."

About three miles downstream a softer ridge (Clinton) is
encountered, whereupon the valley becomes broader and the cliffs
disappear for the most part. About a mile further down, the
river passes through a still softer rock (Cincinnati limestones
and shales). As a result the valley becomes very capacious,
being one-fourth to one-half a mile wide.

Fig. I. Looking down the Gorge towards the site of the old Woolen Mill,

just al)ove the Waterfall.

The .slope of the river bed in the gorge was found to be about
35 feet to the mile. It is hardly nece.ssary to add that this pro-
duces an abundant water power. Fifty years ago not much of
this power was allowed to go to waste. In 1855 there were in
the gorge alone five grist mills, one paper mill, one woolen mill,
one saw mill and three distilleries. But as time went on the.se
enterprises, one by one, were abandoned, until at the present time
only two grist mills are left. The only reason that can be given

Feb., 1904.] Topography and Geology of Clifton Gorge.

77

investigations

dug into the

the depth of

before reach-

for this failure to utilize so
bountiful a supply of free
power is that this particular
locality has failed, general-
ly, to meet the expectations
of its first settlers. The
town of Yellow Springs was
laid out for a city of 10,000
inhabitants. It now has
1,300.

In the softer strata just
under the overhanging cap
rock, are some shah' seams.
These act as water bearers,
and as a result the gorge is
well supplied with springs,
some of considerable
strength. They always ap-
pear at the base of the cliffs.

It is interesting to note
in this connection that this
same stratum furnishes the
remarkable iron spring
which has given the town
of Yellow Springs its name.

The hard cap- rock (Ce-
darville ) w h en Id u r 11 e d
makes excellent lime ; and
yet, in over two miles of
exposure we found the re-
mains of but two limekilns.

Not the least among the
interesting things connect-
ed with a study of this
gorge is the existence of an
old abandoned channel. In
1876, Prof. Claypole, then
a professor in Antioch Col-
lege, worked out this chan-
nel ver}' completely. The
record of his work, unfor-
tunately, is lost. All we
know of his
is, that he
channel to
about 20 feet
ing rock. At this depth the drill brought up a black, mucky soil.

78 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

filled with old, dead leaves ! The channel is located near the
mouth of the gorge and is cut through Clinton limestone. Its
length is about one-half mile, its average width 125 feet, and its
present height above the river, 22 feet. This corresponds to the
depth of Prof. Claypole's drilling. In fact, all the evidence goes
to prove that this channel is preglacial and is now largely filled
with drift. At the head of the channel a ravine has cut a deep
trough, showing very nicel}' the character of the filling (boulder
clay). The owner of the land upon which the channel is located
says that at one time a large stump standing in the old channel
turned over and in the course of a few months disappeared
entirel}'. A few blulTs are to be seen at the lower end of the
channel, giving additional proof of its origin.

Not long ago Prof. Bownocker worked out the history of this
river, but unfortunately overlooked this old channel. He has
traced, however, the old channel to within about a mile of this
one. So that this discovery simply extends the course of some
ancient river bed, whose course is being graduall}' mapped out.

A terrace with an average height of about 30 feet was found in
the gorge. This would indicate, in the history of the present
stream, a general upward movement of the crust, in times past.

The gorge itself is without doubt post-glacial.

Note : The topographical map which accompanies this sketch was made
by Miss Alice Carr, Miss Gertrude Baker and Mr. R. O. Wead of the geology-
class of Antioch College.

Antioch College.

-a"-

INDEX TO UREDINEOUS CULTURE EXPERIMENTS

WITH LIST OF SPECIES AND HOSTS FOR

NORTH AMERICA.

W. A. KELI.ERMAN.
{Abstract.)

Careful culture work to determine life histories of fungi or
cycles of development was initiated by De Bary in 1865. It was
continued by him in 1866 and in the same year also taken up by
Oersted and Woronin. A few years later other foreign botanists
engaged in similar work, and the list continued to the present
contains such additional names as Schroeter, Rostrup, Winter,
Schenk, Cornu, Plowright, Klehban, Hartig, Dietel, Barclay,
Fischer, Tubeuf, Soppit, Tranzschal, Eriksson, Pazschke, Juel,
Wagner, Bubak, Jacky, Shirai, Miiller and Ward.

In America Dr. Farlow was the pioneer worker, publishing his
first experiments on the " Gymnosporangia or Cedar A]4)les of
the United States" in 1S80. He continued work on the same
group in 1885, and it was supplemented (independently) by Hal-
sted in 1886 7, published in the Bulletin of the Iowa Agricultural

Feb., 1904.] Index to Uredineous Culture Experiments. 79

College. More fruitful results were obtained byTliaxter in 1887
and again in 1889, — the connection between the several species of
Gymnosporangium and associated Roestelia occurring in this
country being satisfactorily established, which may be found in
print in the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, Boston ; and Bulletin 134, Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta. Pam-
mel repeated the experiment verifying connection in case of one
■of the species (la. Hort. Soc. Rep. 1893), the same also b}^
Stewart and Carver (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. for 1895, Vol. 3; same
in N. Y. Exp. Sta. for 1895).

No connections between Uredineous forms were then experi-
mentally determined — except that Howell (in 1890) showed the
three stages of the Clover Rust to be genetically related, and
Clinton (in 1894) the two stages of the Bramble Rust — until
1899, when extended and important work was reported by Arthur
and by Carleton. The latter dealt with the Cereal Rusts only,
making sowings almost exclusively of Uredospores mainly from
Wheat, Oats, Barley, Rye and Maize, on the same and on differ-
ent host species. The interesting results were published as Bulletin
No. 16, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Veg. Physiology and Pathology,
April 23, 1899.

Arthur communicated his first results to the public in a paper
read before the A. A. A. S., Botanical Section, Columbus, Ohio,
August, 1889, and the same was published in the Botanical
Gazette, 29 : 268-276, April, 1900. Of eleven species of Uridineae,
the aecidial and teleutosporic forms were definitely connected by
these cultures. In the Journal of Mj-cology (8:51-6), June,
1902, he reported cultures made in 1900 and 1901 — successful
inoculations in eight cases, four being repetitions of previously
demonstrated connections, and the complete cycle for four being
reported here for the first time. Arthur's third report (cultures
in 1 902 J was published in the Botanical Gazette (35 : 10-23) for
January, 1903. The successful cultures made number eleven
previousl}^ reported and seven reported for the first time.

In 1902 cultures were undertaken b}- Kellerman. The first
case of demonstrated connection was published in the Journal of
Mycology (8 : 20), May, 1902, and appeared in the .same periodi-
cal (9:6-13) in February, 1903. This showed seven successful
inoculations, two of these not having been previously demonstra-
ted. The second report (continuing his work during 1903),
detailing more extended cultures, was given in part in the Journal
of Mycology (9 : 109-10), May, 1903, and the year's work is
reported in full in the Journal, December Number, 1903.

This brief historical outline shows that as yet comparative!}'
few American mycologists have undertaken culture work to
determine life cycles of our numerous species of Uredineae.

8o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

Space precludes giving here a detailed record of work by Amer-
ican botanists, but the paper in full is published in the Journal of
Mycolog}", also printed ou one side of page as a Separate. The
following is a summary of the alternate forms whose connection
has been demonstrated :

SUMMARY OF ALTERNATE FORMS.
Aecidium albiperidium Arth. — ^Puccinia albiperidia Arth.
Aecidium asteratum Schw. — Puccinia caricis-asteris Arth.
Aecidium berberidis Pers. — Puccinia poculiformis (Jacq.) Wettst.
Aecidium calystegiae Desm.- — Puccinia convolvuli Cast.
Aecidium caulicolum Kellerm. — Puccinia caulicola Tr. & Gall.
Aecidium cirsii-lanceolati Kellerm. — Puccinia cirsii lanceolati Schroet.
Aecidium ellisii Tr. & Gall. — Puccinia subnitens Diet.
Aecidium erigeronatum Schw. — Puccinia caricis-erigerontis Arth.
Aecidimn euphorbiae Am. Auct. — Uromyces euphorbiae C. & P.
Aecidium fraxini Schw. — Puccinia fraxinata (L,k. ) Arth.
Aecidium on Helianthus — Puccinia helianthi Schw.
Aecidium hibisciatum Schw. — Puccinia hibisciata (Schw. ) Kellerm. (P. nmli-

lenbergiae Arth. & Holw. )
Aecidium hydnoideuin B. & C. — Puccinia hj-dnoidea (B. & C. ) Arth.
Aecidium impatientis Schw. — Puccinia impatientis (Schw.) Arth. (P. rubigo-

vera Auct. on Elymus virginicus. )
Aecidium jamesianum Pk. — Puccinia jamesiana (Pk.) Arth. (P. bartholo-

maei Diet. )
Aecidium on Darix decidua, sec Caeoma on Larix decidua.
Aecidium lateripes Kellerm. — Puccinia lateripes B. & Kav.
Aecidium leucospermum B. & C. — Uromvces lespedezae - procumbentis

(Schw.) Curt.
Aecidium lycopi Ger. — Puccinia angustata Pk.
Aecidium oenotherae Pk., see Aecidium peckii DeToni.
Aecidium pammelii Trel. — Puccinia panici Diet.
Aecidium peckii DeToni (Ae. oenotherae Pk.) — Puccinia peckii (DeToni)

Kellerm. (P. caricis Auct. p. p.)
Aecidium pentstemonis Schw. — Puccinia andropogonis Schw.
Aecidium plantaginis Ces. (?) on Plantago rugelii Dec. — Uromyces aristidiae

E. & E.
Aecidium pteleae B. & C— Puccinia windsoriae Schw.
Aecidium pustulatum Curt. — Puccinia pustulata (Curt.) Arth.
Aecidium [ranunculacearum (?)] on Anemone canadensis L. — Puccinia sim-

illima Arth.
Aecidium ranunculi Schw. — Puccinia eatoniae Arth.

Aecidium rhamni Pers. — Puccinia rhamni (Pers.) Wettst. ( P. coronata Corda. )
Aecidium rubellum Pers. — Puccinia phragmitis Schum.
Aecidium sambuci Schw. — Puccinia sambuci (Schw.) Arlli. (P. atkiusoniana

Diet., P. boUeyana Sacc.)
Aecidium smilacis Schw. — Puccinia amphigena Diet.
Aecidium solidaginis Schw. — Puccinia caricis-solidaginis .\rth.
Aecidium on Solidago — Uromyces solidagini-caricis Arth.

Feb., 1904.] Index to Uredineous Culture Experiments. 8f

Aecidium on Stropliostyles lielvola — Urom^-ces phaseoli (Pers.) Wint.

Aecidium on Trifolium, sei' Uromyces trifolii (A. & S.) Wint.

Aecidium urticae Schum. — Puccinia caricis (Schmn.) Reb.

Aecidium verbenicola K. & S.— Puccinia vilfae A. & H.

Caeoma (Aecidium) erigeronatum Schw., see Aecidium erigeronatum Schw.

Ca?oma (Aecidium) liibisciatum Schw., see Puccinia hibisciata (Schw.)

Kellenn.
Caeoma on Larix decidua-Melampsora medusae Thiim. [M. popuHna Am.

Auct.]
Caeoma miniata Am. Auct. — Phragmidium speciosum Fr.

Caeoma nitens Schw., see Gymnoconia interstitialis (Schlect.) Lagh.

Caeoma uhnariae Thiim. — Triphragmium uhnariae (Schum.) Lk,

Gymnoconia interstitiaUs (Schlecht. ) Lagh., aecidium (Caeoma nitens
Schw.), and teleuto (Puccinia peckiana Howe); autoecious.

Gymnosporangium biseptatvnn Ell. — Roestelia botryapites Schw.

Gymnosporangium clavariaeforme (Jacq.) Rees. — Roestelia lacerata (Sow.)
Fr.

Gymnosporangium clavipes Cke. & Pk. — Roestelia aurantiaca Peck.

Gymnosporangium conicum Rees. — Roestelia cornuta ( Ehr. ) Fr.
Gymnosporangium ellisii (Berk.) P'arl. — Roestelia transformans Ellis (?).
Gymnosporangium globosum Farl. — Roestelia globosum ("lacerata z")

Thaxter.
G^-mnosporangiimi macropus Lk.- Roestelia pyrata Thaxter.

Gymnosporangium nidus-avis Thaxter — Roestelia nidus-avis Thaxter.
iNIelampsora medusae Thiim [INI. populina Am. Auct.] — Caeoma on Larix

decidua.
Melampsora populina Am. Auct., see Melampsora medusae Thiim.

Phragmidium speciosum Fr. — Caeoma miniata Am. Auct.

Puccinia albiperidia Artli., aecidium [albiperidium Arth.], uredo and teleuto;

autoecious.
Puccinia americana Lagh., see Puccinia andropoginis Schw.
Puccinia amphigena Diet. — Aecidium smilacis Schw.
Puccinia andropoginis Schw. (P. americana Lagh.) — Aecidium pentstemonis

Schw.
Puccinia angustata Pk. — Aecidium lycopi Ger.

Puccinia atkinsoniana Diet, see Puccinia sambuci (Schw.) Arth.

Puccinia bartholomaei Diet., see Puccinia jamesiana (Pk.) Arth.

Puccinia bolleyana Sacc, see Puccinia sambuci (Schw.) Arth.

Puccinia caricis (Schum.) Reb. — Aecidium urticae Schum.

Puccinia caricis Am. Auct. p. p. (P. peckii DeToni) Kellerm., see P. peckii

(DeToni) Kellerm.
Puccinia caricis-asteris Arth. — Aecidium asteratum Schw.
Puccinia erigerontis Arth. — Aecidium erigeronatum Schw.
Puccinia caricis-solidaginis Arth. — Aecidium solidaginis Schw.
Puccinia caulicola Tr. & Gall., aecidium [caulicolum Kellerm.], uredo and

teleuto ; autoecious.
Puccinia cirsii-lanceolati Schroet., aecidium [cirsii-lanceolati Kellerm.],

uredo and teleuto ; autoecious.
Puccinia convolvuli Cast., aecidium [calystegiae Desm.], uredo and teleuto ;

autoecious.
Puccinia coronata Corda, see Puccinia rhamni (Pers.) Wettst.
Puccinia eatoniae Arth. — Aecidium ranunculi Schw.

S2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

Puccinia fraxinata (Lk.) Arth. — Aecidium fraxini Schw.
Puccinia graminis, sre Puccinia poculifonnis (Jacq. ) Wettst.

Puccinia helianthi Schw., aecidium [Caeoma helianthi Schw.], uredo and

teleuto ; autoecious.
Puccinia hibisciata (Schw.) Kellerni. (P. muhlenbergiae Arth. & Holw.) — -

Aecidium hibisciatum Schw.
Puccinia h^-dnoidea (B. & C. ) Arth. — Aecidium hydnoideum B. & C.

Puccinia impatienti.s (Schw.) Arth. (P. rubigo-vera Auct. on Elynius virgin-
icus) — Aecidium impatientis Schw^

Puccinia jamesiana (Pk.) Arth. (P. bartholomaei Diet.) — Aecidium jamesi-
anum Pk.

Puccinia lateripes B. & Rav., aecidium [lateripes Kellerm.], uredo and
teleutospores ; autoecious.

Puccinia muhlenbergiae Arth. & Hoi., src Puccinia hibisciata (Schw.) Kel-
lerm.

Puccinia panici Diet.— Aecidium pammelii Trel.

Puccinia peckiana Howe, see Gytnnoconia interstitialis (Schlecht.) Lagh.

Puccinia peckii (DeToni) Kellerm. (P. caricis Am. Auct. p. p.) — Aecidium

peckii DeToni (Ae. oenotherae Pk.).
Puccinia peridenniospora (E. &T.) Arth., see Puccinia fraxinata (Dk.) Arth.
Puccinia phragiuitis (Schum.) Korn. — Aecidium rubellum Pers.
Puccinia poculiformis (Jacq.) Wettst. — Aecidium berberidis Pers.
Puccinia pustulata (Curt.) Arth. — Aecidium pustulatmn Curt.

Puccinia rhamni (Pers.) Wettst. (P. coronata Corda) — Aecidium rliamni
Pers.

Puccinia rubigo-vera Am. Auct. on Elynius virginicus, see Puccinia impa-
tientis (Schw.) Arth.

Puccinia sambuci (Schw.) Arth. (P. atkinsoniana Diet., P. boUeyana Sacc. )
— Aecidium sambuci (Schw.) Arth.

Puccinia .simillima Arth — Aecidium [ranunculacearum (?)] on Anemone
canadensis L.

Puccinia subnitens Diet. —Aecidium ellisii Tr. & Gall.

Puccinia vilfae A. & H. —Aecidium verbenicola K. & S.
Puccinia windsoriae Schw. — Aecidium pteleae B. & C.
Roestelia aurantiaca Pk. — Gymnosporangium clavipes Cke. (S: Pk.
Roestelia botryapites Schw. — Gj-mnosporangium l)iseptatum Ell.
Roestelia cornuta (Ehr. ) Fr. — GA'mnosporangium conicum Rees.

Roestelia globosum (" lacerata z") Thaxter — Gymnosporangium globosum

I'arl.
Roestelia lacerata (Sow.) Fr. — Gymnosporangium clavariae forme (Jacq.)

Rees.
Roestelia nidus-avis Thax. — Gymnosporangium nidus-avis Thaxter.
Roestelia pyrata Thaxter — Gymnosporangium macropus Lk.
Roestelia transformans p;il. (?) — Gymnosporangium ellisii (Berk.) Farl.
Triphragmium ulmariae (Schum.) Lk. — Caeoma ulmariae Thiim.

Uromyces aristidae E. it E — Aecidium plant:iginis Ces. (?) on Plantago

rugelii Dec.
Uromyces solidagini-caricis Arth. — Aecidium on Solidago.

Uromyces euphorljiae C. & P.— Aecidium euphorbiae .\m. Auct.

Uromyces lespede/.ae-procuinbentis (Schw.) Curt., aecidium [leucospermum

B. (S: C], uredo and teleuto ; autoecious.
Uromyces phaseoli (Pers.) Wint , aecidium, uredo and teleuto; autoecious.

Uromyces trifolii (A. & S.) Wint., aecidium, uredo and teleuto ; autoecious.

Feb., 1904.] Nymphaeaceae and Helohiae. 83

SOME MORPHOLOGICAL PECULIARITIES OF THE
NYMPHAEACEAE AND HELOBIAE.^^

John H. Schaffner.

Having spent some time in studies upon various species belong-
ing to the Helobiae, the writer has naturally taken considerable
interest in the recent investigations by Lyon, Cook and others
on the enibryogeny of the Nymphaeaceae. On account of cer-
tain peculiarities in the anatomical structure of these plants,
the writer following many others had reservedl}' placed the
Nymphaeaceae near the Helobiae ; but, because of the supposed
characteristic Dicotyl embr3'0 and certain Dicotjd features which
were read into the flowers, it was thought improper to take them
away from their "authoritative" position. However, since the
way has been considerably cleared b}- L3'on and Cook, at least so
far as the embryo is concerned, for judging certain other charac-
ters of the group on their merits, a considerable study has been
carried on for the last three years upon various species of the
group.

It might perhaps be proper to state here that the writer had
the pleasure of examining most of Cook's preparations on which
his more important conclusions were based ; even going so far as
to reconstruct the earl}- stages of the embrj'o which showed that
in Nymphaea advena the development of the so-called cotyledon
is essentially the same as what Lyon had reported for Nelumbo.
It is unfortunate that Coulter and Chamberlain in their "Mor-
phology of Angiosperms" overlooked the reference to Cook's
embryo of Nymphaea advena. For the fact that the embryo of
Nymphaea has such a close resemblance to Nelumbo must have a
very important bearing on the subject.

As is well known, the vascular bundles of the Nymphaeaceae
are essentially Monocotyl in type, showing the characteristic
closed bundle. So striking is this in the bundles of the flower
stem of Nelumbo that one might almost palm off a section for a
corn bundle. The disposition of the xylem and vessels, the
phloem, and the cap of sclerenchyma, taken together with the
scattered arrangement and the absence of secondary cambium
certainl}^ represent a structure characteristic of Monocotyls (Fig.
I ). The vascular bundles of Podophjdlum and certain species of
Piperaceae which the writer examined are considerably different
and show the open type of bundle characteristic of Dicotyls.
These plants have therefore no important bearing on the relation-
ship of the Nymphaeaceae so far as the anatomy of the stem is
concerned.

The many superficial characters must also be taken into con-
sideration. The similarity of habitat, the rhizome habit, the

*Contribtitions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University, XVI.

84 • The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

striking agreement of some of the leaf forms, and the general
character of the flowers at once suggest the Helobiae as near rela-
tives ; and though such characters could not be of first rank in
making a final disposition of the group, they do not in the least
stand in the way but rather assist in disposing of the water lilies
as Monocotyls.

Since there has been a strong tendency to read Dicotyl charac-
ters into the flowers of some water lilies, the writer took the
opportunit_v to make a study of the flower of a few representative
species of Naiadales and Nymphaeaceae in order to see how well
the floral plan could be made to fit into the Monocotyl scheme.
It is certainly nuich easier to read Monocotyl characters into the
flowers than Dicotj-l. The mere position in which a species is
placed may have much to do with its description. For instance,
the perianth of Nymphaea advena is described as having six
sepals and an indefinite number of stamen-like petals. These
staminodes, the so-called "petals," are so evidently only very
slightly modified stamens that in many cases a superficial exami-
nation will not distinguish them. The perianth is then typically
trimerous with three sepals aud three petals. This is of course
of no special importance, for many of the true Ranales also have
a trimerous perianth.

In Castalia the sepals are said to be four and the petals numer-
ous. This is sometimes the case ; but in Castalia odorata (Fig.
ii) the sepals are normally three in a cycle, but .sometimes by
the expansion of the receptacle one of the segments of the second
cycle is partly or nearly completely brought to the outside. Its
relationship to the inner cycle is, however, always evident. The
second cycle of three segments usually with some green on the
outside, must therefore be regarded as corresponding to the sec-
ond cycle in Cabomba or Nymphaea and all the rest of the petal -
like segments may be staminodes. In Castalia tuberosa (Fig. 12 )
the dispacement by expansion is normal and there are four green
segments, but the one "sepal" still clearly .shows its relation to
the inner cycle. This tendency of the floral organs to fall into
sets of four is very prominent in some Helobiae as in the various
species of Potamogeton (Fig. 9).

The transition from comparatively simple flowers to those with
great numbers of parts as appears in ])assing from Cabomba to
Nymphaea is al.so characteristic of the Alismaceae. The extreme
numbers no doubt represent multiplication or augmentation. In
Alisma the parts are few (Fig. 2 ), in Sagittaria rigida (Figs. 3,
4) the numbers are greater, but still small when compared with
the carpellate flowers of Sagittaria latifolia, where the carpels
count up to sixteen hundred, more or less (Figs. 5, 6). Stamin-
odes are al.so a prominent character in various Helobiae as in
Sagittaria rigida, Vallisneria, Philotria, I^utomus, and L,innio-
charis.

Feb., 1904.] Nymphaeacae and Helobiae. 85

Although there is much variation in the number of parts, typi-
cal specimens were selected to represent the diagrams accompa-
UN-ing this paper. Each diagram given represents an actual
flower of the species. The descriptions following represent what
to the writer appears to be the correct characterization, so far as
number and arrangement of parts are concerned, of the flowers of
the species studied :

Caboviba caroliiiiana Gr. — Flowers hypogynous, pentacyclic,
actinomorphic, trimerous, with all the parts separate ; sepals 3,
petals 3, stamens 6, carpels 3 more or less (Fig. 7).

Brasenia purpurea (Mx. ) Casp. — Flowers hypogynous with all
the parts separate ; perianth cyclic, trimerous ; androecium and
gynoecium spiral, stamens 18 more or less, carpels 9 more or less
(usually 6-18) (Fig. 8).

NyiupJiaea advena Sol. — Flowers hypogjmous with the parts
separate except in the gynoecium ; calyx and corolla cyclic, tri-
merous ; androecium and staminodes spiral ; staminodes stamen-
like, 18 more or less; stamens 250 more or less, arranged in
spirals with about 14 circles of 18 stamens each ; gynoecium
cyclic of 18 carpels more or less, completely united in i cycle
forming a plurilocular ovulary (Fig. 10).

Castalia odoiata (Dr)\) W. & W. — Flowers with partly epigy-
nous stamens, staminodes and perianth ; calyx cyclic of 3 sepals ;
corolla and staminodes not separable, spiral ; original petals
probably 3, the staminodes arranged in about 7 circles of 6 divi-
sions each, passing gradually into fertile stamens; stamens 100
more or less, spirallj- arranged in about 17 circles of 6 divisions
each ; carpels 18 more or less, united in i cycle forming a pluri-
locular ovulary (Fig. 11).

Castalia tubcrosa (Paine) Greene. — Flowers with numerical
plan about the same as in C. odorata, but the arrangement much
displaced so that there are apparent!)- 4 sepals, and 4 petals of
the second cycle. There is also a disarrangement of the stamin-
odes (Fig. 12).

Neluiiibo lutea (Willd.) Pers. — Flowers hypogynous with 2
dimerous cycles of sepals and 3 petals in the first corolla cycle ;
the remaining petals or highly modified staminodes spirally
arranged in about 7 circles of 3 each ; stamens 1 50 more or less,
spirally arranged, falling into 6 circles of 24 each ; carpels 18
more or less, distinct, situated in pit-like depressions of the large
top-shaped receptacle, arranged into several imperfect circles of
3s, 6s, 9s, etc., representing a primitive spiral arrangement
(Fig. 13).

There has been no constancy in the progressive development of
the ovule in the Helobiae ; for in the epigynous Hj-drocharitales
we have both orthotropous and auatropous ovules, while in the
hypogynous Alismaceae as in Alisma and Sagittaria the ovule

86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

passes in its development from orthotropous, through the anatro-
pous condition and becomes campylotropous when mature. The
setting aside of the lower endosperm nucleus of the first division
b}' a wall and its development as a large vesicular cell, as is the ^
case in Sagittaria and Vallisneria, while not confined to the Helo- '
biae nor apparently characteristic of all of them, is yet significant
when one finds a similar peculiarity in some of the Nymphaeaceae.

The number of ovules in the carpel also shows a diverse devel-
opment. In Potamogeton, Alisma, Sagittaria and Nelumbo there
is usually a single ovule in each ovulary. In Butomus, Vallisneria
and other genera of the Hydrocharitales the ovules are scattered
on the inner surface of the ovularies. This is also one of the
striking characters of Nymphaea and Castalia. In fact the pecu-
liar way in wdiich the ovularies of certain Nymphaeaceae agree
with many of the Hydrocharitales must appear most interesting
to anyone who has made the comparison. Coalescence and
epigyny also figure in both the Hydrocharitales and Nymphaea-
ceae. Thus it will appear that what might be considered as minor
or secondary characters do not detract but rather add considerably
to the weight of the argument that the Nymphaeaceae have very
much in common with the Helobiae.

The important investigation of Lyon shows conclusively that
he was correct in claiming that the embryo of Nelumbo is essen-
tially of the " Monocotyl" type, and, since there can be no ques-
tion of the facts, it also appears that his further conclu.sion was
unavoidable that the Nymphaeaceae should be placed near the
Helobiae. As stated before, the writer had the opportunity of
studying .some of Cook's preparations and it became evident that
the embryo of Nymphaea advena is in all essentials similar to that
of Nelumbo. Later a special study was made of the young embryo
of Nymphaea advena. As stated by Cook, in the young embryo
of Nymphaea the "cotyledon" is at first not lobed. Later there
is a rapid development at the two sides resulting in a two-lobed
structure (Figs. 14, 15). Since Conrad stated that in Castalia
odorata the embryo has two distinct "cotyledons" from the first,
a study was also made of this species. With some difficulty very
young embryos were dissected out of their embryosacs which are
easily removed from the ovule. It was found that although the
"Dicotyl" a])pearance is quite strong, the embryo must be
regarded as of the same type as Nymphaea and Nelumbo. In
the very young embryo there is an expansion which extends
nearly around the base but is discontiiuious at one side ( Fig._ 16).
vSoon this expansion develops on oi)posite sides as two pronnnent
lobes in such a manner that the original connection between the
two lobes is very difficult to distinguish (Fig. 17). On examining
the embryo from below, however, the similarity to the Nelumbo
and Nymphaea embryos becomes perfectl)' apparent (Figs. 18,

Feb., 1904.]

Nymphaeacae and Helobiae.

87

19). There is the same opening on one side, and on the back a
connection of the two lobes, only to a less extent. Unless special
care were taken in reconstructing such an embr}© from serial sec-
tions, one might readily take it for a Dicotyl. It will be evident,
however, from a comparison of the figures that the Castalia
embrj'o represents only the extreme of the lobing shown in
Nelumbo and Njniiphaea.

There is a structure present in various Helobiae which deserves
special attention in discussions on the relationship of the Nym-
phaeaceae. The so-called macropodous embryos of Halophila,
Ruppia, Zostera and other genera appear to the writer to throw
considerable light on the peculiar structure of the Nymphaea
embr3-o. The enormous development of the basal or hypocotjde-
donary region of the embrj-o in such widel}' separated genera
shows a strong and peculiar tendency in the group of Helobiae.
In such typical forms as Sagittaria latifolia, Zannichellia palustris

Fig. I. vSimilar parts are indicated as follows : c, cotyledon, and li, the

basal or lateral region developed into an expanded organ in some enibr3'os.

a— Embryo of .Sagittaria latifolia. b— Embryo of Zannichellia palustris. c— Embryo
of Vallisneria spiralis, d - L,ongitudinal half of embryo of Ilalophilia ovalis, after Balfour,
e -Section of ^-oung embryo of Erythronium americanuni showing beginning of massive
development of basal region, f — P^mbryo of Ruppia rostellata, after Wille. g — Longitudi-
nal half of embryo of Zostera maritinia, after Rosenberg, h —Young embryo of Nelumbo
lutea, after Lyon, i — Older embryo of Nt-lumbo Uitea, after Lyon.

and Vallisneria spiralis (Text Fig. i, a, b, c) there is barely a
hint of such a development. In some other Monocotyls, as, for
instance, in Erythronium americanuni, the basal region of tlie
embryo early shows a rapid development, growing into a massive,
lobed structure which functions as an absorbing organ ( Text Fig.
I, e), This is no doubt the purpose of the massive expansions
and lobes present in Halophila, Ruppia, Zostera, Nelumbo, Nym-
phaea and Castalia (Text Fig. i, d, f, g, h, i, and Figs. 14-19).
To the writer there is no more reason for calling the ridge or
lobes of the Nj-mphaeaceae, cotyledons, than the remarkable
expansion at the base of the embryo of Zostera. The basal
expansion in the Castalia embryo, to the writer, cannot represent
the same or homologous structure as the cotyledons of Sagittaria
or Bursa. According to this view the so-called cotyledons of
Nelumbo, Nymphaea and Castalia represent hypocotyledonary

88

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 4,

expansions homologous to the expansions found in Zostera and
other genera of the Helobiae.

It appears to the writer that the supposition that all so-called
cotyledons are homologous is probably erroneous. The type of
embryo found in Sagittaria and Alisma is in fact rather excep-
tional among Monocotyls and must be regarded as ideal rather
than typical of the class. Neither is the fact that the plumule
develops as a terminal structure to be regarded as at all conclusive
for it is said that the plumules in Dioscoreaceae and Commelina-
ceae are apical. There are also a number of fundamentally differ-
ent types of Dicotyl embryos. Instead of having two general
types in Angiosperms there are several types, and these approach
each other at various points in widely separated orders. The
division line between Monocotyls and Dicotyls is, after all, not

.P/v:^-l .W.^e^-*n Af^no.^i, ,,^^;,^^^^ ;^^^^

Fi^. 2. Diagram of relationship between Helobiae, Nymphaeaceae and
Ranales.

very distinct. Although Angiosperms are far removed from all
other plants, they represent such a vigorous modern group that
there has not been time for the extinction of intermediate forms.
With the removal of a few connecting groups it would be more
easy to recognize six or seven classes of Angiosperms instead
of two.

With our increasing knowledge of the embryogeny of Angios-
perms it is becoming more and more apparent that the mere
difference in the character of the embryo is not sufficient to deter-
mine the position of a genus or family. All pos.sible characters

Feb., 1904.] Nymphaeacae and Helobiae. 89

during the life cycle must be taken into account, otherwise the
result will be largeh' artificial. As intimated above, the writer,
through paleontological studies, came to the conclusion a number
of years ago that Monocotyls did not come from Dicotyls nor
Dicotyls from Monocotyls ; that the Angiosperms do not represent
two sharply defined classes, but that there are a number of lines
of development from some common stock ; and that on this
account there are frequent independent duplications of important
characters in quite distinct series of forms. According to the
views expressed above the relationship of the groups under dis-
cussion may be represented as shown in the diagram ( Text Fig. 2 ) .
Since lists of the important literature have recently been given
in a number of papers, it is not necessary to add an extensive
bibliography here.

1. Lyon, H. L. Observations 011 the Embryogeny of Neluinbo. Minn.

Bot. Stndies 2 : 643-655. 1891.

2. Cook, M. T. Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Castalia

odorata and Nyniphaea advena. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 24: 211-220.
1902.

3. Conrad, H. S. Note on the Embryo of Nyniphaea. Science 15 : 316.

1902.

4. CampbeIvTv, D. H. On the Affinities of Certain Anomalous Dicotyle-

dones. Amer. Nat. 36 : 7-12. 1902.

EXPLANATION OF PI.ATKS V-VII.

The diagrams represent typical flowers selected from a series of
variable types and show the actual number and position of the
floral organs. The other figures were drawn with the aid of an
Abbe camera.

PI.ATE v.

Fig. I. Section of vascular bundle from the peduncle of Nelumbo lutea.

Fig. 2. Diagram of flower of Alisma plantago.

Fig. 3. Diagram of carpellate flower of Sagittaria rigida.

Fig. 4. Diagram of staminate flower of Sagittaria rigida.

I'ig. 5. Diagram of carpellate flower of Sagittaria latifolia.

Fig. 6. Diagram of staminate flower of Sagittaria latifolia.

PLATE VI.

Diagram of flower of Cabomba carol iniana.
Diagram of flower of Brasenia purpurea.
Diagram of flower of Potamogeton natans.
Diagram of flower of Nyniphaea advena.
Diagram of flower of Castalia odorata.
Diagram of flower of Castalia tuberosa.
Diagram of flower of Nelumbo lutea.

Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
Fig. 10
Fig. II
Fig. 12

PLATE VII.

F'ig. 14. Young embryo of Nytrphaea advena.

F'ig. 15. The same embryo as in Fig. 14, back view.

Fig. 16. Young embryo of Castalia odorata.

Fig. 17. Older embryo of Castalia odorata, upper side.

Fig. 18. The same embryo as in Fig. 17, under side.

F"ig. 19. Still further developed embryo of Castalia odorata, showing
" Dicotyl " appearance.

90

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 4,

Ohio Naturalist,

Plate V.

ScHJ\i"i'NFR on " Nymphaeacae and Helobiae."

Peb., 1904.]

Nymphaeacae and Helobiae.

91

Ohio Naturalist.

Plafe I'L

SCHAFFNER on " Nymphaeacae and Helobiae."

92

The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4^

Ohio Naturalist.

P/a/e I'll.

ScHAFFNER on " Nymphaeacae and Helobiae."

Feb., 1904.] Note on Alate Form of Phylloscelis.

93

NOTE ON ALATE FORM OF PHYLLOSCELIS.*

Herbert Osborn.

The genus Phylloscelis was established in 1839 by Germar to
contain the American species atra and pallescens.

One of the generic characters of this genus has been the absence
of wings. Stal using this in his key (Hemip. Africana, IV, p.
151) to separate the genus from other genera of Dictyopharida.
Partly owing to lack of knowledge of wing structure the genus
has been difficult to place, and some authors have included it in
the Caloscelinae because of the foliaceous anterior legs, others
including it in Dict3'opharinae on elytral characters, etc., not-
withstanding the absence of the
projecting vertex.

No one seems to have de-
scribed the alate form and it
was therefore with much inter-
est that I discovered a short
time ago an individual with
fully developed wings in the
collection of Mr. Dury, of Cin-
cinnati. The specimen, indeed,
differs so much in general ap-
pearance from the ordinary
apterous individual that its rela-
tion to Ph3dloscelis atra was not
at first suspected.

The main difference lies, how-
ever, in the larger development
of the eh'tra and the presence
of perfect wings. The elytra
are elongate, oval, thick and
black to apex, the venation
essentially like the apterous
form. The wings are nearly as-
long as elytra, broadly rounded,
the anal area without reticula-
tion and the venation of Dicty-
opharid pattern. Based on
venation, therefore, it becomes possible to definitely refer the
genus to the subfamily Dictyopharidae. Whether this character
should have greater weight than the dilation of tibiae may be
an open question. Usually, however, venational characters are
counted of special value.

•■■Read at the November meeting of Ohio State Academy of Science.

Fig. I. Phylloscelis atra. a, elytron
of apterous form; b, elytron of macrop-
terous lorm; r, wing.

94 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

Germar speaks of it as near Issus and closely related also to
Eur3-brachus, being distinguished by the absence of wings, the
foliaceous anterior femora and the smaller five-keeled front and
long six-spined tibiae. As these genera now stand in distinct
subfamilies this reference is of little value in determining rela-
tionship.

The sequence of events in cases of reduction are indicated by
the following : First, normal individuals have fullj^ developed
elytra and wings ; next we find many species with fully developed
eh-tra but aborted wings ; next, individuals with reduced elytra
and no wings, and finally forms with eh-tra absent or reduced to
mere rudiments.

The conclusion seems evident that for species not using wings
the first loss is from reduction of the wings probably since they
are more delicate and susceptible to influences of disuse ; next
the elytra show reduction at the apex, usualh' by obliteration of
the apical cells, the next most susceptible area, and finally b}^
still further reduction in length.

In one remarkable genus, Danepterix, recently discovered in
California, the wings are wanting and the elytra instead of being
shortened have been narrowed to mere strap-like appendages,
leaving a wide strip of abdomen exposed between their dorsal
margins as well as at the sides.

THREE NEW SCALE INSECTS FROM OHIO.

J. G. Sanders.

Orthezia soudaginis, n. sp. PI. VIII. Figs. 57-63.

^■Id nit f finale : Length (including iiiarsupiuni), 6mm.; width, 2.5mm.
Body covered completely by white waxy secretion in four series ; two inner
series composed of eight pairs of lamellae extending laterally from median
line with tips turned liackward and upward, gradually increasing in length
to the sixth, then rapidly decreasing; the ninth pair joined at tips forming
a ring aromid anal orifice. The two lateral series are each composed of ten
lamellae, all turning backward except the first on either side. The second
and tliird lateral lamellae are subequal, the others increasing in length to
the long subequal eighth and ninth, reaching midway on the marsupium ;
the tenth pair are very short and inconspicuous. A lamella extends down-
ward between the antennae to the ventral surface. The marsupium is fluted
on the dorsal surface, plain ventrally and gradually narrowed and elevated
posteriorly.

liodv, antennae and legs dark reddish-brown. Antennae 8-jointed bearing
scattered hairs and with distal ends of joints enlarged ; the fusoid eighth
joint with a terminal spine and with distal half black. Formula - 3. 8, (4,
5, 2,) 6, (7, 1). Length of joints in m: (i) 135, (2) 150, (3) 205, (4) 150,

Feb., 1903.] Three New Scale Insects from Ohio. 95

(5) 150, (6) 140, (7) 135, (8) 180. Legs large and strong, rather spiny with
fenmr and ti1)ia of almost exactly eqnal length and with tarsus more than
half the length of the tibia ; large claw with three or four denticles and a
pair of short flattened digitules. The body is thickly covered with tubules
about 20|U. long, and small derm-oriiices. The anal ring is elliptical, bearing
six hairs and a narrow chitinous band on each side of the orifice, and is
thickly dotted.

1 1)1 mat lire stage : Length, 3mm.; width, anini. Completely covered
above by four series of w^axy lamellae. The two median series consist of
eleven short thick lamellae ; the nth pair being very small and the anterior
pair protruding forward over the head in a bilobed manner. The first four
lateral lamellae are similar to those of the adult, the 5th and 6th pairs are
short, and the apparently fused 7th and 8th are again longer, giving the
insect a rectangular appearance. The 9th lamellae from either side are fused,
forming a single long lamella projecting posteriorly on the median line.

On the ventral surface there are 12 short, broad subequal lamellae on each
side around the margin of the body, and the entire surface has an armadillo
appearance on account of the short, plate-like lamellae. This stage has
7-jointed antennae. Formula: 7, 3, 2, 4, (5, i,) 6. (i) 75, (2) 87, (3) 120,
(4) 8r, (5 ) 75, (6) 72, (7) 141. The distal half of the Sth joint is black.

Larval stage : With 6-jointed antennae and two series of large cottonv
lamellae on the dorsal surface.

Remarks : The author has found only five adnlts, near Port
Clmton, Ottawa cottnty, Ohio, July 5, 1903. The immature forms
have been collected at Port Clinton, Columbus and Georgesville.

Concerning this species. Prof. Cockerell says : ''Orthezia soli-
dagi)iis is no doubt part of what has been called 'aiiicricaiia,' but
since Umnricaiia ' was never properl}' described, it is all right to
give a name to your insect. The species one first thinks of com-
paring it with are O. urticae (which might have been introduced
from Europe) and O. graminis (which gets as far East as Kansas).
O. solidagiiiis differs superficially from both ; from urticae by the
triangular outline of the mass of dorsal lamellae (in urticae it is
oval); from graiiiiiiis by the very long posterior lamellae, over-
lapping the ovisac."

Chionaspis syIvVATica, n. sp. PI. VIII. Figs. 64, 65.

Scale offeinalc: Length, 1.5— 2nnn., somewhat convex, very irregulm- in
shape, sometimes elongated and rounded posteriorly, and sometimes deci-
dedly broadened and truncated posteriori}-, giving it a deltoid shape ; dirty-
white to light-buff in color. First exuvia persistent, buff ; second exuvia,
brown.

Scale of mate : Length, .6 — imm., white, strongly tri-carinate with par-
allel sides. Exuvia very small, delicate, semi-transparent, covering about
one-fifth of the scale. Commonly found on the leaves of the host, causing-
pale spots at the point of attachment.

96 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

Female : Oval in outline, with 3rd, 4th and 5th segments anterior from
the p3-gidiuni prominent. JNIedian lobes fused to near the tip, diverging
widely to rounded tips, then truncated obliquely toward the second lobes ;
serrate or crenate on lateral margins. Inner lobule of second lobes serrate,
produced on inner margin to a rounded tip ; outer lobule reduced, triangular,
sharp-pointed, entire. Third lobe slightly produced, serrate. On the median
line, a chitinous band extends anteriorly to base of median lobes, expanding
to a bulb-like thickening. Chitinous bands extend obliquely toward this
from outer margins. Second lobes slightl}' thickened on inner margins.
Th& gland-spines are arranged as follows : 1,1,1, 1^2, 4 — 6 ; the first short
and Ijlunt. Second row of dorsal pores represented by i — 2 in anterior group;
3rd row by 3 — 4 in anterior and 4 — 5 in posterior group ; 4th row bv 3 — 5 in
anterior and 5 — 7 in posterior group. Median group of circiiiiiiienilal glaiid-
orijices, 7 — 10 ; anterior lateral, 15 — 26 ; posterior lateral, 14 — iS.

Remarks : The writer has found this scale on Nyssa syhatica
at four widely separated locations in southeastern Ohio — Sugar
Grove, Fairfield county ; Newark, Licking county ; Somerset,
Perr}- count}' ; Quaker City, Guernsey count}'.

Prof. R. A. Cooley has kindh' examined this species and pro-
nounced it a valid one.

AsPiDioTus PiCEUS, n. sp. PI. VIII. Fig. 66.

Scale of female : i.S — 2mm. in diameter, flat, often subelliptical to oval,
with subcentral exuviae ; black shading to dark gray toward mai^gin, having
the appearance of pitch covered with dust. The raised, shiny black, decidu-
ous first exuvia is .surrounded by an indistinct ring-like depression. When
rul)bed the second orange exuvia appears. The young scales appear not
unlike the young male scales of A. peniiciosiis. When removed a white
patch is left.

Scale of male : Elliptical, imm. in length, black, with a distinct ring-like
depression surrounding the lustrous black exuvia, the posterior flap shading
to gray.

Female: With one pair of lobes, well developed, prominent, broad,
notched midway on lateral margin, with outer corners well-rounded off
toward inner angle. Inner margins parallel, not close, bounded by large
chitinous processes, which extend somewhat reduced in density around the
outer margin to a denser process at outer base of lobe. Second and third
lobes rudimentary, sometimes with inner angle of second lobe .slightlv devel-
oped. Interlobular incisions broad and deep, bounded by elongated chitinous
processes, the inner usually the larger. There are two perforations anterior
to median lobes on a level with the ba.se of chitinous processes of first incision.
Between the median and second, and second and third lobes arc pairs of
di-pointed spine-like plates, two-thirds of length of median lobes. On the
dorsal surface there is a spine on each of the second and third lobes, and on
the ventral surface each lobe bears a .spine on the lateral margin laterad of dor-
.sal spine, also spines one-third and two-thirds of distance to penultimate seg-
ment. First row of dorsal pores (between first and second lobes) of 2;

Feb., 1904.] Three New Scale Insects from Ohio

Ohio Naturalist

Sanders on " Three New Scale Insects from Ohio.'

98 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 4,

2nd row of about 6 ; 3rd row, 5 — 6 ; 4th row (near margin) of 3 — 4 orifices.
Four or five groups of circinngenital gland-orifices, the median sometimes
wanting ; median, o — 3 ; anterior lateral, 15 — 23, averaging 18 ; posterior
lateral, 6 — 14, averaging 9. Anal orifice very large, removed from margin
by about three lengths of median lobes.

Remarks : Found very abundantly on young Liriodcndron
tulipifcra, at Painesville, Lake county, Ohio, July 21, 1903. This
species differs from A. osborni, its nearest species, by the jet-black
exuviae, the very large anal orifice, and the numerous circum-
genital gland-orifices.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Figures ^•]-62) — Oiihezia solidagiiiis. Fig. 57 — Adiilt female. Fig. 58 —
Cephalic leg. Fig. 59 — Tarsus and claw. Fig. 60 — Antenna of adult female.
Fig. 61 — Dorsal view of immature form. Fig. 62 — Ventral view of immature
form. Fig. 63 — .Antenna of immature form. Fig. 64 — Pygidium of female
of Chioiiaspis sylvatica. Fig. 65 — Enlarged view of lobes. Fig. 66 — Part of
pygidium of female of Aspidiotus piceiis.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, December 7, 1903.

The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. Jennings.

Under the head of personal observations, Prof. Kellerman and
J. X. Frank reported studies on the teleuto.spore of Puccinia
muhlenbergii, and Prof. Kellerman made some remarks on a
puffball. Prof. Schaffner reported that the color of the fruit of
the Dandelions varies considerabl}-. Prof. Hine reported work
on a small faniil}- of Diptera. Mr. Jennings mentioned that ferns
formerly called Asplenium pinnatifidum (Muhl. ) Nutt. had been
examined by W. N, Clute, of the "Fern Bulletin," and pro-
nounced Asplenium ebenoides Scott. Prof. Hine reported a new
"Moth Book" by Holland in which it is claimed 1,500 species
are figured. Prof. Kellerman outlined the botanical papers pre-
.sented at the Ohio Acadeni}- of Science and Mr. Sanders did
likewise for the zoological ones. Prof. Schaffner spoke of the
relation of the Ohio Acadenu' of Science to the Biological Club
and the Ohio Naturalist. Prof. Kellerman talked on collecting in
the Cheat Mountains of West Virginia.

The following new members were elected: F. G. Smith, Harlan
H. York, Miss Marie Gill, G. A. Pfaffman and \V. G. Jenkins.

The Club adjourned to the second Monday in January.

E. D. CoBERLY, Secretary.

Date of Publication of February Number, February 15, 1904.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

A Quarterly Journal Devoted to

The Study of Living Birds,

The Official Organ of the "Wilson Ornithological Chapter of

the Agassiz Association.

ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the
publication of field work done by members of the Chapter.
This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there-
fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census
of the birds of lyorain County, Ohio, besides other matter of
general interest and value. Each number contains not less than
forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you
are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how
others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this
up-to-date bird magazine.

Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlitl, O.

CedatT^ Point liake liabotT^atotify.

Offers Exceptional Opportunities for Study or Investigation During the

Summer Months.

THE laboratory is located on a beautiful site on Cedar Point near
Sandusky giving convenient access to Lake Erie, to the marshes
of Sandusky Bay, the river, islands, beach, forest and prairies, affording
great variety of plant and animal life. Students are granted free trans-
portation on the steamers of The Cedar Point Company.
INSTRUCTION is offered in General Zoology, Botany, Entomology,
Embryology, Icthyology, Ornithology, Plant Ecology, Morphology
and Advanced Laboratory or Research Courses.
FEES for the season are twenty dollars.

EQUIPMENT includes tables, aquaria, dark room, boats, dredges
and collecting apparatus. Microscopes and other instruments are
supplied from the university.
INVESTIGATION. Properly qualified persons are given free

opportunity for independent investigation.
INSTRUCTORS. The staff includes regular members of the instruc-
tion staff of the university. CREDITS given university students
for courses completed.

LECTURE AND LABORATORY COURSES BEGIN JUNE 27, 1904.
For further information or special circular, address Pres. W. 0. Thompson,
or Herbert Osborn, Director Lake Laporatory, Ohio State Iniversity,
Columbus, Ohio.

"PSYCHK"

JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB.

The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New-
Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department
of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to
December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year.

All correspondence should be addressed to

CA.MBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,

Care Boston Society of Natural History,

234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS.

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Eleventh Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I. " Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. Iv. MOSELKY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers —No 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. "The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie," pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonskr Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian,

Ohio State Academy of Science,

Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.

Every One of Oar AaJ^ertisers

Are Strictly Reliable People and if you
Want Anything in their Line, it Will
Pay You to Consult Them.

Pease Mention The QHIO NATURALIST I" Writing.

Ohio State Unwetsity.

Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods in modern education. The advantages
are offered to both sexes alike.

The following list of departments will suggest the
organization of the institution:

Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political
Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing,
Astronomy. Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working
and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa-
tion, Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History,
Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture
and Forestry, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Mathematics, Mechanical
Engineering, Metallurgy and Mineralogy, Military Science, Mine
Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics,
Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary
Medicine and Zoology and Entomology.

Catalogues will be sent upon application. After examining the
catalogue write for specific information to the President

Dr. "W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio.

SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR

BOTANICAL The large mushrooms, Puff balls and other Fungi; Abnormal
MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees.
Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and
Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address

Prof. W. A. Kei,i.Erman,
Department of Botany, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio.

GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous
MUSEUM. fossils. Address

^ Prof. J. A. BowNOCKER, Curator,

Geological Museum, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio,

ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec-
MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will
greatly appreciate all contributions to that end.

Address, Prof. Herbert Osborn,

Department Zoology and Entomology,

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio State University, \ ake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Erie.
Open to Investigatcris June 15 to September 15. Laboratory courses of six and
eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular.

Your Laboratory s^ ^ ^

..>.#■

Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar=
atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the
most available source? Send us a trial order and
notice the difference, j^i j& Ji j5, ^ Jt Js.

Scientific Materials Company

MAKERS - - - IMPORTERS
711R Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa.

The Ohio 'ih^aturalist,

PUBI.ISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.

Volume IV. MARCH, 1904. No. 5.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OSBORN— A Further Coutribution to the Homipterous Fauna of Ohio 99

SCHAFFNER— Ohio Plants with Extra-Floral Xeetaries and Other Glauds 103

OsBORN— Note on Morphology of Certain Clasping Organs in the Pediculidae 107

Mead— A List of the Orthoptera of Ohio 109

Jones— Additional Eeeords of Ohio Birds 112.

J. S. IL— Books Received H^^:

COBERLY— Meeting of the Biological Club 114

A FURTHER CONTRIBUTION TO THE HEMIPTER=
OUS FAUNA OF 0HI05^

Herbert Osborn.

A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of Ohio was published in
the proceedings of the Academy in 1900 (8th Annual Rept. ), and
a short supplementary list in the 9th Annual Report.

Since these publications a number of new species have been
added and much additional data obtained concerning the distribu-
tion of some of the rarer forms hitherto noted.

Some of these are of sufficient interest to merit a record at this
time, especially as a final report upon the group is 5-et impossible.
It is hoped that during the next two years sufficient collections
may be made in certain quarters of the State to render possible a
monograph of the State fauna in this group. Several members
of the Academy have kindly assisted in gathering material and I
am especially indebted to Mr. Dur)^, Prof. Wetzstein, Mr. J. G.
Sanders, Prof. Hine, Mr. O. H. Swezey and T. \V. Ditto for such
help. Mr. Swezej- has secured a number of the Fulgoridae and
Mr. Ditto most of the Aphididae included in this list.

The Coccidae have been studied exhaustivelj^ b}^ Mr. Sanders,
and he has prepared an annotated descriptive list for the State,
so I have not introduced detailed records here. Prof. V. M.
Webster and Mr. A. F. Burgess published a list of this family
(Bull. U. S. Dept. Agriculture), and this list was republished
with certain revisions and additions by Mr. Geo. B. King, /f;//.
Arrc's, XIV, page 204.

Collections at Cincinnati, the south-east portion of the State
and in Ashtabula County are especially desired.

"Read at the meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science.

loo The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5,

With the previous lists of 321 and 60 species these additions
give us a list of 528 species for the State.

CICADIDAE.
Cicada canicularis Harr. One specimen of this species which is now sepa-
rated from the tibicen of Linnaeus. This specimen agrees in size with
typical specimens from ]Maine and is I beheve correctly placed here but
additional specimens are much desired, The species differs from tibicen
in being smaller, about 40 mm. long instead of 50 mm., and the opercles
of male are broader than long.

MEMBRACIDAE.

Publilia nigridorsum Godg. Columbus.

Ceresa taurina Fh. Ashtabula.

Ceresa brevicornis Fh. Medina (Hine).

Ceresa vitulus Fab. Ironton (Hine).

Stictocephala lutea Walk. Ironton, Vinton, Hanging Rock, Sugar Grove,

Newark.

FULGORIDAE.

Chlorochara conica Say. Sandusky (Sw^ezey). Cincinnati (Dury). Col-
umbus ( Koebele) .

Scolops dessicatus Uh. Cincinnati (Dur}'). Hitherto listed for Bellaire
onh-.

Plndloscelis atra Germ. Alate form, Cincinnati (Dury).

]\Iyndus radicis Osb. On roots of various plants. Columbus.

Myndus fulvus Osb. Sandusky and Castalia.

Myndus viridis Ball. ? One specimen agreeing closely with this species
except in male styles and frontal markings, was collected at Sandusky-
by Mr. Swezey.

Myndus pictifrons Stal. Collected at Vinton by Prof. Hine.

Cixius stigmatus Say. Cincinnaii (Dury).

Oliarus humilis Say. Cedar Point, Sandusky. (Swezey) Castalia, Vinton.

Oliarus 5-lineatus Say. Cedar Point.

Kelisia axialis Van D. Quite common at Columbus September and October

1903 and collected by Mr. Koebele and the writer.
Pissonotus aphidiodes Van D. Columbus (Swezey) Koebele?
Pissonotus dorsalis \'an D. Columbus (Swezey) June.
Phyllodinus Koebelei Osb. September and October 1903. (Koebele.)
Phyllodinus fuscus Osb. Cohmibus.
Iviburnia Kilmani Van D. Columbus. Newark. (Swezey.)

Liburnia pellucida Fieb. Wooster (Webster), Ironton, Columbus, Georges-

ville?
Liburnia lineatipes Van D. Columbus (Swezey).
Iviburnia lutulenta Van D. Abimdant at Columbus, Cedar Point.
Liburnia occlu.sa Van D. Columbus (Swezey).
Liburnia Gillettei Van D. Newark (Swezey).
Liburnia Osborni Van D. ? Columl)US.
Liburnin incerta Van D. Newark (SwezejO-

Mar., 1904.]

Hemipterous Fauna of Ohio.

lor

CERCOPIDAE.

Tomaspis bicincta Say. Cincinnati (Dury).

JASSIDAE.

Phlepsius decorus O. & B. Severel specimens collected at Columbus by
Mr. Albert Koebele.

Phlepsius majestus O. & B. A specimen seen while collecting but escaped
from net. It is a very active flyer and one of the most difficult Jassids
to capture.

Thamnotettix lusoria O. & B. Rather plentiful at Columbus in September
and October, 1903.

Chlorotettex spatulatns O. & B. Columbus, October, 1903.

Dicraneura communis Gill. Wooster (F. M. W.).

Jimpoasca obtusa Walsh.

APHIDIDAE.

Phylloxera caryaeren Riley. (Ditto.)

Pemphigus rubi Thos. (Ditto. )

Pemphigus populicaulis Fh. (Ditto.)

Pemphigus populitransversus Rilej'.

Shizoneiira corni Fab. Columbus. (Ditto).

Shizoneura Rileyi Thos. On elm. (Ditto).

Phyllaphis fagi L. Weed. (Ditto).

L,aclinus longistigma Monell, on willow, Columbus.

Lachnus platanicola Rile}' . Columbus.

Cladobius Smithae Monell, on willow, Columbus. (Ditto.)

Cladobius bicolor Oest. Willow. Columbus. (Ditto.)

Cladobius flocculosus Weed. Columbus.

Chaitophorus negundinis Thos. (Ditto.)

Chaitophorus viminalis Monell. (Ditto).

Callipterus discolor Monell. (Ditto).

Callipterus bellus Walsh. (Ditto).

Drepanosiphum acerifolii Thos. (Ditto.)

Aphis cornifoliae Fh. Cohunbus, (Ditto.)

Aphis maidis Fh. On corn. (Ditto.)

Aphis pomi. Previously listed as mali.

Aphis Fitchii. Columbus. (Ditto.)

Aphis rubicola Oestl. Columbus. (Ditto.)

Aphis crataegifolii Fh. (Ditto.)

Aphis rumicis L. Columbus. (Ditto.)

Aphis prunifoliae Fh.

Aphis maculatae Oestl. (Ditto.)

Aphis marutae Oestl. Columbus. (Ditto.)

Siphocoryne salicis Monell. Columbus. (Ditto.)

Myzus rosarum Walk. (Ditto.)

Rhopalosiphum berberidis Fh. (Ditto.)

Nectarophora cucurbitae Thos. (Ditto.)

Nectarophora pisi. The pea aphis.

Nectarophora circumflexa Buckton. (Ditto.)

I02 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5^

COCCIDAE.

Pseudococcus trifolii Forbes. Saissetia hemisphericum Targ.

" pseudonipae Ckll. Pulvinaria innumbei-abilis Rathv.

Phenacocceus acericola King. Aspidiotiis ostreaformis Curtis.

" Osbornii Sanders. " juglans Conist.

Ericoccus azaleae Comst. " glandiliferous Ckll.

Gossyparia spuria (Modect). " lataniae Sign.

Kermes galliformis Riley. " cyanopliylli Sign.

" pubescens Bogue. Chrysomphalus aurantii Mask.

" andrei King. Aspidiotus comstocki Johns.
" trinotatus Bogue " uvae Comst.

Asterolecanium variolosuni (Ratz). " ulmi Johns.

Eulecanixuii caryae Fitch. " cydoniae crawii Ckll.

" Fletcheri Ckll. Chionaspis americana Johns.

" Cockerelli Hunter. " gleditsiae Sand.

" Fitchii Sign. " carpae Cooley.

" canadense Ckll. " euonymi Comst.

" Websterii King. " ortholobis Comst.

" tulipifera Cook. Heniichionaspis aspidistrae Sign.

" quercitronis Fitch. Diaspis boisduvalii Sign.

" :nagnoliaruni Ckll. Parlatoria zizyphus (Lucas).

" querifex Fitch. Fiorinia fiorinniae (Targ. )

" prunastri Fonsc. Comstockiella sobalis Comst.

Saissetia depressiun Targ.

HETEROPTERA.

Canthophorus cinctus. Cincinnati. Previously listed for Columbus.

Amnestus pusillus Uh. Cincinnati. (Durj', Coll.)

Corinielaena Gillettei V. I). Ironton.

Mineus strigipes Fab. Columbus.

Podisus niaculiventris Say. Spinosus Dall. Generally distributed.

Brochymena 4-pustulata Fab.

Euschistus tristigmus Say var. Van D.

Chariesterus autennator Fab. was noted in various stages on Euphorbia
nutans the past summer. Have seen specimens in Cincinnati (Dury,
Coll).

AlyduB 5-spino.sus Say. Sandusky (H. O.). Cincinnati (Dur}-, Coll.).

Corizus hyalinus. Found in various stages on Euphorbia nutans in Sep-
tember.
Ischuorynchus didynuis Zett. Vinton (Hine). Columbus.
Belonochilus ninnenius Say. Columbus.
Ischnodemus falicus Say. Cedar Point. Sandusky.
Geocoris limbatus Stal.
C3'modema tabida Stal. Ironton.
Cynuis angustatus Stal. Columbus.
Cymus lividus Stal. Castalia.
Ligyrocoris constricta Say. Cincinnati (Dury).

Ptochiomera nodosa Say.

INIicrotoma carbonaria Rossi. Columbus.

Salacia pilo.sula Stal.

Emblethis arenarius L. Cedar Point.

Lygaeus Kalmii. Stal. Cedar Point. Sandusk}-.

Aradus aequalis Say. Collected at Cincinnati by Prof. Hine.

Mar., 1904.] Extra-Floral Nectaries and Glands. 103

Aradus ornatus Say. Collected by Mr. Dury at Cincinnati. This is an
especially interesting addition to our list as the species has been un-
known since Say's description in 1831, until a few years ago when
Bergroth rediscovered it. I have noted it in the Ohio Naturalist, volume
IV, page 22.

Aradus Diiryi Osb. Cincinnati, collected by Mr. Dur}-.

Aradus Duzei Bergroth. Westerville, J. G. Sanders. Cincinnati (Dury).

Brachyrhynchus lobatus Say. Cincinnati by Mr. Dury.

Neuroctenus elongatus Osb. Cincinnati (Dury).

Neuroctenus ovatus Stal. Cincinnati (Dury). Two species. Previously
recorded for Mexico and North Carolina.

•Coriscus propinquvis Rent. Columbus.

Opsicoetus personatus L. Has been rather frequent in Columbus and
Sandusky.

Pelogonus americanus Uh. Cedar point. Sandusky.'

Ivimnoporus rufoscutellatus Lat. Cedar Point.

OHIO PLANTS WITH EXTRA=FLORAL NECTARIES
AND OTHER GLANDS.^^

John H. Sch.-vffner.

The existence of glands and nectaries outside of the flower or
inflorescence has been a subject of much interest to biologists.
Delpino, Darwin, Trelease, and many others have given a large
amount of information in regard to the occurence and nattire of
these organs ; yet much is still obsctire and any one so inclined
ma}^ at least obtain considerable pleasure by making observations
along this line.

A^arious views have been held as to the cau.se and use of extra-
floral glands and their secretions. Delpino considered that the
power to secrete nectar by any extra-floral organ has been speci-
alh' gained in every case for the sake of attracting ants and
wasps as a body-gttard, or as defenders of the plant against enemies.
Darwin while admitting that this may be the case in some plants
■did not think that all such glands originated in this way. He
held that the saccharine matter in nectar was excreted as a waste
prodttct of chemical changes in the sap and that this product
might then become useful for accomplishing cross-fertilization or
for attracting a body-guard, and thtis the nectary would become
an object for selection. He cites the case of the leaves of certain
trees where a saccharine fltiid, often called honey-dew, is excreted
without the aid of special glands. By some, the special use of
extra-floral nectar is supposed to be to divert ants and other
insects from visiting flowers which they might otherwise injure.
Bitt many plants have nectar long before and long after the
flowering period. On \'iburnum opulus, for example, nectar is
still present and abundantl)^ tised by ants late in October. An-
other view has been that certain of these glands act as absorptive

••■Read at the Meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science.

I04 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5,.

cups and surfaces for the absorption of rain and dew. In
Euphorbia pulcherrima, commonly cultivated in green houses,
there are very large cup-shaped nectar glands, one on the
involucre of each cyathium. There are also stipular glands and
glands on top of the petiole at the base of the blade. Ants visit
the large glands very extensively and one might be inclined to
believe that in such cases the foliar glands are guides to the more
abundant sweets to be found higher up when the plant is in
bloom. In the case of submerged water plants, as for example
in certain species of Potamogeton with glands on the leaves, the
entire question of a relationship between insects and glands in
general is eliminated.

Besides nectar there are various other secretions : important
among which are those with a digestive function and those of a
sticky nature to prevent crawling insects from passing certain
parts or for holding them fast while they die and decay.

During the past summer, the writer spent some time in study-
ing the glands which appear on the blades, petioles, stipules, and
other parts of our native and cultivated plants. The mode of
occurrence and the character of these organs is quite erratic. A
species may have highl}^ developed glands while its near relatives
have none whatever. Even on a given individual, some leaves
may have the glands while others have none and rarely is the
number constant.

Very common among plants is the presence of gladular hairs
or pubescence, like on Petunia violacea, Martynia louisiana,
Polanisia graveolens, Silene virginica, and Cypripedium acaule.
Punctate glands in the leaf blade and other parts are also abun-
dant as in Xanthoxylum americanum, Polygonum pnnctatum,.
Amorpha fruticosa, Hypericum perforatum, and Boebera papposa.
The latter has comparativel}- large, yellow, oval glands which
are very conspicuous under a hand lens. Various plants also
have glutinous leaves especially when >oung, but these will not
be considered here.

Of plants which have glandular surfaces with digestive secre-
tions especially concerned in capturing and ab.sorbing other organ-
isms as food, we have the following :

1. Sarracenia purpurea. 6. Utricularia intermedia.

2. Dro-sera rotundifolia. 7. Utricularia minor.

3. Drosera intermedia. S. Utricularia gibba.

4. Utricularia cornuta. 9. Dipsacus sylvestris.

5. Utricularia vul,naris. lo. vSili)liiuui perfoliatum.

In this group probably belong such plants like Silene antirrhina
with glutinous bands around the stem and Cardinis undulatus,
a western species, in which the outer surface of the involucral
bracts are very glutinous and catch large numbers of ants which
attempt to reach the flowers above, as well as small flying insects.
It seems reasonable to suppose that the debris from these decaying

Mar., 1904.] Extra-Floral Nectaries and Glands. 105

insects may serve as food to the captor. Some of the Ohio
thistles also have glandular involucral bracts.

Various plants have gland tipped teeth or serrations, as species
of Salix, Populus, Prunus, and other genera. In some plants
the stipules have prominent nectar glands or are reduced to
nectaries. Other gland- like stipules however do not appear to
secrete nectar. Among the genera which contain species with
glandular or gland-like stipules, the following may be mentioned :
Reseda, Linum, Euphorbia, Isnardia, and Circaea.

The more important glands of special interest are those which
secrete nectar or those which have attained considerable morpho-
logical development. Although it is not easy to make a classifi-
cation of extra-floral glands because of the indefiniteness of these
structures, an arbitrary arrangement will be given below to
indicate in a general wa}- their origin and position. Some of the
special types I have not yet found on Ohio plants as for example
the pit-like nectar glands on the lower surface of the midribs of
the leaves of Gossypium herbaceum and other plants. The fol-
lowing types are known to occur in Ohio :

1. Glands which appear on the margin at the base of the
blade or on the top or the sides of the petiole and evidently
representing highly specialized glandular teeth or serrations ; as
in Populus and Amygdalus.

2. Highly developed glands under the lobes or teeth of the
blade ; as in Ailanthus.

3. Special patches of tooth-like glands appearing like modified
hairs or eruptions either at the upper or lower end of the petiole
or at both ; as in Asclepiodora and Asclepias.

4. Patches of pit-like nectaries on the upper side at the lower
end of the petiole ; as in Tecoma.

5. Single or few nectaries on the petiole not apparently
originating from hairs, serrations, leaflets, or stipules ; as in
Cassia and Ricinus.

6. A series of nectaries on the rachis between the successive
pairs of leaflets or divisions ; as in Acuan.

7. Glands on the under side of the leaf in the axils of the
veins or on the ranchis at the base of the divisions ; as in Catalpa
and Pteridium.

8. Glands on the rachis apparently representing modified
leaflets or stipels ; as in Sambucus.

9. Glands on the stipules or representing highly modified
stipules ; as in Vicia and Circaea.

10. Glands on the calyx or peduncle not showing any evident
relation to pollination ; as in Tecoma, Paeonia, and Ricinus.

11. Cjlands on submerged water plants ; as in certain species
of Potamogeton which have two glands at the base of the leaf
blade.

io6

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 5,

During the past summer ants were found abundantly on the
following plants, working at the nectar and crawling over the
leaves and branches :

Cassia marylaiidica.
Cassia chaniaecrista.
Acuan illinoensis.
Prunus avium.

Amygdalus persica.
Teconia radicans.
Ricinus coiiimmiis.
Viburnum opulus.

Some of the foliar glands are also visited by bees and ma}' thus
be important in the production of honey, as the large nectariferous
glands on the leaves of Catalpa.

Kxtra-floral nectaries make an interesting object lesson well
suited for advanced nature study and for elementary botan}\ The
subject is no less important because the reason for the phenomenon
is not so very evident and because the teacher is not able to give
a conclusive answer so easily. In winter one ma}- readily obtain
material for stud}- by sprouting sweet potatoes (Ipomoea batatas)
in a dish with moist sphagum and sawdust. The large foliar
glands of the f:rst leaves secrete an abundance of nectar.

Below is given a partial list of the native and cultivated Ohio
plants with glands, together with numbers referring to the eleven
types indicated above.

I

Pteridium aquilinum, 7.

33

Acuan illinoensis, 6.

2

Potamogeton hillii, 11.

34

Cassia nictitans, 5.

3

" obtusifolius, II.

35

" chaniaecrista, 5.

4

" friesii, 11.

36

" marylandica, 5.

5

" pusilhis, II.

37

Vicia sativa, 9

6

Sporobolus heterolepis, lo.

3«

" angustifolia, 9.

7

Populus heterophylla, i.

39

Vigna sinensis, 10.

8

" candicans, i.

40

Ailanthus glandulosa, 2.

9

" ])alsamifera, i.

41

Acalypha ostraefolia, 3(?).

lO

" dilatata, i.

42

virginica, 31?).

II

" deltoides, i.

43

" gracilens, 3(?).

12

" grandidentata, i.

44

Ricinus connnunis, 5, 10.

13

" tremuloides, i.

45

I<;uporbia dentata, 9.

14

Salix nigra, i.

46

Impatiens biflora, i.

15

" amygdaloides, i.

47

" aurea, i.

i6

" lucida, I.

48

Circaea lutetiana, 9.

17

" fragilis, i.

49

" alpina, 9

i8

" alba, I.

50

Asclepias incarnata, 3.

19

" babylonica, i.

51

" sullivanlii, 3.

20

Crataegu.s coccinea, i .

52

" aniple.xicaulis, 3.

21

" rotundifolia, i.

53

" variegata, 3.

22

" macrantha, i.

54

" syriaca, 3.

23

Prunus armeniaca, i.

55

Ipomoea batatas, 7.

24

" americana, i.

56

Teconia radicans, 4, 10.

25

" pumila, I.

57

Catalpa catalpa, 7.

26

" cerasus, i.

58

" speciosa, 7.

27

" avium, i.

59

Sambucus canadensis, 8, 9.

28

" pennsylvanica, i.

60

" pubens, 8; 9.

29

" mahaleb, i.

61

Viburnum opulus, i, 9.

30

" virginiana, i.

62

" lentago, 1.

31

" serotina, i.

63

Viburnum prunifoliuni, i.

32

Amygdalus persica, i.

Mar., 1904.] Clasping Organs in the Pediculidae. 107

NOTE ON MORPHOLOGY OF CERTAIN CLASPING
ORGANS IN THE PEDICULIDAE.

Herbert Osborn.

The results of Parasitism in developing special organs for
adherence possess a prominent Morphological interest since these
organs exhibit a high degree of specialization which contrasts
markedly with the degeneration of other sets of organs. The
Pediculidae present a number of instances of such structures which
seem not to have been described in detail and the purpose of this
note is to call attention to some of them.

In Haematopinus urius there is a protractile disk at the distal
end of the tibiae, the purpose of which, as suggested in an earlier
note, being to press against the hair in opposition to the tarsal
claw and thus assist in the hold upon the hair. In the previous
description of this structure no attempt was made to explain the
apparatus or its movements, but it was mentioned that the disk
played back and forth in a pit-like depression of the tibiae, and
the examination of balsam mounts of this organ fails to show very
clearly the basis of movement. There is a large muscle running
through the tibia and forking near the middle of the tibial joint,
one part going to the tibial spur, the other passing on to the tarsal
joint while from the latter a fiber runs to the base of the protrac-
tile disk. This would seem able to retract the organ and com-
bined with an elastic frame- work for the protraction would account
for the movements. I have been entirely unable to discover any
muscle strands which would seem to act for the protraction and
beHeve that this may be provided for in the movements of the
chitinous wall assisted partiall}' by the flexion of the tarsal joint.
The figure shows the distribution of the muscle strands as noted
in the majority of specimens examined.

In Haematopinus macrocephalus there is a disk-like organ in
the same position as in the preceding species, but it differs from
the protractile disk in urius in having a convex surface, appar-
ently membranous, and within the bulb of the organ maj^ be seen
a half dozen strands of muscles, the contraction of which would
serve to withdraw the surface membrane. The muscle strand
runs from the base of the tibiae to the cup-like depression of the
disk, but not having examined this organ ni living specimens the
extent of the protraction, if any, is unknown. The musculature
of the tibial joint is shown in the accompanyiug figure.

In Euhaematopinus abnormis the posterior pair of legs is very
greatly modified, so much so that they cannot serve any function
as ordinary organs of locomotion, but must be adapted purel}- for
clasping, the femur and tibia each possessing expanded disks, the
former upon the anterior part of the femur and so arranged that

io8

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol.IV, No. 5,

it must press against the femur of the middle legs and with them
doubtless forms a clasping organ ; the latter, upon the outer face
of the tibiae is adjusted to a special structure in the margin of the
abdomen and which serves to crowd the inner face of the tibia
against the abdominal wall. The claw is a broad, nail-like
structure apparently incapable of distinct flexion. Both tibia and
femur seem to provide special means of rigidly clasping the hairs
of the host animal, and if we bear in mind the subterranean habits
of its host, the development of such special organs may be
accounted for.

Special organs for clasping occur also in the antennae and
abdominal brushes of certain species, but these have been men-
tioned, perhaps, in sufficient length in other papers.

Lower fij^ures : Ilaeiiiatopinus urius.

Upper left hand figure : H. macrocephalus.

Upper right hand figure : Euhaematopinus abnorniis.

Mar., 1904.] A List of the Orthoptera of Ohio. 109

A LIST OF THE ORTHOPTERA OF OHIO.*

Chari.es S. Mead.

A little over a j-ear ago the writer, at the suggestion of Prof.
Herbert Osborn, began to work over the Orthoptera in the
Entomological collection at the Ohio State University, with a
view of eventually publishing a list of those found in Ohio. During
the spring and fall, collecting was done in central Ohio and during
the summer in northern Ohio, mostly in the neighborhood of
Sandusky. Heretofore, very little work has been done on the
grasshoppers of Ohio and nothing published. Very few references
are found in the literature to Orthoptera collected in this state.
The Orthoptera, in general, reach their adult condition in late
summer and early fall, onl}' a few species maturing and dying
before the first of August. Some of the species listed below are
fairly common in parts of Ohio and others are quite scarce.

Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler). This is a southern form with its
northern range about the center af Ohio. On September 23 three
females were captured at Buckeye Lake.

Orphulella speciosa (Scudder). Blatchley reports having
captured but a single pair in Indiana, where it is quite scarce.
Morse writes of its being common in the New England states.
It is fairly plentiful in the vicinity of Columbus and Sandusky.

Hippiscus rugosus (Scudder). On September 23, a coral
winged form of this species was captured at Buckeye Lake. It
agrees with the descriptions of ' ' rugosus ' ' in all particulars except
the color of the wings, which are usually lemon or orange. No
mention could be found in the literature of a coral winged form.

Trimerotropis maritima (Harris) This is a very abundant
species on Cedar point, where three well marked color forms
occur: a light, ashy red form with the mottling on the tegmina
and body indistinct ; a form with the dorsal portion of the
tegmina cinnamon red ; and a dark gray form, the last being the
most common. Specimens agreeing with "maritima" and
" citrina " are present and also so many intermediate forms that
it is impossible to draw a line between the two. Both have been
included under " maritima " in the state list.

Spharagemon wyomingiana (Thomas). Specimens of this species
were quite plentiful on Cedar Point in the woods about midway
between the laboratory and the steamer landing. They could
be captured there nearly any time during the summer, and were
found in no other locality, either on the Point or on the mainland.

"Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology. Ohio State Uni-
versity, No. 16. Read at the meeting of the Ohio State Academj' of Science.

no The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5,

Lept3'.sma margitiicollis Serville, lias been recorded only from
Florida, South Carolina and central Indiana. A single immature
female was captured July ii, 1903, on Cedar Point near Black
Channel.

Melanoplus viridipes Walsh-Scudder, reported hitherto only
from western Indiana and Illinois. A colony of these was found
in Highland county and they are fairly common in Franklin
county. They are one of our spring locusts, almost never being
found after the first of August.

Melanoplus blatchleyi Scudder. The range of this grasshopper
is west of the Mississppi river, Marion county, Indiana, being
the most easterly point from which it has been recorded. During
the past summer it was captured in Franklin and Erie counties,
Ohio, a single specimen being secured in each, and a careful
search failed to reveal any others.

Conocephalus palustris Blatchle3^ This species was described
from Indiana and has not been reported from any other state.
Specimens are in the collection at the State University from
Columbus and Castalia.

Xiphidium nemorale Scudder. This is another .southern form
that is found quite plentiful around Sandusky Ba}-.

Xiphidium strictum vScudder. The general range of this insect,
as heretofore recorded, is to the west and .southwest ; but it is
common in central and northern Ohio.

Orchelimum volantum McNeill, has been recorded only from
Indiana and Illinois, but two adult .specimens were captured on
Cedar Point in August, 1903.

Nemobius maculatus Blatchley, reported onh' from Indiana,
was captured in several localities in franklin countv, Ohio, this
fall.

Gryllus americanus Blatchley, a recently described species from
Indiana, was found near Georgesville, Franklin county in Maj-.

The rest of the species are such as one would expect in the
state, from thtir known range in adjacent regions.

At present there are 99 species to record for Ohio, distributed

among the families as follows :

Forficulidae, 2. Acrididae, 33.

riiasniidae, i. Locustidae, 29.

Blaltidae, 5. Gryllidae, 19.
TeUigidae, 10.

The following is a list of the species so far collected in Ohio.
Those marked with a *, 38 in number, have been found on Cedar
Point.

FORKICUI.IDy\E.
*Forricula aculeata .Scudd. Lalna minor I^.

PIIASMIDAE.
^'Diapheroinera femorata Say.

Mar., 1904.]

A List of the Orthoptera of Ohio.

Ill

BI^ATTIDAE.

Blatta orientalis L.
Ischnoptera iilileriana Sauss.
Periolaneta americana L.

Blatella germanica (L.).
*Ischnoptera pennsylvaiiica De G.

Nomotettix carinatus Burm.

Tettix granulosus Kirb.
*Tettix arenosus Burm.
■^Paratettix cucullatus Burm.
*Tettigidea parvipennis Morse.

TETTIGIDAE.

Nomotettix cristatus Morse.
Tettix obscurus Hanc.
*Tettix ornatus Harris.
Tettigidea armata Morse.
Tettigidea parvipennis pennata

[Morse.

ACRIDIDAE.

Chloealtis conspersa Harris.
Orphulella speciosa (Scudd.).
Dichromorpha viridis Scudd.
Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler).
Arjiliia sulphurea Fab.
Cliortophaga viridifasciata De G.
Camnula pellucida (Scudd.).
Hippiscus rugosus Scudd.
Spliaragemon bolH Scudd.
Spharagemon w3oniingiana (Tliom).
Leptysma marginicollis (Serv).
Schistocerca alutacea Harris.
Melanoplus luridus Dodge.
Melanoplus viridipes W-S.
Melarloplus atlanis (Riley).
Melanoplus differentialis (Riley).
Paroxya hoosieri (Blatchle}-).

^Stenobotlirus curtipennis Harris.

Orphulella pelidna Burm.
*Tryxalis brevicornis L.
*Mecostethus lineatus (Scudd.).

Arphia xantlioptera Burm.
"■■Encoptolophus sordidus Burm.

Hippiscus tuberculatus D. de B.
*Dissosteira Carolina L.
*Spharagemon collare Scudd.
"Trimerotropis maritima Harris.

Schistocerca americana Drurj-.

Melanoplus gracilis Brunner.

Melanoplus scudderi Uhler.
*Melanoplus femur-rubrum (DeG.)

Melanoplus blatchleyi Scudd.
^Melanoplus bivittatus Briinner.

Scudderia curvicauda Stal.

Scudderia texeusis Sauss-P.

Amblj-corypha rotundifolia Scudd.

Microcentrum laurifolium L,.

Conocephalus palustris Blatch.

Conocephalus nebrasensis Brunner.
"Xiphidium brevipenne Scudd.
*Xiphidiv:m nigropleura Brunner.

Xiphidium fasciatum De G.
*Orcheliniuni nigripes Scudd.
*Orchelimum delicatum Brunner.

Atlanticus dorsalis Burm.

Ceutophilus maculatus (Say).

Ceutophilus uhleri Scudd.

Ceutophilus sp.

LOCUSTIDAE.

*Scudderia furcata Brunner.
*Amblycor3'pha oblongifolia De G.

Microcentrum retinerve Brunner.

C3'rtophy]lus concavus Harris.
*Conocephalus ensiger Harris.
*Xiphidium attenuatuni Scudd.

Xiphidium strictum Scudd.

Xiphidium nemorale Scudd.
*Orchelinuun vulgare Harris.
*Orchelimum campestre Blatchley,
*Orchelimum volantum Mc Neill.

Atlanticus pachymerus Burm.

Ceutophilus blatchleyi Scudd.

Ceutophilus terrestris Scudd.

I f 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5,

GRYLLIDAE.

Gryllotalpa borealis Biirm. Tridactilus apicalis Say.

^Gryllus abbreviatus Serv. Gr3'llus ainericanus Blalchley.

Gryllus domesticus L. *Nemobius fasciatus (DeG.).

Neniobius canus Scudd. Nemobius exiguiis Scudd.

*Nemobiiis carolinus Scudd. Nemobius maculatus Blatchley.

Oecauthus auj^ustipeuuis Fitch. Oecantbus bipunctatus De G.

■^^Oecanthus 4-punctatus Beat. Oecantbus niveus De G.

Oecantbus latipennis Riley. ^Oecantbus fasciatus Fitcb.

*Anaxipha exigua Say. Pbylloscirtus pulchelkis tJbler.
[Ohio State University.]

ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF OHIO BIRDS.

LvNDS Jones.

Rev. W. F. Henninger, of Tiffin, reports the following addi-
tional records from the collection of the Wj'notis Point Shooting
Cltib near Sandusky :

Chen hyperborea nivalis, shot in the fall of 1SS6.

Olor buccinator, shot in the fall of 1S77.

An.ser albifrons gambeli, .shot in the fall of 1877.

Oideniia deglandi, a female, shot in the fall of iSSi.

A hybrid between Anas obscura (rubripes?) and Anas bochas, killed
m the fall of 1878, by Judge E. B. Sadler.

Ayth3-a americana, a pure albino, female, captured in the fall of 18S1.

Fulica americana, a partial albino, captured in the fall of 1881, by C.
J. Clark.

Gallinago delicata, a partial albino, capture 1 in the fall of iSSi, by C.
J. Clark.

Falco jDcregrinus anatum,a male captured in the fall of 1S82, by Col.. Iv.
A. Scoville.

All of the Ohio ducks were represented in this collection,
among them the rare Gadwall, in several specimens.

Mr. A. Hall, of Lakewood, informs me that the specimen of
Dendroica kirtlandi reported as captured May 3, 1S78, by W. and
J. Hall was captured by him.self instead.

Mr Hall furnishes me with the following additional records :
Himantopus mcxicamis. Black-necked Stilt, one shot at Berea,
October 24, 1881. Minnis pol>glottos. Mockingbird, Janitary 5,
1904, singing. He states that this is the sixth specimen which
be has reported near Cleveland. It seems probable that the
theory of escaped cage birds for these records will have to be
al)andoned.

I am pleased to report the presence of Pinicola enucleator leu-
•cura, Canadian Pine Grosbeak, in some numbers j^ractically all

Mar., 1904.] Books Received. 113

along the Lake front. Also the record of two Acanthis linaria,
Redpoll, on December 29, 1903. These two northern species are
decidedly unusual in northern Ohio.

On December 4, 1903, a single Hermit Thrush was found near
Brownhelm, Lorain county, and on January i, 1904, a single
Vesper Sparrow, at Kishman's Switch on the lake shore.

Mr. R. J. Tozer informs me that there is a large Crow roost
in Lake View Cemetery, Cleveland, where hundreds of Crows
remained all winter long. In Lorain county there have been
many more Crows present during the present winter than ever
before.

[Oberlin, Ohio.]

BOOKS RECEIVED.

Two volumes have recently come to hand from the pen of W.
S. Blatchley, State Geologist of Lidiana.

' ' Gleanings from Nature ' ' is published by the Nature Publish-
ing Company of Indianapolis and is dedicated to the 800,000 boj-s
and girls of the state of Indiana. The author writes in a popular
way from personal observations on birds, snakes, fishes, flowers,
insects, weeds, swamps and caves and treats them in an interesting
and instructive manner, giving the information the 3'outh especially
is always desirous of knowing. Since we have read the book
and compared the plants and animals mentioned with the flora
and fauna of Ohio we find that almost without exception the
forms treated are common to the two states, therefore, although
it is wTitten with special reference to the natural history of
Indiana, it is almost as valuable for Ohio and doubtless for a
number of other states.

"The Orthoptera of Indiana" is a reprint from the 27th
Annual Report of the Department of Geology and Natural
Resources of the state of Indiana.

The glossary and chapter on anatomy are features which add
greatly to its usefulness as by this means the characters used in
the keys and descriptions are" made plain. One hundred and
forty-eight species are given as occurring in Indiana, with full
descriptions, and keys for determining each species. We find
this work very appro^Driate for determining our Ohio Orthoptera
and already we have recognized nearly a hundred of the forms
given in it for Indiana. Students of the group cannot afford to
be without a copy and students in general Entomology will find
it valuable.

J. S. H.

114 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 5,

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, February i, 1904.

The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. Sanders,
and the minutes of the previous meeting read and approved.

The paper of the evening was given by Professor Minnie A.
Stoner of the Domestic Science Department. She outlined the work
in Domestic Science as given by the University, both in the long
and short courses and made mention of several improvements
contemplated, especially along the line of research work. She
also gave a short history of Domestic Science courses in the
United States and told in brief of the work which is going for-
ward in the various public and private institutions of this country
in which such departments are established.

Professor Kellerman gave his ideas upon industrial courses in
various schools, and Domestic Science courses in particular think-
ing that they should to be expanded.

Mr. Sanders gave a short biographical sketch of Linnaeus after
which Dr. Kellerman, Professor Osborn and Professor Schaffner
discussed the work of Linnaeus as a systematist.

Under current literature. Professor Osborn presented a recent
publication from the Biological laboratory of the University of
Illinois on the Plankton in the Illinois river. Professor Keller-
man reported that no flowers of anj^ kind had been observed in
bloom during January of this year.

Mr. Morse announced the lecture by Dr. David Star Jordan at
the First Congregational Church on February 16th, under the
auspices of the Philosophical Club.

The Club adjourned to the first Monday evening in March.

E. D. CoBERLY, Sccreta)y.

Date of Publication of March Number, March 10, 1904.

THE WILSON BULLETIN

A Quarterly Journal Devoted to

The Study) of Living Birds,

The Official Organ of the Wilson Ornithological Chapter of

the Agassiz Association.

ITS AIM is to stimulate the study of living birds by the
publication of field work done by members of the Chapter.
This work is planned to contribute to one end and is, there-
fore, cumulative. The June number will contain a winter census
of the birds of Lorain County, Ohio, besides other matter of
general interest and value. Each number contains not less than
forty pages of matter of interest to the student of birds. If you
are interested in bird study at first hand, and wish to learn how
others are studying, you will not miss seeing a copy of this
up-to-date bird magazine.

Write for a Free Sample Copy to LYNDS JONES, Oberlin, O.

CedatTf Point bake Liaboi^atoi^y.

Offers Exceptional Opportunities for Study or Investigation During the

Summer Months.

THE laboratory is located on a beautiful site on Cedar Point near
Sandusky giving convenient access to Lake Erie, to the marshes
of Sandusky Bay, the river, islands, beach, forest and prairies, affording
great variety of plant and animal life. Students are granted free trans-
portation on the steamers of The Cedar Point Company.
INSTRUCTION is offered in General Zoology, Botany, Entomology,
Embryology, Icthyology, Ornithology, Plant Ecology, Morphology
and Advanced Laboratory or Research Courses.
FEES for the season are twenty dollars.

EQUIPMENT includes tables, aquaria, dark room, boats^ dredges
and collecting apparatus. Microscopes and other instruments are
supplied from the university.
INVESTIGATION. Properly qualified persons are given free

opportunity for independent investigation.
INSTRUCTORS. The staff includes regular members of the instruc-
tion staff of the university. CREDITS given university students
for courses completed.

LECTURE AND LABORATORY COURSES BEGIN JUNE 27, 1904.
For further information or special cii-cular, address Pres. W. 0. Thompson,
or Herbert Osborn, Director Lake Laporatory, Ohio State Lniversity,
Columbus, Ohio.

"PSYCHB"

JOURNAL OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB.

The Oldest Entomological Magazine Published in the United States. New-
Editorial Staff. New England Entomology a Special Feature. Department
of Bibliography, Exchange Column, etc. Issued Bi-monthly February to
December. Price Reduced to ONE DOLLAR per Year.

All correspondence should be addressed to

CA.MBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,

Care Boston Society of Natural History,

234 BERKELEY STREET, BOSTON, MASS.

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Eleventh Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MoSEivEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownockkr,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. "The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones : . Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thojias A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian,

Ohio State Academy of Science,

Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Every One of Oar Adl^ertisers

Are Strictly Reliable People and if you
Want Anything in their Line, it Will
Pay You to Consult Them.

Please Mention The QHIO NATURALIST ^" Voting.

Ohio State Unwetsity.

Six Colleges well equipped and prepared to present the
best methods in modern education
are offered to both sexes alike.

The advantages

The following list of departments will suggest the

organization of the institution:

Agriculture, Agricultural Chemistry, American History and Political
Science, Anatomy and Physiology, Architecture and Drawing,
Astronomy. Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Clay Working
and Ceramics, Domestic Science, Economics and Sociology, Educa-
tion, Electrical Engineering, English Literature, European History,
Geology, Germanic Languages and Literatures, Greek, Horticulture
and Forestry, Industrial Arts, Latin, Law, Mathematics, Mechanical
Engineering, Metallurgy and INIineralogy, Military Science, Mine
Engineering, Pharmacy, Philosophy, Physical Educalion, Physics,
Rhetoric and English Language, Romance Languages, Veterinary
Medicine and Zoology and Entomology.

Catalogues will be sent upon application. After examining the
catalogue write for specific information to the President

Dr. W. O. THOMPSON, Columbus, Ohio.

SPECIMENS DESIRED FOR

BOTANICAL The large mushrooms, Puffballs and other Fungi; Abnormal
MUSEUM. growths and interesting specimens of shrubs and trees.
Also herbarium specimens of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and
Ferns as well as flowering plants. Address

Prof. W. A. KellERMAN,
Department of Botany, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio.

GEOLOGICAL Will exchange Hudson, Corniferous and Carboniferous
MUSEUM. fossils. Address

Prof. J. A. BowNOCKER, Curator,

Geological Museum, Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio,

ZOOLOGICAL Birds, Insects, Reptiles, etc. We wish to make our collec-
MUSEUM. tions representative for the fauna of the state and will
greatly appreciate all contributions to that end.

Address, Prof. Herbert Osborn,

Department Zoology and Entomology,

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio State University, Lake Laboratory. Located at Sandusky on Lake Erie.
Open to Investigators June J 5 to September 15. Laboratory courses of six and
eight weeks beginning about July first each year. Write for special circular.

Your Laboratory ss. s. s.

Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar=
atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the
most available source? Send us a trial order and
notice the difference. ± ± Jk ^ ± ^ ±

SE

isstiS**'

MICROSCOPES

From the Simplest to the Most Complete.

For Stiulonts, Physicians and Specialists. Full
Guarantee witli every Instrument.

.■^':^ MAGNIFIERS
Folding Pocket Magnifier

20

40

Tripod Magnifier, adjiLStable .50

Hand Magnifier, metal case 1 00

Folding Magnifier, metal case 1 25

Hasting's Aplanatic Triplet V 00

DISSECTING MICROSCOPES

T 1 3.2.50 W 1 $ 9.75

U 1 6.75 Y 1 25.75

COMPOUND MICROSCOPES

Ali 1 $21). 00 liB 4 «• 55 00

li 1 35.00 BB 8 100.00

B 2 40.00 ('A 8 127.00

BA 2 45.00 DD 8 207 00

WRITE FOR DISCOUNTS

CATALOGUE
On Request

f"' \ -E

Scientific Materials Company

MAKERS = = = IMPORTERS
711^ Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa.

ne Ohio ^]\Caturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume IV. APRIL, 1904. No. 6.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cook— Galls and Insects Producing Them 115

Cook— Galls and Insects Producing Them. Appi-ndix 1 140

News and Notes 1 ■IS

GALLS AND INSECTS PRODUCING THEM.^

Melville Thurston Cook.
Part VI. Flower and Fruit Galls.

Galls affecting flowers and fruits are not so abundant as those
affecting leaves, but in many cases the insect which produces
flower or fruit galls also produces leaf galls. No sharp line of
distinction can be drawn between flower and fruit galls, since the
gall ma}' form and mature without indication of fruit or may
form in the flower and mature as the fruit develops. Thus far I
have collected five species of flower and fruit galls representing
three orders of insects.

I. GALLS OF THE ACARINA.

Phytoptus sp. — on Euphorbia corallata L. (Figures 70 ; 71a,
b ; 72a, b). This mite produces galls on both leaf and flower.
The structure of the gall is the same in both cases and is identi-
cal with Phytoptus galls, previously described in Part I, (Figures
811). All my specimens of this gall were well advanced. The
structure of the leaf of E. corallata ( Fig. 70) is typical. When
attacked by the Phytoptus the leaf becomes very much modified
by thickenings, ridges and convolutions (Figures 71a, b). The
palisade cells divide so that it is impossible to distinguish them
from the mesophyll, and the intercellular spaces are obliterated as
the result of the rapid cell division. The new cells are small and
very rich in protoplasm, but gradually become filled with tannin
as the gall approaches maturit)-. The tannin first forms in the
outer and most exposed cells of the gall while the inner laj'ers of
cells retain their protoplasm very late. The Phj'toptus restricts
its attacks to these inner and more protected parts. From a study
of these galls it is apparent that the Phytoptus is not working on

* Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, Ohio State Univer-
sity, under the direction of Prof. Herbert Osborn, No. 17.

ii6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

all parts of the gall at the same time, but gradually moves out-
ward over the surface of the leaf, thus increasing the size of the
gall and drawing its food supply from the newer part thus formed.
When the attack is made upon the flower we have a mass of
distorted tissue which is structurally the same as that produced
in the leaf gall (Figures 72a, b). The floral envelopes are the
first to suffer from the attack, the ovar}' with its contents is the
next greatest sufferer, while the stamens are frequently unaffected.
It is evident that the attack upon the flower must be made very
early in order to cause complete destruction. Very frequently
the floral envelopes will be very much deformed and the ovary
and the stamens ver}^ slightly affected. In other cases the ovary
will be very much enlarged and its chambers practically obliter-
ated. It is evident that the attack upon the ovary must be made
very early to produce a great deformity. The partial immunitj'
of the stamens is probably due to their being very nearly mature
before the opening of the bud.

2. GAI^LS OF CECIDOMYIA.

Cecidomyia anthophila O. S. — on Solidago canadense L. (Figs.
73a, b), makes the attack early and completely prevents the open-
ing of the bud. The gall is in the form of a hollow cone. The
transformation is so complete that the location is the onl}- evidence
that the gall is produced from a flower bud. A section of the
gall shows the nutrient layers of the cells next to the larval
chambers, large parench^^ma cells near the outer epidermis, and a
number of rather weak fibro- vascular bundles.

Cecidomyia sp. — on Ratibida pinnata Barnhart (Figs. 74a, b, c).
The entire bud is transformed into a gall with the larva in a
chamber in what was originally the ovary. All the floral parts
have become modified and united to form the gall. A section of
the gall (Fig. 74c) shows that the cells are more uniform in size
than in the preceding galls and that the fibro-vascular bundles
are practically obliterated.

Cecidomyia sp. — on Prunus virginiana ly. (Figs. 75a, b). My
specimens of this gall were mature. I am unable to say at what
time the gall originates, but it reaches its maturity with the fruit.
The gall is somewhat larger than the fruit, but otherwise resem-
bles it closely. The larva makes its exit through an opening at
one side of the stem. The larval chamber is very large, thus
giving the gall a l^ladder-like character. The cuticle is well
developed and the parenchyma cells below it are ver}' large, while
the cells next to the larval chamber are much smaller. Weak
flbro-va.scular bundles are ahso present. The wall of the gall
(Fig. 75b) is much thicker than the wall of the fruit at this time
(Fig. 75a), and parenchyma cells are much larger. The charac-
teristic stone (sclerenchyma) of the fruit is never developed in
the gall.

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 117

3. GALLS OF LEPIDOPTERA.

I gathered a number of L,epidopterous galls on Rudbecki&
laciniata L,. which I was unable to determine. These galls occur
on both leaf and flower and are very large and fleshy. In fact
they were so fleshy and juicy that it was very difficult to secure
sections. The parenchyma cells were very large, and small fibro-
vascular bundles were numerous. The larval chambers were
numerous and each contained a single larva or pupa. In my
specimens the larvae were far advanced, many of them in the pupa
stage, but the cells next to the chambers were very rich in food
supply.

Part VII. Root Galls.

Amphibolips radicola Ashm. (Figs. 76a, b). — on Quercus alba
Iv. was the only root gall that I collected. The galls were borne
just under the surface of the ground at about the point of transi-
tion from stem to root. They were produced in great numbers
and so closely packed together as to assume the shape of figs.
Those nearest the surface of the ground and therefore slightly
expo.sed to the light were of a rich, red color, while those deeper
in the ground were almost white, slightl}^ tinged with yellow.
Kach gall contained from one to five larval chambers. The
younger galls showed four zones well defined (Fig. 76a). The
inner or nutritive zone was thick and the cells contained abund-
ance of protoplasm. The protective zone was thin and the cells
fibrous in character rather than sclerenchymatous. The paren-
chyma zone was thick and composed of large parenchyma cells.
The epidermal zone was relatively thick and the cells firm. As
the insects approach maturity the nutritive and protective zones
are entirely destroyed (Fig. 76b). The insect eventually makes
its escape through an opening in the side of the gall.

Part VIII. Histology of Galls.

Man}' of the histological characters of galls have been referred
to in the preceding parts. This part has been introduced at this
time for the purpose of adding a few additional facts which were
not clear at the time of the writing of the preceding parts.

A. Internal Stttictures.

I. GALLS OF ACARINA.

These galls have been sufficientl}' discussed and need very little
attention at this time. In general these galls may be thrown
into three groups : (i) Those galls in which there is very little
distortion, but a modification of the epidermis, as in the case of
the Phytoptus on the beech ; (2) Convolutions of the parts as in
the case of P. ulmi (Fig. 8), P. abnormis (Figs. 9, 44), P. quad-

ii8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

ripes (Figs. lo, 43), and P. acericola (Figs. 11, 45). These con-
volutions result in the formation of a more or less well defined
cavity, and trichomes are developed in great abundance in the
younger stages ; (3) Thickening of the parts which become cov-
ered with an abundant growth of trichomes as in the case of E.
anomalum (Figs. 47, 48).

The Phytoptus galls show two fairly well-defined zones, the
outer made up of rather large cells and the inner of much smaller
cells, which are very rich in protoplasm and which supply nour-
ishment for the young animal (Fig. 77). As the galls approach
maturity the protoplasm disappears, first from the outermost cells
and lastl}^ from the cells on the inner surface. As the protoplasm
disappears the tannin accumulates in great abundance (Fig. 78).

2. GALLS OF THE APHIDIDAE.

Man}' of the Aphididae galls produce trichomes which soon
disappear. At first all the cells contain protoplasm and divide
rapid!}', but as the galls approach maturity the tannin increases
in abundance.

Schizoneura americana Riley (Fig. 12), Colopha ulmicola Fitch
(Fig. 13), and Hormaphis hamamelis Fitch (Fig. 15) have been
considered in Part I.

In Pemphigus populi-transversus (Figs. 55, 56) and P. p.-caulis
(Figs. 57, 58) the thickness of the walls of the galls is much
greater than an}- other members of this family and the cells are
more uniform in character. These galls are especially well sup-
plied with fibro-vasular bundles and are very dense.

In P. vagabundus (Fig. 112) we have a gall in which many of
the cells are elongated similar to C. ulmicola and H. hamamelis.
Its close structural resemblance to C. ulmicola and H. hamamelis
and unlikeness to P. p.-transversus and P. p.-caulis is due to the
fact that P. vagabundus, C. ulmicola, and H. hamamelis are
formed on the blades of the leaves, while P. p.-transversus and
P. p.-caulis are formed on the petioles which are made up largely
of fibro-vascular tissue. My specimens of these galls were mature,
and I am therefore unable to say anything concerning their early
stages.

In the Phylloxera galls all tl e cells are at first rich in pro-
toplasm and the tannin does not form in abundance until very
late. The two zones are fairly prominent. In P. c.-caulus Fitch
on H. ovata, a gall which forms on both blade and petiole of the
leaf and also on young stems large intercellular .spaces are formed
near the surface.

3. (iALL.S 01* PSVLLIDAE.

Pachypsylla c. -mamma Riley has been described in Part V
(Figs. 59, 60).

April, 1904,] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 119

4. GAI.LS OF cecido:myia.

These galls have been described in Part I (Figs. 22, 23, 24),
in Part V (Figs. 61, 62, 63), in Part VI (Figs. 73, 74, 75), and
in the Appendix (Figs. 114-119). In these galls the two zones
are usually fairly well defined, but the galls of this genus are so
different in character that it is difficult to give a definite descrip-
tion. The time for the formation of the tannin is variable, but
it is usually produced late and in great abundance.

5. GALLS OF THE CYNIPIDAE.

All these galls are very similar. The majority show the four
zones and in most cases these zones are well defined. The outer
zone is the epidermal which will be described later (Figs. 84-91).
The second is the parench5aiia zone ; the third is the protective
zone made up largely of sclerenchyma, and the fourth or inner-
most is the nutritive zone. In many cases the second and third
zones become partially or entirely separated. This separation,
however, is not between the second and third zones as previously
stated by me in Parts I and V, and by Fockeu, but rather a sep-
aration of the tissues of the second or parenchjana zone, the
greater part of this zone clinging to the epidermal zone and a few
cells remaining attached to the protective zone.

Diastrophus siminis Bassett (Figs. 66-69) has been described
in Part V. The four zones are distinct and each shows the char-
acter previousl}^ referred to.

Diastrophus nebulosus O. S., described in the Appendix (Figs.
129a, b), is a stem gall in which the zones are well defined, the
protective zone being especiall}^ well developed. Each zone shows
the characters previously referred to.

In Amphibolips confluentus Harris (Figs. 121a, b, c) the first
and second zones are well developed, but the distinction between
the third and fourth is not so pronounced.

In Amphibolips inanis O. S. (Fig. 28) the four zones are well
defined. In the young gall (Fig. 79) the cells of the nutritive
zones are very rich in protoplasm and there is ver}" little or no
distinction between the nutritive and the protective zone, but as
the galls approach maturitj" the cells of the protective zone
become very thick and are soon converted into sclerenchyma
(Fig. 80).

In Callirhytis papillatus O. S. we have the four zones well
defined (Fig. 30). As the' gall approaches maturity the cells of
the nutritive zone lose their protoplasmic contents and become
very much shriveled, the protective zone is made up usually of
only two or three layers of cells. Next to the protective zone are
two or three layers of cells which are in realit)' a part of the
parenchyma zone. The large intercellular spaces formed in this

I20 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. IV, No. 6,

zone are bridged by long unicellular threads, but no fibro-vascular
bundles (Fig. Si)

Dr3'ophanta palustris O. S. galls show the four zones well
defined (Figs. 29, 65). When mature the contents of the cells
of the nutritive zone has been entirel}- used b}' the insect. The
protective zone consists of onl}- two or three layers of sclerenchyma
cells, to which are attached a few cells of the parenchyma zone
(Fig. 82).

Andricus petiolicola Bassett (Fig. 124) produce a very hard
petiole or mid-rib gall which shows the four zones well defined.
There is no separation between the second and third zones. The
nutritive zone is at first very prominent, but it is reduced as the
gall approaches maturity. The protective zone developes its
sclerenchyma character rather late (Fig. 83) and gradually merges
into the two adjacent zones.

B. Epidenual Stnictitres.

The epidermal cells vary in the size and in the thickness of the
cell walls. The galls may be smooth, pubescent or covered with
spiny structures. The amount of pubescence depends somewhat
on the natural pubesence of the host plant. Galls on such smooth
plants as Populus deltoides Marsh show ver}- few and very small
trichomes, while galls on plants that are naturall}- pubescent are
likely to be pubescent. These trichomes vary in shape and gen-
eral character and are very prominent when the gall is young.
As the gall approaches maturity the trichomes usually disappear.
When these trichomes drop off their place of former attachment
is marked by a small mass of small cells, usually containing
tannin and from which imperfect rows of cells seem to radiate
(Figs. 84-90).

I. GALLS OF CYNIPIDAE.

Dryophanta palustris O. S. is very pubescent when young
(Fig. S4a). In the mature gall the cells are much larger, the
trichomes have disappeared and their point of attachment is made
visible by the accumulation of tannin (Fig. S4b).

All my .specimens of Amphibolips inanis O. S. were fully
developed, but the points where the trichomes had evidently been
attached were very prominent (Fig. 85 ). These points are the
large, black spots so prominent on these large bladder}^ galls.

In Diastrophus siniinis Bassett the trichomes are very large
(Fig. 86) and drop off very readily.

In Diastrophus potentillae Bas.sett the trichomes are very
numerous and each is at the apex of a \-cry small elevation (Fig.
87). Examination of the epidermis of Acraspis crinacei Walsh
show that its spines were due to similar but much more prominent
elevations.

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 121

2. GALLS OF THE APHIDIDAE.

Galls belonging to this family nre usually less pubescent than
those belonging to the Cynipidae. The trichomes are usually
much shorter and frequently less numerous. Each trichome is
usually made up of a single cell (Fig. 88). The place where
these trichomes were attached is marked b}- an accumulation of
tannin, the .same as in the Cynipidous galls (Figs. 89, 90).

Examination of the galls of the Phylloxera spinosa Shimer
show that the spines were due to the same cause as in the
Cynipidous galls (Fig. 87).

Galls of Pemphigus p.-transversus Riley (Fig. 91) and P. p.-
caulis Fitch were perfectly smooth, but the cell walls were much
thicker than in any other galls studied.

CONCLUSION.

1. The inner layer of cells (i. e., those next to the larva) are
always supplied with nutriment until the insect is mature.

2. The development of the other layers of cells is for the pro-
tection of the larvae. These protective devices reach their highest
development in the Cynipidous galls.

3. In the very young galls there is usually little or no distinc-
tion between the nutritive and protective zones. The time of the
differentiation of the protective zones varies in different species.

4. The fibro-vascular bundles are most prominent in galls on
the petiole and mid-rib.

5. Most galls are covered with trichomes which disappear as
the galls approach maturity. The number of trichomes is varia-
ble in proportion to the pubescence of the host plant.

6. Spines are due to elevations composed almost entirely of
epidermal cells.

Part IX. Ovipositors and Mouthparts.

One of the most prominent questions concerning the formation
of galls which presents itself to the students of entomology and
botany and even to the most casual observer, is the exciting factor
in gall production. Is the stimulus from the ovipositor or mouth-
parts ? Is it mechanical or chemical ? The author believing that
the logical method of solving this problem was to first make a
careful study of the morphology and development of galls has
published the preceding parts of this paper. The author does
not claim to have found a complete solution of the problem, but
is hopeful that some of the facts stated in this series of papers
may lead to more thorough and satisfactorj' studies of the prob-
lem. The problem presents many difficulties ; the parasites and
inquilines which are usually present are frequently difficult to
distinguish from the real gall-maker ; this is especially true when
the study is confined to the larvae. In the following studies the
author is reasonably certain that the determinations are correct.

122

The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

OVIPOSITORS.

Gall-making insects deposit their eggs by two methods, either
on the surface of the plant or within the tissues. Those insects
which deposit their eggs on the surface usually have mouthparts
developed for sucking, while those which deposit their eggs
within the tissues usuall}- have mouthparts developed for biting.
Those which deposit their eggs on the surface of the plant are
the Acarina, the Hemiptera, and the Diptera. Those which
deposit their eggs within the tissues are the Hymenoptera and the
Lepidoptera. In this paper we have made a careful study of the

ovipositors of Cecidomyia gleditsiae, of Nematus sp , Drj^-

ophanta palustris, Amphibolips radicola, Andricus cornigerous,
A. semiuator, and Rhodites radicum. A number of others were
examined, but because of the uncertainty as to determination are
not figured.

The Cecidomyia ovipositor (Fig. 92 J is not suited to punctur-
ing tissues. The gall is never formed until after the hatching of
the larva. In this case it is evident that the stimulus, whether
mechanical or chemical, is produced by the larva.

Insects belonging to the genus Nematus deposit their eggs
either on the surface of the plant or in slits made by the ovipositor
(Figs. 93a, b). It is said that the galls are formed from these
wounds before the larva escapes from the egg, and in these cases
it is claimed that the irritating cause is a drop of fluid secreted
by the parent insect. Westwood claims that the egg increasing
in size is a result of imbibing sap from the wound in the plant.
It is well known that the eggs of some insects increase in size as
a result of the growth of the embr3'o within the egg. I have so
far been unable to make any satisfactory observations upon the
Nematus galls, but it is probable that the eggs increase in size
from the growth of the embryos and not as a result of the absorp-
tion of plant sap. It is also possible that the gall may be the
result of the mechanical irritation of the ovipositor or the enlarge-
ment of the egg or both. The wound caused by the ovipositor
of the Nematus is very much more severe than the woiuids caused
by the ovipositors of the Cynipidous insects.

Adler, after a careful observation on Nematus Vallisnierii, says:
"This fly, which is armed with a finely serrated terebra, cuts
into the tender leaves of the end of the shoot of the Salix amyg-
dalina, and inserts her egg into the open wound, frequently plac-
ing several in the same leaf. At the same time the glandular
.secretion flows into the wounded leaf. A few hours after this
injury the leaf surface presents an altered appearance, and new
cell formation begins freely, leading to a thickening of the sur-
rounding leaf surface. After the lapse of about fourteen days
the green and red-.'^haped gall is fully grown. If it be now

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 123

opened the egg can still be seen lying within the cavity. The
embryonic development is as yet unfinished and three weeks
elapse before the larva emerges from the egg to find around it the
material prepared for its nutriment. In this case the wound
caused by the fl}- is the immediate exciting cause of cell activity,
and leads to gall formation."

M. W. Beyerinck, in a paper regarding the growth of the gall
of Nematus caprea on Salix amygdalina holds a similar view. I
have not seen this paper, but an abstract^i^ of it says: "The
production of the gall is undoubtedly due to the matter secreted
by the poison gland, which is, consequently, homologous with
the poison of Hymenoptera aculeata ; when the insect does not
deposit an egg in the wound which it makes, the quantity of
albuminous matter poured into the vesicle is always less than
when an egg is deposited ; by careful observation it is possible to
assure oneself that the size of the gall is always proportional to
the size of the wound and the quantit}^ of albuminoid matter
introduced. By an experiment in which a deposited egg was
punctured by a fine needle, it was shown that the gall is due to
the parent and not to the egg ; but, of course, in such a case the
gall remains small ; neither the egg nor the larva are necessary
for its production, though their presence exercises a certain influ-
ence on the regularity of their development."

The ovipositors of the Cynipidae vary in length and in the
amount of coiling within the abdomen. All present the same
general characters. So far I have been unable to detect any
relationship between the length and character of the ovipositors
and the location and complexity of the galls (Figs. 94 to 98).
Adler claims that the egg is always deposited in or near the
Cambium layer of the plant. I am inclined to accept this state-
ment, but have made no special effort to verify it. If Adler' s
observations are correct the length of the ovipositor would be
associated not with the depth of the Cambium from the surface
of that part of the mature plant affected, but with the location
of the Cambium at the time of oviposition and with the difficul-
ties which the insect would experience in forcing the ovipositor
to the desired point.

Oviposition usually occurs before the buds are open, and the
eggs may be placed in three positions ( i ) in the stem, as in the
case of Rhodites radicum O. S., R. globulus Beut., Andricus
cornigerous O. S. ; (2) in the apex of the incipient stem as in
Andricus clavula Bassett, and Holcaspis globulus F'itch ; or (3)
in the leaves of the bud as in Rhodites bicolor Harris, Amphi-
bolips confluentus Harris, A. inanis O. S., A. ilicifoliae Bassett,
Neuroterus irregularis O. S., A. seminator, Callirhytis tumifica

••■Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1SS7, p. 746.

124 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

O. S., Holcaspis centricola O. S., Dryophanta palustris O. S.,
and Callirhj'tis papillatus O. S. In these cases it is evident that
the force necessary to penetrate the bud may be as great or even
greater than the force uecessar}' to penetrate a stem. Adler's
observations demonstrate that great force is used to penetrate the
buds and reach the desired point for depositing the eggs.

Beyerinck has demonstrated that the fluid ejected by the ovi-
positor of the Cynipidae is very different from the fluid ejected
from other Hymenopterous insects ; that it is without taste or
smell and does not irritate when injected under the skin. Adler
has demonstrated that this fluid cannot be considered as the stim-
ulus to gall production. It is probable that it may serve to attach
the eggs, or as an antiseptic, or as a seal for the wound.

Since the gall does not form until after the hatching of the
larva it is evident that oviposition does not furnish the stimulus
unless it maj^ be that there is cell division but no swelling of the
plant tissues previous to the hatching of the larva. The author
has made no observations upon this point. Adler, in discussing
this question, says, in regard to Trigonaspis : " This fly pricks
the leaf in May, but months pass before au}^ trace of gall forma-
tion can be seen. It has tolerably strong ovipositor with which
it cuts into the veins of the leaf, and in this way a distinct mark
is left wherever an egg has been inserted. Guided by these
marks it is easy to find the egg, but it is not until September that
the larva leaves the egg, and then gall formation begins."

MOUTHPARTS.

Since oviposition does not give an explanation of the stimulus
causing the formation of the gall it is necessar}' for us to turn our
attention to the mouthparts.

For convenience the insects may now be divided into two
groups, those with mouthparts for sucking, which make their
attacks upon the outside, and those with mouthparts for biting,
which make their attacks from the inside. Under the former are
included the Acarina, the Hemiptera and the Diptera ; under the
latter are included the Lepidoptera and the Hymenoptera.

I. HEMIPTERA.

The Hemipterous insects which produce galls ma^- be placed in
the following order, with reference to the complexity of their
galls, beginning with the lowest : Schizoneura, Colopha, Horma-
])his, Phylloxera, Pemphigus and Pachypsylla. Mouthparts of
the following were carefully examined : Schizoneura americana
Riley, Colopha ulmicola Fitch (Fig. 99), Hormaphis hamamelis
Fitch, Phylloxera carya-fallax Riley, P. c.-globuli WaLsli, P.
c.-spinosa Shinier, P. vastatrix Planchon, Pemphigus populi-
transversus Riley, P. p.-caulis Fitch, P. vagabundus Walsh,

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 125

Pachypsylla celtidis mamma Riley (Figs. looa, b), and P. c. -gemma
Riley.

The stud}^ of these mouthparts gave no new anatomical facts.
The different genera showed considerable variation as to length
of beak and setae. In general it may be said that the setae tend
to increase in the distance the}' may be protruded beyond the tip
of the beak as the galls approach complexity. This, however,
cannot be considered an exact rule, since the S. americana, C.
ulmicola and H. hamamelis have setae of practically the same
length, although the gall produced by S. americana is much
simpler than the galls produced by either C. ulmicola and H.
hamamelis (Part I, Figs. 12, 13 and 15). It was impossible to
make exact measurements of the distance the setae protruded
beyond the tip of the beak, since it was impossible to tell whether
the setae were fully extended or partially retracted. The above
conclusions were reached after the examination of a large number
of specimens.

So far as I have been able to determine the insects do not
remain attached to any one point for a great length of time. The
P. c. -mamma (Figs. looa, b) has a gall of the greatest complex-
ity, and the insect has setae which protrude farther beyond the
point of the beak than any other examined ; a large number of
these galls were opened and the position of the insect noted. The
insect was never found attached and apparently had no definite
point of attack.

The preceding observations emphasize Conclusions 6 and 8 of
Part I and a statement in the first of Part V. That is, the modi-
fication of the plant tissue to form the gall is purely mechanical,
being a continuous effort on the part of the plant to heal the
wound produced by the repeated puncturing of the cells by the
insect. When a branch is cut from a tree a growth is produced
which tends to cover the wound. In this case a single wound
and a single stimulus which is purely mechanical but which pro-
duces rapid growth for the purpose of covering the wound. In
the case of Aphididae and the Psyllidae galls the wounds are
more slight but repeated rapidly, the stimulus is mechanical and
the growth rapid, tending to cover the injury.

It is possible that the setae of the various genera may stimulate
different tissues and thus cause galls of varying complexity, but
upon this question I am not ready to give a definite statement.

2. DIPTERA.

The Cecidomyid galls occur upon a greater variety of hosts than
any other group of galls, and as previously stated in Part V, show
by far the greatest variation in structural characters and the
smallest number of typical characters.

126 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

The mouthparts of a number of larvae were examined (Figs.
loi, 102), and all were practically the same; salivary or other
gland structures could not be demonstrated.

I am inclined to believe that the Cecidomjnd galls are due to
purely mechanical stimuli and that the great variations are due
to the different tissues upon which the larvae feed.

Mr. W. A. Cannon,-'^ in discussing a Cecidomyid gall on the
Monterey pine, says that the "larvae take their food only by
absorption through the surface of the body," also that " there is
no indication that the hypertrophy is either caused or affected by
any substance deposited with the eggs."

3. HYMENOPTERA.

We now come to the galls of greatest complexity and also to
those with which we have the greatest difficulty. These galls are
so very generally infested with parasites and inquilines that it is
difficult to decide which larva is the true gall producer.

A careful study of these shows that the insects have a very
strong pair of mandibles (Figs. 103 to 108), each working upon
two pivotal points. Some of these mandibles appear to have an
opening at the tip (Figs. 104, 105), and some showed what
appeared to be sacs or glands at the base (Figs. 104, io6b). In
one case at least (Fig. 104) these glandular sacs appeared to be
connected with the opening. The question that naturally pre-
sents itself is, are these openings for the purpose of pouring out
a fluid or are they suctorial as in the case of Chr3'Sopa and other
families ? In only two species was it possible to demonstrate
these structures. Some light is thrown upon this b^- Part VIII,
in which it was shown that the cell walls of the inner or nutritive
zones were not destroyed, but that the contents of the cells were
removed, causing them to shrivel.

The teeth of the mandibles are never on the same plane and
the mandibles become more and more chitinous as the larvae
approach maturity. The strength of the mandibles appears to
depend upon the density of the tissue through which the insect
works its way to the outside In A. inanis (104) and A. con-
fluentus (Fig. 105) the strength of the mandibles is practically
the same and the character of the galls very similar. In D. sim-
inis (Figs. io6a, b) the mandibles are stronger and the tissues of
the gall correspondingly denser. C. petiolicola (Fig. 103) is by
far the strongest of thOvSe studied, and the tissues through which
the insect must work its way the densest of the leaf galls (Fig.
124).

A sttidy was made of the larvae from galls of C. papillatus.
This is a small, rather dense leaf gall. Larvae of two species

'"Cannon, W. A. "The Gall of the Monterey Pine." The American Naturalist, Vol.
XXXIV, No. 406 (Oct., 1900), p. Soi.

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 127

were found (Figs. 107, 108). A careful study of the mouth-
parts lead me to consider No. 107 as a true gallmaker and No.
108 as a j)arasite. The mouthparts of the one which I consider
a true gallmaker were as strong as those of C. petiolicola (Fig.
103). The mandibles of the parasite (108) were equally strong
and showed what appeared to be rudimentar}^ gland structures.

Holcaspis globulus Fitch was the only bud (i. e., incipient
stem gall, Part III, Fig. 34) gall examined. In the young larvae
the mouthparts are weak, but as the larvae approach maturity
the mandibles become very strong (Fig. 109) and well fitted to
cut the opening for the escape of the insect. However, the
mouthparts were not so strong as in the case of C. petiolicola, but
the gall of H. globulus is not so dense as the gall of C. petiolicola.

The mouthparts of Nematus pomum Walsh (Fig. no) were
ver}' similar to those of the Cynipidae. I am not inclined to con-
sider the apparently glandular-like structure observed in a few
species of any great importance. They may be suctorial or they
may be degenerate organs. I consider the stimulus as purely
mechanical. The character of the gall may depend iipon the
location, which would result in difference in tension in different
parts of the plant on which the gall may be located and also upon
the laws of natural selection, which will be considered in the latter
part of this paper.

It would be interesting to know the exact time that cell divi-
sion begins in the formation of a gall, but it is very difficult to
make satisfactor}^ observations upon this point. Adler has made
successful observations upon this stage in Neuroterus laviuscultis
and Biorhiza aptera. He says: "The moment the larva has
broken through the egg covering and has for the first time
wounded the surrounding cells with its delicate mandibles, a
rapid growth begins. This goes on so quickly that while the
posterior part of the larva is still within the covering a wall of
like growth of cells has already arisen in front. This rapid cell
increase can be easily explained because the irritation set up by
the emerging larva is exerted upon highlj- formative cells which
collectivel}- possess ever)?- condition of growth. The cells which
are primarily around the larva cannot be distinguished from the
parenchymatous cells from which the)' proceed."

4. LEPIDOPTKRA.

A careful study was made of the mouthparts of the Gelechia
solidaginis Fitch (Fig. in) and upon an undetermined species
found upon Rudbeckia laciniata (Part VI). The mandibles are
larger and much stronger than in an}' of the Hymenopterous
gallmakers which I examined. The gall is also much stronger
than any of the Hymenopterous galls whose larvae were studied.
No glandular structures were observed.

128 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

CONCLUSION.

1. The fluid secreted by the ovipositor is not an irritant, and
therefore cannot be the stimulus for gall production.

2. Since the gall does not form, excepting the Nematus galls,
until the appearance of the larvae, it is improbable if oviposition
is a stimulus for gall production ; and in those insects in which
the egg is not deposited within the tissues of the plant it is
impossible.

3. Glandular structures were observed in only a few of the
Hymenopterous larvae and these were of doubtful character,

4. Since it has so far been impossible to demonstrate the
presence of a chemical stimulus except in Nematus, we must
consider that the stimulus is usually mechanical. As previously
stated (Part I, Conclusion 3) the morphological characters of the
gall depend upon the genus of the insect producing it rather than
upon the plant upon which it is produced. The earl}- history of
all galls except the Cecidom3'id is practicalh^ the same (Part V,
Con. 2). The shape and external character of the gall probably
depends upon the following : ( i ) The plant upon which the
attack is made; (2) Upon the part upon which the attack is
made ; (3) Upon the tissues affected ; (4) Upon possible results
of natural selection.

SUMMARY OF PARTS.

Next in importance to the problem of a stimulus giving rise to
a gall is the explanation of specific external characters. This
question is not easil}' answered and at the present time any
explanation must be largel}^ theoretical.

The gall-producing insects are found in six orders, as follows :
I. Arachnida (mites); 2. Hemiptera (Aphidae and Psyllidae);
3. Diptera (Cecidomj-idae and Trypetidae); 4. Hymenoptera
(Cynipidae and Tenthrenidae); 5. I^epidoptera, and 6, Coleop-
tera. The gall-producing habit must have originated independ-
ently in each of these orders and in some orders (Diptera and
Hymenoptera) it must have originated independenth- in each of
the two families represented.

The formation of the gall is due to two primary factors ; a
stimulus, usually mechanical, given b>- the insect, and nourish-
ment furnished by the plant.

Conclusions reached as results of previous studies and bearing
on this subject are as follows :

I. "Galls maybe classified into two general groups, viz.;
those produced by mouthparts and tho.se produced by oviposition.
Those produced by oviposition may be considered the more highly
developed." (Part I, Con. i.)

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 129

2. " The gall does not form until the appearance of the larvae.
Therefore all galls are produced by mouthparts." (Part VIII,
Con. I.) The Nematus galls are an exception.

3. "The morphological character of the gall depends upon
the genus of the insect producing it rather than upon the plant
on which it is produced." (Part I, Con. 3.)

4. ' ' Within each f amil}' we find certain morphological resem-
blances." (Part I, Con. 4.)

5. " The families show parallel lines of development from a
low form of gall structure up to a high form." (Part I, Con. 5.)

6. " The presence of at least two zones, of which the inner
may be considered nutritive." (Part I, Con. 7. )

7. "The formation of the gall is probably an effort on the
part of the plant to protect itself from an injur}^ which is not
sufficient to cause death. Both Adler and Fockeu consider that
after the first stages of formation the gall becomes an independ-
ent organism growing upon the host plant. This is probabl}' true
in the highly developed galls of Aphididae, Cecidomyia, and
Cj-nipidae, but the writer is doubtful if this is true in the less
complex galls of Acarina, Aphididae and Cecidomyia." (Part I,
Con. 8 and Part V, Con. 6.)

8. "In the formation of all leaf galls except the Cecidomyia
galls the normal cell structure of the leaf is first modified by the
formation of a large number of small, compact, irregularly shaped
cells. In the galls of Acarina and Aphididae this is followed by
a development of trichomes, especially in the former. In all
galls the mesophyll is subject to the greatest modification. Man}'
small fibro-vascular bundles are formed in this modified meso-
phyll." (Part V, Con. 2.)

9 . " Trichomes are far more common in galls produced by
mouthparts than in those produced by oviposition." (Part V,
Con. 9, and see Summary 2.)

10. " \"ariatiou in galls is due to their being produced by
insects of different orders, to their working upon different parts
of the plant and upon different tissues of these parts." (Part
III, Con., and Part IV, Con. i.)

I. ARACHNIDA.

The Arachnida galls are of four types : ( i ) A modification in
the epidermis of the leaf as in the Phytoptus galls on maple and
elm ; (2) A fold in the plant tissue cau.sing a cavity filled with
trichomes, among which the parasites live, as in the case of many
Phytoptidi (Figs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 43, 44, 45, Parts I and V) ;
(3) A swelling with an exposed surface covered with trichomes,
among which the parasites live, as in the case of Erineum

13° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

anomalum (Part V, Figs. 47, 48); (4) The witchbroom forma-
tion, as in the case of the Phytoptus sp , and Sphaerotheca

phytoptophila Kell. and Sw. on Celtis occidentalis.

The author has studied only the second and third types. The
difference between these two may be accounted for by the fact that
the Phytoptus attacks the blade while the Erineum attacks the
petiole, mid-rib or larger vein. The part affected undergoes a
curvature in each case in the direction of the least resistance.

2. HEMIPTERA.

The method of attack by the Hemiptera is practically the same
as in Arachnida, i. e., by sucking mouthparts. The galls present
a complete serial line of development, the lowest form being a
simple curling of the leaf as in the case of Schizoneura americana,
the next higher, a simple folding of the leaf, as in the case of
Colopha ulmicola, the next higher is a more complex structure,
such as the Phylloxera galls and H. hamamelis, the next higher,
the slightly more complex, as in the case of the Pemphigus galls
(Figs. 12 to 21, and 49 to 58). The galls of the Pachypsylla
(Figs. 59, 60) are the most highl}' developed of the entire series.

Although in this case we have a complete series, it is difficult
to understand how this development has been produced. It may
be that the different forms are due to the attack being made upon
different tissues in each case, or to the degree in which the tissues
are injured. Upon this point we have no direct proof. However,
there is ver}' little doubt that the stimulus is entirely mechanical.

3. DIPTERA.

As previously stated, the Cecidomyid galls are far more varied
in location and in morphological structure than any other group
of galls and show less number of characters peculiar to them-
selves alone. There is not sufficient data to draw even theoretical
conclusions concerning the influencing causes in their devel-
opment.

4. HYMENOPTERA.

As previously stated, the Cynipidous galls are the most highly
developed and show a greater number of morphological structures
peculiar to themselves than any other group (Part I, Con. 2 ;
Party, Con 3).

vSince the gall does not begin to develop until after the hatching
of the larvae, oviposition cannot be an important factor excei)t in
so far as it is necessary to have the i^i:^^ j^laced in certain tissues.

Examination of the mouthparts show few, small and insignifi-
cant gland-like structures the character of which is doubtful. It
is therefore probable tliat the stinudus is purely mechanical except
in the Nematus. But how are we to account for the great num-

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 1 3 1

ber of specific external characters ? Let us first review the struc-
tural characters of the leaf galls, since these galls show the most
uniform line of development. Considering Neuroterous irregu-
laris the gall of greatest simplicity, we can formulate the following
diagram :

C. papillatus.

A. confluentus.

N. irregularis — C. tumifica.

-H. centricola.
-A. inanis.

-D. palustris.

-A. petiolicola.

In N. irregularis the zones are not so well developed as in
C. tumifica. In C. tumifica the zones are perfect, but in contact.
In C. papillatus the protective and parenchyma zones are sepa-
rated, but connected by long parenchyma cells. In H. centricola
and A. inanis the protective and parench3mia zones are connected
by fibro-vascular bundles. In A. confluentus the}^ are connected
both by fibro-vascular bundles and b}- parenchyma cells (Fig.
121). In D. palustris the parenchyma and protective zones are
not connected. In A. petiolicola the zones are in contact, but
the tissues are yevy dense, due to location in the petiole of mid-
rib of the leaf.

If galls become independent structures they are undoubtedly
subject to the same laws of natural selection as any other group
of organisms, or if they be considered as parts of the plant they
must also be subject to the same laws of natural selection as any
other part of the plant on which they live. How, then, have
these laws affected the gall ? It may be a protective coloration
against birds and rodents, and other insects, but this cannot be
very important since mau)^ species of galls are verj^ con.spicuous.
Furthermore, animals make but very little use of galls for food.
So far I have observed other animals using galls for food but
once and then birds were tearing open the large galls of Pemphi-
gus vagabundus and eating the insects. The tannin which devel-
ops in such abundance in all galls as the}" approach maturity is
probably a great protection against insectivorous animals.

The greatest insect enemy with which the gall insect has to
contend is the great number of parasites. The size, shape and
character of the epidermal covering of the gall may be a protec-
tion against this numerous eneni}-. The thickness of the gall and
the density of the ti.ssues, especially the protective zone, is an

132 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

important protective device. The large intercellular chambers in
the parenchyma zone place the larvae at a great distance from the
surface of the gall without increasing the amount of work neces-
sary for the mature insects to accomplish before reaching the
outside ; this is undoubtedly a great protection against parasites,
since it increases the difficulties for the parasite in reaching the
larvae with the ovipositor, The development of these protective
devices is probably the result of natural selection. Since the
character of the gall depends upon the insect, many variations in
the gall may also depend on variations in the stimuli given by the
insect. If these variations in character of epidermis, in thickness
of parenchyma zone, in the formation of large intercellular spaces,
in thickness and density of protective zone, are advantageous to
the insect in protecting it from the numerous parasites, these
characters ma}^ be perpetuated in succeeding generations and the
gall may increase in complexity. Natural selection is a reasona-
ble explanation.

It should be remembered that the plant is making an effort to
resist a parasite from which it cannot escape. The gall-maker
derives its nourishment without destroying its host and at the
same time strives to protect itself as far as possible from the great
number of parasitic enemies. The food supply first becomes a
part of the gall and upon this supply which, in the case of the
Cynipidae, is stored in the nutritive zone, it feeds.

Any irritation, such as the cutting or puncturing of plant tis-
sues, may and usually does cause excessive growth. It is proba-
ble that the primitive galls were of a type similar to the simplest
of the Phytoptus galls, i. e., a peculiar growth of the epidermal
cells. The next step in the evolution of the gall maj^ be repre-
sented by a type similar to Schizoneura americana, in which case
the stimulus is greater, resulting in a curling of the leaf. The
next step may be represented by a type similar to the more com-
plex Phytoptus galls, H. hamamelis, C, ulmicola, the Phylloxera,
the Pemphigus and the most complex of the Pachypsylla galls in
which we find a series of more or less complex folds in the leaf up
to the increase in amount and differentiation of the tissue as in
the case of P. p. -mamma.

In the Cynipidous galls we have the greatest complexity, but
also a factor somewhat different from that in the forms to which
we have referred, i. e., the placing of the egg below the surface
and in those tissues upon which the larva is expected to feed.
It is impossible to sa}- whether this habit of placing the egg below
the surface was acquired before or after the gall-making habit,
but it must be a great advantage to the insect. These galls, as
previousl}' demonstrated, show the more comjilex serial line of
development of any of the galls, but even the simplest of these is
more complex than the most complex gall produced by any other

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 133

order of insect. This verj' complex development is due to an
earl}- acquirement of the gall-making habit or to more rapid evo-
lutionary development as a result of the deposition of the egg
below the surface.

The greater part of the work connected with Part IX of this
series was conducted at the lyake lyaboratory of the Ohio State
University at Sandusky, Ohio, and I am very much indebted to
the Director, Professor Herbert Osborn, for valuable assistance.
I also wish to express ni}' thanks to the many friends who have
collected material and otherwise aided in these studies.

This series of papers will be presented to the Faculty of the College of
Arts, Philosophy and Science, of the Ohio State University, as the thesis
requirement for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, June, 1904.

IvITERATURE.
Continuous with the bibliography published with Parts I and II.

24. Adler, Dr. H. " Lege-Apparat und Eierlegen der Gall-
wespen." Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift XXI. 1877,
Heft II.

25. Beyerinck, Dr. M. W. " Beobachtungen uber die ersten
entwicklungsphasen einiger Cynipidengallen." Veroffentlicht
durch die Konigliche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Amster-
dam, 1882.

26. Beijerinck, M. W. " Bydrage tot de Morphologic der
Plantegallen," 1877.

27. Beijerinck, M. W. " De Gal van Cecidomyia aan Poa
nemoralis," Overgedrukt uit het Maandblad voor Natuurwet-
enschatten, 1884, No. 5.

28. Beijerinck, M. W. " Ueber Gallbildung und Genera-
tionswechsel bei Cynips calicis und uber die Circulansgalle,"
Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen
te Amsterdam, 1894.

29. Beijerinck, M. W. " Sur la Cecidiogenese et la Genera-
tion Alternante chez le Cynips calicis. Observations sur la galle
de L'Andricus circulans," Extrait des Archives Neerlandaises,
T. XXX, p. 387-444-

30. Busgen, M. "Der Honigtau Biologische Studien an
Pflanzen und Pflanzenlausen . ' ' Zeitschrift fur Naturwissenschaf t .
Bd. XXV.

31. Busgen, M. " Zur Biologic der Galle von Hormomyia
Fagi Htg. " Forstlich-naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift, Jan-
uar, 1895.

32. Courchet, M. L. " Etude sur less Galles Causees par des
Aphidiens." Akademie des Sciences et Eettres de Montpellier.
Memoires de la section des sciences.

33. Derbes, M. " Observations sur les Aphidiens qui fontles
Galles des Pistachiers."

134 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

34. Eckstein, Dr. Karl. " Pflanzengallen und Gallenthiere."

35. Fockeu, H. " Etude sur Ouelques Galles." Paris, 1897.

36. Heim, Dr. F. " Observations sur les Galles produites
sur Salix babylonica par Nematus salicis." 1893.

37. Kessler, Dr. H. F. " Die Entwicklungs und Lebens-
geschichte der Gallwespe Cynips calicis Brgst. und der von
derselben an den weibliclien Bluthen von Quercus pedunculata
Ehrh. horvorgerufenen Gallen, Knoppern genannt." Cassel,
1897.

38. Eacaze-Duthiers, M. Recherches pour servir a E'His-
toire des Galles." Extrait des Annals des Sciences Naturelles,
Tome XXIX.

39. Molliard, Marin. ' ' Recherches sur les Cecidies Florales. ' '

1895-

40. Nabias, Dr. B. " Ees Galles et leurs Habitants." Paris,

1886.

41. Tschirch, A. " Ueber durch Astegopteryx, eine neue
Aphidengattung, erzeugte Zoo-cecidien auf Styrax Benzoin
Dryan." Deutschen Botanischen Gesell-schaft. 1890, Band
VIII, Heft 2.

42. Rubsaamen, Ew. H. " Uber Zoocecidien von der Balkan-
Halbinsel."

43. Paszlavszky, Jozsef. "A Rozagubacks Fejlodeserol."
Ternieszetrajzi Fuzetek, Vol. V, Parte II-IV. Budapest, 1882.

44. Paszlavszk}^ Jozsef. " Beitrage zur Biologic der Cynipi-
den." Wiener Entomologische Zeitung II. 1883, Heft 6.

45. Prilleieux, M. Ed. " Etude sur la Formation et le Devel-
opment de Quelques Galles."

46. PierTe, M. I'abbe. " Ea Mercuriale et ses Galles."
Extrait de la Revue scientifique du Bourbonnais et du Centre de
la France, Juin, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX-XII.

The drawings were made with a Bausch & Lomb microscope. For Figs.
70-76 and Figs. 84-91 and Fig. 93b, a Number 2 ocular and J4 objective.
For Figs. 77-83, a Number 2 ocular and /.^ immersion objective. With
Figs. 92-9S and Figs. io6a, no and in, a i{ ocular and 2, objective. For
Fig. 93 a Number 2 ocular and % objective. The reduction is not .so great
as in the preceding parts and therefore the figures are proportionately
slightly larger. The diagrams were not made upon a definite scale. The
numbering of the drawings is continuous with the preceding parts.
At)bieviatioiis : e. epidermis. mi.— nutritive zone.

ep. — epidermal zone. f. v. b.— fibro-vascular bundles,

pa. — parenchyma zone. 1. c. — larval chambers,

p. — protective zone. sc. — sclerenchyma.

FtOWER AND FRUIT GAI.I.S.
70. Section of leaf of Euphorbia corollata.

71a. Diagram of .section of Phytoptus sp gall on leaf of Iv corollata.

71b. Section of 71a.

72a. Section of lower part of ovary of H. corollata affected by I'hytoptus sp .

April, 1904] Galls and Insects Producing Tkem. 135

72b. Section of upper part of flower of E. corollata affected by Phytoptus sp .

73a. Diagram of cross section of Cecidomyid bud gall on Solidago canadense.

73b. Section of same.

74a. Diagram of longitudinal section of Cecidomyid gall on Ratibida pinnata.

74b. Diagram of longitudinal section of Cecidomyid gall on Ratibida pinnata.

74c. Section of 74b.

75a. Section of unaffected fruit of Prunus virginiana.

75b. Section of Cecidomyid gall develop; d in fruit of P. virginiana.

ROOT GALL.

76a. Section of young gall of Amphibolips radicola.
76b. Section of mature gall of A. radicola.

HISTOLOGY.

77. Section of young gall of Phytoptus quadripes.

78. Section of young gall of Phj-toptus abnormis.

79. Section of nutritive zone of young gall of Amphibolips inanis.

80. Section of mature gall of A. inanis.

81. Section of mature gall of Callirhytis papillatus. (Nutritive, protective and part of

parenchyma zones.)
S2. Section of mature gall of Dryophanta palustris. (Nutritive, protective and part of
parenchyma zones.)

83. Section of mature gall of Andricus petiolicola.

SURFACE SECTIONS OF

84. Dryophanta palustris. (Very young gall. )
84b. Dryophanta palustris. (Mature gall. 1

Amphibolips inanis.

85
86,

87
88
89
90,
91

Diastrophus siminis.
Diastrophus potentilla.
Pachyp.sylla c. -mamma
Colopha ulmicola.
Phylloxera c.-globuli.
Pemphigus p.-transversus.

92. Cecidomyia gleditsiae.

93a. Nematus salicis-ovum.

93b. Nematus salicis-ovum.

94. Dryophanta palustris.

95. Amphibolips radicola.

96. Andricus cornigerus.

97. Andricus seminal or.
98a. Rhodites radicum,
9Sb. Rhodites radicum.

OVIPOSITORS OF

MOUTHPARTS OF

99. Colopha ulmicola.

looa. Pachypsylla c. -mamma, with setae extended,

loob. Pachyp.sylla c -:namma, with setae retracted,

loi. Cecidomyia gleditsiae.

102. Cecidomyia pellex.

103. Andricvis petiolicola.

104. Amphibolips inanis.

105. Amphibolips confluentus.
io6a. Diastrophus siminis.
io6b. Diastrophus siminis.

107. Callirhytis papillatus.

108. Parasite from gall of C. papillatus.

109. Holcaspis globulus,
no. Nematus pomum.

III. Gelechia gallae-solidaginis.

136

Ohio Naturalist.

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 6,

P/afe IX .

Cook on "Galls and Insects Producing Them."

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them.

137

Ohio Naturalist.

Plafe X.

Cook on "Galls and Insects Producing Them."

138

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 6,

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate XI.

Cook on " Galls and Insects Producing Them."

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them.

^39

Ohio Naturalist.

P/ate XII.

Cook on "Galls and Insects Producing Them."

I40 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

appendi:k I.

GALLS AND INSECTS PRODUCING THEM.

Melville Thurston Cook.

Part I. Morphology of Leaf Galls.

I. GALLS OF THE APHIDIDAE.

The gall of Pemphigus vagabundus Walsh (Fig. 112) is evi-
dently formed as a result of the distortiou of a large number of
bud leaves. My specimens of these galls were mature, so I was
unable to follow its development. Small fibro- vascular bundles
were numerous and tannin was formed in great abundance. The
structure was so modified that the leaf characters were lost ; the
cells were uniform in character, but were slightly smaller near
both the exterior and interior surfaces.

The galls of Pemphigus rhois Fitch (Fig. 113) are large, blad-
dery and evidently the pocketing of a single leaflet of the host
plant, Rhus glabra or R. typhina. My specimens of these galls
were fully mature, and I was therefore unable to follow the line
of development. The leaf structure was modified into the char-
acteristic Aphididae gall structure. Fibro-vascular bundles were
numerous and near the inner surface of the gall. Opposite each
bundle was a large cavity filled with some substance which I was
unable to determine.

2. GALLS OF CECIDOMYIDAE.

The galls of Cecidomyia pellex O. S. (Figs. 1 14a, b) are formed
by a thickening of the petiole, giving it the appearance of a long
fleshy bean pod with a slit along the upper side. This gall shows
three well defined zones ; an inner nutritive zone of small cells, a
parenchyma zone of larger cells and the epidermal zone. The
fibro-vascular bundles are numerous and are located between the
nutritive and protective zones and arranged around the larval
cavity and opening, the largest one just below the larval chamber
and corresponding to the mid-rib of the leaflet.

Cecidomyia impatientis O. S. (Fig, 115) is a fleshy gall occur-
ring on the leaves of Impatiens fulva. Some of my specimens
had the appearance of deformed flower buds, but upon this point
I was unable to decide. This gall .showed two well defined
zones ; a zone of small cells lining the larval chamber and making
up about one half the thickness of the gall, and an outer zone of
large cells. Small fibro-vascular bundles were formed between
the zones.

The galls of Cecidomyia liolotricha O. S. on Hicoria ovata
(Figs. ii6a, b, c) are small and very firm. My specimens were

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 141

mature, but the cells lining the larval chamber were well supplied
with protoplasm, and numerous short trichomes were developed
from the dorsal surface and extended into the chamber. Tannin
was very abundant.

The gall of Cecidomyia tubicola O. S. on Hicoria ovata (Figs.
1 17a, b, c) is very similar to C. holotricha, except that the amount
of tannin is not so great. The upper wall of the gall is much
thicker than either the side or lower wall. The point of attach-
ment is not so large, but the gall is protected by a growth pro-
ducing a cup-shaped cavity in which the gall is developed (Fig.
117a). The inner layers of cells are very rich in protoplasn).
The cells are elongated in the long axis of the gall and fibro-
vascular bundles are more numerous than in C. holotricha, but
are very small. The cup- shaped structure (117c) in which the
gall is formed is composed of elongated cells. The palisade cells
in that part of the leaf opposite the gall are unaffected.

Cecidomyia viticola O. S. (Fig. 118) has the same general
character as C, tubicola, but is much longer.

Sciara ocellaris O. S. is one of the simplest of the Cecidomyidae
galls. The larva does not penetrate the tissues of the leaf, but
confines its attack to the outside, causing an indentation on one
surface of the leaf and a corresponding elevation on the opposite
surface (Fig. 119a) and also causing a very slight thickening.
The structure (Fig, 1 19c) when compared with that of the normal
leaf (Fig. 119b) shows the palisade transformed into ordinary
mesophyll and the intercellular spaces entirely obliterated. It
therefore corresponds in structure to the simple leaf-curl galls
produced by some of the Aphididae (e. g., Schizoneura Ameri-
cana Riley, Part i, Fig. 12).

3. GALLS OF THE CYNIPIDAE.

My specimens of Rhodites bicolor Harris (Fig. 120) were well
developed when collected. I was therefore unable to determine
the early structural characters. The structure in these galls evi-
dently does not show the four well defined zones so characteristic
of this family. The inner cells are well supplied with nourish-
ment for the large number of larvae.

The galls of Amphibolips confluentus Harris are very large and
have a single larval chamber in th'/ center. The nutritive and
protective zones (Fig. 12 ta) can be distinguished, but are not so
well defined as in the closely related species, A, inanis (Part I,
Figs. 28a, b). The parenchyma and epidermal zones (Fig, 121b)
are well defined and the space in the parenchyma is filled with a
cottony-like substance which upon close examination is composed
of fibro- vascular bundles (as in A. inanis, Figs. 28a, b, and H.
centricola. Figs. 27a, b, c) and of long, unicellular threads (Fig.
i2ic), as in C. papillatus (Figs. 30a, b, c and 81).

fe

142 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

My specimens of Amphibolips illicifoliae Bassett were too far
advanced to admit of sectioning, but a careful examination indi-
cated that the zones were well defined and that the space in the
pareuchj'ma zone is bridged b}' means of fibro-vascular bundles
as in A. inanis and H. centricola.

The galls of Amphibolips prunus Walsh (Fig. 122) are very-
firm and all the zones are well defined excej^t the protective zone,
which is entirely absent. The parenchyma zone is very thick
and probably compensates for the lack of a protective zone.
There are very few small fibro-vascular bundles.

Galls of Amphibolips sculpta Bassett (Fig. 123) were more
succulent than other specimens which I have examined. My
specimens were mature, but the four zones were well defined.
The nutritive zone was almost obliterated, due to the age of the
gall. The protective zone was thin and the cell walls not very
thick. The parenchyma zone was very thick and composed of
large, succulent cells and was probably very important in furnish-
ing nutriment to the larva. Near the outer surface were numer-
ous small fibro vascu'ar bundles. The epidermal zone was very
prominent and composed of small cells.

Andricus petiolicola Bassett is one of the firmest of the leaf
galls. It is formed either on the petiole or mid-rib and is com-
po.sed of very small, firm cells (Fig. 124). The four zones are
well defined, but the protective zone is very thin and the cell
walls but very little thicker than in the neighboring cells The
parenchyma zone is very thick, composed of very small cells with
no intercellular spaces, but with many la3'ers of long fibrous cells.

The galls of Acraspis erinacei Walsh (Fig. 125) are very con-
spicuous. The galls are always developed on the mid-rib of the
leaf, but contain no fibro-vascular bundles. The nutritive zone
is thick and very rich in protoplasm. The protective zone is
also thick and graduall}- merges into the parenchyma zone, which
is also thick. The epidermal zone is ver)' irregular and is covered
with numerous unicellular trichomes.

The galls of Biorhiza forticornis Walsh are fig-shaped and the
larval chamber instead of being suspended in the center of the
gall, as is many others, is placed at the apex (Fig. 126a) and the
space between the protective and parenchyma zones, or rather in
tlie parcnchynia zone, extends Jess than half way round the larval
chamber. My specimens were mature and I was unable to make
a careful study of the nutritive and protective zones. However,
the nutritive zone appeared to be relatively thicker, while the
protective zone was thin and merged gradually into the paren-
chyma zone (Fig. 126b). The parenchyma zone was thick and
composed of large c^lls (Fig. 126c). Considerably more of this
zone remained attached to the ])rotective zone than is the case
with most galls where this .separation occurs. The cavity formed

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them. 143

by the separation of the cells in this zone is bridged bj^ numerous
unicellular threads as in C, papillatus (Figs. 30a, b, c). In the
outer part of the parenchyma zone, but near the cavity, are
formed the fibro-vascular bundles. The epidermal zone is well
defined and the trichomes on the surface are uni-cellular (Fig.
126CJ.

4. GALLS OF TENTHREDINIDAE.

The galls of Nematus pomum Walsh were the only leaf galls of
this family that I secured and they were mature. There was no
indication of a zonal structure, but the cells were very uniform in
size and structure throughout the entire gall (Fig. 127). Many
of the cells contained tannin and intercellular spaces were large
and evenly distributed.

Part II. Lateral Bud Galls.

Mature specimens of Holcaspis globulus Fitch show the four
well defined zones (Fig. 128). The inner nutritive zone is thick,
composed of small cells and well supplied with nutriment for the
larva. The protective zone is thin and composed of very small
cells with thin walls. It gradually merges into the nutritive zone
on the one side and the parenchyma zone on the other side. The
parenchyma zone is very thick, the cell walls medium in size and
the fibro-vascular bundles small and numerous. Further obser-
vations upon this gall emphasize the statement previously made
that it is the enlargement of an incipient stem.

Further observations upon the gall of Andricus seminator
Harris confirm the statement previously made that it is a com-
pound gall produced by the insect depositing an o^^g in each
element of the bud.

Part III. Stem Galls.

The gall of Diastrophus nebulosus O. S. (Fig. i2ga, b) is a
very large swelling on the canes of Rubus villosus and is about
two or three inches in length. It contains a large number of
larval chambers each containing a single larva (Fig. 129a). The
four zones are especiallj^ well defined. The nutritive and protec-
tive zones are composed of a few laj-ers of cells while the paren-
chyma zone is very thick, composed of smaller cells and more
dense than the corresponding zone in most galls of this family.

Andricus cornigerus O. S. (Fig. 130) produces one of the
hardest of the stem galls. My specimens of this were gathered
in the winter and were fully mature. The horn-like protuber-
ance is a closed tube extending to near the center of the gall.
This tube is composed of sclerenchyma tissue and evidently cor-
responds to the protective zone. Near the base of the tube is a
thin partition forming the larval chamber. When mature the

144 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

insect destroys this partition, travels to the end of the tube which
projects beyond the body of the gall, and there makes an opening
through either the end or the side of the tube and thus makes its
escape. Examination of j'oung specimens would probably show
the four zones as well defined as in Diastrophus nebulosus.

Part IV. Developmknt of Galls.

Examination of very young specimens of Andricus seminator
Harris shows three well defined zones (Figs. 131a, b), the pro-
tective zone being undeveloped. The fibro- vascular bundles were
ver}^ numerous and distributed just beneath the epidermal zone.
I have examined a large number of these galls of various ages
and have been unable to find any trace of a protective zone.
Tannin develops in the outer cells very early and probably helps
to form a protection for the larva.

PLATES XIII-XV.

112. Section of gall of Pemphigus vagabundus.

113. Section of gall of Pemphigus rhois.
114a. Diagram of gall of Cecidomyia pellex.
114b. Section of gall of Cecidomyia pellex.

115. Section of gall of Cecidomyia impatientis.

ii6a. Diagram of the gall of Cecidomyia holotricha.

ii6b. Section of the gall of Cecidomyia holotricha.

ii5c. Section of the gall of Cecidomyia holotricha.

117a. Diagram of the gall of Cecidomyia tubicola.

117b. Section of the gall of Cecidomyia tubicola.

117c. Section of the gall of Cecidomyia tubicola.

118. Diagram of the gall of Cecidomyia viticola.

119a. Diagram of the gall of Sciara ocellaris.

119b. Section of normal leaf of Maple

119c. Section of gall of Sciara ocellaris.

120. .Section of gall of Rhodites bicolor.

I2ia. Section of gall of Amphibolips confluentus. (Epidermal and parenchyma zones.)

i2ib. Section of the gall of Amphibolips confluentus. Nutritive and protective zones. )

121c. Section of gall of Amphibolips confluentus. ( Elongated cells in the cavity of the
parenchyma zone. )

122. Section of gall of Amphibolips piunus.

123. Section of gall of Amphibolips sculpta.

124. Section of gall of Andricus petiolicola.

125. Section of gall of Acraspis erinacei.
126a. Diagram of gall of Biorhiza forticornis.

126b. Section of gall of Biorhiza forticornis. (Nutritive and protective zones.)

126c. Section of the gall of Biorhiza forticornis. (Section of protective and epidermal
zones. )

127. Section of the gall of Nematus pomum.

128. Section of the gall of Holcaspis globulus.
129a. Diagram of gall of Diastrophus nebulosus.
129b. Section of gall of Diastrophus nebulosus
130. Diagram of gall of Andricus cornigerus

131a. Diagram of cross section of t;all of Andricus seminator.
131b. Section of young gall of Andricus seminator.

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them.

145

Ohio Naturalist.

Plale XIII.

Cook on "Galls and Insects Producing Them."

146

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 6,

Ohio Naturaijst,

/"/a^e XIV.

"lOT^P

Cook on "Galls and Insects Producing Them."

April, 1904.] Galls and Insects Producing Them.

H7

Ohio Naturai^ist.

F/ah' XV.

12SC

Cook on " Galls and Insects Producing Them."

148 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 6,

NEWS AND NOTES.

Color Key to North American Birds. — This is a recent
addition to the ornithological literature of North America from
the pen of the well known author, Frank M. Chapman, of the
American Museum of Natural History, with over 800 illustrations
in color, by Chester A. Reed, whose drawings and photographs
have added so much to the value and attractiveness of the " Bird
Magazine." The work is wholly devoid of technicalities, !-o one
that is not a specialist as well as one that is may use and enjoy it
together. It comes nearer answering the question, " How can I
learn to know the birds," to the satisfaction of all, than any other
work published. The authorship is sufhcitnt proof of its accurate-
ness which is much in its favor, especially at the present time
when so many questionable books on natural history subjects
are appearing. The author states in the introduction that
an attempt has been made so to group, figure and describe our
birds that any species may be named which has been definitely
seen. The birds are kept in their systsmatic orders, a natural
arrangement readily comprehended, but further than this, accept-
ed classifications have been abandoned and the birds have been
grouped according to color and markings. This in a word gives
the plan of the book, and any one who desires to know the birds
afield, will find it a most desirable aid. Doubleday, Page &
Company of New York City are the publishers. — J. S. H.

Errata — In February, '04, Naturalist, p. 98, line 27, read
'■ formerly labled Asplenium " for " formerly called Asplenium."

In Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission for 1902,
pages 369-394, Miss Julia W. Snow of Smith College gives the
results of her work on "The Plankton Algae of Lake Erie."
This is an important contribution to the flora of the lake and
represents an inviting field of study which seems to be much
neglected by American botanists. Two hundred and ele\-en
species with a considerable additional number of varieties are
listed, thirteen of which are described as new. Four good plates
are given to illustrate the new species. — J. H. S.

Wytsman's Genera Insectorum in the Lloyd Library,
Cincinnati, Ohio. — C. G. Lloyd is subscribing for this great
illustrated work, and has already received a number of the parts,
which have been placed in the great Lloyd Botanical Library in
Cincinnati, O. This library is open free to students who wish to
consult any of the books on Botany and Entomology. Through
the courtesy of Mr. Holden, the librarian, I ha\-e examined this
magnificent work. — Charles Durv, Avondale, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Date of Publication of April Number, April 5, 1904.

CedaP Point Liake Liabopator^y.

Offers Exceptional Opportunities for Study or Investigation During the

Summer Months.

THE laboratory is located on a beautiful site on Cedar Point near
Sandusky giving convenient access to Lake Erie, to the marshes
of Sandusky Bay, the river, islands, beach, forest and prairies, affording
great variety of plant and animal life. Students are granted free trans-
portation on the steamers of The Cedar Point Company.
INSTRUCTION is offered in General Zoology, Botany, Entomology,
Embryology, Icthyology, Ornithology, Plant Ecology, Morphology
and Advanced Laboratory or Research Courses.
FEES for the season are twenty dollars.

EQUIPMENT includes tables, aquaria, dark room, boats, dredges
and collecting apparatus. Microscopes and other instruments are
supplied from the university.
INVESTIGATION. Properly qualified persons are given free

opportunity for independent investigation.
INSTRUCTORS. The staff includes regular members of the instruc-
tion staff of the university. CREDITS given university students
for courses completed.

LECTURE AND LABORATORY COURSES BEGIN JUNE 27, 1904.
For further information or special circular, address Pres. W. 0. Thompson,
or Herbert Osborn, Director Lake Laporatory, Ohio State Lniversity,
Columbus, Ohio.

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Eleventh Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MOSEL^EY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KeIvLICOTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. "The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.*

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian,

Ohio State Academy of Science,

Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Your Laboratory s.

•^ ^ K

C^^ t>ift cr^

Is it supplied with the latest and most usable appar=
atus, and are you drawing your supplies from the
most available source? Send us a trial order and
notice the difference. ^ Jk ^ ± ± ^ ^

50

MICROSCOPES

From the Simplest to the Most Complete.

For Students, Physicians and Speciiilists. Fi'i.i
GUARANTEK witli every Instrument.

MAGNIFIERS

No. 50. Folding Pocket Magnifier

No. 51. " ■' "

Tripod Magnifier, adjnstable
Hand Magnifier, metal case...

.$ 20

. .-JO

.50

. 1 00

7. Folding Magnifier, metal case 1.25

No. 172. Hasting's Aplanatic Triplet 7.00

DISSECTING MICROSCOPES

T 1 $2.5U \V 1 $ 9.75

6.75

Y 1 25.75

COMPOUND MICROSCOPES

\ li 1 $26.00 BB 4 S 55 00

l; 1 . .

1! 2..

B.V 2..

35.00 BB 8 100,00

40.00 CA S 127.00

45.00 DD8 207 00

WRITE FOR DISCOUNTS

mm.

CATALOGUE
On Request

Y Tl^^ w

Scientific Materials Company

MAKERS - = = IMPORTERS
71 1^: Penn Ave. Pittsburgh, Pa.

The Ohio ^ACaturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume IV. MAY, 1904. No. 7.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hyde— Changes in the Dnii nagv Near Laucaster 149

Claassen— List of the Mosses of Cuyahoga aud Other Counties of Northern Ohio 157

Morse— The Breeding Habits of the Myriopod, Fontaria Indianae 161

SCHAFFNEK — Di^eiduous Leaves 163

CHANGES IN THE DRAINAGE NEAR LANCASTER.

Jesse E. Hyde.

The drainage changes in the headwaters of the Hocking River,
caused by the ice of the Glacial epoch, have been partiall}- worked
out by Prof. Tight' and Mr. L,everett.'^ Their investigations
relate to the changes in the river itself, to those tributaries lying
to the east and to Clear Creek on the west. To the writer's
knowledge, those changes which occurred in the region just west
of the Hocking and between it and Clear Creek have not, as yet,
been worked out. However, a brief review of the entire region
may not be lacking in interest nor out of place. The writer
wishes here to express his indebtedness to Prof. J. A. Bownocker
for suggestions and criticisms in the preparation of this paper.

The Hocking River rises on the upland in the southeastern
part of Bloom township, Fairfield county, flow^s eastward and
enters its valley proper in the southern part of Greenfield town-
ship near Hooker. At Hooker its valley has a breadth of about
two miles, but it is not very deep or well defined. At Lancaster
it is more than a mile wide, but the rock hills on either side rise
more abruptly and to a greater height, making the valley more
conspicuous. Continuing down the stream, it narrows until at
Sugar Grove it is not more than one-half mile wide, and just
above Logan it is onh' a few hundred yards in width and \-ery
gorge-like in character. At Sugar Grove the drift in the valley,
as shown bj^ gas borings, is about loo feet deep, at Lancaster 200
feet and at Carroll, eight miles above Lancaster, 260 feet. The
elevation of Carroll above sea level is 835 feet, that of Lancaster
831 feet and Sugar Grove 769 feet.^ This makes the rock floor

1. Bull. Denison University, No. IX, p. 33.

2. Glacial Formations and Drainage Features of the Erie and Ohio Basins, pp. 169-172.

3. Geol. Sur. of Ohio, Vol. 6, p. 802.

15°

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 7,

of the valle}^ about loo feet lower at Carroll than at Sugar Grove ;
that is, the rock floor slopes to the north in a direction opposite
to that in which the present stream flows. This fact coupled
with the shape of the valley makes it certain that prior to the
Glacial epoch an old divide was located somewhere south of
Sugar Grove. The exact site of this col has been variously
placed by different writers ; Prof. Tight has very recentl}- located
it about half waj^ between Logan and Nelsonville/ Before the
ice invasion a stream headed on the northern side of this divide,
flowed northward through the valle}- now occupied by the Hock-
ing, and northwest of Carroll connected with the preglacial outlet
of the upper Muskingum which crossed the northern part of
Fairfield county. After the ice blocked this outlet, the water
forced over the old divide at the head of the stream and in time
it was cut to the present level.

BLOOI

CLEAR CREEK

MADISON

/"i^. I. Map showing drainage changes in the headwaters of the

Hocking River.

Big Rush Creek is a large tributary entering the Hocking from
the east at Sugar Grove. It rises near New Lexington, Perry
county, flows westwardly into Fairfield count)-, the valley widen-
ing graduall}' until at Bremen it is three-quarters of a mile wide.
At Bremen it turns abruptly to the south and narrows until a
point in Hocking county one mile below the county line is reached.
Here it is narrowest, being only 200 yards in width between the
rock walls on either side, and the drift is only 20 feet deep. It

4. Professional Paper. No. 13, U. S. Geol. Survey. Drainage Modifications in South-
eastern Ohio. p. 35.

May, 1904.] Changes in the Drainage Near Lancaster.

151

there turns to the west, the valley widening until above Sugar
Grove it is about half a mile wide. From Bremen to Lancaster
there extends an old valley in places one mile broad and filled
wnth drift to a depth of over 200 feet. Before the ice epoch this
abandoned valley was the outlet for the waters of Big Rush
Creek, a small tributary heading at the narrow point just below

— Present Draintige.

— *^^^-PreglQcial Drainage.
Vdl/ey Wall

* 0 I mile

Fig. 2. Map showing changes on Arney and Muddy Prairie Creeks,

the Hocking county line where there was a low divide and flow-
ing north to Big Rush Creek, while a second headed on the other
side of the divide and flowed westward to the Hocking. The ice
blocked up the old outlet at Lancaster, turning the water over
this low col and cutting the present outlet.

There is one point in connection with this abandoned valley
that Prof. Tight merely notices but does not connect with the

152 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, Ko. 7,

glacial history of the region. Near the western end, Pleasant
Run enters the abandoned portion of the valley- from the north,
flows diagonally across it toward the southwest and enters a nar-
row valley about one mile long, the southern end of which opens
into the Hocking valley. This narrow valley is about 300 yards
wide at its narrowest point and is bordered by ver}^ steep rock
walls 150 to 200 feet high. The floor is a level plain, in every way
a continuation of the floor of the larger valley. There are no well
borings which might show the depth of drift. It is not in a
position for an oxbow of either the Hocking or the stream which
formerly occupied the abandoned valle}'. It is possible that there
may have been a low col in this narrow \-alley over which the
waters from the east poured after their outlet at lyancasier had
been blocked by ice but before the present outlet had been cut.
Subsequent advance of ice might have blocked this outlet and the
present drainage have been developed.

Little Rush Creek rises in Perrj^ county near New Reading and
flows westward into Fairfield county, entering Big Rush Creek
at Bremen. In its upper course its valley is broad and two and
one-half miles northeast of Rushville a depth of 160 feet was
reached with no rock. A short distance above Rushville it begins
to narrow. At the station a depth of 40 feet was penetrated with-
out encountering rock, but a few hundred yards below, the valley
becomes extremely gorge-like and the stream flows on rock,
everything indicating the site of a col. This region was probably
drained to the northwest into the preglacial outlet of the Mus-
kingum, although the channel is now diftlcult to trace. A low,
broad depression extends from a short distance above Rushville
through to this old valley.

Clear Creek enters Hocking from the west about three miles
below Sugar Grove. Its headwaters are in a rolling, drift-covered
region not far from the headwaters of the Hocking, but its valley
first becomes well defined near Amanda, where it is more thnn a
mile wide and is bordered by rock hills. It narrows graduall>-,
how^ever, and near Revenge becomes very gorge-like although
there is a flood-plain several hundred feet wide. About four
miles above its juncture with Hocking, it narrows perceptibly
until the flood-])lain is not more than 100 yards in width, the hills
being very abru])t and about 200 feet or more in height. Below
this point the valley widens somewhat but not much. This nar-
row^ point is an old col. The preglacial outlet of Clear Creek is
buried beneath drift deposits but was probably northwest from
Amanda into the vScioto.

A valley extends from Lancaster southwest to Amanda, con-
necting the Clear Creek and Hocking valleys. At Lancaster it
is about one mile wide but it narrows until, at Delmont five miles
distant and 250 feet above Lancaster, it is about 300 yards in

May, 1904.] Changes in the Drainage Near Lancaster. 153

width, the hills are 150 to 200 feet high and rise rather abrupth'
on either side. It then widens until it enters Clear Creek where
its width is again about one mile. From a short distance west of
Delmont the drainage is to the eastward, emptying into the
Hocking at lyancaster. Between Delmont and Ivancaster the
valley is filled to a considerable depth with heavy and irregular
deposits of drift into which the streams have cut deep trenches.
From Delmont a small stream also drains to the westward into
Muddy Prairie Creek of which more will be said later. The
divide at Delmont between the two is very low and scarcely
noticeable on passing over it on the railroad. Delmont is proba-
bly the site of an old col. The depth of drift over this col is
unknown, but less than half a mile to the west, at the school-
house and also at a point a short distance east of the schoolhouse
at an elevation about the same as that of Delmont, wells were
sunk to a depth of about 180 feet and no rock was encountered.
These wells are not situated in the center of the valley but near
the north wall. It is possible that, after the blocking by the ice
front of the old outlet of Clear Creek toward the northwest, and
prior to the cutting down of the old col near the present mouth
of Clear Creek, the waters of this region had an outlet over a low
col at Delmont, and might have eroded it to a considerable depth.
The ice, advancing farther, might have blocked this outlet and
caused the cutting down of the col on the lower part of Clear
Creek.

Muddy Prairie Creek, as has been mentioned, rises in the
valley at Delmont on the western side of a low drift divide. It
flows southwestward, in places cutting deeply into the drift filling.
About two miles southeast of Delmont it leaves this broad valley
and enters a narrow one between high hills, in spite of the fact
that the drift divide between it and Clear Creek is only a few feet
high ; it is so low, in fact, that when it was proposed to drain
Muddy Prairie, a large peat swamp formerly existing in the
stream near this point, the engineers advised cutting through this
divide to Clear Creek. The valley which it follows into the hills
is only a few hundred feet in width, and an observer standing in
the broad valley which the stream has just left and facing the
entrance into the hills would not even suspect that it was any-
thing but a ver}^ short tributar}- coming in at this point. It is
borilered by terraces of roughly stratified drift 60 to 100 feet or
even more above the present floor. The soil on the flood- plain is
peaty and the stream very sluggish, in places cutting only a few
inches below the surface. There are no wells from which the
depth of drift beneath the valley floor could be obtained. The
stream continues in this way with no noticeable variation in the
width of its valley for a distance of a mile, when it widens some-
what and becomes more rapid, but half a mile beyond is suddenly

154

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No.

contracted to a width of 40 or 50 3'ards only and flows on a rock
floor between rock walls. After emerging from this gorge, it
turns to the south into a broad valle}- in which it continues to
Clear Creek. One would naturalh- suppose that this was the site
of an old col, but if the observer takes the trouble to climb the
hill to the west of this narrow channel, he will find that it is of
drift and stands direct h' across the valley, forcing the stream
against the east wall to such an extent that it has cut a channel
in the rock at that point. This drift dam is 75 to 100 feet or
more in height and composed of roughh^ stratified gravel, a well
sunk on its summit about the middle of the valley having gone to
a depth of 100 feet with no rock. Below this dam the valley
widens out but drift deposits have forced the stream at almost all
points to the eastern wall.

Fig. J. Olil col oil Arney Creek at "Jacob's Ladder."

There can be little doubt that the headwaters of this stream
formerly drained into Clear Creek by the valley extending to
Amanda, and that the ice has forced it over a col into the prestnt
system. The col was probably very low and possibly did not ri-e
far, if at all, above the present floor. It is difficult to locate, but
from the direction of tributary streams and the general contour
of the valley, it would seem that it was probably less than a mile
below the point where Muddy Prairie Creek enters the hills.

Arney Creek rises on the eastern side of a low divide at Ham-
burg and flows northeast toward Lancaster. For a distance of

May, 1904.] Changes in the Drainage Near Lancaster. 155

two miles the valley widens normally, when it has a width of half
a mile or more ; then the stream turns to the south, the valley
growing narrower, and just below Christmas rocks turns sharply
to the west. The valley now becomes a gorge and a mile below
the last turn there is no flood-plain and the walls rise abruptly to
a height of 300 feet, the north wall, known in the region as
Jacob's Ladder, presenting a vertical rock cliff in the upper 100
feet, from the top of which a splendid wiew can be obtained of
the surrounding country and the gorge below^ Figs. 3 and 4,
taken at the turn near Christmas rocks and from positions only
200 3'ards apart, contrast the character of the valley at the gorge
and above it. Below this constriction the valle}' widens and con-
tinues to Clear Creek, three miles distant.

-Fig'. 4. Valley of Arney Creek above the col, looking towards Lancaster.

Returning to the point where the stream turns toward the
south and its valley first begins to narrow, a broad valley contin-
ues in a northeast direction and joins the Hocking valley at Lan-
caster, where it is fully a mile wide, but Arney Creek is barred
from this outlet by a drift dam 20 to 75 feet high extending
across the valley in a northeast-southwest direction with a well
defined, rather abrupt front. This is of till as is shown in a
nearby railroad cutting, and is one of the ridges of the terminal
moraine of the Late Wisconsin ice epoch. Half a mile to the
south of this deposit is a second, not very well defined, broad,
low ridge of similar material which probably represents the outer-
most limit of that ice sheet at this point. Between the dam and

156 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. IV, No. 7,

Lancaster the valley is filled with irregular drift deposits in which
a small, northward flowing stream and its tributaries have cut
deep trenches with narrow flood-plains.

Prior to the advance of the ice there was a divide at Jacob's
Ladder, one stream flowing to Clear Creek, another toward Lan-
caster. The ice advanced as far as the drift dam and jtood at
this point for some time, blocking the outlet and forcing the
stream over the col at Jacob's Ladder. This, in time, was cut to
the present level. While in this position, the ice deposited the
debris in the mouth of the valley which prevented the return of
the stream to the old channel after the advent of a milder climate
and the retreat of the ice.

Below the col, as mentioned before, the valle}' again broadens,
and at the point where it enters Clear Creek is about half a mile
wide. In the immediate vicinity of the col there is no drift, but
about one mile below drift terraces occur on both sides, the one
on the west being more prominent. From this point to the mouth
of the valley the stream has been forced b)- the ice to the east
wall and flows in a narrow flood-plain, in at least one place pass-
ing over a rock bottom where it has been forced over a shelf.
The valley west of the narrow flood-plain is occupied by drift
deposits 50 to 100 feet above the stream.

About one and one-half miles below the col a tributary- enters
from the east. Its valley whore it joins Arney Creek is about
300 yards in width, but it has been so blocked up at this point
that the stream has been forced to cut a channel in the rock of
the north wall. This channel is 100 feet deep, 200 yards long
and barely wide enough for the small streamlet and a narrow
wagon road. The sides are of rock and very steep. Much of the
dam remains in the form of drift on the northern side of the
valley just south of the rock channel, but .it the southern side
whatever blocked the old outlet has been removed, and there is
an opening 100 yards wide where the dam is onh* a few feet
above the present level of the tributary. At no pohit is the dam
as high as the deepest part of the rock gorge. It is probable that
ice which melted afterward aided greatly in blocking the old
channel. It is possible that this dam is the extreme outer limit
of the Late Wisconsin ice sheet at this point, as drift deposits to
the west are abundant and uninterrupted while to the east they
art- unknown to the writer.

Hunter's Run, in the lower part of its course occupies the east-
ern end of the valley extending from Lancaster to Amanda wliich
has been mentioned. About three miles southwest of Lancaster,
as it enters this valley it passes through a narrow constriction
between two high sandstone hills. Above this point the valley
is not so well defined. There are rock hills on the south, but
looking toward the north from these hills, one is impressed by

May, 1904] List of Mosses. 157

the low, rolling country which sinks gradually to the level of the
Hocking valley several miles distant. It seems quite probable
that the drainage above the constriction was formerly carried to
the northward into Hocking, but the region was not studied
closely and the course of the old outlet is undetermined.

LIST OF THE MOSSES OF CUYAHOGA AND OTHER
COUNTIES OF NORTHERN OHIO.

Edo Claassen.

This list is the result of the author's moss-collecting excursions
during the last eight years ; it may, consequently, be expected to
fairly represent the moss-flora of Cuyahoga county, as also the
greater part of that of the surrounding counties. Mau)^ species
were found many times in the same county, others but once in
the same county or even in all the counties together, and while
many may be new to the flora of the respective counties, several
are new to the State, as, fc!' instance, DicrancUa airvafa, Hypinim
ochraceitm and Mnimii Dnnnunvidii. Although almost all the
species could be and were collected in the fruiting condition,
there were several that were never seen with sporophj^tes, as, for
instance, Euryuc/iiinii Boscii, HyloconiiiDU splcndens, Hypniiiii
Sc/irebeii Q.\\d Myitrclla Cany ana. It ma}^ be added, that all the
species enumerated below are represented in the author's herba-
rium, often in several c many packages from the same count)',
and that the list-nam'^s of the mosses are those accepted in
Le^quereux & James' Manual and in Barnes' Keys.

[The letters follow" "g the species names stand for the counties,
as follows : C — Cuyahoga ; E — Erie ; G— Geauga ; L — Lake ;
M — Medina ; O — Ottawa ; P — Portage ; S — Summit.]

I. SPHAGNALES.

Sphagnum ciispidatum Ebrh., G.

cyinbifolium Ehrh., C, G., P., S.

II. BRYALES.
I. Cleistocarpi.
Ephemerum serratum Hanipe, C.
Pleuridium alternifolium Brid., C.

2. Stegocarpi.
a. Acrocarpi.
Atrichum angustatum Br. & Sch., C.
undulatum Beauv., C.

Presented at the November meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science.

158 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7,

Aulacomnium heterostichum Br. & Sch., C, L., S.

palustre Schwaegr., C, G., L., P.
Barbula mucronifolia Br. & Sch., C.
ruralis Hedw., E.
unguiculata Hedw., C, L.
Bartramia pomiformis Hedw., C , L.
Bryum argenteum L , C, L.

bimum Schreb., C, E., P.
caespiticiutn L., C, L.
intermedium Br id., C, O.
roseum Schreb., C, L,., O., S.
Ceratodon purpureus Brid., C, E., G., S.
Desmatodon arenaceus Sull. & Lesq., C, L., O.
Dicranella curvata Schimp., C.

heteronialla Schimp., C.
rufescens Schimp., C.
varia Schimp., C.
Dicranum flagellare Hedw., C, L,.
fulvum Hook., C , L.
scoparium Hedw., C, L.
Didymodon rubellus Br. & vScli., C.
DiphAScium foliosum IVIohr, C.
Discehvim nudum Brid., C.
Ditrichum pallidum (Hampe), C.

tortile (vSchrad.), C.
Drummondia clavellata Hook., C.
Fissidens adiaiitoides Hedw., C, O.
incurvus Schwaegr., C.
obtusifolius Wils., C.
subbasilaris Hedw., C.
tauifoHus Hedw., C. , L, O.
Fontinali.s antipj-retica gigantea Sull., C, E.
Funaria hygrometrica Sibth., C, L., V.
Grimmia apocarpa Hedw., C, O
Gymnostomum calcareum Nees & Hornsch, C.
curvirostrum Hedw., C, L.
rupestre Schwaegr., C.
Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh., C, G., L., S.
I/Cptobryum pyriforme Schimp., C, L., O., S.
Leucobryum glaucimi Schimp., C.
Mnium affine Bland, C, L.

cu.spidatum Hedw., C, P., S.
Drummondii Br. & Sch., C.
]nuictatum Hedw., C.
rostratum Schwaegr., C.
serratum Laicli., C, L.

May, 1904] List of Mosses. i59

Orthotrichum anomaliim Hedw., O.

strangulatum Beaiiv., C, G. , M.
Philonotis fontana Br id., C, G., L.
Physcomitrium immersum SulL, C, G.

Uirbinatuni Muell., C.
Pogonatum brevicaule Beauv., C, L.
Polytrichum commune L., C, G., L., P.
juniperinuin Willd., C, P.
ohioense Ren. & Card., G., L., P., S.
Schistostega osmundacea Web. & Mohr, G.
Tetraphis pellucida Hedw., C, P., S.
Timmia megapolitana Hedw., C, S.
Ulota crispa Brid., C.

Hiitchinsiae Schimp., C.
Webera albicans Schinip., C.

elongata Schwaegr., L.
nutans Hedw., C, P., S.
Weisia viridula Brid., C.

b. Plciirocarpi.

Amblystegium adnatum Hedw., C.

compactum C. IMuell., C, G.
confervoides (Br.) Br. & Sch., C.
irriguum (Wils. ) Br. & Sch., C, S.

" spinifolium Schimp., C.

minutissimum (S. iS: L.) Jaeg. & Sauerb., C.
noterophilum (Sull.) Holzinger, C.
riparium (Hedw.) Br. & Sch., C, P., S.

fluitans (L. & J.) R. & C, C.
serpens (Hedw.) Br. & Sch , C, I.., M. P.
varium (Hedw.) Lindb., C, L., M., P.
Anacaniptodon sjjlachnoides Brid., C.
Anomodon attenuatus Hueben., C, M.
obtusifolius Br. & Sch., C.
rostratus Schimp., C, S.
Brachythecium acuminatum Br. & Sch., C.
laetum Br. & Sch., C.
plumosum Br. & Sch., C
rutabuhim Br. & Sch., C.
salebrosum Br. & vSch. , C, M.
vekitinum Br. & Sch., C. M.
Climacium americanum Brid., C, E., G., L., S.
Cylindrothecium cladorrhizans Schimp., C, L,., M., P.
Eurynchium Boscii (Schwaegr.) Schimp., C.
hians (Hedw.) Br. & Sch., C, L.
piliferum (Schreb.) Br. &Sch., C, L.
strigosum (Hoffm.) Br. & Sch., C, E., L., S.

i6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7,

Hoinalotheciiim subcapillatum Sull., C.
Hylocomium Ijrevirostrum Br. & Sell., C, L.
splendens Br. & Sch., C.
triguetrum Br. & Sch., C.
H}^pnum chrysophA-llum Brid., C, O.
crista-castrensis L., C.
cupressiforme L., C, G., L., M.

" uucinatulum Br. & Sch., C.

curvifoliuni Hedw., C, G.
Haldanianum Grev., C, L,.
hispidulum Brid., C, L.
imponens Hedw., C, P., S.
nioUuscum Hedw., C, L.
ochraceum Turn., C.
pratense Koch, C.
rugosum L, C, S.
Schreberi Willd., C, G., Iv.
uncinatum Hedw., C.
Leskea obscura Hedw., C.

polycarpa Ehrh., C, E., G.
Leucodon julaceus Sulhv., C, E., O.
Mj-urella Carejana Sulliv., C.
Neckera pennata Hedw. , C.
Plagiothecium denticulatum Br. & Sch., C, L.
SuUivantiae Schimp., C, L,., S.
sylvaticuin Br. & Sch., C, G., L., P., S.
Platygyrium repens Br. & Sch., C, L.
Pylaisia intricata Br. & Sch., C, E., G., L.
vehitina Br. & Sch., C.

Raphidostegium demissum (Wils. ) , C.

microcarpum (^luell.) , C.

Rhynchostegmiii rusciforme Br. & Sch., C, G., S.

serrulatum (Hedw.) Schimp., C, L.
Thelia asprella Sulliv., C, E., L.

hirtella Sulliv., C, G.
Thuidium Blandovii Br. & Sch., G., L.
delicatuluin Br. & Sch , C.
microphylhnn (Sw.) Best, C.
minutuluin Br. & Sch., C, L.
paludo.sum (Sull.) Rau. & Herv., C, G., M., P.
reco<;nituni Lindb., C, E., L., S.

;[Cleveland, O.]

May, 1904.] The Breeding Habits of the Myrio^od. i6i

THE BREEDING HABITS OF THE MYRIOPOD,
FONTARIA INDIANAE.

Max Morse.

There are in Ohio, three species of the genus Fontaria and
further work will probably discover one or two others. The spe-
cies under consideration is limited in its range in the State to the
northern third, or perhaps it descends no farther southward than
the latitude of Bucyrus. The species indianae Bollman, is about
two inches in length. The ground color is yellowish brown above
while the ventral parts are uniform light yellow. Dorsally, the
posterior edges of the .segments are bounded by lighter yellow,
similar to that of the ventral parts. The head is uniform brown.
These considerations will distinguish the genus from any other
in the State. The present species is distinguishable from the
other species by the fact that in the male the genital hooks are
curved inward, i. e., toward one another. The form is the nar-
rowest of those of the species found in the State, the pleura of
the segments not being bent outward as in the other species, but
rather bent downward to quite a degree.

The observations on which the present paper is based were all
made near Sandusk}^, Ohio, and niainlj^ on Cedar Point, during
the summers of 1900, 1901, 1902 and 1903. The animals began
to leave their winter quarters about the first of May or, in some
years, earlier when the temperature had been higher for several
weeks. Often after leaving the fallen leaves, etc., under which
they pass the winter, thej^ were forced to again bury themselves
owing to cold periods. As soon as summer sets in in earnest, the
myriopods are quite common. They are to be seen running here
and there over the sand in the daylight hours, but from the tracks
left in the sand it is evident that the}' are active during the night.
This is rendered certain by finding adults running about during
the night when, b}- means of a lantern, the sand is illuminated,
and also by finding a labyrinth of tracks on the sand which, dur-
ing the late afternoon and evening, has been swept smooth b}' a
storm, thus obliterating the tracks made during the day. It
is very probable that their activities during the night are directed
towards foraging for food.

Up until the middle of July, while the species is common every-
where, yet only isolated individuals are seen. After that date,
however, they apparently congregate and are found associated
together. An examination showed that these collections were not
of either one sex, but were made up of individuals of both sexes.
Soon, however, the sexes pair off and are found in the tall grass
that borders the south beach of Cedar Point which is washed

Read at the November meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science.

1 62 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7,

b}^ Sandusky Bay. Here the^^ lay their eggs immediately, except
when the weather becomes cold, as during the summer of 1903.
For weeks during that summer, there were strong winds from the
west and northwest that drove a heavy surf against the beach
mentioned. Moreover, the major portion of the season during
which oviposition generally takes place, remained cold and cloud3\
The result was that the myriopods did not lay their eggs until
late. During the latter part of July and the first of August,
adults were not to be seen, as during hot summers like that of
1902, running about in groups on the sand, but were found hud-
dled together in numbers under the dead marsh grass and debris
that covered the bay beach above the wash of the waves.

For a short while in the second week in August, some were
found pairing in the grass farther towards the middle of the Point,
and a little later, several nests were discovered. The nests are
built in loose sand, preferably that when mixed with a little loam
and alwaj'S soil that is somewhat damp. The nests are dug by
the female while the male is mounted. She uses her anterior
appendages to dig the hole, passing the dirt upward to the open-
ing of the hole by means of the remaining appendages. She
removes the dirt until she has made a cavit}' a little greater than
the width of her body and about two inches in depth. When the
greatest depth has been reached that she is to make the hole, she
widens out a cave-like terminus which reaches a diameter of about
half an inch. She is now ready to deposit the eggs. To under-
stand this process, it is necessary to keep in mind that the exter-
nal generative opening of the female is on the second body seg-
ment. Hence the female is enabled to deposit the eggs without
withdrawing from the hole. The eggs are fastened to the walls
of the enlargement at the base of the tubular nest, and after she
has lined the cavit}^ she keeps on depositing eggs until she has
made four or five layers of eggs. Sometimes the whole of the
enlargement is filled, but generally there is a lumen in the center
of the mass of eggs.

There is no evidence furnished by the present observations for
the statement made by some authors' that the female guards the
nest after she has deposited her eggs. Of the many cases watched,
none of the females nor males remained in the vicinity of the nest
after the egg-laying had been completed. The mouth of the nest
was in each case left uncovered, but usually, by chance, the open-
ing became stopped up either by rain or wind or some other
factor.

Young specimens were found during the whole of the summer
amongst the adults. The.se immature individuals ranged in length
from three-quarters of an inch to full size. In color they differed

I. Korschelt and Heider, ICmbryology of Invert. Vol. Ill, p. 218.

May, 1904.] Deciduous Leaves. 163

decidedly from the adults, being clay colored, the bands on the
posterior borders of the terga in the adults being represented by
paler markings in these immature specimens. By successive
moultings, they increased in size and after several weeks became
colored like the adults when kept in the open air or in sunlight.
Experiments on the young at different stages failed to bring out
the adult colors until the normal length had been attained. The
eggs lie over winter and the larvae emerge in the following spring
as minute white bodies which grow quickh^ into the 3'oung
described above.

DECIDUOUS LEAVES.

John H. Schaffner.

Plants have alternating periods of rest and activity. In our
latitude these periods usually correspond to the alternating con-
ditions of day and night and to the seasons of the year. The
active growing period usually occurs in the summer or the rainy
season and the inactive one corresponds to the cold or dry season.
Where the seasons are so marked as in Ohio one takes it as quite
natural that there should be a resting period in the winter. But
many plants pass into a period of rest even if growing in an envi-
ronment perennially favorable. Thus it is very common for
complete defoliation to take place in many plants of the tropics.
It is said that there are nearly two hundred species in Ceylon
which become leafless at different times of the year. The state-
ment is made that there is not a month when all the trees are in
full leaf. It is evident, therefore, that in many cases the period
of rest and the deciduous habit are independent of climatic condi-
tions no difference how the character was originally acquired. In
our own plants the influence of cold is no doubt predominant.
The injuries of winter are not only due to the direct effect of cold
upon the protoplasm, but also to the loss of water. With the
approach of autumn, the chilled roots are unable to sujDply the
necessar}^ amount of water for the transpiration going on above ;
consequently there is a great advantage in reducing the transpira-
tion surface by shedding the leaves. Thus we might say that the
casting of the leaves is an adjustment to a more limited water
supply. Plants ma}^ of course go into a period of rest without
shedding their leaves, as in our common Conifers. In most cases,
however, there is a great change in the body of the plant or some
of its parts to prepare for the severe conditions. The annuals die
completely and the only resting period is in the seed. The bien-
nials usually grow but little after the cold becomes severe. The
greater number of geophilous plants die to the ground. The
woody plants and a few herbs have mostly learned to endure the

164 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, Ko. 7,

winter by specially developed stems, the leaf which represents the
active transpiring and food manufacturing organ being usually
shed.

The methods by which the leaves are separated from the stem
are various. Some plants like the Hemlock shed them after ihey
are several j^ears old. Others like the Pines get rid of the foliage
leaves by pruning ofE dwarf branches of a certain age. Some like
the Bald Cypress and Tamarix drop the dwarf branches and
smaller twigs with the leaves at the end of each growing season ;
so the plant has no leaves in the winter. But the common waj^
is for the leaves alone to be separated from the branches. A
cleavage plane is formed usually at the base of the petiole and
the leaf then falls away. The separation layer is gradually devel-
oped between the vascular bundles and epidermis, and finall}-,
when the cleavage is nearly complete the merest puff of wind will
break the woody strands and carry the leaf away.

The casting of the leaf, however, is not a sudden process but
preparatory' changes are going on in its tissues for some time
before it is detached. In many cases anthocyan and other color-
ing matters are developed to protect the chlorophyll and proto-
plasm while the food material is being transferred to the stem.

After the cleavage plane is formed a heavy frost will help to
break awaj' the fragile woody strands which still hold the leaf in
place. This is very apparent in such trees like the White Mul-
berry, which may put off its entire leaf dress in a single day after
a frosty autumn night. There is much difference in the time of
casting the leaf. The Ohio Buckeye, Juneberry, Walnuts, and
Hickories are among the first to shed their leaves. The Cotton-
wood and Chestnut Oak shed their leaves very gradually ; and
some of the Oaks are among the last of the trees to be bare. The
Shingle Oak drops few leaves before late in the winter, although
they dry off, and it is not completely denuded until about the
first of April.

It is interesting to note the several ways in which the cleavage
planes are produced. In plants with simple leaves a separation
layer is more commonly formed at the base of the petiole very
close to the stem, as in the Elm, Maple, Oak, and Catalpa. In
some, however, two cleavage planes are produced, one at the base
of the jjetiole and the other at the outer end just at the base of
the blade. This is strikingl}- shown in Ampelopsis tricuspidata
and A. cordata. The blade drops off some time before the petiole,
so that in certain 3-ears a vine of A. tricusj)idata may shed nearl}-
all of its blades before the petioles begin to fall making a rather
unique appearance. The same adaptation is present in the various
species of Grape. There is probably considerable advantage to
the plant in such an arrangement, for the food in the large peti-
ole, which is in much less danger of freezing than the blade, may

May, 1904.] Deciduous Leaves. 165

thus have a longer time to be withdrawn into the stem. In the
Catalpa, for instance, the blades often freeze and dry up in the
fall while the petioles are still green and active. It would evi-
dently be better if the useless blade were cut off by a cleavage
plane so as not to hinder the work of the petiole.

In compound leaves the leaflets are usually- shed singly. The
leaflets of such palmate leaves as in the Virginia Creeper and the
various Buckeyes are cut off some time before the petiole. Pin-
nately compound leaves ha\ e various peculiarities. In such forms
as Rhus glabra the leaflets are separated by cleavage planes but
no transverse cleavage joints are formed in the main rachis which
persists for some time. In other forms, like in Fraxinus quad-
rangulata and Staphylea, not only are the leaflets cut off by
cleavage planes but there is a series of cleavage joints formed in
the rachis at the insertion of each pair of leaflets and thus the
main rachis of the leaf drops off piece by- piece. Decompound
leaves often form an elaborate sy'stem of separation layers. A
good example of this is shown in the leaf of the Honey L,ocust.
First the numerous leaflets drop off, the main rachis and the side
branchlets remaining on the tree for some time. Next the side
branchlets begin to fall, and finally the whole rachis is separated.
One may well a.sk the meaning of such an elaborate system of
cleavage planes when one amputation at the base of the petiole
would be sufficient. There is no doubt but that the green rachis
and petiole may continue, to a limited extent at least, the process
of photosynthesis ; and as stated above, by means of a gradual
cutting away of the large leaf surface the more exposed parts are
removed first and there is a better opportunity for the withdrawal
of the food present into the stem.

A very interesting condition is present in the Green Briers.
The leaf of Smilax hispida has two tendrils near the base of the
petiole and these, of course, hold the plant to its support. Evi-
dently if the leaf were shed in the usual way the whole vine
would fall to the gouna in the winter. There is a more or less
perfect brittle layer formed in the petiole just a little beyond the
two tendrils where the leaf finally breaks off, leaving the petiole
base with the tendrils intact. Most of the leaves hang on until
after December i, though usually frozen before this time. The
development of a brittle layer in the petiole of this plant seems to
be quite a modern adaptation. Smilax glauca, S. rotundafolia,
and S. bona-nox show the same peculiarity. The genus Rubus
represents another group of plants which .shed their leaves by a
break in the petiole, leaving the base on the stem. In this case
there are no tendrils and the only apparent advantage to the plant
is the protection of the bud or tender part in the axil of the leaf.
The adaptation, however, may have no other significance than one
of the po.ssible ways in which the plant was able to get rid of its

1 66 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 7,

leaves. Among the species which show this peculiarity' well are
Riibus odoratus, R. strigosus, R. occidentalis, R. nigrobacciis,
and R. invisus. In the common Mock Orange, Philadelphus
coronarius, the cleavage plane is formed a little above the base of
the petiole which remains as a protection to the axillary bud.

There are certain plants which have the hal^it of covering their
axillary buds with the base of the petiole. The Sycamore, Plat-
anus occidentalis, presents a very perfect example of this adapta-
tion. The reason for such a peculiarity is not easy to see. It
maj' be for protection, or again as in Rhus glabra it may prevent
the development of too many lateral buds into branches. But
there ma}' be no special advantage whatever. It may be a mere
incident to the adjustment of the leaf to the surrounding tissues.
Other plants which cover their lateral buds are Cladrastis lutea,
Rhus hirta, R. copallina, Acer negundo, Ptelea trjfoliata, Gledit-
sia triacanthos, Robinia pseudacacia, R. viscosa, and R. hispida.
In Gleditsia and Robinia there are a number of superposed buds
only part of which may be covered.

The undersigned wishes to make a census by counties of the
pteridophytes of Ohio. To further this aim, the cooperation of
every science teacher and fern student is asked. Specimens with
full and exact data are desired and will be identified or referred
to some competent authority. Unless otherwi.se provided for all
duplicate specimens will be sent to state herbarium, O. S. U.
Address June 15th to August loth. University of Wooster, O.

Lewis S. Hopkins, Troy, Ohio.

Date of Pnblication of May Number, May 1, 1904.

The Ohio ^J\(^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume IV. JUNE, 1904. No. 8.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

York— The Embryo-sae and Embryo of Neluinljo 167

OsEOEX — Formal Opening of the Lake Laboratory Bnilding 177

Kellerjian and Jennings— Flora of Cedar Point 186

Kellerjian— Flora of Hen and Chicken Islands, 190:-! 190

ScHAFFNER— The Jacket Layer in Sassafras 192

FiiANK- Meetings of the Biological Club 193

THE EMBRYO=SAC AND EMBRYO OF NELUMBO.^^^

Harlan H. York.

Siuce the publication of Lyon's studies on Nelunibo and Cook's
work on Castalia and Nymphaea, the systematic position of the
Nymphyaeaceae has again become a prominent question. Owing
to the variety of opinions held' ,in regard to the classification of
this group, it was thought desirable to continue the study of the
life history of Nelumbo lutea, s^lhoi-^g'h this plant has been
described more or less completely a|||umber of times.

Material was collected during July-and August, 1902, in San-
dusk}' Ba}-, near the Ohio State University Lake Laboratory, at
Sandusky, Ohio. Flemming's stronger and weaker solutions
and chromo-acetic solution were used as killing and fixing
agents. On examining the ovules, it was found that in most
cases the tissues had not been properly penetrated b}' these fluids.
In the summer of 1903 more material was collected, near the
place already mentioned, which was killed and fixed in Kleincn-
berg's picro-acetic and picro-sulphuric solutions and was found
to be preserved in good condition. The ovules were passed
through the alcohols, imbedded in paraffin, and serial sections
were cut 10-12 mic. thick. For staining several reagents were
used : Delafield's heamotoxylin, Heidenhain's iron alum haemo-
toxylin, analiu safranin and gentian violet. All of these stains
were successful, the last named stain giving the best results.
Considerable difficulty was experienced, in that a great many
ovules had failed to develop embryo-sacs and others had not been
fertilized. Quite a large number of slides were prepared and
most of the points mentioned were observed a number of times.

This work was commenced under the direction of Prof. Mel.
T. Cook in the De Pauw University Botanical Laboratory and

* Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of Ohio State University. XVII.

1 68 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8,

completed under Prof. John H. Schaffner in the Botanical Labor-
ator}^ of Ohio State Universit}^ to both of whom I wish to
express my sincere thanks.

In Nelumbo, the carpels are situated in deep pits of the top-
shaped receptacle. The stigma and the narrow canal which
traverses the short style are covered with glandular cells which
secrete a mucilagenous fluid at the time of pollination (Fig. 8).
The ovule is suspended from the summit of the ovulary (Fig. i).
Some time before the integuments begin to develop, the growth
of the ovule is more rapid at one side ( Fig. r ) and anatrophy is
well marked when the incipient seed-coats make their appearance.
A single hypodermal archesporial cell can be easily distinguished
from the adjacent cells by its larger size and more granular cell
contents (Fig. 2). Very earl}- in its development, it divides by
a transverse wall into an upper cell, the primary parietal cell and
a lower cell, the megasporocyte (Fig. 3). By a series of divisions
of the primary parietal cell, a large parietal tissue of twelve
cells, arranged in three tiers of four cells each, is formed (Fig. 5).

The megasporocyte expands almost equally in all directions.
The divisions of the megasporocyte were not followed, but four
megaspores are formed. The lowest one becomes the functional
megaspore while the others degenerate (Fig. 6). By the further
division of the parietal tissue and the epidermis at the tip of the
nucellus, the functional megaspore becomes deeply placed in the
ovule (Fig. 7.) The nucleus of the functional megaspore now
divides into two (Fig. 9), four (Fig. 10), and eight nuclei
respectively, producing the eight-celled embryo-sac (Fig. 11).
Frequently great irregularities in the development of the embryo-
sac were present. In many cases two or more imperfect sacs were
observed. Usually there was one complete sac with one or more
imperfectly developed sacs. By the appearance of the prepara-
tions, it seems that the extra sacs are derived from sister mega-
spores, rather than from independent megasporocytes (Fig. 15.)

The embryo-sac developes very rapidly and is usuall}^ straight.
It enlarges principally in the direction of its longer axis, destroy-
ing the parietal cells above and encroaching on the ovular tissue
below. The antipodals are small (Fig. 11) and usually disappear
before the conjugation of the polar nuclei. In only a few instan-
ces could any trace of them be found after the polar nuclei had
conjugated. The synergids are small. They become slightly
enlarged from their original condition, and are elongated trans-
versely to the longer axis of the sac. They degenerate about the
time of fertilization or .soon after (Fig. 12). The egg becomes
quite large and usually is placed considerably to one side of the
sac (Fig. 13).

The polar nuclei begin to conjugate about the time the flower
opens and the fusion is not complete until after fertilization. In

June, 1904.] The Embryo- sac and Embryo of Nelumbo. 169

approaching each other, the lower polar nucleus travels much
farther than the upper one and the fusion usually occurs near
the Qgg or even in contact with it (Fig. 13). Quite a number of
examples of a triple fusion were found. In many of the prep-
arations in which the pollen tube had appeared, two of the nuclei
were about the same size while the third one was smaller (Fig.
14). Several other examples were found where there were three
conjugating nuclei, almost equal in size and similar in appearance
even before the pollen tube had appeared. It seems that in the
first instance where fertilization had occurred, the small nucleus
of the three conjugating nuclei represents the second male cell
and that there is here a true case of what has been called double
fertilization ; while in the second instance the conjugating nuclei
were embr5'0-sac nuclei, since the pollen tube had not yet entered
the sac.

Soon after the eight-celled sac is formed it begins to grow very
rapidly in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the ovule.
The c^lls of the tissue below the antipodal region of the sac
become greatly enlarged and between them are large intercellular
spaces. Usually there is a single row of cells very rich in cyto-
plasm, which becomes very prominent in the preparations because
of its deep stain. This row extends downward from the base of
the sac toward the lower end of the ovule (Fig. 14). The cells
surrounding this axial row become much larger in sizi and then
disintegrate, leaving a large space filled with thin cytoplasm
(Fig. 18). The cytoplasm of the embrj'o-sac extends down to
the axial row of cells ( Fig. 14). These central cells are present
some time after the adjacent cells have disappeared, and since
they are rich in cytoplasm, it seems that they serve as a conduct-
ing passage for food from the lower ovular tissue to the cytoplasm
above, which in turn carries the food to the egg apparatus.
After fertilization the axial row begins to degenerate and then
disappears entirely, leaving a cavity reaching far back into the
tissue of the ovule (Fig. 21 ) Sometimes the nuclei of the axial
row of cells become active and divide (Fig. 20), and are after-
wards found massed together in the lower part of the cavity after
their walls have disappeared (Fig. 21). The cavity formed by
the disintegration of the cells below the antipodal region enlarges
greatly while the embryo is developing and into it the two basal
lobes of the embryo are rapidly extended, their outer surface
lying in contact with the walls of the cavity.

The first division of the definitive nucleus occurs about the time
of the formation of the two-celled embryo and a very delicate
wall is formed between the two daughter nuclei which divides
the embr3'o-sac into two chambers. A division of one of the two
endosperm nuclei thus formed takes place and a second wall is
formed across the sac so that there are then three superposed

I70 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8,

compartments (Fig. 24), It seems that all three of the daughter
nuclei continue to divide until the whole sac is filled with endo-
sperm extending far down into the space formed by the dissolu-
tion of the tissue of the ovule below the base of the embryo-sac
(Fig, 27). The development of the endosperm, after the three-
celled stage, begins at the upper end, but there is no large vesicu-
lar cell developed at the lower end of the sac, as Cook reported
for Castalia odorata. At first the endosperm cells are quite
large, but as the division continues the cells become much smaller,
walls continue to be formed between the dividing nuclei until the
endosperm is fully developed, no free cell formation taking place,
so far as observed, at an}- stage of the process.

The history of the embryo as followed is the same as reported
by Ivyon. After fertilization, the oospore continues to occupy
the same position as the oosphere and it enlarges somewhat before
it divides (Fig. 13). Although no two-celled embryo was ob-
served, it is evident that the first division of the oospore is b)' the
formation of a transverse wall. Then by the formation of a
longitudinal wall in each of the two cells, a quadrant is formed
(Fig. 23). Although this is the typical course of development,
very frequentl}^ the divisions are different. The lower cell often
divides by a transverse wall, thus forming a tier of three cells in
the proembryo (Fig. 22). By the formation of longitudinal walls
in the quadrant, the embr3-o passes into the octant stage. In
ca.se of a more irregular development, the three cells of the
embryo arranged in a row, divided by longitudinal walls, making
a .six-celled embryo (Fig. 25). Whether the early development
is typical or irregular, a series of divisions follows by which a
spherical embryo of .several hundred cells is formed (Figs. 26-29. )

No suspensor cell is present; so the j-oung embryo lies against
the nucellus at the micropylar end and is almost surrounded b}^
endosperm tissue (Fig. 27). When the spherical embryo has
reached its maxinuun growth, it becomes flattened at the outer
end by the development of a collar-like ridge extending about
two-thirds of the way around (Figs. 30, 31 and 32). This is
followed by the outgrowth of a small protuberance from the flat-
tened side about parallel with the apex of the ovule. After the
formation of the crescent- shaped ridge, the development continues
at the opposite side, giving rise to the two "cotyledonar}' " lobes
of the embryo (Fig. 33 J. The two lobes grow downward very
rapidly outside the endo.sperm, the tissue of the ovule rapid]>-
disappearing before them. In the meanwhile, the endosperm has
formed a sac-like mass of tissue around the embryo and extends
down into the cavity of the embryo-sac to the disorganizing tissue
below. In the meantime the growth of the plumule has been
very slow, being a dome-shaped projection of tissue occupying a
central position between the lobes but to one side of the axis of

June, 1904.] The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Nelumbo, 171

the embryo (Fig. 33.) Both the cotjdedonar}' ridge and the
incipient stem tip come from the outer end of the embryo and
probably represent terminal structures, but the stem tip represents
the more central mass of cells. On account of the spherical con-
dition of the embryo it is practically impossible to trace the origin
of any set of cells which appear at the outer end of the more
mature embryo, and the cotyledonary ridge maj- be lateral.

After the cotyledonary lobes have become greatl}- enlarged the
incipient plumule continues its development. It grows downward,
forcing its way into the center of the mass of endosperm which
lies between the two cotyledonary lobes. The first leaf and stem
tip develop side by side from the terminal mass of cells in the
protruberance. The leaf arises on the side opposite the cotyle-
donar)' ridge (Fig. 34). The second leaf arises on the side of
the plumule opposite the first and develops more slowh' than the
first leaf. The comparative growth and manner of development
may be seen from Figs. 35-40. The radicle has its origin at the
base of the plumule. It is a vestigial organ and does not develop
on the sprouting of the seed. It can only be seen at a late stage
of development and is enclosed by an outgrowth from the sur-
rounding tissue (Fig. 40).

The homology between the development of the embryo of
Nelumbo and other monocot3dedonous embryos is very striking
in many respects. In its early development the embryo of Ne-
lumbo is very similar to those of Aglaonema, Diffenbachia, and
Lysichiton. In these forms the oospore does not cut off a suspen-
sor cell but builds up a spherical embryo as is formed in Nelumbo.
In the forms described by Campbell, the egg may segment, first,
by two transverse divisions before any vertical division, or a reg-
ular quadrant may be formed, which is likewise true in Nelumbo.
The development of the " cotyledonar}' " ridge shows a striking
re>emblance to the hypocotyledonary expansion of various Helo-
biae. The mature embryo may thus be compared wath those of
Halophila, Ruppia, Zostera, and Phyllospadix. In these forms
there is a broad expansion of tissue below the plumule. In Halo-
phila, Ruppia, and Zosteria, the hypocotjdedonary lobe is contin-
uous, while in Phyllospadix the structure is somewhat lobed if
one may judge from the published figures and descriptions. The
plumule with the so-called cotyledon is attached near the center.
It is probable that the broad two-lobed expansion of tissue in the
Nelumbo embryo commonly known as the cotyledons, is a true
hypocotyledonary body as in the forms just mentioned. It bears
a rather close resemblance to the hypocotyledonar}' expansion of
Phyllospadix. If such a comparison is correct, the first leaf of
Nelumbo is homologous with the so-called cot3dedon in Ruppia
and Phyllospadix, and the plumule and cotyledon of the.se forms
may arise as terminal structures side by side, as do the plumule

172

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 8,

and "first leaf" of Nelumbo and the similar structures of the
Araceae mentioned above. A careful study of all the Helobiae
with " macropodous " embryos, as well as other monocotyledon-
ous types, will probably be necessary before a definite conclusion
can be reached.

RECEJNT LITERATURE.

Lyon, H. I,. Observations on the Embryogeny of Nelumbo. Minn. Bot.
Studies. 2:643-655. 1901.

CoOK, M. T. Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Castnlia
odorata and Nymphaea advena. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24 : 211-
220. 1902.

Murbj:ck, Sv. Ueber die Embryologie von Ruppia Rostellata Koch.
Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapa-Akademiens Handlingar. Bandet
36. No. 5. 1902.

Campbei,Iv, D. H. Notes on the Structure of the Embryo-sac in Spargani-
um and Lysichiton. Bot. Gaz. 27 : 153-166. 1S99.

Campbeli^, D. H. Studies on the Araceae. Ann. Bot. 14 : 1-25. 1900.

SCHAFFNER, J. H. Some Morphological Peculiarities of the Nymphaeaceae
and Helobiae. Ohio Nat. 4 : 83-92. 1904.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

The figures were drawn with the aid of an Abbe camera and the following
combination of oculars and objectives: Figs. 2-7, 9-13, 20, 22, 23, 25 and 26,
Bausch & Lomb yV obj., Leitz oc. 4 ; Figs. 15, 2S-32 and 34, Leitz 1 obj. and
oc. 4 ; Figs. 14, 16-19 ^"d 33i Leitz \ obj. and oc. 2 ; Figs. 21, 24 and 27,
Bausch & Lomb ^^ ohj. and oc. 2.

PLATE XVI.

Fig. I. Young carpel before the integuments appear on the ovule.

Fig. 2. Nucellus with archesporial cell.

Fig. 3. The megasporocyte and primary parietal cells.

Fig. 4. Megasporocyte and three parietal cell.

I'ig. 5. ^Megasporocyte and twelve parietal cells, six of which show in one
plane.

Fig. 6. The four megaspores, the lowest enlarging as the functional mega-
spore.

Fig. 7. The nucellus with cap of tissue developed from the epidermis.

Fig. 8. Carpel with two celled embryo-sac in the ovule, showing the stylar
canal lined with glandular cells.

Fig. 9. Two-celled em])ryo-sac with remains of the three potential mega-
spores.

Fig. 10. Four-celled embryo-sac.

I'ig. II. Eight-celled embryo-sac, showing conjugation of the polar nuclei
and disorganization of the antijjodals.

F'ig. 12, Upper end of embryo-sac, showing the oosphere, synergids and
conjugating polar nuclei.

Fig. 13. Upper end of embryo-sac, showing tripple fusion, the egg, remains
of pollen tube, and synergid.

June, 1904.] The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Neluvibo. 173

Plate xrr.

{ \vv.>~^<?n©m^ /o<krm&^y\ /^^wm^m\

Ohio Naturalist.

York on "Nelumbo."

174

Ohio Naturai^ist.

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 8,

York on " Nelumbo."

June, 1904.] The Embryo-sac and Embryo of Nelumbo. i75

Ohio Naturawst. P/afe A r/II.

kUy.

York on "Neluinljo."

40

176

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 8,

Fig.

14. Embryo-sac with fusion of the gametes and triple fusion below.
Below the sac appears the beginning of the cavity formed by the
breaking down of the ovular tissue, with axial row of glandular
cells.

Fig. 15-
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. 18.

Fig. 19.
Fig. 20.

Fig. 21.
Fig. 22.
Fig. 23.
Fig. 24.

Fig- 25.
Fig. 26.
Fig. 27.

Fig. 2S.

Fig. 29.
Fig. 30.

PLATE XVII.

Abnormal embryo-sac, showing three separate nuclear fusions.
Early stage in development of the axial row of cells.
Axial row of cells further developed.

Perfectly developed axial row, surrounded b}- a cavity formed by

the breaking down of the cells of the surrounding tissue.
The cavity below the sac, with irregularly developed axial row.

Basal cavity below the etnbryo-sac, with irregularly developed axial
row.

Basal cavity with groups of nuclei massed together.

Three-celled embryo.

Four-celled embryo and pollen tube.

Four-celled embryo with pollen tube and early formation of endo-
sperm.

Six-celled embryo with remains of pollen tube and one synergid.

Section of young spherical embryo.

Endosperm and embryo somewhat flattened by being in contact
with the wall of the ovule.

Section of embryo, showing difference in staining between the
basal and outer parts.

Section of spherical embryo.

Section of embryo, showing the flattening due to the development
of the incipient " cotyledonary " ridge.

Fig. 31
Fig. 32

Fig. 33
Fig. 34

Fig.

35

Fig.

36

Fig.

37

Fig. 3«

Fig.

39

Fig.

40

PLATE XVIII.

Section of the flattened embryo further developed.

Section of embryo, showing the two sides of the cotyledonary
ridge.

Section of embryo, showing the beginning of the dome-shaped
protuberance l^etween the cotyledonary lobes.

Section of the dome-shaped protuberance, or the incipient plumule,
showing terminal origin, side by side, of first leaf and stem tip.
Outline section of embryo, showing incipient plumule.
Outline section of embryo, showing the plunmle further advanced.
Surface view of the incipient plumule a little older than in Fig. 36.

Outline section of plumule, showing the beginning of the develop-
ment of the leaf blade.

Surface view of a still older plumule than Fig. 38.

Outline of section of embryo, showing the position of the first three
leaves.

June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building.

177

FORMAL OPENING OF THE LAKE LABORATORY

BUILDING.

Herbert Osborx.

The formal opening of the new building for the Lake Labora-
tory on Cedar Point near Sandusky, occurred July 2nd, 1903. A
number of invited guests were present in addition to the students
and investigators enrolled for the summer. After a time spent in
the inspection of the building and its appointments, all assembled
in the main lecture hall and listened to a program including
addresses by Prof. C. J. Herrick, Denison University, President
of the Ohio State Academy of Science and Secretary of the Section
of Zoology, American Association for the Advancement of Science;

The Lake Laboratory Building. (Photo by Herbert Osborn. )

Hon. John T. Mack, of Sandusky, member of the Board of Trus-
tees ; Prof. J. V. Denney, Dean of the College of Arts, and Her-
bert Osborn, Director of the Laboratory. Letters were read from
a number of leading scientific workers of the country expressing
regrets at inability to be present and congratulations on the suc-
cessful establishment of the laboratory.

Mr. Mack spoke especially for the Trustees and for the citizens
of Sandusky, who have taken an active interest in the progress of
the laboratory. Prof. Denney dwelt upon the relation of the
laboratory to general education and to the university and college
life of the State. Both of these addresses were especially happy and

1 78 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8,

appropriate, but being delivered without manuscript are, unfortu-
nately, not available for publication. The others were published
in the Sandusk}^ Register in its issue of July 3d.

Prof. Herrick's address, "The Summer I^aboratory as an
Instrument of Biological Research" (printed in full in Science,
Vol. XVIII, No. 452, p, 263, August, 1903), after treating in a
very instructive and interesting manner of the sphere of the
summer biological laboratory or station, its duties and responsi-
bilities, closed with the following encouraging words for the
Cedar Point Station :

' ' The summer laboratory should be a clearing house of scientific
ideas, not merely a hotbed or forcing house for budding researches.
To meet this need it is evident that the greater the diversity in
personnel and range of interests represented, the better. That
which the universit}' student prizes most is the intimate daily
contact in the lecture room and laboratorj- with his instructors.
In the properly organized summer biological station every worker
conies into that same sort of relation with every other worker,
and this, I take it, is the best that the station can offer to its
patrons. To attain the highest efficiency there must, therefore,
be sufficient flexibilit}- of organization and diversity of interests
represented to correct the tendencies toward intellectual inbreed-
ing which we find in most of our university and college labora-
tories and to secure a sort of cross-fertilization of scientific
organizations.

"Regardless of the individual investigator's problem and method,
he can well afford to utilize such opjDortunitics ; indeed, he can-
not afford, except in unusual cases, to neglect them for long
periods, if he would retain his intellectual tone and elasticity.
The station, in short, is an exceptionalh- favorable aid in effect-
ing that breadth of view and perfection of co-ordination which
we have seen to be the keystone in the arch of scientific achieve-
ment.

"It is a source of congratulation to us, the members of this
laborator}^, that these liberal principles are clearh^ at the founda-
tion of our present organization. Our director has made it ver)^
plain not only by word of mouth, l)ut much more forciMy in
practical ways, that it is to be the policy of our laboratory to
secure the widest co-operation among all the men of science of
our State. To this, as the representative of organized science in
Ohio, I have pleasure in responding with equal cordiality that it
will be our purpose to share in the great work here established
to the full extent of our ability, by attendance when possible, and
by sympathetic interest at all times. While we are the gainers
by this liberal hospitality offered l)y the laboratory, it is certain
tliat the lal)oratory in thus casting its bread upon the waters will
find it again after many da)'s."

June, 1904.] Opeiiirig of the Lake Laboratory Building. 179

Address of Capt. Alexis Cope, Secretary Board of Trustees, Ohio State

University.

The movement toward the establishment of a lake laborator}-
for the Ohio State University at Sandusky began in the fall of
1S94. The late lamented Dr. D. S. Kellicott, then Professor of
Zoology and Entomology, in an interview with the secretarj-
expressed some discouragement over the prospects of the scientific
departments of the university. It was just after registration daj^
and a number of students in the scientific courses who came later
had not 3'et returned. The secretary suggested some special
advertising of the science courses. In this conversation Professor
Kellicott mentioned the fact that the University of Michigan had
a lake laboratory somewhere on the lakes, I think at Charlevoix,
supported by the Fish Commission. The secretar}- at once said,
wh}' not have such a laboratory for the State University at San-
dusk}", in co-operation with our own State Fish Commission?
The}- have a building there and, for the present at least, might
allow us to use a portion of it for a laboratory. He at once
responded eagerl}- to the suggestion, and said Sandusky was the
best point on the lakes for a station. We at once opened the
matter with Hon. H. B. Vincent, then president of the Board of
Commissioners of Fish and Game, who took the matter up and
considered it favorably, and as a result of such conferences, Dr.
Kellicott drew up the following communication to the Board of
Trustees, which was presented to them at a meeting held Januar}-
15, 1S95. It is given in full because it has never been printed,
and because it states so fully the objects and purposes of the
laborator}" as conceived Iw Dr. Kellicott, who may well be called
its founder. It is as follows :

To the Picsident and Ti iisiccs 0/ the Ohio State University :

Sirs — At different times I have had conversation with President Scott,
Secretary Cope and others concerning a lake laboratory under the patronage
of the university. I now ask the privilege of stating to yoii in writing my
views of this matter, and, in this connection, of another closeh' connected
with the former, and ask you to consider both propositions.

The questions are: i, The establishment in the near future of a lake
laboratory at or near Sandusky ; and 2, the creation of a State collection of
the fishes of Ohio.

THE LABORATORY.

The purpose of the plant that I would advocate is to afford an opportunity
and a stimulus to instructors and students of biolog}- in the university to
spend their vacations investigating living problems in biolog}-, especially
such as are connected with important industries like the fisheries.

The obvious advantages to the university are: i. Prestige. 2, Practical
training of our students. 3, The sure increase of our collections ; and 4, it
should extend the usefulness and influence of the university.

THE LOCATION.
I think it would be difiicult, if not impossible to find, anywhere about the
Great Lakes, a more suitable place for such a station than at some point near
Sandusky.

i8o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8,

I may say that I spent the greater part of the time from June 23 to August
1st last, at Sandusky, Toledo and about the islands, and found the -whole
region unsurpassed in richness of material and in advantages for study.

The plant that I consider necessary for success in this undertaking may
be briefly outlined as follows: i, The main thing is a building that shall
give shelter and security to the investigators and their outfit. This could be
constructed in the simplest manner ; the size should be sufficient to accom-
modate six to ten men, say 24x30 feet, and with two floors; the lower
for the storage of boats and apparatus, and for the coarser operations of
" preparing " ; the upper for tables and aquaria. 2, The necessary furniture
for convenience in work (apparatus, books, etc., could be moved up from
the university and returned annually); 3, boats, nets and aquaria.

Note : Michigan has siich a station supported by the Fish Conunission,
the university furnishing the investigators and the apparatus. The station
is movable. It is this year as last at Charlevoix, where a building has been
rented for a term of years as I understand it. The president, at least, of
the Fish and Game Commission of Ohio favors a similar arrangement, but
has, at present, no funds.

The State Hatchery at Sandusky, which Mr. Vincent kindly allowed me
to use last summer, is well located, but it is not suitable for the work con-
templated, as the main room is wholly occupied by hatching jars and
apparatus. By making comparatively slight changes it would serve the
purpose very well.

I was told by men interested that the United States Fish Commission
want the hatchery for a railway shipping station to accommodate distribu-
tion of fry from the United States Hatchery at Put-in-Bay.

Note 2 : I cannot help but think it would be better, if expedient, for the
university to own and control the matter without reference to the Fish and
Game Commission, except to co-operate with it in every way possible in
securing knowledge of the habits of fishes, on which intelligent culture
depends. It would then be a university affair and those in charge would
have but one aim and one master. It would leave us independent to work
in any line without criticism.

THE COI,l,ECTlON.

The second question may be more briefl}^ stated. A complete collection
of the fishes of the State does not exist. It is much needed : i, Students
of fishes often want an authentic collection for comparison and identification.
2, Questions in law often arise that cannot be truthfully settled without such
specimens. 3, Such a collection must awaken interest in the subject; and
4, it would sureh' prove of much immediate usefulness in the Department of
Zoolog}'.

The amount needed to enable a vigorous prosecution of the work during
the coming summer, I estimate as follows : i, A barrel of alcohol, I30 ; 2,
five pounds of formaline (a new preservative), $6 ; 3, bottles and anatomical
jars, fco (for one year's work); 4, nets, etc., $15 ; 5, for buying desired spe-
cies of fishermen and in the market some student help in dredging and for
transportation, $50. Total, #150

The last fi.sh cannot be .secured the first or second year, but all the food
fishes and many others maj- be had at once ; these will include nearly all the
larger species, so the cost hereafter will be slight annually and no special
appropriations will be necessary.

I would like to begin preparation at once and to be able to secure during
the winter such species as come to the Columbus market in good condition.

Mr. Vincent has agreed to aid in every way possible in this matter.

Respectfully, D. S. KelliCOTT.

June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building. i8i

The Board of Trustees referred the report to a committee con-
sisting of Trustee John T. Mack, President W. H. Scott, Profes-
sor D. S. KelHcott and the secretar}^ to make an investigation
and report on the feasibihty of the plan proposed at the next
June meeting of the board. For some reason the committee did
not submit its report to the Board of Trustees until September
2, 1895.

The report was drawn by Professor Kellicott and appears in
the printed proceedings of the board. It was adopted and the
sum of $350 was appropriated to carry out the recommendations
of the report.

On September 17, 1895, the secretary wrote to Hon. H. B.
Vincent, president of the Commissioners of Fish and Game, sub-
mitting a formal proposition to erect a second story to the Hatch-
ery Building at Sandusky, wnth details for its joint occupancy,
which, if accepted, would constitute a binding contract.

Mr. Vincent wrote sa^'iug he would call a meeting of the
commission as soon as practicable and would recommend its
acceptance.

The meeting was afterwards called and held at the Chittenden
Hotel, in Columbus, December 19, 1895. The committee on the
part of the university was present and the proposition was for-
mally adopted.

Early in the summer of 1896, the addition, a second story to
the Hatchery Building, was begun. The contract was let by
Mr. Mack, who looked after the construction of the improvement
and saw that it was properly done.

We learn from the Sandusky Rcgisfc}- of Juh' 10, 1896, that
the building was about completed and would be accepted by Pro-
fessor Kellicott that week. We also read in the same paper that
"a second story has been added to the entire Hatchei}' Building
and fitted up and provided with a large room for laboratory work,
and several dormitories to be occupied by students during the
summer. ' '

The movement having in view the fine and commodious build-
ing which is formalh' opened to-day, began over four years ago.
In September, 1899, the matter of further provision for the Lake
Laboratory at Sandusky came before the Board of Trustees and
was deferred until the next meeting. The matter came up again
at a meeting held in November of the same year and was referred
to a committee consisting of Trustee Mack, President Thompson
and Professors Osborn and Kellerman.

The record does not show that this commitee submitted any
formal report. It is presumed, however, that temporary arrange-
ments were made for the further accommodation of the increasing
number of students.

1 82 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. lY, No. 8,

In June, 1901, President Thompson reported to the Board of
Trustees that a petition had been sent to the Ohio Fish and Game
Commission, asking for the use of the lower story of the building
at Sandusky heretofore occupied by the Lake Laboratory, and
produced a letter from Mr. L,. H. Reutinger, secretar\' and chief
warden, saying that the request had been granted. The prepara-
tion of such story was devolved upon Mr. Mack with the result
that we all know. The provision was only temporary, and the
indefatigable, silent and efficient Professor Osborn "kept at it,"
to use a little pardonable slang, until June 16, 1902, at a meeting
of the Board of Trustees, President Thompson presented a list of
improvements which, in his opinion, were desirable to be made in
the next two 3-ears, and among them was a Lake Laboratory
building at Sandusk}' to cost $2,500. After a full discussion of
president's report the erection of a Lake Laboratory building was
authorized and the sum of $2,500 was appropriated therefor. At
the same meeting a committee consisting of Trustee Mack, Pres-
ident Thompson and Secretary Cope was appointed to secure if
practicable a permanent lease of land on which to erect such lab-
oratory. The rest is recent history and is quickh' told. Plans
were at once prepared by Professor Bradford under the direction
of Professor Osborn. The Cedar Point Pleasure Resort Company,
through its officers. Messrs. Jacob Kuebler, president, Geo. A.
Boeckling, manager, and Hon. Eugene Guerin, generoush' tend-
ered the present site, and on April i, 1903, a formal lease thereof
at a nominal rental was tendered to the Board of Trustees and
accepted. On the same day the plans drawn b}' Professor Brad-
ford were approved and the committee before named to secure the
lease was directed to let the contract for the building.

At the opening of this fine building so well adapted to the pur-
poses for which it was intended, it is fitting that proper acknowl-
edgements should be made to those who have been connected with
the Lake Laborator}' in its origin, growth and final consumma-
tion.

The Lake Laboraty at Sandusky was first conceived by the late
Professor David S. Kellicott. He thought out the plan for its
establishment, indicated the .scope of its work, and organized and
directed it until the time of his death. It would be most fitting
and proper if some memorial or tablet commemorating this fact
could be perpetuated.

To the Hon. H. B. Vincent of McConnelsville, late President
of the State Fish and Game Commission, we owe a debt of grati-
tude for the friendly co-operation which made the establishment
of a Lake Laboratory at Sandusky a possil)ility.

To all those who have been connected with the location and
erection of the present building, thanks and congratulations freely
flow from all who are assembled here to-dav ; to the architect,

June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building . 183

Professor Bradford ; the contractor, Mr. George Feick ; to the
officers of the Cedar Point Pleasure Resort Company, and espec-
ially to the Hon. John T. Mack, Trustee of the University, who
from the beginning has been its watchful and thoughtful guardian.
To Professor Osborn, whose quiet, earnest effort has largely
contributed to this better opportunity for scientific investigation,
thanks and congratulations are due for his part in the work. But
he and his able associates, Professors F. L,. Landacre and James S.
Hine are to be further congratulated that to them is entrusted
the present responsibility of seeing that this great laboratorj^
shall be used with an &ye single to the advancement of science
and the public welfare in accordance with the aims of its founder,
and that the students who go forth from it shall be so inspired by
the spirit of truth that they shall be its devoted servants and loyal
to it all their lives.

Remarks by Professor Herbert Osborn, Director.

After what has been said alreadj^ I need not detain you with an
extended statement of our purposes and plans in the work of our
summer station. I would like, however, to mention some phases
of our work and if possible, emphasize our position in regard to
our relations to other institutions and to scientific workers in
general.

Only about thirty years ago there was begun on a little island
off the coast of Ma,ssachusetts what has proved to be the pioneer
of the seaside and aquatic laboratories now so plentiful in differ-
ent parts of the world. When Agassiz opened up his summer
laboratory on Penikese he not only started a movement for the
closer stud}' of animal life under inspiring surroundings but he
really inaugurated a movement in American education which has
had a remarkable effect on the methods of teaching here and
abroad. A method that involves the inspiration of personal con-
tact with nature under the guidance of a lover of nature expert
in understanding her ways.

I can myself remember the kindling of boyish ambition to go
to Agassiz" s school, for his name had then become a familiar one
throughout the land. To stud}- under his guidance was to my
youthful fancy the height of opportunity. I remember, too, most
distinctly, how bewildered and dazed I felt when I learned that
Agassiz was dead. It had never occurred to me that Agassiz
might die. I had never thought of him as a man who possibly
was old but only as the representaMve teacher. In the airy castles
of youth I had dreamed that possibly, .some day, I might be able
to come under his inspiring instruction.

Of course we may say that the direct method of study must
have originated long before Agassiz' s time, in fact such method
can be referred readily to Aristotle and other early interpreters

1 84 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8,

of nature, and the plan has come forward as a new method of
education at intervals ever since ; only, however, to lapse again
and again into dependence upon the indirect one of reference to
printed authorit}' or the mere dictum of the teacher. Nature
stud}' is certainlv old, but it needs constant rehabilitation or it
reverts to the methods of repetition.

But while Agassiz died and the Penikese station was aban-
doned, the spirit of the enterprise has blossomed out in hosts, of
schools and research stations where the fundamental purpose is
identical with his. First and foremost of these is the famous
zoological station at Naples, and our own Woods Holl stands,
doubtless, next to it in length of life and scientific product.

Mere mention of the stations at Bayonne, Plymouth. Plon,
Beaufort, Cold Spring Harbor, Casco Bay, Plat Head Lake,
Illinois River, Madison, Vl^inona Lake, Bermuda, Kingston,
Jamaica and Vancouver's, shows the extent to which it has
grown. They have contributed not only to the body of knowl-
edge concerning plant and animal life but, more, they have
taught the methods of original research and given inspiration to
hosts of teachers throughout the country who have carried the
research method into high schools and colleges to the profound
improvement of methods of instruction.

This is not merely a process of teaching how to investigate ; it
is using the method of investigation as a process in education.
Its purpose is to give the student both the impulse and the train-
ing by which he may gain new facts properly and correlate them
with previous knowledge that is presented to him from the past.
In short, to acquire and prove for himself that which he is asked
to accept as the results of previous work by his predecessors.

It will be seen that we have a two-fold purpose though at bot-
tom a single end— instruction and investigation. In our instruc-
tion we aim to .show the methods of research used in investiga-
tions and to instruct or furnish information in the essential
processes connected with the growth and perfection of science.

But we may go further and recognize that the acquisition of
knowledge has wider purpose than the mere gratification of
mental curiosity or the building up of an educational structure.
Knowledge has its ultimate service in contributing to human
needs, material as well as intellectual, in the promotion of human
life and activity-. I believe that we may, with perfect pro]^riety,
insist on the educational value of a method which in\-olves.
includes in its scope, the determining of facts that will be of
practical service in the conununit}- and state.

The elaborate study of mosquito conditions on Long Island by
the members of the laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor lose none
of their scientific value and interest from the fact that they fur-
nish a ba.sis for most important service in prevention of disease-

June, 1904.] Opening of the Lake Laboratory Building. 185

and suffering. If in the course of our investigations here we may
be able to gain some fragments of knowledge that will serve the
comfort of the community these will but add force and insiDiration
to the educational effort we have inaugurated.

With the occupation of this new building, the future home of
our efforts, devoted exclusively to our use and planned especially
for our purposes, we have reason, I think, to feel gratified. It is
but just, also, to recognize the generous spirit of the Board of
Trustees in providing these facilities for our work, the cordial
reception of the citizens of Sandusky and the liberality of the
Cedar Point Pleasure Resort Company in granting the beautiful
site and the privileges accorded to workers in the laboratory.

It is also a matter for sincere gratification to note the hearty
encouragement given the enterprise by our associates in the
University Faculty and b}^ biologists scattered over the country.
Such interest and encouragement may well stimulate us to our
best effort in the utilization of the opportunities now at our com-
mand.

We cannot let this occasion pass without reference to the
devoted, unselfish scientific worker under whose direction it was
established. Professor Kellicott was a man of unusual devotion
to research. He showed rare discrimination in the selection of
this beautiful bay as the location for a laboratory. We owe to
him a meed of praise to-day, a word of appreciation, a pause for
silent, reverential recognition of his services to education, science
and humanity. To him life was a persistent effort in the acqui-
sition of knowledge, and while he died in the prime of manhood
be left a record of scientific achievement which may well inspire
us all to greater effort.

With the past history of the laboratory known it should be an
easy matter to read its future purpose and policy. It is our aim
to further biological stud}- in its every phase. To give opportu-
nity to research and to furnish instruction and experience to build
a sure foundation for successful work in teaching or investiga-
tion.

It is our firm belief that biolog}' and biological methods have
much to offer in any system of education; that its cardinal method
of direct appeal to nature in the solution of the problems of na-
ture, should be pushed into everj^ grade of school work and that
to this end teachers trained in the actual processes of direct study
■ are essential. That such teaching in our schools is far too limited
is, I think, fully recognized by those familiar with this work.

It is our hope and aim to make the laboratory of service to any

student in any phase of biolog)^ that can be profitably studied

under the conditions here. To make this as broad and emphatic

as possible, we may say that it will be our policy to assist to the

• extent of our ability any competent scientific worker, from any

1 86 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. IV, No. 8,

institution or locality, in the prosecution of any investigation
which our locality and equipment may permit. I believe this
represents the spirit of the Board of Trustees, the President, and
all ofhcially connected with the laboratory. I beleve this to be
full)' shown by the equipment already furnished and the attitude
shown in making these facilities equally accessible to all who may
desire to use them. We hope educators and scientific workers in
our own and adjacent states especially will find it a profitable
meeting ground and feel that its opportunities are open on the
most liberal basis to all.

It ma}- seem that the fragments of knowledge we gather are
very insignificant, and it is entirel}^ possible that we may not
make any startling discoveries, but we should remember that the
great body of science consists of innumerable individual facts,
blended and related to a harmonious whole — as individual grains
of sand comprise the long stretch of land, the magnificent beach,
and the sightly dunes which constitute the basis of our new home.
So we may hope that in all the new facts we gather we shall be
able to correlate them with those already known, to blend them
and round them to a more perfect s^^mmetry, in short to add
perhaps minute but essential parts to the completion of great
structures.

Finally, I desire to express my profound thanks to the many
who have evinced a cordial interest in our work, and especially
to those who have taken the pains and time to be with us to-daj'.

FLORA OF CEDAR POINT.

W. A. Keli^ERMAN and O. E. Jennings.

This brief report represents the work on the Cedar Point Flora
as completed to date, so far as listing the observed species is
concerned.

Various botanists had collected there in the past, — E. h.
Moseley, Wm. Krebs, Edo Claassen, L. D. Stair, W. A. Keller-
man, and others, — but not until the publication of Prof. Moseley's
excellent Catalogue was there any comprehensive list of the
plants of this region. In the " Sandusky Flora " Prof. Mose-
ley specifically reports 1 1 1 species for Cedar Point ; for most of
the commoner plants of Krie County no particular locality was
given.

In the Cedar Point Herbarium, prepared in 1903, and deposited
at the Lake Laboratory, we have 316 species of the flowering
plants and ferns mounted. Besides these there have been report-
ed, either in the " Sandusky Flora " or elsewhere, 71 .species
more, thus making a total list for Cedar Point of 387 species of
the flowering plants and ferns.

June, 1904.]

Flora of Cedar Point.

187

lu the following list of plants collected on Cedar Point, the
authors are responsible for the items except where given and
noted on other authority ; those though not yet in the herbarium
but definitely reported for this locality in the " Sandusky Flora"
are indicated thus: [Cat.]. Space will not permit here an enu-
meration of the fungi [62 species] collected in this region; for
the same, see the May No. of the Journal of Mycology.

FLOWKRING PLANTS AND FERNS OF CEDAR POINT.

Acer nigrum Mx. [Cat.], rubrum L.
AcERATES viridiflora (Raf.) Eaton.
Achillea millefolium L.
AcoRUS calamus L-
ACTAEA rubra (Ait.) Willd.
Afzelia macrophylla (Nutt.)

Kuntze.
Agastache nepetoides (L.) Kuntze.
Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv.
Agrostis alba L.
Agrijioxia liirsuta (Muhl.) Bick.,

mollis (T. & G.) Britt.
AiLANTHUS glandulosa Desf.
AlsinE longifolia (Muhl.) Britt.
Alisma plantago-aquatica L.
AmaranThus graecizans L.
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L.
Amelanchier botryapium (L. f.) D.

C. [Cat.], canadensis (L.) Medic.
Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link.
Amygdalus persica L.
Andropogon furcatus Muhl.
Anemone virginiana L,., canadensis

Iv.

AnTENnaria plantaginifolia (L.)

Rich.
Anthemis cotula L.
Apios apios (L.) MacM.
Aplectrum spicatum (Walt.) B. S.

P. [Cat.].
Apocynum cannabinum L.
AouiLEGiA canadensis L.
Arabis brachycarpa (T. & G.) Britt.

[Cat.], canadensis L., dentata T.

& G. [Cat.], lyrata L.
Aralia nudicaulis L.
Arctostaphvlos uva-ursi (L.)

Sprang.
Arenaria serpyllifolia L , stricta

Mx.
Argentina anserrina (L.) Rybd.
Artemisia caudata Mx.
ASCLEPIAS syriaca L. tuberosa L.,

incarnata L., pulchra Ehrh.
Asparagus officinalis L.
ASPLENiUM platyneuron (L,.) Oakes.

[Cat.]

Batrachium longirostris (Godr.)

F. Schultz.
BiDENS aristosa (Mx.) Britt. [Cat.]^.

beckii Torr., bipinnata L. ,

discoidea (T. & G.) Britt. [Cat.]
Blephariglottis psycodes (L.)

Rybd.
Blephilia hirsuta (Ph.) Torr.
Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Willd.
BoLTONiA asteroides L'Her.
Botrychium virginianum (L.)

Schw.
Br.\SENia peltata Ph. [Cat.].
Bursa bursa-pastoris (L. ) Britt.
Cakile edentula (Bigel) Hook.
CalamagrosTIS canadensis (Mx.)

Beauv.
Campanula americana L,., uliginosa

Rybd.
Capnoides flavulum (Raf.) Kuntze.

[Cat.].
Cardamine pennsylvanica Muhl.
Carduus arvensis (L.) Robs, (in

herbarium of C.S. Mead), discolor

(Muhl.) Nutt., lanceolatus L.
Carex aquatilis Wahl. [Cat.],

comosa Boot. [Cat.], lanuginosa

Mx., Muhlenbergii Schk., sartwelii

Dewey [Cat.], stipata Muhl.,

tribuloides Wahl.
Cast.-\lia tuberosa (Paine) Greene.
Chlastrus scandens L,.
Celtis occidentalis L,., crassifolius

Lam.
Cenchrus tribuloides L.
Cephalanthus occidentalis L.
Chenopodium album L., boscianum

Moq. [Cat.], hvbridum L.,

leptophyllum Nut. [Cat.].
Chimaphila umbellata Nutt. [Cat.]
CicuTA maculata L.
CiRCAEA lutetiana L.
Clinopodium vulgare L.
Convolvulus sepium L.
Coreopsis tripteris L.
Cornus amomum Mill., asperifolium.

Mx., stolonifera Mx.

i88

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 8,

CoRVLUS americana Walt.
CvPERUS filiculmis Vahl., rivularis

Kunth., schweinitzii Torr.,

strigosus L.
Daucus carota L.
Decodon verticillatus (Iv. ) Ell.
DiANTHRRA aiiiericaiia L,.
DioscoREA villosa L.
Dryopteris thelypteris (L.) Gr.

spinulosa (Retz. ) Kuntze.
DuLiCHiUM arundinaceum (L.) Britt.

[Cat.].
ElEOCHaris acuminata (Mulil)

Nees. [Cat.], intermedia (Muhl)

Schultze [Cat.].
Ei^YMus canadensis L. striatus Willd.

virginicus L.
Epilobium adenocaulon (L.)

Haussk.
Equisetum robustum Br. arvense L.,

variegatum Schleich. [Cat.].
Eragrostis major Host., pectinacea

(Mx.) Stend., spectabilis Stend.

[Cat.].
Erechtites hieracifolia Raf.
Erigeron annuus (L.) Pars.,

philadelphicus, L.
Erysimum inconspicuum (Wats.)

MacM.
EuoNYMUS atropurpureus Jacq.
EUPATORIUM ageratoides L. f.,

maculatum L., perfoliatum L.,

purpureum L. [Cat.].
EuPHORBi.A. commutata Eng. [Cat.],

corollata L., hirsuta (Torr.) Wieg. ,

nutans Lag., polygonifolia L.
EuTHAMiA graniinifolia (L.) Nutt.
FalcaTa pitcheri (T. & G.) Kuntze

[Cat.].
Festuc.\ octoflora Walt. (F. tenella

Willd.)
FiMBRiSTYLis autumnalis (L.) R. &

S. [Cat.].
Fragaria vesca L. [Cat.], viginiana

Duch.
Fr.\xinus americana L,., lanceolata

Borck., pennsylvanica Marsh.
FiMARiA ofificinalis L. [Cat.].
G.A.UUM triflorum Mx., pilosum Ait,,

circaezans Mx.
Gaura biennis L.
Geranium carolinianum L,.,

robertianum Iv.
Gerardia purpurea L. [Cat.].
Geum canadense Jacq., virginianum

L.
Gi.EDiTsi.A. triacanthos L.
Gn.\phalium obtusifolium L.

Gyrostachys cernua ( L. ) Kuntze.
Helianthemum majus (L,.), B.S.P.

[Cat.].
HELI.A.NTHUS annuus L. [Cat.],

decapetalus L,. liirsutus Raf.,

strumosus macrophvllus ( Willd. )

Britt. [Cat.].
Heliopsis helianthoides (L. ) B. S. P.

[Cat.].
Heteranthera dubia (Jacq.)

MacM.
Hibiscus moscheutos L., trionum I,.
Hypericum maculatum Walt.
Hystrix hystrix (L. ) .Millsp.
Imp.\Tiens biflora Walt.
Ilex verticillata [h.) Gr.
Iris versicolor L.
JuGLANS nigra L.
JUNCUS balticus Willd.. richardsoni-

anus Schult., torreyi Coville. (J.

nodosus megacephalus Torr. ).
Juniperus communis L,., nana

Wild., virginiana L.
L.A.CIN.\RIA scariosa (I,.) Hill.,

spicata (L.) Kuntze [Cat.].
Lactuca canadensis L., floridana

(L.) Gaertn., virosa L,.
IvAPPULA lappula (L. ) Karst.,

virginiana (L.) Greene.
L.A.THYRUS palustris L., venosus,

Muhl.
Lemna trisulca L.
Lechea major Mx.
Leonurus cardiaca h. [Cat.].
Lepargyraea canadensis (L.)

Greene. [Cat.].
Lepidium virginicum L.
Leptii.on canariense (L. ) Britt.
Leptorchis loeselii (L.) MacM.
IvESPEDEZA violacea Fers.
LiGUSTRUM vulgare L. [Cat.].
LiPPiA lanceolata Mx. [Cat.].
LiTHOSPERMUM gmelinii (Mx.)

Hitch.
LoBEi.i.A. S3-philitica L,.
LoxiCER.A. glaucescens (L.) Rydb.
LUDWIGIA alternifolia h. [Cat.].
LYCOPEkSicON Ijxopersicon (L.)

Karst.
Lycopus americanus Muhl.
Mai, us mains (L.) Britt.
Malva rotundifolia L.
Medicago lupulina L.
MEibomi.-v canadensis (ly.) Kuntze,

grandiflora ( Walt. ) Kuntze.
Melii.ctus alba Desv. [Cat.].
Menispermum canadense (L.)

Kuntze. [Cat.].

June, 1904.]

Flora of Cedar Point.

189

Mentha canadensis 1,.
MiCRAMPELiS lobata (Mx.) Greene.
INIiMULUS ringens L,-
MoNARDA fistulosa L,.
MORUS rubra L.
MyriophylIvUM spictatum L.
NABAI.US albus (L) Hook.
Naias flexilis (Willd.) Rost. &

Schmidt.
Naumbergia thyrsiflora (L. ) Dub}'.

[Cat.].
Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers.
Nepeta cataria L.
Nymphaea advena Soland. [Cat.]

variegata Eng.
Oenothera rhombipetala Nutt.

[Cat.].
Onagra biennis (L.) Scop.,

oakesiana (Gr. ) Britt. [Cat.].
Onoclea sensibilis L.
Opulaster opulifolius (L,.) Kuntze.
OpunTia huniifusa Raf.
OSMUNDA regalis h.
OsTrya virginiana (Mill.) Willd.
OxAiyis cyniosa Small.
P.A.NICUM clandestinum L.,

columbianum Scrib.

(P. dichotomum L,.) [Cat.],

miliaceum L. [Cat.],

scribneriaimm Xasli

(P. scoparium lyam.) [Cat.],

unciphyllum Trin.

(P. pubescens Gr. ),

virgatum L,.
Parietaria pennsylvanica Muhl.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L. )

Planch.
Plastin.\ca sativa L.
Penthoruji sedoides L.
PenTstemon hirsutus (L.) Willd.
Perulari.\ flava (L. ) Rj'db.
Phaearis arundinacea L.
Phieotria canadensis (Mx.) Britt.
PheEum pratense L,.
Phr.\gmiteS phragmites (L.) Karst.
Phrym.\ leptostachya L.
Physalis pruinosa L.
Phytolacca decandra L,.
PiNUS strobus L.
Plant AGO lanceolata L. [Cat.],

major L., rugelii Dec.
Plat.\nus occidentalis L.
Podophyllum peltatum L.
POLANISIA graveolens Raf.
Polygonum aviculare L.,

convolvulus L.,

emersum (Mx.) Britt.,

lapthifolium L,. [Cat.],

punctatum Ell.,

sagitattum L. [Cat.],

virginianum L.
POLYMNiA canadensis L., canadensis

radiata Gr. (R. F.Griggs, O. Nat.

I : 98).
PoNTEDERiA cordata L.
POPULUS balsamifera L. (R. F.

Griggs, O.Nat. I : 98), deltoides

Marsh., tremuloides Mx.
PoTAMOGETON lonchites Tuck.,

natans L., pectinatus L,. [Cat.],

perfoliatus L., pusillus L.,

zosteriaefolius Schum.
PoTENTiLLA monspeliensis L.,

paradoxa Nutt.
Prunella vulgaris L.
Prunus americana Marsh., pumila

L. (W. A. Kellerman and R. F.

Griggs, O. Nat. I : 98), serotina

Ehr., virginiana L.
PTELE.\ trifoliata L.
Pyrola elliptica Nutt. [Cat.].
OUERCUS imbricaria Mx., leana

Nutt., macrocarpa Mx., rubra L,.

(reported by W. A. Kellerman),

velutina L,am.
Ranunculu.s sceleratus L.
Rhus aromatica Ait., glabra L., hirta

(L ) Sudw. , radicans L. [Cat.].
RiBES lacustre Poir. [Cat.],

cynosbati L., floridum L'Her.
Ricci.\ iiuitans L., natans L,.
RoBiNLA. pseudacacia L.
RoRiPA armoracia (L.) Hitch.,

hispida (Desv.) Britt., palustris

(L. ) Bessey.
Rosa blanda Ait. [Cat ] , Carolina L. ,

setigera Mx.
RUBUS frondosus Bigel.,

nigrobaccus Bailey,

occidentalis L.,

procumbens ]Muhl.,

strigosv;s Mx.
RuDBECKiA hirta L.
RUMEX acetosella L., crispus L.,

obtusifolius L., verticillatus L.
Sagittaria latifolia Willd.
Salix alba L., amygdaloides

Anders., cordata Muhl., fragilisL.,

glaucophilla Bebb. , interior

Rowlee., (S. longifolia Muhl.),

interior wheelerii Rowlee., lucida

Muhl., amygdaloides x nigra.
Salomonia comutata (R. & S.)

Britt.
Sambucus candensis L.
S.\NiCULARiA canadensis L.

190

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 8,

Saponaria officinalis L.
SciRPUS americanus Pers.,

lacustris L.
SCROPHULARIA marylandica L,.
ScuTEivLARiA cordifolia Muhl.,

galericulata L.
Sedxtm acre L. [Cat.].
Sicvos angulatus L.
SiLENE antirrhina L., virginica L.
Sisymbrium officinale Scop.
Smilax herbacea L., rotundifolia L.
SoEANUM dulcamara L., nigra L.
Solidago juncea Ait., serotina Ait.
SONCHUS asper (L.) All.
Sophia pinnata (Walt.) Britt. [Cat.].
Sparganium eurj'carpum Eng.
Spirodeea polyrrhiza (L.) Schleid.

[Cat.].
Sporoboeus cryptandrus (L,.) Gr.
Stachys aspera Mx.
Steironema ciliatuni (L.) Raf.
Stipa spartina Tiin.
Strophostyees helvola (L.) Britt.
Symphoricarpos pauciflorus

(Robbins) Britt.
Taraxacum erythrospenimm

Andrz.
Tecoma radicans (L.) DC.
Teucrium canadense L,.,

occidentale Gr.
Thaspium barbinode (Mx.) Nutt.,

barbinode augustifolium Coult. &

Rose. [Cat.].

Tilia americana I,.
Tradescantia reflexa Raf.
Trifolium hybridum L. , pratense L.

[Cat.].
Typha latifolia L.
Uemus americana L.
Unifoeium canadense (DesF.)

Greene.
Urtica gracilis Ait.
Utricuearia gibba. L. [Cat.],

vulgaris L,.
Vagnera stellata (L,.) Morong.,

racemosa (L.) Morong.
Vaeeisneria spiralis L.
Verbascum thapsus L.
Verbena hastata L,., urticifolia L,.
Vernonia maxima Small.
Viburnum lentago L.
Viola papilionacea Ph.,

rafinesquii Greene.
ViTis vulpina Iv.
Washingtonia claytonia (Mx.)

Britt.
WoEFFiA punctata Griseb. (W.

braziliensis Kng.). [R. F. Griggs,

O. Nat. I : 97 ]"

Columbiana Karst.
XanThium canadense Mill. [Cat.].
Xanthoxyeum americanum Mill.

[Cat.].
Zea mays L,.
Zizania aqnatica L.

FLORA OF HEN AND CHICKEN ISLANDS, 1903.

W. R. Keelerman.

An interesting account of a summer visit to the Hen and
Chicken Islands in Canadian waters, Lake Erie, was given by
Professor Schaffuer in the Ohio Naturalist, III, pages 331-
332, December, 1902. One year later, these Islands were visited
and the flora again recorded, which is here reported briefly, re-
ferring the reader to Professor Schaffner's article for description
of the Islands, and comments on the plants formerly enumerated.

My notes show the following list for these Islands — with one
or two exceptions being the same species of plants observed by
Professor Schaffuer for Little Chick, the only one visited b}- him.

•June, 1904.] Flora of Hen and Chicken Islands.

191

Plants on I^ittle Chick Island, Lake Erie, August, 1903.

Agrostis alba 2 plants.

Atripex (hast, or pat. ) 2 plants.

Ambrosia artemisiaefolia i plant.

Bidens connata i plant.

Bidens frondosa 12 plants.

Celtis occidentalis i plant.

Cnicus sp.? I plant.

Erechtites hieracifolia, . . 8 plants.

Inipatiens sp.? 40 plants.

Leptilon canadense 6 plants.

Lycopus sp.? I plant.

Micranipeles lo1)ata i plant.

Polygonum lapatliifolium t2 plants.

Polygonum pennsylvanicum 200 plants.

Salix amygdaloides 50 plants of various sizes.

Ulmus americana i plant 4 ft. high.

Plants on Big Chick Island, Lake Erie, August, 1903.
(About ten times area of Little Chick.)

Acer negundo 2 plants, 18 in. high.

Celtis occidentalis .... i plant 50 ft. high.

Salix alba i plant 30 ft. high.

Scirpus fluviatilis i plant 12 in high.

Sicy OS angulatus 75 plants mostly small.

Urtica gracilis 12 plants 2 ft.

No Plants on Chick Island.

Plants on Hen Island, Lakp: Erie, August, 1903.
(Area about five acres.)

Acer nigrum.
Acer saccharuni.
Achillea millefolium.
Agrostis alba.
Alsine media.
Arabis laevigata.
Aster shortii.
Bursa bursa-pastoris.
Campanula americana.
Ci enopodium album.
Dactylis glomerata
Erigeron annuus.
Euthamia graminifolia.
Fraxinus pennsylvanica
Fraxinus sambucifolia.
Geranium robertianum.
Geuni sp.

Gymnocladus canadensis.
Inipatiens pallida.
Nepeta cataria.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia.
Pentstemon pubescens.

Phytolacca decandra.

Pilea pumila.

Polygonum scandens.

Populus deltoides.

Populus tremuloides.

Prunus virginiana.

Ouercus acuminata (Ivs. broad)

Rhus hirta.

Riljes cynosbati.

Rubus nigrobaccus.

Sambucus canadensis.

Sicyos angulata.

Sisymbrium canescens.

Ulmus ai:iericana.

Vagnera stellata.

Verbascum thapsus

Vitis riparia.

Also the following cultivated plants:
Peach, Pear, Cherry, Gooseberry.
Pieplant, Grape.

192

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. IV, No. 8^

THE JACKET LAYER IN SASSAFRAS.

John H. Schaffner.

In the ovules of some angiosperms a definite nutritive tissue
invests the embryo-sac, while in others no such layer exists.
This nutritive jacket appears in all cases to be simply a modifica-
tion of one or more layers of cells on the inner wall of the ovule.
It is purely a physiological tissue and is usualh- described as
consisting of cells with deeply-staining contents. It is much less
definite in structure than the tapetum in the microsporangia of
the stamen, but reminds one of the so-called spongy tissue in the
ovule of the pines and related plants. Although usually descril^ed
as a dark staining tissue, there are examples where just the
opposite is the case. Cook ( i ) describes the tissue in the wall of
the ovule of Agrostemma githago as consisting of two zones, the
inner zone consisting of thin-walled cells which degenerate while
the embryo-sac is enlarging. Although the cell walls of the zone
were very delicate, the entire layer was sharply separated from
the outer tissue by a very thick limiting wall.

Fig. I. Ovule of Sassafras, showinsj jacket layer, a, cross section ; b,

longitudinal section.

While studying some preparations of Sassafras sassafras, the
writer observed a jacket of cells surrounding the mature embryo-
sac. This layer shows .some resemblance to the delicate zone in
Agrostenuna, l)ut there is no distinct limiting wall on the outside.
It is from one to several layers of cells in thickness and the cells are
light-colored with Delafield's haematox\-lin and Heidenhain's
haematoxylin, while the cells of the outer zone stain ver}^ dark
(Fig. I , a, b). The cells have large vacuoles and comparatively little

June, 1904.] Tke Jacket Layer in Sassafras. 193

protoplasm and begin to degenerate when the embryo-sac is fully
formed. This jacket layer thus performs an important function.
First its cells nourish the developing female gametophyte, and
later, by their disintegration a further food suppl}- is furnished to
the developing endosperm and embryo. By their rapid disinte-
gration there is also a decided increase of room in the ovule.
These processes correspond to the functions of the tapetum in the
microsporangium.

As stated before, this jacket layer in the ovule must be regarded
as pureh^ a physiological tissue, being developed in various ways
in different angiosperms. It may be entirely absent as in Sagit-
taria and Lilium ; it may be represented simpl}- bj' disintegrating
cells in contact with the embryo-sac as in many monocotyls and
dicotyls ; it may have a development as in the examples just
discussed ; or it may be a highly specialized layer of dark-staining
cells. To the last type belongs Aster novae-angliae, where the
layer is described by Chamberlain (2) as consisting of cells with
dense protoplasm remarkably free from vacuoles. Stylidium (3)
and Lobelia (4), as well as many other genera of Sympetalae,
have highly developed jacket layers.

1. Cook, M. T. The Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of

Agrostemma githago. Ohio Nat. 3 : 365-369. 1903.

2. Chamberlain, C. J. The Embryo-sac of Aster Novae-Angliae. Bot.

Gaz. 20: 205-212. 1S95.

3. Burns, G. P. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Stylidiaceen. Flora 87 : 313-

354. 1900.

4. Billings, F. H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Samenentwickelung.

Flora 88 : 253-318. 1901.

MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

TowNSHEND Hall, March 7, 1904.

The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. Sanders,
and the business meeting was dispensed with. The paper of the
evening was given by Dr. Bleile on " The Anti-bodies." Much
interest was shown in the lecture and a large audience was present.

Orton Hall, April 9, 1904.

The meeting was called to order by President Mr. Sanders.

Prof. Kellerman reported inoculations with rust on corn. He
experienced great difficulty in procuring good host plants on
account of the cold weather. He secured uredospores on pop-
corn inoculated with spores of Puccinia sorghi from sweet -corn.

Prof. Hine spoke on the Gulf Biological station in Louisiana.
The station is located on the coast, at the mouth of the Calcasieu

194 The Ohio Naturalist. Hoi. IV, No. 8,

river, aud was established for the study of various economic
problems of interest to the people of the State. The station has
a good building valued at $6,000. Special precautions have been
taken to overcome dangers arising from inundations to which the
region is subject during severe storms. Prof. Hine identified
about fifty birds, among them the snake bird, boat-tailed grackle,
black vulture, little blue heron, mocking bird, Louisiana clapper-
rail, and Wilson's plover. There are ver}- few sparrows. Land
mammals are scarce but porpoises are very numerous. A number
of species of insects were collected, of which about 150 have been
identified. The address was closed with a brief description of
the flora found in the region of the laborator}' and the speaker's
experience in flounder, schrimp and crab fishing.

Orton Hall, May 2, 1904.

In the absence of the President, the meeting was called to order
by Prof. Schaffner. It was moved and seconded that he act as
chairman for the evening. The motion was carried. The pro-
gram for the evening consisted of reports on. theses.

Mr. York reported work on the life history of Nelumbo. Mr.
Morse gave an outline of his work on the embryology of the
spider's Q^g.

Under personal observations, Prof. Kellerman reported that he
had secured uredospores of Puccinia sorghi on dent corn inocu-
lated with uredospores from pop-corn, which, together with
previous experiments, showed that rusts on sweet-corn, pop-corn
and dent corn are not physiological varieties. Mr. Frank reported
culture experiments with Sphaeropsis rosae. Prof. Schaffr.er
reported observations on the time when leaves come out on various
trees and shrubs.

Prof. Alfred Vivian, Prof. Rudolph Hirsch, and J, C. White
were elected to membership.

J. N, Frank, Secretary pro tcni.

Date of Publication of June Number, June 1, 1904.

The

w

Ohio Naturalist

Official Organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University
and of The Ohio State Academy of Scienxe.

/ ^

Volumes M V and VI, 1903-1906.

EDITORIAL STAFF.

Editor-in-Chief Johx H. Schaffxer

Manager Jas. S. Hine.

Associate Editors:

Zoology — Archaeology —

F. L. Laxdacre. W. C. Mills.

Botany — Ornithology —

W. A. Kellermax, Vol. IV. Max I^Iorse, Vol. IV.

Harlax H. York, Vol. V. J. G. Saxders, Vol. V.

R. F. Griggs, Vol. VI. Z. P. Metcalf, Vol. VI.

Geology — - Ecology —

J. A. BowNOCKER, Vols. IV, V. O. E. Jexxixgs, Vol. V.

J. E. Hyde, Vol. VI. Johx X. Fraxk, Vols. V,VI

Advisory Board:

Prof. W. A. Kellerman Department of Botany

Prof. Herbert^Osborn, Department of Zoologj'

Prof. Charleses. Prosser Department of Geology

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

•y^'

^<§ /^.^ <

uJi.LIBRAR

The Ohio ^f^aturalisf^^^^

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume V. NOVEMBER, 1904. No. 1.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

OSBOKN— Notes on South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera 195

Kellerman and Gleason— Notes on the Ohio Ferns 205

tiCH AFFNER— Leaf Expansion of Trees and Shrubs in 1904 210

Riddle— Unusual Color Marking in the Prairie Mole 213

Gleason— A New Sunflower from Illinois 214

SCHAFFNER— Six Nutating Plants 214

SCHAFFNER— Twigs of the Common Hackberry 215

Frank— Meeting of the Biological Club 216

NOTES ON SOUTH AMERICAN HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA.*

Herbert Osborn.

The following notes are based mainly upon collections made
in Peru and Bolivia by William J. Gerhard during the years 1898-
1899, and ptirchased by the writer from Mr. Weeks of Boston,
the package having been entirely undisturbed, and a collection
made at Bartica, British Guiana by Mr. H. S. Parrish during the
spring of 1900. Collections by these parties are entered without
further reference. Other material has been secured from various
sources but recorded here so as to make the notes as complete as
possible based upon the material in the author's collection. The
collection made by Mr. Parrish in Guiana was made at the same
time and in practically the same localities as those furnished by
Mr. Crew and reported upon by Mr. Van Duzee. (Trans. Ent.
Soc, Vol. 27, p. 343, 352, Dec, 1901.)

Very many species therefore in Mr. Van Duzee's list and mine
are similar and I have avoided repetition of data included in his
paper and in some instances the species. Some additional spe-
cies however, are to be noted and in some cases variations worthy
of note have been observed. The arrangement is practically
that of Lethierry and Severin in the' 'Catalogue General des Hem-
ipteres." The types of the new species described are in the
author's collection.

♦Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, O. S. U., No. 20.

196 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

CORIMEL^NID^.

Coriinelaena notatipennis Stal-? Numerous specimens, Bartica
Br. Guiana. Has broad yellowish spot on base of corium,
no distinct spot at apex. Scutellum as long as abdomen.
Van Duzee doubts the reference to this species and lists it
under Corimelaena spp.

Corimelaena schmidti Fab, One specimen, Bartica Br. Guiana,
May 12, 1902

SCUTELLERID.'E.

Polytes velutinus Dall. A number of specimens from Cocha-
bamba; two from Coroica Yungas and one specimen from
Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia, the latter kindly given me by Mr.
E. P. Van Duzee. This is a handsome velvety green insect
with a reddish border to pronotum, base of elytra and
abdomen and apical portion of scutellum. When the vel-
vety surface is lost the ground color is deep brown
thickly punctured with metallic green.

Polytes lineoiatus Dall. Bolivia, Yungas de la Paz. Two speci-
mens for which I am indebted to Mr. E. P. Van Duzee,
who is also to be credited with this determination, also
one specimen from Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug. and Sept.,
1899, and one from Coroica Yungas Bolivia, April, 1899.

Polytes obscurus Dall. Seven specimens from Coroica Yungas,
April, 1899.

Symphylus ramivitta Walk. Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia. From
Mr. Van Duzee by whom determination is made.

Camirus conicus Germ. Bartica Br. Guiana. Evidently com-
mon as a number of examples are in the collection taken
during April, May and July. Larvae for April and May
are included.

PENTATOMID.<E.

Discocephala umbraculata Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. March and
April. Three specimens.

Mormidea geographica Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. Two specimens
April and May. (Det. Van Duzee).

Mormidea ypsilon Linn. Bartica Br. Guiana. Taken in abund-
ance March to July. Cochabamba, Bolivia, one mutilated
specimen which is almost certainly this species

Mormidea angulosa Stal. A specimen from Yungas de la Paz,
Bolivia has been sent to me by Mr. Van Duzee, also one
from Trinidad.

Galedanta myops h'ab.* One specimen Bartica, Br. Guiana.

Sibara armata Dall. Niimerous examples from Bartica, Br.
Guiana where it must be a very abundant species.

Euschistus acutus Dall.* Evidently quite abundant at Bartica,
Br. Guiana.

Nov., 1904.] South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. 197

Thyanta patruelis Stal. Three specimens from Arequipa, Peru
agree closely with Stal's description for this species.

Loxa flavicollis Drury. One specimen Coroica Yungas, Bolivia.

Murgantia fasciata H. S.* Two species from Yungas de la Paz,

Bolivia from Mr. Van Duzee.
Arocera apta Walk.* A single specimen of this handsome species

from Bartica, Br. Guiana.
Nezara marginata P. B. Santiago Chili. One specimen collected

by Prof. J. C. Hambleton is referred here. It agrees with

specimens of this species from San Rafael and Jicultepec,

V. C, Mexico. The apex of scutellum is faintly luteous.

There are no traces of the black dots on thorax said to

distinguish lasta Stal.
Banasa alboapicata Stal.* One specimen Bartica, Br. Guiana.
Arvelius albopunctatus De Geer. Bartica Br.. Guiana.
Taurocerus edessoides Spin. Four specimens Bartica, Br. Guiana.
Edessa discors Erich.* Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens.
Edessa quadridens Fab.* Numerous specimens Bartica, Br..

Guiana.
Edessa jugata Westw.* Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899'
Edessa moschas Erich.* Four specimens Bartica, Br. Guiana.
Edessa rufo-marginata De Geer. Cochabamba and Cholumani,.

Bolivia.
Discocera ochrocyanea Lep. My specimen from Bartica, Br.

Guiana agrees closely with the description of Amyot and

Serville.
Piezosternum subulatum Thunb. Two specimens from Cocha-
bamba, Bolivia, Aug. and Sept., 1899.
Oplomus tripustulatus Fabr. One specimen from Yungas de la

Paz, Bolivia, kindly sent me by Mr. Van Duzee.

COREID^.

Spathophara biclavata Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. Several spec-
mens of this large and striking species.

Molchina compressicornis Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana. One spec-
imen— April.

Pachylis laticornis Fab. Cholumani, Bolivia. One male taken
in Nov., 1898. A female probably this species from
Bartica, lacks antenna.

Melucha lineatella Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana, March 20-30, 1901.
Several specimens — evidently an abundant form.

Melucha phyllocnemis Burm. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia. April
• 1899.

Nematopus Indus Linn. Bartica, Br. Guiana — collected in large
numbers.

* Determined or verified by Mr. E. P. Van Duzee.

198 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

Nematopus fasciatus Westw. Bartica, Br. Guiana, March 29,
1901. A single very handsome specimen of this species.
It is dark steel blue above, a bright orange red band across
front part of pronotum, the corium lined with yellow,
beneath testaceous, apex of femora steel blue. Mentioned
and described by Van Duzee.

Crinocerus sanctus Fab. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia. One speci-
men agrees perfectly with original description. It has
length of 15 mm. Body is rufous. Elytra and mem-
brane black, the former with broad light rufous stripes
starting at base converging but not quite meeting at tip
of clavus then diverging to apex of corium, giving an
elongate cruciate figure, spines and tubercles of hind
femora black.

Acanthocerus clavipes Fab. Bolivia, Coroica Yungas, April and
Cochabamba, Aug., 1899.

Acanthocephala declivis Say. var. guianensis, n. var. Differs
from the typical forms of declivis in having the angles of
the pronotum much larger, much elevated and directed
somewhat forw^ard. The antennae are very long, the ter-
minal joint especially elongated, segments measuring 9,
7, 6, and 13 mm. respectively. The tibi^ are more dilated
than in tvpical declivis but less so than in guatemalena
Dist., the expanded part of tibia measuring 15 mm. long,
the basal part 5 mm. and the apical portion 3 mm. wide.
Length of body 30 mm. Width of humeral angles 16 mm.
I do not have access to the description of fulvitarsa H. S.
and equalis Westw. but this specimen seems properly
associated with declivis especially if the intermediate
varieties guatemalena and panamensis of Distant be
compared.

Acanthocephala latipes. Drur3\ Bartica Br. Guiana, listed also
by \'an Duzce.

Acanthocephala femorata, var. Bartica Br. Guiana. A rather
small variety apparently closely related to femorata but
with joints of antenna all pallid.

Petalops thoracicus FaV). Bartica Br. Guiana. Also listed by
Van Duzec.

Holymenia rubescens A. & S. Bartica Br. Guiana. Mr. Van Duzee
records H. intermedia from the same locality from which
species this is easily separated by the uniformly rufous
color of thorax, scutellum and most of under surface. The
antennal joints are black except basal half of fourth.

Leptoglossus chilensis Spin. Santiago, Chili, J. C. Hambleton.
One female, varies from Signoret's description in having
less yellow on tibiae.

Nov., 1904.] South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. 199

Leptoscelis bipustulatus Linn. Bartica Br. Guiana. Evidently
an abundant species as the collection from Mr. Parrish
included several dozen specimens and Mr. Van Duzee also
lists it.

Leptoscelis nigripes Stal. Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug., 1899. One
specimen, differs from Stal's description in being slightly
larger, IS mm. instead of 16 mm.

Pthia cyanea Sign. Cochabamba, Bolivia. A very beautiful
species, brilliant iridescent blue-green with an orange-red
band on the pronotum. (Absent in two of the nine
specimens).

Spartocera fusca Thtmb. Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug., 1899.

Spartocera denticulata Stal. Cochabamba, Bolivia. In some
points this agrees better with granulata, but in structural
details of genitalia it appears to belong here.

Spartocera alternata Dall. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia. Picture of
diffusa Say to which it must be closely related.

Plapigus foliaceatus Blanch. Coroica Yungas, April, 1899. Two
specimens which are dark fuscous rather than black and
have the anterior border of the pronotum, three longi-
tudinal stripes, the scutellum, costal border of elytra, dull
ferruginous brown, otherwise agrees well with Stal's
description.

Margus sp. ''Quillota" Chili. An undetermined, possibly un-
described species received from Prof. J. C. Hambleton.

Margus pectoralis Stal? Puno, Peru, Nov., 1898. A number of
the specimens of this species were received. They seem
to agree better here than with any other described species.

Zicca nigropunctata De Geer. Cochabamba, Bolivia. Aug. and
Sept., 1899.

Zicca rubricator Fab. Cochabamba, Bolivia, Aug. and Sept.,
1S99.

Hypselonotus concinnus var. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April,
1899. Resembles atratus Dist. exactly for upper side
except scutellum has border and central line testaceous.
Beneath lacks central black line of meso-and meta-ster-
num; legs marked somewhat with testaceous.

Hypselonotus linea Fab. Bartica Br. Guiana, March 21, 1901.
Agrees perfectly with Fabricius' description.

Hypselonotus fuscus n. sp. Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899.
Pattern of linea above but light lines narrower, black areas
have luteous or ochreous ground so thickly covered with
black punctures as to appear dark fuscous where linea is
black. Antennae black. Beneath vellow testaceous, spot-
ted with black, spots round or oval in the two series each
side, legs densely annulate and spotted with black.
Length, 12 mm.

Paryphes laetus Fab. Five specimens from Bartica, Br. Guiana,
March and April.

2 00 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

Paryphes splendidus Dist? Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April, 1899.
A very handsome species, the size and general picture of
laetus but the color is a rich orange-red for the encircling
band and the femora, while the general color is a lighter,
more brilliant and metallic green. The band is narrower
especially beneath. Length, 17 mm. Referred here with
some doubt.

Trachelium tesselatum Dist..Bartica, Br. Guiana.

Cydamus adspersipes Stal, Bartica, Br. Guiana.

Cydamus trispinosus De Geer. Bartica, Br. Guiana.

Leptocorisa filiformis Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana, May. Two
specimens.

Leptocorisa tipuloides Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens

Hyalymenus dentatus Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana, May. One
specimen. This, like the other members of the genus, has
very well marked characters which appear from agree-
ment with descriptions to be very constant. It is perhaps
worthy of note that out of sixteen specimens received
from this locality there are representatives of eight well
marked species.

Hyalymenus dubius Dall. Bartica, Br. Guiana. One specimen
onh'.

Hyalymenus gracilispinus Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two spec-
imens June and August.

Hyalymenus pulcher Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three speci-
mens March, June and August, 1901. Two have hind legs
entirely black. One specimen is lighter, hind tibias only,
black, otherwise apparently identical.

Hyalymenus puncticeps Dall. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two spec-
imens, March and April.

Hyalymenus sinuatis Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens
March and Mav.

Hyalymenus tarsatus Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens,
March and Maw

Hyalymenus vespiformis Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three
specimens, April and July.

Jadera sanguinolenta Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. April and May

LYG^ID^.

Lygaeus sulcatus n. sp. This species appears to be closely related
to obsoletus Stal and interstinctus Distant, but cannot be
referred to any of the variations of these species since there
are differences in the plan of coloration. The pronotal
sulci are deep, curved, and with prominent margins.

Head ferruginous with a fuscous central stripe widest
at occiput narrowing and becoming obscure on tylus.
Antennas dull fuscous with apex of 1st and 'Ad joints yel-
low Pronotum fuscous with the lateral margins, a cen-
tral carinate line and the margins of the transverse sulci

Nov., 1904.] South American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. 201

ochreous or light ferruginous. Margins of sulci are much
swollen, and a short carina extends from their posterior
borders parallel with central carina. Scutellum with
strong central carina and transverse elevations which are
ochreous. Elytra with veins and costa, commisural line
and apex of corium indistinctly ochreous, membrane light
fuscous, the apical portion smoky hyaline, the veins black-
ish- Beneath light fuscous with margins of pleuree, acet-
abulae, orifices and most of the ventral segments, especially
on the disk, pallid. Legs mostl}^ fuscous with coxae, tro-
chanters, base and apex of femora and central part of
tibiae pallid. Length 5 to 5.5 mm., width 1.5 mm.

Three specimens from Bartica Br. Guiana, March,
April and May, collected by H. S. Parrish.

Were it not for generic differences this might be con-
sidered as the female of Acroleucus maurus as the colora-
tion is of a similar pattern, the strong ochreous and
ferruginous markings here being obsolete or obscured in
maurus. The membrane, however, is subhyaline with
fuscous veins. Observations on the possible relationship
of the two forms are desirable.

Lygaeus variegatus De G. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens.
March and April Mr. Van Duzee listed specimens for
June.

Oedancala notata Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Numerous spec-
imens. March and Ma_,

Heraeus cincticornis Stal. Cochabamba, Bolivia. August. One
specimen agreeing perfectly with Stal's description.

Pamera globiceps Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Four specimens.
March and April.

Pamera vicinalis Dall. Bartica, Br. Guiana. July 14, 1901.
One specimen.

Pamera Dallasi Dist. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens.
March and Mav.

Pamera consuta Dall. Bartica, Br. Guiana. One specimen.
April.

Pamera costalis Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana, March, April, and
May, 1901.

Pamera parvula Dall. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens.
Agrees with Dallas' description but anterior femora are
black except at base and apex, not mentioned by Dallas.

Pamera tineodes Burm. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three specimens.
April, May and August, 1901.

Pamera serripes Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Three specimens.
August, 1901.

Pamera tuberculata n. sp. General shape of costalis, the pro-
notum with two distinct conical tubercles within impunc-
tate, circular areas. Length of female, 7.5 mm.

202 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V,No. 1,

Head large, ocelli elevated, a little nearer the eyes than
to each other. Antennae, first joint rather thick extending
about half the length beyond the apex of the head, second
joint long, slender, longer than third, third enlarging at
tip, fourth about as long as third, a little thicker. Pro-
notum deeply constricted, the anterior lobe but little
longer than posterior ; a rather broad granulate collar, two
conspicuous conical tubercles about as far apart as the
eyes and situated within naked, impunctate areas ; a
median stripe and lateral lines scantily clothed with
minute golden hair, posterior lobe distinctly punctate, the
lateral margins orange and two slightly divergent rather
diffuse orange stripes on the disk. Scutellum with fine
golden hair, apex ochreous. Elytra brown, the clavus
nearly black, margined to beyond its middle with ochreous.
Corium with a blackish diffused spot towards the base, a
black band across the centre extending forward in an
angle. Apex black, the extreme base, a line next to claval
suture and most of costa yellowish. Membrane fuscous
with subhy aline, large spots next to corium at its apex
and on the middle of the apical line. Beneath black, the
disk of the abdomen slightly reddish, border of fourth seg-
ment yellowish, middle portion of the margin light yellow.
Legs yellow, the anterior femora and tibiae and outer por-
tion of the femora and tibiae of the intermediate and hind
legs suffused with fuscous, anterior tibiae distinctly enlarged
at apex. One specimen from Bartica, Br. Guiana collect-
ed April IS. It is at once distinguished from any of
the other members of the genus by the peculiar nipple-like
tubercles on the anterior lobe of pro-thorax.

Erlacda arhapheoides Sign. Quillota Chili, J. C. Hambleton.
Has ocelli small but well developed. Signoret says, "No
ocelli" ("Pas d'ocelles") but in other respects, both gen-
eric and specific description agrees perfectly.

Petizius assimilandus Dist. Bartica, Br. Guiana. May, 1901.
Distant described the species from Guatemala.

Gonatas divergens Dist. Two specimens from Bartica, Br. Gui-
ana, agree so closely with this species that I refer them
here though previous records place it in Guatemala and
Panama only.

PYRRHOCORID.«.

Dysdercus ruficoUis L. Coroica Yungas Bolivia. April.

C.\PSID^.

Lygus cuneatus Dist. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens. In
these the apices of femora and tibiae are touched with Ver-
million or rose and the cvmeus is bordered only in part
with ochraceous.

Nov., 1904.] South American Heniiptera-Heteroptera. 203

ARADID^.

Hesus sp. I have one specimen from Bartica, Br. Guiana, which
is doubtless the same as Mr. Van Duzee refers to cordatus
or acuminatus. Not having specimens of the three spe-
cies in hand comparisons with descriptions are unsatis-
factory, especially as the available descriptions are
indefinite in some important details.

REDUVIID^.

Pothea frontalis Lep. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two specimens

Ectrichodia immarginata Stal. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Two spec-
imens.

Apiomerus pilipes Fab. Numerous specimens of this large hairy
rather coarse species from Bartica, Br. Guiana.

Apiomerus sp. Bolivia. A small jet black species with a small
rose red spot on disk of corium.

Micrauchenus lineola Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. Numerous
specimens.

Callicopius nigripes Linn. Bartica, Br. Guiana. A fine series of
this species.

Heniartes flavicans Fab. Bartica, Br. Guiana. A large number
included in the collection. The extreme amount of adhe-
sive secretion on the legs played havoc with many other
specimens.

Conorrhinus renggeri Stal. One specimen from Santiago Chili,
collected by Prof. J. C. Hambleton.

SERIDENTUS, nov gcn.

Quite similar to Shaumannia, head slightty elongate and
broad, anterior portion widening before the eyes, spinous later-
ally, tylus deeply cleft, antenna with basal joint thick, thicker
than second but of equal length, 3d and 4th together about equal
to second, ocelli placed in line with hind border of eyes, margin
of head and pronotum denticulate, elytra shorter and narrower
than abdomen, abdomen behind broadly widened into mucronate
lobes, margin minutely denticulate, legs slender, anterior femora
somewhat swollen, rather sparsely dentictilate. Prothorax with
strong anteriorlv projecting spines.

Seridentus denticulatus, n. sp. Bod}^ widening posteriorly, head,
thraox, abdomen, rows along the pleura beneath and the
femora denticulate. Length 19 mm., width of prothorax
2.3 mm. posterior segment of abdomen 3.5 mm.

Eyes large, globose, coarsely granulate; lateral lobes
in front of eyes prominent, terminating in coarse spur;
tylus directed upward and forward, deeply cleft; antennae,
second joint eqtial to or slightly longer than first but more
slender, third and fourth together nearly as long as second,
fourth little shorter than third, all joints thickly pilose;
hinder border of head below set with a row of four strong

204 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

spines, prothorax narrowing from base to head, lateral
margins denticulate, elytra reaching onto base of sixth
segment, nearly as wide as the abdomen; abdomen with a
small denticulate spine behind border of each segment
from first to fifth, sixth segment expanded at the posterior
margin into a broad mucronate lol)e; beneath, prothorax
bears numerous denticulations arranged in somewhat
regular lines.

Color light yellowish, head above and a broad stripe on
the cheek, a broad annulation on each segment of beak,
pronotum, scutellum except two basal spots, costal areas,
most of clavus and discal cell and a large part of the two
apical cells blotched, with most of the exposed portion of
the abdomen, lateral stripes on thorax and median line
from prothorax to tip of abdomen, irregular annulations
and blotches on anterior and middle legs, dark fuscous or
black. A conspictious black dot occurs on the dorsal
margin of fore and middle femora.

Described from five males collected in British Guiana
by Messrs. Parrish and Crew, April and May, 1901 Mr.
Van Duzee has kindly placed three which were received in
his collection at my disposal. The species is a striking one
and while presenting characters that ally it closely to
Shaumannia is evidentlv representative of a different

genus.

VELIAD^.

Velia brunnea n. sp. Near vivida, Buch. White. A rich choco-
late brown with hind border of pronotum yellow and the
elytra nearly black. Length, 8 mm.

Head rather long, projecting nearly half its length in
front of eyes, strongly deflexed, antennas long, first joint
longest, second and fourth nearly equal, third shortest,
beak reaching base of middle coxae. Pronotum with
■ ■ prominent humeri, hind border broadly bisinuate the
margin elevated. Posterior femora without spines.

Head, basal joint of antennae, prothorax. except hind
margin, femora, border and disk of abdomen below, rich
chocolate brown, hind border of prothorax yellow, elytra
velvet black; three outer joints of antennae, beak, tibiae,
tarsi, and most of under surface black. A fine short vel-
vety pile covers the body except on posterior border of
prothorax.

Seven specimens from Coroica Yungas, Bolivia, April,
1899.

This seems to agree pretty closely with vivida White,
but is separated at once by absence of femoral spines.

Nov., 1904.] Notes on the Ohio Ferns. 205

NOTES ON THE OHIO FERNS.

W. A. Kellerman and H. A. Gleason.

Of the eighty-three species and varieties of ferns included in
the flora of the north-eastern United States forty-three are known
definitely to occur in Ohio and are represented by specimens in
the State Herbarium. Some of the forms are quite rare, and a
few of them are very limited so far as their distribution in the
State is now known. It is with the hope of increasing the State
collection and extending our knowledge of these interesting plants
that special attention is called to this subject. Critical inspec-
tion of the list appended below is also solicited. Possibly interest
and convenience may be enhanced by the publication of a State
Fern Florula, with notes on characters and distribution, figures
illustrating venation, fructications, and such taxonomic chaiac-
ters as beginners, amateurs and students might appieciate. Par-
tial material for such a brochure is at hand but we would much
desire for examination a fuller set of specimens from the various
counties of the State. Can not every teacher of Botany in Ohio
and every one interested in our fern flora assist by sending
specimens ?

The Fourth State Catalogue, published in 1899, lists forty-
nine species of ferns, and a fiftieth is mentioned in the appendix,
but not fully authenticated. Since its publication three others
have been reported, and a fourth is added in this paper, bringing
the total number of ferns reported from the State to fiftv-four.
Of these eleven must be excluded from the list, as they are not
authenticated by herbarium specimens. These are the following.

Species to be Excluded from the Ohio List.

!■ Ophioglossum engelmanni Prantl. The specimens from
Painesville, Lake County, labeled as this species in the herbarium,
and upon which the publication of the species as a member of the
Ohio flora was based, do not differ in any essential respect from
Ophioglossum vulgatum L. The range given in Britton's Manual
for 0. engelmanni is Virginia and Indiana to Missouri, Texas,
and Arizona. It is thus southern in its distribution, with a range
about like that of Polypodium polypodioides (L.) A. S. Hitch-
cock, and may therefore yet be found in some of the counties
along the Ohio river.

Botrychium simplex E. Hitchcock. Included in the Fourth
State Catalogue on the authority of the Newberry Catalogue, in
which it was reported from Lorain county by Dr. Kellogg. Its
range according to Underwood in Britton's Illustrated Flora is
from Prince Edward's Island to Maryland, Wyoming, and
California.

2o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

Mateuccia struthiopteris (L.) Todaro. {Onoclea strnthiop-
teris Hoffm.) ', Reported by Kellerman and Werner in their
Catalogue of Ohio Plants from "Lorain Co., A. A. Wright
(Cat.); Painesville, H. C. Beardslee^ (Cat.), Wm. C. Werner."
Doubtless to be secured for the State Herbarium.

WooDsiA iLVENSis (L.) R. Br. Has been reported from Lick-
ing county by H. L. Jones, and should probably be regarded as
a member of the Ohio flora, although no specimens have been
seen by the writers.

WooDsiA GLABELLA R. Brown. This was reported in the J. S,
Newberry Catalogue from Lorain county. It is a distinctively
northern fern, extending south only to New Hampshire, Ver-
mont, northern New York and the north shore of Lake Superior
and its occurrence in Ohio is extremely doubtful.

Dryopteris cristata clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) Underw.
The single specimen from -Wayne county in the herbarium
belongs to the species, Dryopteris cristata (L.) Gray, rather than
to the variety, which is much larger, with pinnse four to six inches
long. It has been reported by Otto Hacker and by H. C.
Beardslee in his Catalogue of the Plants of Ohio.

Dryopteris spinulosa dilatata (Hoffm.) Underw. Included
in the Fourth Catalogue on the authority of H. C. Beardslee.

Dryopteris booth (Tuckerm.) Underw. Specimens in the
herbarium accredited to this species are all referable to other
species.

Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore. Listed in the New-
berry Catalogue from northern and eastern Ohio.

Asplenium fontanum (L.) Bernh. Prof. Underwood men-
tions this fern as occurring at Lycoming, Pennsylvania and
Springfield, Ohio. The latter locality, however, is probabh' an
error due to confusing the labels, since the fern has never been
seen growing there, and the collector to whom it is accredited
can not remember it herself.

Botrychium ternatum (Thunb.) Sw. All the Ohio speci-
mens formerly included under this name are Botrychium obli-
quum Muhl. Prof. Underwood has shown* that B. ternatum is
an Asiatic species occuring in China, Japan, and northern India,
and not at all in North America.

Asplenium parvulum to be added.

A critical study of the specimens of Asplenium in the State
Herbarium shows that one species is to be added to the list:

Asplenium parvulum Mart. & Gal. A specimen of this
southern fern was collected by W. A. Kellerman in Greene town-
ship, Adams county, November 7, 1900. It was at the time con-
fused with Asplenium trichomanes L., and inserted in the

*BuU. Torr. Club. 25:526.

Nov., 1904.] Notes on the Ohio Ferns. 207

herbarium under that name. It resembles Asplenium piaty-
neuron (L.) Oakes more closely but the three species are easily
separated by the following characters. A. trichomanes has short
rounded pinnae almost or quite as broad as long, without a def-
inite mid-vein, and without an auricle on the upper side near the
base. A. platyneuron and A. parvulum have oblong pinnae, auri-
cled at the base, and with a definite mid-vein. In the former
the pinnae are mostly alternate, the rachis brown; in A. par-
vulum the pinnae opposite and the rachis black. This fern,
which is here reported for the first time from Ohio, is said to grow
upon limestone, and ranges from Virginia to southern Ohio and
Missouri, and south to the Gulf.

Specimens in the State Herbarium (Sept., 1904).

The following is a list of the Ohio ferns represented in the
State Herbarium, with their distribution by counties.

Ophioglossum vulgatum L., Adder's-tongue. — Auglaize,
Clark, Cuyahoga, Franklin, Lake, Lucas, Portage, Warren.

Botrychium matricarIv^fglium a. Br., Grape-fern. — Cuy-
ahoga.

Botrychium obliquum Muhl., {Botrychiwm ternatuni obli-
quuni) Grape-fern.- — Ashtabula, Auglaize, Clermont, Cuyahoga,
Fairfield, Franklin, Logan, Lucas, Paulding, Sandusky, Scioto,
Stark, Warren, Wyandot.

Botrychium dissectum Spreng., (Botrychium ternatuni dis-
sectimi) Grape-fern. — Auglaize, Clermont, Defiance, Delaware,
Fairfield, Franklin, Lake, Logan, Sandusky, Williams, Wyandot.

Botrychium lunaria (L.) Sw., Grape-fern. — Lake.

Botrychium lanceolatum (S. G. Gmel.) Angs., Grape-fern.
— Portage.

Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw., Grape-fern. — Auglaize,
Belmont, Brown, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Cuyahoga, Defiance.
Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Hardin,
Lawrence, Lucas, Madison, Medina, Montgomery, Morrow, Ottawa,
Portage, Preble, Richland, Sandusky, Trumbull, Tuscarawas,
Warren, Wayne, Wyandot.

Osmunda regalis L., Flowering-fern. — Ashtabula, Clermont,
Clinton, Defiance, Fairfield, Fulton, Hamilton, Hardin, Huron,
Lake, Licking, Logan, Lorain, Paulding, Sandusky, Seneca,
Stark, Summit, Warren, Wayne, Williams, Wood.

Osmunda cinnamomea L., Cinnamon-fern.- — Ashtabula, Aug-
laize, Champaign, Defiance, Erie, Fairfield, Gallia, Knox, Licking,
Lorain, Lucas, Paulding, Richmond, Sandusky, Stark, Summit,
Wayne, Williams, Wyandot.

Osmunda claytoniana L., Clayton's Fern.- — Adams, Ashta-
bula, Belmont, Carroll, Defiance, Fairfield, Fulton, Hamilton,
Hocking, Knox, Lake, Licking, Morrow, Noble, Wayne, Wood.

2oS The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

PoLYPODiuM vuLGARE L., Polypody. — Belmont, Cuyahoga,
Fairfield, Greene, Hocking, Jackson, Knox, Lake, Lawrence,
Licking, Lorain, Monroe, Perry, Summit, Vinton, Wayne.

PoLYPODiuM POLYPODioiDES (L.) A. S. Hitclicock, Gray
Polypody. — Adams, Hamilton.

Adiantum pedatum L., Maiden-hair. — Adams, Auglaize, Bel-
mont, Brown, Carroll, Champaign, Clermont, Clinton, Crawford,
Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, _Gallia, ^Greene, Hamilton, Hardin,
Harrison, Highland, Holmes, Huron, Jefferson, Lake, Logan,
Lorain, Madison, Medina, Monroe, Morrow, Noble, Paulding,
Pike, Portage, Preble, Richland, Scioto, Seneca, Vinton, Warren,
Wayne, Wi'iiams.

Pteridium AQUiLiNUM (L.) Kuhn., (Pteris aquilina L .) Brake.
— Ashtabula, Carroll, Defiance, Erie, Fairfield, Fulton, Gallia,
Harrison, Knox, Lorain, Lucas, Monroe, Paulding, Richland,
Sandusky, Stark, Tuscarawas, Wayne, Williams, Wood.

Pell^a atropurpurea (L.) Link., Cliff-brake. — Adams,
Clark, Franklin, Greene, Highland, Ottawa, Stark.

WooDWARDiA viRGiNiCA (L.) J. E. Smith., Chain-fern. — Ash-
tabula, Defiance, Summit, Wayne, Williams.

AsPLENiUM pixNATiFiDUM Nutt., Splccnwort. — Fairfield,
Hocking, Lawrence.

AsPLENiUM EBENOiDES R. R. Scott, Spleenwort. — Hocking.

AsPLENiUM PARVULUM Mart. & Gal., Spleenwort. — Adams.

AsPLEXiUM PLATYNEURON (L.) Oakes, (^4. ebeneuni Ait.)
Spleenwort. — Brown, Clermont, Defiance, Delaware, Fairfield,
Gallia, Green, Jackson, Lawrence, Montgomery, Morgan, Portage,
Scioto, Summit, Vinton, Wayne.

AsPLENiUM TRicHOMANES L., Splceuwort. — Aslitabula, Co-
shocton, Fairfield, Green, Hocking, Holmes, Knox, Lawrence,
Licking, Paulding.

AsPLENiUM ANGUSTiFOLiuM Michx., Splccnwort. — Auglaize,
Belmont, Clermont, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Franklin, Gallia, Har-
din, Huron, Medina, Meigs, Monroe, Portage, Preble, Seneca,
Warren, Wayne, Wyandot.

AsPLENiUM RUTA-MURARiA L., Splccnwort. — Green.

AsPLENiUM MONTANUM Willd., Spleciiwort. — Summit.

AsPLENiUM ACHROSTiCHOiDES Sw. {A. thelypteroidcs Michx.)
Spleenwort. — Belmont, Clermont, Clinton, Hardin, Hocking,
Huron, Medina, Meigs, Miami, Wayne.

AsPLENiUM FiLix-FCEMiNA (L.) Bcmh., Lady-fern. — Adams,
Auglaize, Brown, Carroll, Clermont, Clinton, Cuyahoga, Defiance,
Erie, Fairfield, Fulton, Hocking, Huron, Madison, Perry, Rich-
mond, Summit, Wayne.

Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link., Walking-fern. —
Adams, Champaign, Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Gallia, Green,

Nov., 1904.] Notes on the Ohio Ferns. 209

Highland, Holmes, Jefferson, Licking, Lorain, Meigs, Morgan,
Muskingum, Pike, Portage, Scioto.

PoLYSTicHUM ACHROSTicHOiDES (Michx.) Scliott. (Dryop-
teris achrostichoides (Michx.) Kuntze, Aspidium achrostichoides
Sw.) Sword-fern, Christmas-fern. — Adams, Athens, Auglaize, Bel-
mont. Brown, Carroll, Clermont, Columbiana, Defiance, Fairfield,
Franklin, Fulton, Gallia, Harrison, Highland, Hocking, Holmes,
Huron, Jackson, Jefferson, Lorain. Lucas, Monroe, Morrow,
Noble, Paulding, Perry, Portage, Richland, Sandusky, Scioto,
Seneca, Summit, Vinton, Warren, Wayne.

Dryopteris noveboracensis (L.) Gray, {Aspidium nove-
horacense Sw.) Shield-fern. — Belmont, Defiance, Fairfield, Geau-
ga, Hocking, Lorain, Paulding.

Dryopteris thelypteris (L.) Gray, {Aspidium thelypteris
Sw.) Shield-fern. — Auglaize, Clark, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Hocking,
Lake, Licking, Lucas, Richland, Stark, Summit, Wayne,
Wyandot.

Dryopteris cristata (L.) Gray, {Aspidium cristatum Sw.)
Shield-fern. — Ashtabula, Champaign, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Lick-
ing, Miami, Portage, Richland, Stark, Wayne.

Droypteris goldiean,^ (Hook.) Grav, {Aspidium goldieanum
Hook.) Shield-fern. — Clark, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Franklin, Har-
din, Lorain, Miami, Portage.

Dryopteris margixalis (L.) Gray, {Aspidium marginale
Sw.) Shield-fern. — Belmont, Columbiana, Delaware, Fairfield,
Gallia, Geauga, Green, Holmes, Jackson, Jefferson, Lawrence,
Licking, Lorain, Monroe, Morgan, Richland, Scioto, Summit,
Wayne.

Dryopteris spinulosa (Retz.) Kuntze, {Aspidium spinu-
losum Sw.) Shield-fern. — Ashtabula, Carroll, Champaign, Clinton,
Crawford, Defiance, Fairfield, Hardin, Knox, Lake, Licking,
Logan, Medina, Miami, Monroe, Paulding, Seneca, Stark, Sum-
mit, Wayne, Wyandot.

Dryopteris spinulosa intermedia (Muhl.) Underw., (Aspid-
ium spinulosum. interm.edtum. D. C. Eaton) Shield-fern. — Ashta-
bula. Auglaize, Columbiana, Fairfield, Hamilton, Hocking, Lake,
Licking. Logan. Lorain, Lucas, Summit, Wayne.

Phegopteris phegopteris (L.) Underw., {Phegoptcris poly-
podioides Fee) Beech-fern. — Ashtabula, Hamilton, Hocking,
Mahoning, Montgomery, Summit.

Phegopteris hexagonoptera (Michx.) Fte, Beech-fern. —
Adams, Auglaize, Clark, Clermont, Clinton, Defiance, Fairfield,
Franklin, Holmes, Jackson, Lake, Logan. Medina, Monroe, Mor-
row, Perry, Preble, Warren, Wyandot.

Phegopteris dryopteris (L.) Fee, Oak-fern. — Ashtabula,
Lake.

2IO The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 1,

FiLix BULBiFERA (L.) Underw., (Cystopteris btilhifera (L.)
Bernh.) Bladder-fern. — Adams, Ashtabula, Champaign, Clark.
Clermont, Cuyahoga, Fairfield, Franklin, Highland, Hocking,
Licking, Summit.

FiLix FRAGiLis (L.) Undcrw., (Cystopteris frae^ilis (L.) Bernh.)
Brittle-fern. — Ashtabula, Auglaize, Clark, Clermont, Clinton,
Fairfield, Franklin, Green, Hamilton, Hancock, Hardin, Huron,
Knox, Lake, Lorain, Portage, Wayne.

WooDsiA OBTUSA (Sprcng.) Torr. — Clark, Fairfield, Green,
Jackson, Lawrence, Perry, Scioto.

Denxst^dtia PUNCtiLOBULA (Michx.) Moore, (Dicksonia
punctilohula (Michx.) Gray, D. pilosiuscula Willd.) Hay-scented
fern. — -Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Hocking, Miami, Scioto.

OxocLEA SEXsiBiLis L., Sensitive fern. — Ashtabula, Auglaize,
Belmont, Champaign, Clermont, Clinton, Delaware, Erie, Fair-
field, Fulton, Gallia, Hardin, Hocking, Huron, Jackson, Jefferson,
Knox, Lucas, Madison, Medina, Morrow, Ottawa, Seneca, Stark,
Summit, Vinton, Warren, Wayne, Williams, Wood, Wyandot.

since this article was sent to press, sneciniens of Mateuccia struthiopteris (I,.) Todd,
have been received from L !)■ .Stair of Cleveland.

Will you kindlv send specimens of every species of your
Countv not noted in the above list as alreadv in the State Her-
barium? They will be incorporated in the collection to the credit
of the donors and collectors. Unusual forms and abundant
material of the rarer species are especially solicited. Photo-
graphs of plants of any species in their natural habitats will be
mo.st welcome, and will be filed in the State Herbarium along with
the specimens.

LEAF EXPANSION OF TREES AND SHRUBS IN 1904.

John H. Schaffner.

During the past spring an accurate record was kept of the
time of appearance, at Columbus, of the leaves of our common
native and cultivated woody plants. The results are given
below. The spring was unusually cold and late so that the actual
time of leafing is not to be taken as representing the usual date
for this locality.

The trees were listed when the leaves began to break through
the bud and became definitely distinguishable as leaves. In
some species the leaf is nearly expanded in a day or two after this
and the tree looks quite leafy, while in others the development
is very slow. There is also much difference in individuals, even
those standing side by side and apparently with the same environ-
ment. Ulmus americana showed bursting'buds on April 30 in
isolated individuals; but the last trees were just coming out on

Nov., 1904.] Leaf Expansion of Trees and Shrubs. 211

the 14th of May. A period of fifteen days, therefore, intervened
between the leafing of the first individuals and the last. In such
cases the period marked was the time when the leaves were
appearing rather commonly rather than the first individuals.
The willows showed interesting peculiarities. Some species
appear very early, others quite late. If this is the usual course,
the time of leafing might be of some value in determining species
in early spring. Some of the maples and buckeyes are the most
sudden in the unfolding of their leaves. The catalpas, coffee-
bean, fringe-tree, and hop-tree develop the foliage very slowly.
It was also observed that many trees begin to leaf at the top.

April 1.
Syringa vulgaris L.

April 2.

Larix laricina (Du R.) Koch., L. decidua Mill., Salix babylonica L.

April 5.
Salix fragilis L., Lonicera tartarica L., L. korolkowi Stapf.

April 7.
Salix alba L.

April 8.
Prunus serotina Ehrh.

April 11.

Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq., E. europseus L., Ribes aureum
Pursh., Cydonia japonica Pers., Sambucus canadensis L.

April 14.
Euonymus obovatus Nutt., Spiraea hypericifolia DC.

April 16.
Rubus occidentalis L., Prunus virginiana L.

April 18.
Aesculus glabra Willd.

April 21.
Philadelphus coronarius L.

April 23.

Betula alba L., Sorbus aucuparia L., Symphoricarpos racemosus Mx.,.
S. symphoricarpos (L.) MacM.

April 25.
Staphylea trifoliata L., Acer negundo L., Comus baileyi Coult. and
Ev., Ligustrum vulgare L., Viburnum opulus L.

April 26.

Berberis vulgaris L., Rosa rubiginosa L., Malus malus (L.) Britt.,
Prunus japonica Thunb., Comus alba L.

212 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

April 28.
Pyrus communis L. , Acer saccharinum L.

April 29.
Betula papyrifera Marsh., Opulaster opulifolius (L.) Ktz., Prunus
cerasus L., Amygdalus persica L., Syringa villosa Vahl., Viburnum
prunifolium L.

April 30.
Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Willd., Cydonia cydonia (L.), Hypericum
prolificum L., Acer rubrum L., Sj'ringa persica L.

May 2.

Populus balsainifera L., P. treinuloides Mx., Carpinus caroliniana
Walt., Hydrangea arborescens L., Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic,
Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Plan., P. tricuspidata (Sieb. and Zucc.)
Plan., Acer platanoides L., Fraxinus americana L., Cornus alternifolia L.

May 3.
Picea excelsa Link., Juniperus communis L. , Taxus baccata L. , Pop-
ulus alba L., P. dilatata Ait., Salix amygdaloides Anders., Quercus
palustris Du Roi., Xanthoxyluin ainericanum Mill., Cladrastis lutea (Mx.)
Koch., Aesculus hippocastanum L.

May 4.
Pinus laricio Poir. , Popvilus deltoides Marsh., P. grandidentata Mx.,
Ulmus americana L. , Liriodendron tulipifera L. , Menispermum canadensis
L., Acer saccharum Marsh., Fraxinus quadrangulata Mx.

Alay 5.
Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britt., Celtis occidentalis L., Hamamelis
virginiana L., Prunus americana Marsh., Crataegus coccinea L., Gleditsia
triacanthos L., Cotinus cotinus (L.), Celastrus scandens L., Vitis labrusca
L., V.'vulpina L., Acer nigrum Mx., Fraxinus lanceolata Borck.

May 6.
Pinus rigida Mill,, P. silvestris L., Juglans nigra L., Hicoria alba (L.)
Britt., Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Bork., Quercus rubra L., Q. macrocarpa
Mx., Q. acuminata (Mx.) Houda., Ulmus racemosa Thorn., Platanus
occidentalis L., Crat^gus pruinosa (Wendl.) Bead., Robinia pseudacacia
L. , Rhus radicans L. , Acer pseudo-platanus L., Rhamnus cathartica L.,
Tilia americana L. , Tecoma radicans (L.) D C, Cornus florida L.

May 7.
Ginkgo biloba L., Pinus strobus L., Abies balsamea (L.) Mill., Tsuga
■canadensis (L.) Cam, Taxodium distichum (L.) Rich., Thuja occidentalis
L., Juniperus virginiana L., Salix nigra Marsh., Juglans cincrea L., Hicoria
ovata (Mill.) Britt., H. laciniosa (Mx.) Sarg., Fagus americana Sw., Quer-
cus coccinea Wang., Q. velutina Lam., Q. alba L., Q. platanoides (Lam.)
•Sudw., Liquidambar styraciflua L., Amorpha fruticosa L., Rluis aromatica
Ait , Ailanthus glandulosa Desf., Acer campestre L., Ampelopsis cordata
JVIx.

Nov., 1904.] Color Marking ill the Prairie Mole. 213

May 8.
Smilax hispida Muhl., Ulmus fulva Mx., Morus alba L., Toxylon
pomiferum Ral, Gymnocladus dioica (L.) Koch.

May 9.

Ulmus catnpestris Sm., Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst.. Diospyros
virginiana L., Fraxinus nigra Marsh.

May 10.

Quercus imbricaria Mx., Rhus glabra L., Catalpa catalpa (L.) Karst.,
C. speciosa Ward.

May 11.
Morus rubra L., Asimina triloba (L.) Dun., Tamarix galica L.

May 12. ^^,,,.__^

Magnolia acuminata L., Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. y/^vS^ ^^^\

May 13. /^"o^^^'^^/'^l

Celtis inississippiensis Bosc.

May 14.
Ptelea trifoliata L.

May 16.
Chionanthus virginica L.

UNUSUAL COLOR MARKING IN THE PRAIRIE MOLE.

LuMiNA C. Riddle.

During the spring of 1904 there was turned over to the
Department of Natural History of Washburn College, Topeka,
Kansas, a peculiar mole which had been trapped in a yard near
by. The specimen was prepared and placed in the Museum
where it can be found at the present time.

From general characters the mole was identified as a young
adult male of the Prairie Mole, Scalops aquaticus subspecies
machrinus (Raf.) but presented some striking variations. From
tip to tip it was 7^| inches, or 5^^ inches- without the tail which
was 13/^ inches long, and nearly naked; the nostrils were some-
what superior, the snout being J'g- inch long. Width of front
feet 1 inch and length with claws, 1 inch. Width of hind feet,
}/2 inch, length of hind feet 7^ inch.

On the abdomen there was an irregular diamond shaped spot
of fur 2 inches long and 1 14 inches wide which was bright orange
in color. There were several tiny spots scattered here and there
around the larger one and the fur about the snout and front feet
was tinged with the same color. The man who trapped the spec-
imen said that of the hundreds he had taken in his lifetime this
was the only one he had ever seen with color marking.

2 14 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

A NEW SUNFLOWER FROM ILLINOIS.

H. A. Gleason.

Heliaxthus illixoensis. Erect, six to ten dm. high, from a
long running rootstock. Stem simple, slightly angled, densely vil-
lous below, pubescent above. Leaves six to eight pairs, strictly
opposite, slightly scabrous above, softly pubescent beneath and
villous on the veins, obtuse; the lowest four or five pairs oblong-
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, three-nerved, entire, ten to fifteen
cm. long, tapering at the base into a villous winged petiole equalling
or but little shorter than the leaves ; the upper two or three pairs
much smaller or bractlike, petiole short or none. Lower internodes
five to eight cm. in length, or the two lowest pairs of leaves approx-
imate, upper internodes much longer. Inflorescence of one to seven
heads; peduncles three to ten cm. long; involucre broadly cam-
panulate or hemispherical, eight mm. high; scales lanceolate,
acuminate, ciliate. Disk flowers yellow, rays about tlrirteen, two
to three cm. long, bright yellow, achenes minutely pubescent.
Flowers in August.

On the sand dunes along the Illinois river near Havana, where
it is common in the black-jack oak woods, especially along the
edges and in the more open and sunnv places. Material was
collected in 1903 and 1904, and the type, collected on August 17,
1904, is in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden.

Heliantkus illinoensis is evidently closely related to HeliantJius
occidentalis Riddell, v/hichit resembles in the reduction in size of
the upper leaves. It is at once distinguished from the latter
species by the villous pubescence and the greater length of the
lower internodes. The two are sometimes associated in the
field, but in general appearance they are entirely distnict. Hcli-
anthus occidentalis has broad, scabrous, light-green, short-peti-
oled leaves which are nearly erect in a basal cluster, while in
Helianthus illinoensis they are darker green, more or less spread-
ing and scattered on the stem.

SIX NUTATING PLANTS.

John H. Schaffxer.

The diurnal nutation of certain herbaceous plants during their
period of development has aroused interest for a long time. Allu-
sion is made to it by a number of poets and some of the older
reading books had quite accurate accounts of the nutation of the
Common Sunflower. The observation of such phenomena should
aid considerably in arousing the student's interest in plant life
and the subject offers an inviting field suitable for nature study.

Nov., 1904.] Twigs of the Coinmon Haekberry. 215

A number of nutating plants have been studied by the writer
in the past and during the present year observations were con-
tinued on various species which it was thought might show the
pecuHartv. The following six species show a movement of the
stem tip and terminal leaves when conditions are favorable.

Chenopodium album L.

Polygonum lapathifolium L.

Polygonum pennsylvanicum L.

Euphorbia hexagona Nutt.

Euphorbia dentata Mx.

Iva ciliata Willd. y^'^W /

The two Euphorbias have a very decided nutation, the curvaCN/ . ^o* /
ture of the stem often being as great as in the Sunflower. /v^ ^^-^.•-*

luJ ( L I B R A

TWIGS OF THE COMMON HACKBERRY.

John H. Schaffner.

Our Hackberries demand careful study in the field in order
that some of the obscurities may be removed which now appear
in the descriptions of our Manuals. Celtis occidentalis L. is said
to have ''glabrous twigs" and "leaves smooth above." Celtis
crassifolia Lam. is said to have "the young shoots puberulent"
and "leaves scabrous above." Now, we can find all of these
characters on different twigs of the same tree.

So far as Celtis occidentalis is concerned, I have not found a
Haekberry in Ohio or Kansas that did not have pubescent twigs.
The tree has two types of twigs; fruiting twigs and twigs which
bear no flowers. The fruiting twigs have a few scattered hairs
when young but these usually fall off early. The leaves are very
glabrous above and of a peculiar appearance. These fruiting
twigs dry off at the outer ends while the fruit ripens and they are
then very abundantly detached, a brittle layer being developed
at the base. Often the twigs come down with the drupes still
attached. The purely vegetative shoots are usually quite pube-
scent when young, the pubescence extending to the leaves. In
most cases the pubescence is persistent on the twigs and the
mature leaves are quite scabrous or hairy. As one goes west-
ward the pubescence of the vegetative shoots appears to become
more pronounced, and one can find trees with very smooth
fruiting twigs and very hairy vegetative twigs.

Are there any characters to establish the species, Celtis cras-
sifolia Lam. ? From an examination of supposed C. crassifolia
and C. occidentalis identified by competent botanists I can find
noTspecimens in either set which cannot be duplicated by twigs

2i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 1,

taken from one tree. The shape of the leaf is also exceedingly-
variable in the Hackberries, so that one can find leaves of a
decidedly ovate type or of a decidedly lanceolate type on the
same individual.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, June 6, 1904.

The meeting was called to order by the President and the
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Prof. Kellerman reported innoculation experiments with Puc-
cinia sambuci. Prof. Landacre spoke of a peculiar foetal heart
in a pig. Prof. Hine gave notes on the stay of warblers in this
locality.

The committee on nominations for the staff of the Ohio
Naturalist reported as follows:

Editor-in-chief, .... John H. Schaffner

Business Manager ..... James S. Hike

ASSOCIATE EDITORS.

Zoology, ..... Francis L. Landacre

Botany, ..... Harlan H. York

Geology, ..... John A. Bownocker

Archaeology, ..... William C. Mills

Ornithology, ..... James G. Sanders

Ecology, ...... John N. Frank

The report of the committee was accepted as read. After

hearing reports on plans for the summer's work by various

members the club adjourned.

J. N. Frank, Secretary.

The fourteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy of
Science will be held at Cleveland, Nov. 25 and 26. The meetings
will be in the Biological Building of Adelbert College.

Date of Pnblication of November Number, November 9, 1904.

(luI LiBRAR

ne Ohio ^J^aturalism^l^.

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume V. DECEMBER. 1901. No. 2.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HiNE— The Tabanklae of Western United States and Canada 217

Gleason— Notes from tbe Ohio State Herbarium. 1 249

Hyd?:— Meeting of the Biologieal Club 25&

THE TABANIDiE OF WESTERN UNITED STATES AND

CANADA.*

James S. Hine.

This paper although incomplete in many respects is offered
as an aid for determining the Tabanidae of the part of the coun-
try not so thoroughly covered by Osten Sacken's most valuable
Prodrome. I have spent much time and study on an extensive-
collection of Tabanids from the region, and although I have not
satisfied myself in all particulars, some definite conclusions have
been reached which are offered with the desire that they may
be of service to future students.

In this work I have been aided in various ways and without
this help I realize that it would not have been possiV)le to do
much that has been done. It is with the greatest pleasure there-
fore, that I make the following acknowledgements: The U. S.
National Museum has loaned me all their undetermined material
and Mr. Coquillett has aided me materially besides; Dr. Snow of
Kansas University has loaned me much undetermined material,,
as well as the material he and his associates have collected on
several of his ntnnerous collecting trips in the West; Prof.R. C.
Osburn has donated several hundred specimens he collected in
British Columbia during two summers spent at the Minnesota
Seaside Station; Prof. R. V. Harvey of the Queen's School, Van-
couver has sent me a large quantity of excellent material from
his region; the University of Illinois through Dr. Forbes and
Prof. Hart have sent me material for study and Prof. Chas. W.
Johnson of the Boston Society of Natural History, besides send-
ing me much material for study has aided me in other ways. Dr.
James Fletcher and Profs. E. D. Ball, V. L. Kellogg, R. A. Cooley
and M. J. Elrod have each furnished valuable material. From
this variety of sources and from other collectors I shall mention.

* Contributions troni the Department of Zoology and Entomology, O. S. U., No. 21.

2i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

later it has been possible to get together a large and representa-
tive collection from the region covered by this paper. Through
correspondence with Miss Gertrude Ricardo who has studied
Bigot's types and also the Tabanidae of the British Museum I
have gained much. She has even redescribed several of Bigot's
types for me and by this means I have satisfactorily identified a
number of his species.

The European material I have for comparison consists of a
large number of species acquired by exchange with Prof. Morio
Bezzi of Italy, Dr. K. Kertesz of the Hungarian National Museum
and E. Brunetti of England. In comparing one is convinced,
with Dr. Loew, that hardly any of the species of the two countries
seem to be exactly the same but in some cases they are very close.

Since I have been studying this family I have visited The
Museum of Camparative Zoology, The U. S. National Museum
and The Museums of Kansas University and The University of
Illinois. At each place I was given every opportvmity to study
the contained material and am under obligations for these
privileges.

In most cases under each species only those characters of
most consequence in determination are mentioned.

Kcv to the North American Genera.

1. Hind tibiie with spurs at the tip 2
Hind tibi;E without spurs 6

2. Third segment of the antenna composed of eight annuU the first

of which is only a Uttle longer than the following ones 3

Third segment of the antenna composed of only five annuli the
first of which is much longer than the following ones; ocelli
present 5

3. Front of female narrow ; ocelli present or absent ; fourth posterior

cell at least open Pangonia*

Front of female broad with a denuded callus; ocelli present 4

4 Eyes in the female acutely angulated above; wing in both sexes

\vith a dark picture Goniops

Eyes in the female not acutely angvilated above; wings hya-

"line -4 patolestes

5. Second segment of the antenna about half as long as the first ;

eyes in life with numerous small dots Silvius

Second segment of the antenna as long or but little shorter than
the first ; wing with a dark picture CJirysops

6. Third segment of the antenna with a well developed basal

process Tabanus'\

Third segment of the antenna without, or with a rudimentary
basal process 7

7. All the tibi?e enlarged, the hind pair ciliate Snowiellus
None of the tibiae enlarged and the hind pair not ciliate 8

8. Front of the female as broad as long the callus transverse Hcematopota
Front of the female narrow Diachlorus

* Including Diatomineura and Corizoneura.
t Including Atylotus and Therioplectes.

Dec, 1904,] Tabanidae. 219

Chrysops Meigen.

The species of this genus have fairly good characters. We
have recognized the males of a number of the western species,
but there are still several unknown. Twenty species are recog-
nized in the following pages, one described as new. I offer the
following key as an aid in separating them:

1. Apex of the wing beyond the cross-band hyaline 2
Apex of the wing beyond the cross-band not entirely hyaline 4

2. Abdomen yellow on the sides of at least the first two seg-

nients excitans

Abdomen uniformly black 3

3. Base of the fifth posterior cell hyaline carbonarius
Base of the fifth posterior cell not hyaline mitis

4. Second antennal segment decidedly longer than the third ceras
Second antennal segment not longer than the third 5

5. First antennal segment distinctly enlarged 6
First antennal segment not enlarged 10

6. First and second antennal segments distinctly enlarged virgulatus
Second antennal segment not distinctly enlarged 7

7. Hyaline triangle separated from the posterior margin of the wing

by an infiiscated space fulvaster

Hyaline triangle reaches the posterior border of the wing 8

8. Facial and frontal callosities almost entirely black or brown facialis
Facial and frontal callosities yellow or the latter margined with

brown 9

9. Slender species, male with base of anal cell hyaline, female with

two small black spots on the middle of the second abdominal
segment _ pachycera

Robust species, male with base of the anal cell infuscated, female
usually with a geminate black spot on the second abdominal
segment _ _ coquillettii

10. A hyaline spot in the discal cell discalis
No hyaline spot in the, discal icell 11

11. Whole face black in ground color 12
Part or whole of face yellow 14

12. Abdomen yellow on the sides frigidus
Abdomen black 13

13. Apical spot separated from the cross-band noctifer
Apical spot united with the cross-band nigripes

14. Abdomen with longitudinal black stripes 15
Black abdominal markings not in the form of stripes 16

15. Four black stripes rvmning the whole length of the abdomen sequax
Two black stripes running the whole length of the abdomen, the

two lateral stripes abbreviated " pikei

16- Frontal callosity yellow with narrow brown border coloradensis

Frontal callosity black 17

17. Cheeks entirely yellow furcatus
Cheeks with a black band from the eyes to the margin of the

mouth " 18

18. Yellow on each side of the second segrnent not enclosing any

black, apex of the second basal cell hyaline for its entire
width ' lupus

Yellow on each side of the second abdominal segment enclosing
a small black dot, hyaline at the apex of the second basal cell
crossed by brown 19

220 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

I'J. The facial callosity on either side inside of the suture yellow,
making the yellow stripe on the middle of the face appear
wide proclivis

The facial callosities on either side entirely black, making the yel-
low stripe on the middle of the face appear narrow surdns

Chrysops carbonarius Walker. The synonymy given in the
list has been worked out mainly by Osten Sacken and Miss
Ricardo. The speci^es has a wide distributioft and the uniformly
black abdomen, light colored hairs on the sides of the thorax and
hyaline spot at the base of the fifth posterior cell of the wing,
serve to separate both sexes from related species.

Chrysops ceras Townsend. The near relatives of this species
are to be found in Mexico. Townsend pointed out the differ-
ences separating ceras from tany ceras O. S. and megaceras Bell,
when he described it. I have not the proper material to offer
any suggestions upon what Townsend published. The peculiar
structure of the antennae referred to in the key separates it frcm
all described species of the United States and Canada. The
whole bodv is brown with dark posterior margins to the abdom-
inal segments. The dark color of the wings is confined to the
costal -margin and distal half; the cross-band includes dark col-
oration in the region of the stigma, at the bases of the fir^t sub-
marginal and first posterior cells, and conspicuous margins to the
cross-veins and their intersections with the longitudinal veins.
The apical spot is separated from the cross-band, and is mostly
confined to the apexes of the marginal and first submarginal cells,
although a trace extends into the second submarginal. The f\tr-
cation of the third vein is prominently margined with dark brown.

Chrysops coloradensis Bigot. The cheeks are yellow^ with the
exception of a small brown spot near the eye, the frontal callosity
is yellow with a narrow brown margin, the general color of the
bodv is lighter than in proclivis, there are usually two spots on
the second abdominal segment instead of a single geminate one ;
also the black on the third and fourth abdominal segments is
somewhat reduced in extent and exists in the form of spots.

Chrysops coquillettii n. sp. Female 9 millimeters, some spec-
imens slightlv smaller. Facial and frontal callosities yellcw, the
latter with a dark margin, anterior part of cheeks a median line
on face, and front exclusive of callosity, covered with bright yel-
low pollen and grayish hairs; palpi yellow, antenna, first segment
distinctly swollen, first two segments brown with black hairs,
third segment much longer than the second ; basal annulus dark
brown, remainder black. Thorax with the usual stripes which
are somewhat obscured by thick grayish hairs ; legs yellow with
black at the joints and on apical part of anterior tibiae, all of
anterior tarsi and last three or four segments of other tarsi. Wing
with costal margin and cross-band black, apical spot fills out the

Dec, 1904] Tahanidae. 221

marginal, with the exception that there may be a trace of hyahne
across the second vein, the broad apex of first submarginal, and
reaches into the second submarginah The cross-band occupies
about half of the first submarginal, first, third and fifth posterior,
one-fourth of second posterior, all of discal and fourth posterior
and small apical parts of anal, and first and second basal; one-
half or more of second basal, all of axillary and anal, except apex
of latter are hvaline. Abdomen black and yellow, black as fol-
lows: first segment beneath the scutellum, second with two tri-
angular spots united on anterior margin of the segment, but not
reaching posterior, third and fourth segments each with four
spots longitudinally separated by yellow, fifth and following seg-
ments except posterior margins. In some cases the fifth segment
is colored like the previous one. Venter with a rather wide
median stripe and a narrow lateral one.

Male, S millimeters, some specimens slightly smaller and some
slightly larger. Head and its parts differing from those of the
female only in sexual characteristics. Thorax not showing
stripes as plainly, but otherwise this and the legs are as in the
other sex. Wings with a spot in each basal cell equal to about
one-fourth the length of its respective cell, and a fuscous patch in
the base of the anal cell, otherwise like w4ngs of the female.
Abdomen, first segment black with the exception of a small yel-
low area on each external lateral margin, second segment yellow
on sides and on posterior margin, the black is extended and
reaches the anterior margin, but posteriorly is divided by ante-
rior projections from the vellow posterior margin, so that it may
be said to send backward four projections, the narrow lateral ones
of which mav be cut ofi: bv vellow and exist as separate spots, the
third and fourth segments are like the second, but the lateral
black spurs are not cut off, the fifth segment suggests the one
before it, but the yellow is more or less obscure, excepting a nar-
row posterior margin, sixth segment black. Venter as in female.

A number of specimens from different collectors, taken in
southern California. The species is named for D. W. Coquillett,
who has produced a large number of valuable contributions to
Dipterological literature and to entomology in general, and who
collected several of the specimens near Los Angeles.

The species is nearest related to pachycera, but its larger size,
difterent abdominal markings and a more extended coloration on
the basal part of the second basal and anal cells are distinctive
in both sexes.

Chrysops discallis Williston. This distinct species has some-
what the appearance of fulvaster, but does not have the enlarged
first antennal segment. It is rather large in size and may be
known bv the prominent hvaline spac in the dis cl cell of the
wing.

222 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

The male which hitherto has not been described, is much
darker than the female; the antennae, proboscis and four small
spots on the face are black ; the facial callosities are shining yel-
lowish, otherwise, the face is covered with gray pollen. Thorax
dark with gray hairs and well marked gray, stripes above ; legs
mostly black with the exception of the middle and hind tibiae,
which are largely yellow. Wings black with various sized hya-
line spots in all the cells except the costal, marginal and fifth
posterior; axillary cell almost altogether hvaline. Abdomen black
with narrow lateral margins and rather wide posterior margins
of the segments gray. On the second to the fifth segments the
posterior border sends forward three extensions besides the lat-
eral margins. Venter of the abdomen gray with three rows of
black spots. Length, 10 millimeters.

Two males, one from Utah and the other from Montana. The
latter sent in by Prof. R. A. Cooley, who has also contributed
other material of interest from that State.

Chrysops excitans Walker. So far as western species of
Chrysops are concerned this one is readily separated from all
others by the absence of an apical spot on the wing and the bi-
colored abdomen. The second basal cell infuscated on more than
basal half separates it from sordidus of the eastern states.

Chrysops facialis Townsend. Female: Antennas blackish
above, yellowish beneath on first two segments ; first segment dis-
tinctly enlarged but: not so darge as in some related species.
Facial callosities shining black or dark brown, remainder of face
yellow. Frontal callosity shining black, yellowish on disk.
Ocellar area large, black, nearly reaching the eye on either side.
Thorax black with yellow stripe on each side above the root of
the wing ; clothed everywhere with rather long yellow hairs. Legs
yellow with joints, apical half or more of anterior tibiae, and all
the tarsi except metatarsi blackish ; wings with costal margin and
cross-band black. The hyaline triangle crosses the second vein
contributing a small spot to the marginal cell, the apical spot fills
out the apexes of the marginal and first submarginal cells and
extends into the second submarginal; otherwise the apex of the
wing beyond a line from outer end of the stigma to distal end of
vein separating third and fourth posterior cells is hyaline. Also
apical half of first basal, two-thirds of second basal, all of the anal
except apical narrowed part, and all of axillary are hyaline. The
distal half of fifth posterior cell is infuscated, but not so strongly
as the basal half. Abdomen black and yellow, black as follows:
Large spot beneath the scutellum, two spots united at base on
middle of second and third segments, four spots united basally
on fourth and fifth segments, and all of remaining segments
except narrow posterior margins. Ventrally a wide stripe on

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 223

middle, a row of narrow spots on each side, and apical segments
black, remainder yellow.

Male: Colored like the female except more black on legs and
wings. In the latter the apical triangle is the same in both sexes,
but in each basal cell there is only a smalbhyaline spot, and the
hvaline in the anal cell is much reduced. Length of both sexes
8 millimeters.

A male and female in the Bolter Collection at the University
of Illinois, and through the kindness of Dr. Forbes and Prof.
Hart, I have been permitted to study them. Taken at Las
Vegas, New Mexico.

Separated from related species by the black frontal callosity
of the female and the black facial callosities of both sexes.

Chrysops frigidus Osten Sacken. Variable in size and colora-
tion of the abdomen. Some of the western specimens are con-
siderablv larger than the average eastern specimens. The
prominent apical spot united with the cross-band, together with
the prominent vellow on the sides of the abdomen and the black
ground color of the middle of the face, makes this species one of
the easiest to recognize.

Chrysops fulvaster Osten Sacken. The first antennal segment
is distinctlv swollen. The dark of the wings is brownish and
there is often a hyaline spot in distal cell of the wing of the
female, but I have not observed it in the male. The wings are
brownish along the whole posterior marign and the hyaline tri-
angle is represented by a crescent-shaped sub-hyaline space in
both sexes. A most abundant species over a number of western
states.

Chrysops furcatus Walker. This species was placed as a syn-
onym of striatus by Osten Sacken, but Miss Ricardo who recently
studied the type in the British Museum, states that it is not
identical with striatus and then points out differences. Previous
to the past summer I had not recognized the species, but it was
included among a number of specimens received from Mr. Jos.
C. Ouellet of Montreal. Two specimens which agree with Walk-
er's description and Miss Gertrude Ricardo's additional remarks,
were taken at Val Morin a few miles north of Montreal. The
wing is colored like that of coloradensis, the frontal callosity is
pure black, and the face and cheeks are yellow with the exception
of a black indented spot immediately below each facial callosity.
The black spot on the second abdominal segment is deeply emar-
ginate posteriorly and black on the third and fourth segments is
in the form of four black spots on each, remaining segments black
with a yellow hind border. The species is separated from lupus
and proclivis by the wholly yellow cheeks. It does not come
within the scope of this paper rightly, but since it has not been

2 24 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

fully considered heretofore in connection with species most like
it it is included.

Chrysops lupus Whitney. Resembles proclivis, furcatus and
coloradensis. The frontal callosity, the facial callosities outside
of the sutures and a band on each cheek are black. Abdomen,
black, arranged almost as in proclivis except there is no small
black dot on either side of the second segment and the third and
fourth segments have the black more distinctly in the form of
spots necessitating more yellow and consequently making the
whole abdomen appear lighter in general coloration. The tvpe
was collected in Colorado and specimens are before me from
Laggan, Alberta, collected by Professor R. C. Osburn.

Chrysops mitis Osten Sacken. Much like carbonarius. In
fact there is some doubt whether or not it should be considered
as distinct from that species. The absence of a hyaline spot at
the base of the fifth posterior cell and the somewhat larger size
separate mitis from its near relative.

Chrysops nigripes Zetterstedt. Loew first reported this spe-
cies from Alaska and Coquillett recognized a specimen taken by
Kincaid of the Harriman expedition. This latter specimen is the
only one that I have seen, for it appears to be difficult to get even
European examples. The union of the apical spot and cross-
band seems to be the best means of separating it from noctifer
its nearest American relative.

Chrysops noctifer Osten Sacken. I have seen the types of
both Osten Sacken and Williston and cannot see how it is possible
to recognize the two species noctifer and pertinax. The differ-
ence in the two descriptions is mainly found in the presence or
absence of reddish on the sides of the first two abdominal seg-
ments, and this appears to be too variable to be of specific value
I believe the two names are synon\-motis, and as noctifer is the
older, it must be retained for the species. The prevailing black
color of the whole body, and the apical spot separated from the
cross-band are characteristics.

Chrysops pachycera Willison. Dr. Williston's types, a fine
series of specimens from Dr. F. H. Snow and collected by him
and his associates in Arizona and other specimens collected in
Lower California have given me the opportunity for studying this
species.

The first antennal segment is swollen, the third segment is
much longer than the second, the facial and frontal callosities are
yellow. In both sexes the anal cell is hyaline at base and the
yellow on the sides of the first four abdominal segments is more
extended than in related species.

Chrysops pikei Whitney. This recentl}' described species has
affinities with seqviax and univittatus. The first basal cell is
infuscated with the exception of a small elongate hyaline spot

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 225

contiguous with the hyahne base of the discal cell, the second
basal cell is hyaline with the exception of a slight infuscation at
base. The outer border of the cross-band is nearly straight, the
hvaline triangle is rather small and does not cross the second vein
and the apical spot fills out the marginal cell and much of the
first and second submarginal and first posterior cells. The
abdomen is yellow with two black stripes extending frcm the
scutellum to the apex and on either side of these another nar-
rower stripe of the same color extending backward frcm the
anterior part of the third segment. The type was collected in
Missouri and I have specimens from Kansas.

Chrysops proclivis Osten Sacken. Frontal callosity, antennae,
each facial callosity outside of the suture and cheeks black. First
basal cell of the wing black for its entire length in the middle but
near the apex on either side next the longitudinal veins there is
some hvaline, the second basal is hyaline, the outer margin of the
crossband is curved, the hyaline triangle is rather large and its
apex crosses the second vein, and the apical spot is rather large
occupying the apical part of the marginal and the first and second
submarginal cells. Abdomen with a black spot beneath the
scutellum widest before and connected with a black spot of the
second segment. The black of the second segment is slightly
emarginate behind and all but attains the posterior margin, and
the broad yellow sides of this segment each inclose a small black
dot. The remaining segments are black wnth a narrow^ serrate
yellow posterior border, or there may be more or less separation
of the black to form spots as in some of the related species.

The male is much darker than the female. The thorax is
black with gray stripes, the wing is black with a small spot at the
apex of each basal cell, a suggestion of a hyaline spot on the mid-
dle of the discal cell, and a hyaline triangle in all respects like
that in the female. Parts of the fifth posterior, anal, and axillary
cells are not so dark as the remainder of the wings. The abdo-
men is black with gray posterior borders to the segment, and
three rows of faint triangles. The venter is yellowish with a
broad black stripe in the middle and less plainly marked narrow
spots on each side.

Adams has stated that the male of this species was described
with some doubt by Williston, as the male of his pachycera.

Chrysops sequax Williston. The species has somewhat the
aspect of umvittatus and striatus. Separated from the latter by
the hyaline triangle reaching or slightly transcending the second
longitudinal vein, and the apical spot entering the first posterior
cell. From the former by having four longitudinal black stripes
on the abdomen instead of two.

Ljj library)^

2 26 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

Chrysops surdus Osten Sacken. Somewhat like proclivis but
smaller. The facial callosities are black on both sides of the
suture leaving a narrow yellow stripe on the middle of the face.
The male is darker than the female and much like the male of
proclivis in general appearance. However, the same characters
which separate the females may be used in regard to the males.

Chrysops virgulatus Bellardi. Although this species has not
been taken in the United States so far as I know, it seems best to
include it in treating our species with the first antennal segment
enlarged. Female 6 to 9 millimeters. First two antennal seg-
ments decidedly swollen, shining brownish, darkest above; third
segment with basal annulus decidedly yellow, remainder black,
slightlv longer than the second, but not so long as the third.
Ocellar area black, widely separated from the eve on either side;
legs yellow w4th the exception of the knees, apical part of front
tibiae and their tarsi and distal parts of other tarsi black or
brown. Wings with costal margin and cross-bands black, apical
spot rather wide, entirely filling out the marginal cell, the apex
of first submarginal and extending into the second submarginal.
The cross-band includes more than half of the first submarginal
cell and about half of the first posterior, not quite half of the
second posterior, and more than half of the third posterior, all of
the fourth posterior and discal, basal half or more of fifth posterior
and apexes of anal and first and second basal cells; basal two-
thirds of first basal and one-third of second basal also black; a
whitish area invades the hvaline areas on the outer and inner
margins of the cross-band. Abdomen black and yellow, black as
follows: An oblong patch beneath the scutellum, two or four
usually connected spots on anterior part of second segment, and
four oblong spots on each of the remaining segments separated
longitudinally by yellow. The black on all the segments may be
connected anteriorly and the last two segments may be alto-
gether black. Venter yellow with a wide median black stripe
and a narrower one on each side.

The male is decidedly darker than the female, the hvaline
triangle of the wings is the same in both sexes, but the hyaline
in the basal and anal cells consists of a spot in each, and taken
together form a crescent, the spot in the anal cell being located
nearer the wing base; the whole axillary cell is smokv.

Distinguished from related species by the short third antennal
segment and the bright yellow basal annulus of the same. Sev-
eral males and females taken at Guadalajara, Mexico, by Jesse
McClendon in June and July, 190)). The synonomy is by Wil-
liston and 1 believe it should be adopted.

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 227

Pangoxia Latreille.

Following previous American authors I have not used all the
generic names used by some European authors, but have consid-
ered the species as all belonging to Pangonia. By some our two
speiecs with the eyes naked and the first posterior cell closed
would be considered under Pangonia; those with the eyes naked
and the first posterior cell open under Corizoneura; while those
with the eyes pilose and the first posterior cell open would come
under Diatomineura. Our species of this group do not seem to
appear in numbers like various species of Tabanus, consequently
good series are not often met with in collections. There are
seven western species considered in this paper and these ma}-- be
separated as follows:

1. First posterior cell closed 2
First posterior cell open 3

2. Legs uniformly dark brown saiissiirei
Legs yellow incisa

3. Eyes hairy 4
Eyes naked 5

•i Antennae black; body uniformly blackish gray hera

Antennse yellow with apex black; body banded with black and
yellow dives

5. Whole body including the antennae pale yellowish ruficornis
Body largely black 6

6. Whole antenn;e black, second abdominal segment yellow on the

sides fcra

Third segment of antennae yellow, second abdominal segment
not yellow on the sides vclutina

Pangonia dives Williston. The eyes are pilose, the antennae
are yellow with black at the apex of the third segment ; legs red-
dish with apexes of tibiae and tarsal segments more or less fuscous
wings h valine with costal border dilute yellowish, anterior branch
of the third vein with a stump at the base; abdomen with the
anterior part of each segment black, posterior part yellow. The
yellow often predominates on the first three segments while I
have not observed any variation of the remaining segments.
Length about 15 millimeters.

It appears that Diatomineura californica Bigot is a synonym.

Pangonia fera Williston. The antennae and legs in both sexes
are black, and the abdomen is black with red on the sides of the
second and often the third segments, and in the female especially
the posterior border of each segment is fringed with yellow hairs;
the eyes are naked and the wings are nearly hyaline with brown
veins and stigma and dilute yellowish costal margin ; ocelli pres-
ent, thorax black with black pile. Length 12 to IS millimeters.

Pangonia hera Osten Sacken. I have only seen the type of
this species. Osten Sacken characterizes it as follows: "Pro-
boscis short, hardly projecting beyond the palpi ; body uniformly

2 28 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

blackish-gray; wings grayish brown; eyes pubescent, first pos-
terior cell open. Length 13 to 14 millimeters. The t\'pe locality
is San Francisco, California.

Pangonia incisa Wiedemann. First posterior cell closed, legs
and antennse yellow, ocelli present, proboscis slender longer than
the height of the head ; wings uniformly yellowish ; thorax dark
in ground color and clothed with yellow pile. In the female the
abdomen is black on the anterior part of each segment, and nar-
rowly yellowish posteriorly ; posterior margin also fringed with
yellow hairs. In the male the abdomen is yellow with black
beneath the sctitelkim, and a triangvilar black marking on the
middle of the anterior half of the second segment. Length 14 to
17 millimeters. Specimens of both sexes are at hand from Okla-
homa, received from Professor E. E. Bogue.

Pangonia ruficornis Bigot. What appears to be this species
was received from Professor V. L. Kellogg, taken at Palo Alto,
California, July 27. Eyes naked, ocelli present; face, front,
antennae and palpi yellow; proboscis brownish, thickened, scarce-
ly longer than the slender palpi ; thorax reddish yellow, legs con-
colorous with the thorax, wings with a yellowish tinge, more pro-
nounced on the costal margin ; anterior l;)ranch of the third vein
with a stump at base. Abdomen yellow. Has the appearance
of being a very distinct species. Length 12 millimeters.

Pangonia saussurei Bellardi. I have a single male specimen
that I have identified from Bellardi's description and figure as
this species. The specimen was taken in the Huachucas Moun-
tains of southern Arizona by Dr. R. E. Kunze. The antennae are
yellow, third segment slender, quite prominent at the base, pro-
boscis longer than the height of the head, palpi short and slen-
der, eyes naked, ocelli present. Thorax brown, clothed with gray
pollen and brown and gray pubescence; legs brown, anterior and
middle tibiae and tarsi a shade lighter than their femora; wings
dilute yellowish hyaline, with yellowish more distinct along the
costa and margins of some of the veins; a long stump at the base
of the anterior branch of the third vein ; first posterior and anal
cells closed. Abdomen in general grayish, with the anterior mar-
gin of each segment brownish ; posterior margin of each segment
with white hairs, remainder of segments clothed with black hairs.
Length 18 millimeters.

Very distinct from the other species of the genus from our
fauna, but with some affinities with incisa.

Pangonia velutina Bigot. I have not seen this speceis. Some
characters which Bigot gives are as follows: antennae yellow with
first two segments black, eyes naked, first posterior cell of wing
open, abdomen black, second segment with a large yellowish spot
on the middle of the posterior l)ordcr. Length 1 1 millimeters.
The type is from California.

Dec, 1904.] Tabinidae. 229

Si L VI us Meigen.

Members of this genus are widely distributed, being found on
nearly all the large land areas of the globe. Our three species
are western, none of them having been taken on the Atlantic
coast, but quadrivittatus has been collected several times on the
gulf coast of Texas. In North America the genus is divided into
two distinct groups, gigantulus belonging to one and the remain-
ing species to the other. The following key is offered as an aid
in separating them:

1. Wings hyaline, without spots, yellowish along the costa; whole

body yellowish giga)ituliis

Wings hyaline, usually spotted; whole body gray poUinose 2

2. Abdomen above with four longitudinal rows of spots quadrivittatus
Abdomen above with two longitudinal rows of spots or

none pollinosus

Silvius gigantulus Loew. Length 10 to 13 millimeters.
Although this one is very distinct in coloration from the other
American species of the genus the generic characters are the same
in all. It has the appearance of vituli of Europe, the wings are
uniformly colored, being hyaline with the exception of the costal
border which is yellowish, the antennae are yellowish with the
third segment except the extreme base dark brown, two small
spots on the face, a triangular frontal callosity and ocelli dark
brown, remainder of the face and front, rear of the head, and.
thorax covered with yellow^ pollen and yellow pile. The abdo-
men is yellow with a dark spot beneath the scutellum and a spot
of the same color on the anterior middle of the second segment
and in some specimens there is an irregular middorsal black
stripe running the whole length of the abdomen. The male is
colored like the female.

Silvius pollinosis Williston. The specimens that fall in this
and quadrivittatus are variable and it is usually a difficult matter
to make satisfactory determinations. The character which I
have given in the key above, namely: the arrangement of the
dark coloration on the abdomen may be used but even this is
variable. In this one the color may be in two series, or these
two series may be united to form a middorsal rather wide band,
or lacking altogether. In some specimens the abdomen is yellow
on the sides and in others not. The wings usually have prom-
inent black markings on the cross-veins and at the furcation of
the third vein and the stigma is black. The male is colored like
the other sex, and has as many variations, although it appears to
be more often yellow on the sides of the abdomen. Length 8 to
11 millimeters. Type from western Kansas.

Silvius quadrivittatus Say. This species was placed in the
genus Chrysops when its description was written by Say and was
not recognized by Osten Sacken when he published his Prodrome,

230 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. Y, No. 2,

and Williston made no coinparison with it when he descried pol-
linosus. However the latter author, in the Tenth Volume of
Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science, recognizes both
species and says of quadrivittatus: ''The species differs from
poUinosus in being darker throughout, in the antennae being more
slender, in the dorsum of the thorax having gray stripes on a
black ground, and in the four abdominal stripes being better
marked." Type from "Near the Rocky Mountains." Male col-
ored like the other sex. Length 7 to 10 millimeters.

Apatolestes AA^illiston.

Specimens belonging to this genus look some like members
of the genus Tabanus, but have spurs at the apex of the posterior
tibiffi, a character which places it in a different subfamily from
that to which Tabanus belongs. The genus was described bv
Dr. Williston in 1,S,S5.

Apatolestes comastes Williston. In a long series of specimens
of the species from California and Arizona, most of them collected
by Coquillett, I find some variations. The size varies from 8 to
17 millimeters. Some specimens are ciuite black while others
are gray from being covered with dense gray pollen and some uf
the males have reddish on the sides of the second and third
abdominal segments. The first two segments of the antennae
are usually covered with gray pollen while the last segment is
black and ocelli are prominent in both sexes. In the female the
front is rather wide and, differing from many species of its sub-
family, is narrowest at the vertex and gradually widens toward
the face. There is some variation but in most specimens there
is a narrow pollinose space just above the antennae, after which
the w^hole front is mostly shining black.

Apatolestes eiseni Townsend, from Lower California seems to
be a synonym.

SxowiELLUs n. gen.

Front rather wide, narrowest at the vertex and gradually
widening toward the antennae. Antennae inserted beneath the
middle of the eyes, proceeding from beneath the swollen sub-
callus, first segment normal on upper side but strong!}- produced
downward, second segment small, third segment elongate some-
what enlarged at the base but with only an indication of a basal
process. All the tibiae enlarged and the hind pair distinctly cili-
ate outwardly. Anterior branch of the third vein without a
stump at base, its distal end meeting the costa at the first third
of the distance from where the second vein meets the costa to the
apex of the wing.

Snowiellus atratus n. sp. General color black with the ex-
treme apex of the wing hyaline. A gray jjollinose patch beneath

Dec, 1904,] Tabanidae. 231

the antennae, otherwise the face including the cheeks, and the
front below to above the frontal callosity denuded and shining
black; above the frontal callosity and connected with it bv a
narrow interval is a nearly rectangular shining black spot, other-
wise the front is covered with dark gray pollen. No ocelli. The
third segment of the antenna appears slightly reddish caused it
seems by a covering of grayish pollen, slightly enlarged at base
but not with a distinct basal process, basal annulus as long or a
little longer than the other four taken together; second segment
small with a few black hairs at the anterior upper angle; first
segment of normal form above but strongly produced below
making it appear almost as though the second segment is at-
tached to its side, furnished above and below with short black
hairs; legs black ,all of the tibiae enlarged but not so much as in
Lepidoselaga lepidota, hind pair with a dense row of cilia on the
outer side. Wings black with the exception of apexes of the first
and second submarginal cells which are clear hyaline. The line
of union of this hyaline and the black forms a strong curve, and
at no point is the hyaline wider than the fourth of the total length
of the second submarginal cell. x'Vbdomen uniform blue-black
above and below. Length 13 millimeters.

A female taken in Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona, in August,
1904, by Dr. F. H. Snow for whom the genus is named.

The insect has afhnities with both the genera Selasoma and
Bolbodimyia but does not fall in either. It is an interesting
species and a splendid addition to the known North American
fauna.

H.EMATOPOTA Meigen.

A genus of nearly fifty species widely distributed in the
Eastern Hemisphere but represented by only two speices in the
Americas. The peculiarly enlarged first antennal segment and
the wide transverse front are characteristic.

Haematopota americana Osten Sacken. The two known
American species are both found in the United States, but only
this one is western. It is larger than punctulata of the eastern
states, and in the specimens before me the third antennal seg-
ment, although somewhat compressed in both, is wider and
shorter in punctulata. Osten Sacken states that americana is
closely related to pluvialis of Europe and has published his results
of a comparison of the two. There are only a few specimens of
punctulata in collections so the opportunity for a careful com-
parison of our two species has not appeared.

Tab.\xus Linne.

Some authors have considered the species here included under
this one'genus^as belonging to three genera. The species with

232 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

pilose eyes and ocelligerous tu1)ercle are put in Apatolestes, those
with pilose eyes and without the ocelligerous tubercle in Atvlotus
and the others with naked eyes and no ocelligerous tubercle form
the genus Tabanus. A large number of the species from the
region covered by this papar fall into Apatolestes and are the
hardest to characterize so others can recognize them. They
look much alike and it would seem sometimes that species are
made on meager characters, but a study of European species of
the genus convinces one that the older authors have done the
same thing, and moreover when one studies our own forms he
gradually comes to the same conclusion that the Europeans evi-
dently have, that is, it is practically impossible to characterize a
species at all when so manv points are considered as onlv varia-
tions of the same.

It is my purpose that this paper supplement Osten Sacken's
Prodrome, therefore some of the species that occur almost as far
west as the Rocky Mountains may not be considered while some
that are rightly eastern species are included because they are not
treated by Osten Sacken.

The following key is offered as an aid for separating a most
difficult group:

1. Eyes naked 2
Eyes pilose 13

2. Large species, abdomen uniformly black or brown 3
Smaller species, abdomen bicolored 6

3. Wings with a dark spot at the fvircation of the third vein 4
Wing without dark coloration at the furcation of the third vein 5

4. Thorax covered with white pollen or down piinctifer
Thorax brown with narrow white stripes benedictus

5. Wings black atratus
Wings subh valine ccgrotus

C). Wings with large brown patches venustus

Wings hyaline 7

7. Abdomen brown with white posterior mai\gin to each seg-

ment aytnulatiis

Abdomen not so marked S

8. Abdomen with a uniform white stripe from the scutellum to the
end of the abdomen liiicola
Abdominal markings not in the form of a uniform band 9

9. Abdomen with a middorsal row of unconnected white triangles 11
Abdomen not so marked, small species, not more than 12

millimeters in length 10

10. Abdomen gray, with four small l)lack spots on each of segments

two to six cribcllmii

AljdoiTien with three irregular gray stripes composed of con-
i tiguovTS spots, base of anterior branch of the third win witli

a long oblique stump productus

Abdomen black with a very narrow wliitc border to each seg-
iTient, and on either side a row of very small white sjiots jratcllns

11. General color of abdomen l)rown ftavidits
General ctilor (.)f alxlomen black 12

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 233

12. "White triangle on the second abdominal segment of the same

size as on the third and fovxrth segments. Length about 1.3
millimeters _ c off cat us

White triangle on the second abdominal segment much smaller
than those on the third and fourth segments. Length about
15 millimeters hyalinipennis

13. Palpi clear black, general color of the whole body black 14
Palpi yellowish 15

14. Costal cell dark brown procyon
Costal cell hyaline sequax

15. A single narrow transverse brown band across the eye, no

ocelligerous tubercle insuetus

No such band across the eye, ocelligerous tubercle usuallj'
present 1 6

16. Whole body shining black, if there are gray spots on the abdo-

men there is no red ground color beneath them. Ocelligerous
tubercle denuded oshurm

Whole body not black, or if so the subcallus not denuded; some-
times black with red ground color beneath the gray abdominal
spots 17

17. Each abdominal segment black with a wide irregular gray border,

wings dilute brownish zonalis

Abdomen not so marked, wings hyaline or nearly hyaline 18

18. Abdomen with a wide middorsal brown stripe and on either side

of it a gray stripe of about equal width. dodget

Abdoinen not so colored 19

19. Abdomen largely black with hree rows of white spots, often

with red ground color beneath the lateral spots 20

Abdomen broadly red on the sides; this color not usually in the
form of spots 30

20. Antennae black, or at most with a trace of reddish at the base

of the third segment 21

Antenna" largely red 26

21. Wing with distinct fuscous on the margins of the cross- veins and

on the furcation of the third vein. 22

Wing with at most only a trace of fviscous on the margins of the
cross- veins and furcation of the third vein 24

22. Subcallus not denuded in the female illohis
Subcallus denuded in the female 23

23. Venter of the abdomen largely red centron
Venter of the abdomen black, covered with gray pollen rhombictts

24. Wings reddish hyaline, lateral abdominal spots usually

rounded septcntrionalis

Wings clear hyaline, lateral abdominal spots angular and
oblique 25

25. Base of the anterior branch of the third vein with a stump opaciis
Base of the anterior branch of the third vein without a

stump itciTsivus

26. Basal part of the third segment of the antenna fully as wide as

long laticorms

Basal part of the third segment of the antenna longer than wide 27

27. No red beneath the lateral gray abdominal spots gilamis
With red beneath the lateral gray abdominal spots _ 28

28. Head distinctly wider than the thorax laticeps
Head not noticeably widened 29

29. Base of the anterior branch of the third vein with a stump jrenchii
Base of the anterior branch of the third vein without a

stump susurrus

2 34 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

30. Antennae black, or at most with a trace of red at the base of the

third segment 31

Antennee largely red 33

31. Subcallus denuded centron
Subcallus not denuded 32

32. Wing with brown clouds on the cross- veins and the furcation of

the third vein sonoinensis

Wing with no clouds on the cross-veins and furcation of the
third vein phcsnops

33. Front of the female unusually wide above, distinctly narrowed

anteriorly captonis

Front of the female not unusually wide, sides nearly parallel 34

34. Third antennal segment fully as broad as long laticornis
Third antennal segment longer than wide 35

35. Costal cell bro^vrn 36
Costal cell hyaline 37

36. Palpi robust epistatus
Palpi slender affinis

37. Head decidedly wider than the thorax laticeps
Head not noticeably widened 38

38. Base of the anterior branch of the third vein with a stump frenchii
Base of the anterior branch of the third vein not with a

stump susurrus

Tabanus aegrotus Osten Sacken. Easily identified by Osten
Sacken's description. It appears some like our eastern atratus,
but the wings may be said to be subhyaline instead of black as in
that species. Usually the whole body is black, but in some spec-
imens the abdomen above has a median row of very small white
triangles, one on the posterior border of each segment.

Tabanus affinis Kirby. There is some variation in the extent
of red on the abdomen. This seems to occur in specimens from
the same locality to the same extent as in specimens from differ-
ent localities. Its size, fifteen to nineteen millimeters, makes its
determination rather easy, as it is the largest of our species with
pilose eyes. Some specimens of affinis and some of sonomensis
are rather close together, but the third segment of the antennae is
narrower in sonomensis and the basal process less prominent.
The palpi are very slender in affinis.

Tabanus annulatus Say. Rarely collected and probalby there
is not more than a dozen good specimens in the collections of the
country. The front is narrow and the frontal callosity and what
in other species is called the spindle shaped line, unite to form a
very narrow raised line of nearly uniform width reaching nearly
to the vertex, eyes naked, a small ocelligerous tubercle. Thorax
uniform gray, abdomen brown with a gray posterior border to
each segment; wings hyaline. Length 12 to 14 millimeters.
Taken as far west as Kansas and Missouri. The species is one
of the anomalies of its family.

Tabanus atratus Fabricius. Its large size and black color
serve to separate this species from all others of the western
Tegion. Taken as far west as Colorado.

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 235

Tabanus benedictus Whitney. A large species related to
nigrescens of the eastern states. The first posterior cell of the
wing is closed, or nearly closed. The front is rather narrow,
narrowest anteriorly, the frontal callosity before almost as wide
as the front, gradually narrowed, about twice as long as wide,
and connected behind with a narrow line which extends to near
the last third of the front. Abdomen dark brown, pruinose,
resembling the abdomen of the common atratus. Length nearly
25 millimeters. Specimens from Louisiana. The types were
taken in Missouri.

It is not properly a western species in the sense of this paper,
but is included because it has been described only recently, and
therefore is not mentioned in papers treating eastern species.

Tabanus captonis Marten. In his bibliography of North
American Dipterology Dr. Williston has omitted Marten's paper
entitled "New Tabanidae" in the Canadian Entomologist XI,
210, and in his paper ' 'Notes and Descriptions of North American
Tabanidae" published in Trans. Kan. Acad, of Sci. he did not
mention the four species described therein, although he men-
tions all the species described in Marten's other paper. It would
appear that the first paper was omitted through oversight. At
any rate, I believe that Williston's comastes is synonymous with
Marten's captonis. The species has somewhat the aspect of
affinis, but the female is easily known by its very wide front, grad-
ually narrowed anteriorly, and the denuded subcallus.

The male is like the female. The antennae are red with the
exception of the apical portion of the third segment which is more
or less black, the frontal triangle is covered with silvery white
pollen.

Tabanus centron Marten. As stated under rhombicus I con-
sider this equivalent to Osten Sacken's second form of rhombicus.
The subcallus is denuded, the antennae are black with base of
third segment red, and in some specimens the two basal segments
are reddish with short black hairs. There is no stump at the base
of the anterior branch of the third vein, and the wings are hyaline
with costal cell yellowish and faint clouds on the margins of the
cross-veins and furcation of the third vein. In some specimens
the abdomen is reddish on the sides of the first three or four seg-
ments. The male is colored like the female. Length 16 to 17
millimeters.

' Tabanus coffeatus Macquart. A dark colored species measur-
ing 12 to 13 millimeters in length. Taken in many of the eastern
states and as far west as Colorado. Each abdominal segment is
black with a white posterior border which expands into a prom-
inent triangle on the middle of the dorsum. Very distinct from
all western species but much like small specimens of melanocerus
from the eastern states.

236 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

Tabanus cribellum Osten Sacken. 1 have seen Townsend's
types of guttatulus in Kansas University collection, and have
compared with Osten Sacken's figure of cribellum. It is my
opinion that the two are synonyms and as the latter name is the
older it would stand for the species.

The eyes are naked, the antennae reddish with the annulate
portion of the third segment black and about the length of the
basal. Wings hyaline, abdomen gray with four brown markings
on each segment. These markings may be united in varying
ways. Length about 10 millimeters.

Specimens from Mesilla Park, N. M., taken by T. D. A. Cock-
erell. As I understand it, Osten Sacken's types were taken in
northern Mexico, only a few miles from where Townsend procured
his specimens.

Tabanus dodgei Whitne3^ There are two conspicuous white
stripes on the thorax separated by a wider dark brown stripe,
which in most specimens is divided for the anterior half of its
length b}^ a very narrow white line. Exterior to the white stripe
on each side is a dark stripe followed by gray on the pleura.
The abdomen is marked by a rather narrow dark brown stripe on
the median line, followed by a gray stripe of about equal width
on either side, and these followed by obscure brownish on the
outer margins. First two segments of antennae red, third black
with basal prominence rounded. The male is colored like the
female in all details. The head in both sexes is rather small and.
flattened so that the longitudinal diameter is shorter than in most
other species of its size. Length 14 to 16 millimeters.

It is a very distinct species and cannot be confused with any
others of our fauna. A number of specimens taken at Onaga,
Kansas, by F. F. Crevecoeur, who has sent me much interesting
material.

Tabanus epistatus Osten Sacken. This species averages much
smaller than affinis, bijt small sized specimens of the latter are
much like the larger ones of epistatus. A good character for
separating the two species may be seen in the palpi. In affinis
these are long and slender while in the latter they are lobust.
The antennae are usually red with the annulate portion of the
third segment black. However, there is some variation but in
all the specimens I have studied the base of the third segment is
invariably red. The subcallus is often denuded; length 13 to 17
millimeters.

The larger specimens, which I cannot separate from the others
by any constant character, agree in detail with Marten's descrip-
tion of californicus. Therefore I am of the opinion that the
latter should be considered a synonym.

Tabanus flavidus n. sp. Female: Length 12 to 14 millimeters.
Eyes naked, antenna red with annulate portion of the third seg-

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 237

ment black, second segment with a few black hairs above, basal
portion of the third segment angulate above, widest at first third
of its length and gradually narrowing to the beginning of the
annulate portion; subcallus covered w4th gray pollen, front rather
narrow, narrowest before; frontal callosity dark brown, occupy-
ing the whole width of the front, nearly square and connected
above w4th a narrow line wdiich reaches half way to the vertex;
an indication of an ocelligerous tubercle. Usual parts of front
covered with gray pollen. Face and cheeks covered with gray
pollen, beard white, palpi yellowish with short white hairs. Pro-
boscis shorter than the length of the head. Thorax fuscous with
the usual gray stripe, sides and sternvim covered with white hairs.
Upper side of front femora, apex of each front tibise, front tarsi
and last three or four segments of other tarsi fuscous, other parts
of legs red. Wings hyaline, stigma and veins clear brown, ante-
rior branch of the third vein with a stump. Abdomen light
brown above with posterior borders of segments and mid dorsal
row of triangles gray. On the sides of the segments and on the
last three segments above there are indistinct fuscous areas, and
in some specimens there are faint indications of lateral row^s of
small grayish spots. Venter red, darker, almost fuscous at apex.

Specimens collected by Dr. R. E. Kunze in southeastern
Arizona and by C. H. T. Townsend in Chihuahua, Mexico; the
latter the property of the U. S. National Museum. I have
received specimens of this species labelled ' 'T. sodalis Williston."
Tabanus sodalis was described without locality but a studv of the
types convinces me that the name is synonymous with T.
trispilus Wied. The specimen to which the name sodalis was
originally given was taken in White Mountains, New Hampshire.

The reddish or brownish color is characteristic of flavidus.

Tabanus fratelhis Williston. Very easily known from its
resemblance to pumilus of the eastern states. The whole body
is dark colored, the abdominal segments have narrow grav pos-
terior margins, and on each side of segments 1-6 is a similarly
colored small round spot, which does not touch either margin.
The basal part of the third antennal segment is narrower than in
pumilus. Eyes naked. Length about 10 millimeters.

1 have received specimens of this species from Miss Ricardo
who studied Bigot's type, wath the statement that they are iden-
tical with the type of Bigot's Diachlorus (?) haematopotides.
The latter name is therefore a synonym of T. fratelkts.

Tabanus frenchii ^klarten. I have before me several speci-
imens which agree with Marten's description. This species with
tetricus and susurus are described as having three rows of gray
triangles on the abdomen and red antennse with apical part of
third segment black, which is a combination not often met with,
but is found in the specimens here considered.

238 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

Tabanus gilanus Townsend. Whole body dark colored.
Abdomen with a median longitudinal row of small gray triangles
and on either side a row of oblique spots of the same color; other-
wise black with very narrow gray posterior borders to the seg-
ments. The red on the sides of the abdomen found in so many
species is lacking. Wings hyaline without stump on the anterior
branch of the third vein. First two segments of the antennae
and base of third red, remainder black. Basal part of third
antennal segment at widest point about as wide as the length of
this part. In the United States National Museum are some spec-
imens which have been compared with the type by Mr. Coquillett.
Length 13 to 15 millimeters.

Tabanus hyalinipennis Hine. The eyes are naked. It has
the aspect of trimaculattis but is smaller, wings hyaline without
dark margins to the cross-veins, and with white triangular spots
on the third and fourth abdominal segments. Length 15 milli-
meters. Specimens from Oak Creek Canvon, Arizona, taken bv
J. T. Llovd and Dr. F. H. Snow.

Tabanus illotus Osten Sacken. The wings in this species may
be said to be subhy aline, especially on the anterior part. Faint
clouds on the cross- veins and furcation of the third vein. Anten-
UcE with the third segment rather broad and reddish at the base.
Basal annulus almost as broad as long, distinctly excised and
with a well marked upper angle ; apical portion black and dis-
tinctly shorter than the basal annulus. Legs black, somewhat
lighter at bases of all the tibia. Length 12 to 14 millimeters.
A northern species taken in Alaska and the Hudson Bay region.

Tabanus insuetus Osten Sacken. This appears to be a varia-
ble species. The size of the head and width of the front are
variable ; some specimens have a long stump on the anterior
branch of the third vein, while in others there is no vestige of it.
Other parts are variable and it would seem that more than one
species is included under the name, but constant characters for
separation appear to be lacking. As it now stands insuetus is
separated from all western species by the presence of a single
narrow brown stripe across the eye. This shows almost as well
in drv as in living specimens. Length about 12 millimeters.
Known from Alaska, British Columbia, Washington, Wyoming,
Colorado, California, Nevada and Utah.

Tabanus intensivus Townsend. When Townsend described
this species he compared it with gilanus which appears to be its
nearest relative. The general color of the whole body is black
clothed with gray pile. The abdomen has a median row of tri-
angles, on each side of which is a row of oblique s])ots; wings
hyaline with no stump on anterior branch of third vein. The
antennae are usually black but the first and second segments and
even the base of the third mav be obscure reddish. The third seg-

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 239

ment is rather narrow, basal part quite long, upper angle slightly
prominent, annulate portion decidedly shorter than the basal
portion. The form of the third antennal segment is sufficient to
separate it from gilanus. The male is like the female in colora-
tion. Length 1-1 to 15 millimeters. Reported from Colorado
and New Mexico.

Tabanus laticeps n. sp. Female: Length 12 to 1-1 millimeters.
Head distinctly wider than the thorax, eyes pilose ; antennae with
first two segments and base of third red, remainder black; first
segment rather large with upper anterior angle narrowly black,
third segment rather long and narrow, basal prominence distinct,
basal part slightly longer than annulate, front rather wide sides
nearly parallel, frontal callosity dark brown, shining, narrowly
connected with a prominent denuded spot above, ocellar area
large, whole front thinly covered with gray pollen, and upper part
with some dark hairs which are most numerous at the apex ; face
clothed with white hairs, palpi very light colored, with short
white hairs. Thorax dark with about five narrow gray lines
above, antealar callosity red, sides and sternum clothed with gray
hairs; legs with all femora, tips of anterior tibiae and nearly all
the tarsal segments dark brown or black, otherwise red; wings
hyaline with stigma and veins clear Ijrown, no stump on the
anterior branch of the third vein. General color of the dorsum
of the abdomen black, gray as follows: a row of small dorsal tri-
angles and on each side a row of prominent oblique spots with
their bases on the posterior margins of the segments. In some of
the specimens the black is largely replaced by red and in all the
ground color beneath the lateral spots is red ; venter of abdomen
red with apex dark, or in some of the darker specimens a rather
wide median fuscous band extends from base to apex.

Male: Length 12 to 14 millimeters. Like the female except
the gray spots on the abdomen are smaller thus increasing the
extent of the black.

Specimens collected by Mr. D. W. Coquillett and Sarah E.
Harris, and others sent in b}^ Professors V. L. Kellogg and Charles
W. Johnson without collector's name.-

Habitat, California and Washington. The wide head is
characteristic of the species.

Tabanus laticornis n. sp. Female: Length 14 to 1(3 milli-
meters. Eyes pilose, antennae red with the exception of the
annulate portion and sometimes the apex of the basal portion of
the third segment, which are black; first and second segments
with rather coarse short black hairs above; basal portion of the
third segment as wide as long, above abruptly widened to basal
third and gradually narrowed to beginning of the annulate por-
tion, below gradually curved. Front very gradually narrowed
anteriorly, frontal callosity nearly square, scarcely as wide as the

240 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

front, shining Ijrown, with spindle shaped spot above; otherwise
whole front including ocellar area and subcallus, covered with
grayish yellow pollen. Face and cheeks covered with gray pollen
and rather long white hairs ; palpi white clothed with short white
and black hairs mixed. A noticeable thing is that the hairs on
the palpi in a number of species appear black from certain views
while from other views the same hairs appear white. This seems
to be the case here. Thorax black above thinly covered with
gray pollen and with the usual grav stripes; sides and sternum
with rather long white hairs. Legs in general red, anterior
femora and tarsi and apex of tibiae, basal half or more of middle
and posterior femora and three or four distal segments of middle
and posterior tarsi fuscous or black. Wings hvaline, stigma vel-
lowish, also costal cell and narrow margins of some of the cross-
veins dilute yellowish. Abdomen with a rather narrow dorsal
black stripe on which is a row of small elongate gray triangles;
lateral rows of spots large and red, largest on second segment and
decreasing toward apex of abdomen ; a fuscous patch on each seg-
ment outside of the rows of red spots. Venter red with apex and
a mid ventral stripe, abbreviated in some specimens, black.

Male: Length 14 to b5 millimeters. Colored like the female,
abdomen decidedly attenuated posteriorly. Third antennal seg-
ment not so wide as in the female.

Several specimens from Arizona and northern Mexico, those
from the latter localitv collected bv C. H. Tyler Townsend.

Tabanus lineola Fabricius. This well known eastern species
extends as far west as Utah and Colorado. The naked eyes are
sufficient to separate it from the western species resembling it.
Length 13 to lo millimeters.

Tabanus opacus Coquillett. The female type of this species
is dark colored with gray stripes on the thorax and three rows
of gray spots on the abdomen. Wings hyaline with brown
stigma, and a long stump on the anterior branch of third vein.
Antennee black with the first segment partially reddish ; subcallus
not denuded, legs black with basal half of front tibiae and nearly
all of the other tibiae reddish. On the second and third segments
of the abdomen the ground color beneath the lateral gray spots is
reddish and there is also a suggestion of reddish on the sides of
the second segment, but the latter is so small that it is hardly
worth mentioning.

The male is colored like the female except the reddish on the
sides of the first two abdominal segments is slightly more extended
and there is a trace of reddish at the base of the third antennal
segment. The stump of the anterior branch of the third vein is
only suggested in this sex.

A number of specimens before me agreeing with the female
type were collected in southern Idaho, Logan, Utah, b}' E. D.

Dec, 1804.] Tabanidae. 241

Ball, and near Lander, Wyoming, by R. C. Moodie of Lawrence,
Kansas. Some slight color variations occur, and in many speci-
mens the antenna? are entirely black. The long stump is present
on the anterior l)ranch of the third vein in all the females.

Tabanus osburni n. sp. Female: Length 12 to 16 millimeters.
General color of the body shining black. Eyes pilose, first and
second segments of the antennae black or they may be partly red-
dish, clothed with black hairs, third segment black except the
base which is red, basal portion with a blunt prominence above,
longer than the annulate portion. Subcallus denuded and shin-
ing black, frontal callosity shining black with unconnected mark
above; ocellar area partly denuded black, remainder of front cov-
ered with gray pollen; face and cheeks clothed with grav pollen
and dark yellowish hairs, palpi yellowish with short black hairs;
thorax with inconspicuous narrow gray stripes above; pleurse
clothed with long gray pile. Legs black but bases of tibiae show-
ing a reddish tinge. Wings hyaline but with costal margin and
narrow margins of cross-veins and furcation of third vein fuscous ;
these infuscations on the margins of the veins are less conspicuous
in some specimens than in others. Abdomen black with three
rows of faint gray spots above and the posterior margin of each
segment both above and beneath with a fringe of rather long
white hairs.

Male: Length 12 millimeters. Like the fe:nale except the
grayish spots on the dorstim of the abdomen a]3pear to be lacking,
and the third segment of the antenna is noticeably narrower than
in that sex. This latter character is characteristic of this sex in
a large number of species. The head is larger and nearer
hemispherical than in the female.

A large number of specimens, most of them taken bv Prof.
R. C. Osburn, for whom the species is named. Known from
British Columbia, Alberta, Montana, Washington and Alaska.

This species is some like rhombicus but more robust and no
suggestion of red on the al)domen of either sex.

Tabanus phaenops Osten Sacken. The antennae are black,
the wings are hyaline and the abdomen is broadlv red on the side.
Length 13 to 14 millimeters. Distributed from Alaska and Brit-
ish Columbia to California, and specimens are also at hand from
Wyoming and Colorado. Osten Sacken fully described this spe-
cies in his paper on ' 'Western Diptera" and his description should
be consulted.

Tabanus procyon Osten Sacken. The palpi, legs and anten-
nae, as well as the whole body, are black; the subcallus is denuded
and shining black, the wings are hyaline except the costal cell,
margins of cross-veins and furcation of third vein which are black.
Length 1.3 millimeters. Known from California, and specimens
are at hand from Eldorado collected bv Sarah E. Harris.

242 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 2,

The black palpi is a character it shares with sequax but the
denuded subcallus and the black unspotted abdomen easily dis-
tinguish it. The costal cell is also much blacker than in the last
named species.

Tabanus productus n. sp. Female: Length 11 millimeters.
Antenuce black, first segment rather long and narrow, third not
much excised above and with a small basal prominence ; frontal
callosity square, black and as wide as the front with unconnected
square black spot above it; front rather wide slightly narrowed
anteriorly and clothed with gray pollen ; face and cheeks covered
with gray pollen and white pile, palpi white with white bairs and
also some that look black from certain views; eyes naked. Tho-
rax dark with narrow gray stripes above and white pile on the
sides and beneath; legs black except about one-third of front
tibiae and more than half of the other tibiae which are white ; wings
hyaline with clear brown stigma and veins and with a long
oijlique sttmip at the base of the anterior branch of the third vein.
This stump has a direction which is nearly parallel with the last
section of the posterior branch of third vein. Abdomen dark
with a middorsal gray stripe and on each side a series of some-
what oblique spots joining one another end to end, thus forming
a stripe with the outer border serrate ; posterior margins of the
segments both above and beneath narrowly whitish.

Male: Length 1 1 millimeters. Colored in detail like the other
sex; line of separation of large and small facets of the eye distinct.

Specimens taken near Lander, Wyoming, at an elevation of
from 5000 to 7000 feet the past summer by R. C. Moodie of
Lawrence, Kansas.

This species looks some like lineola but is smaller, the legs and
antennae are darker and the distinctive stump on the anterior
branch of the third vein differs from what I have observed in that
species.

Tabanus punctifer Osten Sacken. Distributed over a great
deal of the western country, especially from Colorado to Cali-
fornia and southward. The general black color of the body
except the thorax, which is covered with white pile and the white
base of the anterior tibiae, makes it the easiest western species to
distinguish. Length 19 to 22 millimeters.

Tabanus rhombicus Osten Sacken. Osten Sacken described
this species in his ''Prodrome" and later in his "Western Dip-
tera" gave additional notes upon it. At the time of the latter
writing, he had better material than when he first wrote, and
from this material he characterized three forms, as he called
them, which when arranged in series appear quite distinct from
one another; and present characters by which in good specimens
they can be separated readily.

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 243

T. rhoinl)icus has been misdetermined by many and conse-
quently exists under various names in American collections. The
specimens used in this study of the species were compared with
Osten Sacken's types and there are before me a long series of
specimens agreeing with each of the three forms. Dr. John
Marten has described some species of Tabanus in Vol. 14 and 15
of the Canadian Entomologist, which seem to correspond with
these forms, and after collecting all available information and
studying Marten's descriptions carefully, it appears to me that
centron is the same as Osten Sacken's second form of rhombicus,
and as the latter author did not propose any name, Marten's
name remains valid.

Tabanus rhombicus has the subcallus denuded and no stump
on the anterior branch of the third vein. General color of the
whole body dark with only a trace of red on the sides of the second
and third abdominal segments and three rows of gray pollinose
spots. Wings hyaline with traces of fuscous on the borders of
the cross-veins and at the furcation of the third vein. Lena^th
13 to 15 millimeters. Specimens from Albany Co., Wyoming,
collected by E. B. Williamson; from Estes and Manitou Parks
Colorado, collected by Dr. F. H. Snow, and from southwestern
Colorado, collected bv E. J. Oslar.

Therioplectes (?) melanorhinus Bigot seems to be this species,
judging from the re-description of Bigot's type Miss G. Ricardo
has been so kind as to send me.

Tabanus septentrionalis Loew. This species is somewhat
variable in size and coloration but does not appear to be a diffi-
cult one to recognize. The subcallus is not denuded; the gray
triangles in the middle of the abdominal segments are united to
form what may be called a dorsal stripe and on either side of this
a prominent row of spots extends from the first to the sixth seg-
ment, one spot to each segment. The ground color beneath
these spots is often, but not always red., The wings have a dilute
yellowish tinge all over and the veins are brown T3ut there is no
distinct fuscous margins to the cross-veins or at the furcation of
the third vein. Length 13 to 17 millimeters.

Tabanus sequax WiUiston. The palpi are black, costal cells
hyahne, and the stigma and margins of the cross veins and fur-
cation of the third vein are also black. On account of the black
palpi the species can only be confused with procvon, and the
other characters mentioned will separate it from that. Length
13 to 16 millimeters.

Thinking that Bigot's leucophorus was this species, I sent
specimens to Miss G. Ricardo who compared with the tvpe and
verified my determination. In her letter she makes the following
statement: ''The specimen sent on comparison with the type is
certainly identical; the tvpe is a trifle larger and the dark li^^CS"

Lu t L I B R A R Y ]

244 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

at the sides of the antennae are not so black or so thick as in your
specimen, and the forehead is not so dark."

The specimen I sent Miss Ricardo measures fully 16 milli-
meters in length. As Bigot gives the length of his type as 11
millimeters, we see how misleading his statements may be.

Tabanus sonomensis Osten Sacken. The antennae are black
or they mav be dark red at base, the third segment is narrow
with the basal portion longer than the annulate portion, and the
basal prominence is small; the palpi are brownish yellow clothed
with black hairs, the sides of the front in the female are nearly
parallel, the abdomen is plainly red on the sides. The usual dor-
sal row of gray triangles mav be seen in well preserved specimens
but no lateral rows are apparent. The red on the sides of the
abdomen is somewhat variable in extent, and the posterior mar-
gins of the segments are furnished with a fringe of yellow hairs.
The wings are hyaline but many of the veins, especially the
cross-veins and furcation of the third vein, are margined with
fuscous.

The species is separated from rhombicus and its allies l)y the
nearlv complete absence of lateral gray spots on the abdominal
segments; and from affinis by the narrower third antennal seg-
ment, as well as its smaller average size, from epistatus by the
blacker antennae, and from phaenops by its larger average size
and clouding of the cross-veins and furcation of the third vein.

The several males I have are colored like the females and
easily associated with them, although the fringes of hairs on the
posterior margins of the abdominal segments are not so conspic-
uous in this sex. Length 18 to IS millimeters.

I consider haemaphorus Marten a synonym of sonomensis.

Tabanus susurrus Marten. The antennae are red with the
annulate portion of the third segment black ; the wings are hya-
line btit there are faint clouds on the margins of the cross-veins
and at the furcation of the third vein. All the femora, the apex
of each anterior tibia, and the anterior tarsi are black or dark
brown, other paHs of legs red, except darker coloration on some
of the tarsal segments. The abdomen is red on the sides of the
first three or four segments. Specimens from Wyoming collected
bv Morrison. Marten's type was from Montana. Length 13
millimeters.

Tabanus venustus Osten Sacken. This species is known from
all others of its genus by the large irregular dark patches on the
wings. Eyes naked. Length 14 to 1(1 millimeters. Taken as
far west as Oklahoma.

Tabanus zonalis Kirl)y. This distinct species has the wings
uniformly tinged witli yellowish and the abdominal segments are
black anteriorly and broadly yellowish ])osteri()rly. The anten-
nae are red but the apex of the third segment may be black, y)alpi

Dec, 1904.] Tabanidae. 245

brown, all the femora, apex of tibiae and anterior tarsi, black,
remainder of legs red. Length 17 millimeters. Specimens from
Mission Motmtains, Montana, received from Prof. M. J. Elrod,
and from Laggan, Alberta, collected by Prof. R. C. Osburn.
Wide!}' distributed in northern United States and Canada.

Species not Idextified.

Tabanus tetricus Marten. This is colored something like rhom-
bicus but with red antennae. Described in Canadian Entomol-
ogist XV, 111.

Tabanus fuscipalpis Bigot. This description suggests T.
sequax. Blackish palpi are not found in many species of its
group. Mem. Soc. Zool. France V, 681.

Tabanus hirtultis Bigot. I do not recognize this species. It
seems to be colored much like some of the darker specimens of
sonomensis. The antennae are black with a trace of red at the
base of the third regment, the subcallus is not denuded and the
anterior branch of the third vein bears a long stump. Mem. Soc.
Zool. Fr. V, 641.

Tabanus maculifer Bigot. Agrees in many respects with

phasnops but has the subcallus denuded. I have never seen a

specimen of phaenops with this character. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr.
V, 641.

Tabanus villosulus Bigot. Must resemble the male of Apa-
tolestes comastes Will. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 684.

Diachlorus notatus Bigot. Suggests Silvius pollinosus and
quadrivittatus. There are some specimens of these species with
wings such as Bigot describes. Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 623.

List, Synonymy and Bibliography of Species Treated in This Paper

pangonia.

dives Williston, Tr. Kan. Acad. Sci. X, 1.30. From California.

californica Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 618. From California,
fera Williston, Tr. Kan. Acad. Sci. X, 130. From Oregon, Washington

and British Cokimbia.
hera Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 214. From San Francisco, California,
incisa Wiedemann, Aviss. z^veiil. Ins. I, 90. From Ark. Col. N. M.,

Oklahoma.
incisnralis Say, Jr. Ac. Nat. Sci. IH, 31; Compl. Writ. 1,75.
ruficornis Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 615. From California,
saussurei Bellardi, Sag. Ditt. Mes. I, 49. From southern Arizona and

Mexico,
velutina Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V. 615. From California.

246 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

CHRYSOPS.

carbonarius Walker, List I, 203, Ricardo, An. Mag. Nat. Hist., Series 7,
VIII, 303. From Me., N. H., Mass., Col., Wyo., N. J., N. C, Canada.
nigcr Walker (not Macq), List I, 202.
provocans Walker, Dipt. Saund. I, 73.
(?) atra Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. 4, 40.

fitgax Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 375. Williston Tr. Ks. Acad. Sci. X,
132.
ceras Townsend, Psyche VIII, 38. From New Mexico and northern

Mexico,
coloradensis Bigot (in part), Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 605. Ricardo, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, VIII, 307. From Col., Cal., and Washington,
coquillettii Hine. Described in this paper. From Colorado,
discalis Williston, Tr. Conn. Acad. IV. 245. From Wyo., Col., Mont, and

Utah,
excitans Walker, Dipt. Saund. 72. Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 373. From

Me., N. H., Pa., Wash., B. C, Ills., Mass.
facialis Townsend, Psj^che VIII, 39. From N. M. and Ariz,
frigidus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 384. Prodrome II, 474. Hine, Taban.
Ohio 37. From N. H., N. Y., Mass., N. J., Ohio, Wash., British
Possessions.
fulvaster Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 221. Ricardo, An. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Ser. 7, VIII, 306. From Col., Utah, Wyo., Ariz., N. M., Mont.
coloradensis Bigot (in part) Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 605.
furcatus Walker, List I, 1*)9. Osten Sacken Prodrome I, 39L Ricardo, An.

Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, VIII, 302. From N. Y., Montreal, Canada,
lupus Whitney, Can. Ent. XXXVI, 205. From Colorado.
mitis Osten Sacken Prodrome I, 374. From Mont., Wash., Montreal,

Canada.

nigripes Zetterstedt, Ins. Lap. I, 519. Loew, Vehr. Zool. Bot. Ges. VIII,

623. Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 394. Coquillett, Wash. Acad. Sci. II,

406. From Europe, Lapland and Alaska.

noctifer Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 220. From Cal., Wash., Mont., Br. Col.

pertinax Williston, Tr. Ks. Acad. Sci. X, L32. Ricardo, An. Mag. Nat.

Hist., Ser. 7, VIII, 307.
mgrivcntris Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 604.
pachycera Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 134. Adams, Ks. Un. Sci. Bull.

il, 442. From Cal. and Ariz,
pikei Whitney, Can. Ent. XXXVI, 205. From Missouri,
proclivis Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 222. Ricardo, An. Mag. Nat. Hist.
Ser. 7, VIII, 306. Froin California and Washington.
atricornis Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 603.

pachycera Williston (male onlv) Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 134. Adams, Ks. L^n.
Sc. Bull. II, 442.
sequax Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 133. From Ks. and N. C.
surdus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 223. Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 134.

From Cal,, Or. B. C.
virgulatus Bellardi, Saggio Ditt. Mes. 1,71, tab. 2. fig. 17. Williston, Biol.
Cent. Am. I, 255. From Mexico.
geminatus Macquart (not Wiedemann). Dipt. Exot. Suppl. IV, 39.
crassicornis v. d. Wulp, Wicn. Ent. Zt'il. Ill, 141.

SILVIUS.

gigantulus Lrrw, Dipt. Am. Sept, ind. Part 10, No. 12. Osten Sacken,
West. Dipt. 215, Catalogue of 1878, 22t). From Cal., Wa.sh., B. C,
N. Mex.,Col.
trifoliiim Osten Sacken. Prodrome 1, 395.

Dec, 1904.] Tabaaidae. 247

pollinosus Williston, Tr. Conn. Ac. IV, 244. Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 131. From

Ks., Col.
quadi-ivittattis Say, Jr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. Ill, 33. Compl. Writ. II, 54.

Wiedemann, Auss. Zweifl. Ins. I, 200. Osten Sacken, Catalogue of

1878, 226. Williston Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 131. From Cal., Neb., N. Mex.,

Texas.

APATOLESTES.

comastes Williston, Ent. Am. I, 12. Townsend, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. XIII, 134,
From N. Mex., Cal., and Lower California.
eiseni Townsend, Pr. Cal. Ac. Sc, Ser. 2, IV, 596. Ricardo, An. Mag.
Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, V, 99.

H^MATOPOTA.

americana Osten Sacken. Prodrome I, 395. From Dak., Mont., Col.,
B. Col., Cal.

SNOwiELLUS n. gen.

atratus Hine, Described in this paper. From Arizona.

TABANUS.

£egrotus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 219. From Cal., Wash., and B. C.
affinis Kirby, Fatm. Bor. Am. IV, 313. Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 466.
Kirby's description is republished in Can. Ent. XIII, 166. From
northern U. S. and Canada from the Atlantic to the Pacific.
triligatus Walker, List V, 183.
annulatus Say, Jr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. Ill, 32. Compl. Writ. II, 53. Osten

Sacken, Prodi-ome Supl. 555. From Mo., Kv., Ga., Ks., La.
atratus Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 789. Ent. Syst. IV, .366. Bellardi, Saggio Dit.
Mess. I, 58. Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 454. From eastern U. S.
as far west as Colorado.
nigcr Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. Dipt. 54, tab. I, fig. _1.
americaniis Drury, Ins. I, tab. 44, fig. 3.
validiis Wiedemann, Auss. zwei. Ins. I, 113.
benedictus Whitney, Can. Ent. XXXVI, 206.

captonis Marten, Can. Ent. XIV, 211. From Cal., Wash., Or., Br. Col.
comastes Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. X, 137. Townsend, Tr. Am. Ent.
Soc. XXII, 58.
centron Marten, Can. Ent. XIV, 211. From Col. and Wyo.
coffeatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Supl. 2, 23. Osten Sacken, Prodrome TI,
441. From D. C, Del., N. Y., Fla., Mass., Ind., N. J., Col.
(?) mgnpcs Wiedemann, Dipt. exot. 1, 75; Auss. zwei. Ins. I, 142.
cribellum Osten Sacken, Biol. Cent. Amer. I, 52. From Mexico and New
Mexico.
guUatulus Townsend, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sci. XIII, 134. Psyche VIII, 147.
dodgei Whitney, Can. Ent. XI, 37. From Ks. and Neb.
epistatus Osten Sacken, Prodrome Supl. 555. Hine, Tabanidae of Ohio, 50.
From N. J., Can., Col., Ohio.
soctiis Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 467.
californicus Marten, Can. Ent. XIV, 210.
flavidus Hine, Described in this paper. From Ariz, and Mex.
fratellus Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 140. From Wash., Br. Col.

hcsmatopotides Bigot, (Diachlorus?) Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 624.
frenchii Marten, Can. Ent. XV, 111. From Mon., Wyo.
gilanus Townsend, Psyche VIII, 92. From N. Mex.
hyalinipennis Hine, Can. Ent. XXXV, 244. From Oak Creek Canyon,

Ariz,
illotus Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 469. From Alaska and northern North
America.

248 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V. No. 2,

insuetus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 219. From Cal., ^Yash., Col., Nev.,

Alaska,
intensivus Townsend, Psyche VIII, 9.3. From N. Max., Col.
laticeps Hine, Described in this paper. From Cal. and Washington,
laticornis Hine, Described in this paper. Froin Ariz, and Mex.
lineola Fabricius, Ent. Syst. IV, 369. Syst. Antl. 102. Osten Sacken, Pro-
drome II, 448. Biol. Cent. Am. I, 56. From eastern N. A. west to
Col. and Utah.
(?) sciitellaris Walker, Dipt. Saund. 27.
simulans Walker, List I, 182.

trilincatus (Latr. ?) Bellardi, Saggio Ditt. Mess. I, 63
opacus Coquillett, Invert. Pacifica I, 21. Froin Nev., Utah, Wyo.
osburni Hine, Described in this paper. From B. C, Alaska, Mont., Wash,
phaenops Osten Sacken, AVest. Dipt. 217. From Cal., Col., Wash., B. C,

Alaska,
procyon Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 216. From Cal.
productus Hine, Described in this paper. From Wyoming and Utah,
punctifer Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 4.53. West. Dipt. 220. From west-
ern N. A. as far north as San Francisco,
reinwardtii Wiedinann, Auss. zweifl, Ins. I, 130. Osten Sacken, Prodrome
II, 461. From eastern N. A. as far west as Colorado.
crythrolctns Walker, Dipt. Saund. 25, tab. 2, fig. 1.
rhombicus Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 472. West. Dipt. 218, From Col.,
Wyo., Or., Wash., Mont.
melanorhinus Bigot, (Therioplectes?), Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V, 642.
septentrionalis Liew, Verb. zool. bot. Ges. VIII, 592. Osten Sacken, Pro-
drome II, 467. From Labrador, Alaska. Wis., Ouebec, Alberta, Dak.,
Wyo., B. C, White Mts., N. H.
sequax Williston, Tr. Ks. Ac. Sc. X, 137. From Ore., Wash., B. Col.

leucophoriis Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. V. 640.
sonomensis Osten Sacken, West. Dipt. 216. From Cal., Wash., B. Col.,
Alaska.
hccmaphorus Marten Can. Ent. XIV, 210.
susurrus Marten, Can. Ent. XV, 111. From Mont., Wyo.
venustus Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 444. Hine, Tabanidae of Ohio 56.

From Texas, Okl. Ks., Ohio,
zonalis Kirby, Faun. Bor. Am. IV, 314. Republication of Kirby's descrip-
tion in Can. Ent. XIII, 167. Osten Sacken, Prodrome II, 4()3. Cata-
logue of 1878, 56 and 226. Townsend, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. XXII, 58.
From northern U. S. and Canada.
flavocinctiis Bellardi, Sag. Ditt. Mess. I, 61. Osten Sacken, Catalogue of

1878, 226.
tarandi Walker, List I, 156.
terrce-novcc Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, 35.

Dec, 1904.] Notes— Ohio Staie Herbarium. 249

NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM. I.

H. A. Gleason.

Hypericum boreale (Britton) Bicknell. In 1891 N. L.
Britton* made brief mention of this interesting St. John's-wort,
regarding it as a variety of Hypericum canadense L. In 1895
E. P. Bicknell discussed its relationships in a comprehensive
paper in the same journalt, in which he raised the plant to spe-
cific rank and showed that its affinities were with Hypericum
niutiluni L. rather than with Hypericum canadense. He credits
it with a range from Maine and Nova Scotia westward through
Canada and south in the mountains into Pennsylvania and New
Jersey.

Two plants collected by O. E. Jennings at Geauga Lake,
August 22, 1903. and one sheet from Defiance County in the
State Herbarium under Hypericum mutilum. are referable to this
species. Its occurrence in two so widely separated counties ^ug-
gests that it may be found to have a wide distribution over cen-
tral and northern Ohio, and warrant the ptiblication of a note
calling attention to the characters by which it is separated from
Hypericum mutilum, which in general appearance it closely
resembles.

The two species are distinguished most easily b_\' the character
of the bracts, which in Hypericum mutilum are awl-shaped, and
1-2 mm. long. In Hypericum boreale they are foliaceous, elliptic,
three-nerved, and from 2-6 millimeters long, the lower being the
the largest. Also in Hypericum mutilum the mature capsules are
ovoid, about 3 mm. long; the seeds oblong, about .2 bv .4 mm.,
while in Hypericum boreale the capsule is ovoid-oblong, 4 mm.
long; the seeds oblong, .2 bv .G mm.

Hypericum boreale also occurs still farther west in Wells
County, Indiana, where it was first collected bv Mr. Charles C.
Deam, of Bluffton. It is found there abundantly in peat bogs, in
company with Triadenum virginicum (L.) Raf., Sarracenia pur-
purea L., Campamda aparinoides Pursh, and other characteristic
bog plants. Defiance County, Ohio, is not far from the Indiana
station. The specimens from Geauga County were growing in a
bog also, as is shown by the plants of Sphagnum moss clinging
to their roots. It probably occurs in most of the peat bogs
throughout the state.

Camelixa microcarpa Andrz. was collected for the second
time in Ohio by Prof. W. A. Kellerman at Columbus. It was
found in great abundance by a roadside near the city. The only
other known station is at Painesville, Lake Countv.

* Bull. Torr. Club. 18 ■ 365. t ibid. 22 :2] 1-21.5

L I B R A « Y 1 laal

250 The Ohio Nauralist. [Vol. V, No. 2,

CicHORiUM ixTYBUs DiVARicATUM D. C. was Collected bv S. E.
Horlacher in Montgomery County in 1903. It differs from the
species in having some or all of the heads on stout, divaricately
spreading peduncles about 6 cm. long.

GoMPHRENA GLOBOSA L. is another commonly cultivated
plant which has escaped from cultivation. It was collected in
1901 by Professor Kellerman at Bowling Green, Wood County,
where it was growing along a roadside.

Thlaspi arvexse L. This introduced crucifer has hitherto
been listed only from Hamilton, Lucas and Cuyahoga Counties,
indicating a rather limited distribution in the state. Mr. E. F.
Lantz has recently given a specimen to the State Herbarium with
the report that is it an abundant weed in Henry and Fulton
Counties.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Oct. 3, 1904.

President Sanders called the meeting to order. The program
for the evening consisted of reports on the summer's work.

Prof. Hine reported the occurrence of about thirty-five species
of mammals in the state, one of the bats being new. Prof.
Prosser reported the completion of his work in Kansas and Mary-
land. The summer's work has shown that the rocks of the Lower
Helderberg or Waterlime in Ohio are much older than has been
supposed. The exact geological position of the rocks and faunas
about Sandusky was also determined. Prof. Osborn spoke of his
work on the Hemiptera of Ohio and New York, several forms
having been found which will probably prove new. Prof.
Schaffner reported nutation in six species of plants not previously
noted ; also work on nodding tips of plants and on Myxomycetes
of Clay Co., Kansas. Mr .York reported thirty-six species of
plants as new to the Cedar Point list, Fraxinus biltmoreana
being new to the state.

J. E. Hyde, Sec. pro tern.

Date of Publication of December Number, December 14, 1904.

^he Ohio ^h[^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity*
Volume V. JANUARY, 1905. No. 3.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wright— Our Smallest Carnivore 251

Walton— A Land Planarian in Ohio 254

ScHAFFNER— The Life Cycle of a Hetcrosporous Pteridophyte 255

Walton— Actinolophus ^Minutus a New Ileliozoan, with a Review of the Species Enu-
merated in the Genus 261

Gleason— Notes from the Ohio State Herbarium. II 264

ScHAFFNER— Mat Plants 265

Schaffner— Plants with Nodding Tips 2(i7

Riddle— Brush Lake Algae 268

Scholl— Key to the Ohio Hickories in the Winter Condition 269

Cotton— Key to Ohio Ashes in the Winter Condition 270

SCHAFFNER — Key to Ohio Poplars in the Winter Condition 271

Clevencjer- Hydrofluoric Acid for Marking Slides 272

Frank- Meeting of the Biological Club 272 :

OUR SMALLEST CARNIVORE.*

Albert A. Wright.

On the 23d of January, 1904, there was brought to me a
diminutive weasel in full white winter pelage. It was captured
alive by Mr. Clarence Metcalf upon his farm four miles south of
Oberlin. It was in a corn field and was chased out from one of
the shocks of corn, where it may have gone in pursuit of the
rodents that habitually pilfer the grain. It was accompanied by^
a second specimen, of similar size, but of a brown color above,
with some white on the under parts. This one escaped and could
not be critically examined.

The white one was without any visible spots of brown or
black upon it. Even the black tip of the tail which characterizes
most weasels, both in their winter and summer pelage, is wanting.
A careful examination with a lens, however, wull show that there
are a few darker hairs present. The vibrissae and the few long
hairs of the e^'ebrow are of an inconspicuous brown color. The
ghost of a spot an eighth of an inch across, consisting of a few
submerged thrown hairs can be detected upon the crown of the
head. At the tip of the tail about ten distinctly black hairs can
be counted, concealed by the more abundant white. There is no
evidence of a brush of longer hairs at the end of the tail. The

* Read before the Ohio State Academy of Sciences, Nov. 26, 1904.

2 52| The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

sex of the specimen is male, as was ascertained at the time it was
mounted. It measured just six inches (152 mm.) in length for
the head and body; the tail one inch, or. including the longest
hairs, an inch and a quarter, making the total length seven and a
quarter inches (184 mm.). In size this is the smallest of the
weasels, and therefore of the carnivores.

The nomenclature of the weasels has been in great confusion
for several reasons. The animals are nowhere very abundant,
and the collections have been rather meager and carelessly made.
The great disparity in size between the sexes makes the positive
determination of the sex an essential matter in order to interpret
correctly the measurements. The most thorough revision of the
species is that of Mr. Outram Bangs, f published in 1896. Up to
that date there were only two species recognized as belonging to
our northern Ohio region, namely:

The New York Weasel, Putorius noveboracensis Emmons.

Bonaparte's Weasel, P. cicognani (Bonaparte).

The New York Weasel has a total length in the male of sixteen
inches, and in the female of thirteen inches. Bonaparte's weasel
measures eleven inches in the male and nine inches in the female.
Both of these species have black tips to their tails both summer
and winter. It is clear, therefore, that our specimen can not
belong to either of the commonly recognized species.

In the year 1901, Mr. Samuel N. Rhoads published f a descrip-
tion of a much smaller species from a few specimens taken in the
vicinity of Pittsburgh, Pa., giving it the name of Putorius allc-
gheniensis. Our specimen agrees in dimensions with this species,
and falls in with two other specific characters which may be
mentioned, viz:, (1) the tip of the tail is never black, but of the
same color as the rest of the body. (2) the two sexes are essen-
tially of the same size.

Hitherto only seven specimens of this Alleghenian weasel have
been brought to the notice of scientific men and placed on record
in publications. These were all from Washington and Allegheny
counties in Pennsylvania, and Jefterson county, Ohio. Six of
these specimens were exhibited together at the February meeting
of the Pittsburgh Academy of Science and Art, by Mr. Frederic
S. Webster, who gives an account of the meeting in the issue of
Science for May 27th last. Our specimen constitutes the eighth
and extends the range of the species towards the shores of Lake
Erie.

It IS hardly possible that this should be so rare a species as
the present figures would indicate. Other specimens have doubt-

t A Review of the Weasels of Eastern North America, by Outram Bangs. Proc. Biol.
Soc. Washington Vol X, pp. 1-24, Feb., 1896.

t Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci Phila. for 1900. Issued Feb. 7, 1901. Also Rhoads, Mammals
of Penn. and New Jersey p. 173. 1903.

Jan., 1905.]

Our Smallest Carnivore.

253

less been taken, but in the formerly confused condition of the
nomenclature they may have been considered as immature, or as
females of Bonaparte's weasel. But since the publications of
Bangs and Rhoads there should be no further difficulty in sep-
arating them from all other species. Careful collecting, with
measurements made in the flesh, the sex determined, and the
skulls cleaned and preserved, are necessary in order that the dis-
tribution of this species may be correctly determined. The prin-
cipal object of this notice is to suggest the need and the value of
much additional work upon the entire group of wearels.

Fig. 1. Putorius allegheniensis Rhoads.

It remains to be stated that, as Mr. Rhoads observed when
he first described the Pennsylvania specimens, the characters of
P. allegheniensis agree essentially with those of P. rixosus of
Bangs, a species whose type locality is Osier, Saskatchewan, and
whose distribution is "Arctic and boreal America from Alaska
south at least to Saskatchewan and Moose Factory."* The jus-
tification for the publication of the species allegheniensis must lie
wholly in the fact that there is so vast a gap of territory between
the Saskatchewan and the Pittsburgh region, crossed by one or
two life zones, in which P. rixosus is not known to occur. The

* Bangs, loc. cit. p. 21

254 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

task before collectors is to show whether this territorial gap can-
not be filled in; and if it is filled in, to ascertain whether the
southern specimens have even a varietal dift'erence from the
northern type rixosus. The crowding of the mandibular incisors
so that the second one is forced to take a position posterior to the
others, which has been noted in some of the southern specimens,
"can be found in many examples of any species"* and accord-
ingly cannot be diagnostic of any one. Unless some substantial
difference is found, the name allegheniensis will ultimately have
to retreat, and all the specimens be called rixosus.

However, while this task is in progress, we may very properly
make the most of this rare and beautiful addition to our local
fauna, and let the designation stand as allegheniensis.

* Bangs, loc. cit. p. 12. The second lower incisors are so displaced in the Oberlin
specimen.

Oberlin, O.

A LAND PLANARIAN IN OHIO.*

L. B. Walton.

The Land Planarians form a subdivision of the class Turbel-
laria which together with the Trematoda (parasitic flukes), and
Cestoda (tape worms) constitute the phylum Platyhelminthes or
flat worms. With a very few exceptions the planarians living a
terrestrial life are tropical forms, only 7 of the 348 species now
known to science being found in the palseartic (European sub-
region) and neartic regions. Of these a single species, excluding
Platocephalus keivensis an introduced form occuring in hot houses,
has been described from the United States. This species,
Rhynchodemus sylvaiictis, was established by Leidy in 1851 based
on five specimens collected in Philadelphia.

The occurence of a species of Rhynchodemus at Gambler,
Ohio, differing in many particulars from the form to which Leidy
called attention is in consequence of considerable interest. Five
representatives of this species were found on the partially decayed
stem of a Virginia creeper July 9, 1904, near Bexley Hall. A
somewhat more extended study and a comparison, if possible,
with the type of R. sylvaticus will undoubtedly show the relation-
shit) between the two forms.

* Read before the Ohio State Academy of Science, Nov. 26, 1904.

Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio.

Jan., 1905.] Heterosporous Pteridophyte. 255

THE LIFE CYCLE OF A HETEROSPOROUS PTERIDOPHYTE.

John H Schaffner.

The Heterosporous Pteridophytes represent the highest stage
of development in the second or intermediate series of plants.
The term heterosporous is applied to plants in which there are
two kinds of nonsexual spores, large and small, called respectively
megaspores and microspores. This peculiar spore condition is
also present in the seed plants. The megaspore always gives rise
to a female individual and the microspore to a male. In the
lower Pteridophytes there is only one kind of nonsexual spores
and they are, therefore, called homosporous. The Homosporous
Pteridophytes should be kept distinct from the Heterosporous,
since the development of heterospory represents one of the
advancing waves of evolution which brought about profound
changes in the character of the vegetation of the earth. The
elimination of chance environment in the development of uni-
sexual individuals by predetermining the sex in the spore and the
reduction in the size of the gametophytes appear to have been
necessary conditions in the evolution of the seed plants.

The living species of Heterosporous Pteridophytes fall into six
genera, the remnants of former extensive and dominant groups.
The total number of species is about 635, somewhat more than
the living Gymnosperms wJiich constitute the next higher sub-
kingdom. Because of their position as the lowest of heterospor-
ous plants a thorough knowledge of their morphology and life
history is necessary to a proper understanding of the structures
and processes found in the G^'mnosperms and Angiosperms.
Nevertheless, much of their life history is still obscure and vari-
ous statements rest on conjecture or imperfectly established facts.

The living Heterosporous Pteridophytes are small herbaceous
perennials or rarely annual plants, usually not more than a few
inches high. They are quite insignificant when compared with
their ancient relatives some of which developed into great trees.
The six living genera are named as follows: Azolla, Salvinia,
Marsilea, Pilularia, Isoetes, and Selaginella. Selaginella is, how-
ever, a very complex genus. Azolla and Salvinia are small float-
ing plants; Marsilea and Pilularia are creeping geophilous forms
usually in wet places; Isoetes, known popularly as quillwort,
grows in wet or- swampy ground and has a short, upright, usually
simple rhizome with grass-like leaves ; Selaginella has very small
leaves on branching herbaceous stems which grow either hori-
zontal or erect in wet ground or sometimes in dry places subject
to periodical moisture. These plants are usuallv placed in the
classes and orders of the Homosporous Pteridophytes, but since
they represent a very important advance in the plant kingdom.

256 The Ohio Nnturalist [Vol. V, No. 3,

a stage or step taken in several independent lines and by all the
higher groups, it seems best to put them together in a sub-kingdom
of their own.

The relationship of some of the included fossil forms is still
imperfectly understood on account of the absence of properly
preserved sporangia. The following orders are usually recog-
nized :

1, Calamariales ; 2, Sphenophyllales; 3, Salviniales; 4, Mar-
sileales; 5, Isoetales; 6. Lepidophytales; 7, Selaginellales. The
first, second, and sixth orders named above are entirely fossil.
These seven orders fall naturally into five classes which mav be
designated as follows: Calamarice, Sphenophyllege, Hydropterides
or water ferns including the Salviniales and Marsileales, Isoetege
or quillworts and Selaginelleae, including the Selaginellales and
the fossil Lepidodendrids Sigillarids and other genera belonging
to the sixth order.

The Hydropterides are the only plants among the Heterospor-
ous Pteridophytes that are leptosporangiate. In this respect
they are similar to some of the homosporous ferns. The resem-
blance, however, does not extend much farther and it is not prob-
able that they are a branch from the homosporous leptosporangi-
ate ferns. The fossil record indicates that the water ferns are
much the older group. It might be stated that the term lep-
tosporangiate refers to the origin of the sporangium which in
these plants originates from an epidermal cell instead of from
hypodermal tissue as in all other higher plants. The Selaginellas
are probably descended from the primitive Lycopods but the
quillworts show no evident relationship to any known homospor-
ous forms.

Heterosporous Pteridophytes appear in the first known land
flora, but these forms were not primitive types; for the primitive
floras have either not been discovered or else have left no fossil
trace of their existence. There is some evidence that members of
this sub-kingdom were present in the Ordovician period ; but
however that may be they are definitely found in the Silurian and
became very important in the Devonian. They culmniated in
the Carboniferous, which from a botanical point of view might be
called the age of Heterosporous Pteridophytes. The coal
swamps were full of great tree forms belonging to the genera,
Lepidodendron, Sigillaria, Calamites, and others. These plants
formed the larger part of the material preserved as coal and were
therefore of great economic importance for the future welfare of
man. They declined during the Permian and very few appear to
have survived the great disturbance known in American geology
as the Appalachian revolution. These plants were essentially
moisture-loving and when the great changes occurred which mark
the transition from the Paleozoic to the Mesozoic they seem to

Jan., 1905.]

Heterosporous Pteridophyte.

have been unable to adapt themselves to the new condition of
things. The next higher subkingdom, the Gyninospernis, be-
came the dominant group of plants.

In tracing out the life cycle, Selaginella kraussiana will be
taken as a representative with incidental references to other
types. There is, of course, a well-marked alternation of genera-
tions, the gametophyte and the sporophyte, and each generation
usually leads an independent existence for at least a part of its
life. The conspicuous plant is the sporophyte or nonsexual gen-
eration. It consists of a more or less dorsi ventral leafv shoot

Fig. 1. Diagram of Life Cycle of Selaginella.

from the lower side of wdiich dichotomously branched roots grow
out. The roots strike ground usually after growing an inch or
more in length. In this plant there is no increase in thickness of
the stem but some Heterosporous Pteridophytes do grow consid-
erably in thickness by the development of the general tissue but
not by a true cambium layer. The vascular bundles are con-
centric with the xylem in the centre. The stem usually has two
bundles side by side each contained in a tubular cavity or air
space and connected with the walls of the cavity by means of
numerous slender filaments. Other types have a diJJerent stem
structure.

After attaining a considerable size the sporophyte begins to
reproduce by developing cones or primitive flowers at the ends of
some branches. The cones are bisporangiate, having two sets of
sporophylls which are but slightly differentiated from the ordi-
nary foliage leaves. The two kinds of spore-bearing leaves are

258 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

called megasphorophylls and microsporophylls. There are num-
'Crous microsporophylls in each cone but usually only one meg-
asporophyll which is the lowest one of the set. The microsporo-
phyli has a single microsporangium on the upper side in the axil
and the megasporophyll also produces but one megasporangium
in the same position. In some of the other classes the two kinds
of sporangia may be on the same leaf or leaf segment, which may
be closed up like the ovulary of a carpel. The microsporangium
and megasporangium produce the nonsexual spores, the micro-
spores and the megaspores. The spores are produced in the fol-
lowing manner: In the microsporangium there are a number of
cells called microsporocytes which become free in the cavity by
the dissolution of their walls. Each microsporocyte divides
twice giving rise to four cells. These cells develop into the
microspores. During the first division of the microsporocyte the
chromosomes of its nucleus are reduced so that the nuclei of the
spores have only one-half as many chromosomes as were present
in the nuclei of the sporophyte or nonsexual plant. The mega-
sporangium also contains a number of megasporocytes which
divide in the same way as the microsporocytes and form a spore
tetrad. During the first of the two divisions the chromosomes
are also reduced from the 2x number to x. The chromosomes
are small bodies which appear in the nucleus during division and
are probably special bearers of hereditary tendencies. These
reduction divisions of the sporocytes are of great importance in
the life cycle of the plant because of the profound changes which
take place in the chromosomes. Only four megaspores develop
and they become so large that the megasporangium bulges out
and becomes somewhat four-lobed. In Marsilea only one mega-
spore develops in each megasporangium. The difference in size
between microspore and megaspore in Selaginella kraussiana is
very great. The ratio in volume in the mature condition is often
more than 1 : 2000. The small spore having only a limited
amount of cytoplasm and very little room for food material,
always produces a male gametophyte when it germinates ; while
the megaspore always produces a female gametophyte. The
determination of the sex is apparently not primarily an inherited
character but depends on the environment during the early stages
of embryonic development. Thus as stated above, the Hetero-
sporous Pteridophytes by producing a difference of environment
in the spore. are able to keep the two sexes distinct. Since there
are no hermaphrodite individuals there is no possibility of self-
fertilization. This is true for all plants which have developed
heterospory. The ripe sporangia open by vertical slits and the
spores are thus discharged. In Azolla the microspores are imbed-
ded in a foamy mass of substance called a massula on which
peculiar anchor-like appendages are developed. In Marsilea the

Jan., 1905.] Heterosporous Pteridophyte. 259

sporocarp or modified leaflet containing the sporangia, after being
soaked for some time in water, opens in a very peculiar way by
the protrusion of a gelatinous ring containing the sori. This
process represents an extreme specialization and adaptation to a
semi-aquatic life.

In Selaginella kraussiana the spores germinate sometime
before they are discharged. The microspore has divided into two
cells and the female gametophyte has developed to a considerable
extent. This is a very interesting condition, since it represents
one stage toward the development of seed plants in which the
spores are not discharged and the gametophytes are completely
parasitic in the sporangia. In some Selaginellas the cones with
the sporangia and spores are shed.

The gametophytes are very small especially the male. The
vegetative part of the male thallus is represented practically by
a single cell. The remaining cells developed inside of the spore
wall represent the antheridium or spermary. In some of the
Heterosporous Pteridophytes the antheridium breaks through the
microspore wall, in others the spermatozoids escape through the
break in the wall, no part of the male thallus protruding. The
cells of the antheridium are differentiated into peripheral or wall
cells and two masses of central cells from which the spermatozoids
are developed. The spermatozoids are very small and have two
flagella. In the quillworts and water-ferns the spermatozoids
are multiciliate. Externally the male gametophytes of most
Heterosporous Pteridophytes look very much like the pollen-
grains of the seed plants with which they are homologous.

The female gametophyte projects somewhat beyond the meg-
aspore wall. It begins its development by free cell formation
and later a layer of cells is formed in one side of the spore. This
breaks through the spore wall and a number of archegonia or
ovaries are produced, but the greater part of the spore cavity is
filled with irregular vegetative cells. The female thallus is des-
titute of chlorophyll and is dependent upon the food laid up in
the spore. In Marsilea the female gametophyte is much more
reduced having only a single archegonium whose neck projects
from one end of the megaspore. In its older stages the female
gametophyte may develop some chlorophyll. Each archegonium
as usual contains a single oosphere or egg which has been formed
bv the division of a mother cell. The sister cell of the egg, called
the ventral canal cell, always dissolves. This small female
gametophyte is homologous with the so-called embryosac of the
seed plants.

While the gametophytes are lying on damp ground, and when
covered with water, fertilization is accomplished. In some
Selaginellas, however, fertiUzation'occurs while the megaspores
containing the female gametophytes are still in the megasporan-

2 6o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

gitim. The spermatozoids swim through the water and enter the
necks of the archegonia. So far the Selaginellas are still depend-
ent on an aquatic condition. When a spermatozoid reaches the
egg its nucleus unites with the egg nucleus and as a result there
is a double amount of chromation in the fertilized egg. When
the oospore germinates its nucleus produces twice as many
chromosomes as were present in the cells of the parent gameto-
phytes. This conjugation or fertilization stage, therefore, rep-
resents the second profound change in the life cycle of the plant
and is just opposite in its results to the reduction division.

The oospore is the first cell of the sporophyte generation. It
is not discharged but begins to divide by a transverse wall. The
outer cell develops into a suspensor while the inner gives rise to
the embryo proper. In other classes the embryogeny is quite
different and there seems to be much difference in the embry-
ogeny of different Selaginellas. In the water ferns the develop-
ment of the embryo is much the same as in the homosporous
ferns.

The embryo is pushed down into the centre of the mass of
food cells in the lower part of the female gametophyte by the
rapid growth of the suspensor. It develops a foot, root, and
stem tip with two small leaves called cotyledons. The foot occu-
pies the cavity of the megaspore and takes up the food stored
there. The root grows out, passes down into the ground, and
begins to take up water with dissolved mineral salts. The stem
with the cotyledons grows upward, develops chlorophyll, and
thus begins the manufacture of fond. The embryo changes grad-
ually from a phagophyte, nourished entirely by the female parent,
to a holophyte, manufacturing its own food from the simple com-
pounds taken from the earth and air. It also passes gradually
from the enclosed condition to the external world, there being no
such sudden change as the embryo undergoes during the sprout-
ing of a seed.

The little embryo sporophyte, having established relation-
ships with the moist soil, air, and sunlight, continues to develop
into a mature plant while the female gametophvte, its mother,
dies. The gametophytes are short lived and are so reduced in
body that their life consists mainly in accomplishing the impor-
tant process of fertilization and in assisting the sporophyte to get
a proper start during its early and helpless, juvenile stage.

Jan., 1905.]

Adinolophus minutus.

261

ACTINOLOPHUS MINUTUS A NEW HELIOZOAN, WITH A
REVIEW OF THE SPECIES ENUMERATED IN

THE GENUS.*

L. B. Walton.

While examining late in October some sediment in a jar con-
taining Hydra jusca collected September 17, 1904, in the Koko-
sing River, attention was attracted by a small stalked form of
heliozoan like appearance. This (Fig. 1), a single example of

which was observed, on more careful
j,»d. study proved referable to the genus
--■c.u(i) Actinolophus (Heliozoa) the representa-
■je. fives of which are not met with fre-
n. quently, none to the knowledge of the
present writer having thus far been noted
in America.

Although there is considerable uncer-
tainty as to the exact relation of the spe-
cies constituting the group to the other
Protozoa, the characteristics of the form
in question appear to merit record, dif-
fering as it does from A . capiiatus Penard
through the absence of knobbed pseu-
dopodia as well as in its much smaller
size, and from A. pedatus (Zach.) by the
spherical form of the body which is ovoid
in the latter and much larger than the
body of A. minutus.

Schulze, 1874, formed the genus
Actinolophus for the reception of A.
pedunculatus a marine form from the
Baltic Sea described by him. Penard
1890, described A. capitatits from a single
individual suggesting its close relation-
ship with the tentacliferous infusoria
(Suctoria). Zacharias, 1893, in a brief
description, called attention to a new
Heliozoan, Actinosphceridimn pedatus
which Schaudinn, 1896, in his monograph
of the Heliozoa, placed provisionally in
the genus Actinolophus, recognizing for
that genus three species, two of which were of doubtful value. Pen-
ard, 1904, in his valuable monograph of the fresh water Heliozoa,
mentions both A. capitatus and A. pedatus among forms whose
position is doubtful, suggesting possible affinities with Tokophrya
and Nuclearia, noting at the same time the desirability for further

* Read before the Ohio State Academy of Science. Nov. 26, 1904.

Fig. 1. Actinolophus minutus
n. sp. (x 1000), psd. — pseudopo-
dia, c. V. — contractile vesicle ( ?),
p. — pedicle, g. e. — gelatinous
envelope, n. — nucleus.

262 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

study. Until a better knowledge is obtained of their affinities

however, it seems advisable to consider them under the genus

Actinolophus.

The following summarizes our present knowledge of the group

and indicates the position of A. minutus in respect to the other

species.

Genus Actinolophus, Scluilze.

1874 Actinolophus, F. E. Schulze, Arch. mikr. Anat. v. 10, p. 392.
?1893 Actinosphcsridiuni, O. Zacharias, Forschungber Plon, v. 1, p. 15.
1896 Acti}iolophits, Schaudinn, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin.

Body spherical or oval, provided with a pedicle the length of
which is usually much greater than the diameter of the body.
Body generally (always?) provided with a gelatinous envelope
through which the fine pseudopodia are extended. Nucleus
excentric. contractile vacuole (?).

The following table will serve to separate the forms:
A' Pseudopodia not knobbed at the extremity.

B' Pedicle 3-4/a in diameter, marine forms, A. pedunculatus

B" Pedicle not more than 2/x in diameter, fresh water forms,

C Body ovoid, diameter 1S/a, length 23/*, A. pedatus

O Body spherical, diameter 12/x .4. minutus

A' Pseudopodia knobbed at extremity diameter SO/u., fresh

water forms, A. capitatus

1. A. pedunculatus, Schulze, 1874 A. p. F. E. Schulze, Arch. mikr.
Anat., V. 10 p. 392 f. 1-9. 1896 Schaudinn, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa,
Berlin, p. 11.

Length of body, up to SO/a, length of pedicle up to 100/*, diam-
eter of pedicle 3-4/x.
Marine, Baltic Sea.

2. A. pedatus, (Zach.) 1893 Actinosphccridinni pcdatiini, Zacharias,
Forschungber. Biol. Stat. Plon., v. 1 p. 15, f. 9a, 9b. 1890 ? Actinolophus
pedatus, Schaudinn, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin, p. 11. 1904 ?
Actinosphceridiuni pedatum, (? Nuclearia caulcsccns), (? Tokophrya), Pen-
ard, Les Heliozoaires d'eau douce, p. 318.

Length of body 23/a, diameter IS/x, length of pedicle 11-30/*,
diameter 1.7/*. Body provided with a thick gelatinous envelope
from which extends extremely fine and rather short pseudopodia.
Nucleus oval, situated in the inferior part of the body. Con-
tractile vesicle not known. Color pale yellow, individuals occa-
sionally agglomerated by their bodies into colonies.
Fresh water, Germany.

Zacharias placed A. pedatus in a new genus Actinosphaeridium
on the basis that it differed from Actinolophus by possessing, in
the encysted condition, plates covering the body. Schaudinn
enumerates it among the doubtful species of Actinolophus, while
Penard refers it back to Actinosphaeridium, at the same time call-
ing attention to its remarkable similarity to Nuclearia and to
Tokophrya.

Jan., 1905.] Actinolophus minutus. 263

3. A. minuiuij, n. sp.

Body spherical, diameter 12fx including gelatinous envelope
approximately 1/x thick. Length of pedicle 70/x, diameter 1/u..
Extremely fine short pseudopodia of about 2/x in length extend
beyond the envelope on all sides. Nucleus suboval situated in
the inferior part of the body. Contractile vesicle (?). Base of
pedicle (in the form studied) imbedded in a gelatinous mass
10-12/A in extent containing small algae, etc.

Gambier, Ohio, U. S. A.

A single specimen observed Oct. 29, 1904, in sediment from
an aquarium jar containing Hydra jusca, the entire contents of
the jar having been collected Sept. 13. 1904, in the Kokosing
River at Gambier and subsequently covered with a glass plate for
the purpose of preventing too rapid evaporation. The form was
under observation at intervals during a period of four hours.

4. A. capitatus, Penard. 1890 A. c. Penard, Jahrb. nassau. Ver. . v.
43 p. 16 t. 1 f. 11. 1896 A. c. Schaudiiin, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin,
p. 12. 1901 A. p. Sand. Etude nionographique sur le groupe des Infu-
sorres tentaculiferes, Ann. Soc. Beige de Microscopic. 1904 A. c. Penard,
Les Heliozoaires d'eau douce, Geneva, p. 316.

Diameter 30/a, length of pedicle 90/a. Nucleus (?) , Contractile
vesicle, Pseudopodia few in number, knobbed.

In fresh water, Germany.

Penard described this species in 1890 from a single individual
referring it to the genus Actinolophus although noting its close
relationship with the tentaculiferous infusoria. Sand, 1901, in
his study of that group came to the conclusion that A. capitatus
was nearer related to the Heliozoa than to the Suctoria for the
following reasons, (a) the pedicle resembles that of Clathrulina
elegans, (b) the pedicle does not penetrate into the gelatinous
envelope as in Tokophrya limhata one of the Suctoria, (c) the
nucleus is excentric, (d) the species closely resembles A. pedun-
culatus. Penard, 1904, in his paper on the fresh water Heliozoa,
after having examined several more specimens which he remarks
are exceedingly rare, insisted on the suctorian nature of the form,
maintaining that the points raised by Sand have little value.
Penard at the same time suggests the desirability for a further
study of the form. Consequently it seems advisable at present
to allow it to remain in the genus Actinolophus.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

ScHULZE, F. E. 1874, Rhizopodienstudien, Arch, f, mikr. Anat., v. 10.

Penard, Eugene, 1890, Ueber einige neue oder wenig bekannte Pro-
tozoen, jahrb. Nassau Ver. f. Naturk. Jahrg. 43.

Zacharias, O. 1893, Forschungsber. Biol. Stat. Plon, v. 1.

ScHAUDiNN, Fritz, 1896, Das Tierreich, Heliozoa, Berlin.

Sand, Rene. 1901, Etude monographique sur le groupe des Infusoires
tentaculiferes. Ann. de la Soc. Beige de Microscopic

Penard, Eugene. 1904. Les Heliozoaires d'eau douce. Geneva.

Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio.

264 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 3,

NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM. II.

H. A. Gleason.

An Aroxia New To Ohio. Aronia atropurpurea was
described by Professor N. L. Britton in 1901 from Staten Island,
and credited with a range from Nova Scotia to Florida, which is
now extended west to this State. It is distinguished from
Aronia nigra by the tomentose lower surface of the leaves, and
from Aronia arbntifolia by the dark purple subglobose fruit.
Specim.ens of it are in the State Herbarium from the peat bog on
Cranberry Island in Buckeye Lake Licking County, where it was
also collected by Mr. J. F. Clevenger in October, 1904. The color
of the fruit is so much like that of Aronia nigra, with which it is
associated at Buckeye Lake, that the species may be easily
overlooked by collectors.

Cassia Medsgeri Shafer. Everyone is familiar with the
common Senna, Cassia marilandica L., but few would have sus-
pected that the name covered two distinct species. Mr. J. A.
Shafer has just described * the species whose name precedes this
paragraph and which has been hitherto included with C. mar-
ilandica, and has shown for it a wide range from Pennsylvania
south to Georgia and west to Iowa, Kansas and Arkansas. His
descriptions, which are quite detailed, show a number of differ-
ences between the species, but one of them, easily distinguishable
at flowering time, is so prominent that attention may be called
to it here. The ovary of C. marilandica is densely pilose with
long gray hairs, which stand out at right angles, and give it an
apparent diameter of about 3 mm. In C. medsgeri the hairs are
sparse, much shorter, and ascending or appressed to the ovary.
This character alone is sufficient to separate the two species
immediately, and can be seen easily in herbarium specimens.
The pods of C. medsgeri are arcuately curved, and scarcelv
dehiscent; the seeds about 2 by 4 mm., while those of C. mari-
landica are about 4 by 5 mm. These dimensions are taken from
Mr. Shafer's article, as there are no specimens with mature pods
in the State Herbariimi. No Ohio localities are given in the list
by Mr. Shafer but an examination of C. marilandica in the State
Herbarium shows five sheets referable to the new species, from
Ottawa, Franklin, Washington, Stark and Monroe counties.
Unfortunately, none of the labels gives any information as to its
habitat, but according to Mr. Shafer it grows in dry gravelly
situations.

'Torreya 4: 177, December, 1904.

Jan., 1905.] Mat Plaids. 265

MAT PLANTS.

John H. Schaffner.

Mat plants are plants with numerous prostrate branches
which are usually closely crowded and form a more or less circular
body a few inches to eight or more feet in diameter. This pros-
trate discoid body habit is quite characteristic of a small number
of plants belonging to various families. Among the most typical
mats may be mentioned Amaranthus blitoides Wats., Portulaca
oleracea L., Euphorbia maculata L. and Euphorbia serpyllifolia
Pers. Mats are usually annual plants either of the ordinary her-
baceous type or very fleshv. There are. however, a number of
geophilous perennials which form mats, like Verbena bracteosa
Mx. The main radiating branches usually give rise to numerous
smaller branches and they may or may not strike root. In the
more tvpical cases there are no roots except the main central
root. Mats are especially characterized by having a large num-
ber of small leaves, seeds, and flowers. These peculiarities, of
course, harmonize with the shape and position of the plant.

Like most ecological groups, mat plants intergrade with other
types of body habit. On the one hand they pass over into such
forms as Malva rotundifolia L., Callirrhoe involucrata (T. and G.)
Gr., Citrullus citrulus (L.) Karst., and the typical carpet plants;
and on the other, transitions occur between them and tumble-
weeds or even normally erect forms. Although it is not intended
to give a definition here of carpet plants, yet, since the terms mat
and carpet are often used svnonvmouslv, it might be stated that
typical carpets are perennials with numerous trailing branches or
runners which take root at the nodes and develop low tufts of
leaves or rosettes, finally forming a close low covering of the
ground. Among this type of carpet plants may be mentioned
the buffalo-grass, Bulbilis dactyloides (Nutt.) Raf., and the
various species of Antennaria.

Mat plants are at home in open and exposed places where
there is little or no individual crowding. They are abundant on
prairies and appear extensively on newly plowed land. On
newly broken prairie thev are usually the most characteristic
vegetation. They are also prominent on dry or moist sandbars,
on salt marshes, and in cultivated fields.

Nearly all typical mats, when growing in shaded places,
assume the upright habit. But it is especially interesting to note
that normally erect plants may assume the mat habit in a suitable
environment. One of the most striking cases is the slender pig-
weed, Amaranthus hybridus L., which is usually erect and often
attains the height of eleven feet. This plant when growing on
exposed dry or moist sandbars frequently develops as a mat,

266

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 3,

without a central stem but with a number of prostrate radiating
branches. Sometimes there is a central erect stem a few inches
high with long prostrate branches radiating in all directions from
the base. The same form has been seen by the writer on sand-
hills in central Kansas. So peculiar is the appearance that one
hardly recognizes the plant in its new form. Eragrostis purshii
Schrad. and Diplachne acuminata Nash also form mat-like bodies
when growing on sandbars. On exposed broken ground various
normally erect, ascending, or decumbent plants also form mats.
Noteworthy among these are Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Scrib.,
Eragrostis major Host., and Cenchrus tribuloides L. In salt
marshes of the interior one meets with fieshy mat plants like
Sesuvium sessile Pers. Sesuvium martimum (Walt.) B. S. P is
common on the sands of the Atlantic coast. Dondia depressa
(Pursh) Britt. is also a fleshy halophyte which commonly assumes
the mat form on the salt marshes of Kansas.

It should not be difhcult, with suitable physiological exper-
iments, to determine the ecological factors which induce the for-
mation of mats. Intense light and unobstructed space appear to
be very important. The wind may have some influence. Water
supply appears to have little or no effect. Thus Eclipta alba (L.)
Hassk. was observed to form perfect mats on very wet exposed
sandbars but in shaded situations a little distance away it grew
entirely erect, some plants being three feet high.

The Ohio plants named below are either typical mats or
develop as mats under proper conditions. The more typical spe-
cies are marked with an x.

Echinochloa crus-galli (L.) Beauv.
Chtetochloa glauca (L.) Scrib.
Cenchrus tribuloides L.
Eragrostis major Host.
Eragrostis purshii Schrad.
Polygonum aviculare L. x
Polygonum littorale Link, x
Amaranthus hybridus L.
Amaranthvts blitoides Wats, x
MoUugo verticillata L. x
Portulaca oleracea L. x

Alsine media L. x
Euphorbia polygonifolia L. x
Euphorbia serpens H. B. K. x
Euphorbia maculata L. x
Euphorbia humistrata Engelm. x
Euphorbia nutans Lag.
Verbena bracteosa Mx.
Spermacoce glabra Mx.
Diodia teres Walt.
Eclipta alba (L.) Hassk.

Jan., 1905.]

Plants with Nodding Tips.

267

PLANTS WITH NODDING TIPS.

John H. Schaffner.

In the plant kingdom are to be found many peculiar adapta-
tions. One of the most interesting is the habit which some
species have of keeping the growing tip curved downward during
the period of development or until the stem has attained its

growth for the season. This
curving of the tip of the stem
appears much like the arch
commonly developed in
sprouting seedlings but must
be for a different purpose.

The nodding of the grow-
ing tip is strikingly seen in
such plants as Solidgo can-
adensis (Fig. 1) and Asimina
triloba. Some species of a
genus mav nod while others
show no sign of a curve in
the stem tip. Thus Gaura
parviflora nods very strongly
while Gaura biennis, it ap-
pears, does not nod at all. In
most cases the curve is quite
rigid but in some the nodding
is merely the result of the
flexibility of the stem. A
few species have the tips nod
at night but become nearly
straight in the daytime. Whatever the cause or factor which
induces plants to nod, there is probably no doubt but that the
habit is a means of protection to the delicate terminal bud.

Fig. 1
ding tips.

Solidago canadensis showing nod-

Species with Rigid Nodding Tips.

Salix cordata Muhl.
Ulmus americana L.
Ulmus fulva Mx.
Asimina triloba (L.) Dun
Albizzia julibrissin Boiv.
Vitis labrusca L.

Vitis vulpina L.
Ampelopsis cordata Mx.
Parthenocissus tricuspidata(S.& Z.)P].
Gaura parviflora Dougl.
Solidago canadensis L.

Erigeron philadelphicus L.

Species ivith Flexible Tips.
Tsuga canadensis (L ) Carr. Juniperus communis L.

Species with Tips which Nod at Night.
Cassia cham;ccrista L. Euphorbia nutans Lag.

^Q.

.OS H^<^

}^

O Tf

juj L I B R A R Y

"J:^ * )^

268 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

BRUSH LAKE ALGAE.

LuMiNA C. Riddle.

The following list of Algae was identified from material col-
lected at Brush Lake, Champaign Co., O., during the Fall of 1902.
In addition to the species included in the lists published by Dr.
Kellerman in his "Proposed Algological Survey of Ohio," Ohio
Nat. 2:219-223; by A. J. Pieters in "Plants of Western Lake
Erie;" Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1901; 57-79; Juha W. Snow,
"Plankton Alg^ of Lake Erie;" Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. 1902;
369-394; and in the writers' list of "Algae from Sandusky Bay,"
Ohio Nat. 3: 317, there were found seven new species for the
state. These are indicated by the letter "n" after the name.
The nomenclature is that used in DeToni Sylloge Algarum.

RHODOBACTERIACE.'E.

Thiocystis violaceas Weinogradsky. n.

BEGGIATOACE^.

Beggiatoa alba(Vaucher) Trevisson.

CHROOCOCCACE.-E.

Chroococcus turgidus Kuetz. & Merismopedia glauca (Ehrenb( Naeg.

Nseg. n. Merismopedia convoluta Breb.

Gomphosphseria aponina Kuetz.

OSCILLATORIACE.-E.

Oscillatoria froelichii Kg. Oscillatoria liniosa Ag.

Oscillatoria elegans Ag. Microcoleus lacustris (Rabenh) Far-

low, n.

NOSTOCACE.-E.

Nodularia spuinigena Martens. i\nab;ena flos-aquae Breb.

TETRASPORACE..E.

Botryococcus braunii Kuetz.

CLADOPHORACE^.

Cladophora declinata fluitans( Kuetz) Hansg.

VOLVOCACE.'E.

Pandorina moruin (Muell) Bory. Spondylomorum quatemarium

Eiirenb.

PLEUROCOCCACE.^.

Rhapidium acicularc (A Br) Scenedesmus bijugatus (Turp)Kuetz^
Rabenh. " quadricauda(Turp) Breb..

Rhapidium convolutum (Corda) Tetraedron enorme(NcEg) Hansg.
Rabenh.

SORASTRACE^.

Coelastrum microporum Na;g. Cttlastruni cambricum Archer.

HYDRODICTYACE.^.

Pedias+rum boryanum(Turp) Pediastrum tetras (Ehrenb) Ralfs.

Menegh.

Jan., 1905.] Key — Hickories in Winter Condition.

269

DESMIDIACE,^.

Desniidium aptogonium (Kuetz)

Lagerh.
Hvalotheca dissiliens (Smith)

Breb.
Closterium acerosuni Ehrenb.

" ensis Delph. n.

lunula (Muell) Nitzsche.
parvulum N^eg.

" Tnoniliferum (Bory)

Ehrenb.
Closterium liebleinii Kuetz

Pleurotcenium trabecula (Ehrenb)

Neeg.
Cosmarium nitidulum DeNot.
" margaretiferum (Turp)

Menegh.
" botrytis(Bory) Menegh.
" brebissonii Menegh.
" birettim Breb.
Staurastrum incisum WoUe. n.

" leptocladium Nordst. n.

" fusiforme WoUe. n.

KEY TO THE OHIO HICKORIES IN THE WINTER CONDITION

Louis H. Scholl.

Hicoria Raf. Large trees with hard, heavy and very tough
wood; twigs very tough, with alternate leaf scars, not 2-ranked,
without stipular and self-pruning scars; bundle scars scattered,
sometimes in three areas; terminal bud present, large; bud scales
usually numerous and imbricate or valvate and few, but at least
3 exposed, pubescent, sometimes peltate pubescent; axillary buds
superposed or apparently single, not clustered at the tip of the
twig; pith solid and 5-angled ; fruit a nut with a husk.

1. Bud scales valvate, 3-5 exposed, yellow, peltate pubescent; pith-
brown; bark of trunk close and rough; husk of fruit thin, tardily
and irregularly 4-valved, splitting to below the middle; nut
smooth, thin shelled, short pointed; seed intensely bitter.

H. minima (Marsh.) Britt. Bitternut (Hickory).

1. Bud scales imbricate, more than G, vmless shed. 2.

2. Terminal bud large, 3^-1 inch long; husk of fruit splitting freely to t*he

base; nut angled; seed sweet. 3.

2. Terminal bud small, M-/^ inch long; husk thin, not splitting freely to

the base ; nut slightly or not angled. 5.

3. Lower bud scales deciduous ; bark close, rough ; twigs stellate pubescent;

husk not separating quite to the base.

H. alba (L ) Britt. Mockernut (Hickory).

3. Lower bud scales persistent during the winter; bark shaggy, separating"

in long plates; husk very thick, splitting to the base. 4.

4. Terminal bud of the globose type, densely pubescent; fruit oblong;

thick shelled, pointed at both ends.

H. laciniosa (Mx.) Sarg. Shellbark (Hickory).

4. Terminal bud of the ovate type, puberulent ; fruit subglobose ; nut thin

shelled, rounded at the base.

H. ovata (Mill.) Britt. Shagbark (HickorjO-

5. Bark close; fruit obovoid; nut thick shelled, angled; seed astringent

and bitter, not edible. H. glabra (Mill.) Britt. Pignut (Hickory).

5. Bark of old trees separating in strips; fruit nearly globular; nut thin
shelled, only slightly or not angled; seed sweet.

H. microcarpa (Nutt.) Britt. Sniall Pignut (Hickory)^

2TO The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

KEY TO OHIO ASHES IN THE WINTER CONDITION

E. C. Cotton.

Fraximis L. Trees with stout twigs and opposite leaf-scars not
meeting but sometimes with connecting ridges; terminal bud
present; bud scales 1 to 3 pairs, the outer ones usually not spread-
ing, rough, pubescent and rather dry; lateral buds evident; leaf-
scars semi-circular to shield or heart-shaped : bundle scars numer-
ous, contiguous, in a curved line or nearly forming a complete
ring; pith cylindrical, solid, rather large and white; twigs gray or
greenish- or brownish-gray ; lenticels usualh^ numerous but not
large or wart-like; bark of trunk corrugated or flaky , ashy gray
or brownish; wood of medium weight, hard, tough and elastic;
fruit a samara usually one seeded.

1. Twigs pubescent not with four ridges or wings; bark of trunk corru-
gated; leaf scars usually shield-shaped. 2.

1. Twigs so:newhat pubescent, with four or more ridges or wings, some-
times persisting until the third or fourth year; connecting ridges
between leaf-scars usually present; leaf scars usually crescent
shaped; buds pubescent, gray or brownish-gray; bark of trunk ashy
gray, thin flaky; fruit linear-oblong or cuneate, winged all around,
the body extending more than half way to the apex.

F. quadrangidata Mx., Blue Ash.

1. Twigs glabrous or nearly so. 3.

2. Lateral buds large, prominent, projecting, tumid, somewhat spherical,

usually exposing four bud scales; twigs usually dark-gray; con-
necting ridges between leaf-scars usually present ; fruit with linear
somewhat broadened wing, two or three times as long as the nar-
rowly elliptic, nearly terete body.

F. Biltniorcana Bead. Biltmore Ash.

2. Lateral bud small, usually pyramidal or rather truncate, not project-

ing, usually showing but two bud scales; twigs usually showing but
two bud scales; twigs usually light greenish gray; connecting ridges
between leaf-scars sometimes present; fruit linear, margined above
by the decurrent, linear, spatulate wing, and nearly equaling it.

F. pciinsylvanica Marsh. Red Ash.

•3. Buds brownish-black or black; fruit winged all around, body flat. 4.

3. Buds reddish-brown, bi-ownish-gray or gray; fruit spatulate with wing

terminal or partly decurrent; bark of trunk corrugated. 5.

4. Lateral buds usually spherical ; twigs light-gray, stout, stiff and brittle ;

lenticels prominent and usually numerous; bark of trunk ashy gray,
flaky; fruit narrow-oblong. F. nigra Marsh. Black Ash.

4. Lateral buds more or less four angled, commonly pyramidal; twigs

greenish-gray, somewhat slender; lenticels not prominent and usu-
ally few; fruit oblong, cultivated. F. excelsior L. European Ash.

5. Ridges connecting leaf-scars usually present ; leaf-scars crescent

shaped; twigs generally greenish-gray; wing of fruit not decurrent.

F ainericana L. White Ash.

5. Ridges connecting leaf-scars usually absent; twigs gray; leaf-scars
usually shield shaped; wing of fruit decurrent on the sides of the
body to below the middle. F. lanceolata Borck. Green Ash.

Jan., 1905.] Key— Poplars in Winter Condition. 271

KEY TO OHIO POPLARS IN THE WINTER CONDITION.

John H. Schaffner.

Populus L. Trees with light soft wood; the larger branches
usually with greenish-white, greenish, or brownish-gray bark.
Twigs with a terminal bud; buds more or less resinous but not
spicy-aromatic to the taste or smell; outer bud scales several,
glabrous, pubescent, or tomentose; leaf scars alternate, not 2-
ranked, more or less heart-shaped ; bundle scars 3; stipular scars
evident; self-pruning scars present and often very prominent;
bark bitter; pith 5-angled, sohd.
1. Twigs white or gray tomentose; buds ovoid-conical, short pointed. 2..

1. Twigs glabrous or pubescent, not tomentose. 4.

2. Buds glabrous, or slightly pubescent or tomentose, resinous, large;

twigs robust, usually angular; leaf scars large.

P. heterophylla L. Swamp Poplar

2. Buds tomentose or very pubescent, only slightly resinous, reddish-

brown; twigs usually terete and slender; bark of larger branches
greenish-gray or greenish- white. 3.

3. Buds very tomentose, small; twigs usually with abundant self-pruning-

scars which heal very perfectly, showing a dark ring around a cen-
tral depression; bark often with black, diamond-shaped scars;
crown large, spreading, round-topped. P. alba L. White Poplar.

3. Buds pubescent, not tomentose, rather large; bark of larger branches

greenish-gray; trunk erect with an open, unsymmetrical straggling
crown; branches distant, small and crooked.

P. grandidcntata Mx. Large-toothed Aspen.

4. Terminal and lateral buds rounded or only slightly angular, rather

short pointed, brown and polished or reddish-brown and pubescent ;
twigs usually slender and terete. 5.

4. Terminal bud angular, large, rather long pointed; lateral buds long

pointed or acuminate, sometimes angular. 6.

5. Buds glabrous or nearly so, brown and polished; bark of larger

branches smooth, light green.

P. trcmnloides Mx. American Aspen

5. Buds pubescent and reddish-brown; bark of larger branches smooth,

greenish-gray. P. grandidcntata Mx.

6. Tree spire-like, the branches nearly vertical; lateral buds acuminate,

curved, ustxally spreading.

P. dilatata Ait. Lombardy Poplar.

6. Tree dome-shaped, the branches spreading. 7.

7. Buds gummy resinous, reddish-brown and large; twigs often more or

less pubescent, usually reddish, mostly terete.

P balsamifera L. (Inc. var. candicans). Balsam Poplar

7- Buds resinous but dry, greenish or yellowish-gray; lateral buds
acuminate, and usually curved and spreading; twigs glabrous, usu-
ally brownish-gray, often angled. P. dcltoides Marsh. Cottonwood..

mn

272 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 3,

HYDROFLUORIC ACID FOR MARKING SLIDES.

Joseph F. Clevenger.

Various methods have been described for labeling slides in a
series, or for keeping track of them while staining. The principle
of etching glass with hydrofluoric acid has been known for a long
time, and use has been made of it in various ways, but it does
not seem to have been employed to any extent by biologist for
marking slides.

The writer has tried a number of methods recently published
for marking slides, but for one reason or another they were not
very satisfactory. Generally the mark became so obliterated in
passing through the stains and grades of alcohol that they were
beyond recognition.

Through a suggestion offered by Miss Lumina C. Riddle it
occurred to me that hydrofluoric acid might be suitable for this
purpose. Very satisfactory results were obtained by the fol-
lowing method:

Take a thoroughly cleaned slide, dip one end into paraffin and
let it cool. Take a needle and make whatever mark is desired,
and then with a toothpick, or a similar piece of wood, apply a
drop of hydrofluoric acid to the mark. Let this remain from two
to five minutes; then melt the paraffin and clean the slide. Any
number of slides may be marked at a time and the method is
nearly as rapid as that with ink and much more reliable Ordi-
nary precautions must be taken in handling the hydrofluoric acid.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Nov. 7, 1904.

The meeting was called to order by the president and the
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Mr. Sanders, the retiring president, read a paper on ' 'The
Uses of the Bacteria in the Arts." Prof. Schaffner reported
Kuhnistera purpurea (Vent.) MacM. for Columbus. It is a rare
plant in Ohio. Prof. Landacre gave some observations on the
rate of growth of Vorticella. Mr. J. C. Britton of Washington,
D. C, gave an account of a recent trip to Bermuda. Mr. Burgess
of the State Agricultural Department, stated that the Elm Leaf
Beetle had been found in Dayton this autumn.

The president appointed F. L. Landacre, J. H. Schaffner, and
Z. P. Metcalf to act as a committee on nominations to select
officers for the coming year.

J. N. Frank, Sec.

Date of Publication of January Number, January 24, 1905.

ne Ohio ^hl^aturahs

PUBIvISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni-versity.
Volume V. FEBRUARY, 1905, No. 4.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OSBORN— Report of Progress on Study of the Hemiptera of Ohio and Description

of New Species 273

ScHAFFNER — Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants in the Winter Condition 277

DE LA. Torre Bueno— Nerthra stygica.Say and Some Kotes on the Family Gelastocoridfe, 287

York— The Hibernacula of Ohio AVater Plants 291

ScHAFFNEit, Mabel— Key to the Ohio Sumacs in the Winter Condition 293

Surface — !Meeting nf the Biological CluL 294

REPORT OF PROGRESS ON STUDY OF THE HEMIPTERA
OF OHIO AND DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES.*

Herbert Osborn.

As a result of collections during the past year quite a number
of species have been added to the State list, observations have
been made on distribution, habits and life history of others and
much additional material gathered for a general catalogue of the
Hemiptera of the State. The Trustees kindly assigned a small
sum from the MacMillin Research Fund but owing to the pres-
sure of other engagements only a portion of the fund was used
this season. I was able, however, to make considerable collec-
tions at Cincinnati, Ashtabula and Steuben ville as well as in the
vicinitv of Sandusky where six weeks of the early summer was
spent. The collections at Steubenville and Ashtabula were for-
tunate in disclosing forms new to the State and I hope it will be
possible to get additional material from the northeastern part of
the State to represent other months.

A number of species- have been collected by Mr. Otto H.
Swezev. Jas. G. Sanders, and J. S. Hine and I am under special
obligations to Mr. Chas. Dury of Cincinnati, and Mr. E. V. Louth
of Ashtabula, for assistance in their respective localities.

A brief summary of the most interesting of these species and
descriptions of new species will be given here but it is intended to
complete a catalogue as early as practicable to include discussion
of all known species.

Aradus acutus Sav. This species which is common further
south and an interesting addition to our state fauna was taken
at Chillicothe bv Mr. Swezev.

♦Presented at meeting of Ohio Acad. Sci., Cleveland, November 26. 1904.

2 74 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

Eucanthus acuminatus Fab. Taken near Sandusky on San-
duskv River a number of specimens being secured from an old
log and sttimp where they seemed to congregate.

Pediopsis basalis VanD. Taken at Arcanum on cottonwood
by Mr. Swezey.

Deltocephalus configuratus Uhl. Collected at Ashtabula in
August.

Goniagnathus palmeri VanD. One specimen of this inter-
esting little species taken at Columbus.

Typhlocyba rubroscuta Gill. Collected at Columbus.

Typhlocyba crevecouri Gill. Columbus, collected by Mr. J. G.
Sanders. The specimens agree perfectly with descriptions except
that there is a broad black band covering segments 1 to 5 of the
abdomen both above and below not mentioned by Gillette who
says ''all beneath pinkish yellow."

Livia maculipennis Fitch. This interesting little Psyllid was
discovered at Ashtabula while collecting near the city with Mr.
E. V. Louth. Adults were first swept from the heads of a Juncus
identified by Mr. Louth as Juncus acuminatus, closer examina-
tion of the heads revealed nymphs enclosed in the swollen glumes
in many instances occurring in large numbers so the heads were
fully packed. The relation of these nymphs to the adults that
had been swept was at once suspected and definitely proven later
by breeding.

Platymetopius obscurus n. sp. Head moderately produced,
front uniformly dark brown, minutely dotted with vellow, color
olivaceous brown above and below, elytra with minute roundish
white spots. Length female, 4.5— t. 75 mm. Male 4.

Vertex about one and one-half times as long as broad, acutely
angled, front narrow tapering gradually to apex, clavus longer
than broad, widening slightly at apex, pronotum about as long
as vertex, rounded anteriorly nearly truncate behind. Elytra
scarcely hyaline, a series of reflexed cross vemlets in the costal
area.

Color, dark olivaceous brown, vertex with pair of yellow epcts
and with minvite yellowish lines. Front dark fuscous with yel-
lowish arc near the vertex and numerous minute yellowish dots,
larger on the lorae; scutellum and elytra copperv fuscotis with
indistinct longitudinal lines — five on pronotum, two on scutellum,
elytra with rounded white dots on the apical and ante-apical
cells and in basal portion of corium. Ramose lines and reflexed
costal veinlets blackish.

Genitalia — Last ventral segment of female elongate, rounded
behind. Male valve nearly as long as broad, obtusely angled
behind ; plates elongate triangular, reaching ti]) of pygofer.

Specimens from Greensburg, Fa., Columbus, O., and Cold
Spring Harbor, N. Y.

Feb., 1905.] Hem^'ptera of Ohio. 275

Thamnotettix furculatus n. sp. Size and general pattern of
clitellarius with dorsal spot narrower, more elongate, dark spots-
at base of antennae and elongate, forked process on female ventral
segment. Length of female, 5 mm.

Vertex slightly longer on middle than at eye, very slightly
angulate, intermediate in this respect between clitellarius and
exquisitos. Front full, almost tumid, clypeus widening toward
tip and broadly rounded, lorse not broad not reaching margins of
genae. Pronotum, lateral margins rounded, nearly twice as wide
as long, posterior border almost straight.

Color, dark chocolate to fuscous with bright yellow markings,
vertex bright yellow with hind border black or fuscous. The
common band of occiput and anterior third of pronotum extend-
ing over the posterior part of the eye. Two prominent black
spots on the margin between vertex and front, a black spot below
the base of each antenna, posterior two-thirds of pronotum bright
lemon yellow of same color as discal claval spot, scutellum dark
brown with darker spots on either side of median space. Base
of part of clavus brown, claval suture and about half the w4dth
of elytra dark fuscous to black w^ith a broad fuscous apical band,
the costal-half of elytra back to the apical cells hyaline tinged
with yellowish, beneath pale yellow to whitish.

Genitalia: The last ventral segment of female deeply emar-
ginate with a prominent tooth at the edge of the emargination
extending about one-fourth of the segment beyond the outer
margin. A long narrow median process reaching as far back as
the hinder tooth and with a deep incision thus forming a narrow
elongate fork.

One specimen, female, was secured from Sandusky River
about twenty miles above Sandusky, July 2, 1904. It must have
been taken in sweeping in woodland or in low vegetation border-
ing woods. It is very closely related to clitellarius being scarcely
larger but the common claval spot narrows to each end, the ver-
tex is slightly more produced, the base of antennae spotted and
above all the genital segment entirely different from any species
known to me.

A specimen of what is evidently the male of this species was
taken in Columbus, June 20, 1901. The color markings and
shape of vertex agree perfectly and the length, 4.5 mm., is in
usual proportion for the sexes in this genus. The genitalia differ
decidedly from those of clitellarius the valve being long, the hind
edge strongly angled; plates broad convexly narrowing to tip,
reaching to tip of pygofer, a submarginal dark line, marginal
cilia yellow.

Phlepsius coUitus Ball. This species has been separated from
fulvidorsum, with which it was formerly confused, by Prof. Ball.

276 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

As the record for fulvidorsum given in a previous list was based
on a specimen from Vinton which proves to be collitus this name
should be entered. Specimens of fulvidorsum were taken at
Little Mt. by Mr. J. G. Sanders, Aug. 21, '04, so this species will
still be included in our state list.

Phlepsius macula tus n. sp. Mottled with black and white
with ramose lines on pronotum and elytra forming fairly well
defined patches; female segment long, bisinuate, notched at
middle. Length to tip of elytra 7.25 mm.

Head barely wider than pronotum Vertex broad, slightly
longer at middle than next the eve ; anterior edge scarcelv acute ;
ocelli close to the margin of the eye; front broad, sides nearly
parallel to below antennal pits then rapidly converging to base
of clypeus; clypeus widening slightly to tip; lorae large, broad,
extending from half way between antennal pits and clypeus
almost to margin of cheek; pronotum short, anterior margin
strongly curved ; hind margin distinctly concave ; elytra large
slightly contracted behind clavus, apex slightly flaring.

Color, white or cream, denselv mottled or streaked with dark
fuscous black; vertex having two quite strong patches on the
posterior border, not quite touching the eyes with some faint
lines at middle and at anterior margin; the front minutely dotted,
with slight indication of regular arcs; clypeus, lorae and cheeks
more faintly inarked ; pronotum with dark confluent lines or spots
forming a wavy, irregular band across the middle and another
indefinite band on the posterior border; scutellum with two discal
points and broken border black; elytra with confluent dots or
lines in all of the areoles forming a distinct black spot at middle
of claval border and about four on costa; beneath gray, the fem-
ora annulated with black, tibia; with black spots and annulus at
apex; last joint of anterior and middle tarsi and apical portions
of hind tarsal joints black; bodv gray with last ventral seginent
polished black except basal and lateral portion.

Genitalia — last ventral segment of female twice as long as
preceding, lateral margins stronglv reflected, hind border deeply
bisinuate; the central portion somewhat produced with rather
deep notch at middle.

This is a large and handsome form only a single specimen of
which was taken at Cedar Point, July 30, 1904. It is so distinct
from any of the known species of the genus that it seems best to
describe it even though but a single specimen is in hand.

Feb., 1905.] Key— Ohio Woody Plants. 277

KEY TO THE GENERA OF OHIO WOODY PLANTS IN THE

WINTER CONDITION.

John H. Schaffxer.

The writer has been studying the winter condition of trees
and shrubs for the past two years, having been attracted to the
subject through observations on self -pruning. Many of the twig
characters are exceedingly important and should be given more
consideration in specific descriptions and in manuals. Inci-
dentally some keys were constructed. These have been verified
to a large extent by use in the class room and it is believed that
a twig key can be used with as little difficulty as one based on
the usual floral characters. A hand lens is necessary to deter-
mine some of the characters included.

1. Foliage leaves persistent and usually evergreen. 2.

1. Foliage leaves deciduous each year. 20.

2. Foliage leaves needle-shaped, subulate, narrowly linear, or scale-

like; conifers. 3.

2. Foliage leaves with expanded blades, netted veined. 8.

3. With dwarf branches, each bearing 2-5 foliage leaves. PINUS.

3. Without true dwarf branches. 4.

4. Leaf buds scaly. 5.

4. Leaf buds not scaly, naked. 7.

5. Leaf scar not on a sterigma, prominent, circular; leaves flat. ABIES
5. Leaf scar on a sterigma, the base of the leaf remaining as a scale on

the twig. 6.

(j. Leaves flat, those on the upper side of the twig much shorter than
the lateral ones. TSUGA.

G. Leaves flat, all of about the same length. TAXUS.

0. Leaves more or less 4-sided, spreading in all directions. PICE A.

7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked,
closely covering the twigs which are decidedly flattened and fan-
like; leaves of two shapes, the dorsal and ventral broader and
less acute than the lateral ones; scales of the carpellate cone not
peltate. THUJA.

7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked,
closely covering the slightly flattened twigs which arc not very
fan-like; leaves nearly or quite similar; scales of the carpellate
cone peltate. CHAM^CYPARIS.

7. Foliage leaves of two types, scale-like and subulate, opposite or in

threes; the scale-like leaves 4-ranked, appressed, causing the
twigs to appear quadrangular, the subulate leaves spreading;
one or both types of leaves on a plant ; carpellate cone developing
into a bluish-black berry-like fruit. JUNIPERUS.

— 8 —

8. Leaves with spines or reduced to spines. 9.

8. Leaves without spines. 10.

9. Leaves compound, with spine-tipped teeth; or leaves of the main

twigs usually without a blade and reduced to 1-5 prong-like

spines, at length dry. BERBERIS.
9. Leaves simple, with spine-tipped teeth or lobes; twigs grey. ILEX.
10. Leaves opposite or whorled. 11.
10. Leaves alternate. 13.

278 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

11. Leaves palmately veined; shrubs with green twigs parasitic on
trees; twigs wnth self-pruning joints. PHORADENDRON.

11. Leaves pinnately veined; plants not parasitic. 12.

12. Leaves oval, the upper perfoliate, glabrous; twining plants.

LONICERA.
12. Leaves oblong or oval, coriaceous, not perfoliate; shrubs or trees.

KALMIA

12. Leaves obovate or orbicular, hairv, crenulate, not perfoliate- stem

trailing. LINN^A.

13. Leaves serrate, serrulate, crenate, or dentate. 14.
1.3. Leaves entire. 15.

14. Leaves somewhat hairv; shrubs with thorns or thorn-like spurs

GOTO N EASTER.
14. Leaves glabrous, very aromatic, oval to obovate, J^ in. long; low

slender trailing plknt. GAULTHERL'V.
14. Leaves glabrous, bitter, white beneath, }4.-]/2 in- l<*ng; slender

trailing or ascending plants in bogs. OXYCOCCUS.

14. Leaves with prominent scurfv scales; erect shrubs without thorns.

CHAMvEDAPHNE.
1.5. Leaves glabrous. Ki.
1.5. Leaves pubescent or woolly at least below. 17.

16. Leaves green on both sides, thick, coriaceous, oblong to oblance-

olate, 5-10 in. long; winter buds very scaly. RHODODENDRON
1(). Leaves green on both sides or glaucous beneath, coriaceous, 2-5 in.

long, oval to oval-lanceolate; winter buds naked; erect shrubs.

KALMIA.
10. Leaves white beneath, linear-lanceolate, revolute-margined, acid,

1-23^ in. long; a bog shrub. ANDROMEDA.
If). Leaves white beneath, revolute-margined, bitter, }^--Yi in. long;

slender trailing or ascending plants in bogs. OXYCOCCUS.

17. Leaves revolute-margined. LS.

17. Leaves not revolute-margined. 19.

15. Leaves with a fragrant odor, densely tomentose beneath; erect

resinous shrubs. LEDUM.

18. Leaves 2-ranked, sinall, oval or ovate, hairv; creeping shrubs.

CHIOGENES.
l'.(. Leaves lanceolate, mucronate, not evergreen; buds clustered at the
tip of the twig; trees with 5-angled pith. QUERCUS.

19. Leaves oval or nearly orbicular, hirsute beneath; twigs hirsute;

prostrate shrubs. EPIG^EA.

19. Leaves spatulate, minvitelv pubescent, with hairs on the margins;

trailing or spreading shrubs. ARCTOSTAPTIYLOS.

— 20 —

20. Climbing monocotyls with scattered vascular bundles, green bark,

and two tendrils on the persistent petiole base; often prickly.

SMI LAX.

20. Not with scattered vascular l)undles Init with a ring of wood, true

bark, and a central pith, 21.

21. Twigs with thick wart-like dwarf branches; conifers. 22.

21. Twigs without true dwarf branches. 23.

22. Young twigs covered with scales. LARIX.

22. Twigs without scales. GINKGO.

23. Twigs with numerous small scattered self-]:runing scars, without

a])])arent leaf scars but with minvite dry scale leaves. 24.

23. Twigs with evident leaf scars and lateral winter buds. 25.

24. Trees with feather-like dwarf branches, some usually remaining in

winter; foliage leaves spreading into two ranks; roots often with
knees; a conifer. TAXODIUM.

Feb., 1905.] Key — Ohio Woody Plants. 279

24. Shrubs with dehcate sprav-Hke twigs which are self-pruned ; leaves

minute. TAMARIX. "

25. With tendrils opposite the leaf scars; usually every third leaf node

without a tendril; climbing plants self-pruning unripe tAvigs by
means of cleavage planes in the leaf nodes. 26.

25. No tendrils opposite the leaf scars. 27.

2G. With woody partitions in the brownish pith at the leaf nodes;
lenticels inconspicuous; tendrils without adhering disks; surface
of leaf scar irregular. VITIS.

26. Pith continuous, white; lenticels conspicuous; tendrils without

adhering disks in our species; leaf scar rather smooth.

AMPELOPSIS.

26. Pith continuous, white; lenticels conspicuous; tendrils usually with

adhering disks; leaf scars smooth, concave, with small bundle
scars scattered or in a ring. PARTHENOCISSUS.

— 27 —

27. Leaf scars alternate. 28.

27. Leaf scars opposite or whorled. 109.

28. Twigs with distinct and complete stipular ridges or rings at the leaf

nodes. 29.

28. Twigs without complete stipular rings. .31.

29. Leaf scar surrounding the axillary bud, terminal bud self-pruned;

wood with prominent medullary rays. PLATANUS.

29. Leaf scar not surrounding the axillary bud, terminal bud not self-

pruned ; buds enclosed in the large connate stipules. ,30.

30. Buds glabrous; twigs brown; pith diaphragmed; leaf scars oval or

circular; bark spicy- aromatic. LIRIODENDRON.

30. Buds downy, or if glabrous then the twigs red ; pith with or without

diaphragms; leaf scars LT-shaped, oval, or circular; bark usually
aromatic. MAGNOLLA..

31. With thorns, prickles, or spines; or with spur-like branches ending

in thorns. 32.

31. AVithovit thorns, prickles or spines but some may have thorn-like

stunted branches. 42.

32. With leaves reduced to simple or branches spines. BERBERIS.
32. With stipular spines, a pair for each leaf scar. 33.

32. Twigs with typical lateral thorns, without terminal thorns. 34.

32. With thorns at the ends of branches or with spur-like branches end-
ing in thorns, and in addition axillary thorns may be present. 35.

32. Stems or twigs with prickles, some of which may have the appear-
ance of stipular spines. 39.

32. Bud scales tipped with spines; stem twining; leaf scar central.

CELASTRUS.

33. Leaf scar covering the two or more superposed axillarv buds.

' ROBINIA.

33. Leaf scar below the axillary buds; buds reddish, pubescent.

XANTHOXYLUM,

34. With thorns beside the axillary buds; normally one for each leaf

axil, becoming gradually smaller toward the tip of the twig,
terminal bud absent. TOXYLON.
34. Thorns axillarj-, large, rarely branched except on the main trunk;
usually with two lateral buds at the base which may develop as
twigs; numerous axils without thorns. CRAT^-EGUS.

34. Thorns commonly branched, situated above the axil of the leaf;

leaf scar covering the two or more superposed axillary buds;
twigs polished, often zigzag. GLEDITISA.

35. Not with three distinct bundle scars. 36.
35. With three bundle scars. 37.

28o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

36. Climbing shrubs with axillary thorns, light gray bark and a prom-
inent central scar. LYCIUM.

36. Erect shrubs with thorns at the ends of twigs or spurs. RHAMNUS.

37. Terminal bud self-pruned; twigs some shade of black, brown, or

reddish. PRUNUS.
37. Terminal bud present. 38.

37. Most of the slender branches ending in thorns not showing a ter-

minal bud or self-pruning scar; lateral thorns with one or two
large buds at the base. CYDONIA.

38. Buds conical, pungent, pubescent, twigs glabrous or nearly so,

mostly yellow-olive; trees with erect growth, the branches not
spreading as in most of the apples. PYRUvS.

38. Buds downy or pubescent, twigs usually pubescent, if glabrous then

dark reddish-brown; trees with rounded crowns and spreading
branches. MALUS.

39. Base of the petiole remaining on the stem. RUBUS.

39. Petiole separated close to the stem. 40.

40. Bundle scars numerous; pith large; erect shrubs or trees. ARALIA.

40. Bundle scars 3; low or slender shrubs. 41.

41. Leaf scars very narrow, often a mere line extending half way or

more around the stem, not decurrent. ROSA.

41. Leaf scars rather broad, somewhat decurrent; older bark shreddy.

RIBES.

— 42 —

42. Leaf scars quite regularlv 2-ranked, that is with the third scar over

the first. 43.

42. Leaf scars not 2-ranked. oH.

43. Pith interruptedly diaphragmed. with cavities, small, greenish-

white; bundle scars 3. CELTIS.

43. Pith solid, or if with cavities then with a single bundle scar or with

several scattered bundle scars. 44.

44. Terminal bud elongated, naked, silky or tomentose. 45.
44. Terminal bud with numerous or several bud scales. 46.

44. Terminal bud absent, the twigs showing a terminal self-pruning scar

at the morphological tip. 49.

45. Pith diaphragmed; buds dark silky; lateral buds rounded not

stalked; leaf scars U-shaped; bundle scars 5-7, stipular scars
none; bark with fetid odor. ASIMINA.

45. Pith not diaphragmed; buds light gray; lateral buds elongated,

prominently stalked, tomentose; stipular scars prominent; leaf
scars not U-shaped. HAMAMELIS.

46. With 10-20 visible scale leaves; stipular scars and medullary rays

very prominent; leaf scar oblique, beside the axillary bud.

FAGUS.

46. Visible scales 3-8. 47.

47. Bundle scars .several, scattered; pith more or less 5-angled; bark

close with rough ridges; stipular scars present. CASTANE.\.

47. Bundle scars 3. 48.

48. Trunk and larger branches with jxqjery or leathery bark ; catkins

in winter; leaf scar oval or semicircular. BETULA.

48. Bark not papery or leatherv; no catkins; leaf scar narrow, con-

tracted between the bundle scars. AMEL.\NCHIER.

49. Visible bud scales 1-3. 50.

49. Visible scales more than 3. 52.

50. Bundle scar i ; visible scales 2; twigs brown, puljescent; pith some-

times with cavities. DIOSPYROS.
50. Bundle scars sciittered, several. 51.

Feb., 1905.] Key— Ohio Woody Plants. 281

51. Twigs grayish-brown or reddish, usually zigzag; bark mucilaginous,
fibrous; buds rather fleshy, usually bright red; medullary rays
prominent when the bark is removed; the winged fruiting
panicle often persistent. TILIA.

51. Twigs glabrous or pubescent, reddish or vellowish-brown ; pith
5-angled. CASTA NE A.

51. Twigs downy, gravish-green ; pith white, cylindrical, large; bark
very fibrous. BROUSSONETIA.

51. Twigs coarsely glandular pubescent or sparingly hairy, brown; pith

brown, cylindrical, small. CORYLUS.

52. Bundle scars scattered; leaf scars oblique; twigs gray or light

brownish-gray. MORUS.

52. Bundle scars 3. 53.

53. Twigs dark reddish-brown, speckled, often zigzag; buds reddish-

violet, often superposed or clustered; leaf scars not oblique but
below the lateral bud. CERCIS.

53. Twigs dark brown, not speckled; buds not superposed; leaf scars

oblique. 54.

54. Bark smooth, trunk and larger branches with peculiar fluted or

projecting ridges; bud scales brown, finelv pubescent; staminate
catkins in the bud in winter. CARPINUS.

54. Trunk not with fluted or projecting ridges. 55.

55. Bark in rough ridges; no catkins; twigs and buds in most cases

pubescent ; some species with characteristic transverse self-
pruning scars on the twigs, others with corky ridges. ULMUS.
55. Bark scaly, fine-furroAved, the ftirrows usually somewhat spiral;
bud scales green with brown tips, nearly glabrous; staminate
catkins exposed in winter. OSTRYA.

55. Bark of trunk and larger branches separating into papery or leath-

ery sheets; catkins in winter. BETULA.

— 56 —

56. With 2 or more superposed axillary buds ; all except 1 may be very

small. 57.

56. Axillary buds single or 2 or more side by side ; not superposed. 67.

57. Pith diaphragmed, with air cavities, brown; twigs thick, with large

leaf scars and 3 prominent bundle scars ; large trees. JUGLANS.

57. Pith solid. 58.

58. Stems twining ; leaf scars circular with numerous bundle scars ; buds

partly hidden. MENISPERMUM.

58. Stems not twdning. 59.

59. Buds partly sunken, hardly projecting beyond the surface; terminal

bud self-pruned or tips of branches withering. 60.

59. Buds not sunken in the epidermis. 61.

60. Leaf scar not surrounding the axillary buds; pith large, chocolate-

colored; twigs robust, polished, mottled white and purplish-
brown. GYMNOCLADUS.
60. Leaf scar svirrounding the axillary buds, quadrangular- U-shapcd;
bark with pungent odor; pith white. PTELEA.

60. Leaf scar covering the axillary buds; pith small; twigs brown,

polished, often zigzag. GLEDITSIA.

61. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 62.

61. Pith more or less 5-angled, yellowish or brownish; terminal bud

large; bundle scars scattered; trees with tough twigs. HICORLl.

62. Leaf scar surrounding the hairv axillarv buds; bundle scars 5-9;

terminal bud self-pruned. CLADRASTIS.

62. Leaf scar not surrounding the axillary buds. 63.

63. Bark verv spicv-aromatic, fragrant; buds often stalked and clus-

tered. ■ BENZOIN.

282 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

G3. Bark not spicy-aromatic. 64.

64. Pith diaphragmed but solid; bundle scars definitely 3; trees.

NYSSA.

64. Pith not diaphragmed; bundle scar usually central. 65.

65. Leaf scars with the drv stipules rather persistent; bark with strong

odor. AMORPHA".

65. Stipules not evident, or minute; bark not with strong odor. 66.

66. Stipular scars or stipules present, stipules minute. ILEX.

66. Stipular-scars and stipules absent; buds small, twigs light grav.

ILICIOIDES.

— 67 —

67. Outer bud scales more than 1. 68.

67. Outer bud scale 1 ; twigs usually with Ijrittle zones and hence very

easily detached; stipular scars present; bundle scars .3. SALIX.
()S. Terminal and lateral buds stalked; pith 3-angled; both staminate
and carpellate catkins present all winter. ALNUS.

68. Buds sessile or nearly so ; pith not 3-angled. 69.

69. Pith more or less 5-angled. 70.

69. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 74.

70. Buds clustered at the tip of the twig; bvindle scars numerous,

scattered. QUERCUvS.

70. Buds not clustered at the tip. 71.

71. Bundle scars numerous usually scattered. 72.
71. Bundle scars 3. 73.

71. Bundle scar 1 ; bark green, spicy- aromatic; internodes verv unequal

SASSAFRAS.

72. Buds small with about 3 outer scales; twigs reddish or yellowish-

brown, glabrous or pubescent; terminal bud present or al:)sent ;
stipular scars prominent. CASTANEA.

72. Terminal bud large with 4 or more visible scales, hairy or peltate

pubescent; lateral buds iisuallv .superposed; twigs tough.

HICORL\.

73. Without stipular or self-pruning scars; crushed buds fragrant,

aromatic, not resinous, glabrous. LIQUIDAMBAR.

73. Stipular and self-pruning scars present ; crvished buds not fragrant

though they may have a resinous odor, resinous or if only slightly
so then the twigs pubescent or tomentose. POPULUS.

74. Pith diaphragmed but solid; bundle scars 3; no stipular scars; trees.

NYSSA.

74. Pith not diaphragmed or if diaphragmed then not solid. 75.

75. Bud scales tipped with short sharp points; stem twining; buds

conical, pungent. CELASTRUS.

75. Bud scales not spiny-tipped; stems not twining. 7().

76. Pith very large, light brown, bark not resinous, ill-smelling; buds

spherical or flattened at the apex, often clustered at the tip of
the twig, brown and pubescent; bundle scars about 9 along the
lower edge of the very large leaf scar which does not svuTound
the axillary bud; large trees. AILANTHUS.

76. Pith small, or if large and brown then the leaf scar surrounding tlie

axillary bud or the bark resinous. 77.

77. Bark with a resinous or sticky milky sap; pith usually large, if

rather small then the bark aromatic, or the plants climbing bv
rootlets. 78.

77. Bark not resinous. 79.

78. Buds clustered at the tip of the twig; bark spicy-fragrant to the

smell; base of petiole prominent with several Inmdlc scars;
fruiting panicles plumose, COTINUS.

Feb., 1905.] Key— Ohio Woody Plants. 283

78. Buds not clustered at the tip ; bark sometimes aromatic, often very

poisonous to the touch ; leaf scar in some species surrounding the
axillary bud in others only partly surrounding the bud or the
bud covered; small trees or shrubs or woody vines climbing by
numerous rootlets. RHUS.

79. Leaf scars surrounding the hairy sunken axillary buds; terminal

bud self-pruned and thus the twigs with peculiar rings. DIRCA.
71>. Leaf scars not surrounding the axillary buds and twigs not with

peculiar rings. 80.
SO. Base of petiole and stipules persisting, prominent, drying off; small

shrubs. 81.
80 Petiole deciduous close to the brak, leaving a definite leaf scar. 82.
81. Bundle scars 3; pith large; bark not shreddy. RUBLTS.

81. Bundle scar 1; pith small; stipviles sheathing the stem; bark dark

brown, shreddy. DASIPHORA.

— 82 —

82. Bundle scar 1, or if several then closely crowded and confluent,

appearing as 1. 83.

82. Bundle scars 3 or more, distinct. 96.

S3. Climbing vines, the stems herbaceous above; young twigs gray
pubescent. SOLANUM.

83. Stem climbing, woodv throughout; bark light gray; buds often

clustered. LYCIUM.
S3. Stem not climbing, woody throughout. 84.

84. Stipular scars or stipules present. 85.

84. No stipular scars or stipules. 87.

85. Terminal -bud present. 86.

85. Terminal bud absent; bud scales dark brown or black. RHAMNUS.

SO. Stipules deciduous; low shrubs. CEANOTHUS.

80. Stipviles usually persistent, minute; erect shrubs. ILEX.
87. Terminal bud present. 88.

87. Terminal bud absent. 91.

88. Bark of twigs very spicy-aromatic, green; internodes very unequal.

SASSAFRAS.

88. Bark not spicy-aromatic. 89.

89. Internodes very unequal ; bark brown or gray. AZALEA.

89. Internodes not verj^ unequal. 90.

90. Twigs glabrous, gray or blackish-brown. ILICIOIDES.

90. Twigs pubescent or tomentose, reddish or light-brown. SPIRAEA.

91. Trees with polished, greenish-brown, grayish-yellow, or red twigs;

bark sour; leaf scar prominent, semi-oval, with a dark central
scar usually in the form of a ring; buds small, not projecting
much beyond the epidermis; the large terminal panicled raceme
with capsules persisting all winter. OXYDENDRUM.

91. Trees with brown pubescent twigs; or shrubs. 92.

92.- Trees with 2 visible scales in the triangular flattened bud; pith
often with lenticular cavities; twigs pubescent, zigzag at the
tip. DIOSPYROS.

92. Low shrubs with several visible scales in the bud. 93.

93. Twigs finely white-speckled and granulated, green or reddish.

VACCINIUM.

93. Twigs not white-speckled. 94.

94. Buds of two kinds, large flower buds with many visible scales and

small ones with 2 outer scales. GAYLUSSACIA.

94. Buds all alike, with several scales. 95.

95. Surface of leaf scar rather even; self-pruning scars present; twigs

reddish-ohve. POLYCODIUM.
95. Surface of leaf scar very uneven; no self-pruning scars; bud scales
numerous. SPIR^A.

284 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

— 96 —

96. Terminal bud absent. 97.

96. Terminal bud present. 101.

97. Stipules or stipular scars absent or indistinct. 98.

97. Stipules or stipular scars present. 99.

98. Leaf scar very narrow, almost a line, not decvirrent, extending half

way around the stem; low shrubs or climbers. ROSA.

98 Leaf scar broad; twigs not glandular dotted; erect shrubs or

trees. PRUNUS.

98. Leaf scar broad; yoving twigs glandular dotted; buds usually clus-

tered at the tip. MYRICA.

99 Twigs glandular, dark, pubescent; buds globular; low shrubs.

COMPTONL\.

99. Twigs not glandular 100.

100. Buds and twigs very downy, twigs dark brown or black. CYDONIA

100. Buds and twigs pubescent; twigs light or greenish brown.

SORBARLV
100 Buds downv or pubescent; twigs glabrous or pubescent, grav or
brown. RHAMNUS.

101. Twigs green or yellowish-green, glabrous; internodes very unequal;

lateral buds minute; small trees. CORNLTS.
101. Twigs normally red above and green beneath, glabrous; bark very
bitter; some axils with 2 or 3 hairy buds of nearly equal size;
trees. AMYGDALUS.

101. Twigs not green or red and green unless the plants are low shrul)s,

but gray, brown, black, or reddish. 102.

102. Bundle scars 5 or more in the broad U-shaped leaf scar; tips of the

buds quite downv; small trees. SORBUS.

102. Bundle scars 3. 103.

103. Leaf scars very nari-ow, often a mere line extending half way or

more around the stem, not decurrent ; low shrubs. ROSA.

103. Leaf scars rather broad often decurrent. 104.

1 04. Leaf scars strongly decurrent at the sides and middle ; bundle scars

close together, the central one large; shrubs with brown twigs.

OPUL ASTER.

104. Leaf scars not decurrent or if so then the bundle scars distinctly

separated. 105.

105. Buds elliptic, lanceolate or lance-linear; shrubs. 106.
105. Buds ovate or depressed; mostly trees or tree-like. 107.

IOC). Older bark shreddy; leaf scars somewhat decurrent at the middle

and sides; l>ud scales very thin, light or dark brown. RlBIiS.
IOC). Bark close; buds pale brown or red; leaf scars not decurrent; bud

scales rather thick; twigs pubescent. ARONL\.

107. Buds rounded at the apex, often clustered at the tip of the twig;

twigs glandular dotted. MYRICA.
107. Buds rounded at the apex; scales thick; twigs often zigzag; ])lant

usually with some thorns, not glandular clotted. CRAT^4i;GUS.

107. Buds pointed; plants sometimes with thorn-like stunted branches,

not glandular dotted. 108.

108. Bvids glabrous or slightly pubescent; twigs usually glabrous and

slender, some shade of black, brown, or reddish, often with 2 or
3 axillary buds; some with self-pruning scars. PRUNUS.

108. Buds downy or strongly pubescent, conical, pungent; twigs gla-
brous, mostly yellow-olive; trees with erect growth, the branches
not spreading as in most of the apples. PYRUS.

108. Buds downy or strongly pubescent; twigs strongly pubescent or if
glabrous then dark reddish-brown; trees with romided or
spreading crowns. MALUS.

Feb., 1905.] Key— Ohio Woody Plants. 285

— 109 —

109. Pith large, white, with cavities or more or less diaphragmed ; twigs

robust, gray, with large lenticels; bundle scars in a ring in the

large leaf scar; trees. PAULOWNIA.
109, Leaves with tendrils on the persistent petiole which shows 2 leaflet

scars at the end; climbing vines with rather large, sometimes

hollow pith. BIGNONIA.

109. Pith not diaphragmed nor with lenticular cavities; petioles not with

tendrils. 110

110. Axillary buds evident. 112

110. Axillary buds minute and not evident, or covered by the persistent

petiole base. 111.

111. Bundle scar forming a curved line ; lateral buds sunken in the bark ;

leaf scars after in threes. CEPHALANTHUS.
111. Bundle scars 3; terminal bud with 2 acuminate visible scales.

CORNUS.

111. Bundle scars 3; terminal bud small, dome-shaped; axillary buds

bursting through the prominent petiole base ; twigs many-angled

PHILADELPHUS.

112. Twigs green or greenish, never twining. 113

112. Twigs gray, brown, or red, not green when ripe. 115.

113. Terminal bud self-pruned; stipular scars prominent; bark with

strong odor. STAPHYLEA.

113. Terminal bud present. 114.

114. Leaf scars meeting and ending upward in a free appendage; base of

petioles in some cases originally covering the axillary buds;
bundle scars 3 or more. ACER.

114. Leaf scars not meeting; twigs more or less 4-angled; base of petiole

not covering the axillary bud; bundle scar 1. EUONYMUS.

115. Twigs and buds brown-scurfy or stellate-pubescent; bundle scar 1;

shrubs. LEPARGYREA.

115. Not brown-scurfy or stellate-pubescent. 116.

116. Bundle scars numerous in an ellipse or a ring ; trees with small flat

buds or woody vines climbing by rootlets. 117.

116. Bundle scars 1, 3, or 5, or sometimes more but not in a ring. 118.

117. Trees with small flat iDuds; twigs gray, robust; pith large, white;

leaf scars often in threes. CATALPA.
1 1 7. Woody vines climbing by rootlets ; ends of the twigs usuallv

withering. TECOMA.
1 IS. Pith very large, the soft wood small in proportion; twigs either with

cleavage planes in the upper leaf nodes or with brown papery

outer bark separating readily from the green inner layer;

shrubs with robust twigs. 119.

118. Pith small or if rather large then the plants trees. 120.

119. Lenticels conspicuous; tips of twigs self-pruned in the leaf nodes.

SAMBUCUS.

1 1 9. Lenticels inconspicuous ; twigs not self-pruned ; outer papery brown

bark easily separated from the inner dark green layer.

HYDRANGEA.

— 120 —

120. Bundle scars 1, or several closely united in a curved line appearing

as 1. 121.

120. Bundle scars 3 or more, distinct. 125.

121. Low shrubs with decurrent ridges from the middle of the leaf scar.

122.
121. Trees or erect shrubs without decurrent ridges from the middle of
the leaf scar but sometimes with ridges or wings from the ends
of the leaf scar. 123.

28'6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

122. Low creeping shrubs with deHcate erect or ascending twigs.

ASCYRUM.
122. Low erect shrubs; leaf scar close to the bark; fruit a capsule.

HYPERICUM.

122. Low erect shrubs; leaf scar on the prominent petiole base; fruit a

berry. SYMPHORICARPOS.

123. Terminal bud absent, the twig usually ending in a thorn.

RHAMNUS.

123. Terminal bud present; or if absent on some twigs then the end buds

large, pointed, angular, and tisually green. 124.

124. Twigs and buds glabrovis; buds ovoid-pointed, 4-angled, scales

fleshy; fruit a capsule. SYRINGA.
124. Twigs very pubescent, buds less so; lateral buds rather fiat, more

or less triangular; bud scales fieshv; leaf scar on the short petiole

base; fruit a drupe. LIGUSTRUM.
124. Twigs and buds pubescent ; lateral buds cylindrical or hemispherical ;

bud scales dry; leaf scar concave, on the short petiole base; lenti-

cels large and conspicuovis; fruit a drupe. CHIONANTHUS.
124. Buds rough or pubescent; twigs glabrous or pubescent, sometimes

4-angled; lateral buds somewhat flattened, obtuse; bud scales

rather dry; leaf scar close to the bark; lenticels not large; fruit a

samara. ' FRAXINUS.
125 "With a prominent pubescent ridge decurrent from the middle of

the line connecting the leaf scars; low shrubs. DIERVILLA.
126. No pubescent decurrent ridge from the middle of the connecting

line, but the ends of the leaf scars may be decurrent. 126.
126. Terminal bud with 2 long acuminate pubescent outer scales; line

connecting the vippermost leaf scars notched. CORNUS.

126. Terminal bud with several pairs of visible scales, or with 1 large

pair and a small pair at the base, or the tips of the twigs with-
ering. 127.

127. Trees or shrubs with numerous bundle scars, sometimes in 3 areas,

in a large heart-shaped leaf scar; pith rather large; terminal bud
large, with numerous scales. ^SCULUS.

127. Bundle scars 3 or sometimes 5. 128.

128. Visible scales of the axillary buds 4 or more pairs, or if less, then

the outer pair equalling the bud in length and the second pair

hairy. 129.
128. Visible scales of the axillary buds 1-3 pairs, the outer short, or if

equalling the bud then the second pair glabrous or glutinous.

VIBURNUM.
12'.). Upper edge of the leaf scar strongly concave; usually large trees, if

shrubs then the first pair of scales equaling the bud. ACER.
121). Upper edge of the leaf scar nearly straight; shrubs or climbing

plants, the pith sometimes hollow, sometimes with hardened pith

at the leaf nodes. LONICERA.

Feb., 1905.] Nerthra stygica. 287

NERTHRA STYGICA SAY AND SOME NOTES ON THE
FAMILY GELASTOCORID^.

J. R. DE LA Torre Bueno.

In 1832* in his ' 'Descriptions of Neiv Species of Hemiptera,
Heteroptera of North America,'' Thomas Say described his
"Naucoris stygica" from one mutilated specimen from Georgia.
Its structure led him to propose a new genus for it, to be called
Nerthra. From that time to the present the real "Nerthra
stygica" has been lost to science. It is true that Monon3'x
stygicus Say is mentioned by Uhler as well as by Comstock in
some of their works, but from the description of it given by the
first-named author in Kingsley's ''Standard Natural History" it
is evident that the references are not to Say's bug, but either to
Mononyx fuscipes Guerin or to M. nepasformis Fabricius. It is
one of these two that Dr. Howard figures in his ''Insect Book."
In support of this view is the fact that all the American works
and papers which have been consulted fail to mention the most
striking peculiarity of Nerthra; namely, the hemelytra soldered
together and extremely roughened. The genus and species are
cited in Stal's ''Enumeratio Hemipterorum," while on the other
hand, Montandon, in his revision of the subfamily ' 'Monychinae"
doubts its very existence, for he says that to his knowledge it has
not again been found in America and, quoting Say's description
in extenso, remarks it ' 'would lead one to believe that he (Say)
had before him a form near to or identical with Matinus or
Peltopterus and in any case differing from Mononyx."

In the absence of Guerin's original generic characterization of
Peltopterus, it has been referred to the description of the latter
genus in Stal's ' 'Hemiptera Africana" (Vol. Ill, p. 173), to which
genus Nerthra is nearest, on account of the entirely coriaceous
character of the hemelytra. It differs, however, in the shape of
the body, the apical tubercles of the head and the shape of the
thorax and hemelytra. (This last may be a merely specific
character.) It becomes, therefore, evident that Say's genus
Nerthra stands, and since the very existence of the bug is ques-
tioned by no less an authority than the Rumanian Hemipterist
and so much misapprehension regarding it seems current I ven-
ture to attempt a description from the onlv specimen I have seen,
giving the bibliography and synonymy as far as known to me.

Nerthra Say,

1831 (1832 sec. Uhler)— Description of N. Sp. of Het. Hem. of N. A., p. 808.
1859— Compl. Writ, of T. Say, ed. by Le Conte, Vol. I, p. 364.
1876— Stal, Enum. Hem., V., p. 139.

* Prof. Uhler in a letter to Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy expresses the opinion that although
Jbhis paper is dated 1831,|it'did not appear until March, 1832.

288

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 4,

Shape suboval, depressed; head short and broad; scutellum
small; hemelytra entirely coriaceous and linearly roughened in
prominent points, soldered together along a straight suture indi-
cated by a groove. Rostrum small. Anterior femora basally
incrassate; tarsal claws single. Abdomen rounded. Male gen-
ital segments laterally deflected.

N. stygica Say. (Fig. 1.)

1831— (1832?)— Naucoris stvgica Say. Descr. of N. Sp. Het. Hem. of N. A., p. SOS.
18.50— Conip. Writ, of T. Sav, ed. Le Conte, Vol. I, p. 364.
1876 — Nerthra stygica. Say, Stal. Eiuim. Hem. V, p. 139.

1890 — Montandon, Hem. Crypt. S. fam. Mononychinse, Bull. Soc. Scic., Bucarest, An. Vll,
No. 4 and 5, p. 4 (separate).

(Not — Mononv.x stvgictis Uhl., in Kingslev's Nat. Hist. p. 264, 1885; Uhl., Ch. List,
p. 27. 1886; Uhl. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 2d ser. IV, p. 200, 1S93"04; Comstock, Introduction,
p. 191, 1888; Comstock, Manual, p. 134, 1809; Howard, Insect Bk., pi. XXIX, fig. 16.)

Moderate in size, suboval, depressed; head short and broad
with four tubercles in the middle, the outer two less elevated
than the middle two; triangular in front and reflexed. Eyes
reniform, not very prominent. Ocelli absent. Rostrum short,
small and so hidden under the head as to be hardly visible (joints
not counted for this reason). Prothorax, sides subparallel; cur-
vedly converging in the cephalad third ; base slightly sinuate ;

J.K.T.b

Fig. 1. Nerthra stygica
Say X5.

Fig. 2. Nerthra stygica
Say; feinur and tibia
of first pair. X12.

laterally flattened; apex nearly straight except at the eyes; disk
much elevated and roughened. Scutellum triangular, sides sin-
uated, much roughened. Hemelytra slightly flattened and
dilated at the humeral angles and gently curvedly sloping to the
rounded extremity ; entirelv coriaceous and linearly roughened
in acute elevations along the lines of the sutures; soldered into
one piece along a straight sulcate suture extending from the
caudal angle of the scutellum to the tip of the hemelytra; appar-
ently soldered to the scutellum as well; not entirely covering the
abdomen, the connexival segments being moderately visible

Feb., 1905.] Nerthra stygica. 289

beyond the costal margin ; extending beyond the end of the abdo-
men. First pair of legs raptorial. Anterior femorae incrassate,
flattened anteriorly and coming to a point (Fig. 2) ; coarsely
granulate; tarsal claws single. Intermediate and posterior
pedes cursorial ; femorae normal with a row of blunt teeth ; tibiae
with two rows of stout spines with a sulcus between; tarsi one-
jointed in intermediate pedes and provided with double claws
(tarsi of posteriors lost in the specimen before me). Mesosternal
tubercle rather acute and laterally somewhat flattened, ter-
minated by bristles. Male abdominal segments much com-
pressed in the middle to give room for the large and prominent
genital segments which are deflected toward the right. Abdomen
rounded with an entire margin.

Color, blackish-brown above, except the flattened prothoracic
and hemelytral lobes which are yellowish and translucent.
Underside of the abdomen more or less black. First pair of legs
entirely black; second and third more or less spotted with
lighter color.

Dimensions: Insect — Long., 7 A mm.; lat., 5.3 mm. Head
including eyes — Long., .6 mm. ; lat., 3.4 mm. Prothorax — Long.,
2.4 mm. ; lat., 5 mm. Abdomen — Long., 4.4 mm. ; lat., 5.3 mm.

Redescribed from a single specimen in the collection of Mrs.
Annie Trumbull Slosson who took it in Florida.

The much roughened upper surface together with the entirely
coriaceous hemelytra fused into one will at once distinguish this
species from all the other Mononychinae.

The preceding descriptions will doubtless be found lacking in
manv respects but dissection being necessary to determine cer-
tain anatomical features and characters, such, for instance, as
the antennae, the possession of only one specimen, and that not
my own, has made it impossible to supply what is missing.

As Say's description is not accessible to all, I give it hereafter
taking it from the Le Conte edition.

"N. stvgica — Black, front quadrilineate.

"Inhabits Georgia.

"Bodv oval, brown-black, rather rough; head crenate on the
front so as to form four denticulations ; eyes rounded, rather
prominent; thorax not emarginate before, with a slightly de-
pressed margin behind; anterior thighs dilated triangualr;
hemelytra with oblique lines; they appear united at the suture.

' 'Length three-tenths of an inch.

' 'I have but one mutilated specimen which was sent to me by
Mr. Oemler. If I am not deceived by this specimen, the species
is apterous and the hemelytra are united by a rectilinear suture,
which will require the formation of a separate genus which may
be named Nerthra."

290 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

My sincere thanks are due to Mrs. Slosson for her kindness
in granting me the privilege of studying her insect.

The revival of this genus raises the genera of North American
Gelastocoridae (sens, lat.) to four, namely:

Pelogonus Latreille,

Gelastocoris Kirkaldy.=(7a/gn/H5 Latreille,

Mononyx Laporte,

Xcrthra Say.

The number of species has heretofore been given for the
United States as three only, Pelogonus americanus Uhl., Gelas-
tocoris (Galgulus) oculatus Fabricius, and Monon^'x (Nerthra)
stygica Say. As a matter of fact, however, their number cannot
be fixed with certainty. The recorded species and those known
to me are as follows, from the whole of North America.

Family gelastocorid.« Kirkaldy.

Subfamily Pclogonince.

Genus Pelogonus Latreille.

P. americanus LThler, Eastern U. S.
P. pcrbosci Guerin-Mexico, W. Indies.
P. crnifrons Champion-Mexico.
P. viridijrons Champion-Guatemala.
P. acutangulus Champion-Guatemala.

Subfamily GelastocorincF.

Genus Gelastocoris Kirkaldy.
G. rotundatns Montandon-Mexico, Guatemala.
G. bufo Herrich-Schteffer-Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica.
G.' oculatus FalMncius-U. S., Canada, Mexico, Central and South

America.
G. vicinus Montandon-U. S., Mexico.
G. variegatus Guerin-S. and W. U. S., Mexico, C. and S. A.

Subfamily M ononychince .

Genus Mononyx Laporte.

M. fuscipes Guerin-W. U. S., Mexico, C. and S. A.
M. ncpccjormis Fabricius. W. U. S. and Mexico.
M . sp. n. sp. Florida.

Genus Nerthra Say.
A', stygica Say, S. E. U. S.

This gives in all three subfamilies and fourteen species for
North America.

The preceding list of species is partly taken from Biologia
Centrali Americana, partly from Montandon's revision before
cited and some localities are from my collection. Guatemala
bugs have been included because it is not at all improliable that
they may cross the southern border of Mexico and even be found
in the Southwestern United States. The Mononyx n. sp. men-
tioned is an apparently undescribed bug from Florida, in the
collection of Mr. Otto Hcidcmann, of Washington, D. C.

Feb., 1905.] Hibernacula of Ohio Wafer Plants.. 291

For the species of Mononyx, tables will be found in Montan-
don's paper; the Mexican and Central American forms of Pel-
ogonus are tabulated in Vol. II, Rhvnchota of Biologia Centrali
Americana, btit there is no work on Gelastorcoris outside of the
notes under the sp3cies in the last mentioned work to help in
separating them.

New York Citv.

THE HIBERNACULA OF OHIO WATER PLANTS.

Harlan H. York.

Many aquatic plants that root at the bottom of streams and
lakes die down in the autumn and pass the winter by means of
tubers, bulbs and rhizomes, while others have developed a
peculiar type of winter propagative buds at the tips of the stems.
These curious buds are found in many of the pond weeds, stone-
worts and bladderworts. In the late summer and early autumn
the plants turn brown and die except at the tips of the stems
which remain alive. The tips of the stems cease to lengthen
out and are enclosed with dark green leaves which become
crowded and folded so closely as to form egg-shaped bodies.
They remain on the stems for some time but finally become
detached and sink to the bottom of the water where they escape
the cold of winter and are scattered in various directions thus
becoming a means for vegetative propagation. These buds are
much shortened stems and are termed Hibernacula.

A somewhat careful study was made of the hibernacula of
Utricularia vulgaris since they are quite large and easily obtained.
They begin to appear in the latter part of August and are formed
in the manner already described, the leaves being crowded so
closely and overlapping each other as to form green ball-shaped
buds that are quite compact. The air spaces in the stems and
leaves become much reduced and the cells are packed with starch
granules which cause the buds to sink when they are detached
from the stems. When the hibernacula first begin to develop,
the tips of the stems and leaves secrete a mucilaginous substance,
which surrounds and permeates the buds when they are formed.

In the spring when the ice has melted and the sun's rays
begin to warm the water, the buds commence to grow. The
starch grains that were stored up in the preceding autumn are
used in the building of the new stem. Bubbles of gas are set free
which are held in the mucilaginous covering and cause the buds
to rise to the surface of the water. The hibernacula have
changed somewhat in appearance from that in the fall as they

292

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 4,

are more or less supplied with red coloring matter, probably a
result of the low temperatures to which they have been exposed.
The buds continue to expand and the enclosed stem becomes an
active, growing plant. Later it may become attached in the
mud by roots from the basal end.

The bladders are mvich redviced, or almost entirely absent
from the stems bearing the hibernacula, while they are found
within the buds in an immature stage. The spaces between the
leaves that go to form the hibernacula, contain various algae, such
as Oscillatorias, Desmids, Diatoms and other unicellular forms.

Fig. 1. Two hibernacula of Utricularia vulgaris on a single stem.

Fig. 2. Longitudinal section through the middle of a hibernaculum of Utricularia
vulgaris.

Fig. .3. Longitudinal section of an immature bladder.

The hibernacula of the Potamogetons, the Myriophylkxms
and Philotria canadensis, are usually more elongated and the
leaves less crowded than those of Utricularia. The buds do not
rise to the surface of the water in the spring but remain in the
mud and develop roots and leafy shoots which grow tipward
toward the surface of the water.

The Lemnas, Wolffias and Spirodela produce pocket shaped
buds, which contain the next years' stem, and like those of
Utricularia, usually sink to the bottom of the water on the
approach of winter and in the spring rise again to the surface
and develop into floating plants.

Feb., 1905.] Key— Ohio Sumacs in Winter Condition.

293

The following named plants, found in Ohio, produce hiber-
nacula :

Lemna cj'clostasa (Ell.) Che v.
Lemna minor L.
Lemna triuslca L.
Spirodela polyrhiza(L.) Schleid.
Wolffia Columbiana Karst.
Wolffia punctata Gris.
Philotria canadensis (Mx.) Britt.
Zannichellia palustris L.
Potomageton pusillus L.
Potomageton lonchitis Tuckcrm.
Potomageton pusillus polyphyllus
Morong.

Potomageton zostera?folius Schum.
Potomageton friesii Ruprecht.
Potomageton vaseyi Robbins.
Utricularia cornuta Mx.
Utricularia gibba L.
Utricularia intermedia Hayne.
Utricularia vulgaris L.
Myriophyllum heterophyllus Mx.
Myriophyllum spicatum L.
Myriophyllum tenellum Bigel.
Myriophyllum verticillatvim L.

KEY TO THE OHIO SUMACS IN THE WINTER CONDITION.

Mabel Schaffxer.

Rlius L. Small trees, shrubs, or woody vines climbing by
rootlets, with a milky or acrid resinous sap ; pith more or less
cylindrical, often large, white, brown, or yellowish; leaf scars
alternate, not two-ranked; bundle scars several; stipular scars
none; terminal bud present or absent; axillary buds single, not
clustered at the tip of the twig, sometimes surrounded Ijy or hid-
den under the leaf scar; bud scales several; sap of some species
poisonous to most people when touched.

1. Leaf scar surrounding the axillary bud; pith very large, brown;

erect shrubs or small trees. 2.
1. Leaf scar not completely surrounding the axillary bud; pith medium;

erect shrubs, small trees, or woody vines climbing by rootlets. 3.

1. Leaf scar on the short petiole base which covers the axillary bud; pith

small; bark glabrous, aromatic; low, ascending or diffuse shrub.

R. aromatica Ait. Fragrant vSumac.

2. Twigs glabrous, somewhat glaucous. R. glabra L. Smooth Sumac.

2. Twigs velvety-hairy. R. liirta (L.) Sudw. Staghorn Sumac.

3. Bark velvety pubescent, brown; buds short, rounded; erect shrub or

small tree. R. copallina L. Dwarf Sumac.

3. Bark glabrous or nearly so, or if pubescent then with aerial rootlets,

gray or brownish-gray; buds projecting; bark and wood poisonous
to most people when touched. 4.

4. Leaf scars heart-shaped; bundle scars numerous, scattered; erect

shrub or small tree in swamps. R. vcrnix L., Poison Sumac.

4. Leaf scars LT-shaped; bundle scars numerous, scattered or arranged
in a curve; woody vine climljing by aerial rootlets, sometimes
shrubby or tree-like. R. radicaus L. Poison Ivy.

2 94 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 4,

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Ortox Hall, Dec. 5, 1904.

The club was called to order by the president, Mr. Sanders.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and corrected.
The first business to come before the club was the report of the
nominating committee as follows: for president, Prof. J. S. Hine;
for vice president, Miss L. C. Riddle; for secretary-treasurer,
F. M. Surface. On the motion of Prof. Schaffner the secretary
was instructed to cast the unanimous ballot of the club for these
officers. Prof. Hine being absent Miss Riddle took the chair.

The major paper of the evening was by Mr. H. A. Gleason on
the Sand Dunes of Central Illinois. In this region the vegetation
is a coarse bunch grass prairie and scrub oak timber, but it is
developing in the direction of typical Illinois woods and prairie.
Prominent in the physiography are large excavations formed by
the wind and known as blow outs. The flora presents little sim-
ilarity with that of the nearby dunes along Lake Michigan, but
shows a close relationship with the sand-hill region of Nebraska.
In the discussion Prof. Schaffner spoke of the sand hills of Kansas
and Nebraska.

Prof. Hine now took the chair. Prof. Osborn spoke of the
first day's meeting of the Ohio State Academy of Science at
Cleveland. He spoke especially of Prof. Moseley's presidential
address on the ''Formation of Sandusky Bay." Especially
interesting was the account of the formation of Cedar Point.
Other papers presented on the first day were Prof. Halsted's
paper on '"Mathematics in Biology," Prof. Miller's lecture on
''Radium," and in the evening Prof. Herrick's "Bird Studies."

Prof. Landacre then reported the second day's meeting of the
Academy. The scientific papers were presented in the forenoon
and the afternoon was taken for the business session. The mat-
ter of a midwinter meeting wuth the Ohio Educational Societv
was taken up and it was agreed that there should be at least a
round table meeting at that time.

Prof. Hine then reported on the financial condition of the
Ohio Natur.vlist. The Naturalist is upon a firmer basis than
ever before and its prospects for the future are bright.

The following persons were elected to membership: J. F.
Clevenger, C. H. Flory, L. H. Scholl, H. A. Gleason.

The hour being late the president declared the club adjourned
until the first Monday in January after the holiday vacation.

F. M. Surface, Sec.

Date of Publication of Februarv Number Feb. 24, 1905.

c

LU LIBR AR Y -

I'he Ohio ^JSCatiiralist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Uni'versily.

Volume V.

MARCH. 1905.

No. 5.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wacker— Ecological Notes ou Ohio Ptoridoph ytes 295

Flory— Key to tlie Ohio Mapks in the Winter Condition 297

ScHAFFNER— The Classification of Plants, 1 298

ScHAFFNER— Lycopodium porophilum in Ohio , r SOI

Schaffner— The Struggle for Life on a Ceitain Saudl)ar ;!02

Riddle— Notes on the :\rorpht)li my ( )f Philotria o04

Tillman— Ohio Plants with Tendrils 30.3

ScHAFFNER— Key to Ohio Walnuts Based on Twig Characters S07

.Surface— iMeeting of the Biological Clul) 308

ECOLOGICAL NOTES ON OHIO PTERIDOPHYTES.

Alma H. Wacker.

Of the one hundred and nineteen Pteridophytes which Britten
has hsted for the Northeastern United States and of the tw'O
hundred and seventy-two recorded by Underwood for North
America north of Mexico, at least sixty have been found in Ohio.
This number inckides the ferns, horsetails, Lycopods, Selagnellas
and Azolla.

When looking for Pteridophytes it is well to remember that
thev grow under widely diverse conditions; from exposed rocks
and' sandv soil, meadows and rich woods to sw^amps and standing
w-ater

Besides the reproduction by spores other means of propaga-
tion are present in most species. Rhizone propagation is one of
the most commion means. The rhizomes or underground stems
may be upright as in Ophioglossum, or horizontal as in most of
the ordinarv ferns. They may be smooth or scaly, branched or
unl )ranched ; or they may be found creeping upon the ground and
sending roots into the earth as in some of the Lycopods.

In some species vegetative propagation by special gemmse or
brood-buds is present as in Filix bulbifera, wdiile in Lycopodium
hicidulum there are peculiar modified buds. These drop to the
ground and give rise to new^ plants.

A few ferns have leaf propagation; the tip of the leaf takes
root and develops a new plant. This occurs in Camptosorus
rhizophvllus, Asplenium pinnatifidum, A. platy neuron, and X.
ebenoides. There is another kind of propagation which may be

296

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 5,

mentioned here. Nephrolepis exaltata, a cultivated species,
sends out runners, which often take root at the end and thus form
a new plant.

Onlv two of our Pteridophytes are annuals, Selaginella apus
and Azolla caroliniana. The rest are perennial; of these a large
number are evergreen, the aerial portion persisting and remaining
green throughout the winter. The following list includes the
Pteridophytes which belong to the evergreen class:

Polypodiuni vulgare.

polypodioides.
Pellcea atropurpurea.
Asplenivim pinnatifidum.
" ebenoides.

" platyneuron.

" trichonianes.

" ruta-muraria.

montanum.
Caniptosorus rhizophyllus.
Polysticlium acrostichoides.
Dryopteris cristata.

" " clintoniana.

marginalis.
spinulosa.

Classifying the Ohio Pteridophytes according to habitat, we
have the following list:

1. Those growing in wet marshes or swamps with or without

abundant shade.

Botrychium matricaria'folium. Woodwardia virginica.

lanceolatum. Dryopetris noveboracensis.
Osmunda cinnamomea. " cristata.

regalis. " spinulosa intermedia.

clavtoniana. " " dilatata.

Dryopteris spinulosa intermedia

dilatata.
Woodsia obtusa.
Equisetum robustum.
hyemale.
" kevigatum.

" variegatum.

scirpoides.
Lycopodium lucidulum.
inundatum.
" obscurum.

" annotnium.

" clavatum.

pomplaiiatum.
Selag'nella rupestris.

2. Those growing on the

more or less moist:

Ophioglossum vulgatum.
Botrychium matricaritefolium.

lanceolatum.
Adiantum pedatum.
Asplenium platyneuron.
Athyrium thelypteris.

filix-firmina.
Dryopteris noveboracensis.

goldieana.

marginalis.
" spinulosa.

ground in rich woods and thickets

Phegopteris phegopteris.

hexagonoptera.

" dryopteris.

Filix fragilis.
Woodsia obtusa.
Equisetum scirpoides.
Lycopodium luciduluin.
obscurum.

" annotinum.

" clavatum.

" complanatum.

3. Those growing in moist rocky ravines or rocky places are:

Botrvt'liium virginianum. Dryopteris marginalis. - ■

AVoodsia ()l)tusa. As])lenium angvistifolium.

Filix ])ulbifera. Phegojiteris i)liego])leris.
■■ fragilis. " dryopteris.

March, 1905.] Key, Ohio Maples in Winter Condition. 297

4. Those found on rocks either hmestone or sandstone are:

Polypodium vulgare. Asplenium niontanum.
polypodioides. " parvuluni.

Pelkea atropurpurea. Camptosorus rhizophyllus.

Asplenium pinnatifidum. Filix bulbifera.

ebenoides. Woodsia ilvensis.

■ " trichomanes. Selaginella rupestris.

" ruta-muraria.

5. A very few may be found growing in sandy soil. Among

these we find:

Equisetum arvense. Equisetvim sylvaticum.

pratense.

6. The following are found growing under varying conditions

in manv localities:

Botrychium obliquum. Dennstsedtia punctilobula.

dissectum. • Dryopteris thelypteris.

" lunaria. Polystichum acrostichoides.

" virginianum. Asplenium angustifolium.

Onoclea sensibilis. Pteridiuin aquilinum.

Matteucia struthiopteris.

7. In addition to what has been mentioned above, Osmunda
regalis is occasionally found in standing water, and Azolla
caroliniana floating on still water.

KEY TO THE OHIO MAPLES IN THE WINTER CONDITION.

Charles H. Flory.

Acer, L. Trees or shrubs with fibrous roots; twigs slender or
sometimes robust, usually glabrous, green, gray, brown or red, with
or without lenticular corky ridges ; lenticels sometimes prominent ;
pith solid, rather small; leaf scars opposite, contiguous or con-
nected by a ridge, sometimes meeting in a free point, either U or
V shaped ; stipular scars none ; bundle scars 3-5 ; buds short-
stalked or sessile; terminal bud present; lateral buds prominent,
often three side by side; scales either dry or fleshy, glabrous or
pubescent, brown, gray, green or red; bark close or exfoliating,
gray, brown or black; wood light colored, usually hard, heavy,
strong, stiff and tough, of fine texture or frequently wavy
grained; fruit a 2-winged, 2- seeded samara.

1. Twigs green or purplish green, glaucous; axillary buds originally cov-
ered by the petioles; buds hairy, not stalked; leaf scars meeting in
a free point. Acer negundo L Boxelder.

1. Twigs green, brownish, or reddish, with narrow, white, longitudinal
lines; buds large, glabrous, stalked; a shrub or small tree.

Acer peiinsylvanicmn L. Striped Maple.

1. Axillary buds not covered by the petiole base; twigs not striped. 2.

2. Older twigs with prominent, longitudinal, corky ridges; cultivated,

from Europe. Acer campestrc L. English Maple.

2. Twigs without corky ridges. 3.

298 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 5,

3. Terminal buds large, angular, more or less pointed, glabrous except at
the margins of the scales; bud scales very fleshy; twigs robust; not
red. 4.

3. Terminal buds rather small, pointed or obtuse, pubescent, not very

angular; scales dry or if rather fleshy then the twigs red or reddish;
twigs usvially slender. 5.

4. Twigs slender, brownish or grayish, not glaucous; leaf scars meeting

in a free point; buds large, fleshy, slightly greenish to dark red;
outer surface of 4-6 inner scales chestnut brown; cultivated.

Acer platanoidcs L. Norway Maple.

4. Twigs stout, greenish brown to gray, glavicous; leaf scars usually not

contiguous; buds large, fleshy, green or slightly tinged with red;
outer surface of inner scales not chestnut brown; twigs with self-
prvming scars; cultivated.

Acer pseudo-plataniis L. Sycamore I\Iaple.

5. Twigs closely gray pubescent; buds small, evidently stalked; shrubs

or rarely small trees. Acer spicatuni Lam. Mountain Maple.
5. Twigs glabrous; buds short-stalked or sessile; large trees. 6.
0. Buds rounded, robust, fleshy, reddish in color; visible scales 2-S; leaf

scars rarely contiguous; twigs with self-pruning scars. 7.
G. Buds slender, pointed, dry, brownish to brownish gray, sometimes

nearly black at tip; visible scales 6-16; leaf scars contiguous or

nearly so; twigs without self-pruning scars. 8
7. Twigs glabrous, brownish to red; bark gray, falling away in large, thin

flakes on old trees. Acer sacchariiiuin L. Silver Maple.

7. Twigs glabrous, reddish to red ; bark light gray, rough on old trees,

but not falling away in large pieces. Acer rubrtim L. Red Maple.

8. Twigs reddish brown or buff, mostly glossy; buds conical, acute, gray,

pubescent ; limb of leaf scars less prominent because of the absence
of stipules; ridge connecting leaf scars only slightly pubescent;
bark of trunk dark gray or gray, soinewhat spreading.

Acer saccharum Marsh. Sugar IMaple.
8. Twigs greenish to gray bviff, dull; bvids ovoid, conical, often obtuse;
limb of leaf scars inore proininent because of the presence of
stipules; ridge connecting leaf scars prominently pubescent;
lenticels prominent and usually many; Ijark of trunk black, rather
close. Acer )u'gnijii Michx. Black Maple.

THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, I.

John H. Schaffner.

It is the intention of the writer to give from time to time, for
the use of students, a series of notes on the classification of plants.
The disposition made of the plant kingdom will represent the
writer's own views although much has been borrowed from
various sources.

The classification of the plant kingdom should be an expres-
sion of its evolutionary history so far as known or it should at
least be an attempt at such an expression. It should be based
on the doctrine of descent. A natural arrangement should take
account of the progressive advancement of ]jlants from the lowest
to the highest types as well as of the segregation of great branches
or groups and the origin of large numbers of species belonging to
the same general level. In other words, the scheme should

March, 1905.] The ClassificaHon of Plants, I. 299

include the recognition of both vertical and horizontal develop-
ments. In a general way the morphological characters which
represent the progress from unicellular to the most complex mul-
ticellular forms are of very great importance in placing any group
of organisms in the scale. But of still greater importance is the
character of the life cycle.

If all tvpes of plants evolved m the past had remained to the
present dav, it would be possible to devise a scheme which would
show the natural relationships of all species and larger groups by
verv close connecting links. But in the evolutionary process
plants passed through critical stages where it was hardly possible
for them to tarrv. The species must either remain below the
critical condition or else advance farther in order to meet the
requirements of the newly acquired structures, habits, or func-
tions. The changing conditions of the earth's surface have had
a profound effect as well as the mere fact of a great diversity of
conditions. One of the most important factors in the problem
of classification arises out of the changing environments to which
plants were subjected during the geological history of the earth.
In finding a basis for the determination of evolutionary advance-
ment or retrogression, therefore, the ecological factor also be-
comes one of great importance. The change of functions and
activities in passing from one set of conditions to another is some-
times considerable. As one would expect, then, there are breaks
in the continuitv of plant groups and these breaks frequently
mark the transition to life in a dift'erent environment.

There are two very important gaps which divide the entire
plant kingdom, as we have it at present, into three distinct
groups. Each succeeding group is in all essentials more highly
developed than the preceding and shows no very close relation-
ship to it, the intermediate forms having been lost. These three
groups may be called series and we can then say that the plant
kingdom is divided into three series.

The first great hiatus occurs at the point where plants adapted
to a water habitat passed out to aerial conditions. It represents
the grand transition from water to aerial moist ground plants.
This transition must, however, not be confused with those cases
where plants having a body adapted to a water condition, typ-
icallv filamentous in form, merely changed sufficiently to endure
an aerial habitat.

The second great hiatus marks the boundary line between
those plants, on the one hand, which are still dependent on con-
siderable moisture for one generation and on the presence of free
water to accomplish fertilization and the plants, on the other
hand, which have been practically weaned from the necessity of
free water during any period of their life cycle. In these highest

300 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 5,

dryland plants the water taken from the soil into the bodv of the
plant is sufficient for carrying on all the essential processes of life.

From certain morphological characteristics the three great
groups or series have been called Thallopiiyta, Archegoniata,
and Spermatophyta, or in English, Thallophytes, Archegoniates,
and Spermatophytes or Seed Plants. It must not be supposed,
however, that all plants live in the habitat to which thev seem to
have been adapted originally. The great inajorit}' of Thallo-
phytes now live in the air, many Archegoniates are found in verv
dry places, while great numbers of Seed Plants have returned to
the water.

The general progress of the history of the earth's surface has
been from an aqueous condition to a dry land condition. Plants
originated in the water and since islands and continents arose
from the primordial ocean they have been stranded on the shores
and crowded from water to aerial conditions bv the clrving of
swamps and seas. When drier conditions began to prevail on
the enlarging islands and continents, the lack of free water was
met by the development of seeds. The progressive advance-
ment of the general mass of the plant kingdom has plainlv been
along the lines of the earth's physiographic history. It must not
be concluded however, that the evolution of plants was entirely
or even to a considerable extent due to environment but only
that the evolutionary process has kept pace with physiographic
changes on the earth. The evolutionary processes are primarilv
the result of protoplasmic properties and functions. Organisms
in the past were as well adapted to live in their environment as
organisms are at present ; and from a geological point of view it
becomes evident that evolution has been making its wav through
the conditions of environment from the beginning. Generalized
or archaic types are usually as rare in fossil groups as among liv-
ing forms. As for example in various groups of gymnos])erms,
the first known forms are as highly specialized as an)- which
come later. It is probably safe to say that the conditions of
environment may and do act as determinative factors in the
evoltxtionary process but they are not the cause of the process.

The three series of plants may be characterized as folloAvs:

A. TiiALLOPHYTA. Thallophvtes. GO,()()t) known living species.

The lowest plants; typically water plants but the majority now with-
out chlorophyll and living as parasites or saprophytes in aerial conditions;
plant body a thallus, unicellular, coenobioid, or multicellular, usually tila-
mentous, very minute to gigantic in size; all gradations from the lowest
nonsexual plants to plants with complete se.xuality and often with an
alternation of generations but the sporophyte or nonsexual generation
always small and not typically deveU)pcd, the gametophyte l)cing the
plant; oospherc when present never produced in an archegonium but in a
simple oogonium.

March, 1S05.] Lycopodium porophilum in Ohio. 301

B. Archegoniata. Archegoniatcs. 15,000 known living species.

The intermediate plants; normally aerial plants but moisture-loving;
always with an alternation of generations, the gametophyte compara-
tively large and often hermaphrodite in the lower forms but minute and
always unisexual in the highest; the sporophyte small and without vas-
cular tissue and permanently parasitic in the lower forms but large and
witli vascular tissue and becoming independent when mature in the
higher; either homosporous or hetei-osporous, eusporangiate or leptospo-
rangiate, never seed-producing; growing point commonly with a definite,
two- or three-sided apical cell; stems sometimes having secondary thick-
ening bv means of a more or less perfect cambium or by division in the
cortical' cells; oosphere produced in an ovary of definite character called
an archegonium and always cutting off a ventral canal cell; fertilization
asiphonogamic, the spermatozoids swimming through water.

C. Spermatophyta. Seed Plants. 125,000 known living species.

The highest plants; normally dry land plants; always with an alter-
nation of generations; sporophyte large, heterosporous and eusporangiate,
the spores not discharged; the gametophytes usually minute, developing
in the sporangia and thus parasitic on the sporophyte; female gameto-
phyte, with an archegonium which develops an oosphere and ventral
canal cell or with only a rudimentary ovary, retained permanenth^ in the
megasporangium (ovule) ; male gametophytes (pollengrains) at length
discharged from the microsporangivmi (pollensac) but having a second
period of parasitic growth by the formation of a pollentube, hence fertili-
zation always siphonogamic ; male cells usually nonciliated but in the
lowest classes developing into multiciliate, motile spermatozoids; plants
producing seeds, the sporophyte embryo passing into a resting stage inter-
vening between its intra- and extra-seminal development; stems without
true apical cells, but more commonly with a cambium zone from which
secondary thickening takes place.

LYCOPODIUM POROPHILUM IN OHIO.

John H, Schaffxer.

The Rock Lycopod, Lycopodium porophiluui Lloyd and
Underw., is a plant holding an intermediate position between L.
selago L. and L. lucidulum Mx. In examining some of my herba-
rium material recently I recognized a fine specimen of this species,
which Mr. O. E. Jennings had collected for me for class use over
a vear ago. The collection was made near Lancaster, Fairfield
Co. It probably has a considerable range in the state and should
be looked for wherever sandstone cliffs abound. It has a rather
stiff appearance and can be easily recognized form the descrip-
tion as given in Britton's Manual. The prostrate portion of the
stem is short and has abundant roots. After several dicho-
tomous branchings the vertical stems form a rather dense tuft
6 — 12 cm. high. The plant has abundant brood buds. The
leaves are nearly linear, acitminate, and nearly entire. They are
considerably smaller than those of L. hicidiiluiii and differ froi
L. selago in having the bases flattened.

UJ L I B R A R Y

302

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 5,

THE STRUGGLE FOR LIFE ON A CERTAIN SANDBAR.

JOHX H. SCHAFFXER.

In the year 1900, the RepubHcan River which flows through
Clay County, Kansas, was very low for a long tiine. This gave
an opportunity for the development of a thick growth of vege-
tation on the wide sandbars common along this stream.

The writer was much impressed by the remarkable develop-
ment of young trees on some of these bars and made a careful
study of one of them to ascertain what seedlings were growing
under the conditions present. The picture given below (Fig. 1)

i!L:i-.

was taken from near the water's edge and shows the river bank
in the background, covered with a solid belt of the Sandbar Wil-
low (Salix fluviatilis Nutt.) This bar had been nearly barren
the previous year but now it was covered with little trees. The
only seedlings present, except here and there some herbaceous
plant, were Cottonwoods (Populus deltoides Marsh.), Peachleaf
Willows (Salix amygdaloides And.), and Sandbar Willows (Salix
fluviatilis Nutt.) In some places the three species were about
equally mixed, in others nearly all of the plantlets were of a single
species. Near the outer margin where there was a thinner stand,
as shown in the foreground of the picture, eighty Cottonwood
plants from twelve to eighteen inches high were counted per
square foot. But among these eighty survivors were numerous

March, 1905.] Struggle for Life on a Sandbar. 3°3

smaller dead and decaying individuals. Going a little farther
toward the centre of the field, two hundred plants (Cottonwoods,
Peachleaf Willows, and Sandbar Willows) were counted on an
accurately measvired square foot! Many, however, were losing
in the struggle for space and light and were either sickly in
appearance or in a dying condition. A few were already dead.
The smaller ones were hopelessly shaded. A great destruction
was taking place among these immature or juvenile individuals
long before the normal conditions of adult life were possible.
All had apparently sprouted at about the same time and the
struggle for existence was among more or less similar individuals
of a very few species. These possessed the ground so completely
that there was practically no opportunity for an intruder to gain
a foothold at this stage of the process.

But suppose that this society were to continue its develop-
ment for a number of years or until the trees had grown to
maturity. In three years there would be abotit one tree for each
square foot. Such examples are numerous on old sandbars. Of
the two hundred plants one hundred and ninety-nine would have
no room and must inevitably perish. But in this way space is
again made available for other plants to sprout among the sur-
vivors. Thus the original struggle among those of like nature
makes an opportunity for plants of other species to invade the
territory. Some of these can endure the shade and other
imposed conditions already present and the result is more and
more of a mixed society. The struggle for life is now between
diverse species under all gradations of favorable and unfavorable
conditions. The struggle among the original possessors of the
soil is, however, not yet at an end. As the trees grow larger more
and more must give way to their more powerful or fortunate
neighbors. In twenty-five years there would be at most but one
large Cottonwood or Willow for each fiftv square feet. Nine
thousand nine hundred and ninetv-nine little Cottonwoods and
Willows will have been over-reached and over-shadowed and the
one solitary giant will stand as the sole survivor of a conquered
multitude.

Not a single plant of this particular society, however, was
thus fortunate. For two years later a high flood washed over
the entire bar and removed everv vestige of the thriving young
plant society. Accidental destruction put an end to the process
of the elimination of the unfit. At present the struggle for
existence is again going on as vigorouslv among the members of
a new society as it did among those which had occupied the soil
before ; and it is evident that without the destruction of the pre-
vious society the later generation would not even have had an
opportunity to try the experiment of the juvenile stage.

304 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 5,

NOTES ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF PHILOTRIA.

LuMiXA C. Riddle.

The studv of Philotria canadensis', was begun bv the writer in
July, 1902, with the expectation of making a careful investiga-
tion of its morphological characters.

On account of difficulty in obtaining a complete series the
work was delayed and in the meantime a preliminary report on
the same subject was presented at the St. Louis meeting of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science by R. B.
Wylie and later the paper was printed in full, Bot. Gaz. 37: 1-22.
So carefully has he worked out nearly every detail that there
seems little to add to the subject except in the way of verifica-
tion. Yet it is thought advisable to make a note of some of the
most important points.

Material for study was collected from Sandusky Bay, Lake
Erie where the plant grows more or less abundantly but blooms
rather uncertainly. None of the material obtained gave satis-
factory stages beyond fertilization. The staminate flowers were
found on the opposite side of the Bay from the carpellate colony.

The staminate flowers were uniformly of nine extrorse bi-
sporangiate stamens, the three center ones being more or less
united by the filaments and in some cases these extended above
so as to form a resemblance to a stigma. Staminodia were found
also in the carpellate flowers, but these showed no traces of
sporangia.

Measurements of flowers which gave the archesporial cell
stage were about 4 mm. long. Opened flowers varied in length
according to the distance of the stem at their origin from the sur-
face of the water. The average length was about 100 mm. or
4 inches.

The single archesporial cell cuts oft' one parietal cell usually.
The primary sporogenous cell is always much the larger and
divides into four megaspores the lowest being the functional one.
The upper one was often quite long and was usually the last to
succumVj to the rapidly enlarging embryo sac. The widening of
the embr\'o sac was great in onlv one plane and was not very
marked when sections were cut at right angles to that plane.
The pouch-like form of the antipodal region was very noticeable.
Miss Burr found a similar pouch in \'allisneria, Ohio Nat. 4: 439-
443. In everv case three pale vcscicular nuclei could be found
deep in the pouch. In some cases a large brightly stained nucleus
was found just above the antipodals but careful examination
showed that it was either the lower polar nucleus in a typical
eight celled embryo sac or else the evidence was that there had
been a division of the definitive nucleus and one of the first

March, 1905.] Ohio Plants uith Tendrils. 3°5

daughter nuclei had travelled to the antipodal region just as
Schaffner finds to be the case in Sagittaria, Bot. Gaz. 23: 252-
272, and Miss Burr in Vallisneria. In the case of Philotria how-
ever, no definite wall was found cutting this nucleus off from the
rest of the embryo sac. While Wylie seems to indicate in PI. 11.
figs. 35-36 that there is fusion of the second sperm nucleus with
the definitive nucleus it seems difficult to account for the extra
nucleus in the antipodal region unless there had already been a
division of the defiinitve nucleus or the polar nuclei had failed to
conjugate, for in the slides which the writer examined the polar
nuclei were in close contact long before fertilization and the
antipodals were too vescicular to indicate the possibility of any
further activity.

The synergidcc stained quite characteristically so that they
were easily distinguished from the other nuclei in the embryo sac.

The pollen grains showed distinctly the tube nucleus and the
crescentic sperm nuclei connected bv a slender filament of cyto-
plasm while the four members of the tetrad still remained in close
contact.

OHIO PLANTS WITH TENDRILS.

Opal I. Tillmax.

Tendril plants are for the greater part, plants of the tropics,
where the vegetation is so dense that the plants have developed
such organs bv means of which thev are brought to a more favor-
able position with respect to light. The tendrils attach them-
selves to supports and thus bring the plant to an upright position
or aid it in climbing over various objects. In the different species
the tendrils morphologically represent different parts of the plant
and this furnishes a basis of classification. Some tendrils attach
themselves by twining entirely around the support, others as the
Virginia Creeper, attach themselves by means of little discs with
adhesive surfaces developed at the tips of the tendril. The
tendril usually grows straight until the tip touches some object
of support around which it hooks to sectire a firm hold, then it
shortens usually by coiling in a double spiral.

All tendril plants may be divided into two main divisions:
first the leaf climbers, and second the shoot or branch climbers.
Each of these main divisions may be subdivided depending upon
the degree of development.

In the leaf tendrils the entire leaf, terminal leaflet, petiole, or
petiolule or other parts may be modified into the tendril. There
are five families in Ohio which have plants belonging to this
group with twenty-three species.

In the Smilace.-e the two tendrils are located on either side
of the base of the petiole, which presists, the blade being cast oft'

3o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 5,

bevond the tendril. They are simple and coil in the usual man-
ner. In case of Smilax bona-nox there is a decided widening at
the base of the tendril; S. ecirrhata is usually without tendrils.
The following greenbriers occur in Ohio:

1. Smilax herbacea L. .3. Smilax hispicia Muhl.

2. " ecirrhata (Engelm) Wats. 6. " pseudo-China L.

3. " glauca Walt. 7. " bona-nox L.

4. " rotundifolia L.

In our Raxun'CULace.-e the leaves are the climbing organs,
the petiole or petiolule is the sensitive part. In Clematis virgin-
iana there are cases showing the transition from leaf to tendril.
The leaflets drop off and leave the petiole presistent. There are
two species in Ohio:
8. Clematis virginiana L. 9. Clennatis viorna L.

One of the Papaverace.^ has modified leaves which act as
tendrils. The petiolule is the sensitive part. The leaflets are very
much reduced often .showing a transition from ordinary leaf
parts to tendril. Our species is:

10. Adlumia fungosa (Ait) Greene.

The Fabace.^ which have tendrils belong to the pea tribe,
Vicieae. The ends of the leaves develop into tendrils which have
from two to five branches, except Lathyrus ochroleucus in which
the tendril is simple. The Ohio species are:

11. Vicia cracca L. 17. Vicia angustifolia Roth.

12. " amerlcana Muhl. 18. Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel.

13. " Carolina Walt. 19. " venosus Muhl.

14. " tetrasperma (L.) Mtjench. 20. " palustris L.

1.5. " hirsuta (L.) Koch. 21. " myrtifolius Muhl.

10. " sativa (L.) 22. " ochroleucus Hook.

In our species belonging to the Bigngniace.^ there are two
leaflets and one branched tendril coming from the end of the
presistent petiole.

23. Bignonia crucigei-a L.

The twig or shoot tendrils may represent ordinary branches
or modified parts of a flower cluster and as in the leaf tendrils
they may be either simple or branched. In Ohio are found four
families with seventeen species belonging to this division or group.

In the climbing Sapixdace.-e two tendrils occur at the
base of the flower cluster. Our onlv species is the introduced:

24. Cardiospermum halicacabum L.

In the ViTACE.^ the tendrils appear on the twig opposite the
leaf. They are usuallv branched several times. In some cases
one of the branches of the tendril develops a rudimentary bunch
of grapes, or there may be a well developed l)unch of grapes with
a rudimentary tendril. In Ampelopsis cordata and most other
species of this family every third leaf node is without a tendril.
The Ohio s])ecies are:

March, 1905,] Key to Ohio Walnuts. 3°7

25. Vitis labrusca L. 29. Vitis cordifolia Michx.

26. " aestivalis Michx. 30. Ampelopsis cordata Michx.

27. "* bicolor Le Conte. 31. Parthenocissus quinquefolia

28. " vulpina L. (L.) Planch.

In our species belonging to the Passiflorace,^ there is a
single unbranched tendril coming from the axil of the leaf. It
coils in the usual manner.

32. Passiflora lutea L.

The tendrils in the Cucurbitace.« represent modified shoots;
part of the tendril being stem and part leaf. They are from two
to five branched, all the branches coming from the same point.
Thev usually appear beside the leaf. The Ohio species are:

33. M'crampelis lobata (Michx) 37. Cucurbita maxima L.
Greene. 38. Citrulkis citrullns (L.) Karst.

34. Sicyos angulatus L. 39. Cticumis melo L.

35. Cucurbita pepo L. 40. " sativus L.

36. '■ pepo ovifera L.

KEY TO OHIO WALNUTS BASED ON TWIG CHARACTERS.

JOHX H. SCHAFFXER.

Juglaiis L. Trees with valuable often very dark-colored
wood, spreading branches, and fragrant bark; twigs with terminal
buds and superposed axillary buds and with dark brown bark;
leaf scars alternate, large, heart-shaped, not 2-ranked; btmdle
scars 3 or in 3 areas ; stipular scars none ; end of twig often show-
ing a self-pruning scar caused by the falling away of the car-
pellate peduncle; pith diaphragmed, with cavities.

1. Bark of twigs very pubescent. 2.

1. Bark of twigs glabrous; terminal bud and most of the lateral buds

hemispheric or very short-pointed, but some may be cone-shaped;
cultivated. /. regia L. English Walnut

2. Axil of leaf scar with a hairy cushion below the buds; terminal bud

light-colored, usually truncate, with long scales; lateral buds
usvially spher.'cal. /. cincrca L. Butternut

2. Axil of leaf scar without a hairy cushion; terminal bud dark-colcred,
usually pointed, with short scales; lateral buds ovoid-conic.

/. nigra L. Black Walnut

The Nature Study Review, published in New York under the
editorship of Prof. M. E. Bigelow of Columbia and with a very
distinguished list of associates is undertaking to develop the nature
study movement along lines which will doubtless command
the support of the better class of naturalists.

There has been of late years so much of a tendency to run the
nature study idea into such extremely popular and superficial
lines that the real purpose and intent of the originators has been
endangered. That there is abundant place for every agency
that will tend to extend the knowledge of nature while at the

^&^

3oS The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 5,

same time avoiding the running of nature study into a mere fad
of nature romance, will doubtless be agreed by all true
naturalists.

Readers of the Naturalist will find much of interest in the
numbers of the Review so far published and doubtless future
numbers will be of equal interest and value. H. O.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Jan. 9, 1905

The meeting was called to order by the Vice-President, Miss
Riddle. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved. The first speaker of the evening was Prof. W. C.
Mills, whose subject was ' 'The Ainu of Japan." Prof. Mills came
into personal contact with the Ainu at the St. Louis Exposition,
and was able to illustrate his talk with several photographs and
with specimens of their handiwork. The Ainu are one of the
primitive peoples of Japan and at present inhabit the northern
islands, principally Yezo. At present there are about 17,000
Ainu and about 9()0,000 Japanese on this island. The nine Ainu
who were brought to Sf. Louis were the first to leave their native
land in 1400 years. The men all wear long l)eards and the
women tattoo their faces to represent a beard. This tattooing
is begun at abovit the age of nine and is done by cutthig the flesh
and rubbing in the wounds soot from the bottom of their cooking
vessels. The average height of the men is about 5 ft. 4 in.
Their eves are horizontal ; the skin is white, and their features
resemble those of many of the white races of Europe. The
women weave a kind of cloth called Artus, made from the fibers
of the Elm and from this they make much of their clothing. This
clothing is usually decorated with certain entirely original, spiral
patterns. Their religious customs are very peculiar. The bear
plays an important part in their religion and the bear hunt and
feast is one of their singular customs.

Prof. Osborn then gave an account of the recent meeting of
the American Association for the Advancement of Science and of
some of its affiliated societies. Prof. Lazenby also spoke of some
of the afiiliated societies, especially the Society of Agriculturists
and the Society of Horticulturists.

Prof. Landacre gave a short account of the meeting of the
Ohio Educational Society and the mid-winter meeting of the
Ohio Academy.

On the motion of Prof. Schaftner the following were elected
to membership: .E. C. Cotton, G. F. Lamb, J. P. Pratt and T. P.
White.

The club then adjourned until the first Monday in February.

F. M. Surface, Secretary.

Date of Publication of March Number, March 23, 1905.

The Ohio ^JSCaturali

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State University,
Volume V. APRIL, 1905. No. 6.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Williamson— Oilonata, Astacidae and Unionidae Colleet^^d Along the Rockeastk' River

at Livingston, Iveiitiicky 309

Claassen— Key to the Liverworts Recognized in tlie Sixtli Edition of Gray's Manual

of Botany 312

Smith— Key to the Ohio Elms in the Winter Condition 315

Gleason— Notes from the Ohio State Herbarium. Ill 316

Riddle— Development of the Embryo Sac and Emliryo of Stapliylea trifoliata 320

YoKK— A New Aspidiotus from Aesculus glaijra 325

Landacre — The Rate of Growth in Epistylis flavicans 327

Surface— Meeting of the Biological Clul) 329

ODONATA, ASTACIDAE AND UNIONIDAE COLLECTED

ALONG THE ROCKCASTLE RIVER AT

LIVINGSTON, KENTUCKY.

E. B. Williamson.

The few following records of two days collecting in Rock-
castle County, Kentucky, near the headwaters of the Cumberland
River on June 23 and 24, 1904, may be of interest. Since col-
lecting along the Cumberland at Nashville, Tennessee, I have
been desirous of following the same river among the hills of
eastern Kentucky where I expected to find the Rockcastle a
rapid mountain stream with waterfalls, deep pools and long,
swift rapids. Such is far from its nature. Its bed in the soft
rocks is nearly made and, resting from former labors, the stream
flows so slowdy under the overhanging branches of birch trees
that its motion is almost imperceptible. Shaded bv trees and
hills, steep-banked, cold and motionless, it offers few of those
attractions to dragonflies which I had hoped ot find. There are
no gorges and only an occasional low, short ripple (locally shoal)
relieves the monotony of long stretches of canal like tranquilitv.
The perfume of flowering laurels on the verdure-clothed banks
saturate an atmosphere in which sound and motion would be as
sacrilegious as in the chamber of death. Doubtless at seasons
there is greater activity. On the dates above mentioned (June
23 and 24) only nine species of dragonflies were taken. I believe
collecting three weeks earlier would have revealed a greater
number of species and individuals, and possibly a great many
Gomphines might have been found at the ripples at this time.

3IO The Ohio Naturalist. [Vo]. V, No. 6,

DRAGONFLIES.

1. Calopteryx angustipennis. Not rare, frequenting willow-
herb at ripples. This species was taken by Mr. Chas. Dury along
Little Blue River, Crawford County, Indiana, May 27, 1904.
This lost species, rediscovered in L899 in Pennsylvania and Ohio,
seems to have unaccountably escaped collectors for a long period.

2. Argia tibialis. This species was found abundantly along
Sycamore Creek, a tributary of the Cumberland, near Nashville,
Tenn., during the spring of 19(U.

3. Enallagma exsulaiis. This is the river Enallagma of the
Ohio River system.

4. Progomphus obscurus. This common gomphine was not
rare along the Rockcastle.

5. DroHiogoitiphus spinosus. What has been said of Progom-
phus obscurus applies to this species.

6. Gomphus dilatatus. Two males, resting on boulders in mid-
stream in a ripple, were taken.

7. Lanthus albistylus. Observed in the afternoon resting on
boulders and pebbles about a wide slow ripple. The nymph,
described by Hagen from Kentucky as possibly Tachopteryx
thoreyi and referred by Needham to Lanthus parvulus, in all
probability is this species.

8. Hagenius brevistylus. Recently emerged individuals of
both sexes were taken.

9. Macronu'a illinoiensis. Several males taken flying along
the river.

CRAYFISHES FROM KENTUCKY.

Notes and determinations by Dr. A. E. Ortmann.

1. Cambarus bartoni (F.) 3 males (second form), 1 female.
Rostrum more tapering and narrower than in typical specimens
from eastern Pennsylvania; but a similar form of rostrum is
found in (chiefly young) individuals from western Pennsylvania.
Tubercles of inner margin of hand more strongly developed, with
slight indications of a second row.

Small streams tribuatry to Rockcastle River, Livingston,
Rock Castle Co., Ky. E. B. Williamson.

2. Cambarus extraneus Hag. 2 males (second form), 2
females. Hagen, 111. Cat. Mus. Harvard. 3. 1870 p. 73. Faxon,
Mem. Mus. Harvard. 10. 1885 p. 84. Faxon, Pr. U. S. Mus. 20.
1898 p. 050.

Areola slightly longer than half of anterior section of cara-
pace; fingers of chelae elongated (characters of girardianus).
Lateral spine of carapace well developed ; external orbital spine
comparatively small; distal upper end of meropodite of cheliped
with two spines (in one specimen with three, the third anterior
to the others, and small).

April, 1905.] Odonata, Astacidae and Unionidae. 311

The specimens thus agree apparently with those mentioned
by Faxon (1S9S) from Big Cahawba River, central Alabama,
(Alabama River drainage), which are said to be intermediate
bewteen extranens and girardiamis. The typical extraneus is
reported from Etowah River, Rome, Floyd Co., Ga. (Alabama
River drainage) ; the var. girardianus Fax. is known from
Cypress Creek, Lauderdale Co., Ala., and from Eastanaula Creek,
near Athens, McMinn Co., Tenn. (both belonging to the Tennes-
see River drainage). The new locality belongs to the Cumber-
land River, and it is remarkable that instead of finding here
girardianus, we have a transitional form, which rather resembles
extraneus.

Rock Castle River, Livingston, Rock Castle Co., Ky. E. B.
Williamson.

3. Cambarus piitnaini Fax. 2 males (second form), 1
female. Agree well with description. This species is positively
known from the following localities only: Kentucky, Grayson
Springs, Grayson Co.; Green River, near Mammoth Cave;
Cumberland Gap.

Rock Castle River, Livingston, Rock Castle Co., Ky. E. B.
Williamson.

FRESH-WATER MUSSELS.

My specimens were kindly determined by Dr. Dall and a
complete set has been placed in the National Museum. The
following arrangement and nomenclature are those of Simpson's
Synopsis from which work I have copied the distribution of each
species.

1. Lampsilis ventricosus Barnes. Entire Mississippi drain-
age; St. Lawrence system; Nelson River and tributaries.

2. Lampsilis multiradiatus Lea. Entire Ohio River drain-
age; southern Michigan.

3. Lampsilis taeniatus Conrad. Tennessee and Cumberland
River systems.

4. Lampsilis rectus Lamarck. Entire Mississippi drainage;
Alabama River drainage ; Red River of the North ; St. Lawrence
system.

5. Lampsilis trabalis Conrad. Kentucky and streams of
Tennessee; Clinch River, Virginia.

(3. Lampsilis glaus Lea. Ohio River drainage; Warsaw,
Indiana; (probably St. Lawrence drainage) southern Michigan;
W^hite River, Carroll County, Arkansas.

7. Medionidus acutissimus Lea. Alabama River system.

8. Medionidus subtentus Say. Tennessee and Cumberland
River systems.

9. Tritogonia tuberculata Barnes. Mississippi drainage gen-
erally ; streams falling into the Gulf of Mexico from the Alabama
system west to Central Texas.

312 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 6,

10. Ptychohranchus phaseolus Hildreth. Ohio, Tennessee and
Cumberland River systems; peninsula of Michigan; Kansas;
Arkansas; Indian Territory; Louisiana.

11. Strophitus edentulus Say. Entire Mississippi drainage;
St. Lawrence system and south in streams draining into the
Atlantic to North Carolina; north in the British possessions to
Lake Winnipeg ; southwest to central Texas ; Tyner, Alabama.

12. Pegias jabula Lea. Cumberland and Tennessee river
systems.

i;3. Alasmidonta t nut cat a B. H. Wright. Upper Mississippi
drainage; Ohio, Cumberland and Tennessee River systems;
Michigan; Upper St. Lawrence drainage.

1-1. Unio gibbosus Barnes. Entire Missippissi drainage; St.
Lawrence and its tributaries; Alabama River system; southeast
into Florida; southwest to the Guadalupe River, Texas.

15. Pleurabema clava Lamarck. Ohio, Cumberland and
Tennessee River systems.

16. Quadrula coccinea Conrad. Entire upper Mississippi
drainage ; St. Lawrence basin in various localities.

KEY TO THE LIVERWORTS RECOGNIZED IN THE SIXTH
EDITION OF GRAY'S MANUAL OF BOTANY.

Edo Cl.\assex.

This key was prepared for the purpose of making the work of
determining the liverworts described in Gray's Manual more
easy than it has been heretofore. Other characters have been
added to the description of the perianth, here and there, that in
case the perianth is wanting, it may be possible to find the name
of the genus of the specimen in hand.

In the archegonial "fiow^er" of the foliose liverworts the ped-
icel together with the capsule is usually surrounded by three
envelopes — the involucre, the perianth, and the calyptra.

The external envelope, called the involucre, is formed by the
uppermost Reaves which surround the base of the perianth. They
usually differ from the lower leaves by their size and shape and
are sometimes more or less connate with the perianth.

The perianth, surrounded by the involucral leaves, is a sac-
like envelope of oval or cylindrical form. It may be compressed
or angular, smooth or folded and its orifice may be either entire
or lobed, dentate or ciliate. Although usually present it is want-
ing in Gymnomitrium and most of the frondose liverworts.

After fertilization the ca])sule is formed in the interior of the
archegonium and while develo])ing ru])tures the upper part of
the same by the lengthening of its pedicel. The archegonium

April, 1905.] Key to Liverworts. 313

thus modified and remaining at the bottom of the perianth rep-
resents the calyptra. It is soft and hyahne and in most cases
shorter than the perianth and not connate with it.

It may be added that any suggestions in regard to the
improvement of this key wiU be thankfuhy received.

Ah hverworts are usuaUy divided into two artificial groups,
the fohose and frondose, which are then subdivided as follows:

Plant-body a leafy axis (Jungermanniaceae). 1
Plant-body a thallus. 30.

1. Leaves incubous. 2.
Leaves succubons. 13.

2. Leaves coniplicate-bilobed or with a small lower lobe. 3.
Leaves not complicate-bilobed or with a small lower lobe. 7.

3. Lower lobe incurved-ventricose or saccate, seldom expanded. 4.
Lower lobe quadrate or roundish. (3.

4. Lower lobe incurved, more or less ventricose. Lcjcimia.
Lower lobe saccate, seldom expanded. 5.

5. Branches intra-axillary, the leaves on either side free. Fridlania.
Branches lateral, a basal leaf borne partly on the stem, partly on

the branch. Jnbiila.

6. Lower leaf-lobe c^uadrate. Raditla.
Lower leaf-lobe roundish. Porclla.

7. Leaf-divisions numerous and capillary. 8.
Leaf-divisions not numerous and capillary. 9.

8. Leaves bilobed, lobes subdivided and with ciliate margins. Perianth

present, terminating short branches, sinooth, obovate, mouth
connivent, plicate-denticulate. Ptilidiuni.
Leaves 4-o-divided', divisions setaceously multifid and fringed.
Perianth none or rather forming together with the calyptra and
involucre a terminal or axillary, f.eshy and hairy torus.

Trichocolca.

9. Leaves deeply bilobed and 3-ranked (unclerleaves being similar- to

leaves. Hcrbcrta.
Leaves not bilobed and 3-ranked. 10.

10. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse) or 2-3-toothed. 11.
Leaves 2-4-cleft or parted. 12.

11. Leaves entire (soinetimes retuse). Kantia.
Leaves 2-3-toothed. Bazzania.

12. Leaves 3-(or seldom 4) parted; divisions capillary, formed by one

row of cells. Blepharostoma.
Leaves palmately 2-4-cleft or -parted; divisions formed by more
than one row of cells. Lepidozia.

13. Capsule opening irregularly into 4 irregular or dentate valves; plant-

body pseudofoliaceous. Fossombronia.
Capsule opening regularly into 4 regular valves; plant body foli-
aceous. 14.

14. Perianth absent; leaves closely imbricate and 2-ranked on short

julaceous stems. Gymnomitriimi.
Perianth present. 15.

15. Perianth connate to the middle or more with the involucral leaves. 16.
Perianth free or connate with calyptra. 17.

Ifj. Perianth connate to near the summit; leaves complicate-bilobed.

Marstipclla.

Perianth connate to the middle; leaves entire or nearly so. Xardia.

17. Perianth pendant, saccate; leaves bilobed, extending horizontally

and at right angles from the stem; underleaves 2-cleft. Geocalyx.

Perianth upright ; underleaves none or ovate-lanceolate or 2-4-cleft. 18.

314 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6,

IF. Leaves complicate-liiloljed. 19.

Leaves not complicate-bilobed. 20.
If. Perianth oval, scarcely or not compressed, plicate; mouth denticu-
late. Diplophyllnm.
Perianth dorsally compressed, mouth truncate, bilabiate, decurved.

Scapania.

20. LTnderleaves present (Plagiochila and Cephalozia mav be sought

here). 21.
L^nderleaves none or usually none. (Odontoschisma may be sought
here). 20.

21. Leaves bilobed, bidentate or emarginate. 22.
Leaves entire (sometimes retuse). 25.

22. Leaves emarginate; perianth connate with the calyptra. Harpanthus.
Leaves bilobed or bidentate; perianth free. 23.

23. Underkaves 2-4-cleft or parted. Lophocolca.
Underleaves entire or nearly so. 24.

24. Involucral leaves 2, connate at base, entire. Stems without runners.

Leaf-cells roundish, 5-7-angular, cell walls much thickened, each
cell appearing as if surrounded by about 6 smaller, 3 (or more)-
angular ones. Mylia.
Involucral leaves 3-ranked, bifid or bilobed. Stems with runners.
Leaf cells round, surrounded by much thickened walls.

Odontoschisma.

25. Underleaves 2-4-parted. Chiloscypkus.
Underleaves subulate, fugacious. Jvingermatiivia.

26. Leaves bifid or bilobed. 27.

Leaves entire (sometimes retuse) or spinulose-dentate. 28.

27. Perianth triangular .prismatic, the contracted mouth dentate.

Cephalozia.
Perianth oval-oblong, plicate, mouth denticulate. J ungerwiannia.

28. Leaves entire (sometimes retuse). 29.

Leaves spuinlose-dentate, rarely entire, the dorsal margin reflexed;
perianth compressed. Plagiochila.

29. Perianth cylindrical, wider above, truncate, depressed, with orifice

prominently umbilicate, ciliolate. Liochlaena.
Perianth compressed or terete, usually carinate, mouth entire or
toothed. Jiuigcrmannia.

30. Capsule splitting into 4 regular valves (Jungermanniaceae). 31.
Capsule not splitting into 4 regular valves. 35.

31. Thallus with distinct costa. 32.
Thallus with indistinct costa or none. 34.

32. Thallus villous throughout or hairy (ciliate) on marign and midrib

beneath. Metzgcria.
Thallus smooth. 33.

33. Perianth long tubular; thallus mostly simple with sinuate or undulate

margins, transparent, without inside cavities. Pallavicinia.
Perianth none; thallus dichotoinous or radiate with pinnatifid mar-
gins, opaque, with inside cavities filled with green cells. Blasia.

34. Thallus mostly simple or forked, with thick margin. Sporogonium

rising from the underside near margin. Elaters persistent on tip
of valves. Aneura.
Thallus mostly palmatifid or pinnately lobed with thin margin (one
layer of cells). Sporogf)nium rising from tlie up])er surface.
Elaters persistent in the centre of the ca])sule. Pcllia.

35. Capsules solitary, more or less perfectly 2-valved (sometimes rup-

turing irregularly), linear (Anthocerotaceae). 30.
Capsules aggregate, pendant from the underside of a peduncled disk
or cruciately arranged in 4 horizontal segments or sessile on the
thallus or immersed in it. 37.

April, 1905.] Key, Ohio Elms in Winter Condition. 315

3t>. Capsule narrowly linear, pedicelled, 2-valved. Elaters present.

Anthoceros.
Capsule very short, sessile, not valved below middle. No elaters.

Xotothylas.

37. Capsule pendent from the underside of a peduncled disk or cruciately

arranged into 4 horizontal segments (Marchantiaceae). 38.
Capsule sessile on the thallus or immersed in it (Ricciaceae). 45.

38. Thallus barely costate or ecostate. Dumorticra.
Thallus plainly costate. 39.

39. Gemmae present on sterile stems. 40.
Gemmae none. 41.

40. Gemmae in cup-shaped receptacles. Fertile receptacle 7-11-rayed.

Alarchantia.
Gemmae in crescent-shaped receptacles. Fertile receptacles cruci-
form. Luniilaria.

41. Perianth present. 42.
Perianth none. 43.

42. Perianth scarcely exserted, 4-5-labed. Receptacle 2-4-lobed with as

many alternate rib-like rays. Preissia.
Perianth exserted half its length and cleft into 8-10 fringe-like seg-
ments. Receptacle 4-lobed. Fimbriaria.

43. Thallus. large, .very indistinctly porose, scaleless below. Receptacle

hemispherical, acutely 4-8-lobed. Asterella.
Thallus s:nall or very large, porose. 44.

44. Thallus very large, without scales below. Receptacle conical,

membraneous. Conoccphahis.
Thallus small with purple scales below. Receptacle conic, hemi-
spherical, truncately 3-4-lobed. Grimaldia.

45. Capsule sessile on the thallus; involucre inflated-pyriform.

Spit aerocephalus.
Capsule immersed in the thallus; involucre none. Riccia.

KEY TO THE OHIO ELMS IN THE WINTER CONDITION.

LixDLEY M. Smith.

Ulmus L. Trees with medium heavy and medium hard wood

and rough flaky bark in ridges; twigs brown, the terminal bud

self-pruned; visible bud scales several, dry; leaf scars semi-oval,

2-ranked, oblique; bundle scars 3; stipular scars prominent; pith

small, cylindrical, solid; some with corky ridges on the twigs,

others with abundant self-pruning scars either in the annual

nodes or at the base of the twig.

1. Twigs very rough pubescent; inner bark mucilaginous, pleasant to the
taste; buds very hairy at the tips; twigs never self-pruned; buds
shed abundantly. U. ftilva Michx. Slippery Elm

1. Twigs glabrous or slightly pubescent; not mucilaginous or slightly so,

rather bitter; buds glabrous or if hairy rather small and pointed. 2.

2. Buds ovate short pointed, bud scales quite hairy; twigs without self-

pruning joints in the annual nodes; none of the branches corky
winged; cultivated. U. campcstris L. English Elni

2. Buds ovate-conic with long points, bud scales glabrous or somewhat

pubescent; twigs with self-pruning joints in the annual nodes, often
leaving peculiar stumps; native. 3.

3. None of the branches corky-winged ; buds pointed but rather elliptical,

glabrous or nearh' so. U. amcricana L. White Elm

3. Some or many of the branches corky-winged ; buds very much pointed,

somewhat pubescent. U. raccmosa Thomas. Cork Elm

3i6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6,

NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARIUM. III.

H. A. Gleasox.

The genus Bidexs in Ohio. The species of the genus as
represented in Ohio fall naturally into four well distinguished
groups, the first including the simple leaved forms with or with-
out ravs, the second the rayless species with divided leaves, the
third the Coreopsis-like species with conspicuous rays, and the
fourth the single species Bidens bipinnata, distinguished by its
linear achenes and dissected leaves. The latter is our only rep-
resentative of the section Psilocarpae of DeCandolle; the others
with flat achenes belong to the section Platycarpae.

The species of the northeastern United States have been
confused in the recent floras, and this has led to a misunder-
standing of the local forms. The keys and descriptions in this
paper include only the Ohio species, and it is hoped that they
will be of service to Ohio botanists in studying this interesting
genus of Composites.

A number of species now included in Bidens are in Gray's
Manual and other earlier works referred to Coreopsis. Dr.
Britton (Bull. Torr. Club 20:280, 281. 1893.) first pointed out
their closer relationship with Bidens, including in that genus all
forms with a pappus of upwardly or downwardly barbed awns,
and limiting Coreopsis to those species in which the pappus con-
sists of two short teeth, a mere border, or is entirely absent.
The aquatic species known as Bidens beckii differs in many sig-
nificant features from typical Bidens, and has been proposed by
Professor E. L. Greene as the type of the new genus Megalodonta.
The name of the Ohio species becomes accordingly Megalodonta
beckii (Torr.) Greene.

The most important recent literature on the genus is bv
K. M. Wiegand (Bull. Torr. Club 26:399-422. 1899.), who gives
keys and full descriptions of most of the species of Platycarpae,
and bv E. L. Greene (Pittonia 4:242-284. 1901.), who discusses
the nomenclatorial history of the genus and describes many new
species.

Key to the Ohio Species.

1. Achenes linear, not liattened. (Psilocarpae DC.) 1. B. bipi}i}iata.

1. Achenes cuneate to obovate, flattened. (Platycarpae DC.) 2.

2. Leaves simple, serrate or somewhat pinnatifid. 3.

2. Leaves pinnately parted or compound. 6.

3. Heads nodding on erect peduncles after flowering. 4.

3. Heads persistently erect. 5.

4. Leaves oblong, (i-lO cm. long, little or not at all narrowed at the base.

2. B. ccrnua.

4. Leaves elliptical. 10- IS cm. long, narrowed at the base. 3. B. cUiptica.

5. Outer bracts scarcely exceeding the disk, not more than L5 mm. long.

4. B. connata.

April, 1905.] Notes — Ohio State Herbarium. III. 317

5. Some of the outer bracts twice as long as the disk or longer, the longest

20-75 mm. long. 5. B. comosa.

6. Rays none or very short. 7.
(i. Rays large and conspicuous, bright yellow. 8.

7. Outer involucral bracts 4, achenes about 5 mm. long. (i. Fi. discoidea.
7. Outer bracts 6-8, achenes 6-8 mm. long. 7. B. frondosa.

7. Outer bracts 10-16, achenes 7-10 mm. long. 8. B. vidgata.

8. Achenes cuneate, the short awns narrowly triangular, upwardly

hispid. i). Fi. trichospcrma.

8. Achenes cuneate to obovate, the slender awns two-thirds the length

of the achene or more, barbed. 10. B. aristosa..

1. Bidens bipinnata L. Stem much branched, 3-8 dm. high.
Leaves slender petioled, ovate, 1-8-pinnately parted, segments
ovate, deeply toothed or lobed. Heads long peduncled, 10-20-
flowered, involucre oblong, 7-10 mm. high; achenes linear, four-
sided, narrowed above, 7-15 mm. long, exclusive of the usually
fottr downwardly barbed awns.

In shaded places throughout the state.

2. Bidens cernua L. Stem sparingly branching above or
sometimes from the base, 2.5-4.5 dm. high. Leaves oblong,
about 1 cm. wide, acuminate, finely and regularly serrate except
at the apex and base, cordate-clasping or connate. Heads few
to several, erect in flower, nodding in fruit, about cS mm. high,
outer bracts equalling or exceeding the disk; achenes four-angled,
cuneate, 4-5 mm. long, awns four, 2-3 mm. long, retrorsely barbed.

Specimens are in the State Herbarium from Cuyahoga,
Geauga, Lucas, Madison, Mercer, Perry and Wayne Counties.

3. Bidens elliptica. (Wiegand). Bidens cernua elliptica
Wiegand, Bull. Torr. Club 26:417. 1899. Stem erect, usually
freely branching above or sometimes from the base, 3-8 dm.
high. Leaves elliptical, typically 12-15 cm. long by 2-3 cm. wide,
sharply serrate along the middle, long acuminate and conspic-
uously narrowed toward the sessile or barely connate base.
Heads very ntimerous, nodding in fruit, outer bracts exceeding
the disk, ray flowers usually present and conspicuous; achenes
cuneate, 5-6 mm. long, awns four, retrorsely barbed.

Abundant in wet places along streams, apparently through-
out the state.

Bidens elliptica is one of the commonest members of the
genus occurring in Ohio. However, it has never before been
definitely reported from the state, probably l)ecause it is not
described in the current manuals, where it is included under
Bidens cernua. When its identity has been recognized it has
been frequently confused with Bidens laevis, a coastal plain spe-
cies with persistently erect heads, not found farther inland than
central New York. Although originally described bv Wiegand
as a variety of Bidens cernua, its stouter and branching habit,
the numerous heads, the brighter green and larger leaves with

3i8 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. V, No. 6,

their characteristic elHptical shape and tapering base easily dis-
tinguish it from that species and warrant its elevation to specific
rank.

4. Bidens connata Muhl. Stem erect, branching above, 4-10
dm. high. Leaves lanceolate, sharply serrate, long acuminate at
base and apex. Heads numerous, about 6 mm. high, rays none;
outer bracts of the involucre about 5, 1-1.5 times as long as the
disk, lanceolate-oblong, entire or minutely toothed; corollas
5-lobed; achenes cuneate, 5 mm. long, awns 2 mm. long,
retrorsely barbed.

There is but one specimen in the State Herbarium, from
Wyandot County.

5. Bidens comosa (Gray) Wiegand. Stem diffusely branch-
ing from the base, or with short branches above, 2-7 dm. high.
Leaves elliptic, lanceolate, or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, coarsely
toothed, acute or acuminate, tapering at the base into a winged
petiole. Heads usually numerous, about 1 cm. high in flower, in
fruit becoming 2 cm. high and 3 cm. in diameter, outer bracts
6-8, oblong to oblanceolate, foliaceous, serrate, twice as long as
the disk or longer and reaching a length of 8 cm. ; corollas
4-lobed; achenes 7-10 mm. long, awns three, the longest 4-6 mm.

Abundant in wet places, probably throughout.

6. Bidens discoidea (T. & G.) Britton. Stem freely branched,
5-15 dm. high. Leaves 3-divided, on slender petioles, leaflets
lanceolate or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, sharply serrate, acute
at the base, long acuminate at the apex. Heads numerous, 5
mm. high in flower, outer bracts 4, narrowly spatulate, exceed-
ing the disk; achenes cuneate, about 5 mm. long, the two awns
about 2 mm. in length.

One specimen from Cedar Point, Erie County.

7. Bidens jrondosa L. Sparingly branched with spreading
branches, 6-10 dm. high. Leaves 3-divided, usually thin, on
slender petioles 3-5 cm. long, leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acute or
rounded at the base, acute or short-acuminate at the apex, 5-8
cm. long. Heads relatively few, 5 mm. high in flower, much
larger in fruit, outer bracts 6-8, narrowly spatulate, conspic-
uously exceeding the disk, naked or sparingly ciliate at the base;
achenes oblong or cuneate, dark brown to black, 6-8 mm. long,
awns two, 4 inm. long.

The three specimens in the State Herbarium, from Holmes,
Meigs and Vinton counties, have been confused with Bidens
discoidea. The^two species^are at once separated by the more
numerous outer bracts and the much larger achenes of Bidens
jrondosa, as well as by the laxer habit of branching in the latter
species. According to Wiegand the leaves are sometimes
5-tlivided, but this was not ol)scrvcd in any Ohio s])ccimens.

April, 1905.] Notes — Ohio State Herbarium. III. 319

8. Bidens vulgata Greene. Stem stout, erect and branching,
5-16 dm. high. Leaves pinnately 3-5-divided, on long petioles,
leaflets lanceolate, acuminate, coarsely and sharply serrate or
almost incised, 5-12 cm. long. Heads comparatively few,
mostly on long stout peduncles, the largest becoming 2 cm. high
and 3 cm. across in fruit, outer bracts 10-16, spatulate oblong,
unequal and conspicuously exceeding the disk, ciliate at base;
achenes brown, obovate, flat, 7-10 mm. long, the two awns 4-6
mm. long.

Abundant in moist soil throughout the state. It has long
been confused with Bidens frondosa, and under that name has
been included in Gray's Manual and the Illustrated Flora. It is
distinguished from Bidens frondosa by the larger heads, the
coarser leaves, the more ascending branches, and the large broad
achenes. The bracts, which are ciliate in Bidens vulgata, may
possibly serve also as a distinguishing character.

9. Bidens trichosperma (Michx.) Britton. Tall and freely
branched above in the usual form, although in peat bogs it mav
bloom when but 2-3 dm. high. Leaves petioled, 1-2-pinnately
parted, segments 3-10, narrowly linear-lanceolate or linear,
acuminate at base and apex, sharply serrate along the middle or
almost entire. Heads numerous and showy, outer bracts linear-
spatulate, about equalling the disk; achenes cuneate, 5-6 mm.
long, awns 2-3 mm. long, narrowly triangular, upwardly hispid
or becoming smooth.

Throughout the state, except possibly the extreme southern
part, but especially common at the north. Widely variable in
size and especially in the shape of the leaf -segments, which in
specimens from peat-bogs are sometimes linear-spatulate, entire
and rounded at the apex. From this extreme there is every
gradation to the typical linear-lanceolate shape. The variety
tenuiloba has been reported from the state and is undoubtedly
included in the preceding description, but there is no valid reason
for separating two forms in the Ohio material at hand.

10. Bidens aristosa (Michx.) Britton. Stems erect, freely
branching, 4-10 dm. high. Leaves petioled, pinnately divided,
segments 3-7, lanceolate, sharply serrate, acuminate at both
ends. Heads very numerous, with conspicuous rays, outer
bracts oblong or oblong-spatulate, equalling or shorter than the
disk; achenes broadly obovate, 4 mm. long, with two slender
barbed awns 3-4 mm. long.

This western species has so far been reported only from the
western part of the state. Three specimens are in the State Her-
barium, from Champaign, Clark, and Madison Counties. Although
in general habit it resembles Bidens trichosperma, it is easily and
certainly distinguished from it by the broad achenes with their
long slender awns.

320 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6,

DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO SAC AND EMBRYO OF
STAPHYLEA TRIFOLIATA.*

Ll'MINA C. RiDDLK.

Material for the study of Staphylea trifoliata, L. was collected
along the banks of the Olentangy River during several Springs,
killed in chrome-acetic acid and imbedded in paraffin. The sec-
tions prepared varied in thickness from S-15 microns. Analin
safranin and gentian violet, and iron-alum haematoxylin were
used in staining, both giving good results although the latter
stain was too dense for pollen grains.

Staphylea trifoliata l)e]ongs to the Family Staphyleaceae and
to the Order Sapindales and is thus allied to the Hippocasta-
naceae, Aceraceae, Celastraceae, and Sapindaceae. Scarcely any
morphological work seems to have been done on this Order so
that very little comparison can be made between Staphylea and
nearly related plants. Mottier, Bot. Gaz. 18:o75-o77, has
reported on the development of the embryo-sac of Acer rubrum
and some points of comparison will be noted later. Strasburger
also made ol)servations on Staphylea pinnata and Acer in
" Zellbildtmg and Zelltheilung" Jena, 1880; and " Neue Unter-
suchungen ueber den Befruchtungsvorgang bei den Phaneroga-
men" Jena LS84.

As a general rule the flowers were quite normal in the num-
ber of parts the only variation being four carpels instead of three
in the gynoecium. The number of ovules in each carpel may be
as high as eight but very rarely more than one matured in each
cavity and often only one in the entire capsule. The ovules are
anatropous and the best sections were those cut across the
ovulary. As soon as the ovules were large enough they were
removed from the capsule before killing. The integuments
become too woody to make microtome sections long before the
embryo is mature. There are two integuments on the ovule but
no aril.

The hypodermal archesporial cell (PI. 11), Fig. 1) appears
l)efore there are any traces of integuments. In one case a three
celled archesporium (Fig. 2) was found. The single archesporial
cell cuts off a primary parietal cell (Fig. 3) which divides to form
from three to five tapetal cells (Figs. 4-7) forcing the mega-
sporocyte deep into the tissue of the nucellu^?. The megasporocvte
then divides into four megaspores (Fig. 8) and the lowest becomes
functional destroying the others as it enlarges and divides
(Figs. 9-10).

* Contriliul inns fi"i)in tlic Butanical Laboratory of the Ohio State Uni-
versity, XIX.

April, 1905.] Staphylea trifoliata. 321

The embryo sac widens slightly as it develops to the eight
celled stage (Figs. 11-13) and the nuclei arrange themselves in
the normal positions, three at the top becoming the synergidae
and egg cell, the three lowest settle into a pocket and gradually
disintegrate while the two polar nuclei approach each other and
finally come to rest in contact.

Sections which showed the archesporial cells showed the.
microspores fully developed and the tapetal layer already break-
ing down (Fig. 14). Older flowers gave thick-walled pollen
grains having two nuclei, the pollen tube nucleus and the gen-
erative nucleus. This pollen grain (Fig. 15) resembles those of
Acer rubrum (Mottier) and Staphylea pinnata (Strasburger) .
The latter reports the division of the generative cell into the two
sperm cells after the formation of the pollen tube. The gen-
erative cell stains quite dark and is apparently enclosed by a
wall, making the entire pollen grain very similar to that of the
staminate flower of Acer rubrum.

In the formation of the definitive nucleus two polars usually
unite (Fig. 13) but in several instances three exactly similar
nuclei were found fusing (Fig. 17). In one case, however, there
was found what seems to be the union of one of the sperm nuclei
with the polars (Fig. 1(1). This third nucletis is surrounded by a
small amount of cytoplasm which stains distinctly darker than
that of the polars and the nucleus contains a single small dark
nucleolus.

After fertilization the embryo sac enlarges, the formation of
endosperm occurs rapidly and the ovule increases greatly in size.
The endosperm forms a large loose single layered lining for the
entire embrvo sac before any division of the one celled embryo
occurs. The ovules are about one-fourth the mature size before
anything larger than a one-celled embryo is found (Fig. IS).
The two-celled (Fig. 19), and four-celled stages (Figs. 20,21 and
25), were found in half grown ovules. Seeds which were full size
but still not too hard to section contained embryos still too
young to show the development of the cotyledons (Figs. 22-24).
Capsules which contained these full sized ovules had attained
their normal bladdery inflation. The endosperm was abundant
but the nuclei had not begun the formation of walls so that the
multinucleate cells which Strasburger finds in Staphylea pinnata
were not observed.

The synergidae have usually disappeared or are completely
obscured by the abundant endosperm before the one celled
embr^^o divides but in a few cases traces of them were seen with
a four-celled embryo (Fig. 20). No traces of the antipodals
were evident after division of the endosperm nuclei became rapid.
Division of the suspensor occurs with the formation of the
quadrant and seems to retrogress towards the basal cell

'^r '^ '"\c

L I B R A R Y U

Ohio Naturai.ist.

Plate XIX.

RiDDl.K on " btaphylea trifoliata.

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate XX.

Riddle on "Staphylea trifoliata.

324 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6,

latter was not seen divided and its nucleus was quite vescicular
even m rather young embryos (Figs. 23-24). The abundant
endosperm completely surrounds the young embryo which at
first develops very slowly. The outer integument becomes very
hard, the inner one and the nucellus remaining very spongy and
giving way to the growing endosperm. Ovules which contained
mature embryos were found in the capsules of the previous year.
Hand sections showed a flat straight embryo with two cotyledons
(Figs. 20-27). There was no endosperm layer between the
cotyledons. The hardening of the outer integument agrees with
the observations of Guerin on Staphylea in his study of the seed
integuments of some Sapindales. He also notes abundant
"albumen" in both Staphylea and Melianthus.

I wish to acknowledge my great indebtecbiess to Professor
J. H. Schaffner for his invaluable assistance, and to express my
hearty ap])reciation of his kindness.

Bibliography.

Coulter & Chamberlain. Mor])hology of Angios])erms.l9()3.

GoEBEL. Outline Classification and Special Morphologv.

Guerin, F. Developpement de la graine et en particulier, du
tegument seminal de quelques Sapindacees. Journal de Bot-
anique, 1901: No. 10-11.

Mottier, D. B. Development of the embryo sac in Acer rub-
rum. Bot. Gaz. 18:375-377.

Strasburger, Ed. Ueber Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. Jena
Zeitschr. f. Naturw. Bd. XIII, Suppl. Heft 2, p. 50. 188(f.

Strasburger, Ed. Neue Untersuchungen ueber den Be-
fruchtungsvorgang bei den Phanerogamen. Jena. bSS4.

Explanation of Plates.

For the figures 1-15 a Leitz microscope with No. 0 ocular and
No. 7 objective for all but Figure 14 which was drawn with a
lower power. A Bausch and Lomb instrument was used for all
the other drawings. For Figure IG the 1-2 ocular and 1-12 oil
immersion were used. For Figure 17 the 1-in. ocular and 1-12
objective; for Figures 18-22 the l-in. ocular and 1-0 objective;
for Figures 23-24 a 2-in. ocular and l-() objective and for Figures
25-27 the 2-in. ocular and the u|)|)er lens of the 2-3 objective.

plate XIX.

Fiti^. 1. Archesporial cell.
Fig. 2. Three celled archesporium.

Fisr. :>. Primary jiarielal cell and nu\c^as])()rocytc. Integuments
beginning t(j develop.

Fig. 4. Three tapetal cells and megasporocytc.
F"ig. ."). Two tapetal cells; megas])orocyte enlarging.
Figs. ()-7. Four and live ta])etal rvUs.
Fig. 8. I'onr tajjctal cells and lour megasporcs.

April, 1905.] A New Aspidiotus. 325

Fig. 9. Four tapetal cells, two celled embryo-sac and disintegrating
megaspores.

Fig. 10. Two celled embryo-sac beginning to destroy tapetum.

Fig. 11. Four celled embryo-sac.

Fig. 12. Eight celled embryo-sac showing antipodals already settled
in pocket.

Fig. 13. Egg apparatus, conjugating polar nuclei and antipodals.

PLATE XX.

Fig. 14. Stamen showing pollen sacs and pollen grains.

Fig. 15. Older pollen grain with thickened wall.

Fig. 16. Polar nuclei and a sperin nucleus.

Fig. 17. Three nuclei fusing to form definitive nucleus.

Fig. 18. One celled embryo.

Fig. 19. Two celled embryo.

Figs. 20-21. Four celled embryos.

Figs. 22, 23-24. Older embryos.

Fig. 25. Half grown ovtile showing four celled embryo, endosperm
lining, nucellus and inner integument shi"ivelling, and outer integviment
developing hard tissue.

Fig. 26. Flat section of mature seed showing hard integument a-b
and outline of embryo imbedded in endosperm.

Fig. 27. Longitudinal section of a mature ovule through a-b showing
cotyledons and plumule. Endosperm around but not between cotyledons.

A NEW ASPIDIOTUS FROM AESCULUS GLABRA.

H.\RLAN H. York.

Aspidiotus (DiaspidiotMs) ohioensis n. sp. Female scale cir-
cular, slightlv convex, margin irregular, 1-2 mm. in diameter,
dark or dirty gray, exuviae orange red, sub-central and covered
with dark excretion. When removed from the bark, the scale
leaves a conspicuous white patch.

Female: Median lobes broad, notched on lateral margin near
apex and sometimes notched near the apex on the inesal margin.
Second lobes rudimentary, slightly developed on inner-angle,
often not present. First interlobular incision shallow, broader
than deep, chitinous processes usually fused into a solid process,
occasionally furrowed. Second interlobular incision similar to the
first, only smaller, the chitinous process seldom furrowed. Some-
times there is a very small incision laterad of the second incision.
There is usually a small chitinous process at the inner base of
each median lobe. A simple and a forked plate, sometimes two
to three forked plates laterad of median lobe, one to three forked
plates between the first and second incisions and usually one
simple and one to three forked plates laterad of second incision.
Spines prominent, longer than the plates. On the dorsal surface,
one spine at the base of the outer margin of each median lobe,
one on each of the rudimentary lobes, one about one-third of the
distance from the median lol.)e to penultimate segment and one
about the same distance from the penultimate segment. The
spines on the ventral surface are shorter than those of the dorsal

326

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 6,

surface, a spine slightly laterad of each corresponding dorsal
spine, except the one at the base of the median lobe.

There are five groups of circumgenital glands. Median
group 3 to 7, generally 4 to 5 arranged in a single row, sometimes
grouped together, anterior lateral 12 to 15; posterior lateral 7
to 11. Dorsal pores numerous and quite prominent.

Pygidiuni of female.

Dorsal marign of the pygidium of female.

This species was found on Aesculus glabra on Ohio State
University campus, March 24, 1905. While it resembles A.
ancylus, it is distinguished from this species by the shape and
character of the incisions and chitinous processes, the number
and arrangement of the median gland orifices, by the number of
spines and by the absence of the spine-like extensions of the
margin between the third and fourth pairs of spines.

Aspidiotus ohioensis is close to A. aesculi and A. aesculus
sub. sp. solus. The spines are more numerous, the incisions are
not alike, and the median gland orifices more abundant.

This is one of the several forms that may prove to be varie-
ties of Aspidiotus ancylus on a more exhaustive study.
A large number of mounts were made and the points men-
tioned were observed many times.

The author is very grateful to Prof. Herbert Osborn for his
valuable suggestions in the above description and drawings.

April, 1905.] Epistylis flavicaim. 327

THE RATE OF GROWTH IN EPISTYLIS FLAVICANS.

F. L, Laxdacre.

The writer recently had an opportunity to observe the rate
of growth in one of our common stalked Protozoa, Epistylis
-flavicans Ehr., and the changes in form of the animalcule which
accompany this growth.

A good deal of interest attaches to the rate of growth of the
pedicle in stalked forms on account of the fact that two species
frequently otherwise similar may be differentiated by the length
of pedicle. A form with branched pedicle, which in its adult
condition may be easily differentiated by the pedicle, is with dif-
ficulty separated from other species if its pedicle is still simple
as it is in the earlier stages of growth. Each form having a
branched stalk passes through a stage in which its stalk is simple
and it is then sometimes with difficulty separated from the forms
with unbranched pedicles.

The frequency with which these immature forms are met
with depends of course upon the time required for a detached
zooid to acquire a pedicle characteristic of the adult form. If
this is done uqickly, for instance, in a few hours, comparatively
few immature forms would be encountered. If the period of
growth is longer, for instance, several days or a week, one ought
to find immature forms rather frequently. Dtiring the three
summers spent in work on Protozoa at Sandusky no case of
growth except the present instance was observed that could be
measured. This may be due to the fact that work was com-
menced about the first of June each year which would be after
the period of maximum growth among the Protozoa, this period
coming earlier in the spring.

In the present case the attachment of the free swimming
form was not observed. But in mounting a slide for observation
a large colony of Epistylis flavicans was found many of whose
zooids were detached and swimming about. Within a short time
one was found attached and its rate of growth observed. It
could have been attached only a short time for it still had the
typical cylindrical shape characteristic of free swimming forms
(Fig. 1). The posterior circle of cilia was vibrating rapidly and
there was only a faint movement of the cilia visible in the region
of the gullet.

In three minutes it had assumed the form of Fig. 2. The
posterior cilia were vibrating a little less rapidly. There was a
cone shaped extension at the posterior end of the body equalling
one-thircl of the total body length and extending proximally
from the posterior circlet of cilia. The body had begun to
assume the normal shape the adoral cilia were vibrating and the

3-^8

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No 6,

total width of the peristome was about two-thirds of the adult
form. In two minutes more it had assumed the form shown in
Fig. 3, the posterior end had narrowed considerably and while
the constriction extending from the posterior ciliary wreath was
still one-third the total length of the body its attached end had
assumed the appearance of the adult pedicle. The lengthening
of this pedicle had every appearance of growth and not of meta-
morphosis of body into pedicle. The body while producing the
pedicle was actually larger than before, and although the form
was feeding rapidly it is hardly conceivable that assimilation and
growth could take place at the rate at which the pedicle appeared.

J

T

(j-^eO

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1

Four stages in the growth of the pedicle of Ephistylis flavicaus
Ehr. p. c. — posterior circlet of cilia, p. — pedicle appearing first
in Fig. 3.

At the end of five minutes more (Fig. 4) the body of the
animalcule was nearly normal in every respect except that the
slight elevation on which the posterior circlet of cilia had been
situated could still be observed although the cilia had been
retracted. The pedicle at this time was one-sixth the length of
the body and the animalcule was feeding actively. From this
point on only the relative rate of growth in the pedicle will l)e
given as no opportunity offered to note any other histological
changes than those pertaining to the lenghtening of the pedicle.

At the end of five minutes more or a total of fifteen minutes
in all the pedicle was equal to one-fourth the length of the body ;
in twentv minutes one-third; at twentv-five minutes one-half;
at thirty minutes, thirteen-twentieths; at thirty-five minutes,
four-fifths, and at the end of forty minutes equaled the bod)- in
length.

It was not observed again for a period of forty-five minutes
during which time the pedicle had attained a length equal to
three times that of the body. This is somewhat under the nor-
mal, the unbranched pedicle usually being four to five times that
of the body. So that a period of one hour and a half was suf-
ficient to produce a pedicle nearly equal to the unbranched por-

April, 1905.] Meeting of the Biological Club. 329

tion of the adult colony stalk. Of course to make this observa-
tion complete the rate of division in the zooid should be observed
and also the rate of production of the branched portion of the
pedicle.

At the end of one hour and thirty-five minutes the posterior
circlet of cilia began to appear and in an hour and fifty-five
minutes the animalcule became detached and swam away.

The presence of the cover glass, the lack of oxygen and food
all three probably prevented the completion of the growth and
probably retarded the later stages of it but otherwise it seems
normal and furnishes some idea of the rate at which the single
stalked and branched stalked forms of Protozoa produce their
pedicles.

The rapid rate of growth also accounts for the rarity with
which one finds immature forms especially those with compound
pedicles and vet they do occur frequently enough to render the
difficulty of identifying these forms very great.

These observations were made in August and the rate of
growth mav be quite clifTerent from that occurring earlier in the
summer during the period of greatest activity among the
Protozoa.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Feb. 6, 1905.

The vice-president, Miss Riddle, called the club to order.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
Prof. Schaffner spoke of a short letter which he had received
from Prof. Kellerman. The part}^ in Central America were
enjoving the trip very much but v/ere too busy to write.

The first paper of the evening was by Mr. L. H. SchoU on
"Cotton and its By-products." Cotton has been raised in Texas
since the Anglo-Saxon settlement and now the state produces
one-fourth of all the cotton in the U.S. The Cotton Boll Wevil
introduced from Mexico about 1892 has threatened the cotton
interests of the state. But it has been found that by increased
and better cultivation, change of crops, clearing the ground, etc.,
cotton can be raised in spite of the wevil. Formerly the cotton
seeds were thrown into the rivers or burned, but recently science
has shown that this perhaps is not the least valuable part of the
crop. The products are used chiefly for feeding cattle but the
meal is also used for fertilizer. Cotton seed oil is used in place
of olive oil, for salad oils, butter oils and is used to adulterate
many other oils as linseed. The lint from the seeds is made into
cotton batting, paper, etc. The stalks yield a good fiber. The
honey taken by the bees from the glands on leaves, stems and

33° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 6,

flowers is also valuable. Mr. Scholl exhibited a fine line of
sample of the various by-products of cotton seed.

Mr. Dresbach presented a paper on the "Form and Structure
of the Red Blood Corptiscle." Weidenreich of Strassburg con-
tends that the mammalian erythrocytes are not biconcave but
bell-shaped. His conclusions are based: (1) upon the fact that
when the corpuscles are fixed with osmic acid, immediately upon
escaping from the blood vessels, the great majoritv have the bell
form; (2) the corpuscles have this form in isotonic solutions as
a .65% NaCl solution for mammalian corpuscles; (3) Weiden-
reich claims to have seen the bell-shaped cells in the circulating
blood of the ral)bit. He concludes that the biconcave form is
due to the extreme sensitiveness of the corpuscle and is pro-
duced by slight increase of the density above the normal. As to
the structure of the corpuscles, Weidenreich thinks that they
consist of a distinct cell wall which encloses the haemoglobin
and other constituents. The behavior of the cells in such fluids
as water, salt solutions, tannic acid solutions, etc., points to the
presence of a cell wall. No stroma or framework exists. Mr.
Dresbach also reported that an extended study of the case of
elliptical human red corpuscles, which he described last year has
confirmed his opinion that the extraordinary shape was normal
in the subject and not due to any known disease. It was prob-
ably of embryonic origin or possibly congenital.

Mr. Metcalf reported the probable occurence of the Swamp
Sparrow in Ashland County in the latter part of December. He
also reported the Kildeer, Canvas Back Duck and Horned Grebe
observed at the same time as unusually late.

The club adjourned to meet the first Monday in March.

F. M. Surface, Sec.

Date of Publication of April Number, April 24, 1905.

■%. \3 ^ *- •

ne Ohio ^hl^atuialist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State University

Volume V. MAY, 1905. No. 7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHAFFNER— The Xiiture of the Reduction Division and Kel;Ued Phenomena 33T

Fischer— A L'st oi Uhio Plants with Compound Leaves 3iO

York— The Agar-Agar and Paraffin Method for Imbedding Plant Tissues 344

Cotton — Life History Xotes on A pion nigrum 346-

CusHMAN — A Few (_)hio Desmids 349

Jones— Memorial of the Ohio Aeadeniy of Science on the Death of Prof. A. A. ^^■right. . 351
Surface— Meeting of the Biological Club 352

THE NATURE OF THE REDUCTION DIVISION AND RELATED

PHENOMENA.

John H. Schaffner.

It is generally conceded that the primitive plants and animals
were nonsexual. In the primordial life of the earth no conjuga-
tion of any kind took place. Some organisms have come
through all the geological ages in this primitive condition but
the great majorit}^ even of the lowest forms have acquired some
type of sexuality and retained it while a considerable number
have no doubt fallen back from a sexual to a nonsexual condi-
tion. If the process of sexual conjugation of cells is then not a
primitive property or function of protoplasm various questions
naturally suggest themselves.

1. What caused the original nonsexual forms to develop the
sexual process?

2. What disturbances were introduced in the life cycle of
the organism and in the cell activity?

3. In what ways were the new life cycles established?

4. How do the life cycles of plants compare with those of
animals?

5. What significance does the reduction division have in the
higher forms?

In most plants conjugation takes place between two naked
gametes, and it is probable that such specialized types of sex-
uality as are present in the Conjugatae and Phycomycetes orig-
inated from the more typical gamete conjugations. We can
readily believe that all the Archeophyta were naked cells and

332 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7,

that the cell wall was developed as a protective covering. When
these primitive cells were in process of division there could be an
interchange of food from the one to the other so long as the
protoplasmic connection was not completely cut. After complete
separation the two daughter cells, still lying in contact, could
exchange food by osmosis, the one having a less amount of food
taking from the one having a greater supply. After the two cells
had separated they might exchange food in the same way on
coming in contact for any length of time by accident. In this
way sexual evolution may have had its beginning as well as
parasitism in all of its forms. After the process of temporary or
permanent conjugation was once established it would be of
advantage to the species under many adverse conditions. A
set of starved or weak organisms meeting with a well nourished
lot could conjugate either temporarily or permanently, greatly
to their advantage, without doing the stronger individuals any
special harm. Such is apparently the behavior of various lower
organisms at the present time. Furthermore a swarm of uni-
cellular organisms or zoospores in a given area is, by conjuga-
tion, reduced to just half the previous number. The mere
reduction in the number of units might be a very important fac-
tor in the immedi.ate welfare of the species especially when the
further delay of reproduction incident to the process of conjuga-
tion is taken into account. In many of the lower plants the
arrival of adverse conditions is the stimulus to the formation of
resting zygospores or oo.spores by means of which the organism
is preserved until a more favorable environment is again at hand.
Rejuvenescence, using the term in its broadest sense seems at
least a very plausible cause of the origin of sexuality if it is once
admitted that conjugation is not one o.' the fundamental prop-
erties of the protoplasm of primordial organisms. Other means
of rejuvenescence should serve the same purpose as the stimulus
and reaction which one mass of protoplasm must exert on
another during conjugation, leaving out of consideration the fact
of the reduced space occupied by the two united organisms and
consequently the less surface in contact with the surrounding
medium. A tree may be rejuvenated by placing a fertilizer
al:)Out its roots. So organisms which naturally rejuvenate only
through conjugation may be rejuvenated through a favorable
change of food or other factors of environment, thus actually
delaying the necessity of a conjugation for a long period of time.
Whether conjugation was long or short in its evolution is of
no special importance in the discussion of the remaining ques-
tions formulated above. The first time that nucleated cells con-
jugated so completely as to act in cell division as a single cell a
disturbance was present not operative in the race previously.
The two nuclei having fused contained twice the amount of

May, 1905.] The Nature of the Reduction Division.

333

chromatin as before and from two sources, therefore with some-
what different hereditary tendencies. Evidently a fusion or
mixing and doubHng of nuclei generation after generation is
impossible, especially if the chromatin is organized into definite
chromosomes. A reduction division of some kind is the inevitable
accompanyment of a conjugation process in the life cycle. This
fact being recognized we may proceed to find out in what ways
the life cycle may be established. Theoretically a number of
possible modes may be developed and the reduction division
established at three points in the life cycle.

a

b \

%

0^@-(j^-®->(x)

@

Fig. 1. Diagrams of vaiious types of life cycles

1. Suppose an organism with x chromosomes to give rise to
zoospores which conjugate completely; the resulting zygote
would have 2x chromosomes. If, however, reduction takes place
at the first division or germination of the zygote, the new organ-
ism would have the reduced or x number of chromosomes. The
double number of chromosomes exists only in the resting stage
of the zygote and the result is a simple sexual cycle, the gametes
being produced without a reduction division (Fig. la).

2. If an organism with x chromosomes gives rise to con-
jugating zoospores, the zygote will contain 2x chromosomes.

334 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7,

Suppose that this spore, on germination, fails to reduce the
chromosomes. The resulting individual will have the double
number in each cell. Now if, when reduction takes place, the
cells reduce the chromosomes and the resulting cells are gametes,
a new condition arises in which a "2a:" sexual generation orig-
inated from an ":r" nonsexual type gives rise to gametes as the
result of a reduction division. A simple sexual cycle is estab-
lished with a "2x" sexual generation producting gametes as the
result of reduction (Fig. 1 b). Such plants as Fucus must have
established their life cycle in this way. The Fucus plant is a
2x sexual generation which develops ovaries and spermaries. A
cell in the ovar}^ undergoes the reduction division and by further
divisions usually produces eight eggs with x chromosomes each.
In the spermaries a cell also undergoes reduction and by subse-
quent divisions a number of spermatozoids are produced having
the X number of chromosomes.

3. The third point at which the reduction division may be
established is after the sporophyte stage in connection with an
alternation of generations. Suppose a nonsexual organism
develops zoospores which conjugate and the zygote fails to reduce
the chormosomes at the first division. An individual is produced
with 2x chromosomes. When zoospores are produced as the result
of a reduction division they come out not as gametes but as non-
sexual spores which give rise to an x generation. This genera-
tion being similar to the original generation produces gametes
without reduction which have the x number of chromosomes. This
is the process in the plants with a true, antithetic alternation of
generations. A gametophyte generation is followed by a sporo-
phyte generation which reduces the chormosomes before the
development of nonsexual spores (Fig. 1 c).

Other life cycles might be and perhaps are developed. A
sporophyte coming from the z3"gote might develop spores with-
out reduction and these might develop into gametophytes with
the 2x chromosomes, and the gametes would then be produced
as the result of a reduction division (Fig. Id). It will be yeen,
therefore, that there are two types of sexual or gamete-producing
generations, one with the 2x chromosomes giving rise to gametes
through reduction, the other with x chromosomes giving rise to
gametes directly without reduction.

Now in the higher plants the life cycle is invariably estab-
lished, unless in abnormal cases, with an alternation of genera-
tions, a gametophyte generation with x chromosomes is followed
by a sporophyte generation with 2a: chromosomes. The reduc-
tion division takes place in special cells, sporocytes, and usually
by two successive divisions. The resulting spores have the
reduced number of chromosomes and represent the first cell of
the gametophyte generation (Fig. 2). There is no more reason

May, 1905.] The Nature of the Reduction Division.

335

for saying, as some do, that the gametophyte generation begins
with the sporocyte than it would be to insist that the first stage
of the sporophyte consists of the egg and sperm before conjuga-
tion. The gametophyte is, of course, the sexual generation and
the sporophyte the nonsexual generation, both from the mor-
phological and physiological points of view. In the higher plants
the gametophytes are very much reduced and some have insisted
in retaining the old misapplied sex terms for the sporophyte.
But this leads merely to a confuison of terms and ideas. To
compare pollination, the growth of the pollentube, and the other
processes connected with the development of the gametophytes
of higher plants with fertilization, as it exists in the sexual gen-
erations of plants and animals, is only comparing things that are
not even analogous and giving such diverse meanings to sex
terms that they lose their real significance entirely.

yatietofiji

9 S'forophji*

Fig. 2. Diagram showing principal stages in the hfe cycle of the higher
plants.

Injthe higher animals we appear to have a condition similar
to|that in Fucus, a ''2x" gamete-producing organism in which
reduction takes place before the formation of gametes. The egg
with its polar bodies represents four original eggs comparable to
the four spermatozoids developed from the spermatocyte. It is
interesting to note that in some of the Brown Algae part of the
eight eggs which are produced after reduction also degenerate.
Furthermore, the eggs of the Fucaceae are discharged while in all

336

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 7,

Ohio Naturalist.

Hate XXI,

^Ul^HS-lrfy

«< >-"a

u
■- o

r^ «0

*

5 1

4^

-^ Id

uo\iv-t\\>A-"^£

vffi^o^K'^-'^

MOiJp^t^i^J^^

«(?/^9-Xl^(^»>'

-2 •"

\ !

a o

— a*

S
o
o

N

o

t £
e %

1 -

4 6

•U 01:^-3 Tn^d^

V oi:jsr.8aj^

<w o

id hi

11 ^

= S ft*-

q5- ^-'

f J 1

a. J- C i

« o , ^
E ^ c

Q)

o
a.

O o

\ V

■u 01:^7) nyay^

U ot-^S-nf^-^

o

9) V

2 .

2

E-

<
3
<

1

S

<<

-J

-<

<

U3

IS

'a.

(U

T— I
O

o

0)

a
o

03

•a

O
O

May, 1905.] The Nature of the Reduction Division. 337

gametophytes with a true alternation of generations tlie}^ are
retained in the ovary. The plant life cycles together with a
typical animal are compared in Plate XXI.

Among the interesting things which have recently come to
light and which appear to have their basis in the phenomena of
the reduction division is Mendel's law of heredity in hybrids.
The operation of this law can be explained on the hypothesis of
pure sex cells. In 1897 the writer worked out in detail the
reduction division which takes place in the ovule of Lilium
philadelphicum. Although the development and subsequent
division of the chromosome was followed out in considerable
detail in this work, the facts presented were not accepted by a
number of botanists, as admitted by Strasburger, because of
supposed authority in the opposite direction. So soon, however,
as Mendel's law was rediscovered it became self-evident that
belief in a qualitative or true reduction division of some kind was
necessary if the whole chromatin hypothesis was not to fall to
"the ground. Accordingly a re-investigation by some of the fore-
most cytologists, among them Strasburger and Farmer, resulted
in a confirmation and acceptance of the propositions presented
in my papers on Lilium and Erythronium, as also of similar work
done previously by a number of zoologists.

Gsriis ensE

h

Fig. 3. Diagramatic representation of the transverse division of a
chromosome.

If then a transverse division of the chromosomes occurs dur-
ing the reduction karyokinesis each of the chromosomes resulting
from the process of pseudo-reduction may be regarded theoret-
ically to be made up of a pair of chromosomes, one being a male
chromosome and the other a female chromosome, joined end to
end. There are also some obrsevations which appear to indicate
that this actually takes place. In such cases then as in Lilium
and Erythronium the formation and nature of the twisted loop
can be diagramatically represented as in Fig. 3, a-e. In the fol-
lowing division in which a longitudinal splitting occurs the
daughter halves of the chromosomes formed early in the previous
division become separated (Fig. 3, f-h).

Mendel's law of heredity, so far as it has a direct bearii;g on
the nature of the reduction division, may be briefly stated as fol-
lows: When two organisms differing in some character are

338

The Ohio Naturalist

[Vol. V, No. 7,

crossed it frequent!}^ occurs that the resulting hybrids exhibit
the character from one parent onty. The character which
appears is said to be dominant while the corresponding character
from the other parent not in evidence is called recessive. But if
these hybrids are bred among themselves they give rise to
offspring of two t^^pes, some showing the dominant character and
some the recessive, and these usually appear in the proportion of
3:1. By further trial it is found that about one-third of the
dominant individuals are pure and two-thirds of mixed nature.

(jai-eii

ts

M fe^

c ration

Ird ^enev.

3^ 9knzr Jfth Saner: 5tk 5e„crr

r

1 ( fiv^re) "^

r e e M.

an

yell oar

-^ {jr-ecn J'ree n yi-e&n

3<

2<

3{

/ Velio uT

'd'i';.^'^'^^ " "*'— y^ " — 3/^ " ° ^

^ ye a our.

Fig. 4. Diagram showing the operation of Mendel's law with peas having

yellow and green cotyledons.

These latter will again produce offspring of both types the same
as the original hybrids, and so on for many generations. The
first instance discovered by Mendel related to the color of the
cotyledons in peas. The yellow color of cotyledons was found to
be dominant over green. The operation of Mendel's law as
regards the yellow and green colors of cotyledons is shown in
Fig. 4. Albinism among animals also furnishes a familiar exam-
ple of the operation of Mendel's law. If albino mice are mated
with gray mice the offspring are gray, but in the following gen-
eration one-fourth will again be albinoes. The gray is the dom-
inant and the albino the recessive character.

May, 1905.] The Nature of the Reduction Division.

339

As stated above, Mendel's law can be explained on the theory
of pure sex cells. In working out the peculiar activities of the
chromatin during cell division, cytologists have come to look
upon the chromosomes as special bearers of hereditary tendencies
although other parts of the protoplasm may also have something
to do with the transmission of heredity. Now if a transverse
division occurs and the chromosomes are pure the daughter
nuclei could then be organized as pure having only chromosomes
derived from the egg or sperm (Fig. 5, a-b). No difference how
many subsequent, longitudinal splittings take place before the
formation of gametes, the gametes would always be pure cells.

a b c d

Fig. 5. Diagram of transverse division showing possible production of
pure and mixed cells.

In conjugation there is twice the chance for a mixed oospore to
be formed as a pure one and hence the splitting of the hybrid
race in the proportions given by Mendel's law. But suppose
that the chromosomes were joined in pairs and arranged in the
mother star in such a way that half of the male chromosomes
were on one side and half on the other and the same
for the female chromosomes then the transverse splitting
would always result in mixed cells and no splitting of the race
could occur (Fig. 5, c-d). The daughter nuclei would be mixed
even if the chromosomes making up the pair were pure. Other
arrangements are possible, and in case the chromosomes are not
reorganized as pure bodies the cells resulting from reduction
could of course not be pure. But whatever the facts may be it
appears that all cases of hybrids that follow Mendel's law as well
as those which do not can be accounted for on the theory of pure
chromosomes and a qualitative reduction division. This would
not prove however that the chromosomes are organized as pure
bodies or that there is a transverse splitting of chromosomes.
These facts must be worked out from a study of nuclear division,
and this is the important and difficult problem to be solved.
Anyone can compare the results of cytology and plant and ani-
mal breeding after the facts have been ascertained. But to work

34° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7,

out these problems is a slow and difficult process as the writer
has discovered from experience.

Finally a word may be added as to the significance of reduc-
tion and conjugation in the origin of species. The mixing of
protoplasms with diverse hereditary characters must cause a
great disturbance in the hereditary apparatus. We may think
of a struggle of two characters one against the other, the one
becoming dominant and the other unable to reassert itself. We
may picture to ourselves the powerful stimulus of the one on the
other and the reaction and rearrangement of the material mosaic
which may result in the evolution of a monstrosity or a new
species. But crossing must after all tend to uniformity. It is
the origin of sexual barriers and the barriers induced by the
activity of one hereditary tendency over another which has led
to diversity in plant and animal life so far as this has any relation
to the sexual process. Variation and diversity of type is just as
prominent a characteristic of nonsexual as of sexual organisms.
The new forms resulting from near or distant crosses must be
regarded as merely incidental in the great process of the evolu-
tion of the diverse life of the earth, the real and fundamental
cause lying in the nature of protoplasm itself whether of sexual
or nonsexual organisms. Variation is a property of protoplasm
and reproduction is primarily a matter of assimilation and
growth. If sexuality were the primary cause of variation we
would logically have to suppose a multitude of sexual races in
the beginning rather than a simple nonsexual and uniform group
of organisms which has evolved and segregated into new types
without any special reference as to whether the units in the
process have acquired sexuality or having acquired it once have
lost it again in ages past.

A LIST OF OHIO PLANTS WITH COMPOUND LEAVES.

Walter Fischer.

In making out a list of plants having compound leaves, a few
words on this subject and on the light relation of plants in general
may not be out of place.

From what is known of the function of leaves it is evident
that with the exception of plants in xerophytic conditions, the
greater the surface exposed and provided this is done in such a
way as not to handicap the plant in other ways, the better will
that plant be enabled to survive in its struggle for existence.

Plants may secure a better exposure to light and air in any
of the following ways:

1. By motile leaves and 'stems.

May, 1905.] Ohio Plants with Compound Leaves, 341

2. By increase in height or length, thus providing room for a
greater number of leaves, as in trees, vines and ivies.

3. By leaf arrangement in which the plant secures the best
possible light relation by arranging the material on hand to its
best advantage. Here we have rosettes, mosaics, etc.

4. By an increase in the size of the leaf blade or the length-
ening of its petiole. When the petiole is lengthened it is only
to place the leaf in a better position, so this phase of leaf enlarge-
ment would more properly come under No. 3. When an enlarge-
ment of the blade takes place it must be in such a manner that
nothing will be sacrificed to light or strength and it is evidently
for this reason that we get the great variety of forms which
gradually lead up to the compound leaf.

In our common Monocotyls leaf enlargement takes the form
of increase in length only ; this being necessary on account of the
parallel system of venation which could not prevent the leaves
from becoming shredded when exposed to wind and rain, some-
thing which does take place in a great many palms. Some of
the palms which have pinnately compound leaves and the aroids
present quite an exception to this statement however, as their
leaves are usuall}' quite large and expanded. Our common
Arisaemas are very distinctly palmately compound.

Among Ferns and Dicotyls we have the greatest variety of
forms ranging from those that are but slightly toothed or lobed
to those which are deeply lobed, cleft or divided, until finally the
division is so marked that we have a compound leaf apparently
made up of separate leaves on a common axis and petiole. That
these compound leaves are a gradual development from simple
ones may be readily observed by comparing the leaves of differ-
ent species in the same families or genera; those of different
individuals in the same species and finally the older and later
leaves on a single individual. Leaves that are pinnately veined
will give rise to pinnately compound ones, while those which are
palmately veined will give rise to leaves that are palmately com-
pound. Of the ferns, Botrychium affords the best example of
compound leaf development from the simpler forms like B.
lunaria to the highly complex leaf of B. virginianum. In differ-
ent species of Ranunculus all transition forms are also easily
observed. Often another feature is added here. In some forms
the plants have the rosette habit while young and when leaves
are few ; later the leaves become compound and thus avoid shad-
ing the older ones. The writer has before him a seedling of
Robinia, in which the first true leaf is a simple one; the second
and third are each composed of three leaflets; the fourth, fifth
and sixth each of five ; and the seventh and eighth each of seven
leaflets.

342 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7,

Thus in the history of species as well as in the history of
individuals, the simple leaf is the first to appear and may usually
be regarded as the more primitive form. Although the acquire-
ment of compound leaf forms is a higher development it is not
necessarily restricted to the higher groups. Some of the best
types of such forms are found in the lowest leaf bearing plants
like ferns, cvcads and buttercups and are nearly absent in the
Compositae. They seem to have been acquired independently
as a parallel development as is shown b}^ their presence in widely
separated groups and in isolated genera and species. In some
families as in Leguminosae, Juglandaceae and Umbelliferae, the
character is already fixed; in others as in Ranunculus, Geum, and
Potentilla, it seems to be a more recent development; while
others again show no indications whatever of a tendency to
develop higher types of leaves.

Before concluding a few words might be said on the advantage
accruing to plants which possess a higher type of foliage. Plants
which grow in the shade and where vegetation is dense could
present a greater surface without additional shading. It would
obviate the necessity of lengthening the petioles of the lower
leaves or of decreasing the size of upper leaves and would thus
be a distinct gain to the plant. This arrangement is especially
marked in some of the climbers. In ferns which are plants usu-
ally growing in the shade, a compound leaf seems almost a
necessity as the stems are as a rule underground and they must
depend entirely upon their leaves for exposure to air and light.
Plants which grow in exposed situations would be greatly bene-
fitted as they could increase their foliage surface enormously
without exposing themselves to injury by wind, rain or hail.
This would be most likely to occur in trees. In our common
Kentucky coffee tree the leaf stalk has taken the place of the
smaller twigs and its branches present a very naked condition
in winter, causing them to expose but a small surface to winter
storms. This would certainly be of great advantage to the tree.

It seems as though no definite conclusion could be drawn as
to when, where and why plants develop a more complex leaf
system, especially as so many plants develop it in connection
with some of the other features that enable it to reach the light.
A closer study of the question seems to present more problems
than solutions. This is undoubtedly because plants are con-
tinually shifting from place to place and from one condition into
another. So that if certain characters are developed and become
fixed when the plant lives in one condition they need not be lost
if the plant is forced to migrate or if this condition is changed, as
they might not necessarily be a disadvantage to it. Until tlien,
the entire geological history of the different gr()U])s is known it
would be impossible to tell why plants with similar habits and

May, 1905.] Ohio Plants with Compound Leaves. 343

growing under similar conditions should develop such a great
variety of leaf forms.

The following is a list principally by families and genera of
Ohio plants possessing leaves that are compound or nearly so.
Since it is often dilhcult however, to distinguish between leaves
that are truly compound and those deeply divided, the more
typical forms have been put under separate heads with a large
list of unclassified ones by themselves. The finely segmented
immersed forms are not included in the list.

With pinnate leaves:

Osmunda, Woodsia, Dicksonia, Cystopteris, Dryopteris,
Phegopteris, Woodwardia, Asplenium, Pteris, Juglans, Hickoria,
Potentilla (3 species), Comarum, Agrimonia, Sanguisorba, Rosa,
Sorbus, Cassia, Amorpha, Kuhnistera, Cracca, Robinia, Astrag-
alus, Phaca, Vicia, Lathyrus, Apios, Xanthoxylum, Ailanthus,
Floerkia, Rhus (all but one species), Acer negundo, Aralia,
Fraxinus, Cuscuta indecora, Polemonium, Tecoma, Sambucus,
Valeriana sylvatica.

With bipinnate leaves:

Osmunda regalis, Gymnocladus dioica, Gleditsia triacanthos,
Acuan illinoensis.

With trifoliate leaves:

Arisaema triphyllum, Coptis, Polanisia, Proteranthus, Rubus,
Fragaria, Waldsteinia, Baptisia, Stylosanthes, Meibomia, Les-
pedeza, Falcata, Phaseolus, Strophostyle.^, Oxalis, Ptelia, Rhus
radicans, Staphylea, Cuscuta epithymum, Valeriana pauciflora.

With palmately compound leaves:

Arisaema dracontium. Cannabis sativa, Potentilla (2 species),
Lupinus perennis, Medicago, Melilotus, Trifolium, Lotus Psoralia,
Aesculus, Parthenocyssus, Panox.

With dichotomously decompound leaves:

Adiantum pedatum.

With ternately compound or decompound leaves:

Isopyrum, Cimicifuga, Aquilegia, Anemone, Syndesmon,
Clematis, Thalictrum, Caulophyllum, Bicuculla, Adlumia,
Capnoides, Dentaria, Cardiospermum.

With leaves more or less cleft, divided, compound or decom-
pound and not otherwise classified.

Onoclea, Pellaea, Helleborus, Trollius, Actaea, Delphinium,
Aconitum, Ranunculus, Jeffersonia, Papaver, Stylophorum,
Argemone. Chelidonium, Fumaria, Lepidium, Sinapis, Brassica,
Rhaphanus, Barbarea, lodanthus, Roripa, Cardamine, Sophia,
Arabis, Reseda, Aruncus, Potentilla, Geum, Ulmaria, Agrimonia,
Geranium, Erodium, Malva, Hibiscus, Umbelliferae (all but 4
genera), Hydrophyllum, Ambrosia, Silphium, Rudbeckia, Ratib-
ida, Coreopsis, IBidens, Dysodia, Achillea, Anthemis, Matricaria,
Tanacetum, Artemesia, Carduus.

344 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol, V, No. 7,

THE AGAR-AGAR AND PARAFFIN METHOD FOR IMBED-
DING PLANT TISSUES.

Harlax H. York.

In the Journal of Applied Microscopy and Laboratory Meth-
ods 6: 2591-2, 1903, the writer gave an account of a method for
killing and imbedding plant tissues in a hot solution of agar-agar.
While this method is applicable for most histological work, sec-
tions cannot always be obtained as thin as are sometimes desired.
Recently a method for imbedding and sectioning plant tissues
in paraffin after they had been killed and imbedded in a hot
agar-agar solution was tried.

The following are some of the sections made by the agar-agar
and paraffin method: Sections of leaf of date palm; sections of
leaf of Ficus elastica; sections of stem of Begonia; sections of
stem of Equisetum arvense; sections of leaf of beech; sections of
a Uromyces on Sparganium eurycarpum; sections of a Phylla-
chora on Panicum ; sections of a rust on Scirpus.

The tissues were first killed and imbedded in a 2 per cent and
5 per cent solutions of agar-agar and then imbedded in paraffin
in the usual way.

The 2 per cent solution of agar-agar can be made as follows:
Take 10 grams of agar-agar to 500 c. c. of distilled water and boil
for two hours. An ordinar}^ oat-meal cooker can be u:ed for
boiling this mixture. Filter the agar-agar through a cheese
cloth into a glass jar before it is allowed to cool and add for-
malin in the proportion of one part of formalin to nine parts by
volume of the agar-agar.

The 5 per cent solution is made in the same way as the 2 per
cent solution, only 25 grams of agar-agar to 500 c. c. of distilled
water are taken. Formalin should be added in the same manner
and proportion as in the 2 per cent solution. Large quantities
of the agar-agar solutions can be prepared and preserved in air
tight vessels to prevent evaporation.

The tissues were first put into the 2 per cent agar-agar solu-
tion. Put a small quantity of the 2 per cent agar-agar into a
test tube or small wide mouth bottle and place with contents
into a vessel of boiling water until the agar-agar is melted. After
the agar-agar is melted it should be kept at a temperature of
70° C. The tissues are placed directly into the hot 2 per cent
solution for two hours. Then they are transferred into the 5
per cent solution, which has been melted in the same manner as
the 2 per cent solution and allowed to remain for an hour or
more. The tissues are imbedded in the 5 per cent agar-agar.
Take a small wooden block or a plate of glass and with a camel's
hair brush put a layer of the hot agar-agar on one end of the

May, 1905.] Imbedding Plant Tissues. 345

block, let it cool for a few seconds and place one of the pieces of
material on the block and cover with more agar-agar. Allow it
to cool for a few minutes, when it is removed from the block and
placed in 70 per cent alcohol and passed thro the different grades
of alcohol to paraffin and imbedded. The tissues should remain
for two or more hours in each of the different grades of alcohol.

No albumen fixative is necessary to attach the sections to
the slides and the sections can be stained as any other paraffin
sections. Delafield's haemotoxylin and Safranin and gentian
violet are favorable stains. The agar- agar surrounding the sec-
tions stains in Delafield's haemotoxylin but it takes only a slight
stain in Safranin and gentian violet.

It seems that this method will be very valuable for section-
ing tissues that would be easily torn by the ordinary paraffin
method, and especially applicable in the study of rusts and other
parasitic fungi. The layer of agar-agar around the tissues
becomes very tough when passed thro the alcohols and forms a
firm medium which prevents the tissue from being torn when
sectioned.

The Phyllachora mentioned above, was dried and kept in
the herbarium. The material was firmly pressed and thoroughly
dry and in spite of these facts, the perithecia were sectioned
without any injury and the hyphae could be seen in the adjacent
tissues of the leaf. The Uromyces was collected in October,
1904, and the tissues of the leaf were entirely dead. The sec-
tions showed the delicate teleutosorus and spores in fine condi-
tion. The parts sectioned were cut into small pieces and placed
in hot water at about 70° C. for an hour and then transfered to
a 10 per cent solution of hydro-fluoric acid for twelve hours to
remove the silicon which would otherwise interfere with the
sectioning. The material was washed and imbedded in the
manner already described. The stem of Equisetum was also
herbarium material and was treated in the same manner as the
Phyllachora and Uromyces. The sections obtained were in good
condition for such material. The beech leaf was from alcoholic
material and the sections showed the different parts of the leaf
in excellent form. This method can be used to the best advan-
tage where a histological study of the plant tissue is desired.

It is much shorter than the oridnary paraffin method as the
aqueous solutions of agar-agar penetrate the tissues without any
preliminary dehydration. Serial sections were cut as thin as 10//.

A few scale insects found on a palm were also imbedded and
sectioned and fairly good sections were obtained. This method
will perhaps be useful in the study of insects.

346 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7,

LIFE HISTORY NOTES ON APION NIGRUM.

E. C. COTTOX.

The genus Apion, family Curciilionidae, contains several
serious pests among which are two or three that do considerable
damage to the clover plant. Two members of the genus A.
nigrum and ^4. rostruin belong to the fauna of the black locust
{Rohinia pseudacacia) . Our knowledge of the habits and life
history of these two species is incomplete. It has long been
known that the adults of ^4. nigrum feed upon the black locust,
eating holes in the leaves and it has been supposed that the lar-
vae, as the larvae of nearly related species, "develop within the
seeds of this tree" (Insect Life, 5:338). However, the seeds of
the black locust are but little larger than the adult curculio so
that this could hardly be true, and some observations made
during the past summer disprove this supposition.

While engaged as Assistant Nursery and Orchard Inspector
the writer visited Marietta on May 22, 1904, and found many
adults of A. nigrum working upon the unopened flower buds of
the black locust trees west of that town. On closer observation
it was noted that the females were puncturing the buds and
ovipositing in the holes thus made. On a second visit to this
locality, on May 26, the insects were as numerous as before and
it was noted that many of the buds had ceased to develop and
were falling to the ground where they remained fresh for some
time. Many of the fallen buds had the pedicle still attached,
but a larger part did not. An examination showed that nearly
all of the prematureh" falling buds had been punctured in one or
more places, and upon opening them, all stages of the insect were
found, i. e., eggs, larvae, pupae and adults. Usually only one
stage of the insect was found in a single bud and normally but
one develops in a given bud yet there may be two or more.
From some of these buds the adults had emerged by eating a
round hole, generally through the base of the bud but some ate
their way out at about two-thirds of the distance to the tip.

One raceme upon which twelve adults were observed feeding
and ovipositing, was found to contain thirty buds, twenty-five
of which had been punctured in sixty-three separate places.
The highest ntimber of punctures in any one bud was seven.
From thirty of these wounds a viscid, gummy substance was
exuding. About fifty of these buds were collected from the
ground and placed in a glass jar, on May 26th, and on June 5th,
twenty adult curculios, one pupa and four larvae were taken
out, and on June 11th, seven more adults were removed.

'May, 1905.] Life History Notes on Apion nigrum.

347

Specimens reared in this jar were identified as .4. nigrum by
Mr. E. A. Schwarz, of the Bureau of Entomology, Washington,
D. C.

The trees were again visited on September 18th and although
they had been full of bloom in May, diligent searching failed to
reveal a single seed pod that had matured, so thorough had been
the work of the insects.

Fig. r. Larva, full-grown.

Fig. 2. Pupa, ventral view.

Fig. 3. Adult.

Fig. 4. Unopened bud t.howing opening through which adult emerged.

At McArthur, Vinton County, the curculio while not as plen-
tiful as at Marietta was found on nearly everv black locust tree ,
generally but one or two in a place, however. On June 2d a
female was observed busily engaged drilling a hole in the gall-
like, rolled up edge of a locust leaf, probably produced by the

348 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7^

yellow locust midge (Cecidoinyia robiniae), and after a little
waiting the writer was rewarded by witnessing the oviposition
of an egg in the hole thus made. This leaf was collected and
preserved but the egg failed to hatch.

Mr. O. H. Sweezy* reports having found the nearly full
grown larva of this beetle in similarly rolled up leaves of the-
black locust at East Cleveland, and further says "they were in
a sort of a cocoon." which was not the case with those develop-
ing in the locust buds at Marietta. He collected a few leaves
containing the larvae and "on July 6, two adult beetles
appeared." It is hardly probable that this is a second brood of
this insect, because the seasonal differences between the south-
ern and northern portions of the state should account for about
one-half of the month's tiine between the appearance of the
adults at Marietta and East Cleveland. The other two weeks-
may easily be accounted for in the straggling of the brood, which
is often noticed even in insects that appear distinctly in broods.
It will require at least another season's observations to make
sure of this point.

This curculio occupies a position between those, the larva of
which, feed wholly upon the leaves, and those which develop in:
the seeds. This adaptation to a bud feeding larva is peculiar in
that it shows a very remarkable acceleration in the larval devel-
opment, and one that is somewhat unusual. The entire devel-
opment, from egg to adult, must be accomplished within three
weeks and possibly in a shorter time. This may mean a cor-
responding long life period for the adult insects as they may be-
found at any time from early in May until the middle of Sep-
tember, and must pass the winter in this stage.

In the same buds were also found a large number, of some-
times as high as forty or fifty, small yellow larvae, probably
dipterous, which did not develop to adults and which are stilt
undetermined.

Description of larva: The larva is a small white footless grub,
about one-fifth inch in length as it lies in a curved position in the bud;
head about one-third of the diameter of the body, brownish in color with
a few scattered spines or hairs; body thick, tapering abruptly to a blunt
point at the posterior end; a few scattered hairs on the three thoracic
segments.

Pupa. White or yellowish-white , one-fourth inch long, slenderer
than larva; head slightly darker in color than body, and with ten spines
on top and front; snout folded along under side of body; two pairs of
spines on dorsal side of the third thoracic segment, and two spines on
posterior end of abdomen, also one at the end of the femur of each leg.

Note — This work was tmdertaken as part of a thesis for graduation in-
the College of Agriculture, on the "Insects of the Vilack locust," and is.
under the direction of Prof. Herbert Osborn.

* Unpublished notes made during sumnicr of 1^04.

May, 1905.] A Few Ohio Desmids. 349

A FEW OHIO DESMIDS.

Joseph A. Cushman.

During the spring of 1904 Mr. Charles B. Ames kindly made
a few collections containing desmids and sent them to me for
identification. These were from bodies of still water about
Youngstown, Ohio. Although there is but one undescribed
species and the total number of species small, the collection
showed a few points of decided interest. It considerably
extends our knowledge of the range of several species and varie-
ties, certain of which are not generally known in America. It
also adds to the desmid records for the state of Ohio. The-
following were identified from the collections:

Netrium Digitus (Ehrenb.) Itzigs & Rothe.

Length 260/(: breadth GS/c breadth at apex 28/(. Common.
In ah characters the specimens of this species were typical.

Netrium Nagelii (Breb.) W. & G. S. West.

Length 142/(: breadth 34/'.: breadth at apex 14/'.. Occasional.

The only other record for this species in North America is that of the-

writer, from the White Mountain Region of New Hampshire.

Penium margaritaceum (Ehrenb.) Breb. var. obesum var. nov.
Length 57/« : breadth 22/(. Occasional.

This has the usual characters for this species but is very much-
shorter and stouter than typical specimens.

Closterium striolatum Ehrenb.

Length SOo/c breadth 44/(: breadth at apex ll/.(. Frequent.

Closterium Dianae Ehrenb., var. arcuatum (Breb.) Rabenh.

Distance between apices llO/c breadth IS/t. Occasional.
Closterium moniliferum (Bory) Ehrenb.

Length 25U/t: breadth 37/(: breadth at apex Sjli.

A somewhat small form but the size is constant through the species-

as represented in this collection.

Closterium Lunula (Mull.) Nitzsch.

Length 540/i: breadth 96/(. Occasional.

Specimens of this species were of the typical form.
Closterium decorum Breb.

Length 345/z: breadth 25/t: breadth at apex 5,«. Frequent.

Specimens of this species, like those of C. monilifenini, of less than the

usual size although in other ways they were typical.

Pleurotaenium coronatum (Breb.) Rabenh., var. nodulosum (Breb,) West.
Length 527-560/.'; breadth at base 47-65/i: breadth at apex 25-46/t.
Common. Specimens of this variety were longer than those usually
met with and they vary considerably in size, in breadth of apex and
in the number of the crenulations.

Pleurotaenium Trabecula (Ehrenb.) Nag., forma clavata (Kutz.) West.
^ Length 288/'.: breadth at base 34/(: breadth at apex 19/(

Common in the collections.';
var.frectum (Delp.) West.

Length 280/(: breadth at base IS/c breadth at apex 13/(. Common..

Cell wall smooth.

35° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 7,

Tetmemorus laevis (Kutz.) Ralfs. Forma.
Length 210/(: breadth 34 «. Frequent.

Although froin the measureinents given for this species it would seem
to be either nearer T. Brebissonit or T. granulatus, the form is decid-
edly nearer that of T. laevis and the cell wall is smooth or very finely
punctate.

Euastrum verrucosum Ehrenb.

Length I'lii: breadth GS/i: breadth of apical lobe 2S/t: isthums 15//.
Very common, a somewhat compressed form of the species.

Micrasterias Americana (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. Forma.

Length l-iO/t: breadth 127/(: breadth of apical lobe SO/c breadth of

isthusm 27/t. Common.

This is a peculiar form with the apical lobe spreading rapidh' with its

base deep sunken in the median portion of the semicell and with a

peculiar arrangement of the teeth of the end lobe. The variations

were constant in all specimens seen and the typical form did not

appear.

Cosmarium pseudopyramidatum Lund.

Length 37/'.: breadth 28/'.: breadth of isthmus 6.5/(. Common.

Cosmarium cyclicum Lund.

Length 45/(: breadth = length: breadth of isthmus 12.5/i.
This species is not included by Wolle in his work and is reported by
Johnson among his rarities. It seems however, to be a fairly com-
mon species in this country as it has turned up in several widely sep-
arated localities in material I have examined. In every way the
specimens from Youngstown were typical.

Cosmariuin Turpinii Breb.

Length 53-58/'.: breadth 47-53/t: breadth of isthmus 12.5-14/(: thick-
ness 34/(. Very common at this locality. Wolle speaks of this
species as "not rare." It has not yet been recorded from New
England, however.

Cosmariuin Broomei Thwaites.

Length 32/( : breadth 28/« : breadth of isthmus 9/(. Fairly comnion.

Cosmarium Amesii sp. nov.

Length 47,h: breadth 53/(: breadth of isthmus 15/-(. Common.
A Cosmanum of the group represented by C. bimiin Nordst., C.
speciosmn Lund., etc. End broadly truncated, slightly refuse. Sides
of each semicell with ten granules arranged in pairs as are also the
granules of the end. From the border these pairs are repeated
inward three or four times. The central basal portion of the side of
each semi-cell composed of a roughly circular series of granules
arranged in seven vertical rows: the central one, the longest, ^\'ith six
granules, at each side of this a series of four and the outer four rows
each with five granules. The basal angles of the semi-cells are
broadly rounded. This species is named for the collector, Mr. Charles
B. Ames.

Staurastrum punctulatum Breb.

Length 21)/'.: breadth 28/(: breadth of isthmus 7.5/(. Common.

Staurastrum muticum Breb.

Breadth o4/i. Occasional.

In all, twenty-one varieties and fonns were noted in the collection.
Boston Societv of Natural Historv.

May, 1905.] Memorial— Prof. A. A. Wright. 35^^

MEMORIAL OF THE OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ON THE
DEATH OF PROF. A. A. WRIGHT.

The Executive Committee of the Ohio Academy of Science
adopted the following memorial, prepared at its request by Prof,
Lynds Jones, in respect to the death of Prof. A. A. Wright, of
Oberlin, a member and former president of the Academy.

Herbert Osborn, Pres.
L. B. Walton, Sec.

Albert Allen Wright died at his home in Oberlin on April 2d,
1905, of acute peritonitis after an illness of scarcely twenty-four
hours. Prof. Wright was graduated from Oberlin College, in
1865, received the degree of A. M. from Oberlin in 1S6S, the
degree of Ph. B. from the School of Mines, Columbia College,
1875, was Prof, of Mathematics and Natural Science, Berea
College, Kentucky, 1870-1873, and was called to the chair of
Geology and Natural History of Oberlin College in 1874. With
the change of title to Professor of Geology and Zoology his
service at Oberlin has been continuous since his first appointment.

Prof. Wright was born in Oberlin in 1846. He served as 100
day man during the closing days of the Rebellion, and received
his baccalaureate degree the following year at the age of nine-
teen. He began early to develop his natural taste for science,
and soon became recognized as a safe scientific thinker and
investigator. He was one who never rushed to conclusions how-
ever enticing the facts discovered appeared, but took time to
look into every possible avenue of approach to the subject, being
satisfied only when his conclusions rested upon a foundation that
could not be shaken. Conseqtientlv he was not a prolific writer.
Indeed, he gave himself so unreservedly to his teaching and his
students that research work was possible only during his brief
vacations and at odd hours.

Prof. Wright was a modest, retiring man, always shrinking
from publicity, yet his service to the community and the state
becomes conspicuous in his absence. Oberlin's unrivalled water
and sewer systems are largely due to his hard study and keen
insight. To him is almost wholly due the inception of the topo-
graphical survey of Ohio. In this he was at first defeated, but
by untiring efforts and dogged determination saw the issue to a
successful finish. He was also among the charter members of
the Ohio State Academy of Science, which he served as President.

Probably among his most conspicuous contributions to sci-
ence was his correction of Dr. Newberry's error in the true
arrangement of the ventral armor of Dinicthys. While the pub-
lications over his own name were relatively few, his inspiration

352 Meeting of the Biological Club. [Vol. V, No. 7.

to others and his constant interest and unfaiHng kindness in
spending himself for others who worked under him will continue
long to be a potent factor in the advancement of science.

Professor Wright was a Fellow of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, a Fellow of the Geological
Society of America, and a member of the Ohio State Academy
of Science. Lynds Jones

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, March 6, 1905.

The Club was called to order by the Vice-President, Miss
Riddle. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved. A letter from Prof. Hine in Guatemala was read.
Prof. Hine reported his work there as successful for the most
part. The party was enjoying the trip very much.

Mr. Surface was asked to take the chair. The first paper
was by Miss Riddle on the "Embryology of Staphylea and of
Philotria." The species studied were Staphylea trifoliata and
Philotria canadensis. Before the work on Philotria was com-
pleted R. B. Wylie, of the University of Chicago published a
paper on the same subject. In the discussion Prof. Schaffner
called attention to the fact that in Gray's Manual Philotria and
Vallisneria are placed near the Orchids while this kind of a rela-
tionship is evidently impossible from the detailed study thus
shown.

Mr. York next presented a paper on Hibernacula. Mr. York
spent his available time this summer at Sandusky studying the
water plants in the coves of the bay. Most water plants live
over winter by means of tubers, blubs, etc., but in some there is
a modification of the tip of the stem. These stems are much
shortened and form bud-like structures called hibernacula.

Mr. Morris next read a paper on "Great Climatic Changes."
He dealt only with geological changes. By means of the fossil
remains and vegetable deposits in different strata the climate of
the various regions in past times can be determined. Below the
Cambrian there are no fossils but glacial evidence gives some idea
of the climate. Several theories with regard to causes of cliinatic
changes were given, prominent among which was Dr. Chamber-
lain's theory of the varying amount of CO.j in the atmosphere.

In the discussion, Mr. Gleason, Mr. Hyde, Mr. Metcalf, Prof.
Schaffner and Prof. Landacre spoke.

The following were elected to membership: M. E. Hendriksen,
W. C. Morse, C. A. Miner and E. P. Durrant.

The club then adjourned.

F. M. Surface, Sec.

Date of Publication of May Number, May 15, IQOS.

/.

The Ohio V\[^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni'versity,
Volume V. JUNE, 1905. No. 8.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Riddle— Development of \he Embryo Sac aiul Embryo of Batraeliium longiiostris . 353

SCHAFFNER— Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants Based ou Leaf and Twig

Characters 364

OsBGEN— Descriptions of New North American Fiilgoridae 373

Surface— Meeting of the Biological Club 377

DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO SAC AND EMBRYO OF
BATRACHIUM LONGIROSTRIS.*

LuMiNA Cotton Riddle.

Batrachium longirostris (Godr.) F. Schultz is one of the white
water Ranunculaceae. By many authorities it is included in the
genus Ranunculus but Britton in his Manual separates them into
two genera on the character of the achene, that of Batrachium
being transversely wrinkled. He distinguishes B. longirostris
from B. divaricatum and B. trichophyllum with which the first
is often confused, by the length of the beak of the achene. Prantl
in his classification of the Ranunculaceae in the "Pflanzen-
familien" includes Batrachium in the Genus Ranunculus but
divides the genus into seven sub-genera placing Batrachium in
the third, Marsypadenium. This sub-genus he further divides
into five super-species of which the first is Batrachium and the
second Xanthobatrachium. Under this he places Ranunculus
delphinifolius Torr. (R. multifidus Pursh) making the following
distinctions:

Batrachium, Honigbl. weisze, Nektarium in einer Grube; Fr.
runzelig.

Xanthobatrachium, Honigbl. gelb, Nektarium oefters mit
seitlichen Lappen; Fr. nicht runzelig.

The writer had the privilege of studying three dozen excel-
lently prepared and carefully selected slides of Ranunculus
delphinifolius and some close resemblances were noted to
Batrachium longirostris which will be referred to later in the
discussion.

ujIlIBRAR Y

* Contribtitions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State
University, XX.

354 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

The subject has proved very interesting because of the large
number of closely related plants which have already been studied
and the accumulated literature which was easy of access either
in the original publications or through brief reviews and abstracts.
The writer became thoroughly familiar with her own material
before making any comparisons in order to avoid having pre-
conceived ideas of what ought to be expected.

Material for study was collected at Licking Reservoir in 1901
by Professor J. H. Schaffner and at Sandusky Bay, Lake Erie in
the summers of 1902-1903 by the writer. The usual methods of
killing, imbedding, sectioning and staining were employed.
Thickness of the sections varied from 8-20 microns the older
material being cut thickest.

The development of the carpel is almost identical with that
of Ranunculus abortivus as described by E. A. Bessey (1). The
rounded pyramid of the receptacle first appears from which
numerous conelike projections arise (Fig. 1). Those nearest the
base develop into the stamens. Near the summit of the receptacle
the arrangement of parts is spiral but approaches the cyclic
among the outer stamens. The number of stamens found by
actual count varied from 17-21 while the number of carpels was
approximately half as great. A lamina or flap develops from the
distal side of the young carpel enveloping the inner portion
which begins to grow away from the receptacle (Fig. 2). This
lamina thins out as it meets the axillary placenta and traces of
the integuments can be seen (Fig. 3). As the nucellus develops
it describes an angle of 180° and when the gynoecium is mature
the tip of the nucellus is directed downward while the opening of
the micropyle is towards the receptacle. (Fig. -1). Only a single
integument develops. The outer cells of the integument nearest
the placenta are large and glandular and seem to function in
conducting the pollen tube to the micropyle (Fig. 5). After the
closing of the carpel an elongated style develops having linger
like, glandular cells on the stigma wdiich afford a lodging place
for the pollen.

The microsporangium develops a plate of four or five hypo-
dermal archesporial cells which divide by periclinal walls to
form primary wall and primary sporogenous cells (Fig. 6). The
primary wall cells then divide and the inner cells develop into
the tapetal layer (Fig. 7). The outer cells may divide once or
twice forming two or three distinct layers between the epidermis
and the tapetum (Fig. 8). The layer next to the epidermis forms
the endothecium with thickenings in the angles of the walls,
exactly as were found in the endothecium of R. delphinifolius.
Further divisions by anticlinal walls occur in both tapetal and
wall layers and later the tapetum becomes binucleate by kary-
okinesis, without forming walls, instead of by fragmentation of
the nucleus (Fig. 10-11).

June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium. 3.55

The primary sporogenous cells continue to divide and appar-
ently give rise to the axial layer of tapetal cells. The origin of
the peripheral layer from the wall cells and the axial layer from
the sporogenous, seems to accord with their origin in R. delphi-
nifolius, both from examination of the slides and from the
observations recorded in Coulter's Life History of Ranunculus
(3). This refers the origin of the tapetum to the primary arche-
sporium instead of referring the axial layer to the inner tissue of
the androecium. Frequently a splitting was observed between
the sterile wall layers and the tapetum but quite as often it could
be seen between the tapetum and the sporogenous tissue (Fig. 9),
and sometimes seemed separated from both. As the stamen
matures the cells are forced past each other and misplaced,
making it extremely difhcult to determine the origin of the
tapettnn unless a careful study of a series of stages has been made.

The primary sporogenous cells then divide a number of times
so that a central cross section shows sometimes as manv as
twelve microsporocytes (Fig. 8), while a longitudinal section
shows from three to four rows (Fig. 11). The tapetal layer does
not disintegrate early but is still quite well organized after the
separation of the tetrads.

The microsporocyte divides to form four microspores (Fig.
12-13). No cases of more were found as has been reported in
Ficaria (4) and other Ranunculaceae but in some cases the sep-
aration is incomplete. This is shown in one of the pollen grains
in Fig. 25. In many cases the microspore never germinates (Fig.
14), in fact scarcely one to four. The tube nucleus and the gen-
erative nucleus lie close together. Just before pollination the
generative cell becomes lenticular and divides to form the sperm
nuclei (Fig. 15). These are not readily seen because of the
abundant starch granules, the deep color which the pollen grain
takes, and the crowding of the three nuclei. In the slides of R.
delphinifolius there were found similar cases of two male nuclei
before the germination of the pollen ttibe.

Before the lamina has entirely enclosed the nucellus, the
archesporium can be distinguished (Fig. 16-17). The occurrence
of two or more archesporial cells is not at all unusual and in many
cases the struggle for supremacy results disastrously for all con-
cerned. The remains of other archesporial cells can almost alwavs
be seen around the megasporocyte. There is no evidence of the cut-
ting off of any primary parietal cell but the reduction division
occurs at once. The lower of the two cells divides first and in
many cases the division of the upper seemed never to pass bevond
the formation of the spindle (Fig. 18-19). This is not unlike the
development of the megaspores as reported by Mottier (8). In
a few cases there seemed to be two complete sets of megaspores
but the writer did not observe any twin embryo sacs though it is

356 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

quite reasonable to expect to find them where the archesporium
is so commonly multicellular. But in Batrachium, or at least in
the material collected for study, the number of megaspores which
divide and the number of embryo sacs that develop embrvos
seem very few. In many cases only a few of the ovules matured,
perhaps two or three, as was seen in the ripened carpels and also
in the material sectioned.

The functional megaspore passes through the two, four and
eight celled stages and the nuclei arrange themselves normally
(Fig. 20-23). The two synergidae stain much darker than the
egg cell and the antipodals than the polar nuclei. After the
conjugation of the polar nuclei the resulting definitive nucleus
was very readity distinguished by its enormous size (Fig. 24).
While the polar nuclei are approaching each other the antipodals
enlarge and seem to take on definite walls, and the embryo sac
begins to widen below. At the time of fertilization the anti-
podals are situated in an elevated crater-like pouch (Fig. 24).
The lengthening of the embryo sac is greater on the distal than
on the proximal side and extends beyond the chalaza near where
the antipodal pouch is situated. The antipodals are typically
those of Ranunculaceae resembling almost exactly those of R.
delphinifolius. The nuclei sometimes divide (Fig. 27) but usually
only three were present. They persist for a long time staining
quite deeply and can be distinguished even in quite mature
ovules (Figs. 31 and 33).

The entrance of the pollen tube into the embryo sac and the
actual phenomenon of fertilization was not observed in Batra-
chium. The pollen tube was traced well down into the stigmatic
tissue, found emerging in the cavity of the ovulary and again
seen among the glandular cells of the shorter integument and
traced into the micropyle. One might expect anything since
Overton (10) reported parthenogenesis in Thalictrum pur-
purascens, Coulter (3) found the second sperm cell much disor-
ganized at the time of its discharge in Ranunculus septentri-
onalis and Miss Thomas (14) discovered double fertilization
occurring in Caltha palustris. Double fertilization is also
reported by Nawaschin (11) for Delphinium elatum and by
Guignard (7) in Ranunculus flammula, R. C3^mbalaria, Anemone
nemorosa, Helleborus foetidus, Nigella sativa and N. damascena.
In Batrachitmi, the fact that so few ovules develop and the
traces of the pollen tube found in those that do, seems to set aside
entirely the occurrence of parthenogenesis. The peculiar pale
nucleus shown in Fig. 2G may be the second sperm nucleus. In
one slide there was what might be taken for double fertilization,
but the evidence was so unsatisfactory that the writer prefers to
leave the question unsettled.

June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium, 357

After fertilization the oospore begins to elongate and soon
divides into a two celled embryo (Fig. 26). Before the first
longitudinal division there is evidently another transverse one
(Fig. 28) . These two suspensor cells later divide in both directions
varying considerably in method and order of divisions (Figs. 30
and" 35.) The suspensor is short and does not seem to function
long especially after the formation of the endosperm. The
dermatogen is cut off by a series of periclinal walls from the
octant and later divides by anticlinal walls. The cotyledons are
small compared to the hypocotyl and the embryo is straight
(Fig. 37). In the literature consulted there were but few of the
Ranunculaceae in which the mature embryo was described. In
Delphinium exaltatum Miss Dunn (15) finds a small heart shaped
embryo with rudimentary suspensor and short hypocotyl. This
seems to be the typical embryo in the Ranunculaceae.

The definitive nucleus divides immediately after fertilization
and when the four celled embryo was found there was a single
layer of endosperm completely lining the embryo sac (Fig. 29).
These nuclei were not enclosed in cell walls but showed faint
radiations (Fig. 31). In later divisions however, walls are formed
and the entire embryo sac is filled with endosperm cells of varying
shapes and sizes. Those in the antipodal region are large and
rounded, those near the embryo wedge shaped or rhomboidal,
and the peripheral layer is flattened. (Fig. 32.) The cells store
up an abundance of starch (Fig. 34) which nourishes the young
embryo. The cells are arranged in a radiate manner and as the
young embryo enlarges the surrounding cells are emptied of their
store (Fig. 33).

The inner wall of the carpel is made up of a layer of elongated
cells which are longest in the plane at right angles to the axis of
the carpel. Next to these cells there are four or five layers
elongated at right angles to the first and rather crescentic (Fig.
38). As the ovule matures these cells develop thick perforate
walls while the cells beneath the epidermal layer become some-
what separated to form a delicate spongy tissue (Fig. 39). These
cells seem to contain some starch. The thickened cells make it
a difficult matter to section the mature ovule so as to obtain good
sections of the fullv developed embrvo.

luj(tlBRAR Y ?

358 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, Ko. 8,

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) Bessey, E. a. Comparative morphology of the pistils of
Ranunculaceae, Alismaceae, and Rosaceae. Bot. Gaz.
26:297-313. 1898.

(2) Campbell, D. H. On the affinities of certain anomolous
Dicotyledons. Am. Nat. 36:7-12. 1902.

(3) Coulter, J. M. Contributions to the life history of
Ranunculus. Bot. Gaz. 25 :73-88. 1898.

(4) Coulter & Chamberlain. Morphologv of Angiosperms.

1903.

(5) Dunn, Louise B. Morphology of the development of
the ovule in Delphinium exaltatum. Proc. A. A. A. S.
49:284. 1900.

(6) GuiGNARD, L. Recherches sur le sac embryonnaire des
Phanerogames Angiospermes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. vi,
13:136-199. 1882.

(7) GuiGNARD, L. Double fecondation chez les Ranoncu-
lacees. Journ. Botanique 15:394-408. 1901.

(8) MoTTiER, D. M. Contributions to the embrvologv of the
Ranunculaceae. Bot. Gaz. 20:241-248; 296-304. ^1895.

(9) OsTENWALDER, A. Beitracgc zur Embrvologie von
Aconitum napellus, L. Flora 85 :254-292' 1898.

(10) Overton, J. B. Parthenogenesis in Thalictrum pur-
purascens. Bot. Gaz. 33:363-375. 1902.

(11) Nawaschin, S. Ref. m Bot. Centrlbl. 77:62. 1899.

(12) Sargent, Ethel. Recent work on the results of fertili-
zation in Angiosperms. Ann. of Bot. 14:689-712. 1900.

(13) Strasburger, E. Die Angiospermen unci die Gvmno-

spermen. Jena, 1879.

Strasburger, E. Zellbildung und Zelltheilung. Jena,
38: 1878.

(14) Thomas, Ethel M. Double fertilization in a dicotyledon
— Caltha palustris. Ann. Bot. 14 :.527-535. 1900.

(15) Westermaier, M. Zur Embryologie den Phanerogamen
ins besondere ueber de sogenannten Antipoden. Nova
Acta Leopoldiana 57: 1890.

(16) Westermaier, M. Zur Physiologie und Morphologic den
Angiospermen Samenknospen. Beitr. Wiss. Bot. 1 :2. 1896.

June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium. 359

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

For the drawings a Bausch and Lomb camera lucida and
microscope were used with oculars 2, 1 and 3'' and objectives
2-3, 1-6 and 1-12; Figs. 1,8-11, 16-24, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38 and
39 were drawn under the 1-inch ocular and the 1-6 objective;
Figs. 2, 3 and 37 with the 2-inch ocular and the 1-6 objective;
Figs. 4, 5 and 25 with the 3^-inch ocular and the 2-3 objective;
Figs. 6, 7 and 14 with the l^-inch ocular and the 1-6 objective;
Fig. 12 with the Ij-inch ocular and the 1-12 objective; Fig. 13
with the 1-inch ocular and the 1-12 objective; Figs. 29 and 33
with the 2-inch ocular and the 2-3 objective.

Fig. 1 — Section of the receptacle showing two stages in the development
of the carpels.
-Section of young carpel showing the lamina.

-Section of carpel showing tip of carpellary leaf folded to enclose
the nucellus.

-Section of carpel showing cavity closed and integument well
developed. Megasporocyte divided.

—Longitudinal section of carpel showing elongating style and
stigma and the micropyle.

-Section of young androecium showing division of archesporium
into wall cells and sporogenous cells.

-Wall cells divided to form parietal tapetum. Outer wall cells
beginning to divide.

-DelaA'ed division in one primary wall cell. Sporogenous cell
dividing to form axial tapetum.

-Central section showing tapetum fully developed and a splitting
between the peripheral tapetum and the sporogenous tissue.

-Section near tip of stamen showing binucleate tapetuin and
spindle.

-Longitudinal section of more mature stamen showing the same-

-Microsporocyte dividing.

-Tetrads.

-Disintegrating microspore and two celled pollen grain.

-Mature pollen grains showing tube and two sperm nuclei.

-Nucellus and archesporial cell.

-Double archesporium.

-Megaspores.

-Nucellus showing megaspores and division in epidermal layer.

-Two-celled embryo sac.

—Four celled embryo sac.

-Eight celled embryo sac.

-Eight celled embryo sac showing synergidae and oosphere, con-
jugating polar nuclei and antipodals.

—Seven celled embryo sac showing egg apparatus, definitive
nucleus and antipodals. Embryo sac enlarging in antipodal
region.

Fig.

2-

Fig.

3

Fig.

4

Fig.

5

Fig.

6-

Fig.

7-

Fig.

8-

Fig.

9-

Fig.

10-

Fig-

Ib

Fig.

12-

Fig.

13-

Fig.

14-

Fig.

15-

Fig.

16-

Fig.

17-

Fig.

18-

Fig.

19-

Fig.

20-

Fig.

21-

Fig.

22-

Fig.

23-

Fgi.

24-

360

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 8,

Ohio Naturalist.

F/afe XXII.

IS -.^ ji

Riddle on " Batrachium."

June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Batrachium.

361

Ohio Naturai,ist.

Plate XX//L

*»

.c^ •-"

r,-

CO

\^

•if

<

'f i

*<?■

^-^^

; /.-iv I */-:;. ^;V^

RiDDi^E on "Batrachium."

362

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 8,

Ohio Naturaust.

P/afe XXIV.

RiDDi^E on " Batrachiinu."

June, 1905.] Embryo Sac and Evibryo of Batrachium. 363

-Stigma showing germinating pollen grains.

-Young two celled embryo and endosperm. Possibly the remains

of the second generative nucleus and pollen tube.
-Antipodals with live nuclei.
-Four celled embryo and persisting synergid.

-Single integument, nucellus and embryo, the remains of synergid,
endosperm, and three nuclei of the antipodals.

-More matvire embryo showing dermatogen layer and division in
suspensor cells.

-Endosperm from sac of a four celled embryo showing faint
radiations.

-Endosperm cells showing variation in shape and size, a-average
cells ; b-peripheral cells ; c-cells near embryo ; d-in antipodal
region.

-Embryo sac showing the arrangement of endosperm cells and the
remains of antipodals.

-Closely packed endosperm filled with starch. From an embryo
sac containing a mature embryo.

-Embryo showing rather diagonal division of the suspensor.

-Section of older embryo cut slightly diagonal but showing the
beginning of cotyledons.

-Nearly mature embryo showing cotyledons, dermatogen,
calyptrogen, pleurome and traces of the suspensor.

-Crescent shaped cells of inner wall of carpel and elongated cells
at right angles to the first; integument and nucellus.

-Section of a mature carpel showing these crescent and elongated
cells hardened and perforate.

Fig.
Fig.

25-
26-

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

27-
28-
29-

Fig.

30-

Fig.

31-

Fig.

32-

Fig.

33-

Fig.

34-

Fig.
Fig.

35
36-

Fig.

37-

Fig.

38-

Fig.

39-

Leaf Expansion of Trees and Shrubs. No detailed record
of the expanison of leaves was kept for the spring of 1905, but it
was noted that the beginning of leafing was seven days earlier
than in the spring of 190-4. Syringa vulgaris L. came first on
March 25, followed by Salix babylonica L., Larix laricina (Du R.)
Koch, and L. decidua Mill. Some trees were comparatively
earlier than last year and the order of succession was changed in
quite a number of species. This was probably due in part to the
more uniform advancement of warm weather. Morus rubra L.
and Chionanthus virginica L. were the last trees to leaf, coming
out on Ma}' 6.

J. H. S.

364 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol V, No. 8,

KEY TO THE GENERA OF OHIO WOODY PLANTS BASED ON
LEAF AND TWIG CHARACTERS.

John H. Schaffner.

1. Foliage leaves with expanded blades, netted-veined. 8.

1. Foliage leaves needle-shaped, narrowlj' linear, subulate, or scale-
like; conifers, or in one case a dicotyl with delicate twigs and
minute leaves. 2,

1. Foliage leaves fan-shaped with dichotomous venation, a number on

thick, wart-like, persistent dwarf branches. Ginkgo.

2. With typical dwarf branches, persistent for more than 1 year, 3.
2. With feather-like dwarf branches, deciduous each year, the linear

leaves spreading into 2 ranks. Taxodium.
2. With delicate sprajMikc twigs deciduous each year; leaves scale-
like, minute; a dicotyl. Tamarix.

2. Without dwarf branches. 4.

3. Dwarf branches small, self-pruned, with 2-5 foliage leaves. Pinus.

3. Dwarf branches thick, wart-like, persistent, with numerous decid-

uovis leaves. Larix.

4. Leaf buds scaly; leaves scattered. 5.

4. Leaf buds not scaly, naked; leaves opposite or whorled. 7.

5. Leaf scar on a sterigma, the twigs covered with scales representing

the leaf bases. 6.

5. Leaf scar on the bark; twigs without scales; leaves flat. Abies.

6. Leaves flat, those on the upper side of the twig much shorter than

the lateral ones; trees. Tsuga.

G. Leaves flat all of about the same length; ours a shrub. Taxus.

G. Leaves more or less 4-sided, spreading in all directions. Picea.

7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked,

closely covering the twigs which are decidedly flattened and fan-
like; leaves of two shapes, the dorsal and ventral broader and
less acute than the lateral ones; scales of the carpellate cone not
peltate. Thuia.
7. Foliage leaves small, scale-like, appressed, opposite, 4-ranked,
closely covering the slightly flattened twigs which are not very
fan-like; leaves nearly or quite similar; scales of the carpellate
cone peltate. Chamaecyparis.

7. Foliage leaves of two types, scale-like and subulate, opposite or in

threes; the scale-like leaves 4-ranked, appressed, causing the
twigs to appear quadrangular, the subulate leaves spreading;
one or both types of leaves on a plant ; carpellate cone developing
into a bluish-black berry-like fruit. Juniperus.

— 8—

8. Leaves alternate. 9.

8. Leaves opposite or whorled. 110.

9. Leaves simple. 10.

9. Leaves compound. 93.
10. Leaves pinnately veined or with a siinple midrib. 11.

10. Leaves palmately veined or at least with 2 or more prominent side

ribs coming from near the base of the blade. 74.

11. Leaves not revolute-inargined when fully expanded. 12.

11. Leaves decidedly rcvolute-margined, evergreen, thus appearing on

wood of the previous season. 90.

12. Leaves truncate or broadly emarginate; witli complete stipular

rings at the nodes. Liriodendron.
12. Leaves entire. 13.

June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 365

12. Leaves serrate, dentate, crenate, pinnatifid, or variously lobed. 31.

13. With stipular rings at each leaf node; leaves large. Magnolia.

13. Base of petiole covering the axillary bud and twigs with peculiar
rings but not at the leaf nodes. Dirca.

13. Not with stipular rings; base of petiole not covering the axillary

bud. 14.

14. Leaves evergreen, some on wood of the previous season. 15.

14. No leaves on wood of the previous season. 18.

15. Leaves glabrous; erect shrubs or small trees. 16.

15. Leaves hirsute or pubescent; low trailing or spreading shrubs. 17.

16. Leaves green on both sides, thick, coriaceous, oblong to oblance-

olate, 5-10 in. long; winter buds very scaly. Rhododendron.

16. Leaves green on both sides, or glaucous beneath, coriaceous, 2-5 in.

long; oval or oval-lanceolate, winter buds naked. Kalmia.

17. Leaves oval or nearly orbicular, hirsvite beneath; twigs hirsute;

prostrate shrubs. Epigaea.

17. Leaves spatulate, minutely pubescent, with hairs on the margins;

trailing or spreading shrubs. Arctostaphylos.

18. With thorns; either small trees with milky sap or low vine-like

shrubs. 19.

18. A^Vithout thorns. 20.

19. Trees or erect shrubs with prominent thorns; leaves with milky sap,

the base obtuse, truncate, or cordate. Toxylon.

19. Climbing shrubs with axillary thorns; leaves not milky, narrowed

into short petioles. Lycium.

20. Pith with prominent diaphragms but solid ; vascular bundles in

base of petiole 3-7. 21.

20. Pith not diaphragmed but sometimes with cavities. 22.

21. Leaves 2-ranked; bark with fetid odor; vascvilar bundles in base of

petiole 5-7. Asimina.

21. Leaves not 2-ranked; vascular bundles in base of petiole 3. Nyssa.

22. Leaves resin-dotted, waxy-dotted or punctate. 23.

22. Leaves not dotted or punctate. 24.

23. Shrubs or small trees; leaves oblong-lanceolate, spatulate, or

oblanceolate, short pointed, narrowed at the base. Myrica.
23. Shrubs with obovate or elliptic leaves narrowed at the base; bark
spicy aromatic; axillary buds superposed. Benzoin.

23. Low shrubs; leaves ovate-lanceolate, wedge-shaped at the tip.

Gaylussacia.

24. Pith prominently 5-angled ; leaves with deciduous stipules and with

bristle tips; trees. Quercus.
24. Pith cylindrical or nearly so ; leaves downy with prominent
deciduous stipules. Cydonia.

24. Pith cylindrical or nearly so; no stipules or stipular scars, if with

minute stipules then glabrous. 25.

25. Leaves with the upper 2 lateral veins more or less parallel with the

midrib. Cornus.

25. Leaves pinnately veined to the tip. 26.

26. Bark when cut very resinous, fragrant; pith large, usvially brown.

Cotinus.

26. Bark not resinous. 27.

27. Trees, sometimes with cavities in the pith; leaves oval or ovate,

acute or acuminate, the petioles loosely jointed with the twigs.

Diospyos.
2'~. Pith not with cavities; shrubs. 28.

28. Leaves with long petioles; twigs not clustered and the leaf inter-

nodes rather uniform, with minute stipules, llicioides.

366 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

28. Leaves with short petioles or nearly sessile ; or if with rather prom-

inent petioles then the twigs clustered and the internodes ver_y
unequal. 29.

29. Internodes very unequal, the leaves crowded at the tip of the twig

and the twigs clustered. Aza'ea.

29. Internodes rather uniform, the lea^ es not crowded at the tip and

the twigs not clustered. 30.

30. Older twigs finely white speckled or granulated and blistered:

corolla cylirdric subglobose or urceolaie. Vaccirium.
30. Twigs not white speckled or granulated, prominently self-pruned;
corolla open-campanulate. Polycodium.

30. Twigs Avith decurrent ridges from the sides of the petiole base;

leaves lanceolate; petiole jointed. Lycium,

—31—

31. Lateral veins from the midrib straight and parallel or nearly so;

some or all lateral veins usuallv ending in the serrations, teeth or
lobes. 32.

31. Lateral veins not straight and parallel 43.

32. Leaves not 2-ranked. 33.

32. Leaves quite regularlv 2-ranked, that is with the third leaf over the

first. 36.

33. Pith 3-angled, buds stalked. Alnus.
33. Pith 5-angled, buds not stalked. 34.

33. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 35.

34. Leaves or their lobes bristle-tipped, or if not bristle-tipped then the

teeth or lobes not sharply acuminate ; buds clustered at the tip of
the twig; nut in a cup-like involucre of numerous scales.

Quercus.

34. Leaves with sharply acuminate teeth; buds not clustered at the tip!

nuts with a prickly or spiny involucre. Castanea.

35. Usually with prominent and typical lateral thorns; carpels of the

pome bony. Crataegus.
35. Without thorns but sometimes with thorn-like stunted branches;
leaves irregularly dentate, serrate, or crenate-dentate; sometimes
lobed ; pome fleshy without grit cells ; carpels papery or leathery.

Malus.

35. Without thorns; leaves serrate or serrate-dentate; pome berry-like,

carpels not bony. Amelanchier.

36. Leaves decidedly inequilateral at the base. 37.

36. Leaves not inequilateral or only very slightly so. 38.

37. Leaves doubly serrate; axillary buds sessile. Ulmus.

37. Leaves repand dentate; axillary buds prominently stalked.

Hamamelis.

38. Lateral veins ending in the large dentations or serrations which are

always simple (a vein for each). 39.

38. Leaves doubly serrate or sometimes simply serrate, the lateral

veins ending in the main serrations or teeth but not in the
smaller ones, or the veins not ending in the serrations. 40.

39. Leaves ovate or ovate-oblong, short acuminate; teeth not with

slender points; bark smooth, light-gray. Fagus.

39. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, with slender often inwardly

curved points on the serrations; bark rough. Castanea.

40. Lateral veins not ending in the serrations or teeth. Amelanchier.

40. Lateral veins ending in some of the serrations, teeth or lobes. 41.

41. Bark .smooth, the trunk and larger branches with fluted or project-

ing ridges; leaves acute or acuminate, sharply doubly serrate.

Carpinus.
41. Trunk and larger l)ranches not with fluted or projecting ridges. 42.

June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 3^7

42. Bark of trunk and larger branches separating into papery or
leathery sheets; trees or shrubs with glabrous, pubescent, or
glandular-warty twigs. Betula.

42. Bark of trunk scaly, fine furrowed; twigs pubescent; carpellate
catkin in fruit appearing like that of the hop. Ostrya.

42. Bark of trunk and larger branches smooth or rough, not scaly and

fine furrowed and not separating into papery or leathery sheets ;
twigs coarsely glandular pubescent or nearly glabrous; fruit a
large nut in a leafy or partly coriaceous cixp or involucre.

Corylus.

—43—

43. Leaves 2-ranked. 44.

43. Leaves not 2-ranked. 45.

44. Bark of trunk and larger branches separating into papery or leath-

ery sheets; leaves doubly serrate, the lateral veins ending in the
main serrations, teeth or lobes. Betula.
44. Bark not in papery or leathery sheets; leaves not doubly serrate,
the lateral veins not ending directly in the serrations or teeth.

Amelanchier.

44. Bark not in papery or leathery sheets; leaves doubly serrate ending

in the main serrations or lobes. Corylus.

45. Leaves Avith spine-tipped teeth or lobes, or some of the leaves

reduced to simple or branched spines. 46.

45. Leaves not with spines. 47.

46. Leaves evergreen, with spine-tipped lobes; trees. Ilex.

46. Leaves reduced to simple or branched spines, some leaves without

spines and deciduous each year; shrubs. Berberis.

47. Pith solid but with prominent diaphragms, cylindrical; vascular

bundles 3 in the base of the petiole; trees. Nyssa.

47. Pith not both diaphragmed and solid. 48.

48. Leaves with 1 or more disc-like, wart-like, or tooth-like glands on

the petiole or at the base of the blade, or with tooth-like glands on
top of the midrib. 49.

48. Leaves not with distinct glands on the top of the petiole or midrib,

or at the base of the blade, but they may be glandular-hairy or
glandular-dotted. 53.

49. Pith .5-angled, leaves usually more or less deltoid with gland-tipped

teeth. Populus.

49. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 50.

50. With typical lateral thorns. Crataegus.

50. Not Avith typical lateral thorns, but some may have thorn-like

stunted branches. 51.

51. With tooth-like glands along the top of the midrib; shrubs. Aronia.
51. Glands tooth-like, mostly at the base of the midrib; leaves glabrous

when mature, with long petioles; fruit a pome. Pyrus.

51. Glands only on the petiole or near the base of the blade. 52.

52. Glands tooth-like or rounded, or the leaf with gland-tipped teeth,

but not with 2-4 large disc-like glands at the base on the edges

of the blade; terminal bud absent when the twig is mature;

twigs with brittle zones; fruit a capsule, in catkins. Salix.
52. Twigs green, red, or red and green; nectar glands disc-like, visually

2-4 near the base at the edge of the blade; terminal bud present;

twigs Avithout brittle zones; fruit a A^eh^ety drupe. Amygdalus.
52. Glands A^arious; tA\-igs not red and green, some with cleavage planes

in basal joints but not AA'ith brittle zones; terminal bud present

or absent, fruit a smooth drupe. Prunus.

368 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

—53—

53. Leaves with peltate scales, or resin dotted, not pinnatilid. 54.

53. Leaves not with peltate scales, but the twigs may be resin-dotted. 55.

54. Leaves evergreen, oblong or oblanceolate, densely covered with

scurfy peltate scales. Chamaedaphne.

54. Leaves deciduous; oblanceolate or wedge-lanceolate, resin-dotted

and peltate scaly. Myrica.

55. Pith decidedly 5-angled; leaves not fragrant; trees or shrubs.

Quercus.

55. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 56.

56. Leaves long linear-lanceolate or long linear-ol:)long; deeply pinna-

tilid, fragrant ; twigs resin-dotted. Comptonia.

56. Leaves not at the same time linear-lanceolate, deeply pinnatifid,

and fragrant ; twigs not resin-dotted. 57.

57. Climbing partly herbaceous plants with lobed leaves. Solanum.

57. Leaves not lobed unless the plants are tall shrubs or trees. 58.

58. With lateral thorns and sometimes with thorns at the ends of

slender branches. 59.

58. Not with thorns. 61.

59. Leaves coriaceous, evergreen, hence on wood of the previous

season. Cotoneaster.

59. Leaves deciduous, not evergreen. 60.

60. With typical lateral thorns but without terminal thorns; pome

with bony carpels. Crataegus.

60. With thorns at the ends of long slender branches and also with lat-
eral thorns; pome very hard, with leathery carpels. Cydonia.

60. With thorn-like stunted branches; leaves sharply and regularly
serrate or nearly entire, long petioled, glabrous when mature;
pome with grit cells. Pyrus.

60. With thorn-like stunted branches; leaves irregularly toothed or

serrate, sometimes lobed ; pome without grit cells. Malus.

61. Slender creeping evergreen shrubs with fragrant aromatic leaves.

Gaultheria.

61. Not creeping; leaves not aromatic. 62.

.62. Woody twiners; vascular bundle in base of petiole 1. Celastrus.

62. Not twining or climbing. 63.

63. With stipules or stipular scars. 64.

63. Without stipules or stipular scars. 70.

64. Outer bud scales of winter buds more than 1. 65.

64. Outer bud scale 1 ; twigs with brittle zones, hence easily detached

and leaving peculiar self-pruning scars; terminal bud of ripe
branches absent ; bundle scars or vascular bundles in base of
petiole. 3. Salix.

65. Leaves usually more or less heart-shaped at the base; regularly and

sharply serrate or serrate-dentate; fruit a small berry-like pome.

Amelanchier.

65. Leaves acute or rounded at the base or if heart-shaped then irreg-

ularly toothed or serrate-dentate or the leaf with long petiole
and acute or acuminate at the apex. 66.

66. Axillary buds usually superposed ; leaves not mucronate or bristle-

tipped or if so then also abruptly acuminate ; fruit a berry-like
drupe. Ilex.

66. Axillary buds not superposed. 67.

67. Leaves distinctly mucronate or bristle-tipjied, glabrous, elliptic or

obovate; fruit a berry-like drupe. Ilicioides.
67. Leaves not mucronate or bristle-tipped or if so then also abruptly
acuminate. 68.

June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 369

68. Leaves with gland-tipped serrations; terminal bud absent on ripe
twigs or if present then the lateral veins prominent and nearly
parallel and curving upward at the margin of the leaf; fruit a
berry-like drupe. Rhamnus.

68. Leavesnot with gland-tipped serrations, or if so then not as above;

terminal bud present ; fruit a pome. 69.

69. Leaves sharply and regularly serrate, glabrous when mature,

petioles long; pome with grit cells. Pyrus.

69. Leaves irregularly dentate or serrate, or more or less lobed; pome

without grit cells. Malus.

70. Internodes very unequal; shrubs; fruit a capsule. Azalea.

70. Internodes not very uneqvial. 71.

71. Leaves sour, with prominent scattered hairs on the midrib beneath;

trees; fruit a capsule. Oxydendrum.
7L Leaves not sour, nor as described above; shrubs. 72.

72. Petiole slender, often one-half as long as the blade or longer; prom-

inently mucronate or bristle-tipped; fruit a drupe. Ilicioides.

72. Leaves short-petioled or sessile. 73.

73. Older twigs finely white speckled or granvialted and blistered.

Vaccinium.

73. Twigs not white speckled or granulated, often with decurrent ridges.

Spiraea.
—74—

74. Plants with tendrils. 75.

74. Without tendrils. 77.

75. Monocotyls, with scattered vascular bundles and a pair of tendrils

on the petiole. Smilax.

75. Dicotyls with pith, a ring of wood, and true bark; tendrils opposite

some of the leaves. 76.

76. Older branches with woody partitions at the leaf nodes; bark

brown, shreddy. Vitis.

76. Branches without woody partitions; bark smooth, grayish-brown,

not shreddy. Ampelopsis.

77. Base of petiole covering the axillary bud; twigs with stipular rings.

Platanus.
77. Axillary bud partly hidden; stems twining; no stipular rings.

Menispermum.

77. Axillary buds usually evident; stems not twining and twigs without

stipular rings. 78.

78. Leaves 2-ranked. 79.

78. Leaves not 2-ranked. 84.

79. Leaves entire, round-heart-shaped. Cercis.

79. Leaves serrate, dentate, or lobed. 80.

80. Pith usually in transverse plates; leaves ovate-lanceolate, inequi-

lateral, taper-pointed. Celtis.

80. Pith solid, not diaphragmed. 81.

81. With milky sap. 82.

81. Without rnilky sap. S3.

82. Twigs gray or brown, glabrous or nearly so; leaves pubescent or

glabrous beneath. Morus.

82. Twigs grayish-green, downj^; leaves tomentose beneath.

Broussonetia.

83. Leaves not inequilateral ; vascular bundles in base of petiole 3.

Betula.

83. Leaves inequilateral at the base; vascular bundles in base of petiole

several, scattered. Tilia.

84. Leaves more or less star-shaped, with 3-7 long pointed serrate

lobes, strongly aromatic when crushed; pith 5-angled.

Liquidambar.

370 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

84. Leaves entire or three-lobed, bark spicy-aromatic ; internodes very
unequal. Sassafras.

84. Leaves crenate, serrate, dentate, or lobed, not star-shaped and not

spicy-aromatic. 85.

85. Pith 5-angled; trees usually with resinous buds; leaves usually

broad based. Populus.

85. Pith cylindrical or nearly so. 86.

86. With prominent typical thorns; trees or erect shrubs. Crataegus.

86. Without thorns but often with prickles or bristles; low shrubs. ST.

87. Leaves lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate with gland-tipped serrations

or dentations; low erect shrubs. Ceanothus.

87. Leaves broad and more or less lobed. 88.

88. Petioles and twigs densely brown-bristly, leaves 4- 8 in. broad,

angled or lobed. Rubus.

88. Twigs not bristly, if the petioles are bristly then the leaves much

smaller. 89.

89. Bundle scars or vascular bundles in base of petiole widely separate;

petiole not decurrent at the middle or if so then the petiole with
long hairs or distinctly pubescent; plants often prickly; fruit a
berry. Ribes.

89. Bundle scars or vascular bundles in base of petiole closely crowded

or nearly confluent ; petioles strongly decurrent at the sides and
middle; glabrous or only minutely pubescent; plant not pricklj^;
fruit a capsule. Opulaster.

—90—

90. Leaves glabrous. 91.

90. Leaves pubescent or woolly at least below. 92.

91. Leaves 3 i-3^ i"- long, bitter. Oxycoccus.

91. Leaves 1-2 J^ in. long, acid. Andromeda.

92. Leaves with a fragrant odor, densely toinentose beneath; erect,

resinous shrubs. Ledum.

92. Leaves 2-ranked, small, oval or ovate, hairy; creeping shrubs.

Chiogenes.
—93—

93. With tendrils; leaves digitate. Parthenocissus.

93. Without tendrils; leaves trifoliate or pinnate. 94.

94. Pith diaphragmed, with cavities; large trees with pinnate leaves.

Juglans.

94. Pith not diaphragmed. 95.

95. Leaves trifoliate or odd-pinnate. 96.

95. Leaves evenly pinnate or bipinnate; axillary buds superposed. 109.

95. Leaves odd-bipinnate, serrate; twigs and leaves usually ]M-ickly.

Aralia.

96. Leaves with spine-tipped teeth, evergreen. Berberis.

96. Leaves not with spine-tipped teeth; but some may Ije prickly. 97.

97. Lobes or teeth at the base of the leaflets with prominent green

glands beneath; leaves pinnate, very large with disagreeable
odor. Ailanthus.

97. Lobes or teeth if present without green glands. 98.

98. With stipular spines a pair for each leaf; leaflets entire. 99.

98. Without stipular spines, but some may have thorns or prickles. 100.

99. Leaflets oval or ovate, not pointed, usually mucronate, not punctate

Robinia.
99. Leaflets ovate, pointed, glandular-punctate. Xanthoxylum.
100. Base of petiole covering the axillary Inids; not ])rickly. 101.

100. Base of petiole not covering the axillary ])uds. 103.

101. Leaves 3-foliatc, leaflets crenulatc, glandular punctate; bark with

disagreeable odor; axillary buds superposed. Ptelea.

June, 1905.] Key to the Genera of Ohio Woody Plants. 371

101. Leaves 3-foliate, fragrant; axillary buds not superposed; bark
resinous or milky. Rhus.

101. Leaves pinnate, not punctate. 102.

102. Leaflets serrate; pith very large; bark resinous or milky. Rhus.

102. Leaflets entire; pith small, bark not resinous or milky; trees.

Cladrastis.
lOo. Leaflets entire or if occasionally few-toothed then the rachis
prominently winged. 104.

103. Leaflets serrate or dentate, the rachis not winged. 105.

104. Stipules large, meml)ranous and sheathing; leaflets 3-5, long silky.

Dasiphora.
104. StijDules small, not sheathing; leaflets prominently mucronatc, bark
with strong odor. Amorpha.

104. Stipules none, bark with a resinous or milkv sap, often poisonous.

Rhus.

105. With bristles or prickles; shrubs. 106.

105. Without bristles or prickles; leaves pinnate. 107.

105. Without bristles or brickies; leaves trifoliate, poisonous. Rhus.

106. Leaves usually pinnate, the leaflets usually of about the same type,

if 3-foliate then the petiole separates close to the bark leaving a
definite leaf scar; fruit an achene, a number inclosed in the fleshy
perigynous disc. Rosa.

106. Leaves simple and lobed, or 3-7-foliate; if pinnate then the tenninal

leaflet usually larger or broader than the others, petiole base
persistent ; fruit an aggregate of drupelets. Rubus.

107. Pith cylindrical or nearly so; leaves with stipules; vascular bundles

in base of petiole 3-5. 108.

107. Pith 5-angled ; stipules none, base of petiole with numerous vascular

bundles, scattered or in 3 areas. Hicoria.

108. Trees; leaflets obtuse or acute at the apex. Sorbus.

108. Shrubs; leaflets long acuminate. Sorbaria.

109. Pith small; base of petiole covering the axillary buds; usually with

prominent thorns. Gleditsia.

109. Pith very large, base of petiole not covering the axillary buds;

without thorns. Gymnocladus.

— no-
il 0. Leaves simple. 116.

110. Leaves compound with tendrils. Bignonia.

110. Leaves compound, \vith 3 or more leaflets, petioles and petiolules
coiling; climbing vines. Clematis.

110. Leaves compound without tendrils. 111.

111. Leaves digitate with 5 or more leaflets. Aesculus.

111. Leaves trifoliate or pinnate. 112.

112. With numerous pit-like glands on top of the petiole near its base;

vines climbing by rootlets. Tecoma.

112. No glands on the top of the petiole; shrtibs or trees. 113.

113. Base of petiole covering the axillary buds; leaflets dentate, lobed,

or nearly entire. Acer.

113. Base of petiole not covering the axillary buds. 114.

114. Leaves trifoliate, serrate; bark with strong odor. Staphylea.

114. Leaflets 5-11. 115.

115. Leaves often with gland-tipped stipels ; pith large ; shrubs. Sambucus.

115. Leaves without stipels; pith small; trees. Fraxinus.

—116—

116. Leaves pinnately veined. 123.

116. Leaves palmately veined or at least with 2 prominent side ribs from

the base. 117.

117. Leaves entire or if somewhat 3-lobed with entire margin. 118.

luJ ( L I 8 R A f

372 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

117. Leaves serrate, crenate, dentate or variously lobed. 120.

lis. Evergreen shrubs parasitic on trees; leaves small. Phoradendron.

118. Trees with large leaves. 119.

119. Pith diaphragmed, or with large cavities; petioles usually hollow;

axillary buds superposed. Paulownia.

119. Pith and petioles solid; axillary buds not superposed. Catalpa.

120. Leaves more or less lobed. 121.

120. Leaves not lobed. 122.

121. Leaves without stipules, or if with stipules then large trees with

very large-toothed or angled but not serrate leaves; fruit a
2-winged samara. Acer.

121. Leaves with stipules, some with glands on the petiole or if not then

always serrate-dentate; shrubs; fruit a drupe. Viburnum.

122. Stipules none; axillary buds minute, covered; fruit a capsule.

Philadelphus.

122. Stipules or stipular scars present; fruit a drupe. Rhamnus.

—123—

123. Leaves serrate, dentate, crenate, or variouslv lobed. 124.

123. Leaves entire. 1*32.

124. Twigs with a prominent pubescent ridge decurrent from the middle

of the line connecting the petiole bases. Diervilla.

124. No pubescent decurrent ridge from the middle of the connecting

line, but the ends of the petiole bases may be decurrent. 125.

125. Leaves evergreen, on wood of the previous season, obovate or

obicular; creeping shrubs without stipules. Linnaea.

125. Leaves not evergreen. 126.

126. Bark of ripe twigs green, bundle scar or vascular bundle in base of

petiole 1 ; pith rhombic. Euonymus.

126. Bark of ripe twigs gray, brown, or red; pith cylindrical or nearlv so.

'127.

127. Stipules or stipular scars present. 12S.

127. Stipules none. 129.

128. Lateral veins 3 or 4 pairs, the outer more or less parallel with the

midrib; usually with terminal thorns. Rhamnus.

128. Lateral veins 5 or more pairs, the outer not parallel with the midrib

but spreading; without thorns. Viburnum.

129. Petioles of the lower leaves as long or nearlv as long as the large

blades. 130.

129. Petioles short. 131.

130. Leaves dentate, outer bark separating readily from the green inner

bark. Hydrangea.

130. Leaves serrate or serrate-dentate, outer bark not spreading readily.

Viburnum.

131. Low shrubs; leaves normally entire, occasionally irregularly luothed

or somewhat lobed, usually of the ovate or oval type.

Symphoricarpos.
131 Erect shrubs, leaves serrate or dentate; axillary buds nii!uUe rov-
ered by the petiole base; twigs minutely angled or striate.

Philadelphus.

131. Erect shrubs or small trees; leaves dentate or serrate; axillary buds

evident, not covered by the petiole base. Viburnum.

132. Twigs and leaves white- or brown-scurfy or stellate-pubescent.

Lepargyraea.

132. Not scurfy or stellate-pubescent. 133.

133. Leaves pellucid-punctate or black-dotted; low shrubs. 134.

133. Leaves not pellucid-punctate or black-dotted. b^.'i.

134. Creeping shrubs; leaves 2-glandular at the l;ase. Ascyrum.
134. Erect shrubs; leaves not 2-glandular at the base. Hypericum.

June, 1905.] New North American Fulgoridae. 373

135. Leaves coriaceous, evergreen, hence on wood of the previous season,
not perfoliate. Kalmia.

135. Leaves deciduous each year. 136.

136. Leaves with the two outer lateral veins more or less parallel with

the midrib; fruit a drupe. Cornus.

136. Leaves pinnately veined to the tip, the outer lateral veins usually

spreading. 137.

137. With stipules between the large acuminate leaves. Cephalanthus.

137. Without stipules. 138.

138. Upper leaves perfoliate. Lonicera.

138. Leaves not perfoliate. 139.

139. Petioles meeting around the stem or connected by a distinct ridge;

spreading shrubs or woody climbers. 140.

139. Petioles not meeting, not connected by a ridge; erect shrubs or

small trees. 141.

140. Leaves of the ovate, oval or orbicular type, not heart-shaped at the

base; stem never twining; bundle scar 1 or appearing as 1.

Symphoricarpos.

140. Leaves of the lanceolate, ovate-lanceolate, or oblong type, often

heart-shaped at the base; stems sometimes twining; bundle scars
distinctly 3. Lonicera.

141. Leaves lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, 1-3 in. long; fruit a globose

berrj'. Ligustrum.
141. Leaves oval or oblong, narrowed at the base, 3-6 in. long, fruit an

oblong drupe. Chionanthus.
141. Leaves ovate, or ovate-lanceolate, usually cordate or truncate at

the base, 3-7 in. long; fruit a capsule. Syringa.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW NORTH .AMERICAN FULGORIDAE.

Herbfrt Osborn.
Prokelisia, nov. gen.

Agrees with Kelisia in the narrowed elytra, aborted wings and general
facies, with Megamelus in the widening front, and keeled apex of vertex.

Vertex long narrowing anteriorlv, front widening on its lower half,
narrowing sharply to tip of vertex, the carinae not meeting but extending
very prominently over tip and on to vertex. Clypeus somewhat tumid,
median carinae somewhat obtuse, lateral carinae distinct, curved; anten-
nae with second joint short, tuberculate. Pronotum with three prom-
inent carinae, lateral ones straight and reaching extreme margin. Scutel-
lum broad, disk quadrilateral with posterior margin produced into
prominent obtuse point with reflected margins. Elytra long distinctly
narrowed from near base to the tip; wings mere rudiments.

Prokelisia setigera, n. sp.

Light yellow or pallid, unicolorous except for row of dark punctures
next lateral carinae of front, the tibial spines, teeth of spur, spines and
claws of tarsi and spots on venter. Length : female 3.5 mm. ; male, 3 mm.
Vertex longer than broad distinctly narrowing to apex, the carinae
strong. Front conspicuously widened at apex narrowed to tip of vertex,
carinae high and extending prominently over tip of vertex; clypeus tri-
angular lateral carinae curved. Pronotum wider than long carinae ele-
vated, hind margin slightly emarginate deepest, at middle almost notched;

:scutellum truncate, hind 'lobe obtuse, margin strongly reflected. Tibial
spur verv large, broad, marginal teeth strong. Elytralong, narrowing to
apex, veins minutely setigerous. Wings minute not reaching base of

■abdomen, apex obtusely angular, margins sinuate, no veins visible.

374

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. V, No. 8,

Color: straw yellow; borders of the frontal carinae with short exten-
sion upon vertex, a band at base of abdoincn, a lateral basal spot on
segments one to three and borders of the ovipositor, tibial spines, teeth of
tibial spur, spines and claws of tarsi, black. Abdomen of male tinged with
fulvus, bases of tergal segments sometimes infuscated.

Genitalia. Female plates short, rounded at apex. Male hooks
incurved nearly touching; style, long, slender, compressed.

Described from twenty specimens, fourteen females, six
males, collected at Cameron, La., by Prof. J. S. Hine in latter
part of August, 1903.

This species shows some striking resemblance to KeHsia, but
aside from the characters which seem to require a separate genus
it has well marked characters separating it from any species in
that genus.

Fig. 1. Prokclisia sctigcra.
h, front; c, side view of head; d,
c, aborted wing; /, posterior leg.
J. G. Sanders.

a, male dorsal view;

dorsal view of female ;

From drawings by

Megamelus angulatus n. sp.

Straw yellow, marked on apex of vertex, sides of pronotuin, clavus-
and costa of elytra, base of abdominal segments with black; elytra very
short barely covering base of abdomen. Length female, 3.5 mm.; male,
3 mm.

Vertex triangular, the anterior triangle in front of eyes, apex acute;
front widening beyond the middle, broadest near base of clypeus, carinae
strong; clypeus elongate, carinae prominent. Pronotum equal to vertex
and scutellum in length, lateral carinae strongly divergent, reaching hind
border outside of origin of lateral carinae of sctitellum. Scutellum
bi^oadly triangular, apex right-angled, elytra short, veins conspicuous,
especially claval and subcostal. Abdomen strongly carinate on median
line.

Color, straw yellow above and below with fuscous spots within the
fovac of vertex, black patches on apex of vertex on line with black eye
and Ijlack lateral area of pronotum. Faint black flecks inside carinae of
front. Lateral area of pronotum, basal ]5art of lateral area of scvitcllum.

June, 1905.] New North American Fulgoridae 375

clavus except veins, costal space and portions of discal spaces, basal por-
tion of abdominal segments, plates, border of ovipositor, tip of rostrum^
tarsal claws, black, legs tinged with fuscous. The males similarly colored
but brown or blackish markings are nearly obsolete on abdominal segments,
except fourth and fifth and sides of pygofer.

Male genitalia, hooks strongly curved upward, narrowed to acute apex:
which is quite brown or black.

Specimens are in hand from Mr. A. F. Satterthwaite, Harris-
burg, Pa., who collected them on Spatterdock (Nuphar sp.) at
St. George's, Del.
Megamelanus spartini. n. sp.

Elongate, slender, female light straw color Male with elytra and
beneath black. Length of female, 3 mm., male, 2.5 mm.

Head distinctly produced, vertex produced in front of eyes, nearly
twice as long as pronotum, twice as long as greatest length of eye. Lateral
margin elevated, central carinae prominent, forked anteriorly. The
carinae of fork becoming obsolete near lateral margin, front elongate twice
as long as wide, elliptical, central carinae prominent, lateral carinae evenly
curved from base to clypeus. Clypeus elongate, triangular, median
carinae obsolete, antennae minute, pronotum slightly wider than head^
carinae slightly divergent, elytra narrow, nearly parallel veins prominent^
minutely setigerous.

Color of female stramineus, tmicolorous, male with vertex, upper part
of front, eyes, side of head, pronotum, scutellum, and hind tarsi stram-
ineus, otherwise pitch black.

Genitalia — female, plates elongate, male, pygofer obliquely emar-
ginate. Hooks divergent, narrowing to apex.

A number of specimens of this minute species were taken by
beating the heads of a rank beach grass (Spartina patens) on
the shore of Oyster Bay and Cold Spring Harbor, Aug. IS and
19, 1904, and two females and fifteen males collected bv Mr. J. S.
Hine, Bay Ridge, Aug. 7, 1899.

I found mv specimens only by beating the blossoms and the
females especially bear a striking resemblance to the anthers of
the blossom of this grass so it would seem that they get a very
distinct protection from their size and appearance. When
beaten into the net with the abundant chaff from the blossoms
they were very difficult to recognize until they began to move.
The colors of the male do not seem to be so distinctly correlated
with their habitat. The species is apparently pretty closely
related to elongatus Ball described from Florida and I suspect
that species will prove to have a similar habitat. Elongatus was
taken in abundance at New Orleans, La., in March, by Prof. Hine
which would indicate that it hibernates as adult.

Stobaera pallida n. sp.

Superficial!}^ resembles tricarinata Say but has lighter vertex, front
and pronotum much broader, sides of front not parallel, antennae flattened
and elytra pictured, veins ivory white, pustulate, setae very minute or
wanting. Length female, 4.5 mm. ; male, 4 mm.

Head wider than pronotum, vertex nearly twice as wide as long, lateral
carinae slightly divergent, disc deeply impressed each side of central
carina, central fovea small but deep, anterior margin straight, fi^ont broad,.

376 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

widest at lower margin of eye. Subangulate, converging to clypeus, central
■carina elevated, forked close to the base, lateral carina prominent directed
outward, clypeus long, tricarinate, antennae very broad, flattened, apical
portion of second joint pustulate, pronotum broad, lateral carinae very
widely separated passing from posterior angle of eye to hind Ijorder, scu-
tellum broad, disc depressed, carinae elevated, elytra vitreous, apical
nervures forked near apex, pustules with very minute setae where visible.

Color, light straw yellow, front slightly darker with broken, transverse,
■creamy Avhite bars, all carinae light yellow or creamy, scutellum light yel-
low at apex, elytra vitreous, somewhat infuscated, nervures ivory white
with minute dark pustules. Apex broadly infuscated and clavus at base
-and apex blackish, transverse bands back of clavus infuscated, all colors
darker in male, beneath pallid, spines and tarsal claws, black.

Genitalia — Female pygofers long, carinate on middle; anal style
flattened, lanceolate. Male pygofer, truncate, slightly produced medially,
hooks erect strongly curved at apex.

Numerous specimens of this rather striking species were col-
lected on a shrub, Baccharis halimifolia, near Oyster Bay,
Aug. 19, 1904. and I have in hand also several specimens col-
lected by Prof. J. S. Hine at Bay Ridge, M. D. Superficially
this recalls tricarinata, but the more pallid color is apparently
■constant and the structural characters of the head separate it
•distinctly. In frontal carinae it would seem hardly to fit genus
Stobaera but the pronotal character agrees so well for that genus
that it seems best to place it here, provisionally, at least.

Stobaera minuta. n. sp.

Similar to tricarinata Say but very much smaller, front dusky between
eyes only, setae of elytra minute or wanting, apical cloud not so much
broken. Length of female, 3 mm., male 2.5 mm. to tip of elytra.

Vertex nearly quadrate, fovae rather shallow, anterior one minute,
front with sides parallel, pronotum shorter than vertex, hind margin con-
cave scarcely angled at centre. Scutellum with carinae Aveak, elytral
nervures, pustvilate but not setigerous.

Color — Vertex yellowish brown, face between eyes brown, sharply
separated from yellow lower portion. , Antennae brown, slightly darker
than upper part of front, pronotum yellowish brown, a dark spot behind
■eye, scutellum fulvous yellow or shaded brown usually darker on anterior
part and some specimens with dark brown on lateral portion. Elytra milky
white, veins interrupted with black points corresponding with the pustules,
with oblique row of dark spots lying in the discal cells. The smaller
posterior one within the fork of the second sector, the dark cloud occupy-
ing about one half of the apical cells, including most of the central cell.
Beneath light yellow or whitish with dark points on pleurae and black
points on the legs, claws black.

Genitalia — ]-"emale pygofer narrow behind, plates narrow, ovipositor
reaching to their tip, anal style short, whitish. Male — pygofer truncate,
aperture narrowing ventrally and slightly concavely excavated. Hooks
short, bluntly curved, blackish.

Described from a large series of specimens including twenty-
•one females" and three males, collected by Prof. J. S. Hine at
Cameron, La., Aug., 1903. Except for certain details of structure
and difference of distribution of color this species might be taken
for a miniature form of tricarinata but length of pronotum, color
■of face, extent of elytral clouds and genitalia present very
■obvious differences which readily separate it.

June, 1905.] Meeting of the Biological Club. 3 7 7

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Prof. Osborn's Residence, April 10, 1905.

The Club was called to order by the President, Prof. Hine.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The program arranged for the evening was to consist of talks by
Professors Kellerman and Hine on their recent trip through
Central America. Prof. Kellerman was the first speaker and gave
a very interesting account of the trip. The party consisting of
E. B. Williamson and wife, C. C. Dean and wife, N. W. Miller,
Professors Hine and Kellerman, left New Orleans, Jan. 5. In
spite of a bad boat and some sea-sickness the trip down was a
pleasant one. Many interesting things were observed ,as flying
fish, peculiar birds, and the beautiful deep green of the tropical
landscape. The first stop was made at Belize but only for a few
hours. The party arrived at Port Barrios, Guatemala, Jan. 10.

Everything in this country was entirely new and interesting
to residents of a temperate climate. New plants, new animals,
wonderful palms with which there is nothing in the greenhouses
of this country to compare. The fauna and flora of this coast
region was interesting enough to spend the whole of their time
on but they went back into the country by means of a poor rail-
road. After traveling all day and all night they stopped at
Gualan about 80 miles from the coast. The trip on the slow
railroad had been a wonderful one. The trees were especially
interesting but even more so were the wonderful epiphytes — the
Bromeliads and Orchids resting on the trees, some with roots
hanging almost to the ground. Bamboos, higher even than the
trees were abundant. Nearly every plant around Gualan was
new to a northern visitor but Shepherd's Purse Purslane and a
few of our more common plants were found. Compositae were
numerous and of very large size, many being conspicuous shrubs
and some large trees. It was very warm and dry at Gualan and all
superfluous clothing was dispensed with. Nearly all the grass
was dead. The deciduous trees of this climate have the habit of
shedding their leaves whenever they please, usually at the dry
season and this makes the landscape very peculiar.

From here the partv went on up the railroad to the foot of
the mountains, 120 miles from the coast. From here they had
to travel 60 miles on mules to Guatemala City. Prof. Kellerman
remained here while the rest of the party went on to the Pacific
coast. Guatemala City is very beautiful and contains many
interesting things, especially the museum and the Temple of
Minerva. The scenery there is as fine and charming as that of

.378 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. V, No. 8,

the Alps but there is no snow. The volcanoes were very inter-
esting. Prof. Kellerman climbed to the top of one of these
(Argua) and found many interesting specimens among which
was a peculiar Pine which is very probably a new species. Many
of our common greenhouse plants were encountered here as
Salvia, Begonias, Hibiscus, etc. True rusts (Puccinias) were
found in abundance at Guatemala City but scarcely any in the
low lands before this. Prof. Kellerman had with him a large
number of souvenir postal cards as well as several original photo-
graphs which illustrated the character of the country very well.

Miss Riddle acted as chairman while Prof. Hine spoke of the
people of Guatemala. The natives along the coast show the
influence of the white people and are quite different from those
of the interior. The natives seem to take everything they produce
as a joke and consider a thing of little value unless brought from
some other country. The people apparently are very kind.
Their houses are simple consisting of four posts with a thatched
roof and sides made of split bamboos or of poles. No windows
are needed. Their clothing is very thin and simple. The men
and women dress about as in this country. The women go
barefooted but the men wear a kind of sandle shoe. Everybody
smokes, the men cigars and the women cigarettes. Their food
consists principally of beans and of a kind of cake made by
baking pounded corn. Their flag is a very pretty one consisting
of two blue stripes with a white one between upon which there is
an emblem consisting of their national bird and crossed muskets.

Some of our common birds occur there probably passing the
winter. The cat bird, mourning dove, Maryland yellow throat,
black and white warblers, kildeer and others were observed. The
brown pelican was very common but the white one was not seen.
The black vulture is the most common of all the birds and doz-
ens of them could be seen around the back yards of the native's
dwellings. Kingfishers, pigeons, cuckoos and flycatchers are very
common. Cuckoos were observed feeding around cattle or about
fires and would catch the startled grasshoppers, etc. Prof. Hine
exhibited two specimens of Peripatus which he was fortunate
enough to obtain. Prof. Hine also had with him a number of
souvenirs of this interesting tropical country. Prof. Kellerman
exhibited some dress goods of the natives.

The club then adjotirned but at the kind invitation of Prof.
Osborn a very pleasant social time was enjoyed during which
refreshments were served. It was long after the constitutional
hour for adjournment when the members separated, carrying
with them the memory of a very pleasant evening.

F. M. Surface, Secretary.

Date of Publication of June Number, June 12, 1905.

The Ohio ^J^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY "**

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume VI. NOVEMBER, 1905. No. 1.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SuKFAi-E— ('(iiitriliution to the Life History of Saugiiiiiaria Caniulcnsis 379

ScHAFi'NER— The Cla^sihoatioii of Plants, II 386

IIiNE— New Species of North Ainericau Clirvfops 391

Riddle— Briisl) Lake Protozoa 394

Fischer— An Abnormal Cone of Pinus Laricio 396

Gleasox— Notes from the Ohio State Herbariinn. IV 397

News an<l Notes 399

Sfi'.KACE— Meetinii of the Bioloiiieal ( liil) JOO

CONTRIBUTION TO THE LIFE HISTORY OF SANGUINARIA

CANADENSIS.*

Fraxi; AL Surface.

Sanguinaria is a monotypic genus of the Eastern United
States belonging to the family Papaveraceae. Apparently no
very great amount of morphological work has been done on the
members of this family. Shaw (3) in a recent paper gives some
observations on certain Papaveraceae among which is Sanguin-
aria. Some of the conclusions in the following paper do not agree
with his. This may possibly be due to a difference in climatic
conditions between the two stations where material was col-
lected, although Shaw does not state definitely, the locality from
which his material came.

The following study of the development of Sanguinaria
canadensis L. was begun in April, 1904. Material was collected
at intervals of about one week until the middle of June when
the seeds were mature and had fallen to the ground. In the fall
material was collected in October, November and December,
while in the Spring of 1905 young capsules w^ere taken at inter-
vals of al)Out two weeks from March 1st to the middle of April.

The material was killed and fixed in chromo-acetic acid,
passed through the alcohols and imbedded in paraffin. Sections
were cut on a rotary microtome 10-12 microns thick. In the
vounger stages the entire ovulary was cut, either transversely or
longitudinally but in the older stages the individual ovules were
sectioned. The orientation of the ovule was not difficult owing

* Ciintributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Oiiio State Universitx', XXI.

38o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1,

to the distinct crest developed along one side. In the oldest
stages it was fotmd necessary to remove the hard covering of the
seed before cutting. Several stains were emploved among
which were anilin-safranin followed l>y genetian violet, Dela-
field's haematoxylin and Haidenhein's iron-alum-haematox\lin.
The latter well known stain proved to be the most successful m
the stages of the development of the megaspores and embr\'o-
sac, while Delafield's stain gave the best results with the
microspores.

The flower of Sanguinaria begins its development early in the
summer and the ovules and stainens are considerably advanced
by the end of September. Material taken on Oct. ()th showed the
single, hypodermal, archesporial cell distinctly differentiated
(Fig. 2). The ovules at this time were just beginning to curve
1)ut no traces of the integuments were discernable (Fig.l). At
this time the microsporocytes were just separating (Fig. 19) and
a few of the tapetal cells already had two nuclei. There are
three intermediate layers between the epidermis and tapetum
(Fig. 19). Material taken on Nov. 9th showed but little change
in the development of the ovules, except that they had elongated
and the curving was much more marked. The integuments were
just beginning to make their appearance Ijut the archesporial
cell was still undivided. At this time the microsporocvtes had
undergone some division and some tetrads were observed. The
tapetal cells contained two nuclei (Fig. 20).

By Dec. 9th the archesporial cell had divided twice giving
rise to the megasporocyte with two parietal cells above (Fig. 3).
The curvmg of the ovule was much more marked than m the
previous stage and the beginnings of both integmnents could be
readily seen in central sections. The division of the micro-
sporocytes must have proceeded rather rapidly for at this time
the micros] )ores were present with large resting nuclei and the
tapetum was dissolving (Fig. 21). In this stage the microspores
])ass the winter.

No material was taken from December until the first of
March when it seemed that the weather conditions were favor-
able for the continued growth of the ])lant. Sections of material
fixed March Ist showed that there had been but little activity
during the winter months. One of the parietal cells had again
(livicled s(j as to form a row of three cells above the large mega-
sporocvte (Fig. 4). In some instances transverse division had
taken place forming a considerable tissue (Fig. o). The integu-
ments had increased quite a little in size and now reached more
than hair way around the developing ovule. The curving of the
ovule was compk'te at this time. The micros]jores were in
])ractica]lv the same stage in which they were found in Decem-
Ijer. The nucleus was undivided but the vacuole in the center

Nov., 1905.] Life History Saiiguinaria canadensis. 381

of the microspore had enlarged so that the nucleus was forced
to one side of the cell. Material taken on March 13th showed
but little change from that taken on the previotis date. The
megasporocyte had enlarged quite a little and seemed to be pre-
paring to divide (Fig. 4), and a few spindles were observed
(Fig. 6). The microspores showed no change.

Material fixed on March 22nd showed that the megasporocyte
had divided into four megaspores the lowest being the large
functional one (Fig. 7). The arrangement of the megaspores
varied considerably. In some cases the transverse walls were
nearlv parallel forming a row of cells but frequentlv they were
verv irregular (Figs. 7, 8). These divisions are interesting in
that the\' show a great similarity to the divisions of the micro-
sporocyte and often result in a nearly typical tetrad (Fig. 8).
Above the megaspores the rows of parietal cells could be dis-
tinctly seen (Fig. 7). These varied in number but it is evident
that considerable division has occurred in the three original
parietal cells. Vesque (1) states that Papaver orientale has no
parietal cells. The nuclei of the microspores were divided at
this time (Fig. 21). Pollen grains taken at later dates did not
seem to show any further division. It is probable that the gen-
erative cell does not divide until after the tube has been formed.
Strasburger (2) however, reports that in Papaver the generative
nucleus divides in the pollen grain.

From this time the development of the functional megaspore
is rather rapid. Material taken on March 28th showed the com-
plete eight celled embryo-sac and often the two polar nuclei had
already fused to form the definitive nucleus (Fig. 9). The
antipotals are rather large at this stage and each has a single
nucleus. Material taken on April lOth showed the oosphere
and definitive nucleus still undivided but the antipodals were
verv large and each contained two nuclei (Fig. 10). This stage
corresponded with material taken the vear before at al)Out the
same date. The egg then seems to be fertilized about the first
week in April. Many of the sections show remains of the pollen
tube which is very prominent (Figs. 10, 11). The svnergids
seem to disappear early. Remains of one or more of them could
usuallv be seen at this stage, Iving to one side of the oospore
and staining very dark (Figs. 10, 11). The earlv divisions of
the embryo seem to occur very slowly for it was not until May
12th that the first division was observed (Fig. 13). This makes
a remarkablv long period of rest for the fertilized egg. In
material killed May Kith the three celled eml)ryo was found
(Fig. 14). The divisions of the definitive nucleus had l)cgun in
earlv April and bv the latter part of that month the en^j^f^^jn^
had' 20 to 30 nuclei.

382 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1,

The development of the embryo from this stage on was not
traced very closely but the divisions must occur rather rapidly
for on May 23rd the embryo had reached about the 12-celled
stage (Fig. 15). On May 29th a large spherical embryo was
present (Fig. Hi). The suspensor had lengthened considerably
and sections showed a dovible row of cells (Fig. 1(3). At this time
the antipodals were degenerating (Fig. 17). They lie in a broad
depression at the base of the sac which is greatly enlarged and
tilled with endosperm. The behavior of the antipodals recalls the
condition of these cells in certain Ranunculaceae. On June (ith
the ovules had matured and were falling to the ground. The
integument is very hard and it was found necessary to remove
it before imbedding in paraffin. At this time the embryo was
much larger and the two cotelydons were well developed (Fig.
18). The suspensor was still present but showed signs of
degeneration.

SUMMARY.

The flowers of Sanguinaria begin to develo]) verv earlv in
the summer previous to the year in which they blossom.

The development of the microsporocvtes and microspores is
much more rapid than that of the megaspores for the micro-
spores are formed before the winter season begins.

The ovule passes the winter in the megasporocvte stage and
during March its development is very rapid while the microspore
does not renew activity until the last of March and early April.

Three parietal cells are formed and later these divide forming
a parietal tissue of considerab'e size.

The division of the megasporocyte frequently results in
rather typical tetrads.

The generative nticleus does not appear to divide in the
pollen grain.

The long resting ])eriod of the oosphere is especialh'
interesting.

BIBLIOGR.VPHV.

1. VHsguE, J.

Nouvelle recherches sur le development du sac embryon-
naire des Phanerogames Angiospermes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Rot.
VI, 8:261 3<)(), Pis. 12-21. 1879.

2. vStrasburc.kr, E. ■' ■ §

Neue Untersuchungen uber den Befruchtungsvorgang
bci (Icn Phanerogamen. Jena. 1884.

3. Shaw, Chari.ks H.

Notes on sexual generation and the develo])ment of the
seed coats in certain of the Papaveraceae. Bull. Tor. Bot.
Club 31:429 43:}, PI. 15. 1904.

Nov., 1905.] Life History Sanguiiiaria canadensis. 383

The above paper was prepared in the Department of Botany
of the Ohio State University as a minor for the degree of Master
of Arts. The work was done under the direction of Associate
Professor J. H. Schaffner, to whom the writer wishes to express
his sincere thanks for the kind assistance and suggestions,
without which the paper could not have been completed.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PL.\TES.

All drawings were outlined under a camera lucida with the
following optical combinations:

Bausch and Lomb — 1 oc, if obj. — Fig. 1.

Bausch and Lomb — 1 oc, ^ obj. — Figs. 20. 21.

Bausch and Lomb — f oc, ^ obj. — Figs. 2-8, V.^, I.j-IT, 22, 2;j.

Bausch and Lomb — 2 oc, ^V obj. — Figs. IS, 19.

Leitz — 4 oc, 7 obj. — Fig. 10.

Leitz — 6 oc, 7 obj. — Fig. 14.

Zeiss — 18 oc, Leitz 7 obj. — Figs. 9, 12.

Zeiss — 18 oc, Leitz 3 obj. — Fig. 11.

Section of young ovulary, showing incipient ovules. Killed

\rchesporial cell. Killed l()-(3-'()-l.
Megasporocyte with two parietal cells. Killed 12-9-'04.
Megasporocyte with three parietal cells. Killed ;:5-13-'05.
Megasporocyte with parietals divided. Killed .':}-l-'05.
First division of megasporocyte. Killed 3-i;i-'05.
Four megaspores and parietal cells. Killed 3-22-'0.5.
Four megaspores showing tetrad arrangement. Killed

Eight celled embryo-sac Killed 3-28-'0.5.

Embrvo-sac with oospore. Antipodals with two nuclei.
'04.

Outline of ovule with oospore. Killed 4-10-'O4.

Oospore with remains of synergids. Killed 4-16-'04.

Two-celled embryo. Killed 5-12-'04.

Three-celled embryo. Killed 5-16-'04.

Young embryo showing eight cells in section. Killed

Spherical embrycj with long suspensor. Killed 5-29-'04.
Degenerating antipodals. Killed .5-29-'04.
Embrvo showing large suspensor and cotvlcdons at the time
. Killed 6-6-' 04.

Section of stamen with microsporocvtes and tapetal cells.
Killed 10-6-'05.

Fig. 20. Section of microsporangium showing microsporocytes just
before formation of tetrads. Tapetal cells with two nuclei. Killed ll-9-'05
Fig. 21. Microspores with remains of tapetum. Killed 12-9-'05.
Fig. 22. Single microspore. Killed 12-9-'05.
Fig. 23. Pollen grain. Killed 3-22-'05.

Fig.

1. ;

10-6-'04.

Fig.

2

Fig.

3' .^

Fig.

4. :

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6. ;

Fig.

7. ]

Fig.

8. ]

3-22-'0.5.

Fig.

9. ]

Fig.

10.

Killed 4

-16-'

Fig.

11.

Fig.

12.

Fig.

13.

Fig-

14.

Fig.

15.

5-23-'04.

Fig.

16.

Fig.

17.

Fig.

18.

the seed falls

„ Fig.

19.

384

•■'■■-■■ The Ohio Natni-oUst.

[Vol. VI, No. 1,

Ohio Naturalist.

/'/(?/(• A'A7'

Slkface on "Sanyuinaria.

Nov., :1905.] '■■ ! Life History Sanguinaria canadensis.

;85

Ohio NatukaivIst.

/Yaie XXl'I

2.0

Surface on "Sanguinaria "

386 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VI, No. 1,

THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS, II.

JOHX H. SCHAFFNER.

The three series of plants (Thallophyta, Archegoniata, and
Spermatophyta) fall into smaller groups which also represent a
succession of higher and higher stages of progressive develop-
ment. If the theory of evolution as accepted at present is sub-
stantially correct, it becomes evident that some forms of plant
life remained in the lowest condition from the beginning while
others advanced to higher and more complex stages. Why did
large numbers of species develop and continue until the present
time without advancing to any appreciable extent from the
starting point? The question can be answered by assuming
that groups of organisms varied and were specialized in a direc-
tion which interfered with further progress upward but not with
further variation along subordinate lines. Other groups varied
in a direction which led to higher possibilities without imposing
a barrier while still others passed back from a higher to a lower
condition.

Based on the conception of vertical or progressive evolution,
the development of the plant kingdom may be arranged some-
what as follows:

1. Genesis of living organisms.

2. Primordial organisms or Archeophyta, supposed to have
been naked, amoebid cells of the simplest structure.

o. Transition to encysted and wall cells of the types found
in the lowest plants of the present time.

4. Nonsexual plants consisting of simple cells, masses, or
filaments.

."). Development of sexuality or of conjugating organisms.

(). The lower types of sexual plants.

7. Gradual development of the higher and more complex
types, manv with a simple alternation of generations.

8. The'hig:her Thallophytes.

9. Transition to typical land plants and adaption to aerial
conditions.

10. The lowest plants with a typical antithetic alternation
of generations and with a simple parasitic sporophyte.

11. Gradual development of a more complex sporophyte.

12. The higher plants with a well developed dependent
sporophyte.

13. Transition to plants with an independent mature
sporophyte.

14. Plants with homosporous sporophytcs with true roots,
leaves, and tibro-vascular tissue.

15. Development of heterospory.

Nov., 1905.] The Classification of Plants, II. 387.

■%

16. Archegoniates with heterosporous sporophytes and
greatly reduced unisexual gametophytes.

17. Development of the seed hal)it and siphonogamic
fertilization.

18. Seed plants with open carpels without stigmas and
with much reduced parasitic gametophytes.

19. Development of x^losed carpels with stigmas and begin-
ning of the conjugation of polar cells with further reduction of
the female -gametophyte.

20. The highest seed plants, representing the extreme of
progressive development.

Taking the living plants which are delimited by definite
transition gaps, readily distinguishable, we can recognize seven
great groups. These are represented in the above scheme as
follows: First group, No. 4; second group, Nos. 0, 7, 8; third
group, Nos. 10, 11, 12; fourth group. No. 14; fifth group. No. 10;
sixth group, No. 18; seventh group. No. 20.

The transition from the first to the second group is very
gradual and it may sometimes be difficult in practice to place
certain species properly, but the progression from nonsexual to
sexual plants is so fundamental and apparently so important for
all further advance that this mav be regarded as the most
important step taken in the entire plant kingdom. The changes
in the life cvcle and in the conditions of heredity are very far
reaching. It is also important to have this group defined for
purposes of general discussion.

The seven groups may be called subkingdoms. A subkingdom
may then be defined as a group which represents a definite stage
of evolution in the plant kingdom and which can be delimited
from higher or lower groups bv a distinct break or hiatus or by
a definite transition involving a progressive change in the life
cycle of the individual.

It becomes necessary to select names for these subkingdoms.
Unfortunately the larger groups have not received any very
extensive consideration from systematists. No definite system
is here attempted but the names given below have for the most
part been used in connection with the groups which they
represent.

I. Protophyta. Protophytes.
II. Nematophyta. Nematophytes.

III. Bryophyta. Bryophytes.

IV. Pteridophyta, Homosporae. Homosporous Pterido-

phytes.
V. Pteridophyta, Heterosporae. Heterosporous Pterid-

ophvtes.
VI. Gymxospermae. Gymnosperms.
VII. Angiospermae. Angiosperms.

388 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1,

•

The first and second subkingdoms are Thallophyta; the
third, fourth, and fifth are Archegoniata ; and the sixth and
seventh are Spemiatophyta.

It is often convenient to separate the chlorophyll-bearing
Thallophvtes from those without chlorophyll. Thallophytes with
chlorophvll are Algae. Thallophytes without chlorophyll are
Fungi. Protophvtes with chlorophyll tire Protophyceae. Pro-
tophvtes without chlorophyll are Protomycetes. Nematophytes
with chlorophvll are Gamophyceae. Nematophytes without
chlorophyll are Eumycetes.

The seven subkingdoms may be characterized as follows:

I. Protophyta. Protophytes. 3,000 known living species

Plants without sexuality, representinj^ direct descendants from prim-
itive nonsexual organisms; typically unicellular, the cells free, in colonies,
in plasmodial masses, or in simple or branched filaments which are free or
fixed and in the more highly specialized forms with definite base and
apex; nonmotile, or having locomotion either by means of fiagella, cilia,
or pscudopodia, or by the general contraction of the cell; holophytic or
phagophytic; with chlorophyll or without; reproduction by simple fission,
by zoospores, or by walled or encysted spores l:)y means of which the
plant survives dessication.

II. Nematophyta. Nematophytes. 57,000 known living

species.

Plants which have developed sexuality, some type of conjugation
being present except in some groups which are supposed to have under-
gone degeneration from sexual- ancestors; the more highly developed
forms frequently Avith a primitive alternation of generations: plant body
usually filamentous, either simple or branched, free or fixed, but in some
groups unicellular, coenobioid, or a complex solid aggregate; chlorophyll
present or absent, the great majority of species without chlorophyll living
in aerial conditions as parasites or saprophytes, those with chlorophyll
usually being hydrophytes.

III. Bryophyta. Bryophytes. About 14,000 known living

species.

Plants, visually of small size, in which there is a typical sporophyte
l)ut this never having an independent existence, being supported on the
gametophytc in a parasitic condition during its entire life; without true
vascular tissue, true roots, or leaves, but sometimes with true stomata;
always homosporous. Gametophyte comparatively large, consisting of a
thalloid frond or a stem -like, scaly frond, usually preceded by a fila-
mentous jirocmbryo, the protonema, which develops from the spore.

IV. Pteridopiiyta, Homosporae. Homosporous Pterido-
phytes. 2,800 known living species.

Plants in wliich the herbaceous or tree-like sporophyte, after the
juvenile stage, has an independent existence with true fibro-vascular tis-
sue, roots, and leaves, and with a terminal growing point; homosporous
and either eusi)orangiate or leptosporangiale. Gametophyte usually
rather large, normally hermaphrodite altliougli ol'tcn unisexual; thalloid
and green but sometimes tuberous and subterranean and witliout
chlorophyll

Nov., 1905.] The Classification of Plants, It.

2>h

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate AA7 7/

<-0

«5

(V

-p

0-
-P

^

\ 1^-A 1—^ /

/

-*>
0

c

^; ^"^ , ,

/

*■» '

o \
0^ \

\ Brv/ophi/ta /

^

I.

IS

«9

ft:

fit

ylr-cheophyba

Diagram showing relationships of the Plant Subkingdonis.

39<3 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. Vl, No. 1,

V. Ptekidophvta, Heterosporae. Heterosporous Pterido-
phvtes. (Jo") known living species.

Plants in which tlie sporophyte, in the hvinj^ species, is herbacecnis
and after a brief embryonic stage has an independent existence with
true libro- vascular tissue, roots, and leaves; heterosporous, with micro-
spores and megaspores which give rise to greatly reduced male and female
gametophvtes respectively; eusporangiate or leptosporangiate. Gameto-
phytes alwavs unisexual, with little or no chlorophyll, li\'ing on fcjod
stored in the spore and developing entirely inside of the spore wall or
protruding only slightly through the side, the nonsexual spores often
germinating before being discharged.

VI. Gymnospermae. Gymnosperms. 450 known living
species.

Plants in which the sporophytes are woody perennials with open
carpels (megasporophylls) without a stigina and hence with naked ovules
and seeds, the pollen (male gametophvte) falling directly on the micro-
pyle of the ovule (megasporangium) ; flowers monosporangiate, visuall\-
developing as cones but sometimes very siniple; female gametophvte
with numerous cells but without polar cells and thus without true cnrlo-
sperm as in the Angiosperms; male gametophyte much reduced but
usuallv with vestigial vegetative cells; male cells two, either nonmotile
sperms or developed as spirally coiled inulticiliate spermatozoids.

VII. Angiospermae. Angiosperms. 125,000 known living
species.

Plants in which the sporophj^tes are of diverse habit, from minute
annual or perennial herbs to large trees; ovules in a closed carpel (mega-
sporojjh'i'll) or set of carjxls provided with an ovulary and with a stigma
for the reception of the pollen (male gametophyte) which must develop a
long poUentube, usuall_v ])assing through the open cavit\' of the ovulary,
before reaching the micropyle; flowers more commonly showy and highly
specialized and more commonly bisporangiate ; female gametophyte
greatly reduced, normally with eight cells two of which, the polar cells,
conjugate to form the definitive cell from which the endosperm is de\'el-
oped; male gairietophyte consisting of three cells two of which are non-
iTiotile sperms, one used for fertilization and the other in many cases
uniting with the definitive cell thus ]iroducing a triple fusion.

Nov., 1905.] New Species North American Chrysops. 39 ^

NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN CHRYSOPS.

Jas. S. Hix&.

Of the four species described in this paper three were taken in
Guatemala. The other one is from eastern United States and is
described at this time for the reason that a student of the group
desires to mention the species in a paper he is preparing for
pubhcation. The Guatemalan material was |3rocured in com-
pany with Mr. E. B. Williamson of Bluffton, Indiana.

Chrysops melanopterus, n. sp. Female, black, first two seg-
ments of the antenna each longer than the third. Length, 9
millimeters.

Relative length of the antennal segments 2:1.5:1. Basal seg-
ment without indication of enlargement as is the case with other
species of the genus having the first and second antennal seg-
ments elongated. AA^hole body, including wings, legs and
antennae, black.

Type taken at a point about five miles vip the railroad from
Puerto Barrios, Guatemala, Department of Izabal, March 14,
1905. The locality was along the railroad where it passed
through an extensive swamp only a few feet above sea level.

Two other specimens were procured at the same place, one
from the back platform of a freight caboose. The specimen
followed the moving train for some time before it was captured.

The species is entirely distinct from any species I have seen
or have found described. The uniform black wings are peculiar
for a member of this genus.

Chrysops pachycnemius, n. sp. Female wing with costal
margin and crossband black, apical spot separated from the
crossband; abdomen yellow at the base, black apically. Length,
8 millimeters.

Lower part of the front, including the frontal callosity, and
the face yellow; palpi a shade darker than the face, proboscis
black. Region of the ocehi shining black, otherwise the upper
part of the front covered with bright yellow pollen. First seg-
ment of the antenna yellow, second yellow on the inner side,
l)rown outside, third black. Thorax shining black with four
dorsal stripes formed by yellow pollen, the two inner abbreviated
behind, the two outer broken at the transverse suture; side of
the thorax with a yellow spot behind the eye, one directly
beneath the root of the wing and another just behind it. Wing
with the base, costal cell and the crossband black, apical spot
separated from the crossband by a wide space, extreme base of
each costal cell black, the inner margin of the crossband extends
from the branching of the second and third veins nearly straight
to the anal vein passing near the inner end of the discal and fifth

392 TJie Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1,

posterior cells. The crossband reaches the posterior margin of
the wing filling out the apex of the anal cell and all the fourth
and fifth posterior cells with the exception of a small patch at
the distal end of the latter; the outer margin of the crossband
starts from the union of the first vein with the costa and extends
in a somewhat irregular curve to the end of the vein which
separates the third and fourth posterior cells. The apical spot
fills out the apexes of the marginal and first submarginal cells
and invades the second submarginal, reaching the posterior
border of the wing at the apex of the vein which separates the
latter cell from the first posterior. All the femora black at each
end, otherwise yellow, tibia black, all of them quite distinctly
enlarged, but the anterior pair more than the others; anterior
tarsi black, others with the first segment wholly yellow and
remaining segments with apexes more or less black. First seg-
ment of the abdomen above narrowly yellow on the sides, second
segment yellow for its entire width on each side but this color
narrows toward the front border until at the mid-dorsum where
the two meet it is very narrow ; a niid-dorsal yellow marking on
the second and third segments, widened and triangular on the
second and elongate and narrow on the third ; the posterior third
of the fourth segment yellow; venter with first two segments
yellow, remainder black.

Type taken at Santa Lucia, on the Pacific slope of Guatemala
at an altitude of about a thousand feet, February 1, 1905.

Chrysops calopterus, n. sp. Female with black body and
variegated wings. Length, G millimeters.

Face and palpi yellow, antenna yellow, except the annulated
portion of the third segment which is black; region of the ocelli
shining black, frontal callosity yellowish on the disk and black
al)ove, otherwise front covered with gray pollen. Thorax black
with indications of stripes on the anterior part ; legs black except
a broad ring on the distal part of each femur and basal segments
of each tarsus which are yellow. Anterior fourth of each basal
cell, entire costal cell and marginal cell to beyond the stigma are
infuscated. The black of the crossband and apical spot are
much l)roken u]) and the hyaline triangle is crossed and
encroached upon ])y dark markings; there is a very dark quad-
rangular s])ot at the furcation of the third vein; the discal cell
is hyaline with an irrcgluar dark ])atch at its middle; the pos-
terior margin of the wing is infuscated all the way to the fifth
posterior cell and more pronounced at the intersection of the
veins; the veins at the inner ends of the discal, first, fourth and
fifth posterior cells are widely margined with black. None of the
cells of the wing except the costal are entireh- infuscated, and
none are entirely hyaline excei)t the axillary. Abdomen black

Nov., 1905.] New Species North American Chrysops. 393

on the dorsal side except segments two, three and four each have
a transverse gray marking on the posterior border.

Type taken at Los Amates, Guatemala, 60 miles inland from
Puerto Barrios, at an elevation of perhaps 250 feet, Februarv
21, 1905.

Other specimens were procured at Morales and at Puerto
Barrios.

Chrysops dimmocki, n. sp. Female, body colored like callidus,
wing like montanus. Length, 8 millimeters.

Frontal tubercle black, front covered with a greenish gray
pollen which follows the margins of the eyes to the occiput
widening somewhat, below the frontal callosities. Face' light
yellow, palpi darker, proboscis brown. First and second seg-
ments of the antenna and base of the third yellowish and clothed
with rather course black hairs, remainder of third segment black.
Thorax above with four rather wide greenish gray stripes which
are slightly less distinct posteriorly. Legs mostly yellow, but
apical parts of middle and hind tarsi blackish ; front legs with
apex of tibia and whole of tarsus black or dark brown. Wings
with costal margin and crossband black, first and second basal
cells with very slight infuscation at base; the crossband reaches
the posterior margin, filling out the fourth posterior cell, outer
border curved, fifth posterior cell largelv hyaline in the middle
but plainlv infuscated along the veins at each side ; apical spot
wide, filling out all the marginal cell, two-thirds of first sub-
marginal and half of second submarginal. The abdomen has a
small black spot on the first segm.ent beneath the scutellum,
second segment with a black inverted V whose apex reaches the
anterior margin, otherwise yellow, remaining segments with the
exceptions of the lateral and hind margins black, the hind
margin expands into a triangle in the middle on each segment;
venter yellow with dark markings toward the apex.

Type taken at Longmeadow, Massachusetts, by Dr. Geo.
Dimmock. Eight other specimens taken at Columbus, and
Wauseon, Ohio, and Anglesia and Westfield, New Jersey, those
from the latter state by V. A. E. Daecke and PL S. Harbeck, of
Philadelphia.

This species has been in my collection for a long time and I
hesitated to name it for the reason that no male specimen could
be procured, but the characters are so constant and so manv
s])ecimens have been collected and sent in that it seems that it
nnist l)e distinct.

394 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VJ, No. i,

BRUSH LAKE PROTOZOA.

LU.MINA (". RlDDI.K.

During the Fall of 1902 the writer studied and listed the
Algae found at Brush Lake, Champaign Co., Ohio, and the list
was published in Ohio Nat. 5:208; at the same time a careful
record was kept of the Protozoa found in the same material and
was reported at the 1903 meeting of the Ohio Academy of Sci-
ence bv Professor F. L. Landacre as the writer was at that time
located in the West. Delay in publication has been due to the
writer's anxietv for accuracy in nomenclature and citations. As
far as has been possible the names have been arranged after
Rutschli's system, taking the classification from Calkins' "Pro-
tozoa" and Blochman's "Die Mikroskopische Thierwelt des
Suesswassers."

My grateful acknowledgments are due to Professor Land-
acre, and to Professor L. B. Walton of Kenyon College, for the
use of literature in revising the list.

I RHIZOPODA

Fam. Atnocbidae.
Amoeba proteus L. Dact^iosphac'riunl radinsuin Klnii;,'.

Amoeba villosa Wall.

Fam. Arccllidac.

Arcella dentata Ehrbg. ' Difflugia iirceolala Carl.

Arcella vulgaris Ehrbg. Centropyxis aculeata Ehrl)g.

Difflugia corona Wall.

Actinophrys sol Ehrbg.

HELIOZOA.

Fam. A pJirotkoracidae.

WASTIGOPHORA.

Fam. Hcteromonadidac.
Anthophysa vegetans(().F.M.) S.K. Spumclla vivi])ara f"]irl)g.

Fam. Euglciiidac.
Euglena oxyuris vSchmarda. Phacus jnTum (I-^hrl)g) ,S. K.

P2uglena spirogyra Ehrbg. Phacus lri<|ucKT IClirbg.

Euglena viridis Ehrbg.

Fam. Astasidac.
.Astasia trichophora (Ehrbg) C'la]i.

l"am. /'crani'uiidac.
EnLosiphcju o\-atus Stokes.

Fam. I'cridinidac.

IV'ridinium tabulatiini lihrbg.

INFUSORIA.

Pam. /''nrlirliiu'dac.
PseU(lopn)ro(l(m ni\'eus f^hrbg. Arachnidium glubosuni S. \\.

Coleps hirtus (). F. M. Didinium nasutuni () V .M .

Coleps uncinatus C & L.

Nov., 1905,] Brmh Lake Protozchi.. 395

Fani. 'rrachclitiidac.

Trachelocerca olor O. F. M. Linnotus helus Stokes.

Trachelocerca versatilis O. F. M. Loxodes maynus Stokes.
Lionotus fasciola (Ehrbg) Wrzes. Loxodes rostrum O. F. M.

Fain. C ^}ilamydodontidat\
Nassula ornata Ehrbg.

Fam. C'hdiferidac.

Holosticha caudata Stokes. Glaucoma scintilkms Ehr1)g.

Leucophrys patula Ehrbg. Colpidiurn putrinum Stokes.

F a m . Vrocent rida c .
Urocentrum turbo O. F. M.

Fam. Paramoccidac.
Paramoecium aureha O. F. M.

Fam. Plcnroucmidac.
Pleuronema glaucoma O. F. M.

Fam. Isotricliidar.
Plagiopj'la nasuta Stein.

Fam. Plagiotoiuidac.
Metopus sigmoides C. & L. Spirostomum aml)iguum lilnbg.

Fam. IJursaridac.
Bursaria truncateha O. F. M.

Fam. Stcutoridac.

Stentor coeruleus Ehrbg. Caenomorpha oxyura Stein

Stentor polymorphus Ehrbg. (Gyrocorys).

Fam. Oxytrichidac.

Stichotricha aculeata Wrzes. Gonostomum affine Stein
Uroleptus dispar Stokes. (Plagiotricha).

X^roleptus longicaudatus Stokes. Stylonychia mytihis O. F. M.

Uroleptus rattulus Stein. Stylonychia pustulata (). F. M.

Uroleptus sphagni Stokes. Histrio inquietus Stokes.

Fam. Eiiplotidac.

Euplotes carinata Stokes. Euplotes variabilis Stokes.

Euplotes plumipes Stokes. Aspidisca costata Duj.

Fam. Vorticcllidac.

Scyphidia inclinans (D'Udek) S. K. Vorticella similis Stokes.

on Nais. Opercularia elongata Kellicott.

Vorticella aquaedulcis Stokes. Cothurnia crystallina lihrbg.

Vorticella hamata Ehrbg. Vaginicola gigantea D'Udek.

A'orticella nebuliferti Ehrbg. Lagenophrys vaginicola Stein.
Vorticella procumbens From.

;96

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. \h Xo. 1,

AN ABNORMAL CONE OF PINUS LARICIO.

Walter Fiscukr.

It has l^een customary to try to explain the homolot^y of the
ovuliferous scale in the Conifers h^' the study of monstrosities.
So the chance discovery on Mav 12 of a cone of Pinus laricio
which was. both- carpellate andstaminate led the writer to look
up again the numerous theories which have l)een advanced to
explain this structure.

Fig. 1. — 1. Tlie al)normal cone,
carpellate bract and ov-uliferous scale.
side of stamen.

Under side of carjiel showini,^
Upper side of same. 4. Under

The cone was one of two growmg in the normal position of
the staminate cone and consisted of two well marked zones, the
lower or staminate part making up about four-fifths and the
upper or carpellate part making up about one-fifth of the entire
cone, 'i'hc other cone was staminate oiily. As a closer examina-
tion showed that l)()th kinds of sporojjlndls were perfectb' nor-
mal, their description will correspond to that of those on other
cones. The carj)ellate jjart l)ore bracts on the u])])er sides of
which were the ovuliferous scales bearing the ovules or mega-
s])orangia. The staminate ])art of the cone bore l)tit one kind of
scales, the stamens or micros])or()i)hylls bearing the micros])o-
rangia on the under side.

Nov;'vl9G5.] ' N'otes from Ohio Siait Herbarium.. 397

Since the homology of the stamen, and the bract subtending
the seed bearing scale is evident, the^contention is still concern-
ing the homology of this extra strltcture the ovuliferous scale.
As an excellent summary of the numerous theories relating to
this subject is given in Coulter and Chdmberlain's Morphology of
Spermatoph3'tes, and as their repetition here would be entireh-
beyond the scope of this article, they may for convenience be
condensed into the two following simple propositions:

First. The carpellate cone represents a regular l)ranch ; the
bract represents a leaf; the ovuliferous scale represents an
axillary stem with one or with two leaves all greatly reduced and
modified and it may or may not also represent the outer
integument.

Second. The carpellate cone represents a dwarf branch like
the staminate cone ; and the ovuliferous scale is a ligular or
chalazal outgrowth of the megasporophyll or carpellate bract
which corresponds to the microsporophyll.

The W'riter is inclined to favor the second view not onlv from
the sttidy of this monstrosity if any great importance is to be
attached to it but also for the same reason that Bessev gives in
his article in the Botanical Gazette, 33:157, namelv, that were
we to favor the first view we would have to assume that the
megasporangiate cones and sporophvlls in the closelv related
families of Finales, in some of which there is no ovuliferous
scale, are not homologous.

NOTES FROM THE OHIO STATE HERBARHIM. IV.

H. i\. G'LFASON.

During the past year much of the unidentified herbarium
material has been studied, and a number of particular genera
have been worked over, with the result that several species of
flowering plants and ferns are to be added to the state flora. A
list of those species with notes on their distribution and their
distinguishing characters is here given. Some of them have
already been reported in this journal, but for sake of complete-
ness are listed again. In every case the w^riter is responsible for
their identification.

06b. Asplenimn parvulum Mart, and Gal. Ohio Nat. o:20G.

460a. Carex alata jerntf^inea Fernald. Along Big Darby
Creek in Madison Covmty, Professor W. A. Kellerman. The
variety, as described by Fernald (Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and
Sci. 37:477. 1902.) differs from the species in the spikelets tawny
colored from the first, the narrower ovate perigynia about 2.5
mm. wide, and the ovate-lanceolate scales. The species has

398 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

i;]Mkelets mostly green, ijerigynia 2.8-3.7 mm. wide, almost
orbicular, and narrower scales.

472b. Alayaca auhleti Michx. Auglaize County, A. Wetz-
stein. The occurrence of this aquatic species so far north of its
usual range is of much interest.

547a. Smilax pulverulcnta Michx. Montgomery County,
S. E. Horlacher. Distinguished from Suiilax hcrbacea, which it
closely resembles, by the pubescent lower surface of the leaves.

755a. Gomphrena globosa L. An Amaranthaceous plant fre-
quently cultivated for ornament and escaped in Wood Countv,
where it was collected by Professor Kellerman.

S77a. Boccovia conlata Willd., the Plume Poppy, likewise
commonly cultivated, has escaped around London, Madison
Countv, and specimens have been sent to the herl)ariuin by
Mrs. K. D. Sharp.

1033a. Aronia atropnrpurea Britton. Ohio Nat. 5:2G4.

1058a. Cassia medsgeri Shafer. Ohio Nat. 5:204.

1245a. Hvpcricjtiii horeale (Britton) Bicknell. Ohio Nat.
5:249.

1794a. XantJiium commune Britton. This, our commonest
species of Cocklebur, has generally been confused with Xanthiinn
landdensc. It is at once recognized by the densely hispid-
pubescent spines of the burs ; all other species in our region have
burs either glabrous or merely puberulent. the hairs never
exceeding the diameter of the spines.

17941). XantJiiutn glabratam (DC.) Britton. Apparently
common in southeastern Ohio, extending north and west to
Franklin County. It is distinguished by the glabrous burs with
beaks straight or nearly so.

19(33a. Bidens eUiptica (Wiegand) Gleason, and 1967a,
Bidens vulgata Greene, are described in Ohio Nat. 5:310.

Mr. L. D. Stair, of Cleveland, has contrilnited the following
s])ecics, all from Ctivahoga County: 131 a, Panicum impHcatum
Scribn.; 190a, Agrostis aspcrijolia Trin. ; 212c, Bcckmannia
crucaejormis (L.) Host.; 255a, Festuca capillata Lam.; B ramus
brizaejormis Fisch. and Mey.; 205c, Bromus arvensis L.; 376a,
Carex tenuis interjecta (Bailey) Britton; 1303a, Kncifjia jruticosa
piloscUa (Raf.) Britton; 1015a, Scrophularia kporclla Bicknell;
1893a, Aster latcrijiorus horizontalis (Desf.) Bvirgess.

Mr. S. E. Horlacher, of Dayton, has added 757b, Allionia
nyctagi)iea ovata (Pursh) Morong; l()50b, Gerardia tcnuifolia
aspenila Gray; 1755a, Cicliorium intybus divaricaium DC.

Nov., 1905.] Xews and Xotes. 399

NEWS AND NOTES.

The fifteenth annual meeting of the Ohio State Academy of
Science will be held at The University of Cincinnati, on Dec. 1st
and 2nd. A number of important papers will be presented and
a very interesting meeting is anticipated.

Ohio Plants With Extr.\-Floral Glaxds. The following
plants should be added to the list of Ohio plants having extra-
floral nectaries and glands, as given in The Ohio Naturalist
4:108-106.

With glands on the petiole or at the base of the blade:

Impatiens balsaniina L.
Ascyruni hypericoides L.

With tooth-like glands on top of the midrib or at its base:

Aronia arbutifolia (L-) Medic.
" atropurpurea Britt.

nigra (Willd.) Britt.
Pyrus communis L.
]\Ialus angustifolia (Ait.) Mx.

Some weeks ago the Zoological Museum received from a for-
mer student, Mr. John C. Britton, a fine donation consisting of a
pair of large Iguanas nicely mounted. Mr. Britton gives the
following account of their capture: "While travelling in the
Bahama Islands in the summer of 1903 we visited Watlings or
San Salvador and were told by the natives there that great
numbers of large lizards lived on an island or kay in the lake
which occupies nearly one-half of the island or Watlings. We
were directed to the spot by guides and found that the stor}'
was true. On this small island there must have lived hundreds
of large iguanas and all of one species belonging to the genus
Cyclura. It mav be mentioned incidentally that this island,,
called Iguana Kav by the natives, is very near the spot where
Columbus is supposed to have landed. These reptiles are very
swift on foot ancl extremely shy. After much difficulty we suc-
ceeded in shooting a number of specim.ens. When we returned
to the United States the iguanas were given to Dr. Leonard
Stejneger of the United States National Museum for description.
They were described as a new species and given the name
Cyclura rileyi in honor of Mr. J. H. Riley with whom I was^
associated as a member of the expedition." — J. S. H.

400 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 1,

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Ortox Hall, May I, 190;").

The club was called to order by the President, Prof. Hine.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.
The program for the evening consisted of an address on "The
Present Status of Darwhiism," by Prof. Edward L. Rice of the
Ohio Wesley an University. Prof. .Rice gave a brief review of
Darwin's work and the conditions under which "The Origin of
Species" was published. Darwin really gave us nothing new in
his theory but he gave the actual data for evolution, and it was
for this reason that his work attracted so much attention. For-
merly the struggle was l^etween science and religion, l)ut now it
is between scientists as to the method of evolution. Ultra-
Darwinians go far beyond Darwin with the theory of natural
selection and many, as Weisman and Haeckel, deny Lamark's
theory entirely. Whether it is inheritance or environment that
inakes the arm of the blacksinith's son strong and that of the
preacher's bov weak is the important question. A recent article
in the American Field Journal by Redfield of Chicago, on the
evolution of the setter may possibly have some bearing on this
subject. In tracing the history of the offspring of two male dogs
it was found that the oft'spring of the one which had been used
constantlv in the field appeared seven times in chami>ion trials.
Offspring of the brother of this dog, which had l)een kept for
stud purposes only, did not occur among the champion dogs. It
is the general verdict of breeders that horses and dogs give
better offspring if not kept for stud purposes only.

Prof. Rice mentioned several of the objections which had
Vjeen raised against the theory of natural selection and attem])ted
to show that these might not all be entirely valid.

In a summarv, Prof. Rice stated that he believed that man\-
laws were operative in producing the results of evolution. In
regard to their effectiveness he Ijelieved that they w^ould stand
in about the following order: Darwin's and DeVries' theories
first, Romanes second, and sexual selection and environmental
influences of less importance.

Mr. Henriksen, Prof. Landacrc, Miss \\'ilson, and Prof.
Schaffner took part in the discussion which followed.

J. H. (iourley and Miss Caroline Carmack were elected to
memberslii|». The club then adjourned.

Fk.\xk M. SuRi'WCK, Sc\'y.

Date of Publication of No\eiiibcr Number, Noxembtr 3, 1<'05.

The Ohio V^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume VI. DECEMBER, 1905. No. 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ortmann — A New Species of Cambarus from Louisiana 401

Gleason— Notes from the Ohio State Herbarium. V 403

Berger— Habits and Distribution of the Pseudoscorpionidae, Principally Chelanops

oblongus, Say 407

SCHAFFNER — Key to the Ohio Dogwoods in the Winter Condition 419

ScHAFFNER, Mabel— Free-floating Plants of Ohio 420

Surface — Meeting of the Biological C'lub 422

A NEW SPECIES OF CAMBARUS FROM LOUISIANA.

Dr. a. E. Ortmann,
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

The types and cotypes of the new species described herein
were collected by Professor Jas. S. Hine on July 12, 1905, in a
small freshwater pool, J^ mile from Gulf Beach, near Cameron,
Cameron Parish, Louisiana. There are 2 males of the first form,
and 4 females. They were found associated with a number of
large and small individuals of Cambarus {Cambarus) clarki Gir.

Cambarus (Cambarus) hinei spec. nov.
(See Fig. 1).

Description of male of the first form.

Rostrum triangular, about twice as long as broad on the
basis; margins very slightly convex, almost straight, rather
evenly converging to the acute tip, with a very slight indication
of lateral angles at the base of the short acumen. No marginal
spines. Upper face of rostrum flat at the base, slightly concave
toward the tip; margins slightly elevated. Postorbital ridges
short, divergent posteriorly, sharp at anterior end, but without
distinct spine. Carapace ovate, slightly compressed, punctate.
Infraorbital angle blunt. Branchiostegal spine small. Cervical
groove sinuate. No lateral spines on carapace. Areola as long
as or slightly shorter than half of the anterior section of carapace,
very wide, with 4 or 5 irregular rows of punctations.

Abdomen as wide as, and longer than carapace. Anterior
section of telson with two spines on each side, posterior section
rounded.

402 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

Epistoma with anterior part triangular. Antenna! scale
rather broad, broadest in the middle. Flagdhmi longer than
carapace, but shorter than bodv.

First pereiopod subcylindrical. Hand elongate, subcylin-
drical, very slightly compressed, margins subparallel. Surface
covered with fine granulations and a few short, scattered hairs.
Palm long; fingers remarkably short, hardly over one-third as
long as palm, with some scattered hairs. Cutting edges without
tubercles. Carpopodite short, and almost smooth, without dis-
tinct sulcus on upper side, and without spines or tubercles on
inner side. Meropdite smooth, without tubercles or spines, its
lower margin densely pilose.

Ischiopodites of third and fourth pereiopod with hooks, that
of the third is long and strong, conical, that of the fourth is
smaller, but distinct and of similar shape. Coxopodite of fourth
pereiopod with a prominent, semicircular, compressed tubercle;
that of the fifth pereiopod with a small, conical tubercle.

First pleopod rather short and stout, reaching
to the coxopodite of the third pereiopods. Its
distal third is thinner than the proximal part,
slightly tapering, gently but distinctly curved
backward. Tip truncate, with two sharp,
pointed, triangular horny teeth, belonging to
the outer part. Inner part pointed at tip, point
straight, slightly directed outward, distinctly
longer than truncated part, and also longer than
the horny teeth. Inner face of inner part with
a row of beard-like hairs.

The male of the second form is unknown.
Fig. I. Cambarus In the female, the chelipeds are much shorter,
/inieJsptx. nov. Male chicflv SO the hand, and the fingers are onlv

sexual organ of lett ,. , - , , ' , , %^ ^ , ,,-

side, inner view, slightly shortcr than the palm. Hand hardly
Enlarged. granulated, but with scattered hairs, more

abundant than in the male. Pilosity of lower margin of meropo-
dite wanting. Annulus ventralis a simple, rounded, low" tubercle
with an S-shaped fissure.

Measurements: i (Type): Total length: 35 mm.; carapace:
16, areola: 5. width of areola: 2.75; abdomen: 19 mm.; length of
hand: 13 mm., width of hand: 3.5, length of palm: 9.5, of fingers:
3.5 mm. 9 (Type): Total length: 45 mm.; carapace: 21,
areola: 7, width of areola: 3.5, abdomen: 24 mm.; hand: 9.5
palm: 5.5, fingers, 4 mm.

The shape of the male organs places this species in the sid^-
genus Cambartis (see Ortmann, Pr. Amer. Philos. Soc. 44. 1905,
p. 96, and Ann. Carnegie Mus. 3. 1905 p. 437). The hooks of
the pereiopods and the subcylindrical chelae place it in the
section of C. blandingi. The shape of the rostrum and of areola

Dec, 1905.] Notes from Ohio State Herbarium. 403

indicate the group of C. alleni. Within the latter group it
stands rather isolated with regard to the male organs, which
show a rather primitive conformation, within exception of the
distinct backward curve of the distal part. The shape of the
rostrum is peculiar on account of the almost triangular outline
(similar to C. advena), with hardly any traces of lateral angles
in the place of marginal spines. The areola is exceptionally
broad, broader than in any of the known species of this group.
The most striking character (disregarding the male organs) is
furnished by the chelae of the male, since the fingers are unusu-
ally short, shorter than in any other species of the genus. Tluis
the new species is well characterized by the shape of the rostrum,
of the areola, chelipeds, and the m.ale sexual organs.

Its distribution agrees with that of the alleni-group, in so far
as it belongs of the lowlands of the coastal plain of the southern
United States. It is the most western locality known for this
group, being close to the Texas state-line (disregarding the
Mexican C. iviegmanni).

NOTES FROM THE OHIO ST.A.TE HERBARIUM, V.

H. A. Gleason.

A Revised List of the Hypericaceae of Ohio.

The status of the family Hypericaceae m the catalogues of
Ohio plants has been very varied. Dr. J. L. Riddell, in his
Synopsis of the Flora of the Western States, listed nine species
from Ohio, including among them Hypericum galioides Lam. and
H. densiforum Pursh, species which in all probability do not
occur within the State. They are both plants of the austro-
riparian zone, ranging from New Jersey to Texas along the
coastal plain, and inland to Tennessee. Dr. Riddell's Synopsis,
as its name indicates was not restricted to Ohio, but included all
of the Western States so far as he knew them, and he might
possibly have seen specimens from Tennessee. A few other
doubtful species have been added to our flora by some of the
earlier authors, such as H. adpressum Bart., H. ellipticuni Hook.,
and Triadenum petiolatum (Walt.) Britton. From these sources
they were admitted to the Catalogue of Ohio State Plants by
W. A. Kellerman and Wm. C. Werner, and from that to the
Fourth State Catalogue by W. A. Kellerman, the latest one pub-
lished. Two of the seventeen listed by Kellerman and Werner
do not appear in the Fourth Catalogue, H. densiflorum Pursh and
H. galioides Lam. Two others were added, H. gymnanthimi
Eng. and Gray and H. drummondii (Grev. and Hook.) T. and
G., leaving the total number of species still at seventeen.

404 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

Under the present policy of the Department of Botany at
Ohio State University only those species are included in the
flora of the state which are actually represented by specimens in
the State Herbarium. The necessity of such a regulation is
obvious and requires no comment here. Five other species of
the Fourth Catalogue are accordingly to be dropped, H. ellipti-
cum Hook., H. adpressuni Bart., H. majus (Gray) Britton, H.
canadense L., and Triadenum petiolatum (Walt.) Britton. There
is no apparent reason why the first four of these should not
occur in Ohio. Their geographical distribution, as given in the
standard manuals, includes this State, they have been reported
from adjoining States, and it is quite probable that future col-
lecting, especially in the northern and northwestern parts of the
State, will eventually result in their re-addition to the Ohio flora.
Triadenum petiolatum, on the other hand, is not to be expected
within the State. It is essentially a plant of the coastal plain
swamps, extending from New Jersey to Louisiana and along the
inland extension of the coastal plain to southern Illinois, where
it grows in deep cypress swamps.

Three additional species, however, are to be added to the list,
H. horeale (Britton) Bickn., reported in 1904,*//. virgatwn Lam.
and H. suh petiolatum Bickn., here reported for the first time from
Ohio. Fifteen species of Hypericaceae are therefore actually
represented in the State Herbarium, and this number will
probably be raised in the future to nineteen. On this account
the four species in question are included in the key.

Both the flowers and fruit are necessary for the identification
of most of the species, and in collecting care should be taken that
the specimens show both. Except at the beginning and close
of the blooming period a single plant will generally show both.
Ripe capsules may easily be sectioned to show the number of
cavities and the character of the partitions either dry or after
soaking in hot water.

Key to the Ohio Genera.

1. Sepals 4, in two very dissimilar pairs. Ascyrum.

1. Sepals 5, equal or nearly so. 2.

2. Receptacular glands none; flowers yellow. 3.

2. Three receptacular glands alternating with the stamen-clusters;

flowers not yellow. Triadenum.

3. Leaves normal. Hypericum.

3. Leaves scale-like, appressed, flowers sessile. Sarothra.

Ascyrum L.

One species in the State.

1. Ascyrum multicaule Michx. Not Ascyrum hypericoides
L. or Ascyrum crux-andreae L. as given in the standard manuals.
These two names, which are synonyms, belong to a plant of the

*Ohio Naturalist, 5:249, 1904.

Dec, 1905.] Notes from Ohio State Herbarium. 405

southeastern States. Ascyrum is essentially a southeastern

genus, and this species, which is its northernmost representative,

is confined mainlv to the austro-appalachian and austro-riparian

areas. In Ohio it grows in dry upland woods and hillsides in

the southeastern part. Specimens are in the State Herbarium

from Hocking, Lawrence, Fairfield, Gallia, Scioto, Hamilton and

Jackson Counties.

Hypericum L.

1. Capsules 5-celled, styles 5. 2.

1. Capsules 3-celled or 1-celled. 3.

2. Leaves on main stem 6-8 cm. long, flowers 3-4 cm. wide,

capsules ovoid, 2 cm. long. 1. H. ascyron.

2. Leaves on main stem 2-3 cm. long, flowers 2 cm. wide, capsules

narrowly ovoid, less than 1 cm. long. 2. H . kalmianum.

3. Stamens verv numerous. 4.

3. Stamens 5-12. 10.

4. Capsules 3-celled. 5.

4. Capsules 1-celled. 8.

4. Capsules incompletely 3-celled, stem 4-5 dm. high, flowers 1.5

cm. broad, short pedicelled, capsule 3-4 mm. long.

(H. adpressum.)

5. Shrubs, capsules about 1 cm. long, leaves narrowly oblong or

oblanceolate, usually revolute. 3. H. prohficimt.

5. Herbs, capsules 3-6 mm. long. 6.

6. Leaves oblong or linear-oblong, crowded, flowers about 2 cm.

wide. 6. H. perforatum.

6. Leaves broader, elliptical to ovate, flowers about 1 cm. wide

or a little larger. 7.

7. Leaves sessile, cordate, sepals acuminate. 7. H. maciilatum.

7. Leaves narrowed at the base, sepals obtuse. 8. H. siibpetiolatiim.

8. Styles separate, leaves oblong, sharply acute, ascending, 2-3

cm. long. 5. H. virgatum.

8. Styles united below into a beak, leaves obtuse or nearly so. 9.

9. Leaves narrowly oblong, 3-6 cm. long. 4. H . sphacrocarpum

9. Leaves elliptic or ovate, 1.5-2.5 cm. long. {H. elliptic uyn.)

10. Leaves lanceolate to ovate. 11.

10. Leaves linear. 14.

11. Capsule 8-10 mm. long. {H. ma jus.)

11. Capsule 6 mm. long or less. 12.

12. Leaves obtuse or rounded at apex. 13.

12. Leaves acute, ovate and cordate-clasping. 11. H. gytnnanthum.

13. Bracts subulate. • 9. H. mutilum.

13. Bracts broader, foliaceous. 10. H. boreale.

14. Leaves 3-nerved, spreading, capsule longer than the sepals.

(H. canadense.)
14. Leaves 1-nerved, subulate, capsule about equalling the sepals.

12. H. drummondii.

1. H. ascyron L. In rich moist woods and river bottoms.
Monroe, Holmes, Lucas, Lake, Cuyahoga, Erie, Summit, Frank-
lin, and Richland Counties. A plant of generally northern
range, in Ohio apparentl}^ with the widest distribution in the
northern counties.

2. H. kalmianum L. Along or near the lake shore in
Ottawa, Erie and Summit Counties. Occurs generally along all
the Great Lakes.

4o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

3. H. prolificum L. Champaign, Hocking, Defiance, Frank-
lin, Hamilton, Tuscarawas, Montgomery, Carroll, Holmes,

.jij.ackson, Coshocton, Adams, Gallia, Harrison, Portage, Stark,
.Wyandot, Wayne, Scioto, and Fairfield Counties. Data are not
at hand concerning its ecological habits but it probably prefers
dry woods.

4. H. sphaerocarpuni Michx. Lake, Franklin, Montgomery
and Clermont Counties. Should be found in dry woods in all
the western counties.

5. H. vtrgatum Lam. A single specimen from Jackson
County. This species is more characteristic of the coastal plain
of the Atlantic from Delaware and New Jersey southward, but
has been reported from a number of places inland. It is easily
recognized by its leaf habit alone.

6. H. perforatum L. Naturalized from Europe in fields and
along roadsides, Auglaize, Gallia, Ashtabula, Summit, Morrow,
Highland, Lorain, Clinton, Stark, Union, Carroll, Wayne, Tus-
carawas, Knox, Clark, Montgomery, Franklin, Richland, Noble,
Guernsey, Ross, Harrison, Madison, Butler, Jeft'erson and
Medina Counties.

7. H. niaculatum Walt. Scioto, Muskingum, Franklin,
Adams, Wayne, and Logan Counties.

8. H. subpetiolatmn Bickn. Most abundant in moist,
shaded woods. Stark, Highland, Lake, Richland, Erie, Shelby,
Crawford, Summit, Carroll, Union, Auglaize, Clinton, Cuyahoga,
Defiance, Hocking, Hamilton, Tuscarawas, Clermont, Gallia,
Lorain, Huron, Morgan and Licking Counties.

9. H. mutilum L. In moist woods and along streams.
Huron, Stark, Morgan, Jackson, Wayne, Brown, Franklin,
Perry, Monroe, Scioto, Lake, Vinton, Clarke, Hamilton, Cuya-
hoga, Fairfield, Hocking, Clermont and Auglaize Counties.

10. H. boreale (Britt.) Bickn. In peat bogs, Defiance and
Geauga Counties.

11. H. gymnanthuni Engelm. and Gray. Erie County.

12. H. Driimmondii (Grev. and Hook.) T. and G. In dry
soil and on rocks, Ashtabula and Hamilton Counties. Probably
introduced in the former.

S.\ROTHRA L.

A monotypic genus.

1. 5. gentianoides L. In sand and on dry rocks, Erie,
Gallia and Scioto Counties. Probably occurs elsewhere along
the lake shore.

Triadenum Raf.

One species in the State.

1. T. virginicum (L. ) Raf. In peat bogs and swamps in the
northern half of the State. Wayne, Erie, Geauga, Licking,
Cuyahoga and Huron Counties.

Dec, 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 407

HABITS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE PSEUDOSCORPION-
IDAE, PRINCIPALLY CHELANOPS OBLONGUS, SAY.*

E. W. Berger, Ph. D. (J. H. U.)-

The observations that prompted the writing of this paper
were made mainly in Jamaica, W. I., at intervals between the
14th of June and the middle of August, 1897, while the writer
was a member of the Marine Biological Laboratory of the Johns
Hopkins University, located for that summer at Port Antonio.

Soon after our arrival an abundance of material, with most of
the females bearing egg and brood pouches, was discovered upon
the Bogg Estate, just to the west of the above named town. The
majoritv of the specimens collected (several hundred in all)
belong to a single species, Chelanops oblongus. Ten specimens
only of another, a smaller, more active species, but with larger
mandibles (chelicerae) and with a more rectangular abdomen,
were found in the same locality living together with the previous
species. This smaller species is Chthonius pennsylvanicus,
Hagen.

I believe it proper to add here, that I was turned aside from
this to other work soon after my return from Jamaica, and
that before I had identified these species. Later, when 1 desired
to identify them I had no facilities, and in 1900 sent specimens
to the Smithsonian Institution. These were promptly identified
for me by Mr. Nathan Banks, Honorary Curator of the Section
of Arachnida, as the species above named. I have only recently
had the opportunity to identify them for myself at the Ohio
State University, using Mr. Bank's key (III).

The Pseudoscorpionidae (Chernetidae) constitute an order in
the Class Arachnoidea, or spider-like animals, and some species
are very small. The specimens in L. Balsan's list (I) range
from 1.20 to 7.10 mm. in length. The C. oblongus from Jamaica
measures 3.33 to 4.00 mm. ; some specimens collected by Profes-
sor Jas. S. Hine at Georgesville, Ohio, measure only 2.00 mm.,
but are evidently not fully matured. The males are slightly
smaller than the females. C. pennsylvanicus measures 1.90
mm. only. They are called Pseudoscorpions because of their
resemblance to real scorpions, except in size and in the absence
of the post-abdomen and a poison sting. Many species are
blind, including C. oblongus; C. pennsylvanicus has four small
eyes.

Distribution. — I was surprised to find that both the species
collected in Jamaica should occur quite throughout the eastern
U. S. Mr. Banks names the following localities for C. oblongus:
Ithaca, N. Y., Washington, D. C, Brazos Co., Texas, Citrus Co.,

* Contributions from the Department of Zoology of the Ohio State University, No. 23.

4o8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

Fla., Sand Point, Fla., Retreat, N. C, Fredericksburg, Va., and
Detroit, Mich. (To this Ust can now be added Port Antonio,
Jamaica, and Georgesville, Ohio.) ; for C. pemisylvanicus, Pough-
kepsie, N. Y., and Lake Poinsett, Fla. I read over carefully the
list named by Mr. Banks in his paper (III) above quoted, for the
purpose of noting the distribution north and south, and east and
west. I have concluded from this that there are distinct eastern
and western species, but probably only a few distinct northern
and southern species. Thus Pacific Coast species are reported
no farther east than Utah, Montana and Wyoming, while eastern
species are reported no farther west than Texas, Kentucky, and
Michigan. Obisiuni Brunnerium, Hagen, common in the east,
is reported from Utah, but Mr. Banks seems to have some doubt
in this case that the Utah species is the same. Chelijer can-
croides, Linn., Faun. Suec, is of course reported from the Pacific
Coast and perhaps occurs over the whole U.S., and if not now,
will very likely soon occur throughout the entire world. Two
or three species are reported only from Texas and Colorado.
Eastern and Pacific Coast species, on the other hand, generally
have a wide north and south distribution. Thus among other
eastern species named by Mr. Banks, Chelijer hiseriatum, Bks.,
reported only from Lake Poinsett, Fla., was found by myself
under a neglected carpet infested with buffalo moths, at Berea,
Ohio, in 1901. The two species collected in Jamaica also illus-
trate this far north and south distribution nicely, extending
even to within the tropics.

This wide north and south distribution of the species of
pseudoscorpions versus their rather limited east and west distri-
bution, I believe is associated with the migration of insects or
birds. Pseudoscorpions have, however, to my knowledge,
never been found upon birds, so that nothing definite can be
stated in this respect. On the other hand, they are known to
cling to insects (chiefly flies and beetles) and arachnids (see
Associations with Insects) and to be transported from
place to place by these. Certain insects are known to migrate
for hundreds of miles. Thus a moth, the Black Witch, Erebus
odora, is supposed to migrate from the West Indies and Mexico
to the U. S., while the Monarch, Anosia plexippus, is believed
to migrate south in fall and north in Spring. No doubt there
are other migratory insects, so that the distribution of pseu-
doscorpions will, I believe, sometime find its explanation in
this direction. There being nothing like a complete list of
pseudoscoripons in existence, it is evident that these speculations
are somewhat tentative.

I tried to gain some idea of the distribution in South America
bv comparing the i)apers of Ellingsen (VIII), Balsan (I) and
Banks (III). I found no species mentioned that are common to

Dec, 1905.]

Chelanops oblongus.

409

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate XXVIII.

E. W. Berger, Del,

Chelanops oblongus, female.

W-

4IO , The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

both North and South America. Two species, Chelifer canes-
triniim, BaL, and Chelifer longichelifer occur both in Ecuador
(Guayaquil) and in Venezuela, i. e., to the west and east of the
Andes. Two other species from Venezuela occur in Paraguay
and Uruguay. Hagen in one of his papers (IX) mentions
Chelifer americanus occurring in Venezuela and South Brazil.
Of the few species noted from Peru and Chili, west of the Andes,
none are reported from the east. The evidence from South
America, while insufficient, I believe nevertheless suggests a
distribution similar to that in North America.

The distribution of the order Pseudoscorpionidae is, of
course, worldwide: North America, South America, Europe,
Asia, Africa, Australia, Madagascar, Sumatra and New Celebes,
each having representatives reported.

Habitats. — I collected almost all my specimens from under
the loose bark of fiat-lying trees. A few were found in banana
plant rubbish (dried leaves, pieces of stems, etc.) and in dead
pines (Pine here refers to a relative of the pinaepple that grows
as an aerophyte upon trees in the tropics.) While I could not
state that pseudoscorpions are social in their habits, I always
felt that when I found one, others were not far away, and
that the}' were scattered in groups rather than singly. It is also
interesting to note that the places of occurrence of these species
in Jamaica were always damp or even wet: frequently so wet that
I could press water from the bark and wood with my fingers. I
never found them in dry places, and when I kept some in cap-
tivity under small pieces of bark in glass jars, I found that they
died and dried up if the bark was not kept quite moist and the
jars covered. By taking proper precaution, however, to provide
moisture, several colonies were kept alive for about ten months.
In one instance I prepared a roll of bark about a core of
decayed wood and set it one end in a glass jar. This worked
very well, the animals living between the layers of the bark
and wood. In this jar and' others some females even pro-
duced eggs, and some young were hatched. To keep water from
condensing upon the sides of the glass, I lined the jars with filter
juiper. Not all preudoscorpions, however, require such wet con-
ditions; thus Chelifer biseriatum already referred to, and Chelifer
cancroides, the book scorpion, both live in very dry ])laces in
houses. Other localities where these little creatures find their
abode are: upon the leaves of trees (palmetto), between the
crevices of rocks, under rocks, driftwood and leaves in the
woods. Ohisium maritimuni, Leach, and Chclanops iristes, Bks.,
live under stones between tide marks: the former on the Isle of
Man and other British Isles, the latter on Long Island, N. Y.
Immes, who reports the former species, suggests that it retains
sufficient air in its tracheae to keep it alive during high tide.

Dec, 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 4*1

These two species represent the extreme in wetness to which
members of the order have become accommodated.

To this hst of habitats must be added parisitism and com-
mensahsm, habits which the order has developed in connection
with other insects.

Association with Ixsects, Food. — Pseudoscorpions evi-
dently associate themselves with insects and a few arachnids in
three ways: as travelers, parasites and commensalists. As
travelers they make use of insects and other arachnids by hold-
ing fast with the chelae of their pedipalps to the legs of flies,
bedbugs, phalangids (harvestmen), tipulids (craneflies), etc., or
by concealing themselves under the elytra of the larger beetles,
Alaus oculatus, and others. It appears that in the tropics
they are more often reported upon beetles, while in the north
more frequently upon fhes and the other insects named.

As supposed parasites they occur mainly upon beetles. The
cases of Chernetidae on record, occurring under the elytra and
wings of beetles where the body is softest, seems to make
this belief probable. I see no reason why it should not be easy
enough for a pseudoscorpion to penetrate the softer parts of a
beetle with its sharp mandibles.

In commensalism the species of insects with which they are
associated are prboably the same as in parasitism. The truth
is, it would be quite a difficult matter to name either the species
of insects or of pseudoscorpions that belong strictly to any one
of these three groups. Since pseudoscorpions are carnivorous,
sucking the juices from smaller insects, mites, etc., it appears
not at all improbable that they should find their prey under the
wings of a beetle, and stay there until the supply is exhausted.

I, myself, have found neither C. oblongus nor C. pennsyl-
vanicus upon other insects, but Hagen (IX) reports it {Ch. alius,
Leidy) under the elytra of the beetle Alaus oculatus. He further
states that blind Chernes species travel mainly upon beetles,
and mentions Chelijer americanus, De Geer, on Acanthocinus
longimanus in Venezuela and South Brazil; another in Brazil on
Passalus; and one in Melbourne (together with a tick) upon
Passalus politus; all occur under the elytra. A special few, he
says, travel fastened to flies, as Ch. Sanhorni in Mass. and Ch.
Loewii in Panama. Hagen evidently favors the transport
theory and believes that certain species limit themselves to
certain species of flies, beetles or other insects. Moniez and
Wagner also favor the transport theory.

Other writers favor either parasitism or commensalism.
Thus Leydig in discussing the occurrence of a pseudoscorpion
under the wings of a Brazilian beetle, emphasizes the fact that
they are located under the wings where the abdomen is most
vulnerable, and believes in parasitism. Ihering believes in com-

4t2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

mensalism, and mentions species of Pyrophorous between which
and the pseudoscorpion he thinks a definite relation has been
established; but he admits that the species upon leaves are
probably the same as upon the beetles.

As will be seen in the following topic pseudoscorpions evi-
dently do attack and may cause the death of flies much larger
than themselves. It occurs to me that this instinct for robbery
is the starting point that lead to the habit of holding fast to
insects for travel, to parasitism and to commensalism, in what-
ever degree these exist as a habit. It is perhaps natural for a
pseudoscorpion to lay hold of anything alive that comes within
its reach. I have distinct recollections of teasing specimens
with a needle or with a splinter, and that the}^ would lay hold of
these objects with their chelae. If, then, the attacked insect is
strong enough to walk or fly away, and the pseudoscorpion does
not kill it, he becomes a passenger; if he finds natural secretions
or succeeds in wounding his host, he is a parasite; if he finds
other insects or mites that serve his wants, he is simply a com-
mensalist. It is thus quite easy to understand how the three
conditions of travel, parasitism and commensalism may have
developed as a habit, if indeed the}' are not accidents, for
pseudoscorpions can live very well without hosts.

Food, Cannibalism. — As I have stated before, the food of
pseudoscorpions is the juices of insects, mites, etc., usually
smaller than themselves. I have seen specimens holding some
smaller insect either by means of the chelae of the pedipalps or
by means of the chelicerae. It is generally known that they
feed upon psocids (corrodentia) and Hagen mentions Atropus
pulsatorius, the death watch, as their probable food. On the
other hand, I have found them {Chelijer biseriatum) associated
with buffalo moths and believe that they were there because the
moths were abundant and good feeding.

The following observations by Bachhausen are important and
interesting. Thus Prof. C. Berg reports (V) that I3achhausen
in South America found a pseudoscorpion attached to the leg
of a blow-fly and hanging free. He noticed after several hours
that the legs of the fly became stift". The next morning the fly
was dead and the pseudoscorpion sucked full under some scraps
of paper. Bachhausen next hungered a number upon moss under
a glass and then gave them some small flies. The pseudoscor-
pions soon appeared from concealment and began to attach
themselves to the legs of the flies by one pedipalp. When two
happened to get the same fly one or the other soon let go in order
to get a victim of its own. The legs of the flies soon become
stiffened and when the flies died they dragged them into con-
cealment. A tabanus is reported as dying much slower than the
other flies. On the other hand, Muehlhausen does not find that

Dec, 1905.] Chelanops oblongus. 413

the fly's leg was stiffened by a Chelifer cancroides (the book
scorpion), which held fast for fifty-six hours, or until it was
drowned in a drop of milk. Nor did the microscope show any
evidence of injury to the fly's leg. It occurs to me, however,
that C. cancroides is one of the smaller species and consequently
was not able to injure the fly's leg as an individual of a larger
species could have done.

Cannibalism. — I observed several times, while collecting
specimens, that large individuals were holding smaller ones in
their chelae. I also observed the same thing upon some spec-
imens kept in the jars (see Captivity). Then, again, the speci-
mens in the jars w^ere continually on the decrease. From these
several observations I am led to believe that Chelanops oblongus
and other pseudoscorpions are cannibalistic. On the other
hand, the immature of C. oblongus and other pseudoscorpions
build small nests in which they live (or rather become torpid)
during their moulting periods and in which they remain until
their cuticle has hardened (see Breeding). This evidently
indicates danger from enemies and probably from their own
kin. I believe rather more from their own kin than from other
enemies, since the places where pseudoscorpions live are small
and they could easily crawl into some crevice where a larger
enemy could not reach them. I furthermore found but few
insects and other animals under the bark of sufficient size to
be of much danger. These consideraitons strengthen my
belief in the probability of cannibalism. I know of no writer
who has made similar observations.

Captivity. — In the three jars used for confining live speci-
mens I kept from thirty to forty for nearly ten months. I
can perhaps best give the history of these by quoting the brief
notes verbatim.

Jar A. Sept. 3d. — All seem contented. Found one speci-
men carrying a smaller one in his jaws. Is this cannibalism?
Found one with a small bunch of yellow eggs.

Sept. 30th. — I find fewer specimens, but all appear happy.
There are none with eggs. There is a plenty of other little
insects and mites in all the jars ; also some small earthworms.

Oct. 21st. — There are now only five specimens and none
with eggs.

Jar B. Sept. 4th. — This jar had three specimens with
bunches of yellow eggs, and other specimens with and without
small eggs. I can find nothing of those with eggs today. Found
small one building a casting nest. No evidence of eggs on
any, but I had no lens with which to examine them. Bunches
of eggs may be very small at first, quite colorless and difficult
to see without a lens or without turning the animals over.

414 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

Sept. 30th. — I found none with eggs and fewer specimens.
What has become of them? Some doubtless lost their life by
drowning in drops of water precipitated upon the glass, but this
does not account for all missing.

Oct. 20th. — Found two dead and one small one alive. Found
one in moulting nest preparing to cast.

Jar C* Sept. 7th. — Bark arranged in concentric layers and
populated with adults. All seem contented. Found eight
specimens with yellow bunches of eggs. One encased in moult-
ing nest. One with small one in jaws (cannibalism?) No
small ones were put into this jar nor any with eggs.

Sept. 30th. — Looked over jar C where previously there were
adults with eggs, and now I find none. The number of adults
is fewer. What has become of them? Do they eat each other
and also the females with eggs? Have not noticed any undue
amount of empty skins, did however observe remnants of
pedipalps, etc., at the bottom of the jar.

Oct. 21st. — There are now eight specimens living and four
found dead. None with eggs. One small one in moulting nest
preparing to cast, found Oct. 20th, casted Oct. 23d, but at
eleven a. m. still in the nest. Two days later "baby" is out of
its nest and under bark.

June 3d, 1898. — All specimens are dead in all the jars. Some
shells and claws of them only can be found. Some little white
hexapods, also some black ones, and some small mites are living
in the jars.

Breeding, Nests, Moulting. — The genital opening is
located ventrally between the second and third abdominal seg-
ments, and it is here that the female carries her eggs in a small
whitish pouch. The young are hatched within this pouch and
remain there until ready to shift for themselves, being nourished
in the mean time by a fluid secretion from the mother. This
secretion is produced either by the oviduct or by some other
glandular structure within the genital opening. The pouches
enlarge as the young increase in size, until they become quite
cumbersome for the mother to carry. I have counted twenty-
four eggs in a pouch. Metchnikoff says about fifty and that
they are one-tenth of a millimetre in diameter. Barrois says
that he found about thirty. It is generally understood that the
young are nourished in the pouch.

Moulting Nests. — I shall next describe more fully the moult-
ing or casting nests. These are composed of a wall of small
fragments of wood and bark that completely incloses a circular
or oval space three to four millimetres in diameter. One of
these little nests extends from the wood of the tree to the bark,
and is lined with silk. When a young specimen is ready to
shed its skin it builds one of these nests, suspends itself

Dec, 1905.]

Chelanops oblongus.

415

within, supported by several fibres of silk which cross and
recross the enclosed space, becomes torpid and moults in two or
three davs. It then remains in its nest for one or two days
longer, or until its cuticle hardens, when it is ready to break
through the wall of its little prison. (See notes Jar C above;
also figure.)

Some writers convey the idea that these nests are built by
the mother for the entire brood after they leave the pouch, and
that they remain there until sufficiently hardened. Judging by
mv own observations this is not the case. I have never found
l)ut a single specimen in a nest of this kind, and that always an

Fig. I. Moulting Nest of Chelanops oblongus.

immature one. (I collected and observed not less than two
dozen such nests.) Furthermore, I usually found the empty skin
in the nest and sometimes the skin and the animal, in fact I all
but saw them in the act of moulting. (See notes under Jar C.)
As I have never found an adult, with or without eggs, in a nest,
I think there can be no doubt that the casting or moulting nests
are built by single immature individuals for a safe retreat during
moulting and not by the parent for the entire brood. Mr.
Banks has this statement in his paper (III) which corresponds
exactly with my observations: "Many were young and had
formed little cases of silk and earth in which to pass the moulting
period." This was reported by Mr. Hubbard for Garypiis
hicornis, Bks., which lives between the laminae of rocks at
Specimen Ridge, Yellow Stone National Park.

41 6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

The following observations by J. Barrois (IV) upon a clielifer
living in the temperate zone are interesting, and show that
females may build nests, but evidently for themselves and not
for the brood. This chelifer was found in small closed nests
under rocks. Only the females built the nests. The males hid
as best they could and were smaller and fewer than the females.
Between October and February the occupants were plump with
swollen abdomens. By the end of April or May the nests were
empty or contained only an emaciated female. The eggs were
not laid before January, but after that they were found in a
packet adhering to the vulva, with the cavity of the packet in
free communication with the oviduct, evidently a nutritive
adaptation. Here we see how the female uses a nest for another
purpose. In the tropics where my observations were made,
such an adaptation would hardly be necessary and I do not
think that it exists.

Moulting. — I made no observation indicating the number of
times pseudoscorpions moult. That they moult after becoming
sexually mature is probable from the fact that the normal gen-
ital openings appear when they are about three-fourths grown
and that they produce eggs at that stage. Smaller animals
show no signs of genital openings. Then again, a case of regen-
eration of a pedipalp (descr. below) indicates that mature ani-
mals probably moult even when apparently full grown. In
arthropods generally the enlargement of a regenerating organ
takes place at moulting time, in fact regeneration presupposes
moulting, and if the same rule holds true for pseudoscorpions,
it suggests that older specimens may moult. (See, however,
Moulting Nests.)

The manner of moulting is as follows: The dorsal skin of
the cephalothorax splits at the anterior and lateral margins,
remaining hinged posteriorly. The animal then extricates it-
self through this opening. This is the situation indicated by
the exuviae examined, in which this skin exists as a hinged lid.

Regeneration. — I found a few specimens that had lost one to
several segments of the pedipalps, and one specimen with a
large (normal) pedipalp and a small one of about half the nor-
mal size. The smaller pedipalp was of lighter color and thin,
and in every way suggested a case of regeneration similar to that
found in crabs.

Body Movements, Light or Heat. — A pseudoscorpion can
retract one or both of its chelicerae and move them in any
direction. The pedipalps can be moved in any direction and
the trochanter and femur folded back almost against the sides
of the body, the tibia and the chelae, or hand, extending for-
ward. It cleans the chelae of its pedipalps with its chelicerae,
or mandibles, using them either singly or as a pair. The legs
are used in pairs when walking, and those of each side constitute

Dec, 1905,] Chelanops oblongus. 4^7

two pairs, an anterior and a posterior pair. When at rest the
two anterior pairs extend forward and the two posterior pairs
backward from a right angle with the body. When walking it
uses its four pairs of legs quite as any four-footed animal uses
its legs. When disturbed it contracts its abdomen, the latter
thus becoming shorter and thicker.

I focused the direct sunlight from a small engraver's lens
;upon the desk, the specimen being under a watch glass. It
appears that in a few instances the animal took note of the
focus and went around it. It seems to have become conscious
of the focus by reaching into it with its pedipalps. At other
times it walked right through the focus without any concern
whatever. Once I directed the focus upon the cephalothorax
for some little time, when all at once it seemed to feel something,
probably the heat of the focus, and it hurried away apparently
discomforted. No eyes could be discovered, and the above
experiments, I believe, simply indicate that the animal felt
the heat of the focus. With a lens I could make out in many
instances light circular disks near the anterior lateral margins of
the cephalothorax. These were very suggestive of the so-called
€ye spots of the eyed elaters.

Color. — The color of the adult is light brown, with the
pedipalps, the dorsal part of the cephalothorax and the dorsal
plates of a darker shade. In newly moulted specimens the
appendages are of a light slate color, sometimes of a green or
blue cast, or cream color, while the body is of a uniform yellow-
ish brown or cream color, with the dorsal plates not well marked
off. .

Economic Value. — To what extent these little animals serve
any useful purpose in the destruction of insect pests, is not well
known and difficult to determine. But, since they are carniv-
orous, we may imagine that they destroy many small insects,
larvae and mites that would otherwise be harmful; and if Bach-
hausen's observations are correct, many flies, and perhaps other
insects larger than themselves The book scorpion no doubt
serves a useful purpose in keeping down the number of book-lice,
and to what extent this is done might be a subject for investiga-
tion. On the other hand a more complete study of the group
may show us more clearly its economic value.

The writer desires to express his sincere appreciation to Pro-
fessor Osborn for his interest m.anifested in this paper and for
the publication of the same as a University Bulletin.

Biological Hall, Ohio State University, November 24, 1905.

LITERATURE.

I. Balsan, Prof. Luigi. 1891. Vovage de M. E. Simon au
Venezuela, Arachnides, Chernetes. (fin) Ann. Soc. Ent. France.
(Did not see first seventeen pages.)

4i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2»

II. Banks, Nathan. 1891. Notes on N. A. Chernetidae.
Canad. Entom., Vol. 22, No. 8, Vol. 23, No. 8, Vol. 25, No. 3.

III." Banks, Nathan. 1895. Notes on the Pseudoscorpion-
idae. ^ Journ. N. Y. Entom. Soc, Vol. 3.

IV. t, Barrois, J. 1896. Memoire sur le developpement des
Chelifer. t Revue Suisse. Z. Tome 3.

V. Berg, Prof. C. 1893. Pseudoscorpioniden kniffe, Zool.
Anz. XVI.

VI. Bouvier, E. L. 1896. Sur le ponte et le developpement
dun Preudoscorpionide, le Carypus Saxicola, Waterhouse. Bull.
Soc. Entom. France. No. 13. Rect. ibid. No. 15. (Should read
Rect. first.)

VII. Croneberg, A. 1888. Beitrag Ztir Kenntniss des
Baues der Pseudoscorpione. Bull, de la Societe Imperiale des
Naturalistes de Moscow. No. 3.

VIII. Ellingsen, Edv. 1905. On some Preudoscorpions from
S. i\m. in the Collect, of Prof. Dr. F. Silvestri. Zool. Anz. Bd.
XXIX. Nr. 10.

IX. Hagen, H. 1879. Hoehlen-Chelifer in Nort-America.
Zool Anz. t. II.

X. Hagen, H. 1867. Mode of Locomotion in Chelifer and
Other Pseudoscorpions. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XV,
Apr. 23, 1873.

XI. Hickson, S. J. 1893. Notes on The Parasitism of
of Chelifers on Beetles. Zool. Anz. 16 Jahr.

XII. Ihering, H. von 1893. Zum Commensalismus der
Pseudoscorpione. Zool. Anz. XVI.

XIII. Immes, A. D. 1904. Marine Pseudoscorpion from
the Isle of Man. Ann. Nat. Hist. XIV. One plate, one Fig.

XIV. Ley dig, F. 1893. Zum Parasitismus der Pseudo-
scorpione. Zool. Anz. XVI.

XV. Moniez, R. 1892. A propos des publications recentes
sur le faux parasitismus des Chernetides sur differentes Arthro-
podes. Revue Biol. Lille. 6 Annee.

XVI. Muhlhausan, Hess W. 1894. Ueber Pseudoscor-
pioniden als Raeuber. Zool. Anz. 17.

XVII. Wagner, Franz, von. 1892. Chernes Hanii (Ch.
cuiricoides). Zool. Anz. 15.

DESCRIPTIOX OF FIGURES.

Plate XXVIII. — Chelanops ohlongus, female. The long hairs
upon the chelae, the chelicerae, the cephalothorax, the dorsal
scutae and at the posterior end of the abdomen are exact copies
of nature. The second visible segment figured on the legs is not
movable upon the third segment and is ])roperly speaking not a
joint.

Dec, 1905.] Key to the Ohio Dogwoods. 419

Fig. 1. — Small immature C. ohlongus in a moulting nest.
Notice lining of silk at X ; this was not sketched over the entire
inside of the nest as it would have obscured the fibres that sup-
port the animal. Hairs on ventral scutae are as in nature.
Note that one leg lacks a segment ; this is as in nature. Sketched
from living animal (torpid) in the nest. While drawing I noted
two droplets of liquid accumulate near a joint and spread over
the surface.

KEY TO THE OHIO DOGWOODS IN THE WINTER CONDITION

John H. Schaffner.

Cornus L. Shrubs or trees with opposite, whorled, or some-
times alternate leaf scars; twigs green, red, brown, or grav,
glabrous or pubescent; terminal bud present with 2 acuminate
outer scales; axillary buds single, minute or well developed; leaf
scars narrow, u-shaped, visually connected by a line or ridge, the
uppermost notched; bundle scars 3, stipular scars none; pith
small, solid, cylindrical; fruiting peduncle self-pruned, producing
distinct terminal scars.

1. Leaf scars opposite; shrubs or trees. 2.

1. Leaf scars alternate; twigs green or yellowish -green, glabrous; inter-

nodes very unequal, axillary buds usually minute; small trees or

erect shrubs. C. altcrnifoba L. Blue Dogwood.

L Low geophilous shrubs with small creeping rhizomes and herbaceous

aerial stems, 4-12 in. high, with a whorl of leaves at the summit.

C. canadensis L. Dwarf Dogwood.

2. Axillary buds visually minute and undeveloped except at the base of

the peduncle which is self-pruned ; twigs green or reddish-green,
glabroiis or nearly so; a small tree with rough, reticulate bark;
flowers in involucrate heads which are prominently developed in
winter. C. florida L. Flowering Dog\vood.

2. Axillary buds normally well developed and prominent; typical

shrubs, or if tree-like very pubescent; flowers cymose and not
involucrate. 3.

3. Twigs green or greenish, glabrous or nearly so, warty dotted; a com-

pact shrub with upright, grayish stem.

C. circmata L'Her. Roundleaf Dogwood.
3. Twigs bright red or red-purple, glabrous or nearly so; a spreading
shrub rooting freely and multiplying by stolons; usuallv in wet
places. C. stolonifcr ilx. Red-osier Dogwood.

3. Twigs pubescent, rarely glabrate when old, greenish or reddish brown

or gray. 4.

4. Twigs silky downy, usually ptirplish; fruit blue; a shrub with spread-

ing branches growing in wet soil.

C. amomnni Mill. Silky Dogwood.
4. Twigs very rough pubescent, brownish or reddish-brown; fruit white;
erect or tree-like shrubs in river bottoms and moist or dry soil.

C. aspcrifolia Mx. Roughleaf Dogwood.
4. Twigs glabrate, with scattered hairs, gray, rather slender; fruit white;
a much branched shrub.

C. candidissima Marsh. Panicled Dogwood.

420 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 2,

FREE-FLOATING PLANTS OF OHIO.

Mabel Schaffxer.

In general all hydrophytes may be classed into two groups,
those rooted in the soil and those which are free. The rooted
plants are either completely submerged or they may have part
of the body above and part below the surface of the water.
Among the latter type of plants are numerous species with only
the leaf blades floating on the surface, as Potamogeton natans
and Castalia odorata. The non-rooted vegetation consists (1)
of microscopic, free-floating and free-swimming Thallophytes
and (2) of higher plants adapted to a free-floating condition,
amons: which must also be included rooted forms accidentlv torn
from their anchorage and the specially developed propagative
buds known as hibernacula. The microscopic plants together
with the Protozoa and other low animal forms make up the
plankton, while the second type of societies has been called the
derived or secondary phyto-plankton.

The typical members of the secondary plankton are passive,
free-floating plants which as appears from their general structure
and life cycle were evidently derived from rooted ancestors. In
free-floating plants like the duckweeds, which are among the most
highly specialized forms, the leaves are entirely absent and the
stem is a flattened, disc-like body, or in a few species it is nearly
spherical. The plants are buoyed up on the surface of the water
by means of air cavities developed either in the body of the stem
or in the leaves. The most striking of these adaptations is a
spongy enlargement of the petiole as in the water hyacinth.
The air reservoirs usually consist of spongy tissue with large
intercellular spaces.

Most floating plants have a suitable counterpoise to prevent
the plant from being turned upside down by ripples and waves.
In AzoUa and most of the duckweeds the counterpoise consists
of one or more dangling roots. In Salvinia dissected leaves
looking much like hanging roots act as counterpoises. In
Ricciocarpus the counterpoise consists of numerous slender
scales.

There are various adaptations to afford protection against
wetting. The larger duckweeds have a very smooth and glisten-
ing surface from which water rolls in the spheroidal form. Lemna
trisulca which is usually submerged does not have the power of
shedding water. In Salvinia curious, tufted hairs, the tips of
which spread out in three or four branches, are developed on the
upper surface. When the plant is overturned air is imprisoned
bv these tufted hairs and it is immediately turned right side up.

Surface floating plants are exposed to intense light. Some

Dec, 1905.] Free-floating Plants of Ohio. 421

species like Azolla develop anthocyan while others like Salvinia
are protected by hairs. In some, as in Lemna trisulca the
chlorophyll granules shift their position with the changes in the
intensity of the light. In diffused light the granules lie against
the horizontal walls, but if strong light strikes the surface
perpendicularly they are transferred to the vertical walls.

Vegetative propagation is usually effected with great rapidity
by the branching and budding of the stem and the separation of
these branches. The duckweeds and other free-floating plants
frequently cover great areas very closely and largely prevent
the formation of waves when one throws a stone into the water.
In the south the water hyacinth (Piaropus crassipes (Mart.)
Britt.) covers large areas of rivers and lakes, causing much
inconvenience to navigation.

Among the Ohio plants which may be found floating free in
the water though normally attached may be mentioned the fol-
lowing: Hottonia inflata Ell., Philotria canadensis (Mx.) Britt.,
Ceratophyllum demersiim L., Myriophyllum sp.. Utricularia sp.,
and Potamogeton sp.

Utricularia has little bladders which not only assist in float-
ing the plant but act as traps for capturing small organisms
which are digested for food.

The typical, free-floating plants which are found in the
secondary plankton of Ohio are as follows:

LIVERWORTS.

Riccia fluitans L.

Ricciocarpus natans (L.) Corda.

WATER FERNS.

Salvinia natans (L.) Hoffm.
Azolla caroliniana Willd.

MONOCOTYLS.

Spirodela polyrhiza (L.) Schl.

Lemna trisulca L.

Lemna cyclostasa (Ell.) Chev.

Lemna minor L.

Wolffia Columbiana Karst.

Wolffia punctata Griseb.

4 22 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VI, No. 2,

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, June 5, 1905.

The club was called to order by President Hine. The min-
utes of the previous meeting were read and approved. Mr.
York, chairman of the committee to nominate the editors of the
Naturalist for the coming year made the following report:

Editor-in-chief, J. H. Schaffner.

Business manager, J. S. Hine.

Associate Editors: F. L. Landacre, Zoologv; J. E. Hyde,
Geologv; Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithologv; R. F. Griggs, Botanv;
W. C. Mills, Archeology; J. N. Frank,' Ecology.

On the motion of Prof. Osborn the report was adopted.

The program of the evening consisted of reports of theses by
members in the biological departments of the Universitv.

Miss L. C. Riddle reported the second part of her thesis which
dealt with the "Development of the Embryo-sac and Embrvo
of Batrachium longirostris."

Mr. F. M. Surface reported his thesis on "The Scent Glands
of Hemiptera Heteroptera with a special reference to the Nymph
of Avasa tristis." He also gave a report on the embryology of
Sanguinaria canadensis.

Mr. H. H. York had finished and reported his thesis the
previous year, and therefore gave an account of his more recent
observations on Myriophylluin.

Mr. J. F. Clevenger gave a review of his thesis on "The North
American Species of Phyllachora."

Mr. E. C. Cotton reported his investigations on "The Insects
of the Black Locust."

Miss Opal I. Tillman gave a summary of her thesis on the
"Life History of the Cucumber Plant with Notes on the
Economic Value of the Cucurbitaceae.

Mr. L. M. Smith reported his thesis on "The Insects Injurious
to Stone Fruits." He dealt especially with the peach borer.

Mr. R. C. Young was elected to membership.

The club then adjourned mitil the opening of the fall term.

Frank M. Surface, Sec'y.

Date of Publication of December Number, December 18, 1905.

The Ohio T\[^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity,
Volume VI. JANUARY, 1906. No. 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tillman— The Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cucumis sativus 423

Hubbard— Physiography and Geography— Their Relations, Differences and Essential

Fields 431

Nelson— A Note on the Occurrence of Sex Organs in Aelosoma 435

BuEGESs— A Preliminary Report on the Mosquitoes of Ohio 438

Kellerman. YiiRK AND Glea SON— Annual Report on the State Herbarium for the

Years 1903, 1904, and 190i 441

DUKY— How to Collect Stylopidae 443

Sterki— Some Notes on Martynia 444

Miller— Classification and Mapping of the Lower Ordovician in Kentucky 447

HiLLiG — A New Case o f Mutation 448

Sterki — A Few General Notes and Remarks with Respect to the Land and Fresh Water

Mollusca 449

Schaffner — Additional Observations on Self-pruning 450

Metcalf— Meetings of the Biological Club , 451

THE EMBRYO SAC AND EMBRYO OF CUCUMIS SATIVUS.*

Opal I. Tillman.

Before the present investigation was begun practically no
detailed morphological work had been reported on the Cucurbi-
taceae and as there has been much doubt concerning the sys-
tematic position and relationship of the plants constituting this
family it seemed to offer an interesting and profitable field for
research.

Cucumis sativus was taken by the writer for special investi-
gation as a representative of the group but before the results of
the work could be published Kirkwood reported (3.) the results
of his work on "The Comparative Embryology of the Cucurbi-
taceae." In this paper he considers seventeen species, but not
Cucumis sativus. Longo has worked on the behavior of the
pollen tube (1.) and in his more recent paper (2.) he reports an
interesting condition of the pollen tube in Cucurbita pepo which
is practically the same as occurs in Cucumis sativus.

Material for study was collected during the summer and fall,
killed in chromo-acetic acid, passed through successive grades of
alcohol and preserved in 70%. Serial sections were cut 10-12
mic. thick, 10 mic. being the usual thickness. The stains used

^ * Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Ohio State University, XXII.

424 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

were Anilin Safranin and Gentian Violet, Heidenhain's Iron-
Alum-Haematoxylin, and Delafield's Haematoxvlin, the latter
perhaps giving the best results. Care had to be taken with it
and the Tron-Alum-Hacmatoxylin as the embrvo sacs and em-
bryos stained so deeply that it was difficult to make out the
details unless a large part of the stain was removed. The stages
just after fertilization were quite difficult to observe as the pollen
tube discharges a quantity of material which stains very deeplv
and obscures the embryo sac structures.

Orientation for sectioning was not difficult as the ovularv
when cut crosswise gives longitudinal sections of a number of
ovules. For the older stages only a portion of the ovularv
could be sectioned on account of its size.

The cross section of the very young ovulary shows the
placentae with minute protuberances which represent the incip-
ient ovules (Fig. 1). The carpel has three placentae, and the
ovtiles are delveoped in six rows which are usually double, but
this is somewhat irregular. The tip of the ovule remains
straight for only a short time after the appearance of the arche-
sporial cell (Fig. 6). The cells along the outer margin begin to
divide more rapidly than those of the inner side. This unequal
growth causes the ovule to turn, and this process continues until
the micropyle is brought close to the funiculus. Before the
megasporocyte has divided and before the integuments have
grown over the nucellus the ovule has curved half the distance,
and the normal anatropous condition is practically attained
w^hen the ovule has reached the megaspore stage (Fig. 5). At
this time the characteristic beak which develops at the tip of
the nucellus is already becoming prominent.

The integuments lengthen greatly forming a long narrow
micropyle into which the neck-like process of the flask-shaped
nucellus projects, even to the tip of the integuments.

The archesporium is as usual a single hypodermal cell that
terminates the axial row of the nucellus. It can easily be dis-
tinguished from the surrounding cells by its greater size and_
deeper color due to the denser protoplasmic contents (Fig. 6).'

By a transverse division the archesporial cell gives rise to two
cells, the megasporocyte and primary parietal cell (Fig. 7). The
latter continues to divide by both periclinal and anticlinal walls
thus forming the parietal layer (Fig. S) which remains persistent
and with adjoining cells keeps on dividing to form the long beak
of the nucellus (Fig. 22).

The megasporocyte is carried down into the tissue quite a
distance by the development of the parietal layer before any
division occurs. The division of the megasporocyte is normal,
giving rise to four equal megaspores (Fig. 10). The potential
megaspores soon begin to dissolve and the lower or functional

Jan., 1906.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cucumis sativus. 425

megaspore begins to enlarge (Figs. 11-12). The latter acquires
a very large and distinct nucleus with a nucleolus of unusual
size. Kirkwood reported to have found in Trichosanthes that
after the division of the megasporocyte the upper cell did not
again divide but immediately disorganized, while the lower cell
again divided transversely, the upper cell of which also disor-
ganized. The ultimate result, however, is the same in both
Cucumis sativus and Trichosanthes, that is, the lowest of the
megaspores always becomes the functional one.

The embr^^o sac and its associated structures are quite small
in comparison with the very large nucellus. The development
proceeds in the normal way, by a longitudinal division of the
nticleus of the megaspore (Fig. 13). At this stage often the
potential megaspores have not completed their dissolution and
remains of the third one can be seen just above the sac. The
nuclei arrange themselves at either end of the sac in the center
of which is a vacuole across which strands of protoplasm mav
extend. In the four-celled stage the large irregular vacuole in
the center is also prominent. By two successive divisions the
eight-celled embryo sac is formed (Figs. 14-1-5). The svnergids
are distinct and lie above the egg. In the early stage thev are
somewdiat globular in shape and follow the outline of the sac.
They lengthen considerably and at the time of fertilization they
are quite long, sac-like structures. The egg is large and extends
below the synergids, at first merely protruding a little beyond
their base, but before fertilization it becomes much elongated and
swollen (Fig. 17). The polar nuclei are unequal in size, the
lower one being the larger. They conjugate before the entrance
of the pollen tube. No case of double fertilization was observed ;
if it occurs it must take place sometime after the polar nuclei are
in contact. The antipodals are small cells which lie side by side,
in the lower end of the sac. They take the stain more deeply
than does the egg apparatus, and for this reason it is often
difficult to make out their outline. The}^ do not enlarge but
remain in place and are quite distinct even after considerable
endosperm has developed.

The development of the embryo is quite irregular. The first
division of the oospore is transverse and the upper cell does not
divide further and ma}^ be regarded as a rudimentary suspensor
(Fig. 18). At this stage the synergids have begun to dissolve.
The second division is by a longitudinal wall, the lower cell alone
dividing. Later, one of the lower cells divides by a more or less
oblique wall forming a four-celled embryo (Fig. 19) which is
almost surrounded by endosperm. Above the embryo the
remains of the two synergids can still be seen, although almost
dissolved at this time.

426 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

The endosperm is continuous in the region of the embrvo but
in the lower end of the sac it forms only a thin layer. The later
divisions of the embryo are irregular; an oval mass of cells is
formed from the end of which the cotyledons develop. When
the embryo is about in the ten-celled stage walls begin to appear
in the endosperm (Fig. 20). Kirkwood found in Lagenaria
lagenaria and other species somewhat fiask-shaped embryos with
prominent end cells which correspond closely to those of the
same age in Cucumis (Fig. 21).

The endosperm is not abundant but there is a greater amount
around the embryo than elsewhere, often the lower portion of the
embryo sac is entirely destitute of it. The endosperm stains
more deeply along the peripheral margin and around the embrvo
where the nuclei and starch grains are more abundant. The
embryo, however, takes the stain much more prominently than
any of the endosperm cells.

The embryo develops a distinct layer of epidermal cells
before any cotyledonary protuberances appear (Figs. 23-24).
The embryo develops apically two cotyledons and distinctly
shows the root tip before there is any sign of the appearance of
the plumule (Fig. 25). The mature embryo sac contains only a
small amount of scattered endosperm, the main food for the
young plant being stored in the large cotyledons. In the
mature embrvo the plumule is two-lobed showing the incipient
first leaf (Fig'. 2G).

The microsporangia appear to develop in the usual way from
a plate of hypodermal cells. The cells of the sporogenous tissue
are easily distinguished from the adjacent cells by their large
size, and different reaction to stains. The young anther shows
in cross section a single row of three microsporocytes in each
microsporangium (Fig. 31) ; but in longitudinal section the plate
shows a considerable length (Fig. 32).

The mature pollen grain has a thick wall with a bulging at
opposite sides. The tube nucleus and generative nucleus lie to
one side of the grain near each other; the latter takes the stain
more deeply than the cytoplasm of the rest of the grain, due to
its denser structure.

The behavior of the pollen tube in this species is of special
interest. It is large and distinct and with Delafield's Haema-
toxylin stains an amber color while the surrounding cells are a
purplish blue ; with other stains it is of a deeper color. It enters
the micropyle through the opening at the tips of the integuments,
pierces the beak of the nucellus and makes its way down to the
embryo sac by following a central path of much elongated clear
cells which seem to offer little resistance and serve as a definite
conducting tissue. The tube sometimes makes its way with

Jan., 1906.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cueumis sativus. 427

little deviation (Fig. 27) throughout its entire course; but usu-
ally there is a peculiar and characteristic bulging (Fig. 28) some
distance above the embryo sac. It spreads out in the surround-
ing tissue, completely breaking down the cell structure. How-
ever, before it reaches the sac it again narrows, sometimes to a
greater extent than elsewhere along its course. After it has
pierced the sac it turns to one side or widens out into a foot-like
process.

The most typical tubes have not only a bulging but decided
haustoria-like processes (Fig. 29) which extend out into the cell
structure of the nucellus and in some cases even break through
the inner integument (Fig. 30). The haustorial prolongations
appear to act as absorbing and conducting agents for the food
material of the embryo. Longo reports to have observed these
processes in his study of cucurbita and believes them correlated
with the distribution of starch in these parts. He also reports to
have found in Cucurbita pepo a conducting tissue which the
pollen tube follows from the stigma to the embryo sac.

The points of especial interest and peculiarity observed in
the deveolpment of Cucumis are (1) the long micropyle into
which extends the long neck of the flask-shaped nucellus, (2)
the presence of two well developed integuments, (3) the anatro-
pous ovule with orthotropous embryo, (5) the small size of the
embryo sac and associated structures in comparison with the
size of the nucellus, (6) the irregular development of the embryo,
and (7) the peculiar behavior of the pollen tube.

The work represented in this paper was carried on under the
direction of Prof. John H. Schaifner, to whom I wish to express
my sincere thanks for valuable assistance and suggestions.

PAPERS CITED.

1. Longo, Be agio, Richerche sulle Cucurbitaceae e il signi-

ficato del percorso intercellular (endotropic) del tubetto
pollinico. R. Accad. der Lincei, 30:523-547 pi. 1-6, 1903.

2. Longo, Beagio, Osservazioni e ricerche sulla nutrizione dell

enbrione vegetale. Annali Botanica 2:373-396. 1905.

3. KiRKWooD, Joseph, The Comparative Embryology of the

Cucurbitaceae. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gar. 3:313-402. 1905.

428 The Ohio Naturalist.

Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 3,

P/afe XX/X.

f -

Tii,i.MAN on "Cucumis."

Jan., 1906.] Embryo Sac and Embryo of Cucumis sativus.

429

Ohio Naturalist.

Plate XXX.

Tillman on "Cucumis."

430 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIX AND XXX.

The drawings were made with the aid of an Abbe camera lucida and
various combinations of f , i, and j^t oil immersion objectives and No.
2, 1, and % oculars.

Fig. 1. Cross section of young ovulary showing incipient ovules.

Figs. 2-5. Series of outlines showing development of integuments and
degree of curvature of ovule at different stages.

Fig. 6. Nucellus with archesporial cell.
Fig. 7. Primary parietal cell and megasporocyte.
Fig. 8. Transverse and longitudinal division of parietal layer.
Fig. 9. Further division of parietal layer.

Fig. 10. Second division of megasporocyte producing the four mega-
spores.
Fig. 11. Potential megaspores beginning to dissolve.
Fig. 12. Enlargement of functional megaspore and further dissolution

of three upper megaspores.
Fig. 13. Two-celled embryo sac showing remains of third megaspore.
Fig. 14. Four-celled embryo sac showing large vacuole in center.
Fig. 15. Younger eight-celled embryo sac.

Fig. 16. Older eight-celled embryo sac, showing polar nuclei in contact.
Fig. 17. Upper end of embryo sac just before fertilization, showing large

sac-like synergids, and polar nuclei fusing.
Fig. 18. Two-celled embryo, and definitive nucleus.
Fig. 19. Four-celled embryo with endosperm, and remains of two

synergids, also pollen tube.
Fig. 20. Young embryo of about ten cells showing irregular division.
Fig. 21. Young embryo and scattered endosperm.
Fig. 22. Outline of eight-celled embryo sac stage, showing micropyle

with long beak of nucellus.
Fig. 23. Section of young somewhat spherical embryo.
Fig. 24. Embryo slightly older than that in preceding figure.
Fig. 25. Section of embryo showing cotyledons.

Fig. 26. Ovitline of mature embryo showing cotyledons, and jjlumule.
Fig. 27. Entrance of pollen tube into micropyle and course through

nvicellar beak.
Fig. 28. Entrance of pollen tube into embryo sac, showing peculiar

widening near the tip.
Fig. 29. Pollen tube showing enlargement with haustoria-like jjrocesses,

and bending to one side after entrance into the sac.
Fig. 30. Pollen tube showing the haustoria-like processes extending

through inner integument.
Fig. 31. Cross section of anther showing microsporangia and micro-

sporocytes.
Fig. 32. Longitudinal section of anther.
Fig. 33. Mature pollen grain with two nuclei.

Jan., 1906.] Physiography and Geography. 431

PHYSIOGRAPHY AND GEOGRAPHY— THEIR RELATIONS,
DIFFERENCES AND ESSENTIAL FIELDS.*

Geo. D. Hubbard.

Theoretically, it is conceded that geography shall be taught
in the grades and physiography in the high schools, but prac-
tically both are taught more or less all the way through. Hence ^
many do not see the boundary line which separates these twO'
sciences. I speak of the subjects in the public schools only,
because at present they are best known as parts of public school
curricula, not because I believe they are or should be confined to
these stages. Neither do I object to the above mentioned lack
of differentiation in the elementary teaching.

Pupils came to us in the colleges and universities totally
blind, as have been their teachers before them, to any real dis-
tinction between geography and physiography. The idea seems
to prevail that the former includes the latter. Undoubtedly
the use of the name physical geography for the latter cultivates
the notion. Truly they are related but not quite in that way.
Physiography, if not able to go alone, is more properly consid-
ered a corporate part of geology. What then is the relation
existing between these two sciences? Can one be studied with-
out the other? Which one should receive attention first? Are
they so related that they may be concurrently studied?

These questions will be discussed in inverse order. In ele-.
mentary work the pupil's interest centers in, and radiates from
the human or life element. So in his geography he finds man
harvesting grain with a cradle in Vermont, with a two- or three-
horse reaper in Ohio and a steam header in Southern California,
and he asks why. The answer comes in noting the topography,
soil, and climate, and the condition of, and uses for, the straw.
He incidentally learns something of the physiography of the
places studied in order to explain the relations and responses
which he has found. He reads of the arid climate of the Great
Plains and then discovers the influence of the Rockies in pro-
ducing the aridity, and ultimately comes to appreciate several
points about mountains. He finds the railroads coming into
Indianapolis and Columbus from all directions while they enter
Cincinnati, Albany and Helena from only three or four. The
teacher calls attention to the topography and he learns facts
about plains and prairies, about mountains, passes and valleys.
But through it all he is studying geography, not physiography.
He is using simple, physiographic facts to explain and answer
geographic questions. It is time enough to introduce the
physiographic when the geographic requires it.

* Read at the Cincinnati meeting, Ohio St. Acad, of Sci.. Dec. 2, 1905.

432 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

Again, when in physiography he studies the hfe history of a
plateau and traces the feature from its geotectonic uplift through
the steps of its dissection and aging, watching its valleys first
deepen, then widen, and its level topped divides melt away to
crests with long slopes, while the valley floors widen to occupy
half or two-thirds of the region, he may incidentally note that
the population and highways occupy the tops of the hills — the
plateau surface — in youth, that the culture descends the slopes
as the valleys mature, and that in maturity transportation
routes, cities, and most of the people are in the valleys while the
hill tops are left to pasture or forest. To sum up, a few facts in
either science are gathered in the pursuit of the other, but the
two subjects do not develop concurrently.

To the second question, "which should receive the attention
first," the answer depends upon the age and maturity of the
pupil. If a child, geography first everytime. If a mature
student, he may well prepare for geography b}" a strong course
in physiography ; but the phenomena, reasoning, and philosophy
of the latter are far beyond the experience and power of the
child, to say nothing of the locus of his interest.

The remaining question, "can one be studied without the
other," has been at least partly answered. In physiography,
one does not need to learn many facts of geograph}^ and he cer-
tainly ought not to follow up the relations to man and his
responses to the influence of the conditions, far enough to detract
from the systematic development of his subject. In geography,
he uses the facts of this related science as he does those of
history, sociology and anthropology, but he does not attempt
to grasp its philosophy.

Turning to the second division of the subject, "their differ-
ences" it is apparent from what has preceded that they often
deal with the same features and phenomena. They seem in
many topics to use the same basal materials but in a different
way. For illustration — in physiography the valley is a topic.
It is described, its origin and the evolution of its parts are dis-
cussed. Its development is traced and a definite age is ascribed
to it. Its end is predicted. Its genetic relation to the sur-
rounding region is discussed. In geography, the same valley is
noted as a control of the movements of men and goods, as a
home for a state, clan or a certain group of men, or as the seat
of adapted industries. Its commercial or economic relations to
the surrounding region are noted.

Another illustration is furnished by the river. In physiogra-
phy, its course through the valley and the regional topography
is considered ; the work accomplished in its normal development ;
its method of procedure in carving its valley, enlarging its

Jan., 1906.] Physiography and Geography. 433

curves, extending its course, and broadening its territory; its
relation to other streams, to lakes or the ocean. But in geogra-
phy the transportation facilities offered, the power made avail-
able, thfe possibilities for irrigation, city water supply, and park
and scenic uses, these are the subtopics. Its location, whither it
leads, what cities on its banks and why; the inter-relation and
the inter-action of man and the river, there are its interests. In
a similar way the plain and mountain, the sea and shoreline
receive different treatment in the course of the development of
the two subjects.

These sciences, however, are not different from others in this
respect; for chemistry, geology and physics all deal with matter
and natural forces, and history, economics, and sociology all
study man's institutions.

The difference between geography and physiography is one
of point of view. Physiography concerns itself with the descrip-
tion, and the classification of physiographic forms on the basis of
the cycle, process or the family; geography with the relations of
these same forms to man. In the former the principle is sys-
tematization ; in the latter, relation. For example, take a plain.
In physiography its characteristics are listed, its origin is deter-
mined, its age in its normal cycle of development, the processes
in operation upon it, and its relation to the surrounding topo-
graphic features. A comparison with other plains is made and
the types are discussed until the specific feature, say the coastal
plain of Alabama and Mississippi has been referred to its type
and class, to its variety and age. It may be called a belted
coastal plain, submaturely dissected in its inland portion and
less dissected and slightly drowned along the coast. Sys-
tematization is the objective.

In geography the same plain comes up as the home of the
cotton growing industry. The especial adaptations to this
business and to others are discussed ; the features of the plain to
wdiich transportation responds, the location of its cities, roads
and ports, the distribution of its crops and minerals, population
and industries are shown to be related to its levelness, its belted
structure, its stage of dissection, and the position of its harbors
and other commercial outlets. In all these points it may be
compared with other plains. In these relations centers the
interest, and through their recognition comes the gain to the
student.

This essential difference appears early in the study but
becomes clearer as each subject emerges from the high school
curriculum. Beginnings are made, and some facts learned, but
the complete organization of the truth pertaining to the science
can not be accomplished in elementary schools nor by immature

434 ^^ Ohio. Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

pupils. Just as nature study introduces the plant and animal
kingdoms to the child and high school zoology and botanv con-
tinue to familiarize him with them, so as to pave the wav for
college and university research into the fundamental principles
of the sciences of zoology and botany; so nature study, and
subsequently, geography and physiography supply basal con-
ceptions for the extended quest for knowledge in the separate
sciences of our subject.

We are now prepared for a brief treatment of the third division
of the subject, "their essential fields." We have gone far
enough already to Vjegin to see the scope of each. Physiography
describes, classifies, and discusses the origin of the features of
the earth. It compares similar and dissimilar, related and
unrelated forms always seeking to reduce the multitudinous
variety to a system, to group likes and correlate related speci-
mens. It concerns itself with the physiographic processes and
forces of the earth, air, and sea and endeavors to explain all the
workings of all, and to understand the nature of all physio-
graphic features. Such a field and purpose constitute piivsi-
ography a science. They proclaim it to have problems, easy
and hard, short and long, solved and unsolved, and I may say,
solvable and unsolvable. All this means, further, that the ele-
mentary introduction, which the high school boy receives, to the
general subject does not acquaint him with the science. It onlv
puts him in touch with some of its facts and theories, and
enables him to see and work out for himself, other truths; or to
pursue the subject more at length in the University.

And geography possesses a field more biotic, anthropic, and
industrial but centering in the relation of the anthropic phenom-
ena to the physiographic. Its seeks to discover all responses of
mankind to his physical environment; to show how human
industries are related to the distribution of natural resources
and to the facilities for moving and marketing them; to show
why man lives where he does and as he does so far as these
depend upon the physiographic, climatic, and geographic con-
ditions or upon the distributions of natural features or phenom-
ena; to trace his institutions, the elements of his character and
the nature of his aspirations as far as they are related to the
physical surroundings; and, having accummulated all these data,
to reduce them to systems, and to organize them into laws and
principles. Geographers have been working in this field for two
milleniums and a vast body of material has been collected.
Much of the material has been classified; laws have been found,,
principles discovered, and, today, one of the oldest of sciences is
again finding itself.

Here, too, only beginnings are mastered in the elementary
schools. In subject matter, both quality and quantity, and irt

Jan., 1906.] Occurrence of Sex Organs in Aelosoma. 435

method of treatment and philosophy, geography in its higher
phases is a university subject. Universities in France, Germany,
Austria and to some extent in other countries, have prepared for
the studv of geography in their courses. Two or three Amer-
ican universities give some systematic instruction in advanced
geographv. Many more should and, I trust, will, if for no other
reason than the utilitarian, the preparation of teachers for
elementary and secondary schools and the equipment of men
for business, diplomatic, and government positions where a
knowledge of the principles of geography is of inestimable value.
To stim up, then, physiography and geography are two dis-
tinct sciences. They each contribute to the full appreciation of
the other ; especially does the former minister to the latter. They
often deal with the same basal materials, but not in the same way
nor to the same end. Physiography describes and classifies
phvsiographic features and discusses the processes and agencies
bv which thev are made. Geography shows the relations exist-
ing between man and his phA^sical environment and classifies
the influences and responses. Both physiography and geogra-
phv are large, complex, and, as yet, not fully developed sciences,
and therefore present to the investigator many unsolved and
difficult problems.

A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF SEX ORGANS IN

AELOSOMA.'

Jas. a. Nelson, Ph. D.

The genus Aelosoma, representing the family Aphanoneura,
and containing the most primitive members of the oligochaetous
annelids, is remarkable, among other things, in that sexual
reproduction occurs very rarely, the asexual method being the
usual one. The latter consists in a process of fission or budding,
by which the young individual is constricted ofT from the pos-
terior portion of the parent, this process often taking place so
rapidly that chains of individuals are formed, representing three
or more generations. This process is continuous during the life
of the individual, and probably amply suffices, as far as numbers
are concerned, to insure the maintenance of the species. Sexual
reproduction does, however, step in occasionally, and has been
described by U'Ddekem in 1862,- and more recently by Stole''
and Maggi.'* According to these authors a testis is found in the
fifth segment, (counting the prostomium as the first) ; an ovary

1 Cijntribvited from the Laboratory of Entomology and General Invertebrate Zoology
of Cornell University.

2 Bull. Acad. Sci. Rov. Belg. XII.

3 SB. Bohm. Gesc. 1889.

4 Soc. Ital. Nat. Sci. I.

436 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

with a central opening in the sixth segment; pairs of sperma-
tothecae in the third, fourth, and fifth segments; and a clitellum
confined to the ventral surface of the fifth, sixth and seventh
segments.

Among a number of individuals of an undescribed species of
Aelosoma, taken from the vivarium of the University of Penn-
sylvania about December 1st, 1901, ten were found containing
the sex products in various stages of development. Of these
three were hermaphroditic, four contained ova alone, and three
male sex cells alone. Thus while this species is plainly her-
maphroditic, it seems probable that eggs and sperms do not
mature simultaneously in the same individual. The occurrence
of ripe spermatozoa, (represented in Fig. 5), and immature ova
in the same individual indicates that the species is protandrous,
but the evidence is insufficient to decide this question. Many
of those in which sex cells were found were also reproducing
asexually in the usual manner.

The ova, (Fig. 1), are found in the fifth, sixth, and seventh
segments, in some cases in only one of these segments, in others
in all three. One individual, however, contained ova in the
fourth, fifth and sixth segments. They are attached to the thin
peritoneal layer lining the body cavity, and lie below the stom-
ach and lateral to the ventral blood vessel, In Fig. 1 the larger
of the two ova represented is by far the largest observed, measur-
ing ca. 55 micra across, and is probably approaching maturity.
It occupies a median position, compressed between the stomach
wall (st.) and the ventral hypodermis (hyp.), the walls of the
ventral blood vessel (b. v.) having been ruptured. The smaller
ovum occupies the usual position. Both ova possess a vesicular
nucleus (germinal vesicle) containing scattered chromatin
granules and a large nucelolus, enclosing a vacuole. The cyto-
plasm is packed with deeply staining yolk granules. The num-
ber of ova is small in all of my preparations, one of the best
showing only eight in the three ova-bearing segments. No
evidences were found of an oviduct, a clitellum, or of sperm-
atothecae.

Although no clear evidence of the presence of testes was found
the ripening male sexual elements (Figs. 2-5) were seen floating
free in the body cavity, being found in greatest abundance near
the point where stomach and intestine join. They appear as
groups or nests of cells, more or less spherical in form. Four
kinds of these can be readily distinguished by the character of
their component cells; the primary spermatocytes, the secondary
spermatocytes, the spermatids, and the spermatozoa. The
primary spermatocytes, (Fig. 2), form cell nests made uji of
comparatively few cells, in size the largest of the series, their
nuclei measuring ca. 3.9 micra in diameter. As Fig. 2 shows,

Jan., 1906.] Occurrence of Sex in Organs in Aelosoma.

437

the nuclei lie at the outer ends of their cells; each contains a
closely packed ball of chromatin granules, separated from the
nuclear membrane by a slight space, while at the periphery of the
nucleus is a large and conspicuous nucleolus (plasmasome). The
cytoplasm is faintly granular. The secondary spermatocytes
make up cell masses similar to those of the primary spermato-
cytes, differing from the latter only in the size and number of
the component cehs. The cell masses of which the spermatids are
composed, however, present a very different appearance, (Fig.
4). The nuclei, although now much reduced in size, still show
the closely packed ball of chromatin granules and the prominent
nucleolus' characteristic of the two former stages, and have also

y ■■:■■■»

I

«>*-^

Fig. 1. Portion of a cross-section through seventh segment, two ova
(ov.), lying between the stomach wall (st.), and the ventral hypodermis
(hyp.);" Fig. 2, primary spermatocytes; Fig. 3, secondary spermatocytes;
Fig. 4, spermatids; Fig. 5, spermatozoa. Fig. I,x770; Figs. 2-5, x 1050.

maintained their position at the periphery of the cell mass. Each
nucleus is now surrounded by an area of clear cytoplasm, the
clear areas of the different cells being contigous, so that the cell
mass is divided into an external zone of clear and transparent
cytoplasm, within which is a mass of darkly granular cytoplasm,
which already shows signs of vacuolization. This latter mass,
of course, represents the inner ends of the spermatids. Between
the spermatids and the ripe spermatozoa, no intermediate stages
were found. The spermatozoa, (Fig. 5), consist of a long fusi-
form chromatic portion, which no doubt represents the sperm-
atid nucleus, and which tapers posteriorly to join with a slender
tail, composed of clear cytoplasm. The anterior end of the
chromatic portion is sharply truncate, and somewhat concave.
In this concavity lies the biconcave, clear, apical body. The

438 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

spermatozoa surround a mass of protoplasm, within which their
heads are buried. This mass, greatly vacuolated, and clearly
in process of degeneration, represents the granular mass fonned
by the central ends of the spermatids. Thus only a slight por-
tion of the original cytoplasm takes part in the formation of the
spermatozoan, by far the larger portion being cast aside. It is,
of course, possible that this mass may serve for a time to nourish
the spermatozoa, although it would seem likely that the blood
lymph contained in the coelom would suffice to perform that
function.

In the maturation of the male germ cells one point is espe-
cially noteworthy, namely, the appearance of a large nucleolus
in the spermatocytes of both orders and in the spermatids.
With but rare exceptions, throughout the animal kingdom the
maturation divisions occur without the intervention of even a
brief resting stage. The formation of a nucleolus, then, of such a
considerable size in comparison with the cell size is remarkable
in indicating the occurrence of a long resting stage between the
two maturation divisions, and also a long pause before the
metamorphosis of the spermatid into the spermatozoon.

With respect to the sexual reproduction of Aelosoma several
questions arise, which are still unanswered. For example, it is
important to discover what factors determine the occurrence of
sexual reproduction; whether due to changes in temperature,
food supply, or to some other cause ; the breeding habits should be
carefully studied, and the complete history of the sex cells
recorded. Species of Aelosoma are found abundantly in our
inland ponds and streams, and are ea-ily kept in aquaria
throughout the year, I hope these facts may stimulate some
one to the further investigation of the life history of this beautiful
form.

A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE MOSQUITOES OF OHIO.*

A. F. Burgess.

Since it was positively demonstrated that mosquitoes are the
means of communicating yellow fever and malaria, many
investigators have given attention to collecting, studying and
describing these insects; hence, during the past five years rapid
strides have been made in our knowledge concerning this
interesting family.

In the catalog of North American Diptera, published by
Mr. J. M. Aldrich, in 1905, thirty genera, containing one hun-
dred and sixty-five species of Culicidae, are listed. Some of
these species are tropical or sub-tropical forms which do not
occur in northern latitudes.

* Read at the meeting of the Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Cincinnati, Dec. 2, 1005.

Jan., 1906.] Report on the Mosquitoes of Ohio. 439

Several states have undertaken special investigations of the
mosquito problem, and as a result Dr. Felt reports fifty species
as occurring in New York and the adjoining states. Dr. J. B.
Smith has found forty-two species in New Jersey, and Dr.
Dupree has collected thirty-seven species in Louisiana.

Doubtless some of the species found in these states do not
occur in Ohio, as thev are either inhabitants of a warmer climate,
or breed in salt or brackish water found along or near the sea
coast.

It is the object of this paper to list the species that have been
collected in this state, giving the localities where they were taken
and the dates the captures were made, and it is hoped that
sufficient interest may be aroused in the subject so that further
investigations may be made of this important family.

Some collecting was undertaken by the writer at spare
moments during the past summer, but this resulted in the
collection of only a few species. The accompanying hst
represents the record of the material in the collection of the
Entomological Department of the Ohio State University, which
has been placed at my disposal through the courtesy of Profs.
Osborn and Hine; and the assistance received from the latter
has made it possible to prepare this report. Records of speci-
mens are also included, which were collected by Mr. W. E.
Evans, a student in Entomology at the Ohio State University,
and credit is given in each case. I am also indebted to Dr. L. 6.
Howard, Entomologist to the United States Department of
Agriculture, for having placed at my disposal the notes in his
office on species received from Ohio, and to Mr. D. W. Coquillett
for determining many of the species in the following list :

Anopheles maculipennis Meigen. Sandusky, (Cedar Point) Julv 8, 1903.
(Hine).

Anopheles punctipennis Say. Columbus, September 8, 1898. July 13,
1898. October 12, 1900. March 9, 1903. (Hine).

Megarhinus portoricensis Roeder. Portsmouth, September 9, 1897.
(Hine).

Toxorhychites rutilus Coq. Cincinnati, August 27, 1902. (Dury).

Janthinosoma musica Say. Vinton, June 5-12, 1900. (Hine).

Psorophora ciliata Fabr. Medina, June 10, 1899. Sandusky (Cedar
Point), August 7, 1902. Wauseon, September 5, 1903. Akron, June
16, (Hine)^

Cu!ex canadensis Theobald. Medina, Julv 19, 1898. Vinton, June 6-
12, 1900. (Hine).

Culex cantans Meigen. Sugar Grove, May 25, 1901. Medina, June 16.
Columbus, Mav 14. Sandusky (Cedar Point), Julv 23, 1903. Lon-
don, June 23,' 1904. (Hine).

Culex confinis Arrib. Sandusky (Cedar Point), July 27, 1905. (W. E.
Evans).

Culex consobrinus Desvoidv. Columbus, October 23, 1905. (W. E. Evans)

Culex pipiens Linn. Columbus, March 16, 1898. October 12, 1900.
(Hine). Cincinnati, September 13, 1905. (Burgess). Davton, Octo-
ber 4, 1905. (E. C. Cotton). Columbus, November 20, 1905' (Burgess).

440 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

Culex restuans Theobald. Vinton, June 5, 1900. (Hine).

Culex sylvestris Theobald. Wauseon, September 5, 1903. (Hine). San-
dusky (Cedar Point), July 27, 1905. (W. E. Evans). Hooker, Sep-
temli'er 5, 1905. (Cotton). Dayton, September 27, 1905. (Burgess).

Culex triseriatus Say. Medina, July 7, 1898. Vinton, June 5-12, 1900.
(Hine). Cincinnati, August 2-8, 1905. (Dury).

Culex trivittatus Coq. Ft. Ancient, June 10-12, 1902. (Hine).

Taeniorhynchus perturbans Walk. Sandusky (Cedar Point), Julv 23,
1003. (Hine).

Aedes smithii Coq. Cleveland. (Reported by Howard.)

It will be observed that seventeen species have thus far been
captured in Ohio. The most interesting among them, from an
economic standpoint, are Anopheles maculipennis, which was
taken at Sandusky, July Sth, 1903, and A. punctipennis, which
has been taken at Columbus in March, July, September and
October of various years, as they are the probable agents for the
distribution of malaria.

Aside from the biting propensities of many species of mos-
quitoes, which cause annoyance and render some localities well
nigh uninhabitable at certain seasons of the year, the knowledge
that these two species are present in the state is very important.
Although malaria is not considered a fatal disease, it caused
sixty-eight deaths in the state during the year 1903, and doubt-
less this number represents only a small percentage of the
persons who suffered from its enervating effects.

From the fact that one of the species listed, namely, Culex
confinis, was first collected and described in South America, but
was taken this summer at Sandusky, and further that the yellow
fever mosquito (Stegomyia fasciata) was collected at Louisville,
Ky., in October, 1903, by Dr. T. B. Berry, and has been found
during the present year at Evansville, Ind., and Lexington, Ky.,
it is evident that some of the species of this family have a wide
range of distribution

It would appear possible for the latter species to be carried
by boats from southern ports to almost any Ohio river town.
Our knowledge of the distribution of this and other species is at
present imperfect, and many points concerning the habits, life
history and hibernation must be investigated if the problem is
to be dealt with in an intelligent manner.

Neglect to obtain positive knowledge may at some future
time result in loss of life, as well as seriously injure the business
interest of localities involved ; hence it would appear that no time
should be lost in carefully and thoroughly investigating the
problem.

Columbus, Ohio.

Jan., 1906.] Report on the State Herbarium. 44 1

ANNUAL REPORT ON THE STATE HERBARIUM
FOR THE YEARS 1903, '04, AND '05.*

W. A. Kellerman, H. H. York, and H. A. Gleason.

No report of the progress of the State Herbarium has been
pubhshed since January, 1904. During this time it has grown
steadily and improved both in size and usefulness. Botanists
throughout the state have shown an interest in it, and have
aided in its development by sending specimens. Of especial
value are the donations of L' D. Stair and S. E. Horlacher, the
former including a fine series from Cuyahoga County, with a
number of species new to the state flora, and the latter covering
a number of counties in the southwestern part of the state and
likewise containing several unreported species.

Following the usual custom, a hst is appended of the col-
lectors and of the number of specimens contributed by each.

Aiken, W. H 1 Mark, Clara G 2

Billups, A. C 1 Sanders, E. A 1

Brockett, Ruth E 1 Sanders, J. G 7

Brown, G.J 1 SchafTner, J. H 3

Brvant, F. B 3 Sharp, Mrs. K. D 33

CoVentrv, E. J 16 Shull, G. H 2

Edgerton, L. B 2 Stair, L. D 367

Hacker, 0 1 Tangeman, Clara M 1

Hard, M. E 3 True, H. L 1

Herzer, H 15 Webb, R. J., and Rood, A. N. 2

Hopkins, L. S 74 Wetzstein, A 2

Horlacher, S. E 823 WiUiams, T. D 1

Jennings, O. E 216 Wilkinson, E 7

Kellerman, W. A 93 Young, C. H 1

Lantz EF 1

Lazenby,' wV R.'. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 1 Total 1692

The following species have been added to the state flora:

The following species have been added to the state flora:
36a. Asplenium ebenoides R. R. Scott. Hocking County, W. A. Keller-
man and K. F. Kellerman.
36b. Asplenium parvulum Mart, and Gal. Adams County, W. A.

Kellerman. Reported in Ohio Naturalist 5:206.
60 a Lycopodium porophilum Llovd and Underw. Fairfield County,
J. H. Schaffner.
131a. Panicum implicatum Scribn. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair.
196a. Agrostis asperifolia Trin. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair.
212c. Beckmannia erucaeformis (L.) Host. Cuyahoga County, L. D.

Stair.
255a. Festuca capillata Lam. Cuvahoga County, L. D. Stair.
265a. Bromus brizaeformis Fisch. and Mey. Cuyahoga County, L. D.

Stair.
265c. Bromus arvensis L. Cuyahoga County. L. D. Stair.
274a. Elymus hirsutiglumis Scribn, and Sm. Ottawa County, J. H.
Schaffner; also in Huron County.

* Presented at the Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Cincinnati mesting, Dec. 2, 1905.

442

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 3,

46()a.

376a.
472b.
477a.
547a.
627a.
715a.

755a.
757b.

877a.

963a.
1033a.
in37a.
1037b.
1037c.
1037d.
1037e.
1037f.
1037?.
1058a.

1147a.
1242a.
1243a.

1245a.

1303a.

1417a.

1561a.

1615a.
162Sa.
1650b.
1699a.

1755a.

1794a.
1794b.

1811a.

1834a.

1893a.

1963a.

1967a.
2008a.

Carex tenuis interjecta (Bailey) Britt. Cuyahoga County, L. D.

Stair.
Carex alata ferruginea Fernald. Madison County, W. A. Kellerman
Mayaca aubleti Aiichx. Auglaize County, A. Wetzstein.
Tradescantia refiexa Raf. Auglaize County, A. Wetzstein.
Smilax pulverulenta Michx. Montgomery County, S. E. Horlacher.
Salix babylonica L. X fragilis L. Erie County, R. F. Griggs.
Polygonum punctatum leptostachyum (Meisn.) Small. Auglaize

County, A. Wetzstein.
Gomphrena globosa L. Wood County, W. A. Kellerman.
Allionia nyctaginea ovata (Pursh) Morong. Green County, S. E.

Horlacher.
Bocconia cordata Willd. Madison County, Mrs. K. D. Sharp.
Philadelphus grandiflorus Willd. Auglaize County, A. Wetzstein.
Aronia atropurpurea Britton. Licking County, W. A. Kellerman.
Crataegus -wilkinsoni Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson.
Crataegus decens Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson.
Crataegus habilis Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson.
Crataegus macgeese Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson.
Crataegus tenuifolia Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkinson.
Crataegus exigua Ashe. Richland Coitnty, E. Wilkinson.
Crataegus prona Ashe. Richland County, E. Wilkins6n.
Cassia medsgeri Shafer. Reported from several counties, Ohio

Naturalist 5:264.
Linum melium (Planch.) Britt. Erie County, E. L. Moseley.
Hypericum virgatum Lam. Jackson County, W. A. Kellerman.
Hypericum subpetiolatum Bickn. Reported from tAventj'-four

counties. Heretofore confused with H. maculatum.
Hypericum boreale (Britton) Bicknell. Defiance County, E. L.

Fullmer; Geauga County, O. E. Jennings.
Kneiffia fruticosa piloselia (Raf.) Britton. Cuvahoga County,

L. D. Stair.
Fraxinus biltmoreana Beadle. Erie County, W. A. Kellerman;

Hamilton County, Walter Aiken.
Monarda mollis L. Miami County, S. E. Horlacher; also in Cuya-
hoga County, L. D. Stair, and Erie County, W. A. Kellerman

and F. J. Tyler.
Scrophularia ieporella Bicknell. Cuyahoga County, L. D. Stair.
Synthyris bullii (Eaton) Barnh. Montgomery County, H. Grenen.
Gerardia fenufolia asperula Gray. Green County, S. E. Horlacher.
Galium claytoni Michx. Champaign County, J. H. Schaffner,,

(). E. Jennings, and F. J. Tyler.
Cichorium intybus divaricatum DC. Montgomery County, S. E.

Horlacher.

Erie County, E. O. Jennings.
Britton. Franklin County

O. E.

Xanthium commune Britton.
Xanthium glabratum (DC.)

Jennings.
Lacinaria punctata (Hook.) Kuntze. Franklin County, J. H.

Schaffner.
SoliJago juncea scabrella (T. and G.) Gray. Erie County, E. L.

Ml )Sele\'.
Aster laleriflorus horizontalis (Desf.) Burgess. Cuyahoga County,

L. D. Stair; Madison County, Mrs. K. D. Sharp.
Bidens elliptica (Wicgand) Gleason. Common throughout the

state.
Bidens vulgata Greene. Throughout the state.
Arctium tomentosum (Lam.) Schk. Erie Count}', J. H. Schaffner;

Huron County, H. H. York.

Jan., 1906.] How to Collect Stylopidae. 443

HOW TO COLLECT STYLOPIDAE.*

Charles Durv.

It is well known to entomologists that many genera of wasps,
bees and insects of other orders, are at times affected with par-
asites which live in their abdominal cavities. In the genera
Xenos and Stylops, the adult female is larvaform and never
leaves the body of the host, but the male when readv to pupate
projects the end of the pupa case outwards, between the seg-
ments, where it can easily be seen protruding. By examining
wasps and bees when they frequent flowers, it can readily be
observed as to whether or not they are parasitized. The female
Xenos can be distinguished from the male by the broad flat
projecting head. The male pupa case is rounder and separates
the segments to a greater extent. When a wasp is found with
male pupa, it may be secured and brought home alive. Confine
it in a jelly tumbler with a cheese cloth cover over the top; in
the bottom of the glass there should be placed a round bit of
blotting paper and a piece of screen wire, raised up from the
bottom. This is necessary because the instant the Xenos hatches
the wasp rushes after it, in an endeavor to catch, kill and bite it
to pieces, an example of an interesting instinct. The move-
ments of the Xenos are so rapid, that the wasp can not catch it
until it falls exhausted in the bottom of the glass. Bv having
the false bottom of wire, the Xenos falls through, the wasp not
being able to follow, and the specimen can thus be secured.
The wasp while confined in the glass must be fed. This may be
done with jelly and water, putting it on the cheese cloth cover
in one small spot, with a camel's hair brush. Many fine spec-
imens have been hatched by the writer in this way, from five
genera of wasps, several of which are new host wasps, and the
facts and species obtained are entirely new to science. There
are yet some interesting problems in the life history of these
curious insects that are unknown. In looking through some of
the largest and finest collections of insects recently at Wash-
ington and New York, only a few poor specimens in this family
were found while in some otherwise valuable collections they are
not even represented. In view of a monograph of these insects
in course of preparation by W. D. Pierce, the publication of
which will occur soon, material from all parts of the country is
very much desired.

* Presented at the Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Cincinnati meeting, Dec. 1, 1905.

444 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

SOME NOTES ON MARTYNIA.

V. Sterki.

During the summers of 1904 and '05, I made a series of
observations on some plants of Martynia proboscidea, and a few
notes may not be without interest. The seeds sprout very
slowly, whether wintered in the ground or indoors. Some sown
in April and early May did not come up until the middle of June
and the first part of July. It seems that the seeds require a
rather high temperature. In fairly rich soil the plants grow to
a diameter of from four to six feet, while on poor soil and in the
shade they remain quite small.

The leaves, at first opposite, gradually become more and
more scattered on branches of the second, third, etc., orders.
They are decidedly dimorphous ; those standing above and below
on the branches are typically symmetrical and comparatively
wider, while those at the sides are narrower and asymmetrical,
especially at the base, the proximal part being longer than the
distal and more or less incurved.

The plants are decidedly heliotropic. While still quite
young and only a few inches high, they are inclined towards the
East in the morning and towards the West in the evening.
When they grow larger, the leaves take a conspicuous part in
the movements. Those standing towards the East and West
raise and lower their blades, while those directed North and
South turn on their petioles. It was especially noted that even
on cloudy mornings, at dawn, when the eye could hardly dis-
tinguish a difference of light between East and West, the plants
were decidedly inclined towards the East.

All parts of the plant, except the inner surface of the deeper
part of the corolla tube and of the calyx, are densely beset with
glandular hairs containing a viscid fluid on which hundreds of
small insects are caught. It is a question as to whether they are
assimilated as food.

Frost kills the plants and they soon decay or become dry.
But the immature fruits remain green and fresh for one to sev-
eral weeks if protected from severe frosts. There is no doubt
that the thick fleshy husk has an important part to play in the
ripening of the seed.

The most interesting variations occur in the flower. Nor-
mally the calyx is split down to the pedicel or nearly so, on the
inferior side, with five lobes, the upper, median lobe being the
longest. The corolla, large and showy on strong plants, 50-65
mm. long and of about the same diameter, has normallv five
lobes, two upper ones which are the equivalent of an upper lip,
one on each side, and one lower which is broader than the others

Jan., 1906.] Some Notes on Martynia. 445

and of somewhat different shape. Along the inferior side of the
corolla tube and extending into the inferior lobe is a group of
usually five orange colored stripes, which I call the "lyra." The
stamens are four, in two pairs, arranged so that the four large
anthers are contiguotis in two pairs and adjacent to the upper
arch of the corolla. There is also an upper median, short
stamen-vestige, usually somewhat bent to the right or left.
These well known details are given for a better understanding
of the variations noted below:

1. Small, more or less abortive, flowers appear late in Sept.
and Oct. ; but it is remarkable that such were from the first on
the same spike with and among large, perfect flowers, without
intermediate forms. Later with cooler weather and slow
growth thev became numerous. The corolla was only 20-30
mm. long and the lobes, always of the normal number, were quite
small and not at all or little spread out. The colors were paler
than in the large flowers. The stamens were nearly straight or
irregularlv curved, isolated and not joining above and the anthers
were small, pale, more or less abortive, yet usually bearing some
pollen. The vestigial stamen was always present and the calyx
of the usual shape but comparatively somewhat larger than the
corolla. At least part of the flowers were fructescent, as the
ovularies grew so far as the weather permitted. The bumble
bees are regular visitors of the flowers and the latter may have
been pollinated from the large perfect flowers.

2. In some cases there is only one upper lobe of the corolla
and not a trace of the stamen vestige; otherwise corolla, sta-
mens, and calyx are normal. Over a dozen such flowers were
seen on a few plants during 1905.

,3. One flower, observed Aug. 31, 1905, was very abnormal.
There were four corolla lobes, apparently an upper, lower, and
two lateral, yet the who'e upper part of the corolla appeared
to be wanting. The lower part had the usual "lyra" and the
right and left sides and lobes each with faint lyra markings.
There were four stamens spreading and curving about irreg-
ularly with the anthers arranged T-shape on the filaments rather
than lengthwise. There was no trace of an upper stamen
vestige. The calyx was divided irregularly into two parts down
to the pedicel, a smaller portion consisting of one lobe on the
right, upper side and a larger one with three somewhat rudi-
mentarv lobes. The fruit resulting from this flower is also
abnormal ; the pod is straight, of the same formation above and
below; the projecting crest on the upper side is wanting; both
halves of the beak are curved to the left.

4. In some otherwise normal flowers, the upper' stamen
vestige grows to one-third and even to fully the length of the
other stamens, and has a more or less well developed anther
sometimes even with some pollen.

446 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VI, No. 3,

5. Flowers having the corolla of the usual size with two
lateral lobes on the right or left side and three stamens on the
same side. Either the upper or the intermediate stamen seems
to be the additional one of the three. In a flower with two
corolla lobes and three stamens on the right side, the interme-
diate one was evidently additional, being only half as long as the
others and with a rudimentary anther. In all of these flowers
the usual upper stamen vestige was present and the calyx nor-
mal. In the descriptions "right and left" refer to the flower
and not to the observer.

6. One flower, with two corolla lobes and three stamens on
the right side, had the left lobe distinctly but not deeply incised
in the middle and there was no trace of a third stamen.

7. One flower of good size had two lateral corolla lobes and
three stamens on the left side and one lobe with two stamens on
the right. The upper lobes were separated by only a slight but
distinct incision and the stamen vestige was wanting. The
calyx was closed below and had an additional lower median lobe.

8. A flower with two lateral lobes and three stamens on
each side. In this case the stamen vestige was present and the
calyx normal.

9. A type of flower with the lower lobe of the corolla double,
and two well formed "lyras". One additional, median stamen
was developed below. This sometimes curved upward to join
the cluster of the other anthers, or in some flowers it was directed
nearly straight forward. The upper vestige was present and
the calyx was closed below and contained a sixth median,
inferior lobe. In 1904 two such flowers were seen and in 1905
at least one developed a normal two-parted fruit.

10. One flower with the same peculiarities as those men-
tioned under S, but the left lower lobe and the left lyra were not
fully developed. The lower, median stamen filament was adnate
to the corolla its entire length, as also the lower half of the anther,
but the other half was standing out free.

11. One flower with two lower lobes and two "lyras"; two
lateral lobes on the left side and one on the right ; with stamens
to correspond, three on the left and two on the right and one
inferior, median stamen. The calyx was entire and had an
additional, inferior, median lobe as in No. 8.

12. One flower of normal size with two inferior lobes and
two "lyras." The lateral lobes were present but were separated
from the inferior lobe by incisions less distinct than usual.
There were three stamens, the upper pair and one inferior
median stamen longer than the two others. There was no trace
of the inferior pair but the vestigial stamen appeared as usual,
and the calvx was the same as in No. 8.

Jan., 1906.] Lower Ordovician in Kentucky. 447

In all the normal and abnormal flowers the style was of the
same form except that it was smaller in the defective flowers
mentioned in No. 1. All the abnormal flowers were found on
large strong plants, while the flowers on smaller plants growing
in poorer soil were all normal, although numerous and of fair size,

Martynia seems to be a plant peculiarly adapted for studies
in variation and peculiar forms of flowers, and it would be very
desirable to have some person take up the subject further.

New Philadelphia.

CLASSIFICATION AND MAPPING OF THE LOWER ORDO-
VICIAN IN KENTUCKY.*

A. M. :\IlLLER.

The paper presented the results of the operations of the New
Kentucky Geological Survey as they relate to the Lower
Ordovician.

Highbridge is accepted from the Richmond Folio as a saits-
facotry name for the "Kentucky River Limestones" known in
the Old Kentucky Survey Reports as Chazy and Birdse3'e. Camp
Nelson, Oregon and Tyrone are proposed as names for what
were formerly known as Chazy, Kentucky River Marble, and
Birdseve Proper respectively. Lexington is also accepted from
the Richmond Folio, and is divided in ascending order into
Curdsville, Logana, Wilmore, Paris and Perryville, the latter
being Linney's "Upper Birdseye."

Flannagan Chert of the Richmond Folio, as the name for a
persistent horizon, is dropped. It has been found to truncate
beds lying in and just above the Upper Paris where there have
been brought to the surface under the influence of slow atmos-
pheric weathering.

Near the summit of the culminating point of the Cincinnati
Anticline in Central Kentucky (Jessamine Dome) this horizon is
marked by an abundance of phosphate, in some cases rich
enough to invite an attempt to exploit for commercial purposes.
This deposit is identified as the geological equivalent of the
Mt. Pleasant Phosphate of Tenn.

Winchester is accepted from the Folio referred to above, as
the name for the formation coming next above the Lexington,
and an attempt is made to assign to it more definite limits than
heretofore. A wave marked crinoidal limestone, carrying in
northern situations Trinucleus concentricus, is taken as the
upper limit of the Winchester. The fauna of the Winchester is
found to possess strong Cincinnatian affinities and is accordingly

* Abstract of paper read Dec. 2, Cincinnati, Ohio St. Acad, of Sci.

448 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

grouped in with this division of the Ordovician as its basal
member.

Eden is accepted from Orton's Report on the Lower Silurian
published in Vol. I of the Ohio Geological Survey 1S73, as the
name for the 250 feet of shale series which surmounts the Win-
chester. Southward it is found to be thinner, aggregating per-
haps 200 feet and with a well prounonced sandstone ("vSiliceous
Mudstone" of the older Kentucky Survey Reports) in the upper
part. The name Garrard is retained from the Richmond Folio
for this portion, and Million, a name proposed by Foerste, is
accepted for the remainder. The Eden is found to be a very
widespread formation in Central Kentucky, with its outcrop
everywhere marked by the same topographic features. It dis-
stecs into very steep slopes, which, under the influence of culti-
vation soon wash bare of soil.

As regards economic features: The Highbridge yields excel-
lent building stones. The Lexington is traversed by lead and zinc
mineral veins, which have as their most common gangue, barite,
shows phosphate and furnishes soil which is the "Blue Grass"
par excellence. The Winchester furnishes grazing lands scarcely
inferior. The Eden, however, is found to furnish soils which
wear out rapidly under the influence of cultivation, and its out-
crop is found to mark a poor strip of country between areas thaf:
are rich.

A NEW CASE OF MUTATION.*

Fred. J. Hillig.

The origin of two varieties of Commelina nudiflora L. by
mutation has been observed by the waiter. The new varieties
differ from the parent plant in the color of the sepals and sta-
mens. The flowers of one variety are wdiite, of the other, pur-
ple, while the color of the parent plant is blue. Minor differences
have also been observed. The change was sudden and persisted
through subsequent generations without a single exception. The
group of individuals from which the mutated forms originated
comprises about half a million plants and can be traced back for
12 generations. The white and purple varieties occur in Euro-
pean gardens, but their origin from the l)lue variety had not
been observed heretofore. Commelina nudiflora ])roduces a great
number of other forms differing from the systematic species in
many ways, such as size of plant, form of leaf, number of petals,
etc. No eff'ort has as yet been made to decide whether these
divergent forms remain constant. Prof. Hugo de Vries in a
letter to the writer recommended a careful study of this valuable
material.

* Presented at the Cincinnati meeting, Ohio St. Acad, of Sci.. Dec. 1, 190.5.

Jan., 1906,] Land and Fresh Water Mollusca. 449

A FEW GENERAL NOTES AND REMARKS WITH RESPECT
TO THE LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSCA.*

V. Sterki.

A friend of mine, lover and observer of nature, has told me
repeatedly that "forty or fifty years ago, snails were plenty,
large and beautiful; now you hardly ever see any." Even during
the last 22 years (of my collecting), I have noticed a change for
the worse. Several species and forms have disappeared at cer-
tain places, or become scarcer. The same is true, probably,
over most of the state. Owing to deforestation and culti-
vation, the sheltering places have become more scarce and,
what counts more, the atmosphere as well as the soil is less
humid and is unsuitable for a large part of molluscan life. (It may
be mentioned that the same man states that e. g. "huckleber-
ries" have become scarcer and smaller.)

Still worse is it with fresh water mollusca. Springs are disap-
pearing, runs and creeks are dry during a large part of the
summer, rivers come to their lowest stages, when sun-heat kills
the animals even where still under a few inches of water, which
in itself becomes of poor quality. At many places the banks are
denuded of trees and undergrowth, and protection from shade is
cut off.

Another factor towards the same end, is the unrestricted
discharge of all kinds of refuse and contamination from factories
and towns into the rivers and creeks, doubly detrimental with
low water. Mr. Geo. H. Clapp has stated, some years ago, that
for eighty miles below Pittsburg, hardly a living mussel, or
other mollusk could be found in the Ohio River. The same
conditions I found at Wheeling: the bottom was covered with a
muddy, ferruginous deposit; a very few dead mussel shells of
depauperate form were found, but not a living animal or plant.
Destruction of life in our "great and beatuiful river" will go on
and on, if radical measures are not resorted to for " amendment."
Some other rivers, or parts of them, are still in a better condi-
tion, but almost everywhere the effects of the causes mentioned
are noticeable and becoming more so from year to year. As
an example on a smaller scale, I cite the eastern branch of the
Tuscarawas river, running southeast to Warwick: it is a
drearv, black, barren mud-ditch, in which no fish or other
animal can live, owing to the refuse of factories, principally at
Barberton.

Students of other groups of animals have, no doubt, to tell
the same tale, especially the ichthyologists. The wealth of fish
which was in our rivers, and still might be in a large measure, is

* Presented before the Cincinnati meeting, Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Dec. 2, 1905.

45° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

disappearing. And last, but not least, the influence on general
health is a grave consideration.

But to come back to mollusks. Of late years, the shell and
pearl hunters have come, and killed our mussels, where there still
were any, by the millions, in rivers and creeks. In many places
they have been nearly exterminated, and only the naturalists
deplore the fact.

What can we do? When Hebra, the great dermatologist at
the University of Vienna, presenting to his students a peculiar!}^
malignant case of a skin disease, asked the practicing student
what could be done for the patient, and the young doctor could
only shake his head and stand silent, "well, we will have him
photographed," Professor Hebra would say. This is about our
position. In the first place, we can record the fact, and deplore
it. In the second place, we can take a careful inventory of what
is still left. And that we should do, energetically: work up the
muollsca in the rivers, creeks, springs, swamps, in the forests
and copses left, and have them in our records and collections,
for future generations to look at. In the third place, we
might find some creek here or there, or part of such, preserve it
in as natural conditions as possible, eventually with additional
ponds, and try to preserve in it, and on its banks, such mollusks
as are threatened with extermination. This sounds utterly
fantastic ! and yet the time may come when such a plan may be
considered.

And in the fourth place, and above all, let us unite forces
with government oflicials, and anybody who will try to put an
end to the reckless deforestation of our land, and the reckless
contamination of our waters with factory and city refuse.
Already it is much too late, but still much can be accomplished.
I believe it is not below the dignity of the Academy and its
members to direct the^r attention to these eminently important
tasks and to do all in their power to promote them.

I know well that I go far beyond my scope with these last
remarks, but these matters were so much no my mind that I
could not help at least touching them, and I hope to be excused
for doing so, even if the topic "mollusks" is only incidental
to them.

ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON SELF-PRUNING.

John H. Schaffner.

In 1901, Mr. Tyler and the writer published some notes, in
The Ohio Naturalist, on the self-pruning habits of a consid-
erable number of trees and shru1:)s. The list has been extended
from time to time by the writer, the work being confined neces-
sarily to the common woody plants of our region. It is gratify-

Jan., 1906.] Meetings of the Biological Club. 45 ^

ing to note that one can occasionally find reference to this
curious habit in the recent textbooks. There are few subjects
better suited to arouse the interest and curiosity of the student.

In 1903, 0. F. Cook described the striking self-pruning habit
of the temporary and permanent branches of Castilla, the
Central American rubber tree (Bull. No. 49, Bureau of Plant
Industry, U. S. Dept. of Agr.) Plates X and XI are fine repre-
sentations of self-pruned branches. Recently the writer was
enabled to examine such branches brought by Prof. Hine from
Guatemala. The development of temporary branches with a
special arrangement for their removal is of unusual interest
because of the economic value of these rubber trees.

The following common trees and shrubs have also been studied
for self-pruning:

Acer pseudo-platantis L. Self-prunes small twigs and buds
by means of a basal joint.

Samhucus canadensis L. Unripe ends of the branches are
pruned ofi bv cleavage planes developed in the upper leaf nodes.
Sometimes the tips of all the branches of an individual are
self-pruned, making a very peculiar appearance in the winter.

Sambucus pubens Mx. Self-prunes in the same way as the
preceding.

Chionanthus virginica L. Self-prunes the leafy, fruiting
panicles like the hackberry and choke cherry.

Diospyros virginiana L. This tree has an imperfect method
of self-pruning by which large numbers of small twigs are cut off.

Lepargyraea canadensis (L.) Greene. Self-prunes small twigs
by means of basal joints.

Ulmus alata Mx. This tree produces cleavage planes in
basal joints and in the annual nodes produced by the winter
buds, like the white and cork elms.

MEETINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Oct. 2, '05.

The meeting was called to order by Pres. Hine. The minutes
of the last meeting were read and approved. On the motion of
Prof. Schaffner the president appointed Z. P. Metcalf secretary
pro tem. Pres. Hine then appointed Prof. Hambleton, Miss
Wilson and Miss Riddle as a committee to nominate officers for
the ensuing year.

As this was the first meeting of the year it was given over to
reports by the members on their summer's work.

Prof. Schaffner spent the major part of his summer in Kansas
studying the Myxomycetes. Some time was spent on the oaks
of eastern Kansas. Prof. Schaffner also reported the results of

452 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 3,

his studies of the reduction division in the anthers of the Tiger
Lily.

Prof. Landacre gave some observations that he had made on
the nesting habits of the common catfish. The main part of the
summer was given over to a study of the development of the
sense organs of the catfish, especially the taste buds.

Mr. Griggs was at the Minnesota biological station on the
southern coast of Vancouver's Island during the summer. Most
of his time was spent in studying the Kelps of that region.

Mr. Hyde assisted Prof. Bownocker in mapping the Pittsburg
and Meigs Creek coals during the fore part of the summer.
During the latter part of the summer he worked on the Logan
and Black Hand formations about Lancaster.

Miss Burr made a collecting trip through California. Miss
Burr botanized especially on Mt. Lowe and the San Jacinto
Mountains in Southern California.

Mr. AA^illiam Moynan was elected to men'-bership.

The club then adjourned.

Ortox Hall, Nov. 6, 1905.

The meeting was called to order by Pres. Hine. The minutes
of the last meeting were read and approved.

Prof. Hambleton, as chairman of the committee on nomina-
tions of officers, reported the following names: President,
Robert F. Griggs; Vice President, Opal I. Tillman; Secretary
and Treasurer, Zeno P. Metcalf.

On the motion of Prof. Osborn the report of the committee
was adopted.

Mr. Griggs then took the chair.

On the motion of Prof. Osborn the Secretary was instructed
to invite the Ohio State Academy of Science to hold its next
meeting in Columbus.

The President's annual address was given by Prof. Hine on
the " Economic Value of the Mosquito."

Prof. Hambleton reported the discovery of Puccinia mal-
vacearum in an active growing condition as late as October 21st.

Mr. Griggs reported his work on the material collected in the
western United States. A new genus of Kelps has been estab-
lished. The type specimen for the genus is also new. The
genus 'is a primitive one and is interesting, therefore, from an
evolutionary standpoint.

Mr. C. W. McClure was elected to membership.

The club then adjourned.

Z. P. Metcalf, Secretary.

Date of Publication of January Number, January IS, 1906.

luj LIBR AitY

The Ohio T^aturali

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State University.

Volume VI.

FEBRUARY. 1906.

No. 4.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Berger— Notes on the Fall Welnvorm (Hyphaiitria cuiiea) in Ohio 453

SCHAFFNER— Check List of Ohio Trees -157

Stekki— Note on List of Ohio Mollusca, ami a Suggestion in Regan! to Local Fannal

Lists 462

MosELEY— The Cause of Trembles in Cattle, Sheep and Horses and of Milk-Sickuess in

People 463

A State Natural History Survey 471

SCHAFFNER— Sexual and Nonsexual Geneiations 473

SUMSTINE— Note on Aiithurus borealis 474

Metca LP— Meeting of the Biological Club 474

NOTES ON THE FALL WEBWORM (HYPHANTRIA CUNEA)

IN OHIO.*

E. W. Berger.

The majority of the observations upon which this paper is
based were made at Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio, during the
past summer while the writer was at the Lake Laboratory of the
Ohio State University. The webs of this caterpillar were
abundant on all sides and those who had spent preceding sum-
mers at Cedar Point were under the impression that the Web-
worm was on the increase. After a few days of casual observa-
tion it was decided to make a more careful study of its habits,
and, if possible, to determine whether it is double brooded at
that place.

While a few specimens pupated in the laboratory during the
latter part of July, none of them transformed into adults, and no
positive results were obtained in regard to a possible second
l3rood.

Acknowledgment is due Professor Osborn for his interest
and generosity with valuable suggestions and facilities placed at
the writer's command.

Food Plants. — The worms were observed upon the following
trees: Walnut (Juglans nigra L.), Choke-cherry {Prunus vir-
giniana L.), Common Wild Black Cherry (Prunus serotina Ehr),
Willow (Salix sp.). Elm {Ulmus americana L), Box-wood (Cornus
fiorida L), Hackberry {Celtis occidentalis L), and Wild Grape

* Abstract of paper read December 2. Cincinnati, Ohio State Acad, of Sci.

454 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VI, No. 4,

(Vitis vulpina L). The webs were abundant everywhere upon
the choke-cherry and the common wild black cherry, some trees
of the latter kind having nearly half of their foliage destroyed.
Willows were also nearly always populated by a few or many
broods. The few walnut trees were literally defoliated, and this
will be the subject of the next topic. Elm, box-wood and
hackberry were frequently infested but never to the same
extent as the previously named trees. In only two instances
did I observe the worms feeding upon the wild grape, and then
only when the grape leaves grew in among the leaves of willow
and choke-cherry. I did not observe a single instance of the
worms feeding upon the poplars at the Point. This is quite at
variance with other observations in which poplars of all kinds
were generallv mtich infested. Thus, in Riley's report upon
the Web worm in Washington in 188G ("Our Shade Trees and
Their Insect Defoliators") Populus balsamifera L) and P. trem-
uloides Mx. are named among the trees that suffered most. Both
these poplars occur at Cedar Point but no webs were observed
upon them.

Following I give the first five trees named in Riley's list of
108 food plants for Washington. These are arranged according
to the damage suffered. Negundo aceroides Moench (Box Elder),
Populus alba L (European White Poplar), P. monilijera Aiton
(Cottonwood), P. balsamifera L (Balsam Poplar).

The same report further states that poplars, cottonwoods
and the ranker growing willows were the principal subjects of
attack in 18SG in New England.

Of the species of trees attacked at Cedar Point, four, walnut,
wild black cherry, choke-cherry and willow appeared to be the
favorite food of the worms, and these are respectively 41, 75
and 14, in Riley's list. (The common wild cherry is not named
in his list, and its place among the above figures is indicated by
a question mark.) Again, of all the species of plants named by
Riley forty-two genera and about twenty-six species are found
at Cedar Point ; but of these only eight were observed to be used
as food by the worms.

Throughout the State generally, so far as my limited observa-
tions extend, and from a few other reports, the common wild
black cherry is the tree most generally attacked; but walnut,
elm, hickory, pear, apple, sugar and silver maple, all suffer more
or less. Of these, walnuts, when attacked suffer most, as the
following topic will show; and Mr. Cotton, Assistant Inspector
of Orchards and Nurseries, has informed me of similar conditions
in other parts of the State.

The following observation is interesting as it vshows the dis-
crimination with which the female moth selects the food plants
upon which she deposits her eggs. One day I observed a web

Feb., 1906.] Notes on the Fall Webwcrm in Ohio. 455

upon a hedge of osage orange, at Berea, Ohio. Closer investiga-
tion, however, revealed the fact that the web was not upon the
osage orange at all, but upon a small wild cherry tree that grew
in the hedge and which had escaped my notice.

Wahnit Trees. — Only a few walnut trees exist at the Point,
but the worms played havoc with these, while of all the great
abundance of choke-cherry, onl}" two instances were noted
where the infection was at all so extensive. A clump of five
walnut trees (each about six inches in diameter), became liter-
ally defoliated and about 150 nests were counted upon them. I
have observed, however, that the number of webs does not
necessaril}^ indicate the number of broods, since a large brood
may desert its old nest, and build a new one, or divide and form
two new nests. (I use "nest" to distinguish the denser part of
the web. See also Other Observations.)

When food became scarce the worms began to migrate down
the trunks of the trees, here and there covering the limbs and
trunks with web. This migration occurred chiefly at night, the
worms generally resting, as usual during the da}^ in temporar}^
webs frequently located at the base of the trees and of extraor-
dinary size. In one instance I estimated that not less than two
quarts of worms occupied a certain web.

In the early part of the forenoon I usually found some strag-
glers which had been overtaken by daylight, evidently en route
from the trees. Many of these were found dead in small pits,
from which, as experiment showed, they had been unable to
extricate themselves, and had died from the excessive heat.

The worms migrated mainly eastward to a clump of choke-
cherry nearby and westward to a large hackberry about forty
feet distant. This migration continued during about ten days.
In four days the number of nests in the choke-cherry bush
increased from six to twenty-five and the bush was literally
stripped as the worms advanced.

The migration to the hackberry was not so striking as that
to the choke-cherry bush but even more interesting. At first
the worms congregated in the crotches of the larger limbs but
advanced upward from day to day and formed webs in the
smaller branches. They soon began to strip the leaves and the
webs could then be seen at some distance from the outside of the
tree.

Mr. W. B. Herms, who remained at the Laboratory until
August 31st, was kind enough to observe the worms for me and
reported that after my departure the worms migrated only a
little farther east into the choke-cherry bushes and became
fewer in number. I presume that they were then mature and
that they wandered away to pupate. The trees began to show
new life and by the time Mr. Herms left were quite green again.

456 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

A small hoptree {Ptelea trijoliata) immediately beneath the
webs in the walnuts was injured but very little, the worms
having a decided aversion for it.

Feeding. — My observations in this direction clearly show that
the worms feed but little if at all during the day. At night they
leave the nests, or thicker parts of the webs, and move about
freely. Some will even leave the protection of the thinner parts
of the web and feed unprotected except by the darkness. (I do
not mean to assert, however, that there were no threads of silk
leading back from the worms to their web.)

Growth and Moulting. — By actual measurement of worms in
a certain brood I found that they increased in length about one-
fourth of an inch in twenty-two davs, i. e., they increased in
length from one-fourth to one-half inch. At that rate it would
take about two months for a worm to mature, which appears to
be about the time required at Cedar Point.

The observations that I succeeded in making upon moulting
give me twelve to fifteen days as the interval, the interval from
birth to the first moult included. Allowing five moults per
season, this would again give us about two months for a worm
to become mature. Mature worms probably average from
three-fourths to one inch in length.

The heads moult first, the skin of the head drops off, and
the worm then crawls out of the opening. The thorax rarely
splits dorsally.

Other Observations. — I have previously remarked that a
brood may divide, each part building a new nest. This I actually
observed in several instances. Again, two broods may unite
into one brood or a brood may desert its old nest and build a
new one.

In one instance I cut out a nest while the worms were out
feeding. Upon their return at daylight they wandered about
aimlessly for a while, when one portion settled down and formed
a new nest, while the rest returned to an empty nest nearby from
which a ])art of the brood in question, a double brood, had come
some days before.

Of three nests cut out and placed upon the ground near some
bushes, the worms of one nest were back upon the bush in a new
web the morning of the second day, while those of the other two
nests gradtially disappeared and apparently migrated to the
bushes.

The appreciable economic loss from the webworm is prob-
ably not great, and but few trees are ever endangered; except
small trees, which latter may easily become denuded of all their
foliage by one or a few broods.

Biological Hull, (). S. U... Columbus, December 5, 1905.

Feb., 1906.] Check List of Ohio Trees. 457

CHECK LIST OF OHIO TREES.

John H. Schaffner

Ohio lies in the great deciduous forest region which extends
from the Appalachian Mountains to the Mississippi River. This
region was formerly one of the grandest woodland areas in the
temperate zone. But the forest is rapidly disappearing before
the civilization of the white man.

In the list given below the introduced species have been
marked by the abbreviation "I.", and those which are usually
small or shrub-like by "S. T." In attempting to separate
"trees" from the larger "shrubs," one must necessarily be some-
what arbitrary, as nature draws no definite division line. A
tree may be defined as a woody plant of any size which pro-
duces naturally one main erect stem with a definite crown of
branches; while a shrub is a woody plant which produces small,
irregular or slanting steins usually in tufts. The species may
develop in various ways depending on the environment. Thus
the writer has seen individuals of the poison ivy (Rhus radicans
L.) develop as climbers, shrubs, and small "trees" in an area
only a few rods in extent, the conditions being favorable for all
three modes of growth.

In the present list, an attempt has been made to give the
appropriate English name for each species. These have mosth'
been taken from Sudworth's "Check List of the Forest Trees of
the United States." Hybrids and mere forms have not been
included.

Of the 155 species listed as occurring in Ohio, 128 are native
and 27 are introduced; about lOG are typical trees and 49 are
small trees or shrub-like. Of the typical trees, 85 are native
and 21 are introduced; and of those developing as small trees or
shrubs, 43 are native and 6 are introduced.

Subkingdom, CxYMNOSPERMAE.

Class, CONIFER.\E.

Order, Finales.

Family- Pinaccae.

1. Pinus strobus L. White Pine.

2. " virginiana Mill. Scrub Pine.

3. " echinata Mill. Yellow Pine.

4. " rigida Mill. Pitch Pine.

5. Larix laricina (DuR.) Koch. Tamarack.

6. Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr. Hemlock.

Family, Ju >upcraccae.

7. Thuja occidentalis L. Arborvitae.

8. Juniperus communis L. Common Juniper. S. T.

9. " virginiana L. Red Juniper.

458 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

Subkingdom, ANGIOSPERMAE.

Class, DICOTYLAE.
Subclass, APETALAE.

Order, Salicales.

Family, Salicaccae.

10. Populus alba L. White Poplar. I.

11. " heterophylla L. Swamp Poplar.

12. " balsamifera L. Balsam Poplar.

Also balsamifera candicans (Ait.) Gr. Balm-of-Gilead.

13. " dilatata Ait. Lombardy Poplar . I.

14. " deltoides Marsh. Cottonwood.

15. " grandidentata Mx. Largetooth Aspen.

16. " tremuloides Mx. American Aspen.

17. Salix nigra marsh. Black Willow.

18. " aiTivgdaloides And. Peachleaf Willow.

19. " lucida Muhl. Shining Willow S. T.

20. " pentandra L. Bav Willow. I. S. T.

21. " fragilis L. Crack Willow. I.

22. " alba L. White Willow. I.

Also alba vitellina (L.) Koch.

23. " babvlonica L. Weeping Willow . I.

24. " fluviatilis Nutt. Sandbar Willow. S. T.

25. " discolor Muhl. Pussy Willow. S. T.

Also discolor eriocephala (Mx.) And.

26. " bebbiana Sarg. Bebb Willow. S. T.

27. " purpurea L. "^ Purple Willow . I. S. T.

Order, Juglandales.

Family, Juglandaceae.

28. Juglans nigra L. Black Walnut.

29. " cinerea L. Butternut.

30. Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britt. Bitternut (Hickory).

31. " ovata (Mill.) Britt. Shagbark (Hickory).

32. " laciniosa (Mx. f.) Sarg. Shellbark (Hickorv).

33. " alba (L.) Britt. Mockernut (Hickory).

34. " microcarpa (Nutt.) Britt. Small Pignut (Hickory).

35. " glabra (Mill.) Britt. Pignut (Hickory).

Order, Fagales.
Family, Bctidaceae.

36. Carpinus caroliniana Walt. Blue-beech.

37. Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Willd. Ho]>hornbeam.

38. Betula populifolia Marsh. American White Birch.

39. " nigra L. River Birch.

40. " lenta L. Sweet Birch.

41. " lutea Mx. f. Yellow Birch.

42. Alnus incana (L.) Willd. Hoary Alder. S. T.

43. " rugosa (DuR.) Koch. Smooth Alder. S. T.

Family, Fagaceae.

44. Fagus americana Sw. American Beech.

45. Castanea dentata (Marsh.) Borkh. Chestnut.

46. " pumila (L.) Mill. Chinquapin. S. T

47. Quercus rubra L. Red Oak.

48. " palustris DuR. Pin Oak.

49. " schneckii Britt. Schneck's Red Oak.

50. " coccinea Wang. Scarlet Oak.

Feb., 1906.] Check List of Ohio Trees. 459

51. " velutina Lam. Quercitron Oak.

52. " nana (Marsh.) Sarg. Bear Oak. S. T.

53. " marylandica Muench. Black-jack (Oak.)

54. " imbricaria Mx. Shingle Oak.

55. " alba L. White Oak.

56. " minor (Marsh.) Sarg. Post Oak. S. T.

57. " macrccarpa Mx. Bur Oak.

58. " platanoides (Lam.) Sudw. Swamp White Oak.

59. " prinus L. Rock Chestnut Oak.

60. " acuminata (Mx.) Houd. Chestnut Oak.

61. " alexanderi Britt. Alexander's Chestnut Oak.

62. " prinoides Willd. Scrub Chestnut Oak. S. T.

Order, Urticales.
Family, Ulmaceae.

63. Ulmus americana L. White Elm.

64. " racemosa Thom. Cork Elm.

65. " fulva Mx. Slippery Elm.

66. Celtis occidentalis L. Common Hackberry.

Family, Moraceae.

67. Morus rubra L. Red Mulberry-

68. " alba L. White Mulberry L

69. Toxylon pomiferum Raf. Osage-orange. I.

70. Broussonetia papyrifera (L.) Vent. Paper-mulberry. 1.

Subclass, CHORIPETALAE.

Order, Ranales.
Family, Alaguoliaccae.

71. Magnoha acuminata L. Cucumber Magnolia.

72. Liriodendron tulipifera L. Tuliptree.

Family, Anonaceae.

73. Asimina triloba (L.) Dun. Papaw. S. T.

Family, Lauraceae.

74. Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst. Sassafras.

Order, Resales.
Family, Hamamelidaccac.

75. Hamamehs virginiana L. Witch-hazel. S. T.

76. Liquidambar styraciflua L. Sweet-gum.

Family, Platanaceae.

77. Platanus occidentalis L. Sycamore.

Family, Rosaccae.
Subfamily, Pomoideae.

78. Sorbus americana Marsh. American Mountain-ash.

79. " sambucifoha (C. & S.) Roem. Elderleaf Mountain-ash.

80. " aucuparia L. European Mountain-ash. L

81. Pyrus communis L. Pear. L

82. Malus angustifoha (Ait.) Mx. Narrowleaf Crab-apple.

83. " coronaria (L.) Mill. Fragrant Crab-apple.

84. " malus (L.) Britt. Common Apple. L

85. Amelanchier canadensis (L.) Medic. Common Juneberry.

86. " botryapium (L. f.) DC. Swamp Juneberry. S. T.

87. " rotundifolia (Mx.) Roem. Roundleaf Juneberry. S. T.

46o The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4

88. Crataegus crus-galli L. Cockspur Hawthorn. S. T.

89. " punctata Jacq. Dotted Hawthorn. S. T.

90. " cordata (Mill,) Ait. Washington Hawthorn.

91. " oxyacantha L. English Hawthorn. I. S. T.

92. " coccinea L. vScarlet Hawthorn. S. T.

93. " rotundifolia (Ehrh.) Borck. Glandular Hawthorn. S. T.

94. " macracantha Lodd. Longspine Hawthorn. S. T.

95. " mollis (T. & G.) Scheele. ""Downy Hawthorn. S. T.

96. " tomentosa L. Pear Hawthorn. S. T.

Subfamily, Drnpoideae.

97. Prunus americana Marsh. Wild Plum. S. T.

98. " angustifolia Marsh. Chickasaw Plum. I.

99. " cerasus L. Sour Cherry. I.

100. " avium L. vSweet Cherry. I.

101. " pennsvlvanica I^. f. Red Cherry.

102. " mahaleb L. Mahaleb Cherrv. I. S. T,

103. " virginiana E. Choke Cherry. S. T.

104. " serotina Ehrh. Black Cherry.

105. Amygdalus persica L. Peach. I.

Family, Fahaceae.
Subfamily, Casstoidcae.

106. Cercis canadensis E. Redbud.

107. Gleditsia triacanthos L. Honey-locu.st.

108. Gymnocladus dioica (E.) Koch. Coffee-bean.

Subfamily, Papilionoideae.

109 Robinia pseudacacia E. Common Eocust. E

110. " viscosa Vent. Clam.my Eocust. E

Order, Geraniales.

Family, Rittaccae.

111. Xanthoxvlum americanum Mill. Pricklv-ash. S. T.

112. Ptelea tri'fohata E. Hoptree. S. T.

Family, Simarubaceae.

113. Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Tree-of-heaven. E

to*

Order, Sapindales. •
Family, Anacardiaceae.

114. Rhus copallina E. Dwarf Sumac. S. T.

115. " hirta (E.) Sudw. wStaghorn Sumac. S. T.

116. " glabra E. Smooth Sumac. S. T.

117. " verni.x E. Poison Suinac. vS. T.

118. Cotinus cotinus (E.) European Smoketree. I. S. T.

Family, llicaccae.

119. Ilex opaca Ait. American holly. S. T.

Family, Celastraccac.

120. Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq. Wahoo. S. T.

121. " europaeus E. Spindle-trce. E S. T.

Famih', Slaphylcaceae.

122. Staphylea Irifoliata E. American Bladdernut. S. T.

Family, Accraccac.

123. Acer saccharinum E. Silver Maple.

124. • " rubrum E. Red Maple.

125. " saccharum Marsh. Sugar Ma])le.

126. " nigrum Mx. Black Maj^le.

Feb., 1906.] Check List of Ohio Trees. 461

127. " pennsylvanicum L. Striped Maple.

128. " spicatuni Lam. Mountain Maple. S. T.

129. " negundo L. Boxelder.

Family, Hippocastanaceae. .

130. Aesculus hippocastanum L. Horse-chestnut. I.

131. " glabra Willd. Ohio Buckeye.

132. " octandra Marsh. Yellow Buckeye.

Also octandra hybrida (DC.) Sarg.

Order, Rhamnales.

Family, Rhainnaceae.

133. Rhamnus caroliniana Walt. Carolina Buckthorn. S. T.

Order, Malvales.
Family, Tiliaceae.

134. Tilia americana L. American Linden.

135. " heterophylla Vent. White Linden.

Subclass, HETEROMERAE.

Order, Ericales.

Family, Ericaceae.

136. Rhododendron maximum L. Great Rhododendron. S. T.

137. Kalmia latifolia L. Mountain Kalmia. S. T.

138. Oxydendrum arboreum (L.) DC. vSorrel-tree.

Order, Ebenales.

Family, Ebenaceae.

139. Diospyros virginjana L. Persimmon.

Subclass, SYMPETALAE HYPOGYNAE.

Order, Gentianales.

Family, Oleaceae.

140. Fraxinus americana L. White Ash.

141. " biltmoreana Bead. Biltmore Ash.

142. " lanceolata Borck. Green Ash.

143. " pennsylvanica Marsh. Red Ash.

144. " quadrangulata Mx. Blue Ash.

145. " nigra Marsh. Black Ash.

146. Chionanthus virginica L. Fringetree. S. T.

Order, Polemoniales.
Family, Bignoniaceae.

147. Catalpa catalpa (L.) Karst. Common' Catalpa. I.

148. " speciosa Warder. Hardy Catalpa. I.

Subclass, SYMPETALAE EPIGYNAE.

Order, Umbellales.
Family, Araliaceae.

149. Aralia spinosa L. Angelica-tree. S. T.

Family, Cornaceae.

150. Cornus florida L. Flowering Dogwood.

151. " asperifolia Mx. Roughleaf Dogwood. S. T.

152. " alternifoha L. f. Blue DogAvood. S. T.

153. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Tupelo.

Order, Rubiales.
Family, Caprifoliaceae.

154. Viburnum lentago L. Sheepberry. S. T.

155. " prunifolium L. Black Haw. S. T.

462 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

NOTE ON LIST OF OHIO MOLLUSCA, AND A SUGGESTION
IN REGARD TO LOCAL FAUNAL LISTS.

V. Sterki.

A preliminary list of the Land and Fresh Water MoUusca of
Ohio has been prepared by the writer and deposited in the
Academy library. It is an abstract of a larger hand list, and
contains nearly all the species seen froni the State, or recorded,
except some of Pleurocera and Gonioleasis which still must be
worked up specially. A few species listed must be verified as to
actual occurrence in the State, a few others as to exact identifi-
cation, and there is no doubt that quite a number of additional
ones will be found.

As stated elsewhere, I believe that "the Mollusca are the
truest exponents of the geographical distribution of animals in a
given region or district," and also that Ohio is a specially inter-
esting territory in that respect. And therefore, a faunal list
should not be published before the species, varieties and local
forms from all parts of the State are fairly well know-n and their
distribution can be shown by tables, charts, etc., approximately
accurate, even if it take a few years' more work. Then, and
only then, such a publication will be to the credit of the Academy
and the State.

If a part of a research fund could be turned over to the
collecting and working up of our Mollusca, for a year or two, it
would help considerably, and also might make it possible to
work up a special "Ohio Collection" containing the species and
local forms from various parts of the State, carefully identified,
to be deposited with soine institution, e. g., the Ohio State Uni-
versity.

Local lists, also, might be worked up, of various parts of
Ohio, where zoologists are studying the faunas. And in this
connection a suggestion may be excused. Such a list, be it of
Mollusca, or any other group of animals, or comprehensive,
should not be confined to a county, except where the same is
bounded by natural lines. Political outlines have nothing to do
with the natural features of the county, but go across hills, valleys,
rivers, etc. It is better to take up a certain naturally limited
territory, a valley, a drainage system, a range or group of mount-
ains or hills, regardless of county lines.

The same might be said of States, to a large extent. ■ Yet,
they comprise much larger territories, and for practical and
routine reasons, will be considered separately, in general. Ohio
is more naturally confined than most other States, and a faunal
list of the State means somewhat of a unity. But even then,
the lines should not be drawn too strictly.

Feb., 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 463

THE CAUSE OF TREMBLES IN CATTLE, SHEEP AND HORSES
AND OF MILK-SICKNESS IN PEOPLE.*

E. L. MOSELEY.

The mother of x^braham Lincohi died of milk-sickness. In
many districts of the region extending from Michigan to Ten-
nessee trembles and milk-sickness proved a veritable scourge to
the earlv settlers. One of these districts was in northern Ohio
in the western part of Erie and the eastern part of Sandusky
County. Here forty-three persons are said to have died in a
single year from this cause. Within the last thirty years Doctor
Storey has treated nearly fifty cases in Townsend Township,
which mav be half of the whole number. The loss of domestic
animals from trembles in the three Townships, Townsend,
Margaretta and Perkins, since the first settlement, doubtless
exceeds five thousand. On some single farms the number is
more than a hundred. People who came from Pennsylvania
with a view to settling here returned to their own State on
learning of the peril of pasturing animals in Ohio. To this day
many woods in this district are not pastured, because animals
would soon die if turned into them.

Milk-sickness is known to be due to the use of milk, butter,
cheese or meat of animals afflicted with the trembles, but what
causes the trembles has not been well understood. It has long
been known that only the animals allowed to run in the woods
were affected, and experience showed that certain woods were
very dangerous while others were safe. For a time many
thought that the water was the cause of trembles but this idea
was discarded long ago, as was also the hypothesis that the air
of certain localities furnished the poison. Wm. Morrow Beach,
of London, Ohio, in an article on Milk-Sickness in "Transactions
of the Ohio Medical Society, 1S84," mentions "five separate and
distinct classes of advocates as to the causes of the disease," but
he seems to have settled on nothing more definite than that the
animals contract it by "remaining in the timber over night."
Dr. J. A. Kimmell, of Findlay, in an article read at the Inter-
national Medical Congress, Berlin, 1890, mentions white snake-
root among other things supposed to cause the disease but his
own belief was that it was of bacterial origin. Dr. Robert
Hessler, of Logansport, Indiana, at the meeting of the Indiana
Academy of Science, Dec. 1, 1905, exhibited drawings of an
apparently new species of yeast he had found in the blood of a
horse that had the trembles, and presumed to be the cause.
Professor N. S. Townshend was convinced that white snake-root
caused the trembles and his articles in the Ohio Agricultural

*Read at the Cincinnati meeting of the Ohio St. Acad, of Sci., Dec. 2, 1905.

4^4 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. Vl, No. 4,

Reports for 1858 and 1873 gave evidence to support this view,
including a letter from W. J. Vermilya of Ashland County, who
in 1856 had produced trembles and death of a mare by feeding
her this weed, also a statement that Mr. John Rowe had fed it to
cattle in Madison County, 1839, with the same fatal results.
W. C. Mills informs me that Professor Townshend and some of
his pupils intended to experiment in feeding this weed.

The principal objection to Professor Townshend's view
appears to have been that white snake-root grows where animals
have been pastured for many years without a single case of
trembles and this seemed a serious objection to the theory.

The Eupatoriums are not palatable. Anyone who has
tasted boneset will admit that this is true of Eupatorium per-
foliatum. In the South I have observed that animals leave
Eupatorium serotinum tmtouched even where they have been
confined so as to eat almost every other green thing in reach.
In northern Ohio I have found Eupatorium ageratoides, the
white snake-root, growing abundantly in a number of woods
where animals were pastured but no sign of their having eaten it.
But if the pasture becomes poor, some are likely to eat it.

On the 8th of last October I visited a piece of woods in
Sandusky County where there was nothing fit for an animal to
eat, the principal herbs being nettle, white snake-root, poke and
black nightshade, w4th some clearweed, basil, and bedstraw.
Every plant of snake-root had been nipped off so that I did not
see one more than about half the normal height. This had
probably been done by cattle from the adjoining pasture which
were doubtless accustomed to spend a portion of hot sunny days
in the shade of the woods. A few weeks before my visit a man
and his wife who had been using butter made from milk of cows
in this pasture had milk-sickness and the wife died.

Elisha Haff, Townsend Township, Sandusky County, did not
think trembles were due to any weed, until he found that western
sheep which he turned in his woods ate the white snake-root and
died of trembles. Sheep whose ancestors had long been in the
region did not eat it and did not have trembles. Since that he
has been destroying the weed.

James Fuller in the same township, in 1874, turned sheep
into woods when the ground was covered with snow and all they
had to eat was this weed. They contracted the trembles and
forty of them died. George Sanford in the same township in
January, 1881, lost a horse which could get nothing but snake-
root in the woods. He tracked it and saw where it had eaten
this weed. A number of dogs from the neighborhood fed on the
carcass and all died of the trembles.

Mr. H. H. Lockwood of Sandusk}^, was the first to describe
to me the plant which caused trembles and milk-sickness. His

Feb., 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 465

ancestors settled on the peninsula north of Sandusky Bay in
1812. For many years trembles occurred among the stock.
He believes that from their own observation they concluded it
was caused by their eating snake-root which they would do only
in a dry season when the pasture was poor.

About 1872 Mr. David Barber in Margaretta Township, when
he was hauling wood with a sleigh, left the gate open into the
woods. Sheep got in and, though they were there hardly more
than two hours, a number had trembles and some died. The
snake-root was the principal plant in these woods. Mr. Barber
did not notice that they ate it but supposed at the time that they
were poisoned by something they found by pawing through the
snow. These woods were notorious for the great number of
horses, cattle and sheep which contracted the trembles in them.
Mr. Barber told me that he had noticed this weed was abundant
wherever trembles prevailed. I had already found this true of
the woods I had examined.

In 1904 Louis Quinn had twenty-seven steers pastured in a
large woods in Townsend. All had the trembles and nine died.
The woods were known to be dangerous and so Mr. Quinn has
been accustomed to leave stock there no later than June 1st.
This time he left them about a week longer and had more of
them than usual so that they were harder pressed for food. In
these woods I found white snake-root more abundant than anv
other dicotyl. I saw thousands of them in a walk of a few min-
utes while plants fit to eat were scarce. Nearly all the woods
in that part of the township are considered unsafe and are
pastured only early in the season if at all. In woods near Mr.
Quinn's six lambs died of trembles this year. White snake-root
was found abundant in all the woods examined in that region
with one notable exception. In the woods of Orlando Ransom
I could not find a single specimen, though a boy who was assist-
ing me found one. June grass was growing in every part. Mr.
Ransom told me the woods had been pastured for the past fifty
years and no trembles had occurred. I also learned from sev-
eral sources that trembles were unknown west of Pickerel Creek
which is three miles west of Quinn's woods. I examined woods
just east of this creek, but found no snake-root and learned that
the}^ were pastured with impunity. West of the creek I could
find no snake-root in the first two woods examined, in the third
after walking nearly a quarter of a mile I found four or five
plants, in the fourth none, and in the fifth many in one place and
a few others scattered about.

EARLY EXPERIMENTS IN FEEDING THE WEED.

About 1843 John Palmer Deyo, "a scientific investigator and
prominent physician," living near Bellevue fed white snake-root

466 fAe Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

to a calf which in consequence had the trembles and died. Mrs.
S. M. Thomson, a niece of Mrs. Deyo who is still living, remem-
bers that Dr. Deyo took pains to investigate the matter thor-
oughly at a time when people held conflicting views regarding
the cause of trembles and was gratified when his efforts resulted
in convincing them that white snake-root was the cause. She
thinks that instead of feeding the weed directly to a calf, he fed
it to a cow thereby producing trembles in both cow and calf and
the death of the latter.

Dr. Cowell, a veterinary physician living near Bloomingville,
Erie County, boiled the white snake-root in milk and gave the
milk to pigs which soon died of the trembles. He asked another
physician, "What ails those pigs?" "Trembles," was the reply.
Then he told what he had fed them.

Dr. John Ray who lived at Whitmore, Sandusky County,
steeped white snake-root and fed it to a calf which as a result
died of the trembles.

I have been told of each of the three cases mentioned above
by two old residents, who knew the experimenters personally
and all six of my informants are reliable, though of course, they
may be in error as to some of the details. There is no doubt
that the weed experimented with was the white snake-root and
that the experimenters were fully convinced that it was the
cause of the trembles.

Mr. William Ramsdell of Bloomingville informs me that
about 1842 when there was so much discussion of the subject
the boys of the neighborhood used to assemble evenings at the
old lime-kiln southeast of Castalia and experiment on dogs.
They would boil or steep the white snake-root and putting the
extract in milk give it to the dogs, in which it would induce the
trembles; a large number were killed in this way. Some one
ex[)erimented on sheep with the same result. He informs me
also that a Mr. Redmond (who did not believe that the weed
was the cause of trembles) chewed some of the weed and died
after suffering for about four weeks.

About 1S40 Thomas James of Bloomingville caused a calf to
die of trembles by feeding it a weed he brought from the woods,
which from the description given me by his daughter and also by
Isaac Jarrett, I concluded was white snake-root.

Dr. Carpenter of Castalia, and B. F. Dwelle of Ottawa
County, also experimented in feeding this weed and were con-
vinced that it was the cause of the trembles.

RECENT EXPERIMENTS.

Cats.

No. 1. On November 2{)th my pupil, Oscar Kubach, using
snake-root I had recently gathered, broke uj) the stems and

Feb., 1906.] The Cause of Trevibles in Cattle. 467

leaves of two plants (possibly 3 or 4?) and soaked them over
night in abcut a pint of milk, of which he gave about a gill at
about 9 A. M. to his tom-cat. The cat took about one-half of it.
"About 9:30 it seemed to take effect and he tried very hard
to vomit but could not. He took long, deep breaths. He was
quiet and wanted to sleep very hard. All of a sudden he would
tremble very hard, then again very little. A watery fluid
pasccd from his eyes and mouth. He chose a spot in the sun
and when driven away walked back in a staggering manner. He
had no appetite. His senses seemed to be duller, as he did not
care for anything. He went to sleep about 10:30 but did not
sleep sound. He seemed to be in an unconscious state for the
rest of the day. The next morning about 10:30 he walked about
three rods and there died about noon."

Oscar lives in the country and I did not see the cat until he
brought it to me dead. Weight estimated 4)4 pounds. Post-
mortem examination by Dr. H. C. Schoepfle and myself showed
no lesion, inflammation, congestion or unnatural appearance of
any organ. Brain not examined. Death followed more quickly
in this case than in any of our other experiments. The cat was
not fed the evening before giving the poisoned milk, so that
digestion was probably rapid. As it was not taken from home
and so was not kept in confinement, the case is especially
interesting.

No. 2. A female kitten weighing after death thirty ounces,
had probably never been handled by anyone until caught for
this experiment. My pupil, Alton Fuchs, cut up about half a
pound of snake-root I had gathered and boiled it about an hour
in a quart of water. When the water had become reduced to a
syrupy liquid, about one tablespoonful in volume, it was poured
into the throat of the cat and the outside of the throat tickled
so that it was all swallowed. "Soon after the decoction was
administered the cat acted as if she wanted to vomit but did not
vomit at any time. When first turned loose in room of barn it
was very active, but after half an hour seemed rather stupid.
x\fter an hour she escaped, but was caught while trying to get
through a fence, being less active than before poisoning." I first
saw her aVjout 2)- 2 hours after extract was given, lying in natural
position, eyes directed toward us, but rather dull, took notice of
anything held near but indisposed to move. Respirations 38 and
30 per minute, doubtless increased by our presence. Movement
of the back seemed greater than in normal breathing, and
occasionally a spasmodic contraction ran along the muscles of
the back. About noon the next day she took some milk. The
symptoms continued much the same as the previous day, the
spasms more frequent and pronounced, becoming worse in the

468 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

evening, when at times two or three in close succession made a
sort of trembling. Much duller than the evening before but
would still move, if driven.

At 8 the next morning she shook all over, her head moving
from side to side and the spasms continuing. At some of our
visits that day we did not see real trembling. She took some
milk and could still climb but showed weakness. At 5 P. M. the
breathing was slow and barely discernible. The next morning,
Nov. 29, she had taken some milk containing extract of snake-
root that had been boiled l^i hours. Breathing deep but of
normal rate — about 21 per minute. No trembling until after
she was made to exercise. At 11:40 A. M. more trembling and
violent paroxysms. At 12:30 Alton held her by the nape of the
neck with her back resting in his other hand so that the legs were
free. They quivered rapidly, continually and very plainly, the
trembling being intensified by bending the legs with the hand.

At 3:40 on being held the same way, trembling did not show
at first but soon became plain in one hind leg and then in both.
Rectal temperature 101^, the same also on Dec. 4, when the
legs would still tremble somewhat but the eyes were normal,
appetite good and she was active and restless. She had become
tame and even familiar. No extract had been offered Nov. 30th
and after that she would take no milk with it in, though her
appetite was good. When held up some trembling could be
seen, mostly in hind legs, as late as Dec. 7th, though in other
respects she seemed well. She disappeared for a time and after
her return showed no more trembling or effect of the poison
except that she was entirely tame. She had at no time been
given any of the snake-root except thoroughly boiled extract.

Dec. 14. The same cat was brought to me for further
experiments. She showed no trembling or anything abnormal,
took milk readily. The next morning I offered her milk in
which snake-root had soaked. She would not drink it although
it had been warmed and it was left with her about two hours.
At 10 o'clock I gave her the heart, lungs, neck and back of
thoracic region of a rabbit which had weighed 24 ounces and had
died of trembles. She began eating it at once. At 11:30 she
had eaten all and apparently wanted more. At 4:15 she seemed
eager for food but would not take milk in which snake-root had
been soaked, but ate the meat offered — half of liver, part of
abdominal muscle and head of same rabbit. No trembling that
day, but not examined after 4:15.

At 8:10 the next morning when lifted by nape of neck, hind
legs trembled strongly and on a second trial, the right fore leg
also (and the left a little?). When let out of box she found
remains of the rabbit up on a window sill and ate part of the
stomach which was filled with snake-root and parts of other

Feb., 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 469

viscera, including some liver, and might have eaten much more,
if permitted. At 9 A. M. still trembled, but not so much; at
10:45 could see no trembling; at 4 P. M. very little trembling
when held up until after exercise when it was plain. Dec. 17,
temperature at 9:10 A. M.. 103°, at 3:30 P. M., 103.2°. Tremb-
ling; at 9:10, none; at 10 o'clock, after considerable exercise,
hind legs trembled and after drinking milk (she would take none
with snake-root in it) , the hind legs and right front leg trembled
strongly when she was held up; at 3:30 trembling mostly in left
hind leg and that not till she had been held some seconds. She
continued active and appetite good. Killed Dec. 17, but not
examined until Dec. 26, w^hen the only abnormal appearance
was a general venous engorgement (likely due to the CS,, which
killed her?). The experiments with this cat proved that trem-
bles could be produced by thoroughly boiled extract of snake-
root. The later experiments showed that she would no longer
take milk containing the poison but would take meat greedily,
also that this meat brought on the trembling again, but her
first experience appeared to have effected some degree of toler-
ance of the poison, for she was not so strongly affected as a
larger cat which ate a smaller quantity of meat from the same
rabbit. This was

No. 3. A female cat, weight about 3^4 pounds; was fed
like No. 2 with meat from rabbit, No. 6. A hind leg was given
at 8 A. M., Dec. 14, but at 3:40 P. M. had not been eaten. At
7:50 the next morning she had taken this and some good milk.
A fore leg and side were put in, but had not been eaten at 10
o'clock. At 4:10 P. M. the larger part had been eaten. No
trembling that day. At 5:50 P. M. left her half of liver.

Of this piece about one-third remained the next morning and
was given to No. 2, which had eaten other half of liver. After
being out of box a few minutes she returned voluntarilv. Then,
for the first time I could feel trembling and on holding her up
could see strong trembling of hind legs. 9 A. M., trembled
some; at 10:45 did not tremble, had not eaten much of the meat
left earlier, drank good cold milk and a few minutes later, when
I held her up she trembled so that I could feel it and see it in her
legs, three or four of them; 4 P. M., trembled some and, after a
very little exercise, strongly. On putting her on window sill,
3rd floor, and letting her look out, trembling was quite notice-
able even without holding up. After being let free on the floor
a little while trembling was very strong; apparently indisposed
to exercise. When returned to box began eating rabbit.

Dec. 17, 8:50 A. M., rabbit meat consumed except large
intestine containing snake-root She seemed no worse ; respira-
tions 40 and 36 per minute, doubtless increased by fear; temper-
ature at 9:45 A. M., lOl:'?^"; trembling that day no greater than

470 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

preceding. Dec. IS, less trembling than before. At 4 P. M.
put in the whole of rabbit No. 7 of which we had made post
mortem examination. She began eating it at once. Though
the rabbit weighed 24 ounces she had at 8 o'clock the next
morning eaten the greater part and seemed satisfied after such a
hearty meal. All day she seemed to feel good and did not usually
tremble except after exercise or drinking cold milk, when the
trembling was very strong. More active than previously, had
ceased to show much fear. The next morning she had taken the
rest of the meat, the parts remaining being the skull, hind leg
bones, considerable of the skin and the large intestine containing
snake-root. She seemed no worse. Next day, Dec. 21st, 7:20
A. M., no trembling till after some exercise; temperature 102.9°.
At 4:40 P. M. no trembling could be seen. She seemed entirely
well. I began to wonder if eating second rabbit would have
any effect. That day I offered her milk in which snake-root had
been soaked but she took very little of it.

Dec. 22nd, she seemed pretty well and was put in a shed
from which she escaped and I did not expect to see her again,,
nor care, as I had seen no reason to suppose she would show
anything more of interest. She was not gone long, however,
but adopted the shed for her home, spending most of the time in
a basket with a flannel cloth in the bottom and paper under the
handle partly covering her and helping to keep her warm. She
evidently had not got rid of the rabbit and it was making her
trouble. Constipation, though not complete, seemed to continue
as long as she lived. The hind legs were spread apart more and
more each day. She was allowed to go and come as she pleased
and for a number of days I thought she would recover. On
Dec. 28, she caught sight of a rabbit I had left on the grass and
started to rush at it, being restrained with difficulty.

Meat and milk were kept by her much of the time but she
took little or nothing except water and a little cooked potato at
any time after Dec. 22nd. Dec. 30, she had been going about
so much that I thought she was nearly well, but at 4:30 I found
her temperature 103.9°, buttocks soiled, odor very bad. When
held up by nape, hind legs trembled. After this I think she did
not leave the shed but grew weaker, sometimes trembled when
held up, at other times not. Jan. 2nd, she seemed too weak to
tremVjle, had barely energy enough to crawl back into basket
when put down near it. At 12:30 I noticed paroxysms of
muscles about the shoulders. At 4 o'clock she seemed nearly
dead, no struggling but quiet. At 5 she was getting cold. The
next afternoon I opened the abdominal cavity and found two
ounces or more of a perfectly clear amber colored liquid of slight
acid reaction. No inflammation or congestion.

(To be continued.)

Feb., 1906.] A State Natural History Survey. 47 ^

A STATE NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY.

At the Cincinnati meeting of the State Academy of Science
the President in his annual address urged the effort to secure
state support for a natural history survey. The Academy
adopted a resolution endorsing the project and providing for a
committee of three, to consist of the retiring President, the
incoming President and the Secretary, to draft a bill and
endeavor to secure its passage during the coming session of the
General Assembly.

As a result of the efforts of this Committee a bill has been
introduced by Hon. C. V. Trott of Mt. Vernon. This bill, after
providing in the first Section for the establishment of the Survey,
appointment of the Director by the Governor and authority to
appoint necessary specialists and assistants, states in Sections 2
to 4 the objects of the survey as follows :

" Section 2. The Survey shall have for its objects: (1) An
examination of the animal and plant life of the state with special
reference to its distribution, abundance, increase or decrease^
and facts of practical or scientific importance as a foundation for
accurate instruction in the schools of the state. In particular
shall facts relating to the organic purity of water supplies, the
food supply of fishes, the game birds and animals, and forms
affecting public health be considered. (2) The identification of
birds, fishes, and other animals or plants sent in for the purpose
by officers of the Fish and Game Commission, State Board of
Health, City Boards of Health, or other State, County or munic-
ipal bodies calling for such inforination, or by the general public
so far as they may be of public interest or value, and as the time
of the officers may permit. Such investigations as may be
especially desired by the State Board of Health in connection
with the water supplies or the disease-producing or transmitting^
forms of life, or the Fish and Game Commission or other State
Bureaus for the purpose of their work shall be given preference
and pushed with all possible speed consistent with careful work..
(3) The preparation of special reports with necessarv illustra-
tions and maps which shall embody both a general and a detailed
description of the work of the survey.

Sec. .3. The collections made in pursuance of this act shall
be deposited at the Ohio State University and shall be available
for study by any person properly qualified, under such regu-
lations made by officers of the Survey, as may be necessary
for the permanent preservation and use of the collections.

Sec. 4. The Survey may from any duplicate material in its
collections furnish sets to such colleges, museums, high schools,
or township schools of the state as may be willing to pay the cost

472 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

of labelling and transporting such specimens, and furnish evi-
dence that' such collections will be duly preserved and made
available for the use of students and others interested. Pref-
erence is to be given in order of application to high schools offer-
ing courses in Nature Study, Zoology or Botany, and so located
that no other collections of a similar nature are available for
study and demonstration."

The Sections following (5 to 8) provide for publication which
is on the same plan as the Geological Survey, for compensation
of officers, expenses and accounting, and provides an annual
appropriation of $5000 for carrying on the work.

It is believed by the Committee and others consulted that
the bill would give an opportunity to push a much needed study
of our native fauna and flora and it should meet the hearty sup-
port of all interested in the Natural History of the State as well
as the members of the Academy. Letters endorsing the measure
to be effective, should be sent as promptly as possible to indi-
vidual members of the House or Senate or to Hon. C. V. Trott,
House of Representatives, Capitol Building, Columbus, Ohio.

While an argument for the Survey seems altogether unnec-
essary for readers of the Naturalist, a statement of some of the
hnes of study especially needed may be useful. It is particularly
desirable that there should be a careful, systematic study of the
Fauna and Flora, pushed as rapidly as possible to determine the
present status and for comparison during future years. Such a
scientific foundation is needed in many lines of study or practical
work but perhaps from the standpoint of general knowledge
would serve its greatest purpose as a help to teachers of Natural
Science in the various schools. It will have all the greater
service in this connection if these same teachers can have a hand
in the work of the survey and in the distribution and use of the
collections resulting from its work. A full knowledge of the
aquatic life of the waters of the state is of direct and essential
importance in matters of health and in the development of the
fishing interests; moreover, the depletion or extinction of such
life by sewage and factory waste that pollute our lakes and
streams has economic as well as scientific interest.

The bill already has received approval and hearty endorse-
ment from the presidents of a number of Ohio colleges and
universities and of individuals acquainted with the need for
such a survev. It is House Bill No. 363.

H. 0.

Feb., 1906.] Sexual and Nonsexual Generations. 473

SEXUAL AND NONSEXUAL GENERATIONS.

John H. Schaffner.

Recently a number of ideas have been put forward bv
various authors as to what is a sexual or nonsexual individual
or generation. To the writer the case seems to be a matter of
definition. The confusion appears to arise not so much in a
misapprehension of the facts involved as in the extension of the
meaning of the terms used. But in this case individuals and gen-
erations should be judged by what they produce.

A sexual generation is a gamete-producing generation. Any
individual, therefore, producing cells which normally are to
conjugate possesses sexuality provided the conjugation results
in reproduction. If there is a differentiation of sex, the indi-
vidual which produces female gametes directly is a female indi-
vidual, and the individual which produces male gametes directly
is a male individual. The gametes or male and female cells may
be produced with or without a preceding reduction division, for
the sexual generation may be either an " .v" or a " 2.v " generation.

A nonsexual generation is a spore-producing generation, the
spores being non-conjugating reproductive cells. The non-
sexual generation may also be either an ".v" or a "2x" genera-
tion. Sex terms are, of course, not to be applied to nonsexual
generations or individuals.

An alteration of generations may be antithetic having an
".r" gametophyte and a "2a'" sporophyte. And certainh' the
generation which produces the sexual cells is to be called the
sexual generation and the one producing the nonsexual spores
the nonsexual generation. So in the higher as well as in the
lower plants the gametophyte is the sexual generation and the
sporophyte the nonsexual. An alternation of generations need
not be antithetic. But both generations mav have the ".v"
number of chromosomes. In such forms as Oedogonium and
Coleochaete, for intsance, where the 2.r number of chromosomes
appears to be only in the zygote, the organism coming through
reduction from the zygote is still the sporophyte and nonsexual
generation for the reason that it finally produces nonsexual
spores. It is possible that there are "2.v," sporophyte genera-
tions producing their spores without reduction which would
then occur before the formation of the gametes and we would
then have an alternation of generations with a "2.v-" gameto-
phyte and a "2a;" sporophyte. Here again the gametoph3"te is
the sexual and the sporophyte the nonsexual generation. In
other words, sexual and nonsexual individuals or gametophytes
and sporophytes are not determined by an ;v number or a 2.r
number of chromosomes but by the fact that the first produce
gametes and the second nonsexual spores.

474 ^^^ Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 4,

NOTE ON ANTHURUS BOREALIS.

D. R. SUMSTINE.

Of the six species of Anthurus only one is known from the
United States, Anthurus borealis. This species was described bv
E. A. Burt in 1894. (Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 3:504.) It
was reported by him from New York and Massachusetts. I
have not seen it reported from any other place since and conse-
quently this note may add another station for this interesting
fungus. During the summer William Marshall collected for me
some fungi growing in the vicinity of Ravenna, Ohio. Among
these was a specimen of this plant. Clare Jennings of Olena,
Ohio, also sent some fungi to the Carnegie Museum and in the
collection were several specimens of Antlmrus borealis. The
plants agree well with Burt's description. Some of the plants
had only five arms, others had six. The specimens are all in
the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg.

Wilkinsburg, Pa., Jan. 2, 1906.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Dec. 4, '05.

The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. Griggs.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.

The major paper of the evening was by Dr. C. B. Morrey on
"Some Pathogenic Protozoa." Dr. Morrey reviewed briefly the
known species of parasitic Protozoa and gave notes on their
habits, occurrence, distribution and life histories in general.
Parasitic Protozoa occur mainly as internal parasites of animals,
only one form being known to occur on plants. Parasitic Protozoa
are classified as beneficial, nonpathogenic and pathogenic.
Nearly all the orders of Protozoa have representatives among the
parasites, but they are especially abvmdant among the Sporozoa.

Professors Osborn and Landacre gave brief reports of the
Zoological Papers presented at the Cincinnati Meeting of the
Ohio State Academy of Science. Professor Schaft'ner reported
on the Botanical Papers presented at the same meeting.

The following persons were elected to membership: Edna
McCleery, Edith Hyde, Mary A. DeCamp, H. S. Hammond,
E. W. Berger, Oscar Himebaugh, W. B. Herms, R. L. Shields,
J. G. Wittenmver, C. R. Stauft'er, F. B. Grosvenor, E. I. Lichti,
W. E. Evans, G. D. Hubbard, A. C. Workman, C. F. Jackson
and Mrs. C. F. Jackson.

The club then adjourned.

Z. P. Metcalf, Secretary.

Date of Publication of February Number, February IS, 1906.

ne Ohio ^JS^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni<versity,

Volume VI. MARCH, 1906. No. 5.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Fischer— New and Bare Ohio Plants -175

MosEi.EY— The Cause of Trembles in Cattle, Sheep and Horses and of Milk-Sickuess in

People (.continued) 477

ScHAFFNEE— The Life Cycle of a Honiosporous Fteridophyto 4s3

LiNDAHL— A Lift of ((-opoda from the State of Ohio Preserved in the Museum of the

Cincinnati Society of Natural History 488

Bekger— A Pseudoscorpion from Guatemala 489

Jennings— Some New or Noteworthy Species Reported from Ohio in Kecent Botanical

Literature 492

McOwEX— Key to Ohio Catalpas in Winter Condition 496

Metcalf — Meeting of the Biological Club 49()

NEW AND RARE OHIO PLANTS.

Walter Fischer.

Since the last annual report on the State Herbarium was
written, ten new plants have been added to the flora of the
State. The following is a list of these plants with the names of
their first collectors, date and locality of collection and a few
remarks as to their occurrence and distribution:

50a. Marsilea quadrijolia L. Franklin County, W. Fischer,
1905. This plant was placed in the botanic garden at the
University several years ago and is now spreading in a small
stream on the University farm.

154a. Paiiicum Gattingeri Nash. Cuyahoga County, Otto
Hacker, 1901; Washington County, W. A. Kellerman, 1902;
Franklin and Warren Counties, W. Fischer, 1905. This Panicum
is not so abundant as P. capillare but, is found side by side with
the latter and, like it is common throughout the State.

1546. Panicum cognatum Schultes. Lake County, Otto
Hacker, 1901.

553a. Agave Virginica L. Lawrence County, E. B. Willard,
1905. This is a southern plant and was found growing on a
hillside near Ironton, probably one of the northernmost limits
of its range.

626a. Salix alba x lucida. Ashtabula and Logan Counties,
R. F. Griggs, 1905.

6266. Salix alba x babylonica? Ashtabula County, R. F.
Griggs, 1905.

■476 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

()64a. Quercus imbricaria x rubra. Franklin County, V^-^.
Fischer, 189.5. This interesting tree, now growing on a vacant
lot in the city of Columbus, was discovered by the writer in
September, 1S95, and regarded at that time as a cross between
Q. rubra and 0. imbricaria. Specimens in the herbarium, how-
ever, have always been labeled Q. imbricaria x velutina. If this
oak is to be regarded as a hybrid of the shingle oak and some
one of the red oak group, the evidence is certainly in favor of
Q. rubra being one of its parents. A few small entire leaves, the
pubescence on the under side of all the leaves, and the size of
the fruit are probably characters inherited from Q. imbricaria;
while the form of the majority. of the leaves and of the acorn,
especially the cup. also the habit and general aspect of the
entire tree all point strongly to a Q. rubra ancestry.

1160a. Croton inonanthogynous Michx. Franklin County,
W. Fischer, 1905. Quite a patch of this western plant was
found along a railroad track at North Columbus.

1593a. Perilla frutescens (L.). Warren County, W. Fischer,
1905. Around an old deserted dwelling and barn near Loveland,
where it has been doing well and multiplying for the past fifteen
years.

1960a. Coreopsis lanceolata L. Franklin County, W. Fischer,
1905. Escaped from gardens at Marble ClifT, where is has been
spreading the last four or five years.

While botanizing during the past summer and fall a few
other plants more or less rare were added by the writer. Some
of these had not been in the herbarium before, although pre-
viously reported for the State.

Another hybrid oak, probably Q. imbricaria x velutina, was
discovered in Warren County near Loveland. This tree is
remarkable for having an aspect entirely that of Q. imbricaria .
The leaves are medium in size and almost entire, the majority
being wavy in outline, while lobed ones are very scarce. The
fruit resembles that of Q. velutina more closely than that of any
other of the red oak group.

Aster sagittijolius urophyllus (Lindl.) and ^4. Lowrieanus
Porter, from the dry wooded hills of Fairfield County ; and .4 .
puniceus lucidulus A. Gray and A. junceus Ait. on Cranberry
Island, Buckeye Lake, Licking County, the last named also in
streams in Franklin County.

Helianthus Maximiliani Schrad. and H. mollis Lam., both
western sunflowers, the former reported for Lake County in 1900
and the latter for Erie County in 1895, were found growing in
considerable quantities near Marble Clii^ in Franklin County.

March, 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 477

THE CAUSE OF TREMBLES IN CATTLE, SHEEP AND HORSES
AND OF MILK-SICKNESS IN PEOPLE.

E. L. MOSELEY.

(Continued from p. 470.)

No. 4. A tom-cat weighing 5 lbs., 10 ounces. Had been
liable to fits of coughing and vomiting, when fed meat. He
made a poor subject. I gave him milk in which stems without
leaves had been soaked, and after two days milk in which leaves
had been soaked. He soon contracted diarrhoea which prob-
ably prevented much of the poison being absorbed into the
blood. After four days he would not take any more poisoned
milk. He was watched a good deal but was seen to tremble
onlv a few times and then under conditions which might possibly
have produced trembling without the aid of any poison. How-
ever, single tremors were noticed a number of. times, two or
three times a paw or foot when raised or stretched out by him-
self was seen to tremble. Occasionally the head trembled a
little. A slight trembling of the ears and tail continued for a
considerable time and most persistent of all a motion of the
loins. This is the part in which trembling is said to be most
noticeable in cattle. Respirations at one time 35 per minute.

When he would take no more poisoned milk I gave him a leg
of rabbit No. 6. The next day while he was drinking cold milk
I noticed strong trembling. . Earlier in the day he had eaten
greedily another leg and side of the rabbit. The next day,
when held up by the nape his hind legs trembled and when put
down he trembled all over. The meat seemed to affect him
more than the milk. He ate readily all that was given and if I
had had enough of it, would probably have been killed by it.
As it was, he shared the fate of No. 2 and post-mortem exam-
ination at the same time showed nothing more.

Dog.

No. 5. A small cur, was given, Nov. 25, at 8:15 A. M., milk
mixed with a water extract of snake-root and at 1 1 :45 the leaves
and tops of several herbs broken up and mixed with hash, also a
chicken's liver dipped in the extract. No effect was noticed
that day but at 3:30 the next morning Mr. Reinheimer says the
dog shook hard all over so that he thought it was dying. At
10:10 A. M., as it lay on its side in the sun, it stretched out its
legs as if yawning and trembled in a very unnatural manner.
After dinner also we noticed some trembling of the legs especially
when he changed his position. He showed some weakness,
dullness and less disposition to bark than usual at sounds.
Nevertheless, he was not so different from usual except in the

478 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

early morning but what all these things might have escaped
notice if he had not been watched. He was dull enough at any
time.

Nov. 27, he seemed natural. At 9:30 P. M. he was given six
tablespoonfuls of strong extract. All next morning he "lay
extended on the floor, seemed indisposed and ate very little. At
6:.30 P. M. he ate a little of the snake-root mixed with potato.
Nov. 29, rather lively, if anything, actions all natural." After
this he showed little, if any, effect of the poison.

Boy.

"On Monday evening at 9:30 P. M. while I held the dog's
mouth open a friend poured the extract into the dog's mouth.
The dog choked and coughed the extract into my face and
mouth. I was in the room while the mixtrue was steeping and
also on the previous evening. At 10:30 I was taken with a fit
of cramps and the following day was nauseous. Several times
during the three following days I had fits of trembling, always
accompanying the extension of limb."

— Bartelle H. Reixheimer.

While another of my pupils was preparing a decoction of
snake-root, although it did not affect him, yet on his mother,
who was not well, it had a sickening effect, though she was not
in the same room.

Rabbits.

No. 6. A rabbit, weighing about Ijo lbs. Alton Fuchs
began feeding snake-root Dec. 9, 9 A. M. It was kept supplied
most of the time and given nothing else except on one occasion,
a few lettuce leaves. On the afternoon of Dec. 12 I was sur-
prised on looking in its box to see the rabbit dead for we had
seen no trembling nor anything the matter with it. Probably
if we had watched it that day we would have seen it tremble.

From our experience with Cat No. 2 we had expected to iee
the legs tremble when unsupported, but later experience with
rabbits showed that they are not aft'ected in this way. This
rabbit had taken altogether about 2 ounces of snake-root, mostly
leaves and branches, likely much more than necessary to kill it.
The stomach and large intestine were found well filled. No
inflammation or congestion.

No. 7. The mate to No. 0, was fed by Oscar Kubach, the
first snake-root being given in the morning of Dec. 13. He
noticed some trembling in the evening and more the next
evening. On Dec. 1() it was more pronounced. The rabbit died
that afternoon between 1 and 3, the interval from the first feed-
ing being about the same as in the case of No. 0. It took both

March, 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 479

water and milk; these were not offered to No. 6. It had eaten
leaves and branches of about 35 plants. No inflammation was
found.

No. 8. A female rabbit, weight after death 1383 grams.
With aseptic precautions A. E. Guenther, Ph. D., Professor of
Physiology in the University of Nebraska, injected under the
skin of her back about l}i cubic centimeters of an extract of
snake-root made by boiling five ounces of the plants in two
quarts of water until the liquid was reduced to about two
ounces, after several days kept at boiling temperature again for
an hour and heated to boiling a third time just before using. I
was not looking for immediate results but three minutes after the
injection was made, while I was still holding her on my knee I
could feel her tremble and in a minute more we could see tremb-
ling of the loins very plainly. Half an hour later she showed
less decided trembling, breathing rapid and deeper than before
the injection, at times a twitching of loins or sides repeated not
rapidlv enough to call trembling but quite unnatural; also a
vibration of the flesh over the angle of the lower jaw, the last,
perhaps, not caused by the poison. She moved about freely and
ate lettuce and cabbage. The visible effects of the poison
lessened through the day and the following day seemed entirely
gone, except the temperature, which gradually approached the
normal. The injection was made at 12:15 P. M., Dec. 31.
11:30 A. M.— temperature 104.8°; 1:30 P. M.— 104.2°; 3:30
P. M.— 105.1°; 5:30 P. M.— 106.°; 7:30 P. M.— 105.8°; 9:30
P. M. — 106.°. Although taken fourteen times between the
afternoon of Dec. 29th and the time of injection it was in no
instance above 104.8°. Forty-eight hours after the injection
the tempertaure had become normal.

Jan. 3, 7:50 A. M., I began feeding her white snake-root of
which she took the leaves and branches readily. I kept her
pretty well supplied each day with snake-root, giving also some
good food. The effects on her actions and appearance were not
striking and might have escaped notice if I had not looked for
them. Deep breathing, sometimes rapid, especially noticeable
in the loins, with some diminution of strength were noticed.
She would move about without urging but less rapidly than a
normal rabbit. Her temperature taken several times each day
showed no marked influence of the poison. On the whole it was
below normal, exceeding 103.8° only on the day she began to eat
the weed, i. e., before it was digested, and about 23 hours before
she died, when it was 104.3°. Jan. 7, her appetite was not so
good and her eyes dull. In the evening deep breathing was
noticeable and trembling resembling shivering. Next morning
I found her lying on her side, as if dead. When laid on top of
box she gasped for breath, not violently but with increasing

48o The Ohio Naturalist. ' [Vol. VI, No. 5,

energy, so I thought she might revive. At the last were a few
kicks. Half an hour after she had expired an auricle was still
beating. The stomach, caecum and colon were filled with
partly digested snake-root. Bladder filled, although she had
drunk no water or milk for several days. Viscera appeared
natural. We were not sure whether the veins were a little
engorged. There had been no constipation of any consequence.
Total amount of snake-root consumed was between two and
three ounces. Death occurred 120 hours after first feeding of
snake-root.

No. 9. Female rabbit weight 83 ounces, taken from her
home, Dec. 23. Temperature in next three davs taken onlv five
times, ranged from 99.8° to 101.9°. At 3:30 P. M., Dec. '26, I
gave her in milk about 3-4 ounce of extract from same bottle as
that used for the injection of No. 8. It had already been twice
boiled for a long time. I gave her some of this with milk or
cabbage or lettuce on each of the three succeeding days, about
one ounce altogether. Dec. 27, 7:30 A. M., temperature 102.2°;
11:35 A. M., temp., 103.5°; 2:10 P. M., temp., 103.8°; 4:30 P. M.,
temp., 103.5°.

From Dec. 27 to Jan. 14 her temperature was taken several
times each day, ninety times altogether. Only twice was it
found below 102.2°, the maximum being 105.3°. No other
effect of poison manifest until Dec. 28 when I noticed a trem-
ulous motion of her sides, and rapid and irregular breathing.
The motion of the sides seemed a sort of panting, the rate in the
afternoon about 96 per minute. The next day the panting was
not noticeable and never became very distinct again, except
when there was external cause for excitement. Jan. 4, 11:40
A. M., I began giving each dav some milk in which snake-root
leaves had soaked. Jan. 6, 9:30 P. M., she showed a sort of
trembling the motion being backward and forward. This has
been noticed infrequently since, also a little panting and lessen-
ing of strength. Otherwise she has seemed well. She has been
well fed all the time. No change of temperature can be attrib-
uted to withholding the poison after Dec. 29 or giving it again
in different form Jan. 4-7 and 11-12. No constipation.

No. 10. A female rabbit, weight 11 ounces. Jan. 11, began
giving her milk in which snake-root had soaked, one third as
much each time as to No. 9, her weight being one-third as great.
She has shown similar effects. Her temperature changes help
to understand those of No. 9. Before removing her from the
warren her temperature at 3:30 P. M. was 102.9°, about like that
of others of her size but lower than in the larger rabbits. She
was carried a mile in the sleeve of a laboratory apron most of the
way on a warm car. In twenty minutes her temperature had
fallen to 99 and at 9:30 P. M.'to 98.4°. It was higher every

March, 1906.] The Cause of Trembles in Cattle. 481

afternoon but did not rise as the days went on and, although
well fed and allowed to stay part of the time with rabbit No. 9,
nothing availed to bring her temperature up to 102°, until she
was given milk in which snake-root had soaked. This was on
the evening of Jan. 11 and the following days. Jan. 12 her
temperature reached 101.8°; Jan. 13, 102.6°; Jan. 14, 104.3°.

Further experiments with rabbits have shown that, like cats,
they may acquire some degree of tolerance of the poison, also
that one ounce gathered in January is not sufficient to kill a
large rabbit. One weighing 3}4 pounds ate 28 grams of snake-
root January 21-27, with a little good food. Twitching was
noticed January 27-30, during which time she was well fed.
Then she ate nine grams more of snake-root but survived.
Another weighing nearly four pounds was made to tremble or
twitch by injections of a decoction of snake-root January 21, 22
and 30, and by eating of the leaves and branches 67 grams,
February 1-5, but survived.

Sheep.

No. 11. Saturday morning, Jan. 6, 1906, I w^ent into the
country and selected from a flock a healthy female lamb of
about forty pounds weight and brought it home on the electric
cars. In the afternoon I gathered in the woods 88 ounces of
white snake-root of which I gave her 8 ounces at 4:45, on the
next day 34 ounces and the remainder Monday and Tuesday
morning. She took it more readily than I had expected, in fact,
after being without other food not very long she ate the snake-
root leaves quite greedily, but the coarse stems would not eat at
all, even when cut into rather small pieces and soaked over
night in water. The total amount consumed was about 29
ounces. Other food was withheld only until Monday when at 5
P. M. I gave her about a pint of bran all of which she ate.
Water was offered several times every day but only a few ounces
taken altogether.

Until Tuesday evening I saw nothing wrong with her what-
ever though Tuesday noon I noticed that she had not cleaned
out the box containing the snake-root leaves quite so well as
before. If she had been watched long at this time quite likely
some effect of the poison would have been noticed. I did not
see her again till after dark. Then having weighed out some
freshly gathered snake-root to give her I noticed that she stood
facing away or to the side instead of manifesting eagerness for
it as heretofore. Then I noticed deep and unnatural breathing,
an almost spasmodic movement of the sides. After taking a few
steps, she lay down as if unable to stand. AVhen pushed she
arose, walked a few steps and sank down again. I went for
H. H. Lockwood who had seen sheep affected by trembles and

482 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

H. A. Winters who had lost many sheep and other animals from
trembles. On returning I saw a little trembling of the flesh at
the hips. After watching her awhile they both felt sure that
she had the trembles and in conversation with me the next day
Mr. Winters said the symptoms were unmistakable. She ate
some bran while lying down, stopping to let her head rest on
the corner of the box. She raised her hind quarters but failed
in attempting to straighten her front legs and so ate while
kneeling. At 10 P. M. she was lying still, her respirations rather
deep and about 16 per minute. She gave no heed to the lantern.

The next morning she was unable to rise or even to stand
when lifted onto her feet. Nor would she eat. Breathing spas-
modic but no trembling. At noon she was still lying in the
same place, her breathing deeper and about 25 per minute.
Without any urging she struggled as if to rise and this doubtless
increased the respirations somewhat. Whether she had done
this at frequent intervals I could not tell. No trembling but the
breathing quite laborious and unnatural. At 3:40 P. M. still in
same position. Respirations labored, irregular, 33 per minute
after a fit of kicking, then after a short interval 30 per minute.
About 4:20 there was violent struggling involving not only the
legs but the abdominal and other body muscles. At 4:40 I
found her dead. Post mortem examination the next morning
showed that the kidneys were enlarged to double the normal
size. One of them weighed 50.3 grams, one obtained from a
lamb of about the same size at a market and another from a
lamb about half again as heavy weighing 25.5 and 26 grams.

No other organs were found enlarged, inflamed or con-
gested or in any way unnatural in appearance with the possible
exception of the brain which some thought slightly congested.
The abdominal cavity contained several ounces of liquid, "due
to feeble circulation preceding death." Besides H. C. Schoepfle,
M. D., and Dr. Hinkley, a veterinary physician, I had three
butchers, one at a time, examine the body. There had been no
constipation. The rumen was well fllled with snake-root.
Death would likely have come almost as soon had she eaten none
of it after Sunday. The quantity given Saturday afternoon and
Sunday was 42 ounces, of which 14 may have been eaten. Likely
enough a small fraction of this would have sufficed to produce
trembles, though death might not have come so quickly — four
days from the time of first feeding.

Meat from this sheep was fed to four animals. A large cat
ate six ounces of the liver about 5 P. M. and the next morning
trembled violently, less as the day went on and, after that, none.
A cat of the same size ate six ounces of muscle from a hind leg,
but showed no effect for two days or so when it became sick,
losing its appetite but not trembling. It has recovered. A

March, 1906.] Life Cycle of a Homosporous Pteridopkyte. 483

rather small cat took four ounces of liver and running off with it
was not seen again for three days when she seemed quite sick but
could not be caught. A dog (No. 5) ate four ounces of liver
showing no effect for two days when he became dull. The
fourth day, having apparently recovered, he was given the heart
and spleen. After about 24 hours fits of trembling affected his
limbs, soine of it still noticeable the next day, after which he
was all right.

All our experiments were with weeds gathered after many
hard frosts and nearly all with weeds gathered from woods that
have long been pastured without a single case of trembles, so
far as the owners know, ever having occurred in them. In
gathering it I did not notice a single plant that had been nipped
off". The absence of inflammation in the animals that we
experimented on as well as in those that contract the trembles
in the pasture shows that the poison is not an irritant. The
quickness of its action and the fact that trembling is a char-
acteristic effect indicate that it acts on the nervous system.

THE LIFE CYCLE OF A HOMOSPOROUS PTERIDOPHYTE.

John H. Schaffner.

The Homosporous Pteridophytes constitute the lowest sub-
kingdom of vascular plants. They and all plants above them
have a true fibro-vascular system and true leaves and roots in
the sporophyte generation except in a few cases where leaves or
roots have been lost through an adaptation to some peculiar
environment. No plants below the Homosporous Pteridophytes
possess true leaves, roots, or vascular system. These plants are
called homosporous because in them there is only one kind of
nonsexual spores produced while the three higher subkingdoms
of vascular plants have two kinds of nonsexual spores and are
thus called heterosporous.

The known fossil record of Homosporous Pteridophytes does
not extend below the Silurian Period although they must cer-
tainly have flourished in previous geological times. Thev were
exceedingly abundant in the Devonian and Carboniferous and
were among the important coal forming plants. Many were of
the tree t^^pe while at present they are mostly low geophilous
perennials, although in tropical countries tree ferns are still
quite abundant.

There are about 2,800 known living species of Homosporous
Pteridophytes. They fall naturally into three distinct classes —
ferns or Filices with 2,600 species, horsetails or Equiseteae with
25 species, and lycopods or Lycopodieae with 155 species.

/

484

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 5,

The ferns are divided into two distinct subclasses called the
Eusporangiatae and Leptosporangiatae. The eusporangiate
ferns have the spore bearing tissue of the sporangium developed
from hypodermal cells while in the leptosporangiate forms the
sporangia arise from epidermal cells. The other Homosporous
Pteridophytes are eusporangiate. The leptosporangiate ferns
appear after the Paleozoic Era and are at present by far the
most abundant. There are two orders of Eusporangiatae, the
Ophioglossales and Marattiales. Some authors have attempted
to associate the Ophioglossales with the Lycopods, but from a
consideration of all their characteristics it does not appear that
there is any evident relationship. The Leptosporangiatae are a

Fig;. 1. Dia2;ram of Life Cvcle of Ordinary Fern.

compact group consisting of but one order, the Filicales. The
ferns usually bear large, much compounded leaves but occa-
sionally the leaves are sim])le and entire.

The horsetails are rush-like geophilous perennials with
jointed, mostly, hollow, simple or branched, aerial stems and
leaves reduced to toothed sheaths at the nodes. Soine are
highlv impregnated with silica and are hence called scouring
rushes. They are closely related and constitute but a single
order, the Equisetales, with a single family and genus.

The lycopods are small herbaceous often geophilous ])lants
with numerous small scale-like, lanceolate or subulate, simple
leaves. There is but one order, the Lycopodiales, consisting of
two families.

March, 1906.] Life Cycle of a Homosporous Pteridophyte. 48 S

There is considerable similarity in the life cycles of the three
classes. The general account given below of the life history of a
leptosporangiate fern will hold good for any of our common
species of Adiantum, Asplenium, or Dryopteris, but other groups
may show important differences in details. In no subkingdom
is the antithetic alternation of generations more clearly marked
and each generation lives independently for a part of its life.
The sporophvte or nonsexual generation is the conspicuous plant
although the gametophyte is usually of some size and easily
distinguishable except in the Ophioglossales and some Lyco-
podiales where it is entirely subterranean.

The sporophyte of our common ferns has a horizontal rhizome
and compound leaves which commonly form a rosette above
ground. The stem consists of a general ground tissue contain-
ing closed concentric fibro- vascular bundles. The stem and root
tips have definite apical cells. In the Ophioglossales the
bundles are open and arranged as in the higher plants, form-
ing a ring of wood and central pith. There is also a definite
cambium layer outside of the xylem cylinder.

The vounger leaves of the ferns are sterile but later rosettes
of spore-bearing leaves are produced. The rosette of sporophylls
corresponds to the fertile or spore-bearing parts of a flower in
the higher plants. In some of the lycopods there are also simple
zones of spore-bearing leaves alternating with the zones of
sterile foliage leaves, the growth of the stem not being stopped
when the sporophylls are developed. But in other lycopods and
in the horsetails the sporophylls are arranged in closely crowded
cones which terminate the branches, their growth in length
being permanently checked. In these groups, therefore, we
have true primitive flowers — modified and specialized spore-
bearing shoots. The three essentials of a flower are (1) a
stopping of the growth of the floral axis, (2) a shortening of the
floral axis and consequent crowding of the floral organs, and (3)
a modification of the spore-bearing leaves into specialized
sporophylls.

The sporangia are produced in clusters called sori, often verv
numerous. Each sporangium produces a number of cells which
become free and more or less spherical in the sporangial cavity.
These cells are called sporocytes. Each sporocyte divides twice,
producing a tetrad of cells. These four cells finally separate and
give rise to four nonsexual spores. During the first division in
the formation of the spore-tetrad the number of chromosomes
in the nucleus is reduced one-half, or from a 2x number to an .v
number. The x number of chromosomes is continued through
the entire subsequent history of the following gametophyte
generation. The sporangia are stalked and are provided with a

486 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

peculiar ring of cells by whose contraction the cavity of the
sporangium is torn open on one side and the spores thrown out.
When the spore germinates it gives rise to a short filament or
protonema from the end of which a flat dorsiventral more or less
heart-shaped thallus develops. The development of the gameto-
phyte therefore falls normalh' into two distinct stages. In the
first the plant body is a linear aggregate, in the second it is a
solid aggregate. The thallus is supplied with abundant chloro-
phyll and is attached to the earth by means of numerous uni-
cellular rhizoids. The thallus is hermaphrodite and develops a
number of antheridia or spermaries and archegonia or ovaries
on the lower side. These organs are partly imbedded in the
tissues of the thallus. A number of large spirally coiled, multi-
ciliate spermatozoids are developed in each antheridium. These
finally escape, when the thallus is covered with water, through a
rupture in the outer part of the antheridial wall and after
swimming around for a while enter the necks of the archegonia.
The spermatozoids of the horsetails are also spirally coiled and
multiciliate but those of the lycopods are small and biciliate. A
single oosphere or egg is produced in each archegonium. The
mother cell of the egg divides giving rise to the incipient egg and
the ventral canal cell. The ventral canal cell and the cells in
the neck of the archegonium dissolve and at the same time the
cells at the end of the neck of the archegonium, the so called lid
cells, separate leaving a passage from the outside down to the
egg. A spermatozoid passes down the neck to the egg and con-
jugates with it. This is fertilization, and during the union of the
two cells their nuclei also unite, thus doubling the amount of
chromatin in the cell. The fertilized egg or oospore, therefore,
contains potentially 2x chromosomes which appear when ger-
mination takes place.

The egg germinates in the venter of the archegonium. First
there is a diagonal or nearly vertical division into two cells and
these each divide again, more or less at right angles to the first
division, giving rise to the first four cells which are the incepts of
the four regions present in the developing sporophyte embryo.
One cell gives rise to the root tip, the second to the nourishing
foot, the third to the stem tip, and the fourth to the first leaf.
The developing embryo is entirely parasitic on the parent
gametophyte which continues to manufacture food for a con-
siderable length of time. Finally the embryo breaks through
the wall of the enlarged venter of the archegonium and the root
tip grows downward into the ground while the first leaf grows
upward toward the light. Thus the pterido})hyte embryo
always passes through a bryophyte stage. The embryo passes
gradually from a parasitic life and becomes completely inde-

March, 1906.] Life Cycle of a Homosporous Pteridophyte. 487

pendent when the gametophyte dies. When normal conditions
are present the development of the embryo always results in the
death of the parent gametophyte.

During the juvenile stage the young sporophyte usually has
a type of leaves different from those of the mature condition, but
gradually it becomer more and more like the mature fern and
finally takes on the form normal to the species, in which condi-
tion it may live to an indefinite age. The horizontal rhizome
continues to develop and branch at the tip and if decay takes
place at the back end vegetative propagation is accomplished
and the result is a larger and larger number of independent
individuals.

The four main stages of a fern are therefore as follows:

1. The sporophyte or fern plant proper.

2. The nonsexual spores produced as the result of a reduc-
tion division.

3. The gametophyte or thallus plant.

4. The oospore produced as the result of the conjugation of
the egg and sperm.

An interesting deviation from the usual type of alternation of
generations is present in some ferns. In a few species a thallus
may develop by vegetative propagation from the tissues of the
sporophyte. This is called apospory. Or the sporophyte may
develop directly from the tissues of the gametophyte and not
from an egg. This is known as apogamy. The details of
apogamous and aposporous structures have not been investi-
gated to any great extent and there is still doubt as to whether
or not a conjugation or a reduction takes place.

But if these important processes are omitted the change from
gametophytic to sporophytic characters or vice versa may be
explained in the following manner. It is evident that ever}' cell
in the gametophyte, or at the least the reproductive ones, must
also contain the hereditary characters which are present in the
sporophyte; but these characters are for the time being dormant.
In the same way every cell in the sporophyte must also possess
the hereditary characters peculiar to the gametophyte. Now,
in ordinary cases gametophytic characters become active and
assert themselves onh' as the result of a reduction division and
sporophytic hereditary tendencies are onl}' apparent after the
conjugation of the egg and sperm. But there may be other
stimuli able to induce the change, a response to which in the
case of apogamy causes the gametophytic hereditary tendencies
to become dormant and the sporophytic tendencies to become
active, thus producing a sporophytic shoot; or in apospory,
causes the sporophytic tendencies to become dormant while the
gametophytic tendencies resume activity.

488 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

There is a difficulty in regard to the probable influence of the
.V and 2.V number of chromosomes in determining the gameto-
phvte and sporophyte generations, but the douV)le or half num-
ber of chromosomes may not be the important factor in deter-
mining the generation. The solution of the problem must rest
until the cytology of the tissues involved has l)een thoroughly
established. However these phenomena may be explained, they
must be regarded as only incidental deviations which have
arisen in plants belonging to a highh^ specialized group originally
possessing a typical alternation. The presence of apogamy and
apospory has nothing to do with the normal evolution of the
alternation of generations in the higher plants.

A LIST OF ISOPODA FROM THE STATE OF OHIO, PRE-
SERVED IN THE MUSEUM OF THE CINCINNATI
SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

JOSUA LiNDAHL.

This list was read at the Cleveland meeting of the Ohio Acad-
emv, in November, 1904, but was not turned over to the Secre-
tary for publication at the time. Now since we have such an
exceedingly good treatment of the subject in "A Monograph on
the Isopods of North America" by Harriet Richardson (Bull. 54,
U. S. N. M.) it appears appropriate to publish the list in the
Ohio Naturalist to encourage the search for more species in the
vState, as there surely must be more than I have collected.
Indiana has some species of Asellidae which are not in my list.

Fam. Asellidae.

Mancasellus macrourus Garman, Hamilton Co.

Asellus communis Say, Hamilton Co., Sandusky (E. L. Mo.seley).

Pam. Oniscidae.

Cylisticus convexus De Geer, Hamilton Co., Springfield (Mrs. Eva
Engstroin), Columbus (H. Osborn).

Porcellio laevis Latreille, Cincinnati.

Porccllio rathkei Brandt, Hamilton Co., Springfield, Columljus (H.
Osborn).

Porcellio scaber Latreille, Hamilton Co., vS|)ringfield.

Metoponorthus pruinosus Brandt, Hamilton Co., Springfield, Colum-
bus (H. Osborn).

Fam. .1 rmadillididae.

Armadillidium vulgare (Latreille), Hamilton Co., vSjJringlield.

The collection of Isopoda in the museum, comprising, at
present, 19 genera, 'MS species, has lately been revised by Dr.
Harriet Richardson, the eminent Carcinologist of the U. S.
National Museum in Washington.

Cincinnati.

March, 1906.] A Pseudoscorpionfrom Guatemala. 489

A PSEUDOSCORPION FROM GUATEMALA.

E. W. Berger, Ph. D.

This Pseudoscorpion was collected by Professor James S.
Hine just to the west of Gualan, Guatemala, January 15, 1905.
The writer has identified the same as Atemnus elongatus, Bks.
Mr. Banks sums up its (I, 1895) occurrence in the following
lines: "Beaten from dead hickory wood in April near St. Lucie
Riv., Indian River, Florida, by Mr. Hubbard; also at Sand
Point and Enterprise, Fla., Punta Gorda, Fla., (Mrs. Slosson).
A young specimen taken by myself at Rtmnemede, Fla., ma}^
belong to this species;" etc. To this should, of course, now be
added Gualan, Guatemala. The chief interest to me of this find
is, that it is another instance illustrating the extended north and
south distribution of certain species of the Pseudoscorpionidae.
In a previous paper (II) I made note of the fact that many
species have a far north and south distribution, but not a very
extensive one east and west. Thus none of the native eastern
species were found to occur upon the Pacific Coast, and vice
versa, while several of the species in the Eastern States are
reported from Jamaica (II) to New York, and no doubt will be
found farther north. For illustration I mention Chelanops
oblongus, Say, and Chthonius pennsylvanicus, Hagen, each of
which have the distribution mentioned.

The Atemnus elongatus was found to the east of the highlands
of Guatemala, but whether it occurs to the west of these Pro-
fessor Hine did not determine.

The specimens were collected from under the dead bark of an
inclined tree, the under half of which was still alive. The
animals were found in groups of a dozen, more or less, and
apparently very much involved in some threads of silk, pre-
sumably of their spinning. This was also the condition of the
preserved specimens. I was surprised at the manner in which
these were tangled up into a bunch with threads of silk, until
Professor Hine explained to me the condition in which he had
found them. The significance of this condition I do not tmder-
stand. It occurs to me that they may have been in some con-
dition of rest for the season, which is dry at that period of the
year. The animals, however, were not torpid and scattered
when disturbed and this manner of congregating in groups may
be nothing more than a regular habit. The fact, however, that
several other species of larger arthropods were observed con-
gregated into groups, literally by the hundred, seemingly in
some condition of rest approximating hibernation, makes the
belief, that the pseudoscorpions were in a similar condition, not

49° The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

improbable. Among these other "arthropods" were hundreds
of harvestmen collected together in shallow hollows beneath
the overhanging banks of a small stream. These were arranged
in close proximity to one another with their long legs bent up-
ward, thus making a very peculiar appearance. There were sev-
eral species of these, but each species was congregated by itself.
Several species of Hesperidae were also observed to be collected
in a similar manner, clinging close together, to overhanging
hollows beneath the bank, each species for itself.

The characters of the .4 . elongatus from Guatemala tally very
nicely with the description by Mr. Banks (I) and I deem it
unnecessary to give any extensive description here, except to
state that they measure three millimetres in length and are
dark brown with the legs much lighter.

I tried to determine the sexes of the specimens collected (22
in number), but was not successful. I had concluded that the
specimen figured was a male, but a study of sections made from
this after having completed the drawing showed it to be a gravid
fertilized female (Plate X). I counted from thirty-five to forty
apparently well developed eggs in the ovary, and I estimated
that a bunch of spermatozoa found in the oviduct, just inside
the genital opening, consisted of not less than two hundred
individuals, and there may have been twice that number. These
facts clearly show that the female is fertilized prior to the laying
of her eggs and that the s])ermatozoa may be retained by the
female at least for some short time (if not for a longer time)
before the eggs are fertilized and laid.

All the longer hairs upon the figure (Plate XXXI) are exactly
as in nature. All hairs upon the dorsal scutae, the top of the
cephalo-thorax (a few very small ones omitted), the edges of the
cephalo-thorax and the mouth parts, or chelae, are exactly as
in nature.

' Specimens of pseudoscorpions will be gratefully received and
exchanges made when possible.

Biological Hall, Ohio vStatc University, Colunilnis, Fcl)ruary 14, 1906.

LITERATURE.

I. Nathan Banks, 1895. Notes on the Pseudoscorpionidae.
Jcmrn. N. Y. Entom. Soc, Vol. 3, No. 1.

II. Berger, E. W. 1905. Habits and Distribution of the
Pseudoscor])ionidae, Principally Chelanops Oblongus, Say. The
Ohio Naturalist, Vol. VI, No. 2. Contributions Dept. ZooL and
Entom. Ohio State Univ., No. 23.

March, 1906.] A Pseudoscorpion from Guatemala.

491

Ohio Naturalist,

P/a/e XXXI.

E. W. Berger, del.

Atemnus elongatus, Bks.

492 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

SOME NEW OR NOTEWORTHY SPECIES REPORTED FOR
OHIO IN RECENT BOTANICAL LITERATURE.

Otto E. Jennings.

Having in mind the considerable extent of the current
botanical literature relating to the flora of the northeastern
United States one is justified, perhaps, in assuming that verv
few of the botanical readers of the Naturalist have access to
more than a small part of such literature as might occasionallv
contain references to the flora of Ohio. For this reason it has
seemed desirable to call attention to some new or otherwise
interesting species which have more or less recently been accred-
ited to Ohio, in order that Ohio botanists may be placed on the
look-out for such species and further desirable information thus
be brought to light concerning their distribution and occurrence.'

1. Eriophorum viridi-carinatum (Engelm.) Fernald.

Mr. Fernald distinguishes this species from E. polystachyon
L., with which it appears to have been variously included by
many American botanists, as follows:

''Midrib of the scale prominent only below the membranaceous
tip; leaves triangular-channeled above the middle; the upper sheaths
dark-girdled at the summits E. polystachyon L.

''Midrib of the scale prominent, extending to the tip; leaves flat,
except at the very tip; the sheaths and bracts not dark-girdled."

E. viridi-carinatum (Engelm.) Fernald.

For the range of his new species Mr. Fernald gives " Bogs and
wet meadows, Newfoundland to Saskatchewan and British
Columbia, south to Connecticut, New York, Ohio, Michigan,
Wisconsin, and said to follow the mountains to Georgia."
Among the many specimens designated as typical there is one,
without a definite locality, for Ohio, "Ohio (Sullivant)." It is
highly probable that other specimens of this speeies are to be
found in Ohio collections.

In his interesting article on Certain Polygonaceous Genera,-
Prof. Greene says: "A diligent study of much material from
almost all parts of the United States, occurring in the herbaria
under the name of Polygonum Muhlenbergii, more recently
denominated P. emersum, has shown that this also is an aggre-
gate of species, some of them strongly marked, others less so.
They differ one from another markedly as to leaf outline and
also as to the attitude of the foliage, the leaves in some spreading

1. Fernald, M. L. The North American Species of Eriophorum.
Part I. Synopsis of American Species. Rhodora, 7: 81-92. May, 1905.

2. Greene, Edward L. Certain Polygonaceous Genera. Leaflets,
I : 17-50. January 5 and March 12, 1904.

March, 1906.] Species for Ohio in Recent Literature. 493

away from the stem almost divaricately, but in the greater num-
ber being ascending or suberect. As to the pubescence they
exhibit not only different degrees but different kinds of hairiness ;
and that of the midvein beneath invariably differs from that of
the superficies of the leaf. In both the form and the indument
of the bracts of the spikes one finds also another set of specific
characters."

Among the new species named in this connection are several
which from the localities reported are likely to occur in Ohio but
only one is definitely accredited to the State, as follows:

2. Per sic aria laurina Greene.'

"Of the size and the slender decumbent habit of P. reniota,
(zvhich see heloiv) but leaves elliptic-lanceolate and about seven
inches long including the one-half inch petiole, thin, sparsly
and minutely strigose on both faces, more pronouncedly and
densely so on the midvein, especially beneath; ocreae, as also
the lower internodes of the stem, sparsely appressed-hairy ;
spikes very slender, 1 to 2 inches long, on slender glandular-
hirtellous peduncles; bracts rhombic-ovate, hairy, not ciliate."

"Catawba Island, in Lake Erie, northern Ohio, 5 Sept., 1897,
E. L. Moseley; the type specimens in the U. S. Herb. Leaves
with the outline and venation of thohe of Laurus nobilis."

P. remota Greene, referred to in the aobve description, was
described from Maine in the same article, partly as follows:
"Stem rather slender, 1 to 2 feet long, decumbent, the nodes
enlarged, internodes 1 to 2 inches long, glabrous, many angled."

As the writer knows from past experience, Ohio is particularlv
rich in forms usually designated as Polygonum enter sum (Mx.)
Britt., or closely allied species, and in the abundant material
available in and about the many ponds, reservoirs, streams,
canals, swamps, marshes, and along Lake Erie, there is a fine
opportunity for some Ohio botanist to do some excellent
systematic work.

3. Sisymbrium officinale leiocarpum DC."

Dr. B. L. Robinson calls attention to the fact that the eldest
DeCandolle recognized two distinct forms of Sisymbrium officinale
and that these two forms are present in the United States.

Sisymbrium officinale Scop. "Rather copiously pubescent on
stem and leaves ; the inflorescence and pods even at full maturity
subtomentulose ; whole plant bluish or grayish green."

5. officinale leiocarpum DC. "Sparingly pubescent with
stifhsh slightly retrorse hairs ; the inflorescence nearly smooth ;

2. Greene. Edward L. Certain Polvgonaceous Genera. Leaflets,
I : 17-50. January 5 and March 12, 1904.

3. Robinson, B. L. Two varieties of Sisymbrium Officinale in
America. Rhodora, 7 : 101-10:3. June, 1905.

494 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

pods glabrous or with a few scattered hairs; plant inclining to
yellowish-green . ' '

Dr. Robinson notes that the variety is the common American
form, the opposite being true in Europe, and that the true species
is as yet chiefly established in the United States in California,
although it has now been found in Maine. The writer would
here report having collected specimens of the true species along
Mill Creek, Sandusky, Ohio, July, 1905.

4. Ribes Cynosbati glabratum Femald.'*

"Leaves pubescent only with scattered hairs, becoming
glabrate in age." * * * "Ohio Painesville, 1871
(H. C. Beardslee); Oberlin, June, 1894 (Hicks)."

Mr. Fernald points out that Ribes oxycanthoides L. has dis-
tinct characters of pubescence on certain calcareous soils which
he designates as R. oxycanthoides calcicola Fernald, and further
states that "A striking difference in the degree of pubescence,
suggesting that shown in Ribes oxycanthoides is found also in
Ribes Cynosbati." The "typical form of R. Cynosbati, with
soft-pubescent leaves extends through the St. Lawrence basin
to the Great Lakes and beyond, and southward in the Eastern
States. An extreme with leaves quite as glabrate as in the true
R. oxycanthoides is found on the south shore of Lake Erie and on
the slopes of some of the higher AUeghanies. Whether this
smooth-leaved extreme is, like the typical smooth-leaved R.
oxycanthoides, confined primarily to the less calcareous soils,
the data at hand do not clearly show; but the very glabrate
phase of the plant seems worthy of distinction."

While at O. S. U. the writer recalls having on several occa-
sions, although with inward misgivings, designated certain very
glabrous specimens as R. Cynosbati L., particularly specimens
collected by himself along the Huron River in the western part
of Huron County and also along the Big Darby between Franklin
and Madison Counties. It will be noticed that both these
localities are practically in the Devonian limestone outcrop and
as nearly as the writer can recall the specimens, which are prob-
ably to be found in the State Herbarium at O. S. U., correspond
exactly to Fernald's description of R. Cynosbati glabratum.

5. Aloites farinosa Greene."

Prof. Greene would accept the genus Aloites of Rafinesque
for certain of the North American species usuall}^ placed in the
genus Gentiana in our present manuals. He describes among
others a new species as follows:

4. Fernald, M. L. Some Lithological Varieties of Ribes. Rhodora,
7 : 153-156. Aujj., 1905.

5. Greene, Edward L. On certain Gentianaceae. Leaflets, I : 91-95.
Dec. 31, 1904.

March, 1906.] Species for Ohio in Recent Literature. 495

Aloites foliosa Greene. "Habit of the last, (^4. mesochora
Greene, ivhich see below) with very ample foliage: leaves 23^2
inches long, half as broad; umbellate flower clusters all sub-
tended by a pair of well developed leaves like an involucre ;
flowers smaller than in the last; calyx-tube broader, segments
partly subulate, partly exactly lanceolate, all very acute, the
longest half as long as the corolla, sinuses open, rather obtuse;
segments of corolla with short setaceous point."

"Known onlv from along Vermillion River, northern Ohio;
E. L. Moseley, 1898."

Partly as a further explanation to the last species and partly
because from its distribution it might possibly be expected to
occur in Ohio it may be well to note also:

Aloites mesochora Greene.

"Larger plant than the last (A. occidentalis (Gray) Greene —
Gentiana quinquefolia occidentalis (Gra}') Hitchcock) with
larger foliage and larger flowers but of less branching habit,
large plants often simple save as to the axillary pedunculiform
branches ; calyx with extremely narrow tube, the unequal seg-
ments partly linear, partly lanceolate, all setaceously acuminate,
the longest of notably less than half the length of the corolla,
the sinuses not closed, acute; corolla lobes with unusually long
and slender acumination."

"Northern Indiana, also adjacent Michigan and westward to
Illinois and Dakota."

The plant here referred to as Aloites foliosa Greene is evi-
dently^ the same as the one referred to by Prof. Moseley in his
Sandusky Flora as "Gentiana quinqueflora Lam. Vermillion
River; frequent on the east fork. Margaretta Ridge; rare," and
in this connection one is led to think that perhaps some of the
specimens in the State Herbarium at O. S. U. and reported in
the Fourth State Catalogue of Ohio Plants as Gentiana quin-
quefolia L. may also be Prof. Greene's new Aloites foliosa.

Carnegie Museum, Dec. 26, 1905.

49^ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 5,

KEY TO OHIO CATALPAS IN WINTER CONDITION.

Allen IMcOwex.

Catalpa Scop. Trees with gray or brownish gray robust
twigs; axillary buds small and flat, single, opposite or in threes;
terminal bud self-pruned; lenticels large, scattered; pith large,
solid, cylindrical, white; leaf scars large, oval or circular, con-
cave, distinct, not united by a connecting line; stipular scars
none; bundle scars numerous, in an ellipse or a ring; fruit a long
bean-like capsule, persistent; seeds flat, wdnged, the ^ wings
ending in white thread-like hairs.

1. Twigs of the season coarse pubescent, bark of twigs not strong
scented nor bitter; bark of trunk rough; capsule very slender,
3 lines in diameter, 6-10 inches long; seeds 6 lines long.

Catalpa ovata Don. Japan Catalpa.

1. Twigs of the season glabrous; capsule large, 12-20 inches long; 5-10

lines thick; seeds 15-20 lines long, 3-4 lines wide. 2,

2. Wings of seed usually narrowed at the ends; bark of trunk thin and

flaky; an irregular tree with spreading branches; bud scales rather

open and spreading. Catalpa catalpa (L.) Karst. Common Catalpa.

2. Wings of seed usually broad, the threads running parallel; bark of

trunk thick and rough; a large erect tree; bvid scales rather close.

Catalpa spcciosa Ward. Hardy Catalpa.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, Jan. 15, 1906.

The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. Griggs.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.

Mr. Herms presented the paper of the evening. He gave the
results of his work carried on at Cedar Point.

Prof. Osborn reported the meeting of the A. A. A. S. which
was held at New Orleans. He reported especially the papers
that were presented on Yellow Fever and the Boll Weevil.

Mr. Cotton talked very interestingly of the papers read
before the section of Economic Entomologists.

Mr. Griggs reported his work on Ascaris. It has been held
that there was a double longitudinal splitting of the chromo-
somes, but Mr. Griggs has shown that it is a single longitudinal
split, a folding and a transverse split which gives the appearance
of a double longitudinal split.

The Club then adjourned until February. hH

Z. P. Metcalf, Secretary.

Date of Publication of March Number, March 14, 1906.

The Ohio ^JSCctturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Stale Uni'versity.

Volume VI. APRIL, 1906. No. 6.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OsBORN— Descriptions of Two New Cycadas from Louisiana 497

Fischer— Ecological Observations on the Flora of ttie Shale Blufls in the Vicinity of

Columbus, Ohio 499

Claassen— Corrections to the Key to Liverworts 503

MosELEY — Notes on the Former Occurrence of Certain Mammals in Northern Ohio 504

SCHAFFNEK— Winter Buds of Ohio Trees and Shrubs... 505

Van Hook— Ascochyta pisi— A Disease of Seed Peas 507

SCHAFFNER— The Classification of Plants. Ill 513

Morse— Key to Ohio Alders in Winter Condition 517

Stockberger— Further Notes on Anthurus borealis 517

EsTABROOK— Circular of Inquiry with Reference to the Present Status of the English

Sparrow Problem in America 518

Metcalf— Meeting of the Biological Club 518

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW CICADAS FROM LOUISIANA.

Herbert Osborn.

The species of Cicadas described here have come to me from
Louisiana and inasmuch as one of them appears to be of econo-
mic importance and the other to possess points of special biologic
interest, it seems desirable that they should be described.

Cicada erratica n. sp.

Apparently closely related to Cicada nigriventris Walk but difEering
in details of opercula and in coloration. Sordid green with fuscous and
blackish markings. Length to tip of abdomen 21 mm., to tip of folded
wings, 36 mm., width of humeri, 9 mm.; width of eyes, 8 mm.

Head scarcely as wide as pronotum, vertex scarcely longer at middle
than next to eye, pronotum with marginal keels slightly expanded pos-
teriorly. Elytra reaching half their length beyond the tip of abdomen.

Color, — green, tinged with yellow; a transverse band from eye to eye
the posterior projection including ocelli, upper surface of front its central
portion between the transverse bars, tip of clypeus, a central divided stripe
on pronotum, some lateral patches, marginal patch on posterior lobe, four
cuneiform marks, base of scutellum at sides, terga of abdomen except
hind margins, apex of rostrum, tarsal joints, basal segment of female,
central patch on last ventral segment, ovipositor and tip of pygofer, dark
fuscous or black. Elytra, transparent, veins green to about the middle,
black on apical half, veins of wings black to a point somewhat nearer
the base.

498 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6,

Genitalia,- — Last ventral segment of female deeply emarginate, pygo-
fer with sinviate borders the sides meeting a little in front of apex of ovi-
positor, whole margin pallid, the surface and the tip of sheath hairy.

Male ventral segment narrowing posteriorly, subtruncate apically
with about ten close ridges, anal plate about as long as broad, outer por-
tion flattened, central stripe black, claspers strongly curved back, polished.

The male agrees closely with the female in size and coloration, the
opercula are broader than long, curved posteriorly, inner edge not meet-
ing the hind border, extending only to border of abdominal segment.

This species is reported by Mr. Newell as depositing eggs to
such an extent as to cause serious injury to cotton, com and
some other plants. A detailed account of its habits is given in
the report of the Association of Economic Entomologists for
1905. This species has been taken at Shreveport, June 19, '05,
and Logtown, La., June 19, 1905.

I have also in mv collection two specimens of males collected
by Mr. F. W. Mally at Shreveport, La., July 2, 1891. These
specimens were determined as possible examples of Cicada ni-
griventris Walk, but with a larger series of individuals this refer-
ence seems impossible. Prof. Uhler has kindly compared with
his sordidata and agrees with me that it cannot be referred to that
species. Seven males and three females.

Cicada delicata n. sp.

Similar to pallida I ittant, but difl"ering in elytral marking and in
coloration, length to tip of abdomen, IS mm., to tip of elytra, 27 mm.,
width of head and eyes, 8 mm.

Head including eyes nearly as wide as widest point on pronotum. head
produced anteriorly, the front with abcut nine transverse ridges each side.
Pronotum with narrow marginal carina expanding slightly into the
posterior angle. Cress veins of elytra quite oblique and deeply infus-
cated.

Colcr, — Light green, especially pronounced on front; legs, except
tarsi, hinder margin cf pronotum, basal portion of elytral veins, vertex,
hinder pcrticn of prcnctum and disc of meso-thcrax, opercula and ab-
domen below (chery-yellcw, d< rsum of abdomen tinged with testaceous.
A transverse irregular band j reduced backwardly to ccciput and includ-
ing the reddish ( celli and dorsal prrticn of front and eyes, black. The
anterior pcrtion of prcnctum is marked with two spots extending from
the black margins cf the vertex. TVe anterior part of mescthcrax in-
cludes fotir cuneifrrm Mack spots, tie outer pcrtion is also infuscated
becoming a fairlj' cistii.ct black pcstcrirrly and there are two distinct
black points just in frcnt cf the elevated x cf the scutellum. The tip-) of
the rcstrum and claws of tarsi and S] ines of hind tibi.r arc blackened but
otherwise under picrticn is pallid.

Genitalia, — Last ventral segment cf female rather shert, shallowly
emarginate 1 ehind with shallow rounded nctch at centre and bare cal-
lous spot each side, pygofer shcrt, berders barely meeting beneath, a
short sharp spine dcrsally. ^!ale ventral segment narrowed abru];tly
behind, ay ex slightly ccnvex. a few transverse furrows, anal plate nar-
rowed, berders strongly rcflexed, apex obtusely pointed, claspers short
and blunt. Male is very similar to female in size and coloration, the
opercles bread, sinuate laterally, reaching second abd< min.il segment
posteriorly, inner margins narrowly tourhin^

April, 1906.] Observations — Flora of the Shale Bluffs.

499

This is a very handsome Httle species collected at the Gulf
Biologic Station, Cameron, La., by Prof. J. S. Hine and Mr. J.
B. Garrett. It occurs among the growth of Iva frutescens
which abounds in lowland or swampy areas near the coast and
doubtless oviposits in this plant. While resembling pallida in
size and to some extent in coloration, it differs distinctly from
that species in sexual characters. The light green color, prom-
inent smoky margin on the oblique veins of elytra and the testa-
ceous upper surface of abdomen as well as shape of opercula,
form distinctive characters. Described from five males, one
female.

ECOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE FLORA OF THE
SHALE BLUFFS IN THE VICINITY OF COLUMBUS,

OHIO.

Walter Fischer.

The Ohio and Olentangy shales crop out in various places
in this state, from the shores of Lake Erie in a line extending
through the Scioto valley to the Ohio River. During the past
summer and fall the writer has had an opportunity to study a
few of these exposures, which are found north of Columbus along
the Olentangy River and in the deep ravines leading into it from
the east. The district studied embraced an area about ten miles
in length by two in width and includes some of the best outcrops
in the state.

The prevailing type of vegetation on the high dry land near
the bluff's is the open white oak forest which contains also red
and chestnut oaks, hickories, poplars and ashes. The under-
growth consists of straggling groups of papaw, Crataegus, black
haw and blackberry. Further back beech forests, more or less
mixed with other trees become quite frequent. Closer to the
edge of the bluffs, in the dry usually well drained clay soil, the
vegetation is decidedly xerophytic. This is readily seen from
the list of herbaceous plants found here:

Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.)
Danthonia spicata (L.)
Poa compressa L.
Potentilla Canadensis L.
Linuni Virginianum L.
Polygala verticillata L.
Euphorbia corollata L.
Hedeoma pulegioides (L.)
Pedicularis canadensis L.

Houstonia purpurea L.
Lobelia inflata L.
Hieracium venosum L.
Hieracium scarbum Michx.
Solidago ulmifolia Muhl.
Solidago nemoralis Ait.
Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.)
Gnaphalium obtusifolium (L.)
Achillea Millefolium L.

500

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 6,

Such shrubby plants as Rhus glabra, Rubus nigrobaccns and
R. procnmbens with lichens and xerophytic mosses, are also
always to be found here.

The slopes of the old ravines in which sufficient humus has
collected, are clothed with a mesophytic growth of usually not
very large trees, chiefly oaks, with a luxuriant shrubby and her-
baceous undergrowth. In the more open ravines this herbaceous
undergrowth is decidedly vernal, whereas in the narrower and
deeper ravines, which are much more shady and moist, it con-
sists mostly of ferns, and of these, Dryopteris marginalis is by
far the most common. Here too, the beech takes the place of
the oak, as it does at the base of the more open ravines.

The following are some of the commoner plants found in
this mesophytic forest area:

Trees.

Juglans cinerea L.
Carpinus caroliniana Walt.
Ostrya Virginiana (Mill.)
Fagus Americana L.
Quercus rubra L.
Quercus velutina Lam.
Quercus coccinea Wang.
Quercus alba L.
Quercus acuminata (Michx.)
Amelanchier Canadensis (L.)
Prunus serotina Ehrh.
Aesculus glabra Willd.
Acer rubrum L.
Tilia Americana L.
Fraxinus Americana L.
Fraxinus quadrangulata Michx.
Cornus florida L.
Cornus alternifolia L. f.
Nyssa sylvatica Marsh.

Shrubs.

Ribes Cynosbati L.
Hamamelis Virginiana L.
Euonymus obovatus Nutt.
Staphylea trifoliata L.

Herbs.

Adiantum pedatum L.
Dryopteris marginalis (L.)

It was interesting to watch the destruction of this meso-
phytic flora and the transition through the various stages of
xerophytic life back to the mesophytic stage again. When a
ravine has found its lowest level it begins to widen, a process
which takes place very rapidly when a slight shifting of the cur-
rent turns the streams against one of the soft shale banks for,
as the shale is very brittle, a slight undermining causes it to break
and slide. This strips the forest of its entire undergrowth; the

Dryopteris spinulosa (Retz.)
Filix fragilis (L.)
Filix bulbifera (L.)
Arisaema triphyllum (L.)
Carex albursina Sheldon
Carex Pennsylvanica Lam.
Unifolium Canadense (Desf.)
Salimonia biflora (Walt.)
Actaea alba (L.)
Hepatica acuta (Pursh).
Hepatica Hepatica (L.)
Syndesmon thalictroides (L.)
Thalictrum dioicum (L.)
Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.)
Sanguinaria Canadensis L.
Bicucula cucularia (L.)
Arabis laevigata (Muhl.)
Heuchera Americana L.
Aralia racemosa L.
Washingtonia Claytoni (Michx.)
Washingtonia longistylis (Torr.)
Mitella diphylla L.
Mitchella repens L.
Galium concinnum T. & G.
Nabalus altissiinus (L.)
Solidago caesia L.
Solidago flexicaulis L.
Aster cordifolius L.
Polyinnia Canadensis L.
Senecio obovatus Muhl.

April, 1906.] Observations— Flora of the Shale Bluffs.

501

KK^B^pij^jefi

i^w£&^^

r ^ ' V '^ -j^bSL

W^^^m

mm^^^^

^hI^i

S2

light humus going first, carrying with it the herbaceous plants,
followed by the shrubs, leaving the larger trees with their securer
holdfasts until last. The erosion may cease at this point, or it
may go on until the slope becomes precipitous and is swept of
its last vestige of vegetation.
In either case, the plants
mentioned as being in the
xerophytic zone above, may
begin to creep down as soon
as sufficient earth has been
washed down to enable them
to thrive.

Owing to the great isola-
tion of the different ravines,
there is less uniformity in the
succession of the different
plant societies than might
otherwise be expected. Es-
pecially is this true of the
earlier stages. Some of the
first plants to appear on the
pure exposed shale are the
annuals Anychia dichotonia,
A. Canadensis and Oxalis
stricta. In some places nearer
to civilization, Melilotus alba
is one of the earliest occupants of the naked cliffs. In the
shrubby thicket which follows, there is usually a great dearth
in the number of species. Rubus nigrobaccus may be un-
iformly relied upon to appear first, while V accinium vacillans,
Gaylussacia resinosa, Anielanchier Canadensis and Acer rubum
are always found in the dryest, hottest and most exposed shales;
and these, with a carpeting of lichens, mosses and Danthonia,
may immediatel}^ be followed by a young sturdy growth of white
and red oaks.

In ravines where the shale is kept moist by springs, or on
the dry, southern and western exposures. Solidago caesia, S,
flexicaulis, Aster macrophyllus, Rubus occidentalis , as well as R.
nigrobaccus, Hamamelis Virginiana, with ferns, mesophytic
mosses and liverworts obtain a foothold here, perhaps earlier
than usual and are quite abundant.

An interesting plant society was found on a bluff at High
Banks on the Olentangy River. This magnificent bluff is over
one hundred feet in height, exposed to the rays of the afternoon
sun, and in places so steep and the rock so loose that no vegeta-
tion has been able to gain a foothold. But few trees are found
on this exposure; straggling and shrubby red and white oaks,

Fig. ] . View in upper end of a narrow ravine
showing character of the vegetation.

502

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 6,

junipers, red maples, service-berries and hop hornbeams are the
only representatives. The xerophytic thicket association, how-
ever, is well developed and consists of the following species:

Fig. 2. A shale bank which has suffered from erosion. Here the vege-
tation has nearly all disappeared. A few trees still standing, indicate
the type of the original forest.

Shrubs.

Rubus nigrobaccus Bailey.

Rubus procumbens Muhl.

Rosa humilis Marsh.

Aronia nigra (Willd.)

Rhus glabra L.

Rhus radicans L.

Euonymus atropurpureus Jacq.

Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.)

Rhamnus lanceolata Pursh.
Vaccinium vacillans Kalni.
Gaylussacia resinosa (Ait.)
Polycodium staniineum (L.)
Diervilla Diervilla (L.)
Lonicera glaucescens Rydb.
Viburnum acerifolium L.
Viburnum prunifolium L.
Cornus candidissima Marsh.

Interspersed with and adjoining the above, were the follow-
ing herbaceous perennials:

Andropogon scoparius Michx.
Andropogon furcatus Muhl.
Sorghastrum avenaceum (Michx.)
Muhlenbergia diffusa Willd.
Allium cernuum Roth.
Comandra umbellata (L.)

Euphorbia obtusata Pursh.
Taenidia integerrima (L.)
Aster laevis L.
Solidago ulmifolia Muhl.
Heliantlius divaricalus L.

April, 1906.] Corrections, Key to Liverworts. 503

and the annuals:

Anvchia dichotoma Michx. Oxalis stricta L.

Anychia Canadensis (L.)

The appearance of solitary specimens of such plants as Hi-
coria microcarpa, Vitis vulpina, Carpinus Caroliniana and Frax-
inus Americana in this thicket, probably indicates a return to a
mesophvtic stage. This will never fully develop however, until
the slope of the bluff has become such that sufficient humus can
accumulate for the support of this type of vegetation.

Washington, D. C.

CORRECTIONS TO THE KEY TO LIVERWORTS.

Edo Claassen.

The Key to Liverworts in the Ohio Naturalist Vol. V,
No. 6, should be changed in items 21-25 inclusive, as follows:

2L Leaves bilobed and bidentate or emarginate and short-bi dentate. 22.
Leaves entire (sometimes retuse). 23.

22. Leaves bilobed and bidentate; underleaves bidentate; perianth free.

. Lophocolea.
Leaves emarginate and short-bidentate: underleaves entire; peri-
anth connate with the calyptra. Harpauthus.

23. Underleaves often wanting or entire or nearly so. 24.
Underleaves 2-J:-parted. Chiloscyphus.

24. Underleaves subulate, fugacious. Jungermannia.
Underleaves lance-subulate, entire and subdentate or wanting

(except on gemmiferous shoots), broadly oval, entire and
subdenticulate. 25.

25. Underleaves lance-subulate, entire and subdentate. Involucral

leaves 2, connate at base, entire. Leaf-cells roundish, 5-7-
angular, cell walls much thickened, each cell appearing as if
surrounded by about 6 smaller, 3 or more angular ones. Stem
withovit runners. Mylia.

Underleaves wanting (except on gemmiferous shoots), broady oval,
entire or subdenticulate. Involucral leaves 3-ranked, bifid or
bilobed. Leaf cells round, surrounded by much thickened
cell walls. Stem with runners. Odontoschisma.

In the second to last line of the Key the word "Sphaerocephalus"
should read "Sphaerocarpus."

504 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6,

m

NOTES ON THE FORMER OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN
MAMMALS IN NORTHERN OHIO.

E. L. MOSELEY.

Mr. Porter W. Wright has killed more big game than any-
other man of my acquaintance in this region. He owns a good
deal of land in Sandusky County near the west end of Sandusky
Bay, and has lived there since 1836, when he was two years old.
Along with notes made at his house last year I will give some
others obtained previously from old residents, some of whom
are no longer living.

Mr. Wright often saw fifteen or twenty deer at a time and
they used to eat much of the corn in the fields. Men cut brush
to keep them out of the corn fields. They would eat within
twenty rods of a man and some were shot from the houses.
The}^ were plentiful enough to furnish all the meat desired, and
there was no market for them. The last was seen about 1859.

In Erie County deer were often seen on the Oxford Prairie
feeding, and were plentiful as late as 1830.

In Paulding County, W. H. Todd killed a deer in 1881. In
Wood Countv, on Scotch Ridge, Isaac Ward shot a deer in the
Fall of 1893.'

Mr. Wright does not know of any bison in his time, but he
saw many of their horns, and bones near Castalia.

Elk antlers have been reported found in Erie County.

Bears were seen in various places in Sandusky County but
were scarce after 1845. Mr. Wright thinks there were none of
these animals after he began to hunt deer in 1849. On Put-
in-Bay when Daussa's Cave was being enlarged in order to make
it accessible to the public, part of the lower jaw bone of a bear
was found. W. H. Todd told me a bear was killed in Paulding
County in 1881.

Mr. Wright remembers having seen panthers when he was a
boy. Mr. Gurley says that years ago there were many wild cats
in Erie County. A wild cat was killed in Wood Countv about
1878.

Mr. Wright killed three otters about 1874. His wife thinks
the last one was caught there about 1879. Near Sugar Rock,
Catawba Island, one was seen swimming July 8, 1897, by Mr.
Coville; and I was told that about the same date otters were
caught occasionally near Toussaint, Ottawa County.

Wolves killed several sheep near Clyde in 1835 or 1836. Mr.
Wright thinks the last one south of the Sandusky River was
seen about 1854, but that there were some in Ottawa County
later. In the museum at the Indiana State House is a mounted
specimen of a wolf killed in Jasper County, Indiana, in 1904.

April, 1906.] Winter Buds of Ohio Trees and Shrubs. 505

He saw many porcupines, the last about 1S70. Mr. Julius
House killed a porcupine in Wood County about 1879.

In Daussa's Cave, Put-in-Bay, half of a lower jaw-bone of a
beaver was found. Mr. Wright knows of no living specimens in
his time.

Concerning mammals still common, a few notes may be of
interest. In the fall of 1899, Burt Todd killed 13 raccoons, 27
skunks and 18 opossums, nearly all within three miles of his
home in the eastern part of Erie County. In 1900 he killed 15
raccoons, 28 skunks and 20 opossums.

About 1892 Charles Dildyne and his brother trapped 74
mink in one winter in the West Huron Marsh in Erie County.

Sandusky.

WINTER BUDS OF OHIO TREES AND SHRUBS.

John H. Schaffner.

In a region where plants are exposed to severe winters and
great variations of temperature, the development of proper pro-
tective devices for the delicate stem tips becomes of considerable
importance. Winter buds are usually protected by various
kinds of scales, by pubescence, or by gummy and resinous ex-
cretions. These devices are not developed to keep the tip warm
nor to prevent freezing, but to check evaporation.

In cold weather, when the temperature of the cells is reduced
to or below the freezing point, water is driven off and solidifies
as ice crystals in the intercellular spaces, outside of the cell wall.
Now, as is well known, if some frozen plants while thawing out
are submerged in water only a few degrees above freezing, they
may recover completely, because the normal turgidity of the cell
is thus restored. In much the same way, if a frozen bud is pro-
perly protected by suitable coverings, when the ice melts the
water will be retained and reabsorbed by the protaplasm of the
cells, while if it were freely exposed the water would evaporate
and the ceils could not regain their normal condition since little
or no water is being absorbed by the roots.

A very perfectly protected winter bud is found in Platanus
occidentalis. After the protective cap, formed by the base of
the petiole, falls away with the leaf, the bud is exposed for the
first time since its inception. It is completely covered by a single
smooth outer scale. Beneath this is a gummy layer and on the
inside a large amount of dense coarse pubescence. One could
hardly think of a more perfect arrangement for keeping in mois-
ture.

Winter buds may be without definitely developed scales, as
in Asimina triloba, Hamamelis virginiana, and Rhus glabra..

5o6 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6,

Such buds are said to be naked although usually well covered
by a silky or felty pubescence. Among the conifers Thuja occi-
dentalis and Juniperus virginiana have naked buds.

Our species of Pinus, Abies, Tsuga, and Picea and most of
our woody dicotyls have scaly buds. The bud scales may be
fleshy as in Tilia americana or more commonly dry, at least on
the outside, as in Fagus americana and AEsculus glabra. The
buds may he covered on the outside by a single scale, as in the
various species of Salix and in Platanus occidentalis, or there
may be several to many scales exposed. In Fagus and AEsculus
the scales are imbricate and numerous while in Liriodendron
and Magnolia they are connate and represent pairs of stipules.

The buds are sometimes prominently stalked, as in Hama-
melis virginiana and the various species of Alnus. In certain
trees the buds are hidden under the leaf scar, as in Robinia and
Gleditsia; in others they are minute and hidden under the short
petiole bases, as in Cornus fiorida and in Philadelphus. In Gym-
nocladus dioica the buds are sunken and protected by a protub-
erance of the bark. The buds may be single in the axils, as in
Morus and Ulmus, or there may be two or more in an axil. Fre-
quently there are three side by side, as in Amgdalus persica, Pru-
nus serotina, and Acer rubrum, and occasionally they are clus-
tered. Quite frequently the buds are superposed. This is nor-
mally the case in Juglans, Hicoria, Menispermum, Gymnocladus,
Ptelea, Gleditsia and Cladrastis. In Quercus the buds are prom-
inently clustered at the tip of the twig.

In many trees and shrubs the terminal bud is self-pruned or
withers away. This is the condition in Morus, Ulmus, Diospy-
ros, Tilia, Cercis, Staphylea, and many other genera. In these
plants the axillary bud or pair of buds near the morphological
tip of the twig may be called end buds. In some species, as for
example Rhus glabra, a considerable part of the end of the
twig is deciduous. Plants with prominent terminal buds are
the various species of Fraxinus, Malus, Amygdalus, Juglans,
and Hicoria. In the genus Prunus, so far as the writer knows,
all the cherries, both wild and cultivated, have terminal buds
while the plums and apricots do not.

Winter buds may be of a reddish or violet color, as in Tilia
americana and Cercis canadensis. They may be glabrous, as
in Liriodendron and Liquidambar, or they may have various
types of pubescence, as in Populus alba, Sorbus aucuparia,
Xanthoxylum americanum, Juglans cinerea, and Corylus amer-
icana. Some buds are stellate pubescent, as in Hicoria alba,
and others are prominently covered with peltate or scurfy scales,
as in Hicoria minima and in Lepargyraea. Among our trees
with gummy or resinous]buds]Aesculus hippocastanum, Populus
l?alsamifera, an(i Populus cieltoides are prominent.

April, 1906.] Ascochyta pisi — Disease of Seed Peas. 507

Finally some winter buds show a very distinct vernation —
conduplicate, involute, revolute, plicate, or convolute — although
this is usually well shown only while the leaves are expanding
in the spring. The conduplicate vernation is very distinct in
the winter buds of Liriodendron tulipifera and the involute ar-
rangement in the buds of Populus balsamifera.

ASCOCHYTA PISI,— A DISEASE OF SEED PEAS.'

J. M. Van Hook.

During the season of 1904 and 1905, there was an exceptional
blighting'^ of peas from Ascochyta pisi Lib. The disease was
general throughout the state and occasioned loss especially
where peas are grown in large areas for canning purposes.

My attention was first called to this trouble June 24, 1904, on
French June field peas, which had been sown with oats as a for-
age crop. Most of the peas at this time, were about two feet
high and just beginning to bloom. The lower leaves were, for
the most part, dead. A few plants were wilting after several
days of sunshine following continuous wet weather. Other
stunted peas grew among these, some of which never attained a
height greater than a few inches.

Appearance on stems, leaves, pods and seed. — A close examina-
tion of the plants showed that the stems had been attacked at
many points, frequently as high as one and one-half feet from
the ground, though most severely near the ground where the
disease starts. In the beginning, dead areas were formed on
the stem in the form of oval or elongated lesions. At a point,
from the top of the ground to two or three inches above the
ground, these lesions were so numerous and had spread so rapidly
as to become continuous, leaving the stem encircled by a dead
area. In some cases, the woody part of the stem was also dead,
though the greater number of such plants still remained green
above. This was due to the excessive amount of moisture in
the soil and atmosphere previous to this time. On the leaves,
were orbicular or oval dead spots, one-fourth to one cm. in diam-
eter. These areas are darker at the circumference. Below,
the leaves were badly spotted, causing them to die. In the
greenhouse, the spotting of leaves failed to develop, though the
attack at germination and at the base of the stem was more
severe than out of doors. The dead areas at the base never ex-
tend much above the surface. Such plants as are not killed

1. Presented at the Cincinnati meeting, Ohio State Academy of Science.

2. The disease has been erroneously termed "Club root" by canners, since, on exam-
ining the roots for cause of dying, nodules common to members of the family Leguminosae,
have been observed.

5o8 ■ The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6,

by the fungus by the time of flowering, develop pods in propor-
tion to their vigor. The pods are badly attacked and exhibit
spots quite similar to the ordinary anthracnose of the bean. In
a case of Ascocyhta pisi on Egyptian-peas, Lochhead^ describes
the spots on pods to have "rings of black specks more or less
concentric." No such appearance was found in connection
with any of the peas examined. However, the Egyptian-pea
belongs to a different genus from any host found by the writer
to be aiffected with Ascochyta pisi.

Perhaps the most important thing in connection with the
life history of the fungus, is, that it grows through the husk into
the seed. Frequently, when the pod contains no seed, the my-
celium will grow through, forming similar spots on both sides of
the pod. When the mycelium passes into the seed, brown spots
are formed on the surface. In the worst cases, half of the sur-
face is frequently discolored and the seed adheres to the husk..
These areas are much more striking on green peas such as the
Market Garden than on the yellowish varieties as the Admiral.
Peas affected with the mycelium of the fungus, can not always
be told by an ordinary microscopic examination. A consider-
able amount of mycelium sometimes fails to color the pea and no
spot is developed until the pea is exposed to considerable mois-
ture for a short period.

The fungus. — The pycnidia of the fungus are formed on the
dead arenas of the stems, leaves, pods and seed and even on dead
stems and branches where the effects of the fungus are not easily
noticeable. They are ordinarily brown, have a circular opening
and measure 125 to 160 /* in diameter. On the seed, they are
formed on the outer surface, but frequently this is cracked away
and fruit bodies occur below. Here they are often of a yellowish
or amber color and occur in numbers from a few to several
dozen and are sometimes so crowded as to form almost a solid
mass for as much as five or six mm. in diameter.

The spores are oblong, usually 2-celled and slightly constricted
at the septum. Those of the field-pea (French June), measured
12 to 16 X 4 to 6 /u,. One measurement of spores on pea seed
showed them to be 8 to 1 1 x 5 to 7 /«. and practically all con-
tinuous; while those on a specimen of Market Garden seed, were
1,0 to 20 x 3 to 5 ju. and a few, even, were 2-septate, measuring
as much as 23 /x long. Lack of maturity was the chief cause
of the continuous spores, though some of these never become
.septate. Lochhead^ reports only a few 2-celled spores found in
some material of Egyptian-peas affected with Ascochyta pisi.
Ascochyta pisicola (Berk.) Sacc, which is perhaps identical with

3. Ont. Akt. Coll. and Exp. Farm. An. Rep. lilO.'J, pp. 17-33, figs. 13.

4. Lochhead, 1. c, p. 27.

April, 1906.] Aseochyta pisi — Disease of Seed Peas. 509

A. pisi Lib., is described as being either 1-septate or 1-celled.
A. Bolthauseri Sacc.,° found on the leaves of bean, is often
2-septate.

Cultures. — Halsted" who was first (so far as the writer is able
to learn) to note and to figure the pea seed affected with Aseochyta
pisi, states that seed "apparently healthy when placed in the
ground, soon show patches and spots of a dark color, which are
also the spore bearing places of Aseochyta."

Krueger^ noticed the presence of the fungus by soaking seed
for twenty-four hours in water, when dirty spots would appear.
When left for forty-eight to seventy-two hours, the mycelium
grew out into the water forming a white mass of radiating threads
similar to those of Saprolegnia. All these results of Halsted and
Krueger were verified.

If one places such diseased peas in a seed germinator for sev-
eral days, a heavy coat of white mould will be formed about
them. On removing these to a covered dish where less moisture is
present, numerous reddish-brown pycnidia are formed all through
and over this white fluftV mass of mycelium. (Of course this
mycelium must not be confused with a similar growth of some
such fungus as Fusarium which often contaminates peas and
beans, when not kept dry, — especially just before harvesting.)
Peas which failed to germinate in the ground, were removed,
with the result, that they too, soo developed pycnidia on the
mycelium surrounding them. The germination of such seeds
is very poor. Krueger found the germination of very badly af-
fected seed to be 20%. In similar experiments conducted by
the writer the germination was only 6%. Such peas seldom reach
maturity when they do germinate, as the fungus affects the base
of the young plant. Hiltner" records the sudden dying of peas
from such attacks at the base of the stem. The fungus was
carried over to the young plants by the seed, a fact determined
through experiments by Jarins\ The result of these early at-
tacks by the fungus, is all sizes and vigor of plants. Plants of
equal age, range in height from two inches to four feet. In the
struggle between the fungus and host, the latter may not notice-
ably increase in size for a long period, or it may succumb at any
time. Young plants six inches high, affected with the fungus,
were planted against healthv ones of the same size, with the re-
sult, that the latter became diseased in a few days. Later, fruit
bodies formed abundantlv.

5. Bolthauser-Anirisweil. Blattflecken der Bohne. Zeit. f. Pflanzenkr., p. 135.

6. Halsted, Some Fungous Diseases of the Pea. N. J. Rept., pp. 357-362. 1893.

7. Krueger, Ungewoenliches Auftreten von Aseochyta pisi Lib. on Erbsenpflanzen.
Centl. f. Bak. u. Par. 2, I., p, 620. 1895.

8. Hiltner, Erbsenmuedigkeit. Sachs, landw. Zeitung., 1894, No. 18.

9. Jarins, Aseochyta pisi bei parasitischer und saprophyter Ernahrung. Bibl. Bot.,
Heft 34, 1896, c. tab.

5IO

77ie Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 6,

Seed treatment. — Many experiments in seed treatment by im-
mersion were carried on during 1904 and 1905, but all proved un-
successful. The presence of the mycelium and spores within
the seed, has, so far, rendered treatment impossible, since any
solution strong enough to kill the fungus, also kills the pea germ.
In fact, the fungus is the less susceptible of the two. Still it
was hoped to kill such spores as might be merely adhering to the
outer seed coat of the peas and thereby increase the per cent, of
germination. The chief chemicals used were formalin and mer-
curic chloride. These were used in several strengths and for
various lengths of time. The seed was then planted in soil (in
the greenhouse) or put into a seed germinator. The results, for
the most part, were not only unsuccessful, but negative. Liquid
treatment, especially when the seed was immersed for a consid-
erable period, seems to increase the bacterial rot'" which is also
responsible for the failure of some of the seeds to germinate.
Direct immersion in hot water as well as immersing in hot water
after soaking, was tried by Krueger, with the result that the
vitality of the seed was injured, while the fungus was not. Dry
heat was also applied with similar results. Though Krueger
found seed treatment with Bordeaux mixture ineffective, exper-
iments carried on by the writer during the present season,
showed a slight increase in germination over check plots, when
seed was soaked for an hour in water rolled in Bordeaux dust
and immediately planted. The following table gives the aver-
age results obtained by this treatment. The figures show the
number of grams produced from one foot of row; also the gain
or loss in per cent. The peas were drilled in rows three feet
apart and not sprayed:

TABLE I.

Vartfty

Early Planting.

Late Planting.

Tr. '

Untr.

%G orL

Tr.

Untr.

%G orL

Market garden

Admiral

Telephone
French June .

21.9
29.0
14.8
21.6

21.6
27.8
11.5
21.4

+ 1.4
+ 4.3

+ 28.7
+ .9

4.9

4.2
*.

4.3
3.4

+ 14.0
+ 23.5

* No late planting.

The result of tying up vines, of spraying with Bordeaux and
of omitting the last spraying, is shown in the following table.

The per cent, of gain or loss of sprayed over unsprayed, is
computed for the early planting only, as the late crop of un-
sprayed was planted somewhat later than late planting where
spraying was done. Moreover, the almost complete failure was
due, in large part, to powdery mildew, which failed to develop in

10. Halsted, Failure of Pea Seed to Grow. N. J. Rept., 1893. pp. 359-362.

April, 1906.] Ascoehyta pisi — Disease of Seed Peas.

511

the least on the sprayed crop. Though the sprayed rows and
those tied up, produced, in general, more than the checks, the
gain was scarcely sufficient to warrant such treatment merely
to increase the quantity of peas. The object, however, of such
treatment, is more for the purpose of growing uninfected seed
peas in order that so great loss may not be experienced from a
poor stand and to start a crop free from the disease. This, on
soil free from the disease, ought to improve the situation. Al-
though a test of the per cent, of germination of the 1905 seed has
not yet been completed, the seed from tied up and from sprayed
peas, was much freer from the fungus than that from the check
lots. Notwithstanding the great care in spraying, the results
are certainly not what they would be under more favorable
conditions of weather. The almost daily rains rendered it im-
possible to keep a coat of Bordeaux on the plants.

TABLE II.

Sprayed.

Unspkayed

% G. or

L. in sp.

in early

planting.

VARIETY.

Tied
up.

24.2
26.3

Not
t. up

25.9
20.3

%G.
or L.

t 6.6
t29.5

Sprayed
late.

Not sp.
late.

9.6
8.2

%G.
or L.

t32.6
tl7.1

Not t. up
nor sp. .

%G.
or L.

Early
pi.

21.4
21 6

Late
pi.

French June

Market Garden

12.6
9.6

14.7
19 9

t29.1
117.2

4.5

t21.0
t 6 0

* No late planting made, f Gain. J Loss.

The early training up of peas seems to be an important factor
in securing healthy seed peas, since the fungus makes its first
attacks near the ground and gradually works itself up the stem,
branches and leaves. The height (on the plant) to which the
fungus will attain in a given time, is therefore dependent, to a
certain extent, upon how much of the vine lies upon the ground.

Hosts. — All the varieties of the common pea examined dur-
ing the past year, were found to be affected with Ascoehyta,
though some much more seriously than others.

The following is a list of those carefully examined:

French Jvme Very badly. Prosperity Badly.

Market Garden " " Ainerican Wonder . . .Very badly.

Admiral Badly. Advancer Badly.

Dwarf Telephone. . . . Very badly. Alaska SHghtly.

Telephone Badly.

So far as the writer is able to learn, no investigations have
been made as to the susceptibility of varieties. Aside from the
genus Pisunt however, it has been found to attack Medicago
sativum^\ Cicer arietinum,^'' Phaseolus vulgaris^'^ and Vicia vil-
li. Lagerheim, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.— Akad. Handlingar. 1898. Bd. XXIV
Afd. Ill, No. 4, 21p.

12. Rostrup, "Tidskrift for Landrugets Planteavl" V, No. 14, Kjobenhavn 1898.

13. Carruthers, Jour. Roy. Agr. Soc, Eng, Ser. 10 (1899) pts. 4,.678-688,

512

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 6,

losa.^'* A critical examination of the species of Leguminosae
grown at the station in 1904 and 1905, showed all of these to be
free. Following are the results from the various Leguminosae
grown on the Station variety plots in 1904 and 1905:

Host.

Hairy Vetch

vSpring Vetch

White Lupine

Lentils

Grass Peas

French June Peas

Scotch Gray Peas

Velvet Beans

Horse Beans

Medium Green Soy Beans. . .
Mammoth Yellow Soy Beans

Beggar Weed

Yellow Lupine

Flat Peas

Alfalfa

Egyptian Peas

Russian Blue Peas

Examined
July 22, 1904.

Free

Slightly on leaves.
Free

Very bad

Slightly on leaves.
Free

( i

*

Free

Examined
July 28, 1905.

Free.

*. . . .

* . . . .

Free.

Very bad.

On leaves and stems

*. . . .

Free.

*. . . .

*. . . .

Free.

No planting.*

Climate certainly determines largely the seriousness of at-
tacks by this fungus. For example, Lochhead'^ describes a ser-
ious outbreak on Egyptian-peas in Ontario in 1903. Yet, while
we have experienced an exceptional attack by the fungus during
1904 and 1905, Egyptian-peas have proved to be entirely free of
the disease. Excessive moisture during these two years, is
doubtless the chief factor in this outbreak. Added to this, is
the continual growing of peas on the same ground. When peas
have been planted on the same soil for two or more successive
years, the loss may be considerable, even in ordinary, seasons.
Two years rotation in other crops, relieves the land of the trouble
for the time at least, showing that the fungus lives over in the
soil or compost as well as in seed peas.

Previous outbreaks have been reported. Krueger''' states
that in one place, the cultivated field crop was a complete failure
in 1S94. Combes'' reports it as attacking pea stems so seriously
as to cause a wilting of the tops, in 1879.

14. Ducomet, Prog. Agr. et Vit. (EdL'est) 22 (1901) No. 34, pp. 225-233.

15. Lochhead, 1. c, p. 26.

16. KrucRcr, 1. c, p, 621.

17. Combes, Crittogamia agraria, p. 473.

Botanical Laboratory, Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station,
November 23rd, 1905.

April, 1906.] The Classification of Plants. III. 513

THE CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS. III.

John H. Schaffner.

In a natural system of classification, plants are grouped ac-
cording to their supposed relationships. Some groups have re-
semblances which leave little doubt as to the affinities of its mem-
bers. Each subkingdom has a number of such groups. These
greatest groups in the subkingdom are called classes. A class
may then be defined as a group of plants in a subkingdom, the
members of which show an evident relationship to one another
because of similarity of morphological and physiological char-
acters. This relationship must apparently be closer among the
members of the group than to any other member in the sub-
kingdom. The relationship of the class to other classes in the
subkingdom is in many cases indeterminable at present, or at
least so obscure that it gives rise to numerous disagreements
among systematists. This obscurity indicates that most of the
classes were segregated in primitive times, probalby before they
had passed from the condition of the next lower subkingdom
or stage of development. Thus classes and subclasses represent
more or less parallel lines of development in the same stage of
evolution. The class is not to be extended beyond one sub-
kingdom, even though its missing links be found or generally
assumed. Mere similarity of superficial morphological charac-
ters is, however, not sufficient to establish relationship ; for as is
well known, the same evolutionary tendencies may be operative
in entirely distinct groups and bring about quite similar mor-
phological results. The mere acquisition of some peculiarity
or the loss of another can not be regarded as of any special im-
portance in establishing a class. For example, it might turn
out in the future that some Conifers or Angiosperms possess
motile spermatozoids. But this peculiarity might persist in any
of the higher groups and in itself could be of no importance in
classification. All possible morphological characters must be
taken into consideration in establishing a class, due weight being
given to the possibilities and impossibiliites of derivation, for
each structure involved, from its supposed ancestral type. Quite
commonly relationships are claimed between groups where the
derivation of the one from the other involves an improbable or
impossible modification of the parts, and a profound credulity
is required before assent to the proposition is possible. Unfor-
tunately we are still far from possessing the necessary general
knowledge of plant structures and developments to make a defi-
nite disposition of the larger groups. It is evident that there
must continue to be considerable diversity of opinion as to the
number and limits of plant classes. Yet properly compre-

514 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6,

hended, the class stands out as the large unit of classification
and with a fair knowledge of structure and function there should
be little necessity for the shifting of species from one class to
another.

In some cases it is a comparatively easy matter to recognize
the class while in others it is exceedingly difficult. In the
Homosporous Pteridophytes there are plainly three distinct types
of living species, lycopods, horsetails, and ferns, and these repre-
sent the three classes of the subkingdom. Whether the ferns
could be regarded as reprensenting more than one phvlogenetic
branch may be a question with some. The quillworts show
characters which exclude them from both the selaginellas and
the eusporangiate ferns. For this reason they have been shifted
about from one place to another without finding a permanent
home.

Evidently in all such cases the proper procedure is to estab-
lish a distinct class and then the arguments as to their relation-
ship with other classes may proceed pro and con ad infinitum.

In a general way one may recognize relationships between
certain classes and if this is possible such a group of classes will
constitute a phylum. A ph3dum then represents one of the,
great fundamental branches of the plant kingdom and consists
of a number of classes supposed to be inore closely related to one
another than to other classes. The Angiosperms are no doubt
such a phylum. They are not olily the greatest group of plants
but a very isolated group which appears to have come from a
common ancient stock. The Gymnosperms are probably a poly-
phyletic subkingdom. The Cyanophyceae, Schizomycetes, and
Myxoschizomycetes probably represent a phylum, the Schizo-
phyta. A phylum may extend from one subkingdom to another.
This is probably the case with lycopods, selaginellas and their
fossil allies. But as a general rule the relationships between
lower and higher groups have not been definitely determined.
Too little is known of the morphology and geological history of
plants to make possible the establishment of phyla with any
great certainty.

Henry Shaler Williams, in his Geological Biology, makes the
following important statements on this point:

"The arrangement into branches, therefore, is from a struc-
tural point of view highly artificial; and for purposes of tracing
the history, or even from a taxonomic point of view, it is of little
importance to deal with characters more ancient or of higher
rank than the class characters."

"It may be convenient to associate the classes together into
larger groups; but to reach the point of real union of their char-
acters, in order to associate two or more classes in a common

April, 1906.] The Classification of Plants. III.

5'5

Ohio Naturalist.

P/aie XXXII.

SVMPETAL-C EPICYN;€

MVXOMyff Tfi

Diagram showing the approximate relationships of the classes and
subclasses'of plants.

5i6

The Ohio Naturalist.

[Vol. VI, No. 6,

group, leads us far back into the uncertain mists of earliest
geological time, and into the similar mists of embryonic homo-
geneity. It is impracticable in the present stage of science to
trace the evolutionary history of classes."

In some cases a class may fall into two or more well defined
subordinate groups which are quite distinct and still show an
evident relationship. These are called subclasses. The general
subgroups of a class or subclass are the orders; the orders divide
up into suborders and families ; the families into subfamilies and
genera; and the genera into species. The species may also be
made up of subgroups which are at present still imperfectly
understood and defined.

Phyla, classes, orders, and families and other subordinate
groups then represent branches of closer and closer relationships,
shown by similarities of essential structures and produced by
segregation as the result of diversity of evolution and destruction
of intermediate types; while series and subkingdoms stand for
horizons or progressive stages of the evolution of the plant
kingdom.

The main groups of plants rank as follows :

Groups representing stages \ Series

of progressive evolution. / Subkingdom.

Groups representing phy-
logenetic relationships.

Phylum

Class

(Subclass)
Order

(Suborder)
Family

(Subfamily)
Genus
Species.

The orders are always to end in ales and the families in aceae.
Definite endings should also be adopted for the classes, suborders,
and subfamilies.

In the accompanying diagram all classes and subclasses
recognized by the writer are given with their approximate re-
lationship indicated by the branchings of the "tree." It was
thought best not to attempt to indicate any definite relationships
between the higher Algae and Fungi although some authors have
in the past presented such schemes some of which may have
more or less merit. In a future paper the classes given will be
briefly defined in their proper order.

April, 1906.] Further Notes on Anthurus borealis. 517

KEY TO OHIO ALDERS IN WINTER CONDITION.

William C. Morse.

Alnus Gaert. Shrubs or trees with alternate leaf scars, not
2-ranked, twigs brown with prominent scattered lenticels; ter-
minal bud present with about 3 visible scales; axillary buds
single, large and prominently stalked or minute and not stalked;
leaf scars triangular to subcircular; bundle scars 3-5; stipular
scars present; pith prominently 3 angled or Y-shaped; both
staminate and carpellate catkins present all winter, carpellate
catkins woody, cone-like.

1. Twigs glutinous, black or brown dotted, nearly glabrous or with a
few large scattered hairs, buds 4-5 lines long, stalks of the buds
2-3 lines long; staminate catkins dark purple; peduncle of fruiting
catkns 2-6 lines long. A tree reaching a maximum height of 75
feet and a trunk diameter of 2)4 feet; introduced.

A. gliitinosa (L.) Medic. European Alder.

1. Twigs coarsely pubescent, with comparatively few brown dots; buds
2-3 lines long; stalks of buds K-1 line long; peduncle of fruiting
catkins 2-6 lines long. A native shrub or sometimes a small tree.

A. riigosa (Du Roi) Koch. Smooth Alder.

1. Twigs finely pubescent; buds 2-4 lines long; bud stalks }4-\ line
long; fruiting catkins sessile or nearly so. A native shrub or rarely
a small tree. A. incana (L.) Willd. Hoary Alder.

FURTHER NOTES ON ANTHURUS BOREALIS.

W. W. Stockberger.

In a recent note on Anthurus borealis Burt, (Ohio Naturalist
6:474, 1906) D. R. Sumstine states that he has not seen it re-
ported from any other places than those localiites in New York
and Massachusetts recorded by Burt when he described the
species in 1894.

Lloyd {Mycological Notes, No. 17, p. 183, 1894) acknowledges
the receipt of some specimens collected by Beardslee near Cleve-
land, Ohio. Later a short account of the occurrence of Anthurus
borealis in northern Ohio, by Beardslee, was published by the
Ohio State Academy of Science (9th Ann. Rept. p. 19, 1901).
The occurrence of this fungus at Granville, Ohio, was reported
before the Ohio Academy at its annual meeting in 1901 (10th
Ann. Rept. p. 20, 1902), and this station is further recorded in
Lloyd's Mycological Notes (No. 19, p. 219, 1905) along with some
previously unrecorded New England stations, one at East Hart-
ford, Conn., one at Storrs, Conn., and several in Massachusetts.

Its further occurrence as noted by Sumstine would seem to
indicate that this species of Anthurus does not occur so rarely as
has been supposed, and that its occasional occurrence through-
out Ohio may be safely predicted.

Washington, D. C, March 2, 1906.

5i8 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 6,

CIRCULAR OF INQUIRY WITH REFERENCE TO THE PRES-
ENT STATUS OF THE ENGLISH SPARROW PROBLEM

IN AMERICA.

1. Are you familiar with Bulletin No. 1, The English Spar-
row in America, published by the Agricultural Department in
1889; and do you agree with the facts there presented and with
its conclusions?

2. Is the English Sparrow present in your locality? If so,
are they increasing or derceasing in numbers?

o. What is being done with you to exterminate them?
Please outline methods which you deem effective.

4. What influence have you observed the English Sparrow
to have upon native birds?

5. Would public opinion in your locality favor the adoption
of effective measures to exterminate this species?

6. Please state the facts and arguments, pro and con, which
decide this problem in your own mind.

Please send replies as early as possible — before June 1 — to
the undersigned. It is hoped to gather a consensus of opinion
from all parts of this country and Canada. The data will be
published as soon as possible.

Signed,
March, 5, 1906. A. H. Estabrook,

(Newspapers please copy.) Clark University, Worcester, Mass.

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Ortox Hall, Feb. 5, 1906

The Club was called to order by the president, Mr. Griggs.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

The paper of the evening was by Mr. Griggs on "The Kelps
of Vancouver's Island."

Mr. Burgess, Professors Schaffner, Hubbard and Hambleton
took part in the discussion which followed.

Dr. Berger reported a formula for mixing alcohols which he
had worked out.

D. D. C. Condit, Allan McOwen, A. F. Burgess, Misses Clara
Orton Smith, Irene Fisher, May Dalbey, Ethel Smith, Ada Noyes,
and Elizabeth Matthews were elected to membership.

The club then adjourned until March.

Z. P. Metcalf, Sec.

Date of Publication of April Number, April 14, 1906.

The Ohio ^h^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio State Uni'versity.
Volume VI. MAY, 1906. No. 7.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Griggs— A Reducing Di\i.-ion in Ascaris 519

DUERANT— Descriptions of New Mallophaga 52S

Claassen— Key to the Species of Liverworts Kecognized iu the Sixth Edition of Gray's

Manual of Botany 530

Keli.erman and York— Additions to the Flora of Cedar Point. I 540

A REDUCING DIVISION IN ASCARIS.

Robert F. Griggs.

For a long time, comparatively speaking, Ascaris has stood
in the way of a consistent rational interpretation of the phenom-
ena of reduction. It has been regarded as the one case in which
the divisions of oogenesis and spermatogenesis were proven to
be equational and not qualitative. The growing appreciation, of
the bearing of Mendel's Law and the course of recent work on
reduction have served to make it more and more of a stumbling:
block in the way of those who tried to understand the mechanism
of heredity. So great is our faith in the uniformity of nature
that it was impossible to believe that Ascaris was unique. Either
the theories of reduction built on the observed facts must be
insufficient or there is something yet unobserved in this form
which would bring it into harmony with the law.

It was for this reason that Tretjakof (8) undertook the prob-
lem and published simultaneously two papers on the Oogenesis
and spermatogenesis of Ascaris. His- conclusions were similar
to those reached in the present study and apparently he saw^
many of the same sorts of figures as has the present writer, but
his drawings are not conclusive and as Gregoire (3) says,*
simply open the question anew. The same may be said of the
work of Moszkowski (7) whose paper is unillustrated except for
four text figures.

It is, then, a matter of considerable satisfaction to be able
to present what seems to the writer conclusive evidence that
the reduction division of Ascaris is a true Reducing Division in
Weisman's sense.

=:- =;-- =:= " de plus il faut avouer que les figures de Tretjakof, sont fort diflficiles a eluci-
der et qu'il est malaise de se faire une opinion d'apres leur inspection.

'• Les recherches de Tretjakof montrent que I'Ascaris n'etait pas encore completement
etudi6, mais elles ne me semblent pas elucider definitivement cet ojet difficile."

520 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

In carrying forward the work I have been greatlv aided bv
two men who have "seen me through" it, and checked up and
verified my observations as the work proceeded. Thev are
Professor Francis L. Landacre of the department of Zoology
and Professor John H. Schaffner of the department of Botanv, of
the Ohio State University. To both I wish to extend my heartiest
thanks. The slides on which the work was done belong to
Professor Landacre and have been used by the students in the
Department of Zoology, studying principally the later stages,
for several years. They are cut from a female of the variety
bivalens and are arranged in series lettered backward from A
which contains two-and four-celled embryos, to M in which are
found the early stages but little removed from the resting nu-
clei of the oogonia. All of the nuclei drawn for the plate of this
paper except fig. 12, were found in series M and L.

The difificulties in Ascaris are, I am inclined to believe of two
sorts: first the problem of staining and second, the minuteness
of the critical stages. The slides are stained with Heidenhain's
Iron Alum Heamatoxylon. To find material in which the nuclei
were properly stained it was necessary to select extremely faint
slides in which all of the stain had been drawn from the cyto-
plasm and spindle leaving the nuclei standing out clearly by
themselves. Even then the spirems are often so closely knotted
together and deeply stained as to make resoulution impossible.
In the matter of magnification I find that the 1-12 objectives
which have been mostly used are far inferior for this work to the
1-16 which was used with a variety of oculars. Of these the 1-2
inch was the most saitsfactory. Lowxr oculars do not cut the
plane of focus sharp enough to enable one to follow out the
spirems.

The variety bivalens is a more favorable object for study than
the variety univalens, for as Tretjakof remarks, the development
of the two tetrads usually proceeds unequally so that one is
often found in a much more advanced stage than the other.
This frequently enables one to understand figures which without
such aid would be difficlut of interpretation. In fig. 9, for ex-
ample, one tetrad is clearly differentiated while the loop that
will form the second is still much twisted. This might be inter-
preted in a number of ways were it not for its fellow which re-
quires us to homologize the loop to a tetrad.

The process of tertad formation in Ascaris is in close agree-
ment with that more recently described in "many Arthropods,
Amphibia" (Montgomery (O) and the higher plants, though the
appearances are quite different in the different cases. In all
these there is a precocious longitudinal division of the spirem,
which through subsequent contraction becomes more or less in-
visible. Contemporary with this or following it is a conjugation

May, 1906.] .4 Reducing Division in Ascaris, 521

of the chromosomes (already longitudinally divided) two by two
forming combinations of four members.

From the resting nucleus a continuous spirem is formed in
the usual manner (figs. 1-3). In Ascaris the spriem is very
closelv wrapped so that it is a very difficult object to resolve and
cannot be untangled and traced out with confidence. This
however is a matter of no great moment in the present discussion
since the occurrence of such a spirem is well known. In some
cases (fig. 1-2) even before the spirem is formed the chromatin
is distinctly separable into two masses. Such a separation may
(fig. 5) or may not (fig. 3-4) be evident in the spirem.

Before the contraction of the spirem has proceeded far the
granules which are strung along the linin thread become doubled
(fig. 4). At first very difficult to observe, the distance between
the doubled granules becomes greater and greater till the linin
thread sphts and two parallel sprimes are formed (fig. 5). It
has been maintained recently by Berghs (1) that in the flowering
plants these doubled granules arise not by a longitudinal splitting
of the spirem as has hitherto been supposed but by the conjuga-
tion of the granules from two separate strands of linin. Whether
the doubled spirem in Ascaris arises in such a manner or by a
split does not seem to me susceptible of complete demonstration.
I see, however, no reason for abandoning the older interpreta-
tion ; while there are several indications that point toward a
splitting rather than to a conjugation. (1) The spirem at the
earliest stage where the doubling appears (i. e. earliest as judged
bv the relative state of contraction of the spirem) is of approxi-
mately the same length (fig. 4) as the single spirem preceding
(fig. 3), while if a conjugation took place it would be of only half
the length. (2) At the earliest stage where the doubling is visi-
ble, judged by the same criterion, the granules lie exceedingly
close together and from this stage they recede up to a stage rep-
resented by fig. 5. while if they were the result of conjugation
we should expect the opposite.

Very frequently in split spirems (fig. 5) the linin at one end is
bent into the form of a square with a prominent granule at each
comer. The granules are so much more prominent than the
linin thread upon which they are strung that one might easily
suppose that he was looking at the end of a set of granules doubly
split instead of at the side of a continuous spirem. In the cases
observed however there was no great difficulty in tracing the
course of the spirem and showing that such was only a superficial
appearance. The spirem in this stage often foreshadows quite
plainly the tetrads destined to be formed from it. In its contrac-
tion it is often thrown into two loops each arm of which is double
giving therefore two groups of four strands each.

52 2 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

The contraction of the spirem continues and is manifested
not only by a shortening in length but also by a drawing together
of the sprit glanules. This usually goes so far that the longi-
tudinal split becomes very difficult or impossible to observe
(figs. 6-8). The two loops destined to become the tertads now
become more and more definite and begin to break apart (fig. 6)
sometimes becoming twisted (fig. 7) in a way that is inconceiv-
able were they due to a longitudinal split of the original thread.
Sometimes (fig. 8) the two arms of a loop are of different lengths
and this again seems to me fatal to any interpretation of their
origin by a longitudinal split. In this stage the longitudinal
split becomes visible again by the moving apart of the two strands
so that we see anew the four chromatids which form the te-
trad (figs. S-9). So marked a contraction as is shown in figs. 7
and 8 is not universal. Sometimes the four strands are visible
through the whole process. Fig. 10 represents a stage but little
later than fig. 6, where the spirem has not yet broken as in that
case though the granules are more closely packed together to
form the four elements in each of the tertads ; but the approxi-
mation of the two sides of the loop is still incomplete in the upper
tetrad. The chromosomes now become more compact and grad-
ually take their position in the tetrads (fig. 11.) All traces of
the linin thread may have disappeared by this time or the orig-
inal linin may persist between the two tetrads as in fig. 11
and Ijy the attachment of its split ends show plainly which chro-
mosomes are the result of conjugation and which of splitting.
From a stage represented by fig. 11 it is an' easy step to the ma-
ture tetrad ready for the first division (fig. 12). The only change
consists in a further shortening of the chromatids.

In the process just described the ends of the loops which form
the tetrads are connected by two double linin threads which
twist or pass close together at a common point, corresponding to
the bases of the two original loops. Because of their being thus
drawn together the resultant tetrads nearlv always stand at an
angle to each other instead of extending in the same straight line,
see especially figs. 6 and 7. This angle persists until just before
the separation of the dyads in the first mitosis (fig. 12) and is
very noticeal)le. While it cannot be regarded as positive evi-
dence either way, it is not easy to explain such an angle on any
assumption of double longitudinal splitting but it corresponds
with and helps to corroborate the looping shown to take place
in tetrad formation.

After the tetrads are well formed the facts of the process of
reduction are so well known as to require no amplification here.
From each tetrad by the two maturation divisions are passed out
successively a dyad and a monad, leaving one monad from each
of the tetrads to form the resulting female producleus. Since the

May, 1906.] A Reducing Division in Ascaris. 523

tetrads arise by a conjugation of two longitudinally divided
chromosomes, one of these maturation divisions is transverse
and qualitive representing a true Reducing Division in Weis-
man's sense. There next arises the question as to which of the
two divisions is the Reducing Division. This point the writer
does not hesitate to say is very difficult, or perhaps incapable of
complete demonstration in Ascaris. It has seemed to him that
the presence of the Reducing Division was the all important fact
and that the matter of deciding which division was qualitative
was of much less importance. Because of this and because of
the great difficulty of the matter I have not tried seriously to de-
termine the question in the present investigation. The different
chromatids in the tetrads are so similar and so difficult to find
in favorable positions where all four of them can be seen at once
that it is only with great reserve that statements as to the iden-
tity and origin of the separate dyads of the first division can be
made. But in this matter the angle between the tetrads may
give a clue, not, however, in my judgment amounting to proof.
By inspecting such stages a figs. 9 and 10 it will be seen that if
we take the nearest common plane of the two tetrads, that in
which the angle between them would lie, were it a plane angle
(the plane of the paper in the cases cited) then we find that the
equivalent chromatids arising by a split, lie perpendicular to that
plane and the dissimilar chromatids arising by a transverse break
lie parallel to that plane. Applying this to fig. 12 in which the
tetrads are oriented for the first division but not yet drawn out
of their original angle we find that the first division would be the
qualitative for it is the dissimilar dyads which lie on the different
sides of the eauatorial plate of the spindle and will pass to the
different cells in mitosis.

The results given above were arrived at after examination
of many hundreds of nuclei in the critical stages. The ones se-
lected for the figures are unusual only in their clearness and in the
favorable position of the parts. Of all the nuclei seen about
half were so strongly contracted as to be impossible of resolution.
Of the others all but two or three were clearly interpretable as
stages in the process outhned above. A few, about 1-3
per cent, should be interpreted either as products of folding or
of a double longitudinal division. None were found which could
be interpreted as products of the latter process which did not
lend themselves equally well to the other interpretation.

Inasmuch as the results of the present investigation are
diametrically opposed to those reached by Brauer (2) on the sper-
matogenesis of the same object, it might seem difficult to bring
the observations of Brauer into harmony with those of the pre-
sent writer. But such is not at all the case. One point which
Brauer lays great stress upon and which is at first sight most con-
vmcmg, is that the granules are sometimes clearly doubly split
at a very early period. Whatever the significance of this group-

524 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7^

ing of granules in fours may be, it is not necessarily a precourser
of the reduction division. Such groups of four granules as Brauer
shows (fig. 22-2-i) are frequently very abundant in the nuclei of
the wall cells of the uterus which are not, of course, in prepara-
tion for a reduction division. He has several figures (35, 37,
41, 42) in which the doubled loops shown in my fig. 6 are very
plain. He does not, however, follow the gradual approxima-
tion of the sides of the loops but supposes them to straighten
out into a single semicircular band which by transverse division
forms the two tetrads. During all these stages he supposes that
the spirem is composed of the doubly split granules of the early
prophases, believing, doubtless, that his inability to see them
was due to the very unfavorable positions which such objects
would inevitably assume. He does, however, show in small por-
tions of figures 34, 36 and 41, places where the spirem is repre-
sented as composed of three or four strands instead of two which
the present writer has invariably found. Beyond these points
there is no greater difference in our observations than is pro-
bably due to differences in the sex cells of male and female
animals.

Montgomery (6) has pointed out that the tetrads are of un-
equal size. My own studies have not been carried carefully into
the maturation mitoses where Montgomery made his observa-
tions but what I have seen of these stages tends to confirm his
statements. The earlier stages also offer strong confirmatory
evidence of their truth. As has been mentioned one of the tet-
rads is almost always slower in its formation than the other, be-
ing derived apparently from longer more contorted segments of
the spirem thread. His contention is that there is always a con-
jugation of similar chromosomes to form a tetrad. This would
seem to be correct in the main but it appears to be not without
exceptions, see fig. 8.

SUMMARY.

The foregoing observations seem to show conclusively that
the tetrads in the eggs of Ascaris megalocephala bivalens arise
not by a double longitudinal split of the original spirem thread
but by a folding of adjacent segments together (conjugation of
univalent chromosomes) together with what is believed to be a
single longitudinal split. The two split loops which form the
two tetrads appear very early in the contuinous spirem and in
their later development simply break apart, shorten, thicken,
and straighten out till the tetrads are formed.

Since of each tetrad only one component chromosome re-
mains in the ripe ovum, there is a Reducing Division in Wesi-
mann's sense In' which paired chromosomes are separated from
each other in the egg and the hereditary characters transmitted by
the chromosomes, thereby modified.

May, 1906.] A Reducing Division in Ascaris. 525

Literature Cited.

With two exceptions, I have hsted only the papers directly
referred to in the text. The exceptions are Guyer's extremely
important work published before the rennaissace of Mendel's
Law, which have not received from writers on kindred subjects,
the attention they deserve.

1. Berghs, Jules. La Formation des Chromosomes Hetero-

ty piques dans la Sporogenese Vegetale. II Depuis la
Sporogonie jusqu'an Spireme Definitiv. La Cellule 21 :
383-397 PI. 1. 1904.

2. Brauer, a. Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von

Ascaris megalocephala. Archiv f Mik. Anat. u. Entw.
42 : 168. 1893.

3. Gregoire, Victor. Les Resultats Acquis sur les Cineses de

Maturation. Premiere Memoire: Revue Critique de la
Literature. La Cellule 22 : 221-376. 1905.
Material cited at p. 330.

4. Guyer, M. F. Spermatogenesis of Normal and Hybrid

Pigeons. Chicago, 1900.

5. . Hvbridism and the Germ-Cell. Univ. Cincin-
nati. Bull. 21. 1902.

6. Montgomery, Thos. H. Some Observations and Consider-

ations on the Maturation Phenomena of Germ Cells. Biol.
Bull. 6 : 137. 1903.

7. MoszKOWSKi, Max. Zur Richtungskorperbildung von As-

caris megalocephala. Archiv f. Mik. Anat. u. Entw. 59 :
.388. 4 fig. 1902.

8. Tretjakof, D. Die Bildung der Richtungskorperchen in

den Eieren von Ascaris megalocephala. Archiv. f. Mik.
Anat. u. Entw. 65 : 3.58-.583. PI 21. Die Spermatogen-
ese bei Ascaris megalocephala. p. 383-435. PI. 22, 23.
fig. 1. 1905.

Explanation of Plate XXXIII.

The figures were drawn with a Leitz 1-16 oil immertion ob-
jective and a Bausch and Lomb 1-2 in. ocualr. They were draw^n
with the aid of a camera lucida and are reproduced 2-3 their
original size.

Fig. 1. A nucleus just passing from the resting stage. The nuclear
membrane is extremely faint, being on the verge of disappearance.

Fig. 2. The chromatin network well broken up and on the way to
the formation of the continuous spirem.

Fig. 3. A continuous spirem. This is wrapped so tightly that it is
not possible to be certain all the strands run exactly as drawn. The nuc-
leus was, however, in this stage and about as drawn.

Fig. 4. Slightly later than the last, showing the first appearance of
doubled granules on the still single linin spirem. As in fig. 3, the spirem
is too complicated to be followed with certaintv but it in the main as
represented.

526 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

Fig. 5. A continuous spireni singly split. The spirem may be
traced bv focusing from the granules at the right around the elbow above
and back on the left side where after crossing twice it turns and passes
under the elbow to the granule next the starting point. In addition to
this there can be traced from the first granule, a loop passing under the
other large granules where its relations cannot be made out. It is not
impossible that this loop is not linin at all but some cytoplasmic conden-
sation. It is not like the rest of the spirem in appearance. On sui.erfi-
cial examination the right portion might be mistaken for an end view of
a tetrad with bridges between the rods but its relations to the whole
clearly negate any such possibility.

Fig. 6. A split spirem doubled on itself to form the two tetrads.
It has already broken apart at the upper end of the right tetrad leaving
two loose ends, connected by a faint strand of dense sytoplasm.

Fig. 7. Spirem in which one strand is twisted entirely around the
other in a manner impossible in a split rod. The two ends of the loops
are beginning to break apart or perhaps have already broken but remain
in close contact.

Fig. 8. One tetrad nearly formed, the other lagging. The relations
of the four rods to the right are not possible to make out precisely. On
the left the loop of the original spirem is still evident: This shows the
longitudinal split faintly in the distal end. Such a figure as this might
easily be interpreted as due to a double split. The loop looks at first
sight like the incompletely separated ends of a longitudinal split. But
at the point of junction the distal (left) arm turns up and then bends
down to meet the other which in like inanner turns down and then up
making a rounded loop perpendicular to the plane of the paper. One
arm of the loop is also much shorter than the other but dees not seem to
be cut off or disturbed.

Fig. 9. A nvicleus in which one of the two tetrads is much more com-
pletely formed than the other. The right tetrad is seen to be composed of
four rods two above the others. The spirem has completely broken across
between the two arms of the loop and in one side the longitudinal split
is also complete while in the other there remains a bridge across between
the two portions. At the base of this tetrad both arms are seen to be
continuous with the spirem which starting from one arm bends around and
is twisted on itself in the position of the left tetrad, returning to the
second arm of the right tetrad. In the parallel strands near the right
tetrad are seen two pairs of small granules which may be chromatin or
merely thickenings of the linin thread. Were it not for the evidence of
the rest of the loop these might be taken to have arisen by a longitudinal
split but such an interpretation is clearly impossible of the twisted spirem
of which they are a part.

Fig. 10. A continuous split spirem of almost the same age as figure
6, in which the tetrads are clearly forshadowed though not yet differen-
tiated. Contraction with conseojuent obliteration of the chromatin gran-
ules has gone further than in fig. 6, but the arm of the tt^rtads have not
approached closely nor has any break occurred. The linin connections
which are very evident were largely lest in repn duction.

Fig. 11. A nucleus in which the four chromatids of each tetrad are
clearly visible. The double linin thread may be traced into the overlying
chromatids of the right tetrad which bend back and down to become con-
tinuous with the two underlying chromatids which in turn are contin-
uous with the second pair of strands of linin tliread. The connections
of the left tterad with these linin threads is so indistinct as not to be exactly
traceable. The left tetrad is in such a position that three of its chroma-
tids are visbile while the fourth may be traced by focusing down. The
difYerent chn^matids are much connected V)y bridges.

Fig. 12. A pair of tetrads fully formed anol lying in tlie maturation
spindle, showing the characteristic angle between them.

May, 1906.] A Eeducmg Division in Ascaris.

527

Ohio Naturalist.

P/a/e XXXIII.

4.

J.

6.

9,t:r

Griggs uu "Ascaris."

528 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW MALLOPHAGA.

E. P. DURRANT.

1. Physostomum serratum sp. nov. (Fig. 1, B.)

Female — Length, 4.7 mm., width, 1.3 mm.; wide marginal bands on
abdomen with sinuous, dark central line in bands sharply reflexed at pos-
terior part of each segment. Among the largest of the genus.

Head .88 mm. long. .86 mm. wide, evenly rounded at front, which is
half as wide as occiput, lateral margins slightly convex, posterior angles
incurved, occipital border broadly concave. Palettes rather large, palps
extending slightly beyond margin of head, anterior sub-margin convex
with a number of hairs. Antennal fossae with broad inner border;
ocular notch slight, fleck conspicuous. There are three hairs on lateral
border of head, one half way between fleck and angle, one near point of
angle, and one as far in front of eye as eye is from angle.

Prothorax much broader than long, greatest width equal to that of
head; posterior border convex, lateral margins rounded, with large bristle;
marginal extensions narrow and of uniform width ; metathorax much
longer than prothorax; anterior rounded and slightly swelling, lateral
border diverging posteriorly, large bristle at angle. Length of thorax
.43 mm., width, .46 mm.

Abdomen with sides slightly swelling at middle, last segment broadh'
rounded with posterior part expanded; marginal bands broad, with dark-
brown line in middle sharply reflexed toward median line at posterior
part of each segment except seventh. This whole line, which is charac-
teristic of the genus, has a serrate outline and seems to distinguish the
species. The color of legs and head is tawny, except the darker inner bor-
der of antennal fossae and small blotches further forward, the abdomen
and thorax each a shade darker.

Described from a single specimen in Professor Herbert
Osbom's collection, taken from Desert Homed Lark (Otocoris
sp.) at Ft. Collins, Colo,, by J. H. Cowen.

2. Physostomum sub-hastatum sp. nov. (Fig. 1, A.)

Female — Length, 3.17 mm., width, .98 mm.; light fulvovis, abdomen
with dark bands near lateral borders, head and thorax with numerous
markings of dark brown, legs same color as body.

Head, length .73 mm., width, .60 mm.; front broad and evenly
nninded, margins diverging, slightly undulating, ocular notch sniall
with two small hairs, fleck large; temple extended posteriorly, angle
slightly out-turned, one short and two long bristles; occipital margin re-
en-lering, occiput convex; labral lobes prominent, brownish incurved
blotch back of lobes; antennal fossae well-marked, interior border with
dark-brown band ; two curved brown blotches between antennal fossae and
those curving in from margin back of palettes; narrow sub-marginal
()cci])ital band, light brown; palpi scarcely extending to margin of head.

Thorax, length, .83 mm., width, .65 mm.; prothorax broader than
long, narrower than head, lateral margins evenly rounded except at an-
terior part which is slightly incurved and has two small hairs and a bristle;
long bristle at rounded ]i()steri()r angle; anterior and posterior margins
slightly concave; dark brown liands along lateral su1i-margins; marginal
extensions clear and of even width.

Metathorax longer and wider than prothorax, anterior part covered
by it; margins diverging, large swelling near anterior ])art with three
small hairs; large bristle and two small hairs at posterior angle; same

May, 1906.]

Descriptions of New Mallophaga.

529

width as first segment of abdomen; narrow brown lateral bands extending
toward median line at front; similar incurved lines from lateral lines at
middle. Legs large, of same color as head.

Abdomen, sides swelling, seventh segment narrowing, eighth evenly
rounded; segments of nearly equal length, transverse margins straight,
first, second, and third with one bristle, others with two bristles, at pos-
terior angle; last segment with fringe of small hairs on posterior border;
lateral line heavy and brown, broken at sutures with clear diagonal line;
eighth segment paler than the others.

Described from specimen in Professor Herbert Osbom's col-
lection, taken from Pipilo maculatus megalonyx (Baird) at Ft.
Collins, Colo., by C. F. Baker. This species shows a considerable
resemblance to P. subangulatum Car. in the lines of the thorax
extending inward from the lateral line, but it is smaller and the
lines are narrower and shorter.

Fig. 1. A, Physostomuin sub-hastatum, female from Pipilo macu-
latus megalonyx Baird. x 17. B, Physostomom serratum, female from
Otocoris sp. X 13. C. Menopon aegialitidis, female from Aegialitis
vocifera. x 33.

3. Menopon aegialitidis sp. nov. (Fig. 1, C.)

Female — Length, 1,30 mm., of golden-brown color, with darker trans-
verse bands on abodmen, metathorax and abdomen having an oval out-
line, spiracles prominent.

Head, length, .29 mm., width, .48 mm.; front almost semi-circular,
temporal lobes broadly rounded, posterior concave, antennae large and
partly concealed in fossae, which have the broad inner border marked
by a band of brown; ocular fleck large, notch shallow; palpi small; two
large bristles in front of ocular notch, a row of fine hairs below it, and three
large bristles on temporal lobes ; large bristle at base of antennae and five
j-long occipital border; head tawny, a triangular blotch in middle of an-
terior sub-margin; narrow occipital band.

530 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

Thorax, .31 mm. long, .47 mm. wide; greatly constricted at middle.
Prothorax twice as broad as long, much narrower than head; anterior
angle rounded, two small hairs with bristle between, two :nore bristles
near posterior angle, several small bristles along posterior border; a nar-
row transverse band one-third of the way from front, with longitudinal
bands near each end, diverging bands running half-way to front from
posterior border. Metathorax shorter and broader than prothorax with
straight diverging sides, also nearly straight anterior and posterior su-
tures; two long bristles at posterior angle, twelve long hairs along posterior
border; a little darker than prothorax. Legs rather large especially the
femur, and fulvous.

Abdomen with sides and posterior evenly rounded, wide transverse
bands extending from side to side, sutures curved except last one; invag-
inations in the chitin of the lateral margins of all the seg:nents except
the last two produce clear notch-like spaces; one large and one small bristle
at posterior angles of all but terminal segment; numerous long hairs on
posterior borders of segments ; fringe of fine hairs along sub-margin of last
segment; last three sutures marked by clear spaces; first four segments
have three small hairs on lateral margins.

Described from specimen in Professor Osbom's collection,
taken from Aegialitis vocifera at Ft. Collins, Colo., by R. C.
Stephenson.

This work was carried on in the Zoological Laboratory of
Ohio State University under the direction of Professor Herbert
Osbom, to whom the writer wishes to express his thanks for val-
xiable assistance.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF LIVERWORTS RECOGNIZED
IN THE SIXTH EDITION OF GRAY'S MANUAL OF

BOTANY.

Edo Claassen.

This key may be considered as a continuation of the one pub-
lished last year in the Ohio Naturalist (Vol. V, p. 312.) Its pur-
pose is therefore the same; it is intended to make the study of
the liverworts and their determination more easy. It was
thought to be necessary to put into the key more characters than
are usually given. Rather than hamper the student in any way
in his efforts to determine the liverworts, this extended key is
believed to enable him to overcome the obstacles in his path.

Aneura Dumort.

1. Thallus narrow (about 2 mm. wide), palmately and pinnately

divided or pinnate or bipinnate. 2.
Thallus wider (4 inm. wide (jr more), simple or irregularly lobed. 4.

2. Calyptra smooth, not tuberculate, more or less hairy or squamu-

lose, obovate-pyriform, about 'A mm. long. pinnatifida Nees.
Calyptra more or less verrucose or tuberculate. '-i.
:i. Thallus biconvex with wide margin, formed by a single layer of
cells (therefore in transverse section lens-shaped ; caly])tra cylin-
drical, 6-8 mm. long. nntltifida Dumort.
Thallus Hat, pellucid, with narrow margin (in transverse section of
nearly equal thickness or ])lanoconvex) ; calyptra pyriform-
clavate. latifrons Lindb.

May, 1906.] Key Jo Liverworts. 531

4. Thallus simple or slightly lobed; involucre short, lacerate; pedicel

not folded upon itself. pingiiis Duniort.

Thallus irregularly lobed; involucre none; pedicel 16-25 mm. long,

SDmetimes folded upon itself and remaining within the cal-

yptra, the capsule thus appearing sessile. sessilis, Spreng.

.\ iillioccros Micheli.

Thallus papillose; spores black, strongly muriculate and sharply

angled. punctatiis L.

Thallus smooth; spores nearly smooth, yellow, angular, lacvis L.

Astcrella Beau v.

Thallus forking and increasing by joints. Antheridia in sessile
lunate disks. Peduncle bearded at base and apex. Spores
large, tuberculate, nearly reticulately folded.

hemisphaerica Beau\'.
Bazzania S. F. Gray.

Plant robust; leaves from green to brownish, about 2 mm. long,
somewhat deflexed with concave base, their apex 3-toothed;
underleaves roundish— quadrangular, 4—6 toothed above and
sinuate on the sides. trilobata S. F. Gray.

Plant much smaller; leaves yellowish or dark brown, about 1 mm.
long, strongly deflexed, perfectly convex, their apex 2-3
toothed rv entire; underleaves suborbicular, bifid, crenate or
entire. deflexa Underw.

Blasia Micheli.

Thallus simple or forked or stellate, with sinuous margin; fruit
from an oval cavity in the costa; involucre mostly none;
capsule oval-globose; gemmae globose in flask-shaped recep-
tacles; the scale- like underleaves broad-oval, coarsely dentate,
in one longitudinal row. pusilla L.

HUpliarostoma Dumort.

Stem flaccid, creeping, branched; leaves much smaller than the
ramose, forking and awl-shaped involucral leaves; perianth
ovate-cj'lindric. trichophylliim, Dumort.

Ccphalozia Dumort.

1. Perianth more or less 3-angled or 3-carinate; leaf cells large

(mostly 25-50 /a broad;) plants medium sized. 2.
Perianth 3-6 angled; leaf cells small ( 1 4-20 /£ broad) ; plants small,
often minute. 7.

2. Underleaves rarely present, except on fruiting branches. 3.
Underleaves usually present; leaves rarely subimbricate.

fluitans Spruce.

3. Leaf lobes straight. 4.

I^eaf lobes connivent or incurved. . 5.

4. Dioecious, rarely monoecious; without runners; usually pale; leaf

cells opaque; perianth large, widest above middle, unequally
ciliolate. virginiana Spruce.

Monoecious; with runners; usually greenish or reddish; leaf cells
pellucid; perianth linear-prismatic or fusiform, whitish, den-
ticulate or ciliate. biciispidata Duniort.

5. Leaflobes narrow, incurved. curvifolia Dumort.
Leaflobes broad, short, connivent. 6.

6. Leaves deucrrent; perianth linear-fusiform, 3-plaited, when young

triangular only above, when mature. multiflora Spruce.

Leaves not decurrent; perianth large, oblong-cylindric, obtusely

angled. planiccps Underwood.

7. Growing on the ground and on rocks; heteroecious; perianth linear

or narrowly fusiform, prismatic, denticulate or subentire;
leaves somewhat distant with acute lobes and an almost rec-

532 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

tangular acute sinus; underleaves often on sterile stems as
also on fruiting branches. divaricata Dumort.

Growing on rotten wood; dioecious; perianth broadly oval to
ovatefusiform. 8.
8. Perianth small, whitish, obovate or ovate-fusiform, obtusely -i-
angled, the mouth setulose or ciliate; leaves with a broad or
lunate sinus and broad-subulate, mostly acute lobes.

Maconnii Aust.

Perianth broadly oval or subobovate, obtusely angled, the apex

slightly plicate, the mouth connivent, dentate, sometimes

narrowly scarious; leaves imbricate, more or less serrate, the

sinus and lobes subacute; underleaves present.

Sullivantii Aust.
Chiloscyph us Corda .

1. Underleaves 4-parted; involucral leaves 2-cleft; perianth 2-3

lobed, the lobes long and lacerate-toothed.

adsccndcns Hook, and Wils.
Underleaves bifid. 2.

2. Involucral leaves 2-toothed; perianth 3-lobed, the lobes spinose-

dentate. pallcscens Dumort.

Involucral leaves slightly 2-toothed; perianth 3-lobed, the short
lobes nearly entire. polyanthos Corda.

Conocephalus Neck.

Thallus dichotomous, reticulate and porose. Antheridia imbedded
in an oval disk, sessile near the apex of the thallus. Spores
large, muriculate, brown. Dioecious. coniciis Dumort.

DiplopJiylhim Dumort.

vStem acsending, nearly rootless; leaves closely folded and subden-
\ ticulate, with or visually without a pellucid line near the base,

the lobes obtuse or acutish, the lower oblong-scymitar-shaped,
coarsely dentate, the upper smaller, subobovate.

albicans Dvimort. var. taxifolium Nees.
] )iimorlicria Nees.

Thallus thin, soft, forking, usually ivith scattered hairlike rootlets
beneath, naked or with a delicate, appressed pubescence
above; peduncle chaffy at apex. Spores muriculate. Dioe-
cious, hirsuta Nees.
Fimbriaria Nees.

Thallus simple or bifurcate, mostly conspicuously porose, with
scales below, their hairlike ends surpassing the leafborder in
shape of a long white beard. Antheridia immersed in the
thallus. Spores roundish-angular, subreticulate.

tcnclla Nees.
Fossomhronia Raddi.

1. Plant minute; stem forked or fastigiately divided; spores pale

fuscous, more or less tuberculate. cristida Aust.

Plant large or of medium size; stem mostly simple. 2.

2. Sfjores brown, depressed-globose-tetrahedral, crested, the slender

(16-24) crests pellucid, rarely confluent. pusilla Dumort.

Spores reticulated and ])itted. 3.

3. Spores yellowish brown, glol)ose-tetrahdral, not depressed, deeply

reticulated, the 7-9 reticulations large and deep, 5-6 angled
and winged. angulosa Raddi.

Spores yellowish to dark brown, globose-tetrahdral, less dee])ly
reticulated, and pitted, the 12-18 reticulations 4-6 angled
and indistincth- crenate. Dumortieri Lindb.

/•'nilhiina Raddi.

1. Perianth smooth; leaves marked by a central moniliform row of
cells or 1)y a few large scatti'red cells; lower lobe cylindric-
saccate. 2.

May, 1906.] Key to Liverworts. 533

Perianth rough with tubercles or scales or smooth; leaves not
marked by moniliform cells; lower lobe helmet-shaped, some-
times expanded, ovate-lanceolate. 4.

2. Leaves orbicular. 3.

Leaves oblong from a narrowed base; lower lobe oblong-galeate.

fragilifolia Tayl.

3. Pinnate; lower lobe near stem, oblong-clavate ; underleaves ob-

long, 2-cleft, flat. Asagravana Mont.

Bipinnate; lower lobe distant from stem, oval or oblong; under-
leaves quadrate-ovate or obovate, emarginate, margin revo-
lute. Tamarisci Nees.

4. Lower leaf lobe about % the size of the upper. Oakcsiana Aust.
Lower leaf lobe much smaller than the upper. 5.

5. Underleaves scarcely wider than the stem, bifid, divisions entire,

acute. 6.
Underleaves 2-3 times wider than the stem, bitid, divisions entire
or toothed, acute or blunt. 7.

6. Perianth pyriform, slightly compressed, repand, smooth, obscurely

carinate beneath and gibbous toward the apex.

Eboracensis Lehm.

Perianth broadly oblong, bowl-shaped with very short mouth,

papillose, abruptly broad-carinate beneath, 1-many-nerved

each side of the keel, 2— angled. saxicola Aust.

7. Leaves lax, rather distant, lower lobes mostly expanded, ovate-

lanceolate. Sporogonium unknown. aeoloUs Nees.

Leaves crowded or close-imbricate, lower lobe seldom expanded.
Sporogonium known. 8.

8. Perianth tuberculate. 9.
Perianth smooth. 10.

9. Irregularly branching; leaves ovate, lower lobe sometimes expand-

ed into a lanceolate lamina; underleaves not toothed; perianth
compressed pyriform, 2-4 carinate dorsally, 4-carinate ven-
trally. - Virginica Lehm.

Pinnately branching; leaves round, lower lobe not expanded; un-
derleaves toothed; perianth obovate, retuse. dilatata Nees.
10. Underleaves cordate or rounded, sinuate-subdentate; perianth
convex dorsally, strongly keeled ventrally. sqitarrosa Nees.
Underleaves rather large, rounded; perianth sulcate dorsally,
acutely keeled ventrally. plana SuUiv.
Geocalyx Nees.

Stem creeping with numerous rootlets; leaves ovate-quadrate,
bidentate, light to bluish green; underleaves cleft to the
middle, with linear-lanceolate divisions. graveolens Nees.

Grimaldia Raddi.

Thallus pale green, purple on the margin and below, with usually
distinct Avhitish pores, the scales beneath often extending far
beyond the margin and becoming whitish; peduncle barbed
whitish and chaffy at base and apex. harbifrons Bisch.

Tliallus bluish-green with membranous margins, purple below;
]ieduncle sparingly scaly at base, barbulate at the apex.

riipcstris Lindenb.
(Jyniiioim'triimi Corda.

vStem simple or imbricately branching, thickened at the apex ;
leaves ovate, bifid, wi{h a narrow scarious margin, bluisli-
green or brownish- or reddish-j-ellow to silvery-olive; no un-
derleaves. concinnatitm Corda.
Harpanthns Nees.

Stem filiform, decumbent, usually simple, leaves roundish ovate,
their lobes acute; underleaves large, nearly 3-sided-lanceolate,
mostly entire; perianth splitting above on one side.

scutatus Spruce.

534 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

Hcrherta S. F. Gray.

Stem erect, nearly simple; leaves curved and one-sided, deeply
lobed, lobes lanceolate. Perianth ovate-subvilate or narrowly
fusiform, 3-angled, deeply 4-8 lobed. adunca S. F. Gray •

Jiihula Dumort.

Subdichotomovisly branching; leaves dark olive green, obliquely
ovate, acute, entire or subrepand; underleaves roundish, ser-
rate or entire; involucral leaves bifid, serrate; perianth tri-
angular-obpyriform.

HutchinsicB Dumort. var. SuUivantii S]iruce.
J un^crmannia Micheli.

i. Leaves complicate-concave, almost always eriually bilobed. 2.
Leaves not complicate-concave. 4.

2. Stem densely covered with rootlets; leaves distant, oval witli ol)-

tuse, almost rectangtilar sinus and acute lobes; involucral
leaves 2-3 lobed, spinulose-serrate; perianth ovate, obtuse,
the mouth contracted and ciliate. Monoecious.

Hcllcriatia Nees.
Stem sparsely covered with rootlets or frequently without any.
Dioecious. 3.

3. Leaves erect, spreading, subsaccate at base, their dorsal part far

overlapping the stem, subquadrate, with acute sinus, reaching
}/2, of the leaf, and acute, often incurved lobes; involucral
leaves 2-3 lobed, denticulate above; perianth ovate-clavate,
5-6 plicate above, much contracted and long-fringed.

Michauxii Weber.
Leaves very regularly arranged in 2 rows (thus giving the plant a
comb-like appearance), keeled, the lobes acute to obtuse;
involucral leaves larger, the inner ones trifid; perianth oval-
oblong, the mouth somewhat contracted and ciliate-dentate.

mitinta Crantz.

4. Leaves entire or barely refuse. 5.
Leaves 2- or more lobed or -dentate. 7.

5. LTnderleaves present (not apparent on old stems), broadl}' subu-

late; upper involucral leaves laciniate. Schradcri Martins.

L^nderleaves AA'anting; involucral leaves like the cauline. 6.

6. Leaves orbicular, decvirrent dorsally; perianth exserted, obovate—

oblong, the mouth 4-cleft; capsule globose.

sphcerocarpa Hook.
Leaves ovate-elliptical; perianth fusiform, plicate above and den-
ticulate; capsule oval. pumila With.

7. Leaves bilobed or bidentate. 8.

Leaves 3-6 lobed or dentate, seldom 2-dentate. 16.

8. LTnderleaves present. 9.

(Jtmgermannia alpestris and J. ventricosa may be sought here)
Underleaves wanting. 10.

9. Leaves vertical, bifid, the lower leaves with usually acute sinus

and lobes, the upper much larger with rounded lobes and
obtuse sinus; underleaves entire or the broader bifid; perianth
Avithout involucral leaves, dorsal. ■ ■ ■« GiUmani Aust.

Ix'aves subvertical or spreading, emarginately bilobed, tlic lo1)es
acute or the upper obtuse; underleaves .somewhat obsolete or
subulate, incurved; involucral lc;i^-es little larger, less deeply
lobed; perianth terminal. Wattiaua Aust.

10. Leaves 2-toothed. 11.

Leaves bifid or 2- 3-or more lobed. 13.

11. Leaf lobes obtu.se with an obtuse sinus'or acute~in the u])])er

leaves; perianth pellucid, reddish below. Wallrothiana Nees.
Leaf lobes 'acute. 12.

May, 1906.] Key to Liverworts. 535

12. Plant green to reddish brown; leaves on the same stem hardly

equal to each other in shape, often bearing red globules on the
lobes of the upper leaves; perianth whitish, alpestris Schleich.
Plant green to reddish green; leaves on the same stem similar in
shape, often bearing vellowish globules on their lobes; peri-
anth green to reddish. ventricosa Dicks.

13. Involucral leaves like the cauline; leaves roundish-ovate, 2-lobed

with obtuse sinus and inequilateral, obtuse lobes; perianth

long-oval to pyriform. inflata Huds.

Involucral leaves unlike the cauline; leaves 2-6-cleft or-lobed. 14.

14. Usually purplish-black; leaves imbricate or distant on erect fer-

tile stems with obtuse, Avavy lobes; involucral leaves cristate-
undulate, obtusely many-lobed; perianth long-clavate.

laxa Lindb.
Light to blackish and purplish-green; leaves horizontal or semi-
vertical with acute or obtuse lobes; involucral leaves 3-5 cleft
or lobed. 15.

15. Plant small (about 2 mm.), light green often with a purplish hue;

leaves semivertical, erect-spreading; upper involucral leaves
longer than wide; perianth oblong, pale, often banded and
spotted with pink. cxcisa Dicks.

Plant large (5-15 mm.), deep to bluish green; leaves horizontal,
closely imbricate, the upper wavy-crispate ; involucral leaves
wider than long; perianth oval, whitish green.

cxcisa Dicks, var. crispa Hook.

16. Underleaves none; leaves of irregular shape, 3-or more lobed with

obtuse sinus and numerovis, wide or narrow, always very
acute, dentate lobes, thus giving the plant a crispate appear-
ance, incisa Schrad.
Underleaves present, sometimes obsolete. 17.

17. Leaves divided to 73 into 3 or 4 acute lobes and coarsely reflexed—

dentate at their base; underleaves numerous, deeply bifid

with ciliate-dentate base. setijormis Ehrh.

Leaves divided to J^ into acute or obtuse lobes and not dentate

at base; underleaves entire or 2-toothed or often obsolete. 18.

18. Stem often with many vertical shoots, bearing loosely imbricate

leaves; perianth oblong. attennata Martins.

Stem without shoots; perianth ovate. barbata Schreb.

Kantia S. F. Gray.

Without ventral runners; underleaves bifid, lobes short oval-tri-
angular, acute or obtuse. Trichomanis S. F. Gray.
With ventral runners; underleaves minute, the upper orbicular,
bifid, the lower twice 2-lobed, the primary lobes round-quad-
rate, the secondary ovate or subulate Snllivantii Underwood.
Lejeunia Libert.

1. Underleaves entire. clypcata Sulliv.
Underleaves bifid or obsolete. 2.

2. Underleaves bifid. 3.

LTnderleaves obsolete; leaves muriculate-denticulate.

calcarea Libert.

3. Monoecious; stem long, somewhat branching; leaves roundish-

ovate, obtuse; perianth obovate-clavate.

scrpyllijolia Libert, var. americana Lindb.

Dioecious; stem filiform, pinnately branching; leaves ovate-tri-
angular, rounded or obtuse; perianth broadly pyriform,
5-carinate. Plant minute. htccns Tayl.

Lcpidozia Dumort.

Leaves decurved, 3-4 cleft, the lobes lanceolate, formed by more
than 2 rows of cells. reptans Dumort.

Leaves incurved, ^2-3 cleft or parted, the lobes subulate, formed
by 2 rows of cells. sctacea Mitt.

536 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

Liochlaena Nees.

Monoecious. Dark Green. Stem with brownish rootlets, closely
creeping, usually branched many times; leaves imbricate,
mostly decurrent; leaf cells large, roundish, with much thick-
ened walls; involucral leaves vertical and saccate in their
lower part, recurved and spread out flatly in their upper part.

lanccolata Nees.
Lophocolea Dumrrt.

1. Leaves entire, emarginate and bidentate (often on the same stem),

leaves 2-lobed, lobes- mere or less dentate. heieropylla Nees.
Underleaves (all) dis'tincfly bilobed. 2.

2. Underleaves ^i to 4 cleft -or 2 and 3 to 4 parted. 3.
Underleaves 2-lobed. . 4. ■ • ^

3. Underleaves 3 to 4 cleft, the inner lobes lanceolate, the outer ones

linear; leaves acutely lobed. bidentata Dumort.

Underleaves, the lower small, 2-parted, the upper larger with a
signle tooth on each side or palmately 3-4 parted and the
apical sublanceolate and narrowly bifid; leaves mostly ob-
tusely lobed. Hallii Aust.

4. Leaves 2-lobed with obtuse sinus and lobes or refuse or entire;

underleaves light-pink, the steaceous lobes spreading incruved.

Macoiinii Aust.
Leaves 2-lobed Avith acute lobes and acute or obtuse sinus. 5.

5. Leaf lobes with an obtuse (lunate) sinus, usually bearing yellowish

globules, lobes of underleaves lanceolate, acuminate. Dioe-
cious, minor Nees.
Leaf lobes usualh' with an acute sinus; lobes of underleaves subu-
late. Monoecious. Aiistini Lindb.

Litnularia Micheli.

Thallus oblong with rounded lobes, aereolate and porcse, innova-
ting from the apex, with imbricate sublunate scales beneath;
peduncle very hairy; antheridia in the apical sinus of the
thallus. vulgaris Raddi.

Marchantia Marchant f.

Thallus large, forking, areolate, porcse; receptacle divided into
an uneven number of rays (mostly 9) and the involucres be-
tween them always one less in number. Antheridia immersed
in a peduncled, disk-like, raidate, or lobed receptacle. Dioe-
cious, polymorplia L.

Marsupella Dumort.

1. Leaves closely and vertically iml:)ricate; stem minute (2-4 mm.),

clavate with 4-S pairs of oval leaves; leaves \-\ bilobed, lobes
acute with an acute or angular sinus. adiista Spruce.

Leaves spreading or locsely imbricate. 2.

2. Stem stoloniferous, rigid (10-40, sometimes 80-100 mm.), some-

what thickened upward; leaves usually broader than long,
subquadrate, lobes obtuse or mucronate; sinus obtuse (^ or
^ of the leaf) ; the two upper involucral leaves connate to
the middle. cmarginata Dumort.

Stem not stoloniferous, erect, subflexuous (15-30 mm.); leaves
obovate, their upper half slightly keeled, their lower half
ventricose-concave; lobes roundish-obtuse, sinus narrow,
acute or less obtuse than in the perceding (i of the leaf);
the two upper involucral leaves connate J.

sphacelata Dumort.
Mctzgcria Raddi.

1. Densely villous throughout. piibesccns Raddi.

Hairy on the margin and midrib beneatlT, smooth above. 2.

May, 1906.] Key to Liverworts. 537

2. Midrib covered above and below with 2 rows of enlarged cells;

hairs very long, divaricate and hooked-deflexed, the marginal
in twos, rarely with disccid tips. hamata Lindb.

Midrib covered above with 2 rows of enlarged cells and below
with 3-7 rows of cells. 3.

3. With 3-7 (usually 4-6) rows of cells below, smaller than the upper

ones and often indistinct; midrib densely pilcse beneath, hairs
rather long, straight cr nodding, the marginal mcstly in clus-
ters of 3-6, some of which have disccidal tips.

myriopoda Lindb.
With 3-6 rows of enlarged cells below; hairs rather long, straight,
divaricate, the marginal usually in twos, very often disk-
bearing. " ' conjugata Lindb.
Mylia S. F. Gray.

Stem erect, nearly simple, radiculose; leaves orbicular, purplish;
perianth oval; calyptra finally long-exserted.

Taylori S. F. Gray.
Nardia S. F. Gray.

1. Perianth exserted , connate with the involucral leaves, subcampan-

ulate and open, deeply laciniate, 6-10 plicate; rootlets purple.

fossombroyiioides, Lindb.
Perianth connate at base with the inner involucral leaves and some-
what surpassing them, 3-8 carinate, the mouth constricted;
rootlets whitish reddish or purple. 2.

2. Marginal leaf-cells quadrate and much larger than the others;

rootlets whitish. crcnitlata Lindb.

Marginal leaf-ecUs about as large as the others. 3.

3. Branch leaves ovate or obovate, scarcely decurrent, half as large

as the obliquely semi-circular cr brcadly ovate, decurrent
stem leaves; fruit unknown. biformis Lindb.

Branch leaves similar to the stem leaves; fruit known. 4.

4. Rootlets reddish (claret-colored); leaves roundish oval; involucral

leaves clcsely appressed and connate with the lower third of
the perianth, which is slightly exserted, obovate and narrowed
to the 4-cleft mouth. ' ' hyalina Carring.

Rootlets purple; leaves orbicular; involucral leaves connate (more

or less) with the small, subobovate perianth, which is slightly

or not exserted, rooting at base and triquetrous above, but

beccming 4-7 plicate. crcnuliformis Lindb.

Notothylas Sulliv.

Thallus 5-15 mm. wide; capsule with a suture on each side; spores
light yellowish-brown. orbicularis Sulliv.

Thallus small; capsule often without suture; spores dark-brown,
a half larger. mclanospora Sulliv.

Odontoschisma Dumort.

Underleaves inostly wanting; perianth subulate-fusiform, lacinate
or cliiate; among mosses. Sphagni Dumort.

LTnderleaves broadly oval, entire and sub-denticulate; perianth
close-connivent above at length bursting irregularly; on rotten
wood. doiitdata Lindb.

Pallavicinia S. F. Gray.

Fruit arising from the costa, at first terminal, becoming dorsal;
capsule cylindric, about 5 times longer than broad; involucre
cup-shaped, short-lacerate. LycUii S. F. Gray.

Pellia Raddi.

1. Thallus indistinctly costate, lobed and sinuate. Calyptra much
longer than the involucre. Antheridia at the base of the in-
volucre on the same thallus. cpiphylla Raddi.

538 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 7,

Thallus distinctly cc state. Calyptra not surpassing the invokicre.

Antheridia on a separate thallus. 2.

2. Divisions of thallus broadly linear, the margin mostly undulate

cri sped . cndiviacfolia D umc rt .

Divisions of thallus, the early ones linear-oblong, the margins

ascending and remotely sinuate, the later ones linear-pinna-

tihd. calycina Nees.

Plagiochila Dumort.

1. Leaves with 3-12 large, spinulose and distant teeth; no under-

leaves. spinulosa Dumort.

Leaves entire, repand or denticulate. 2.

2. Lower part of stem leafy to the base; underleaves 2-3 ceft, fuga-

cious. 3.
Lower part of stem, forining a rhizome, bearing scales; no under-
leaves; mouth of perianth ciliate. asplcnioidcs Dumcrt.

3. Leaves entire or slightly repand; mouth of perianth crenulate.

intcrrupta Dumcrt .
Leaves entire, the uppermost repand-denticulate; mouth of peri-
anth denticulate. porelloidcs Lindenb.
Porclla Dill.

1. Stems bipinnate; leaves more or less remote, ovate-oblong, lower

lobe minute, flat, as long but not half as wide as the ovate-
rectangular entire underleaves. pinnata L.
Stems mostly simply pinnate (or bipinnate in P. platyphylla) ;
leaves mostly closely imbricate, round-ovate or ovate. 2.

2. Leaves sub-erect, the straight ventral margin strongly involute

towards the apex; cells punctate-stelliform.

Snllivantii Underw.
Leaves flat or more cr less concave at base cr somewhat convex,
the margin decurved cr curved upwards. 3.

3. LTpper leaf-margin curved upwards and undvilate, mcstly entire;

lower lobe reaching half of upper, hardly deucrrent; under-
leaves semi-circular with strongly reflexed margins, entire.

platyphylla Lindb.
Upper leaf inargin decurved, mere or less denticulate; lower lobe
smaller, long-decurrent ; underleaves suborbicular or quad-
rate-oval or rjuadrate, dentate cr ciliately .serrate. 4.

4. Underleaves suborbicular or quadrate-oval, the margins undu-

late and dentate; lower lobe acute, reaching \ of upper and
half as wide as the dentate underleaves. dcntata Lindb.

LTnderleaves quadrate, the margins sparsely dentate; lower lobe
oblong, obtuse, longer but narrower than the underleaves,
both with strongly recurved and sparsely denticulate margins.

Thuja Lindb.
Prctssia Nees.

Thallus large, sparingly forking, increasing by joints, ends of lobes

subcordate, with white pores above and dark purple scales

below. Antheridia in a pedvmcled disk-like receptacle.

Dioecious or usually monoecious. comniiitata Nees.

Ptilidiiim Nees.

Stem subpinnate with short rootlets; perianth several times longer
than the involucre. Antheridia in the base of clcsely imbri-
cated leaves. Dioecious. ciliarc Nees.
Radttla Dumort.

L Lower lobe small, rounded, mf)rc or less transversely adnate.

fcnax Lindb.
Lower loT)e suVxnuidrate, barely incumbent on the stem. 2.
2. Widely subi)innately branched; leaves imbricate, rounded; peri-
anth obconic, coinpressed. Antheridia in the bases of 2-3
])airs of strongly imliricate tmnid leaves, coinplanata Dvmiort.

May, 1906.] Key to Livencorts. 539

Indeterminately branching; leaves somewhat remote, round-obo-
vate; perianth clavate-obconic. Antheridia axillary on
short lateral branches, arising near the terminal involucre.

ohconica Sulliv.
Riccia Micheli.

1. Terrestrial forms growing in rosettes or irregular dichotonious

forms. Fruit immersed in the upper side of the thallus,
mostly protuberant above. Thallus with or without air-
cavaties. 2.
Aquatic plants floating in water or with its retreat rooting in mud
and there fruiting. Fruit immersed in the lower side or the
central groove of the thallus. Thallus with air-cavaties. 12.

2. Thallus mostly without air-cavities. 3.

Thallus with air-cavaties communicating with the upper surface. 11

3. Thallus naked, without cilia and scales on the margin and under-

neath. 4.
Thallus with scales underneath, not ciliate or more or less ciliate
at the margin and apices. 7.

4. Spores small (60/t or less). 5.

Spores larger (75-95/0, dark fuscous with deep reticulations
(about 8 across the convex turface); divisioiis of thallus nar-
row, arvcnsis Aust.

5. Thallus with wide divisions, thin and flat, with few rootlets; spores

muriculate, spinulcse. tenuis Aust.

Thallus with narrow divisions and numerous rootlets. 6.

6. Thallus thin, fibrous-reticulate; spores obscurely muriculate.

Frostii Aust.
Thallus canaliculate above, carinate-thick-ened beneath; spores
coarsely reticulate.
(fluitans, L. var. Snlliva)iti, Aust.) Hucbcncriana Lindenb.

7. Thallus with scales underneath, not -ciliate. 8.
Thallus more or less ciliate at the margin and apices. 10.

8. Scales and usually the thallus purple underneath; scales not ex-

ceeding the margin; spores light brown. nigrcUa D. C.

Scales usually whitish; thallus green underneath. 9.

9. Scales reaching beyond the margin; spores light brown.

lamellosa Raddi.
Scales not reaching the margin; spores dark brown.

(sorocarpa Bischoff) minima L.

10. Capsules usually in a single row; spores blackish, opaque, scarcely

reticulated {arvoisis Aust. var. Iiirta Aust.) liirta Aust.

Capsules scattered chiefly near the base of the divisions (with a
purple spot near them on the thallus); spores brown, reticu-
lated with 7-8 areolae across the convex surface.

Lcscuriana Aust.

11. _'Upper surface of thallus strongly pitted, green or reddish to pur-

plish; divisions of thallus rather broad, obtuse or often obcor-
date at the apex. crystallina L.

Upper surface of thallus mostly smooth (except for the median
groove), yellowish green; divisions narrow, linear, obcordate
and convex, thickened at the ape.x. liitcscens Schwein.

12. Thallus linear, dichotonious, floating or rarely terrestrial capsule

protuberant from the lower surface. fluitans L.

Thallus obcordate, floating or rarely terrestrial; capsule not pro-
truding, at last exposed by a cleft in the central groove.

natans L.
Scapania Dumort.

1. Lower leaf lobe equalling in size the upper or nearly so. 2.

Lower leaf lobe (except those near the summit) about twice the
size of the upper or 3-4 times its size. 3.

540 The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VI, No. 7,

2. Leaf lobes roundish-obtuse and denticulate on outer margin; per-

ianth much exceeding the involucral leaves, denticulate.

siibalpina Dumort.

Leaf lobes brcadly-ovate, obtuse cr apiculate, entire; perianth

small, entire. glancoccpliala Aust.

3. Lower lobes (except those near the summit) about twice the size

of the upper. 4.
Lower lobes (except those near the summit) 3-4 times the size of
the upper. 7.

4. Leaves broader than long; upper lobes rounded or blunt. 5.
Leaves longer than broad ; upper lobes more or less acute. 6.

5. Leaves lax; lobes roundish, equal at the summit of the stem, en-

tire or ciliate-denticulate; perianth oblong-incurved, nearly

entire, twice as long as the involucre. undiilata Dumort.

Leaves somewhat rigid, lobes rounded, submucronate, the lower

appressed, the upper convex with incurved apex; perianth

ovate, denticulate. irrigua Dumort.

G. Lower and upper lobes ciliate-dentate, the upper acute; perianth

densely ciliate. nemorosa Dumort.

Lower lobe coarsely dentate and with deep purple spur-like teeth

on the keel, the upper roundish and less dentate; perianth

usually dentate. Oakcsii Aust.

7. Lobes ovate, acute, serrate; perianth incurved, entire.

mnbrosa Dumort.

Lobes, the 1 nver ovate, acute or bidentate, concave, the upper

small and tocth-like; perianth oblong, 5-plicate, the mouth

5-dentate. exsecta Aust.

Sphaerocarpus Micheli.

Thallus orbicular, lobed, in small rosettes; the clustered inflated
involucres (3 or 4 times as long as the capsule) mostly dispersed
over its whole surface. terrcs'tris Smith.

•\J'richocolea Dumort.

Stem pinnately decompound without rootlets; antheridia large, in
the axils of leaves on terminal liranches. Dioecious.

tomcntclla Dumort.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CEDAR POINT, I.

W. A. Kellerm.^n and H. H. York.

A general list of the flowering plants and ferns of Cedar Point
was published in the Ohio Naturalist 4 : 186-190, 1904. Dur-
ing the summer of 1904, the following plants were collected on
the point and should be added to the list:

Acer negundo L. Hypericum perforatum L.

Allionia nyctaginea Mx. Ledipium campestre (L) R. Br.

Allium triccccum Ait. Morus rubra tartarica Loud.

Avena sativa L. Rosa humilis Marsh.

Carpinus caroliniana Walt. Sassafras sassafras (L.) Karst.

Ceratophyllum demersum L. Scirpus fluviatilis (Torr.) Gray.

Chaetochioa viridis (L.) Scrib. Secale cereale L.

Fraxinus biltmoreana Beadle. Scutellaria lateriflora L.

Fraxinus nigra Marsh. Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Willd.

Fraxinus quadrangulata Mx. Specularia pcrfoliata (L.) D(.\

Hesperis matronalis L. Typha angustifolia L.

Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britt. Ulmus fulva Mx.

Hordeum jjusillum .Mutt. Vir})urnum cassinoides L.

Date of Publication of May Number, May 14, 1906.

The Ohio ^JS^aturalist,

PUBLISHED BY

The Biological Club of the Ohio Slate Uni'versity.

Volume VI. JUNE. 1906. No. 8

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

ScHAFFNER— Terminology of Organs in Various Conditions of Development 541

Jennings— Additions to the Flora of Cedar Point. 11 544

Jackson— Key to the Families and Genera of the Order Thysanura 5J5

HiNE — Notes on Some Ohio Mammals 550

Young— Key to the Ohio Viburnums iu the Winter Condition 551

Berger — A Simple Formula for Mixintj any Grade of Alcohol Desired 552

HiNE— The Purple Galliuule in Ohio 553

Griggs— A Diurnal Rotation in Leaves of Marsilea 554

Metcai.f— Meeting of the Biological Club 656

Index to Volumes IV. V and VI.

TERMINOLOGY OF ORGANS IN VARIOUS CONDITIONS

OF DEVELOPMENT.

John H. Schaffner.

In describing organs which are undeveloped, defective, or re-
duced, one is sometimes at a loss as to the proper term to be ap-
plied. The words available are used in various ways by different
authors. It becomes necessary, therefore, for each individual
to make some selection for himself in order to avoid general con-
fusion until a common agreement is reached either through gen-
eral consent or through some authoritative body. Without go-
ing into details on special cases, one may consider the following
types of organs representing various stages of individual develop-
ment or of evolutionary progress.

1. Normal organs in the first stages of development in the
individual are "incipient" organs and the beginning of such an
organ is its "inception." The writer has proposed the term
"incept" as a suitable noun to be used in the same way as the
German " anlage. " Thus one may say that a bud is an incipient
flower, or the bud is the incept of the flower. An incipient organ
is one in the embryonic condition but not necessarily an organ
of the einbrvo. Primordium and rudiment have been used as
special nouns for incipient organs but rudimentary is a general
term and primordial from its paleontological flavor has rather a
phylogenetic meaning.

Definition — Incipient organ, incept (Lat. inceptio,incipiens) —
An organ in its first stages of development in the life of the indi-
vidual; an organ in its embrvonic condition.

2. Organs in the first stages of their evolution or such as
have become specialized or fixed in a certain stage of evolution,
while in related groups they have advanced to higher types, are

542 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

properly called "nascent" organs. Thus the lung of a reptile
must- at one time have been a nascent lung while gills were used
to aerate the blood. The hypophysis of a moss is a nascent leaf
whether it ever develops any further or not. Such organs were
called "prophetic" by Agassiz in harmony with his theory of
creation. If a noun is to be used it appears to the writer that
"primordium" is the correct expression. Thus "primordial
organ" becomes synonymous with "nascent organ" and should
perhaps have the preference.

Definition — Nascent organ (Lat. nasci, nascens) — An organ at
the beginning of its evolution or at the beginning of its develop-
ment in the race ; an organ in its first stages of evolution as com-
pared with other homologous organs.

3. If an organ was developed in the past but is now contin-
ually imperfect or undeveloped in the individuals of a species it
is called a "vestigial" organ or a "vestige." The three small
sterile stamens in a Catalpa flower are vestigial. The splint
bones in a horse and the dew-claws on a cow's foot are examples
of vestigial organs. Such organs even if no longer functional
may still be useful. Some undeveloped organs may however not
be vestigial. The incepts may be present in the embryonic state
of the individual and may or may not develop, depending on
the sex determined during the development of the organism.
Such organs may in some cases be vestigial or they may only be
special cases of abortion.

Definition — Vestigial organ, vestige (Lat. vestigium) — An
organ which was normally developed in the past history of the
race but which has become permanently reduced, never develop-
ing completely in any individual.

4. If an organ normal in the species fails to develop properly
in an individual it may be called an abortive organ. A micro-
cephalic individual has an abortive head. A flower bud or a leaf
may be abortive by reason of an unfavorable position on the
stem. Abortive organs may sometimes be atavistic, the devel-
opment having stopped at a stage representing a more primitive
condition of the race. Abortive should not be used in the sense
of vestigial.

Definition — Abortive organ (Lat. abortare.abortivus)— An or-
gan normal in the species but which has failed to reach full de-
velopment in the individual.

5. Organs properly developed in the individual sometimes
become reduced through disease or other causes. Such organs
are properly called "atrophied" organs.

Definition — Atrophied organ (Gr. atrophia) — An organ which
is normal in the species and fully developed in the individual,
but which has become reduced through pathological conditions
or through disuse.

June, 1906.] Terminology of Organs. 543

6. Imperfectly developed or reduced organs of all types
may be called rudimentary organs or rudiments. So long then
as the nature of any incomplete organ is unknown, or speaking
generally, it may be called a rudimentary organ ; but with complete
knowledge, and speaking specifically, it will be called an incipient,
a nascent, a vestigial, an abortive, or an atrophied organ as the
case may be.

Definition — Rudimentary organ , rudiment (Lat. rudimentum)
— An organ in the initial, incipient, or incomplete stage of develop-
ment; or one that has become reduced either in the history of
the race or of the individual.

There are still other types or conditions of organs which may
be defined in a definite sense :

1. Atavistic organs are such as show in the individual a re-
turn to some ancestral type.

2. Retrogressive organs are such as are passing from a
higher to a lower or less perfectly developed condition or state of
organization.

3. Abnormal organs are those which deviate from the usual
type in some extraordinary way, as in shape, size, number of
parts, color or other character. Good examples of abnormal
organs are shown in the following: a fasciated stem, a three-parted
Fuchsia, or a "web-toed" man. Abnormalities are frequently
inherited.

4. Under the term malformed organs, may be included such
types as unusual growths due directly to some external condition
in the life of the individual, as an insect bud-gall, or a leaf blade
of a rhubarb grown in the dark. A good example is a pointed
leaf which has become emarginate through some accident dur-
ing its development. A malformation cannot be transmitted
unless acquired characters so called are inheritable.

5. Transformed organs are such as show a change in the in-
dividual or the race from one type of structure or function to an-
other. A stamen developing into a petal is a transformed organ.
In such transformations there is a failure of the usual hereditary
tendencies to assert themselves while other tendencies present
in the same cells become dominant when they should be sup-
pressed. Insect wings are probably transformed gills and rep-
tilian lungs transformed air-bladders.

6. Under the term "juvenile organs" may be included all
organs which appear on the young individual but which are ab-
sent in the adult. They may be special organs of the embryo,
or normally developed organs which later drop off or are absorbed.
The compound leaves of certain seedling Acacias which in the
adult stage have only phyllodes are good examples of juvenile
organs; the tail of a tadpole is a juvenile organ. The term em-
bryonic organ may be used for the earlier stage whenever there

544 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

is a definite change of environment during development as in
inammals, birds, or seed plants, while juvenile mav be employed
for the succeeding stages. Embryonic is however, the more re-
stricted term and when there is a gradual transformation from
the egg or spore to the adult form, the more convenient designa-
tion is "juvenile" stage or organ. In cases where there is a
definite metamorphosis or succession of forms as in some mosses
or in insects the special terms applied to these stages may, of
course, be most advantageously used for the special organs of
the stage in question.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF CEDAR POINT, II.

(Jtto E. Jexxixgs.

The " Flora of Cedar Point, "' published in 1904, was intended
to be a complete list of the flowering plants and ferns of that lo-
cality as collected during the summer of 1903 and as substan-
tiated by definite prior reports of various other collectors. A
list of 26 additions for 1904 was published in the May number of
the Ohio Naturalist. During the 1905 session of the Lake
Laboratorv of the Ohio State University a further opportunity
was afforded the writer following up this line of study. In the
following list are given those species which were collected on
Cedar Point in 1905 but which were not included in the former
lists referred to.

The total number of species of flowering plants and ferns re-
ported for Cedar Point is now 449, — original "Flora of Cedar
Point," 387 species: additions 1904, 26 species; Prof. E. L. Mose-
ley, 1904, 5 species; 1905, 31 species. Total, 449 species.
Apocynum hypericifolium Ait. Occasional near the Laboratcry in the

coarse sand of the upper beach.
Arabis laevi'^ata Muhl. In the Ridge Section.
Blephilia ciliata (L.) Raf. Woods, Ridge Section.
Brassica arvensis (L.) B. S. P. At edge of Bay.
Brassica campestris L. Among driftwood at edge of Bay.
Carex bicknellii Hritt.
Carex frankii Kuntli.
Carex laxifiora Lam.
Carex lupulina Muhl.
Carex schweinitzii Dewey.
Carex vulpinoidea Michx. .\11 the above Carices wtrc collected in cr

about the inarsh at the head of Biemillers Cove. C. schweinitzii

Dewev is, I believe, new to Ohio.
Clematis virginiana L. Woods, southeast of laboratory.
Cornus obliqua Raf. This species and C. amomum Mill, here apparently

intcrgradc.
Eleocharis acicularis ( I>.) R. &• S. In excavated sand near the Lagoons.
Elymus hirsutiglumis Scrib. & Smith. Several points in the Dune Section.
Erigeron ramosus (Walt.) B. S. V. H. H. York, June 2.5, 190,5. Not

imcommon in Dune Section.
Galium palustre L. Woods, Ridge Section.

June, 1906.] Key to the Order T/iysanura. 545

Galium trifidum L. Woods, southeast of Laboratory.

Juncus tenuis Willd. Edge of Bay near the Cedar Point Dock.

Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel. This species, between Rye Beach and the

Black Channel, was collected by R. F. Griggs, 1903, E. L. Moseley,

1904, and again by the writer, 1905. At Presque Isle, Erie, Pa., this

species is very abundant.
Lemna minor L. Ponds, Ridge Section.
Lysimachia nummularia L. Near the lighthouse.
Monarda mollis L. The most common Monarda on Cedar Point.
Polygonum pennsylvanicum L. Marsh near Laboratory.
Potamogeton amplifolius Tuckerm.
Potamogeton foliosus Raf. Both the above species east of entrance to

Biemillers Cove.
Potamogeton lucens L. Near the Black Channel.
Rumex altissimus Wood. Marsh north of "White House."
Sagittaria graminea Mx. Opposite Laboratory at western edge of

Biemillers Cove and near the "Carrying Ground."
Thalictrum polygamum Muhl. Edge of marsh near the Black Channel.
Toxicodendron pubescens Mill.- On sand dunes near Laboratory.

Prof. E. L. Moseley^ in listing the vegetation of the bar between the
Black Channel and Rye Beach mentions the following species, none of
which were included in the "Flora of Cedar Point":
Equisetum prafense Ehrh.
Gentiana andrewsii Griseb.
Liriodendron tulip ifera L.
Muhlenbergia mexicana (L.) Trin.
Solidago canadensis L.

1. Kellerman, W. a. and Jexxixgs, O. E. Flora of Cedar Point.
Ohio Nat. 4 ; 186-190. June, 1904.

2. Greene, E. L. Segregates of Rhus, Leaflets, 1 : 114-144. Nov.
24 and Nov. 29, 1905.

3. Moseley, E. L. Formation of Sandusky Bav and Cedar Point.
Proc. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 4 : 179-238. 1906.

Carnegie Museum, March 28, 1906.

KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF THE ORDER

THYSANURA.

C. F. Jacksox.

The order Thysanura comprises on the whole, a group of
very small insects, the largest of which do not much exceed
25 mm. in length. They may be found in almost every con-
ceivable locality, under old logs, in moss and grass, along the
margin of stagnant pools and even in our dwellings. Yet
strange to say since the time of Degeer, Nicolet and Sir John
Lubbock but little has been added to our knowledge of Thysa-
nura and the study of this most interesting order of insects has
till within the last few years been very much neglected.

As in all other branches of science, much confusion has arisen
as to the identity of species. This is due partlt to the fact that
the descriptions given by the early writers are frequently so
short and incomplete that the species, or even the genus, cannot

546 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

be satisfactorily determined; and, partly from the fact that many
of the species vary greatly as to color, or the young of one species
resembling the adult of another. All this has had a tendency
to discourage further research. Adequate keys have been pre-
pared but the most of them have dealt only with Old World
species.

The present key has not been thoroughly tested, but it is
hoped that it will aid somewhat the research in American
species. It has been adapted from ' ' Die Gattungen und Arten
der Apterygogenea (Brauer)," by Dr. K. W. v. Dalla Torre,
published in 1895, but I believe it will apply to most of our
genera.

I desire here to extend my thanks to Dr. L. B. Walton and
Prof. Herbert Osborn for the valuable suggestions concerning
the preparation of this publication. The accompanying plate
has been made by my wife, who has given me the greatest assist-
ance throughout the entire work.

Note — The following key has been prepared in advance of a more
extended work on the Thysanura of Ohio. Any suggestions or specimens
will be gladly received.

KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF THE ORDER THYSANURA.

A: Mouthparts well developed, palpi distinctly visible, antennae usually many jointed,
caudal end of body usually provided with a pair of jointed filamentous or forcep-
like appendages and without a ventral sucker.

SUB-ORDER, I. CINURA.

B: Body covered with scales. Fam: 1. LEPISMIDAE.

C: Eyes absent. Gen. 1 (1) Troglodromicus.

CC: Eyes present'

D: Eyes large, contiguous or nearly so. Gen. 2 (2) Machilis.

DD: Eyes small and separated.

E: Caudal appendages very short. Gen. 3 (.3) Lepismina.

EE: Caudal appendages nearly as long as body. Gen. 4 (4) Lepisma.
BB: Body not covered with scales.

C: Abdomen without caudal appendages. Fam: 2. ANISOSPHAERIDAE
D: A single genus. Gen. 1 (5) Anisosphaerae.

CC: Caudal appendages, simple segmented filaments or sickle shaped.

D: Caudal apjiendages sickle-shaped. Fam; 3. lAPVGIDAE

E: A single genus. Gen. ljc(3)^lapyx

DD: Caudal appendages many jninted filaments.

Fam.: 4 CAMPODEIDAE. '
E: Tw(j caudal appendages. Gen. 1 (7) Campodea.

EE: Three caudal appendages. Gen: 2 (8) Nicoletia.

AA: Mouthparts retracted, palpi not distinctly vi.sible, antennae usually 4-8 jninted, a
forked sucker on the ventral side of abdomen, a saltatorial appendage usually near
caudal end of abdomen. (See drawings.)

SUB-ORDER, II. COLLEMBOLA.

B: Saltatorial organ present.

C: Saltatorial organ attached on the penultimate abdominal segnicnl.
D: Abdomen globular, only slightly longer than broad.

Fam:5. SMINTHURIDAE.
E: Terminal segment of antennae short, with whorls of hairs.

Gen: 1 (9) Papirius.

June, 1906.] Key to the Order' Thysanura. 547

EE : Teriinnal segment of antennae long, annulate.

F; Antennae with 8 segments, abdomen with 2 tubercles.

Gen: 2 (10) Dicyrtoma.
FF; Antennae with 4 segments, abdomen without tubercles.

Gen: 3 (11) Sminthtirus.
DD: Abdomen clyindrical, longer than broad.

Fam: 6, ENTOMOBRYIDAE.
E: Biidy naked or covered with hair.

F: Antennae of 6 segments. Gen: 1 (12) Orchesella.

FF: Antennae of 4-5 segments.

G: 2 ocelli on either side of head. Gen: 2 (1.3) Sinella.
GG: 8 ocelli on either side of head.

H : Dorsal portion of third and fourth abdominal
segment approximately of equal length.
I : Central part of saltatorial organ not reach-
ing over the ventral sucker.

Gen: 3 (14) Isotoma.
II: Central part of saltatorial organ reaching
beyond ventral sucker.

Gen: 4 (15) Corynothrix
HH: Dorsal portion of fourth abdominal segment
3-4 times longer than third.

I : Distal end of saltatorial organ curved,
without antiapical hooks.

Gen: 5 (16) Drepanura.
II: Distal end of saltatorial organ simple, with
antiapical hooks.

J: Ocelli irregularly arranged, not in 2
longitudinal and 4 transverse rows.

Gen: 6 (17) Entomobrya.
JJ: Ocelli symetrically arranged in 2
longitudinal and 4 transverse rows.

Gen: 7 (18) Salina.
EE : Body covered with flat scales.
F : Antennae of 4 segments.

G: Distal segment of antennae annulate.

H: Ocelli present. Gen: 8 (19) Tomocerus.

HH: Ocelh absent.

I : Antennae longer than body, saltatoriaL
organ with long distal segment.

Gen: 9 (20) Tritomurus.
II: Antennae half as long as body, saltatoriaL
organ with very short distal segment.

Gen: 10 (21) Heteromurus.
GG: Distal segment of antennae not anntilate.

H: Ocelli absent. Gen: 11 (22) Cyphodeirus^

HH: Ocelli present.
. I: Pronotvim simple, head prominent.

J: Metathorax enlarged into hump.

Gen: 12 (23) Campylothorax,
JJ : Metathorax simple.

K: Middle part of saltatorial organ
spiny.

Gen: 13 (24) Dicranocentrus.
KK: Saltatorial organ smooth.

L: Fourth abdominal segment
ahnost 3 times as long as
third.
Gen: 14(25)Pseudosira.

548 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

LL: Fourth abdominal segment
4-0 times as long as third.
M : Fourth abdominal seg-
ment, 5 times as
long as third, (i
ocelli on either side
Gen: 15(26)
Trichocorypha.
MM: Fourth abdominal seg-
ment 4 times as
long as third.
N : 8 Ocelli on either
side.

Gen: 16(27)
Seira.
NN : 4 Ocelli on either
side.

Gen: 17(28)
Paronella.
II: Pronotum extending over head and par-
tially concealing it.
J: 8 Ocelli on either side.

Gen: 18 (29) Lepidocyrtus.
JJ: 6 Ocelli on either side.

Gen: 19 (30) Calistella.
FF: Antennae of 5 segments.

G: Eye-spot with 1 ocellus, terminal segment of anten-
nae annulate.

Gen: 20 (31) Templetonia.
GG: Eye-spot with 8 ocelli, terminal segment of antennae
simple. Gen: 21(32 Strongylonotus.

CO: Saltatorial appandege attached to antipenultimate abdominal segment.

Fam: 7. PODURIDAE.
D: Mouth-parts extending cone-like from front of head.

Gen: 1 (33) Gnathocephalus.
DD: Mouth-parts not appearing cone-like from front of head.

E: Antennae of 5 segments. Gen: 2 (34) Deuterolubbockia.

EE: Antennae of 4 segments.
Tarsus with 2 claws.

G: Abdomen without terminal spur.

Gen: 3 (So) Achorutes.
GG: Abdomen with terminal spurs.

H : Abdomen with 2 terminal spurs.

Gen: 4 (36) Schoturus.
HH: Abdomen with 4 terminal spurs.

Gen: 5 (37) Tetracanthella.
FF: Tarsus with 1 claw.

G: Ocelli, 14-15 on either side.

Gen: 6 (3S) Podurhippus.
GG: Less than 14-15 ocelli on either side.
H: Terminal spur absent.

I: Saltatorial organ long, curved, extending
from posterior end of body.

Gen: 7 (39) Podura.
II: Saltatorial organ short, simple, not reach-
ing the posterior end of body.
J: Legs long, distinctly visible from
above.

Gen: 8 (40) Pseudachorutes.

June, 1906.]

Key to the Order Thysanura.

549

BB: Saltatorial organ absent.

JJ: Legs very short, not visible fnMn
above. Gen: 9 (41) Brachysius.
HH: Terminal spur present.
1 : 2 terminal spurs.

Gen: 10 (42) Xenylla.
II: More than 2 terminal spurs.
J: 3 terminal spurs.

Gen: 11 (43) Friesae.
JJ: 4 terminal spurs.

Gen: 12 (44) Oudemansia.
Fam.:8 APHORURIDAE.

C: Mouth-parts not placed cone-like under the head.

Gen: 1 (45) Aphorura.
Gen: 2 (46) Anurophorus.

CC

D: Tarsus with 2 distinct claws.
DD: Tarsus with 1 distinct claw.

E: Post-antennal organ absent.
EE: Post-antennal organ present.

F: Terminal spur present, post-antennal organs placed i
rows. Gen: 3(47) Tullbergia.

FF: Terminal spurs absent, post-antennal organs in circles.

Gen: 4 (48) Anurida,
Mouth-parts appearing cone-like on under side of head.
D: 3 ocelli on either side of head. Gen; 5 (49) Neanura.

DD: Ocelli absent.

E: Post-antennal organs present. Gen: 6 (50) Aphoromma.

EE: Post-antennal organs absent. Gen: 7 (51) Tetrodontophora.

EXPLANATION OF DRAWINGS.

The terminology used is practically the same as in other groups of
insects, with the exception of the sub-order, Collemhola, which are
peculiar in that they possess a ventral sucker, and saltatorial appendage.
The following drawings were taken from the genus, Isotoma, which is one
of the nicst generalized of the entire group.

Fig. 1. Saltatorial appendage. Fig. 2. Antenna. Fig. 3. Ventral
view of sucker. Fig. 4. Side-view of sucker. Fig. 5. Post-antennal organ. ^
Fig. 6. Left eye spot showing the ocelli. Fig. 7. Foot,

55© The Ohio Naturalist [Vol. VI, No. 8,

NOTES ON SOME OHIO MAMMALS.

James S. Hine.

A few facts regarding some of the Ohio mammals have been
brought out in the past year or so. A number of species have
been added to the state list and some observations recorded on
well known Ohio forms.

The Little Brown Bat, Myotis lucifugus, has been taken at
Sandusky where is appears to be rather common.

Much has been said about the Cooper Lemming Mouse,
Synaptomys cooperi, but there does not appear to be a definite
published record of its occurrence in Ohio. The past summer
the species has been collected in Franklin and Madison Counties.
In the former county it was trapped in low grass land and
appeared to be common, as nearly a dozen specimens were taken.
In the latter county a female and two young were procured from
under a log in a low pasture near a stream.

The Prairie Meadow Mouse has been reported as a member
of the state fauna but specimens on which this record was
founded turn out to be the Pine Mouse, Microtus pinetorum
scalopsoides. It is doubtful if Microtus austerus belongs to our
fauna, although it has been taken in western Indiana.

When Brayton wrote his report on Ohio mammals, the Rice-
field Mouse, Oryzomys palustris, was included on account of a
very peculiar record made by Dr. Langdon. A Red-tailed Hawk
was shot near New Philadelphia, and in its stomach were found
the partially digested remains of what was reported as the Rice-
field Mouse. Since that time no living specimen has been
reported from Ohio and Rhoades says the species is not found in
Pennsylvania. Some years ago two skulls were unearthed at
Madisonville and sent to Washington for determination. Dr.
Elliot Coues pronounced them to be the skulls of the mouse in
question. A year or two ago Prof. W. C. Mills collected a num-
ber of skeletons which he unearthed in Ross County, and which
prove to be of this same species. Prof. Mills says large numbers
of the skeletons were seen and not taken for the reason that he
considered them of no special interest, since evidence showed
that the animals had crawled into the pits and died there, and as
he was studying the food animals of the Aborigines these did not
appeal to him. Where the hawk mentioned above got the
specimen it had in its stomach is a question. Although one
would naturally suppose it to be an Ohio specimen we have no
way of proving it. We arc certain of one thing, however, and
that is the Rice-field Mouse once occurred in numbers over
certain parts of Ohio, and the questions that naturally arise are,
Is the species a member of our fauna at present, or has it become

June, 1906.] Key to the Ohio Virhurnums. 551

extinct in the state ?/^ If it is extinct what has caused it to
become so?

I am pleased to record for the hrst time the occurrence in the
state of the Prairie White-footed Mouse, Peromyscus michi-
ganensis. Specimens were taken in Madison County in 1905, by
turning over logs in a low woods pasture.

The Jumping Mouse, Zapus hudsonius americanus, was
observed to be abundant in certain parts of Summit County last
summer. Mr. Eugene F. Cranz captured a number of specimens
at Ira. They were found mostly in fields of standing grain and
hay.

The Badger, Taxidia taxus, has been reported as exitnct in
the state, but observation the past summer proves it to still be
present in northwestern Ohio. In some sections it is common.

Last year at the meeting of the Academy the late Prof. A. A.
Wright, gave a paper on the Alleghenian Least Weasel as a
member of the Ohio fauna. Since that time a specimen has
been received from Summit County, taken by E. F. Cranz who
procured it in April, 1905, from a shock of fodder. This specimen
was a female in dark pelage. A male trapped December 25,
1905, at Suffield, Portage County, by Orlando Wise, was sent to
the O. S. U. Museum by Oscar Himebaugh. The color is white,
with the exception of a few reddish patches on the back. So
far there are records for six Ohio specimens of this interesting
species.

KEY TO THE OHIO VIBURNUMS IN THE WINTER CON-
DITION.

I Robert A. Young.

Viburnum L. Shrubs or small trees with opposite leaf scars,
the leaf scars meeting or connected by a line ; twigs gray, brown
or reddish; stellate pubescent or glabrous, sometimes peltate
dotted; terminal bud present or tips withering; axillary buds
single, visible scales 1-3 pairs, the outer pair short or completely
covering the bud; leaf scars V-shaped to broadly U-shaped or
heart-shaped, the bundle scars 3; stipular scars none; pith small,
cylindrical or nearly so, solid.

Some of the species are very difficult to separate unless dry

leaves are present.

1. Buds completely covered by the outer pair of scales, some with a mi-
nute pair at the base. 2.

1. Outer pair of bud scales about half the length of the bud or less;

twigs of the season scattered stellate pubescent. 5.

2. Twigs of the season glabrous, pellate dotted and light colored; buds

very long, slender and pointed. V. cassinoides L. Withe-rod.

2. Twigs of the season glabrous. 3.
2. Twigs of the season densely stellate pubescent. 4.

552 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

3. Buds ovate, merely acute, outer pair of scales red, next pair gluti-
nous; twigs of the season light brown or gray, the tips withering.

V. opuliis L. Cranberry-tree and Snowball.

3. Buds long and rather slender; twigs of the season dark reddish brown.

V . lentago L. Sheepberry.
and V. prwnifoliuni L. Black Haw.
V. lentago has prominently acuminate leaves and acuminate win-
ter buds. V. prunifolium has obtuse or merely acute
leaves and acute winter buds.

4. Leaf scar narrow, V-shaped or broadly U-shaped; twigs gravisb

brown; buds oblong. V-lantanah. Wayfaring-tree.

4. Leaf scar broad, U-shaped to heart-shaped; twigs reddish.

V. alnifolimn Marsh. Hobblebush

5. Outer pair of bud scales fully half the length of the bud or more.

V. pubcscens (Ait.) Pursh. Downy Arrow-wood,

and V . dentatum L. Arrow-wood.

V. pubescens has pubescent leaves with very short petioles; the

twigs of the season are often nearly glabrous. V. dentatum

has nearly glabrovis leaves with petioles }/i-\]A inches long.

5. Outer pair of bud scales barely half the length of the bud or less.

Y . molle Michx. Softleaf Arrow-wood,
and V . acerifolimn L. Mapleleaf Arrow-wood.
V. molle has pinnately veined coarsely dentate leaves. V. aceri-
folium has 3-ribbed, 3-lobed leaves.

A SIMPLE FORMULA FOR MIXING ANY GRADE OF

ALCOHOL DESIRED.

E. W. Berger.

Let P represent the grade per cent, of the alcohol on hand, P'
the grade per cent, required, v the number of volumes of water
to be added to one volume of P to make alcohol P' and x the num-
ber of volumes of P that we desire to change to P'. Then

Px P — P'

= P'. This gives us (1) PV=P— P', and (2) v=^ ^, '

x-|-vx P

Of these, (1) gives us the pharmaceutical rule quoted by Pro-
fessor Schaffner in his " Labratory Outlines for General Botany " :
"Take of the grade at hand as many volumes as the number of
the per cent, you wish to make, then add to this enough volumes
of pure water to make the total number of volumes agree with
the number of the per cent, at hand. " And (2) may be translatee
into words as follows: — Rule: To find the number of volumes (v)
of water to he added to one volume of the grade per cent. (P) on hand,
to m,ake alcohol of the grade per cent. P', divide the difference be-
tween the number (P) denoting the grade per cent, on hand and the
nufnber (P') denoting the grade per cent, required, by the latter

P — P'

number (P')- Or, which is simpler, v= — ^^ — '

Professor Irving Hardesty in "Neurological Technique" ap-
proximates the above formula (2), and if he had worked it out

June, 1906.] The Purple Gallinule in Ohio. 553

differently and simplified it, he would have arrived at the same
results with me. As it is, he gives the reader, not a simple for-
mula, but a table. His work came to my knowledge after I had
worked out and presented my formula before the Biological
Club and the same has been useful to me only in suggesting a
simplification of the equation used for my starting point.
Biological Hall, Ohio State University.

THE PURPLE GALLINULE IN OHIO.

James S. Hine.

Since not over half a dozen specimens of this bird have been
recorded for Ohio, any additional records of captured specimens
are of interest. A fine male was brought to the museum a few
weeks ago by F. B. Shuller who furnished the following data
regarding two specimens shot at Hamilton, Ohio, by Chas.
Golden:

Mr. Golden says: "As I recall, it was the first part of April,
1897, while strolling along a marshy place known as Old River,
that I noticed a bird upon a decayed log which was lying in the
water. The river is about fifty feet wide and the water four
inches deep at the point where the observation was made and is
a fine feeding ground for waders. My attention was attracted
by what I first thought was a piece of red paper which the bird
was carrying in its mouth. I threw a stick and the bird flew and
alighted on a branch of a large elm tree overhanging the water
and between myself and the sun where I could see the bright
colors of its bill, and the beautiful purple plumage."

"A gun was procured and the bird shot and presented to
Mr. W. B. Shuler who had it mounted by Mr. Geo. Sutter. The
following March while duck hunting near the same locality, it
was my good fortune to shoot another purple gallinule which I
believe Mr. Sutter now has in his possession. The day on which
the second specimen was taken was very disagreeable with
occasional snow flurries which are characteristic of this season of
the year."

-y

554 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

A DIURNAL ROTATION IN LEAVES OF MARSILEA.

Robert F. Griggs.

It has long been known that the leaves of the various species
of Marsilea "go to sleep" at night. The change of position at
the beginning of night is very conspicuous and definite, resem-
bling that of Oxalis and the clovers. It is caused by a bending
of the petiolules which bend up at night so as to close the leaflets
together thus affording protection from exposure. The occur-
rence of such strikingly similar movements in these three plants
which have no inter-relationships nor similarities other than the
accidental resemblances of their leaves is a very remarkable
coincidence.

So far as the writer has found this day and night motion is
the only one that has been reported for Marsilea. But in addi-
tion there are under certain conditions at least, very conspicuous
changes of position in response to light stimuli, which are of
considerable interest.

During the summer of 1904 the writer was engaged in some
work for the United States Department of Agriculture which
took him to Victoria, Texas. While located at that place he
frequently had occasion to visit the government experimental
farm located about a mile from the town. Very often instead
of following the road he took a short cut across the fields. The
land is low, swampy at times and in places is covered with
Marsilea vestita. On these plants the observations recorded
below were made. Unfortunately other business intervened so
that it was not possible to make visits to the plants as frequently
as would have been desirable to test the universality of the
occurrence of the phenomena nor has it been possible since to
repeat them. But on account of their interest I venture to
publish them for what they are worth. I copy the original
notes, with only minor changes, from my note book as they were
written at the time.

At six o'clock on the evening of July 14, as I was coming
across the fields from the experimental farm to Victoria I saw
great numbers of Marsilea vestita Hook, and Grev. The leaves
were still open and in every case turned to face the setting sun
in such a manner as to catch the rays perpendicularly. They

June, 1906.] Diurnal Rotation in Leaves of Marsilea. 555

were not merely inclined toward the west but were squarely
facing in that direction.

At five o'clock the next morning when the day was just
dawning they were observed again. The leaves were still
tightly folded in their night position. None of them were facing
the west as the}' must have been the night before when they
folded up. On the contrary a large proportion of them had
turned and were facing the east. But in this respect there was
no uniformity in position as there had been in facing west the
night before. In the light of the following observation, I inter-
pret this to mean that they were just in process of turning from
the west to the east under the influence of the increasing illu-
mination.

At 7:30 on my return from the farm I found that all the
leaves were spread out toward the east as they had been to the
west the night before. Many thousands were seen and among
them all there was not a single exception. The effect was very
striking indeed.

The only other opportunity that was offered for observation
was a few minutes after two in the afternoon of a cloudy day
about an hour after a thunder shower. At that time all of the
leaves were spread out parallel to the ground.

I have several times watched other species of Marsilea but
have never succeeded in detecting similar movements. It
would be most desirable to determine under what special condi-
tions, if any, this phenomenon took place. Perhaps it is a
peculiarity of the particular species or variety found at Victoria.

An examination of the leaves to determine in what region
the motion took place showed that it was not due to tortion or
other movements of the petiole which remained erect and
unchanged through the whole process. The motion is rather in
the individual leaflets which are turned by the twisting and
bending of their petiolules which also cause the folding up of the
leaves at nightfall. We have then in these petiolules an exceed-
ingly interesting motile area similar to that found in the Seed
Plants.

556 The Ohio Naturalist. [Vol. VI, No. 8,

MEETING OF THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB.

Orton Hall, March 5, 1906.

The Club was called to order by the President, Mr. Griggs.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and corrected.

Mr. Stauffer then presented his paper on "The Devonian
Formations of Ohio." He considered especially the Columbus
and Delaware limestones.

Mr. Hyde presented his paper on "The Waverly Formations
of Ohio," dealing in particular with the Black Hand and Logan
formations.

Prof. Prosser briefly summarized these two papers by calling
attention to the most important points.

Dr. Berger gave a method of mounting objects on cover
glasses so that they can be examined under the microscope from
both sides.

Prof. Osborn discussed the Natural History Survey Bill, and
moved that a resolution endorsing the bill be drawn up by the
Secretary. The motion carried.

Mr. S. H. Sterner was elected to membership, after which the

club adjourned.

Z. P. Metcalf,

' Secretary.

Date of Publication of June Number, June 5, 1Q06.

INDEX TO VOLUMES IV, V AND VI.

4

Acquired Characters, 26
Actinolophus, 262

minutus, 263
Aelosoma, 435
Aesculus glabra, 20
Agar-agar Method, 344
Alcohol, Mixing, 552.
Alders, Key to, 517
Algae, Brush Lake, 268

Lake Erie, 148
Angiospermae, 390
Anthurus borealis, 474, 517
Apion nigrum, life history, 346
Aradidae of Ohio, 36
Aradus, 22, 36

aequalis, 36

crenatus, 37

duryi, 39

duzei, 38

elongatus, 41

lobatus,40

ornatus, 22, 38

o vat us, 41,

robustus, 37

simplex, 40
Ascaris, Reducing Division in, 519
Ascochyta pisi, 507
Ashes, Key to, 270
Aspidiotus ohicensis, 325

piceus, 96
Atemnus elongatus, 489
Batrachum longisrotris, 353
Biological Club, 98, 114, 193, 216,

250, 272, 294, 308, 329, 352,

377, 400, 422, 451, 474, 496,

518, 556
Birds of Ohio, Dawson's, 66

Color Key to N. Am., 148

Records of Ohio, 112
Bryophyta, 388

Buds of Ohio Trees, Winter, 505
Caenia fumosa, 65
viridis, 65
Cambarus hinei, 401
Carnivore, Our Smallest, 251
Cataloguing of Collections, 62
Catalpas, Kev to, 496
Cedar Point JFlora, 186, 540
Chelanops oblongus, 407
Chicken Islands Flora, 190
Chilocorus similis, 49
Chionaspis sylvatica, 95
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum, 56
Chrysops calopterus, 392
coquelletti, 220
dimmccki, 393
melanopterus, 391
pachycnemius, 391

Cicada delicata, 498
erratica, 497
Clasping Organs, Pediculidae, 107
Classification of Plants, 298
Commelina nudiflora, 448
Cone of Pinus laricis, 396
Corn, Development of Grain, 3
Cray fishes, 310
Cucumis sativus, 423
Dandelions, 74

Descriptions of Mallophoga, 528
Deciduous Leaves, 163
Desmids, A Few Ohio, 349
Dichaeta, 64

Disease of Seed Peas, 507
Dissecting Tray, 66
Diptera, 63

Division in Ascaris, 519
Dogwoods, Key to, 419
Dragonflies, 310

Drainage, Changes in Lancaster, 149^
Elms, Key to Ohio, 315
Embryo of Batrachium, 353
Cucumis, 423
Nelumbo, 167
Staphylea, 320
Ephydridae, 63
Epistylus flavicans, 327
Equisetum laevigatum, 74
Errata, 74, 148
Expansion of leaves, 210
Fall Webworm, 453
Fasciation in Plants, 47
Faunal Lists, a Suggestion, 462
Ferns, Ohio, 205

Flora, Cedar Point, 186, 540, 544
Chicken Islands, 190
Shale Bluffs, 499
Fontaria indianae, 161
Fossombronia cristula, 58
Free-floating Plants, 420
Fulgorid, Root Infesting, 42
Fulgoridae, new species, 44, 373
Gall Insects, 115, 140
Literature of, 133
Mouthparts of, 121, 124
Diptera, 125
Hemiptera, 126
Hymenoptera, 126
Lepidoptera, 127
Ovipositors of, 121, 122
Gallinule, Purple, in Ohio, 553
Galls, 115, 140

Development of, 144
Epidermal Structures of, 120
Flower, 115
Fruit, 115
Histology of, 117

ji/^^-r

Index to Volumes IV, V and VI.

Galls, Lateral Bud, 143

Morphology of Leaf, 1-10
Root, 117 '
Stem, 143

of Acarina, 115, 117
Aphididae, 118, 121
Arachnida, 129
Cecidomvia, 116, 119, 140
Cynipida'e, 119, 120, 141
Diptera, 130
Hemiptera, 130
Hymenoptera, 130
Lepidoptera, 117
Psyllidae, 118
Tenthredinidae, 143
Gelastocoridae, 287
Genera Insectorum, 148
Geology and Physiography, 431

of Clifton Gorge, 75
Glands of Plants, 103, 399
Gyninosperniae, 390
Hackberry, 215
Haematopota, 231
Helianthus illinoensis, 214
Helobiae, 83
Helizoan, A New, 261
Hemiptera of Ohio, 99, 273

S. Am., 195
Herbarium, State, 59, 249, 264,

316, 397, 403, 441
Heterosporous Pteridophyte, 255
Hibernacula of Water Plants, 291
Hickories, Key to, 269
Homosporous Pteridophyte, 483
Hydrofluoric Acid for Marking

SHdes, 272
Hyperiaceae, 403
Hypericum, 249
Hyphantria cunea, 453

Isopoda, Ohio List, 488
Jacket Layer in Sassafras, 192
Kentucky, Lower Ordoyician, 447
Key to Alders, 517

Ashes, 270

Catalpas, 496

Dogwoods, 419

Elms, 315

Genera of Woody Plants,
364

Hickories, 269

Hyperiaceae, 404

Liverworts, 312, 503, 530

Maples, 297

Poplars, 271

Sumacs, 293

Walnuts, 307

Woody Plants, 277
L;ictuca saligna, 74

Ladybird, Asiatic, 49

Lake Laboratory, 177

Leaf Expansion, 210

Leayes, Deciduous, 163

Limestone, Columbus, 67

List of Ohio Trees, 457

Liverworts, Correction to Ke)-, 503

Key to, 312, 503, 530
Lycopodium pcrophyllum, 301
Lygaeus sulcatus, 200

Mallophaga, New, 528

Mammals, Fonner Occurrence, 471

Mammals, Ohio, Notes on, 550

Maples, Key to, 297

Marking Slides, Method for, 272

Marsilea vestita, 554

Martynia, 444

Mat Plants, 265

Megamelas angulatus, 374

spartani, 375
Milk-sickness, Cause, 463, 477
Mole, Prairie, 213
Mollusca, 449

Note on, 462
Morphology of Philotria, 304
Mosquitoes, 438
Mosses, 157
Moth Book, 74
Mutation, 448
Myndis fulyus, 46
radicis, 42
Myriopod, 161
Mytilus, Development of Gill, 51

Natural History Survey, 471
Nectaries of Plants, 103
Nelumbo, Embryo of, 167
Nematophyta, 388
Nerthra stygica, 288
Notiphila, 64
Nutating Plants, 214
Nymphaeaceae, 83
Ohio Academy of Science, 23, 47
Ordoyician, Mapping Lower, 447
Orthezia solidaginus, 94
Orthoptera of Ohio, 109
Paddle Fish, 24
Pamera tuberculata, 201
Pangonia, 227
Paraffin Method, 344
Peas, Disease of Seed, 507
PedicuHdae, 107
Philotria, Morphology of, 304
Phle])sius maculatus, 276
Phyllucelis atra, 93
Phyllodinus fuscous, 46

Koebelei, 44
Physiography and Geology, 431
Pinus laracio, 396

Index to Volumes IV, V and VI .

Planarian, 254
Plant Notes, 20

Tissues, Imbedding, 344
Plants, Classification of, 298, 386,
513
Free-floating, 420
Hibernacula of Water, 291
Injurious, 16, 32, 69
Kev to Woody, 277, 364
Mat, 265

Maximum Height of, 23
New and Noteworthy Ohio,

492
New and Rare Ohio, 475
Nutating, 214
Nutation of, 30
Poisonous, 16, 32, 69
Rare Ohio, 61
Self-pruning, 450
Species of, fcr Ohio, 492
With Compound Leaves,

340
With Glands, 103, 399
With Nodding Tips, 267
With Tendrils, 305
Platymetopius obscurus, 274
Polydon spatula, 24
Poplars, Key to, 271
Porkelesia setigera, 373
Protophyta, 388
Protozoa, Brush Lake, 394

Growth in, 327
Pseudcscorpion from Guatemala,

489
Pseudcsccrpionidae, 407
Psilopa fulivpennis, 64
Pteridophyta. 388, 390
Pteridophyte, 255, 483
Pteridophytes, Ecological Notes on

295 '
Putcrius allegheniensis, 253
Reducing Division in Ascaris, 519
Reduction Division, 331
Remarks on McUusca, 449
Report on Mosquitoes, 438
Rusts, Experiment with, 57
Salix amygdaloides, 14
babylDnica, 13
fragilis, 13
interior wheeleri, 11
nigra, 14, 15
pentandra, 12
sericea, 14

Sanguinaria canadensis, 379
Sassafras, Jacket Layer in, 192
Scalops aqviaticus :nachrinus, 213
Self-pruning, 450
Seridentus denticulatus, 203
Sex Organs in Aelosoma, 435
Sexual and Nonsexual Genera-
tions, 473
Shale Bluffs, Flora of, 499
Shrubs, Winter Buds of, 505
Silvius, 229
Skull, vertebrate, 52
Snowiellus attratus, 230
Sparrow, English, 518
Staphylea trifoliata, 320
Stobaera minuta, 376
pallida, 375
Struggle for Life on a Sandbar, 302
Stylopidae, 443
Sumacs, Key to, 293
Sunflower, A New, 214
Survey, Natural History, 471
Tabanidae, 217
Tabanus, 231

flavidus, 236

laticeps, 239

laticornis, 239

csburni, 241

productus, 242

vivax, Life History of, 1
Trees, List of Ohio, 457

Winter Buds of, 505
Tendrils, Ohio Plants With, 305
Terminclcgy of Organs, 541
Thamnctettix furculatus, 275
Thysanura, Key to, 545
Tinobregmus vittatus, 9
Topography of Clifton Gorge, 75

She re Line, 61
Trembles in Stock, cause, 463, 477
Twigs of Hackberry, 215
L'^nionidae, 309
Uredineous Culture Experiments,

Index 78
Velia brunnea, 204
Vertebrate Skull, 52
Viburnums, 551.
Walnuts, Key to Ohio, 307
Willows, Interesting Ohio, 11

Summer Flowering, 15
Wright, Professor A. A., In

Memcriam, 357

INDEX TO AUTHORS.

Berger, E. W., 407, 453, 489, 552.
Burgess, A. F., 49, 438.
Bueno, J. R., DE LA Torre, 287.
Claassen, Edo, 58, 157, 312, 503, 530.
Clevekger, Joseph F., 272.
Coberly, E. D., 47, 98, 114.

Index to Volumes IV, ]' and VI.

-Cook, Melville T., 115, 140.

Cotton, E. C, 270, 346.

CusHMAN, Joseph A., 349.

DURRANT, E. P., 528.

DuRY, Chas., 148, 443.

estabrook, a. h., 518.

Fischer, Walter, 340, 396, 475, 499.

Flory, Charles H., 297.

Frank, John N., 193, 216, 272.

Gleason, H. a., 205, 214, 249, 264, 316, 397, 403, 441.

Griggs, Robert F., 11, 24, 67, 519, 554.

HiLLiG, Fred J., 448.

Hine, Jas. S. (J. S. H.) 1, 63, 66, 74, 113, 148, 217, 391, 399, 550, 553.

Hopkins, Louis S., 166.

Hubbard, Geo. D., 431.

Hyde, Jesse E., 149, 250.

Jackson, C. F., 545.

Jennings, O. E., 59, 61, 186, 492, 544.

Jones, Lynds, 112, 351.

Kellerman, W. a., 20, 56, 57, 78, 190.

Kellerman, W. a., and Gleason, H. A., 205.

Kellerman, W. A., York, H. H., and Gleason, H. A., 441.

Kellerman, W. A., and Jennings, O. E., 59, 186.

Kellerman, W. A. and York, H. H., 540.

Landacre, F. L., 327.

Lindahl, Josua, 488.

McOwEN, Allen, 496.

Mead, Charles S., 52, 109.

Metcalf, Z. p., 451, 474, 496, 518, 556.

Miller, A. M., 447.

Morse, Max, 24, 25, 161.

Morse, Wm. C, 517.

Moseley, E. L., 463, 477, 504.

Nelson, Jas. A., 435.

Ortmann, a. E., 401.

OsBORN, Herbert, (H. O.) 9, 22, 36, 42, 44, 93, 99, 107, 177, 195, 273,
307,373,471,497.

poindexter, c. c, 3.

Rice, Edward L., 51.

Riddle, Miss Lumina C, 213, 268, 304, 320, 353, 394.

Sanedrs, J. G., 94.

5CHAFFNER, JoHN H., (J. H. S.), 16, 23, 30, 32, 47, 69, 74, 83, 103, 148,
163, 192, 210, 214, 215, 255, 265, 267, 271, 277, 298, 301, 392, 307,
331, 363, 364, 386, 399, 419, 450, 457, 473, 483, 505, 513, 541.

ScHAFFNER, Mrs. Mabel, 293, 420.

ScHOLL, Louis H., 269.

Smith, Lindley M., 315.

Sterki, v., 444, 449, 462.

Stockberger, W. W., 517.

vSuMSTiNE, D. R., 474.

Surface, F. M., 294, 308, 329, 352, 377, 379, 400, 422.

Tillman, Miss Opal I., 305, 423.

VanHook, J. M., 507.

Wacker, Miss Alma H., 295.

Walton, L. B., 56, 62, 66, 254, 261.

Wells, W. E., 75.

Westgate, Louise G., 61.

Williamson, E. B., 309.

Wright, Albert A., 251.

Young, Robert A., 551.

York, Harlan H., 167, 291, 325, 344, 441.

0

NOVEMBER.

VOLUME V. 1904. NUMBER I.

The

\fe^

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History gf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
flf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and gf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY cf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Coluinbu«, Ohio, as Second'class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Dniveksity, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.26. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, . John H. SchafFNER.

Business Manager James S. Hine.

Associate Editors.

F. L. I/ANDACRE. Zoology, W. C. Mii^i^S, Archaeology,

Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,

J. A. BowNOCKER, Geology, JOHN N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Kei,IvErman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hine.

MA^. THE OHIO NATURALIST. gg£a'Ju"s"."<5il!6

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds.

880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page.

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nestb, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of
Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes.
Second thousand in binders' hands.

PUBLISHED BY

The Wheaton Publishing Company,

L. H. Bulkley, Secretary atid Manager, COLUMBUS, OH/0

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 Fourth avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,
School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Avenue, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

Dealers in Insects, Entomological Supplies and manufacturers of the
only genuine and original Schmitt Insect Boxes.

BUILDERS of CASES and CABINETS in CORRECT STYLES

Supplement to Price List No. 4, List of Living Pupa and Cocoons, also
Illustrated Catalogue of Entomological Supplies ready December 1st, 1903.
Price, 5 cents.

DIE STAMPING.

PLATE AND LETTER PRESS PRINTING.

SPAH% & GLENN,

PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS.

50 EAST BROAD STREET.

COLUMBUS, OHIO.

Starling Medical College,

Comer State and 6th Streets,

COLUMBUS, omo. J« Jt

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. Jt ^ ^ jt

WELL EQIJIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D.. LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINO SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethei,, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-7J6 North Pait Sited, CX3LUMBUS, OHIO.

D£C£MBER.

VOLUME V. I 9 0 4 - NUMBER 2.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History nf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef tin OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, mS «f THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflScial
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic 3'car, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable In advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 1.5 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James vS. Hine.

Associate Editots.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,

Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,

J. A. Bownocker, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KelLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio iN'.A.iUK.vi,iM c> uHiit-d and controlled by the Biolugical Club \.>i ibe Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate iuconvciiiences to our reguhir patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regulurly i.il uoii(« of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special n -ingenient with ilie Ohio State Acade.my of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first four volumes may still l>e obtiiined at the former sub.scription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.

Add,... THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8g£„^a'|„"s';"SBV6

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds.

880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page.

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Lssued in Ac, Different Styles of
Binding. Terms and prices: to suit all classes.
Second thousand in binders' hands.

I'lIBLIBlIJiD BY

The Wheaton Publishin-g Company,

L. H. Bulkley, Secretary and Manager. COLUMBUS, OHIO

Starting Medicat Cottege,

Corner State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. Jt Jt

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. Jt jt jit jt

WELL EQIIPPED Ai\D THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLI^G LOVING, M. D., LL. 0., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINQ SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No. 2— of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Phick of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous List* cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,
School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases. Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LISTlOF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

Ay n ->^

JANUARY.

VOLUME V. 1905. NUMBER 3.

> r-.

./

"The

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural historj' of Ohio. The oflBcial
organ of The Biological Clcb of the Ohio State Univeksity, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81-00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnbr.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

F. L. I/ANDACRE. Zoology, W. C. Mii^l^, Archaeology,

HarIvAN H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,

J. A. BowNOCKER, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof, HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Chari^es S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natukaust is owned and. controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinb.

Addr«. THE OHIO NATURALIST, ggESMBus/oH'iS

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds.

880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page.

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of
Binding. Terms and prices to suit all claaaee.
Second thousand in binders' hands.

PUBLISHED BY

The Wheaton Publishing Company,

L. H. Bulhley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS. OHIO

Starting Medical Cottege,

Comer State and 6tH Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ .^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ jH jt ^

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D,, Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethei., D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. MaTSON, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 North Paifc Street, COLUMBUS, OfflO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUPACTURKBS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBO^ PINS in Various Styles.

Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous List* cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LI8T.OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

FEBRUARY.

VOLUME V. 1905. NUMBER 4.

\

Ihe

Ohio Natur&list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
^ the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ma ef THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. SchafFner.

Business Manager, Jamks S. Hike.

Associate Editots.

F. L. IvANDACRE. Zoology, W. C. Mn,!^, Archaeology,

Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,

J. A. BowNOCKER, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Chari,es S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

lu order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hinb.

Addr«. THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8g£ffilu"s"'oHi6

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds.

580 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page.

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of
Binding, Terms and prices to suit all classes.
Second thousand in binders' hands.

PUBLISHED BY

The Wheaton Publishing Company,

L, H, Bulkley. Secretary and Manager. COLUMBUS. OHIO

Starting Medicat Cottege,

Comer State and 6th Streets^
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, jit Jt Jt jt

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROIGH »N EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. 0., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

Ail Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, a. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department,
L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-7(6 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co,

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PBIOE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Claeei-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List ^lo. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTOREBS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOV PINS in Various Styles.

Pbice op List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of chasge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

MARCH,

VOLUME V. 1905. NUMBER 5.

/

The

t-v-j

Ohio NaturahsIT

-/

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
fif tbt OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, an2 ef THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price. $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second«class Matter

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.2;"). Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. SchaffnBR.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mii.i^, Archaeology,

Haklan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,

J. A. BowNOCRER, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.
Prof. W, A. Kei^i.ERMAn. Prof. HERBERT Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser. '^*

The Ohio Natuhalist i.s owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate iucouveiiiencos to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State academy op Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The fir.st foar volumes mav still be obtained at the former sub.soription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.

Addr«. THE OHIO NATURALIST. gSEua'Bus'oBVS

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds.

880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Pagc»

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of
Binding, TerniB and prices to suit all classes.
Second tliousand in binders' Lands.

PUBLISHED BY

The Wheaton Publishing Company,

L. H. Bulkley. Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS. OHIO

Starling Medical College,

Corner State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. Jt jt ^ ^

WELL EOliJPPLD AND THOROIGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethei,, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. MaTSON, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — Lift Iso. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, £.nd EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHWITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of ahnost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance w^ill not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

APRIL,

VOLUME V. 1905. NUMBER 6.

f "v,

the

Ohio Natur2ilist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ef Me OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, atii qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A joxirnal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Dniveksity, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Scibnce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hirm.

Associate Editots.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,

Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,

J. A. Bownocker, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board, ^
Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University. , ^ ^^ .„ ^

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiNB.

Add«.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, gg£ga'li'|."3S!S

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds.

880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page.

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of
Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes.
Second thousand in binders' hands.

PUBLISHED BY

The Wheaton Publishing Company,

L. H. Bulkley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO

Starling Medical College,

Comer State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. Jt ^ jH ^

WELL EQlilPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, a. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. BETHEiv, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OMO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTURBBS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of ahnost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOV PINS in Various Styles.

Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD."

NEW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

Q'mma^,^,

MAY.

VOLUME V. 1905. NUMBER 7.

A;

"The

•»., '

'H?^
\.^/

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History gf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. rniS gf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus. Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of Thk Biological Club op the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable In advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mii,i<s, Archaeology,

Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,
J. A. BowNOCKER, Geology, JOHN N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A, KellERMan. Prof. HERBERT Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natueaust is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Natubalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Natubalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first four volumes may still be obtained at the former subscription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. HiNK.

Add«.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8g£5a'lu"i;'<5a!6

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds*

880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page.

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of
Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes.
Second thousand in binders' hands.

PUBLISHED BY

The Wheaton Publishing Company,

L. H. Bulkley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO

Starling Medical College,

Cotntx State and 6th Streets^

COLUMBUS, omo. ^ J«

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. J» ^ ^ Jt

WELL EQIIPPED AND THOROLGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dem.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OP

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY;

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINQ SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethei., D. D. S.; Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-7U North Paik Strut, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904, Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List ISo. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUPACTUHERS OP

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time hav« gained the favor of aknost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Price op List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

J^<^'''^>^-.^.

JUNE.

VOLUME V. I 9 0 S . NUMBER 8.

"The

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History g/ Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Hf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY. anS qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post=Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second«cIass Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Cltjb of the Ohio State Univebsity, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, . . . . ' . . John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Rditofs.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mii,i,S, Archaeology,

Harlan H. York, Botany, James G. Sanders, Ornithology,

J. A. BowNOCKER, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Kellerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Katuealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with ihe Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first foar volumes may still be obtained at the former sub.scription price.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hine.

Add,... THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8g£a'|&"."SB'iS

Dawson's Birds of Ohio

The Official Ohio Bird Book

Popular and Scientific Account

Of Each of the 320 Ohio Birds.

880 Quarto Pages. 80 Natural Color Plates, Full Page.

216 Original Ohio Bird Pictures of Birds, Nests, Eggs, and Haunts,
by Ohio Bird Artists. Issued in 13 Different Styles of
Binding. Terms and prices to suit all classes.
Second thousand in binders' hands.

PUBLISHED BY

The Wheaton Publishing Company,

L. H. Bulhley, Secretary and Manager, COLUMBUS, OHIO

Starling Medical College,

Comer State and 6th Streets^
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, jH ^ ^ ^

WELL EQlilPPED AND THOROIGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINQ SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D,, Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethei., D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr.,~'G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-7J6 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Eeady for distribution December 1, 1904. Claesi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No, 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTUREHS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every. Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Phice of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

NOVEMBER.

VOLUME VI. 1905. NUMBER I.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
ff Urn OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, m^ «f THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY tf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nuntber 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbui). Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A joarnal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The offlolal
organ of Thk BioLooiCiO. Club of the Ohio Statb CJnitbbsitt, and of The Ohio
Stats Acadeht op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
NoTcmber to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in adranoe. To
foreign countries, S1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffn«».

Business Manager Jambs S. Hinb.

Associate Editots.

P, L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. MiLW, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. METCALF, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Chari.es S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturaust is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohl*
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the OHIO
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Acadeict who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first five volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Him.

Addre,. THE OHIO NATURALIST. '^^l^'StlStoStb

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. "Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. MOSELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KEI.WCOTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 eta.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No, 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morsr Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus. Ohio.

Starling Medical College,

Comer State and 6tli Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ J»

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ji ^ jft

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc.. Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. 0., LL. D., Oeaa.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo, H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department,

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

;00-7)« North Paik Street. COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PB.ICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleopt^ra — list No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTUEBRS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT

CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.

The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,

which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-

mologbt of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Prics of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issaed.

(All previous List* cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

C. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models.

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies.

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

BiologicaLModels,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps. Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW "insect catalogue and list of entomological SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION.

DECEMBER.

VOLUME VI. 1905. NUMBER 2.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY qf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-cla&s Matter-

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Dnivebsity, and of The Ohio
State Academy op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, , . James S. Hine.

Associate Editors.

F. L. IvANDACRE. Zoology, W. C. MllvivS, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. Kei;lerman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Chari,es S. Prosser.

The Ohio Natuealist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first five volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made paj'S,ble to the Business Manager, J. S. HiNE.

Addre,. THE OHIO NATURALIST. 8&'£a*lu"s;oH?5

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MosELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kei,i,icoTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. ** The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders , Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Starling Medical College,

Corner State and 6th Streets^
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ Jt

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, jit j/t ^ jt

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROIGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTAIENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Foiir years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, a. M,, M. D,, Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethel, D. D, S,, Dean, Dental Department,

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-7l« North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y,

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTUHBHS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Pbice op List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
■ and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS,

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION

JANUARY.

VOLUME VI. I 9 0 6 . NUMBER 3-

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, mZ qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus,

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus, Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflacial
organ of The Biological Cldb of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 16 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnbr.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Miivts, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first five volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. HiNS.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST, 8g£a*|&"'^3Sfe

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I. " Sajidusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. Moseley Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No.' 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones " Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and K-eptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Starling Medical College,

G>mer State and 6tli Streets^
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ Jf^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, Jft Jit ^ jfi

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. 0., LL. 0., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

Ail instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 North Park Str«t, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PBIOE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUKACTUREHS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION

FEBRUARY.

VOLUME VI. I 9 0 6 . NUMBER 4-

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History ef Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
qf kht OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and of THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Colnmbus. Ohio, as Second-claw Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oCacial
organ of Thk Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy of Scibnce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, Jambs S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

P. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Katuualist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first five volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hike.

Addre,. THE OHIO NATURALIST, T^ll'^^^tS^o

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each-v.

Special Papers — No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MosELEV Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and B-eptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Starling Medical College,

Comer State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ ^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ^ ^ ^

WELL EQlllPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Ivaboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modern apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, a. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List ^o. 2— of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MAKUFACTURBRS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of ahnost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous List* cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW INSECT CATALOGUE AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION

MARCH.

VOLUME VI. 1906. NUMBER 5.

Ihe

Ohio Natura^list

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN qf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 centa.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbut. Ohio, as Second-class Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflacial
organ of Thb Biological Cldb of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academy or Sciskce. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnrr.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editors.

F. L. IvANDACRE. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,

R. F, Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first five volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Kemittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hink.

Addre.. THE OHIO NATURALIST. 8g£5«s";oS&

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. •' Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. MOSELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hink Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Starling Medical College,

Corner State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ .^

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS, ji ji j» ji

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilitie*
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-7)6 North Park Str«l, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN. N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH Avenue, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets.

Forceps. Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL 8UPPLIES" ON APPLICATION

APRIL.

VOLUME VI. I 9 0 6 . NUMBER 6.

the

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the N&tural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN ef THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, and qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nun>ber 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbus. Ohio, as Second-clats Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The oflftcial
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academt of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price 81.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffner.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. MiLi^, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcai,F, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KelIvErman. Prof. Herbert Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expen.se to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The fir.st five volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. 8. Hinb.

Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST. %tl^^l^tS&\b

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. " Sandusky Flora." pp. 167.

By E. L. MosEivEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 2. "The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. KELLICOTT Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. " The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By IvYNDS Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers — No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. '* The Coccidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Starting Medicat Cottege,

Coratt State and 6tli Streets^
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ J*

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. jH jt ^ jH

WELL EQlilPPED AND THOROLGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Dean.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERINQ SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, a. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. BetheIv, D, D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H, Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 North Patfc Stt«t, COLUMBUS, OMO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

FBICE LIST No. 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List ^o. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies, Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism,' Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Pkicb of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G, LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,
Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,
Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,
Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION

MAY.

VOLUME VI. 1906. NUMBER 7.

The

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History qf Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN nf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
Cf the OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, aai qf THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY gf SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Number 15 cents.

Entered »t the Post-Office at Columbu». Ohio, as Second-claia Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A Journal devoted more especially to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State University, and of The Ohio
State Academt of Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
November to June (8 numbers.) Price Jl.OO per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, 81-25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. Schaffnbr.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editofs.

F. L. LandacrE. Zoology, W. C. Mills, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof. HERBERT Osborn.

Prof. Charles S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio

State University. , ... „ -i, ».

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturaust will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with ihe Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturalist is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first five volumes may be obtained at $1.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. EUMl.

Addre,. THE OHIO NATURALIST. ggEa^lu^s'/oHfe

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers— No. I, "Sandusky Flora." pp.167.

By E. L. MOSELEY Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No.' 2. '• The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."

pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

" J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 4. "The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. "Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp. 241.

By IvYnds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie." pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 8. "The Coocidae of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

Bv James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. " Batrachians and Reptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Address : W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Starling Medical College,

G>rner State and 6th Streets,
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^. J«

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. ^ ^ jH Jt

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc, Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. 0., 0

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Four years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modem apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments. CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethei., D. D, S., Dean, Dental Department.

GEO; H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-7)6 North Park Street, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

PRICE LIST No. 6— Ready fe)r distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera — List No. 2 — of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTURERS OP

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of ahnost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOW PINS in Various Styles.

Price of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

G. LAGAI, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,

Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,

Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,

Lantern Slides, Microscopes

and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets,

Forceps, Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars.

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NEW "insect catalogue AND LIST OF ENTOMOLOGICAL 8UPPLIES" ON APPLICATION

JUNE.

VOLUME VI. I 9 0 6 . NUMBER 8.

Ihe

Ohio Naturalist

A Journal Devoted more

Especially to the Natural

History of Ohio.

OFFICIAL ORGAN tf THE BIOLOGICAL CLUB
^ tin OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, on? «f THE
OHIO STATE ACADEMY ef SCIENCE.

Ohio State University, Columbus.

Annual Subscription Price, $1.00.
Single Nuraber 15 cents.

Entered at the Post-Office at Columbut. Ohio, as Second'cUit Matter.

The Ohio Naturalist,

A journal devoted more especifilly to the natural history of Ohio. The official
organ of The Biological Club of the Ohio State Univbbsity, and of The Ohio
State Academy op Science. Published monthly during the academic year, from
NoTember to June (8 numbers.) Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Editor-in-Chief, John H. SCHAFFNaR.

Business Manager, James S. Hine.

Associate Editots.

F. L. Landacre. Zoology, W. C. Mii,i.S, Archaeology,

R. F. Griggs, Botany, Z. P. Metcalf, Ornithology,

J. E. Hyde, Geology, John N. Frank, Ecology.

Advisory Board.

Prof. W. A. KELLERMAN. Prof, HERBERT OSBORN.

Prof. Chari,es S. Prosser.

The Ohio Naturalist is owned and controlled by the Biological Club of the Ohio
State University.

In order to obviate inconveniences to our regular patrons, the Naturalist will be
mailed regularly until notice of discontinuance is received by the management.

By a special arrangement with the Ohio State Academy of Science, the Ohio
Naturaust is sent without additional expense to all members of the Academy who
are not in arrears for annual dues.

The first five volumes may be obtained at 81.00 per volume.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Business Manager, J. S. Hink.

Addre., THE OHIO NATURALIST. "^^ll^l^toiVo

Ohio State Academy of Science Publications.

First Report, and First and Second Annual Reports Price 25 cts. each

Third and Fourth Annual Reports Price 20 cts. each

Fifth to Twelfth Annual Reports Price 15 cts. each

Special Papers — No. i. " Sandusky Flora. " pp. 167.

By E. L. MoSEi,Ey Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 2. " The Odonata of Ohio." pp. 116.

By David S. Kellicott Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 3. "The Preglacial Drainage of Ohio."
pp. 75. By W. G. Tight, J. A. Bownocker,

J. H. Todd and Gerard Fowke Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 4. "The Fishes of Ohio." pp. 105.

By Raymond C. Osburn Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 5. " Tabanidae of Ohio." pp. 63.

By James S. Hine Price 35 cts.

Special Papers— No. 6. "The Birds of Ohio." pp.241.

By Lynds Jones Price 50 cts.

Special Papers— No. 7. "Ecological Study of Big Spring

Prairie," pp. 96. By Thomas A. Bonser Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 8. "The Coccidas of Ohio, I." pp. 66.

By James G. Sanders Price 35 cts.

Special Papers — No. 9. "Batrachians and B-eptiles of Ohio."

pp. 54. By Max Morse Price 35 cts.

Address: W. C. MILLS, Librarian, Ohio State Academy of Science,
Page Hall, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

Starling Medical College,

Cotatt State and 6th Streets^
COLUMBUS, OHIO. ^ J«

MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CLINICS AT FOUR
EXCELLENT HOSPITALS. Jt ji jH Jt

WELL EQUIPPED AND THOROUGH IN EVERY DETAIL.
EXCEPTIONAL CLINICAL ADVANTAGES.

CURTIS C. HOWARD, M. Sc., Registrar. STARLING LOVING, M. D., LL. D., Deaa.

Ohio Medical University.

DEPARTMENTS OF

MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND PHARMACY.

Foxir years graded course in Medicine, three in Dentistry, and two in Phar-
macy. Annual Sessions, seven months.

All Instruction, except Clinical, by the Recitation Plan.

Students graded on their daily recitations and term examinations. Large
class rooms designed for the recitation system. Laboratories are large, well
lighted and equipped with modera apparatus. Abundant clinical facilities
in both Medical and Dental Departments, CONSIDERING SUPERIOR
ADVANTAGES FEES ARE LOW.

For Catalogue and Other Information, Address:

George M. "Waters, A. M., M. D., Dean, Medical Department.
L. P. Bethel, D. D. S., Dean, Dental Department.

Geo. H. Matson, Jr., G. Ph., Dean, Pharmacy Department.

OHIO MEDICAL UNIVERSITY,

700-716 Norti Park Street, COLUMBUS, OMO.

American Entomological Co.

1040 De Kalb Ave., BROOKLYN, N. Y.

FBIOE LIST No, 6— Ready for distribution December 1, 1904. Classi-
fication of Lepidopteia of Boreal America according to Smith, List 1903.
Coleoptera— List No. 2— of North America Coleoptera.

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added. List of School Supplies, Collection,
Mimicry, Dimorphism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and
Material.

MANUFACTURBHS OF

The Genuine and Original SCHMITT INSECT BOXES, INSECT
CABINETS, and EXHIBITION CASES.
The New Improved METAL CABINET for SCHMITT BOXES.
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY INSECT PINS,
which in a short time have gained the favor of almost every Ento-
mologist of prominence. ELBOV PINS in Various Styles.

Prick of List, 10 cents. Request for List without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons List will be mailed free of charge when
issued.

(All previous Lists cancelled.)

THE KNY-SCHEERER CO.,

225-233 FOURTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, N. Y.

DEPARTMENT OF

Natural Science.

C. LACAl, Ph. D.

Scientific Apparatus and

Instruments,
Chemicals,

Anatomical Models,
Natural History Specimens

and Preparations,
Wall Charts, Museum and

Naturalists' Supplies,
Lantern Slides, Microscopes
and Accessories,

Division of Entomology.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES
AND SPECIMENS.

North American and

Exotic Insects,

School Collections,

Metamorphoses,

Biological Models,

Microscopical Preparations,

Boxes, Cases, Cabinets.

Forceps. Pins, Nets,

Dissecting Instruments,

Glass Tubes and Jars,

RARE INSECTS BOUGHT AND SOLD.

NIW "insect catalogue and list of entomological SUPPLIES" ON APPLICATION

UH ITNV R

M^